# skatter > a collection of sahas's thoughts Public Ghost content for AI and LLM tooling. This file includes a bounded export of public pages first, then recent public posts. Append `.md` to any post or page URL to get the content in Markdown (for example, `/example-post.md`). ## Pages ### About this site URL: https://www.skatter.com/about/ Last updated: 2025-08-08T01:05:55.000Z My name is Sahas Katta. I started writing about technology in 2004 as a teenager and eventually created a website named Skatter Tech. At one point, this blog was actively maintained with over a million monthly page views and several incredible contributors. I have largely left this website running unmaintained since 2014 after shifting my focus towards working on a startup named [Smartcar](https://smartcar.com/?ref=skatter.com). As of March 2025, I have migrated decades worth content from WordPress to Ghost for easier administration. I plan to occasionally write or share again. 💌 ****Trying to get in touch?** Email me at [sahas@skatter.com](mailto:sahas@skatter.com). I'm also on Signal at [@sahaskatta.123](https://signal.me/?ref=skatter.com#eu/b1bsqVzrm4Qr1Ywv4S%5FeEahcmdzQzAmcrHP-3NobqLSTDzDv0GpKb6x6X27jeFe%5F). ## Posts ### 5 EV charging trends to watch in 2020 URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-ev-charging-trends-to-watch-in-2020/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:44.000Z EV charging technology is rapidly expanding and evolving in the United States and beyond. The global EV charging stations market is expected [to grow by almost 50%](https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2019/10/02/1924092/0/en/Electric-Vehicle-Charging-Stations-Market-2019-Opportunity-Challenge-Drivers-Restraint-Trend-Demand-and-Global-Business-Growth-by-2026.html?ref=skatter.com) over the next seven years. As 2019 comes to an end, we have decided to take a look at the industry and to summarize the most important trends that will shape the EV charging space next year. ## 1\. DC fast charging Although DC fast chargers make up only [15% of EV charging stations](https://afdc.energy.gov/fuels/electricity%5Finfrastructure.html?ref=skatter.com) in the United States so far, market research reports predict them to [become more and more common](https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2019/10/02/1924092/0/en/Electric-Vehicle-Charging-Stations-Market-2019-Opportunity-Challenge-Drivers-Restraint-Trend-Demand-and-Global-Business-Growth-by-2026.html?ref=skatter.com). Many EV charging networks already focus their efforts on DC (or level 3) chargers. Those chargers add about 60 to 80 miles of range in 20 minutes, making them 10 to 20 times faster than the more common AC (or level 2) chargers. As EV owners travel more and take longer trips, they will appreciate a larger offer of public fast charging solutions with more affordable pricing. ## 2\. Accurate prediction of charge time The technological progress of both, EV charging hardware and software will change the way EV owners use and benefit from EV charging apps. Thanks to technologies like the [Smartcar API](https://smartcar.com/use-cases/ev-charging/?ref=skatter.com), charging networks are now able to determine a vehicle’s exact charge time even before the driver plugs their car into a station. The accurate prediction of a vehicle’s charge time is crucial whenever EV owners want to [plan trips](https://smartcar.com/blog/improving-ev-trip-planning-with-smartcar/?ref=skatter.com), [building charging schedules](https://smartcar.com/blog/building-better-charging-schedules-with-electric-vehicle-apis/?ref=skatter.com), or make use of green EV charging features and V2G technology (see below). ## 3\. Green EV charging Green energy will play a big role in both, the residential and the public EV charging space. Vehicle owners are increasingly concerned about carbon emissions, while EV charging networks rapidly advance their charging technologies. Green EV charging programs allow EV owners to set a schedule for when and how far they need to drive their car each day. Using smart charging technology, the EV charging network then automatically charges the vehicle at times when electricity is 100% generated from renewable sources (e.g. solar or wind energy). ## 4\. Vehicle-to-grid technology Another EV charging trend that helps reduce carbon emissions is vehicle-to-grid (V2G) technology. While green EV charging focuses on picking the right energy sources, V2G technology aims to smoothen times of peak electricity demand. The average car is parked [95% of the time](https://fortune.com/2016/03/13/cars-parked-95-percent-of-time/?ref=skatter.com). V2G technology makes use of this fact. Whenever they aren’t currently driving or charging their vehicle, EV owners can leave their car plugged in at home or at work. At times of peak demand, EV owners can let the charging network draw power from the car and feed it electricity back into the grid. This way, V2G provides a huge relief for local and state electricity providers and allows EV owners to earn money for the electricity they sell. ## 5\. Rewards programs With a tighter net of public EV charging stations and a larger variety of affordable home chargers, charging networks need to spend more effort retaining customers and making them loyal to their brand. Rewards programs allow EV charging networks to do just that. Apart from rewarding customers for charging at stations within a certain network, rewards programs even go hand in hand with green EV charging and V2G technology. For example, EV owners receive points or credits for charging at times when electricity demand is low and the share of renewable energy sources is highest. Finally, EV charging networks can reward customers for ecologically friendly driving behavior. Based on how many miles they drive and how much they charge their EV battery, EV owners receive rewards for keeping their per-mile electricity consumption low. Link: [Originally published at Smartcar.com on December 31, 2019](https://smartcar.com/blog/5-ev-charging-trends-to-watch-in-2020/?ref=skatter.com) ### Electric vehicle highlights from AutoMobility LA 2019 URL: https://www.skatter.com/automobility-la-2019/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:21.000Z More than 65 vehicles debuted at AutoMobility LA this year. Roughly 35% of those were hybrid and electric vehicles. While many automakers introduced their new cars directly at the show, others held press conferences at their own offices. Here’s a breakdown of the most exciting announcements we heard about last week. **Ford** launched its all-electric vehicle Mustang Mach-E at AutoMobility LA last week. The Mach-E is the first electric vehicle *and* the first SUV under the Mustang brand. The extended range version has a 300-mile range. The first of four models will be available for sale in 2020. **Toyota** rolled out the 2021 RAV4 Prime, a plug-in hybrid version of its popular RAV4 SUV. The vehicle has a 39-mile all-electric range and will get 90 miles per gallon of gasoline. It will go on sale in mid-2020. **Lincoln** announced the 2021 Corsair GT plug-in hybrid. It’s the first electric version of Lincoln’s Corsair compact luxury SUV. The GT’s all-electric range is expected to be over 25 miles. The car is expected to be available before the end of this year. **Audi** introduced the all-electric 2020 e-tron Sportback, a coupĂ© version of the 2019 e-tron with a 220-mile range. It will be available in the U.S. in fall 2020. **Volkswagen** debuted its ID. Space Vizzion Concept, a fully electric concept car. It’s a low-slung station wagon with a 300-mile range. Volkswagen didn’t say when the vehicle will go on sale. **Karma Automotive** introduced the electric concept car SC2 and the performance luxury gasoline-electric vehicle Revero GTS. The SC2 has 1,000 horsepower and a 350-mile range. The Revero GTS has a 360-mile range with a fully charged battery and a full gas tank. **Tesla** introduced its new Cybertruck in Hawthorne, California last week. Although the announcement wasn’t made at the LA Auto Show, it might have been the most discussed EV launch of the week. The all-electric pick-up truck has a distinct retro-futuristic look. During the press conference, Tesla’s design chief smashed two of the supposedly shatterproof windows with a metal ball. The incident was widely discussed in national news outlets and on social media. The vehicle will be available with a 250, 300, and 500-mile range, and production will start in late 2021. Overall, AutoMobility LA 2019 shows that the automotive industry is facing times of rapid change. Electric vehicles are driving the future of mobility, and more and more automakers are focusing on this emerging trend. We can’t wait for next year’s LA Auto Show and its 2020 EV debuts! Links: [Originally published at Smartcar.com on November 26, 2019](https://smartcar.com/blog/electric-vehicle-highlights-from-automobility-la-2019/?ref=skatter.com) ### OneDrive Needs These 4 Features URL: https://www.skatter.com/onedrive-needs-these-4-features/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:22.000Z I have been using [Dropbox](https://db.tt/t4xxJc6?ref=skatter.com) since 2010 and have nearly 290 GB of storage space in my account. However, I decided to give [OneDrive](https://onedrive.live.com/?invref=4840811bcb5de85a&invsrc=90&ref=skatter.com) another shot since it comes integrated deeply with my new Windows 8.1 device out-of-the-box. Unlike Dropbox which currently lacks document editing capabilities, OneDrive brings the added benefits of [Microsoft Office online](https://office.com/?ref=skatter.com) integration. This seemed like a good reason to switch, but I quickly noticed a few critical drawbacks after spending a week using OneDrive exclusively for all my documents. Here are some much-needed features: # 1) Revision History Dropbox maintains an unlimited number of snapshots for every change to a file in the cloud over the past 30 days. I was quite shocked to realize OneDrive lacks this feature entirely. If I were to accidentally tweak a image in Photoshop and re-save the file, there’s no way to restore a previous version. Fortunately, OneDrive does at least offer revision history for Microsoft Office documents. # 2) Shared Folders While I can share a link to a specific file, it’s 2014 and OneDrive still lacks shared folders. Dropbox had this feature even before I began using their service in 2010\. OneDrive users still have to click on a link in an email to view a shared file while Dropbox users have already been enjoying seeing content magically appear on their computers automatically. # 3) LAN Sync I was recently migrating from my Vizio Notebook over to a [Surface Pro 3](http://surface.com/?ref=skatter.com). After installing Dropbox on my new device, all 15 GB of files transferred over in minutes since the software fetched the data from my old laptop on the same local network. Meanwhile, just OneDrive took nearly twice as long to fetch just 10 GB of data since it had to resort to the cloud despite the same data being available on my other computer just a few feet way. # 4) Differential Sync I was editing a large PSD (Photoshop Document) which was over 100 MB in size. If I save an edited file in Dropbox, it would complete syncing in a few seconds. On the other hand, OneDrive was taking much much longer. After a bit of investigating, I found that Dropbox saves bandwidth and time by taking advantage of differential sync which only transfers pieces of a file which have since changed. OneDrive unfortunately still ends up having to re-transfer an entire file for every edit. **Edit 8/27/14:** Turns out there’s another limitation. The max file size limit is 2 GB for any file stored in OneDrive while Dropbox supports up to 10 GB files! **Edit 9/4/14:** Microsoft has removed the 2 GB max file size limit. ### Hello Smartcar URL: https://www.skatter.com/hello-smartcar/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:29.000Z Although I do not blog too regularly over here anymore, I would like to share something which I began working on a few months ago. This morning I’m launching [Smartcar](https://smartcar.com/?ref=skatter.com) which aspires to bring automation to the next-generation of connected vehicles. **Here’s what it does:** We’re starting with two features. The Intelligent Climate technology learns a person’s driving habits and automatically pre-conditions their vehicle to the perfect temperature before they even get into it by anticipating their next commute. In addition, the Intelligent Charging feature helps significantly cut utility bills by analyzing local electric rates and automatically finding the best hours to charge a vehicle in areas offering dynamic pricing. **How it got started:** I launched an app called [GlassTesla](http://glasstesla.com/?ref=skatter.com) last year which lets you control your Tesla via Google Glass. I was absolutely humbled and caught off-guard by the incredibly warm reception it received. It was picked up by many media outlets including [CNBC](http://www.cnbc.com/id/100859842?ref=skatter.com), [Forbes](http://www.forbes.com/sites/timconneally/2013/07/02/app-pairs-google-glass-with-tesla-electric-car-just-because/?ref=skatter.com), [WIRED Magazine](http://www.wired.com/autopia/2013/07/teslaglass/?ref=skatter.com), [PC Mag](http://www.pcmag.com/article2/0,2817,2421294,00.asp?ref=skatter.com), [LA Times](http://www.latimes.com/business/autos/la-fi-hy-tesla-google-glass-app-20130702,0,3919583.story?ref=skatter.com), [TechCrunch](http://techcrunch.com/2013/07/01/glasstesla-lets-google-glass-owners-control-their-teslas-like-futuristic-robo-wizards-might/?ref=skatter.com), [GigaOm](http://gigaom.com/2013/07/02/can-tesla-and-google-glass-eventually-bring-the-hud-to-the-car/?ref=skatter.com), [InformationWeek](http://www.informationweek.com/hardware/peripherals/google-glass-meets-tesla-model-s/240157974?ref=skatter.com), [Business Insider](http://www.businessinsider.com/google-glass-app-for-your-tesla-2013-7?ref=skatter.com), [NY Times](http://wheels.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/07/09/wheelies-the-connecticut-coverage-edition/?ref=skatter.com), [CNET](http://news.cnet.com/8301-1023%5F3-57591994-93/app-marries-google-glass-to-tesla/?ref=skatter.com), [FastCompany](http://www.fastcompany.com/3013768/fast-feed/google-glass-meets-the-tesla-model-s-in-glasstesla-app?ref=skatter.com), [Engadget](http://www.engadget.com/2013/07/02/unofficial-tesla-app-for-google-glass-lets-model-s-owners-find/?ref=skatter.com), [DigitalTrends](http://www.digitaltrends.com/cars/glass-tesla/?ref=skatter.com), [International Business Times](http://www.ibtimes.com/glasstesla-google-glass-app-controls-tesla-model-s-car-photos-1331565?ref=skatter.com), and more! **What’s happening today:** I’m kicking off a crowdfunding campaign to make [Smartcar](https://smartcar.com/?ref=skatter.com) a reality. It will be compatible with the [Tesla Model S](http://www.teslamotors.com/models?ref=skatter.com) when it becomes available in Summer 2014\. Support for other vehicles will follow. I would love to hear your thoughts. Please feel free to [drop me a note](https://smartcar.com/contact/?ref=skatter.com) or leave a comment below! **Links: [Smartcar](https://smartcar.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Should your start-up host a launch party? URL: https://www.skatter.com/should-your-start-up-host-a-launch-party/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:23.000Z Start-ups have come into vogue. Today’s Silicon Valley has brogrammers, swag galore, and even its own [reality TV show](http://www.bravotv.com/start-ups-silicon-valley?ref=skatter.com). Geeks are the new party rockers and we’re starting to see the resurrection of crazy start-up launch parties. Lean mean start-up machines will tell you that launch parties are poor customer acquisition strategies. And 99% of the time, these bootstrappers are correct. However, at least 1% of the time a well executed party can really accelerate early growth for your company. My start-up, [UpOut](http://upout.com/?ref=skatter.com), threw a low-cost launch party in the Mission District of San Francisco last year. We managed to signup our first 500 users, got several back-links from bloggers, and built local buzz at the event. Below I’ll share some tips we used (or wished we used) to assess, measure, and throw a rockin’ launch party. Let’s NOT party like it’s 1999! Let’s get analytical. # Why on earth would you throw a party? For start-ups a launch event is a big ad for your business, potential employees, users, customers, press, and even investors. A well executed event, like an ad campaign, builds legitimacy with your audience and can be cheaper than other forms of branding. Unlike almost all other marketing, events bring you face to face with your customers helping you build a personal relationship with them. The lead up to and post event provide other interesting opportunities. People who hear about the event may signup for your product regardless of whether they plan to attend. I highly recommend getting media outlets to cover the event or possibly join in as a media sponsor which is a great method of co-marketing. This helps build your relationship with them and helps send traffic to your website when mentioned. Pictures and other forms of social media help build buzz among friends of the attendees following the event. # Understanding the costs Start-up launch events are often organized solely by the founders who have little event planning experience. Even if you can afford it, hiring an event planner is often a poor choice because they have a hard time throwing the creative event you need. The biggest cost for the event will be your time. You should expect to spend 40 to 150 of employee hours to pull off the event successfully. In dollar terms, at a modest $35/hour, you will spend $1,400 to $5,250 of your own time. There are also hard costs to throwing a launch party. Costs will almost certainly include venues (min \~$800), entertainment (min \~$300), and swag (minimum $5/head). Your launch party is also likely have drinks, food, decorations, photographers, fliers, and staffing. You can certainly save money using trade or other techniques like “bar minimums”. However, at least in my experience, you will end up paying for it in quality, hours or favors. After all, you don’t want to be doing coat check at your own party! The fact is, most event material is fairly commoditized so it is unlikely that you can swing a serious deal. I would expect that any memorable party would have at least $2000 in hard costs. Ballpark costs: at least $3400. # Setting ROI After estimating your costs, you’ll quickly realize that you need to extract a substantial value from the event. Most launch events are about customer acquisition growth but you may set your ROI differently. Branding and relationship building is harder to measure, so I generously assume that its worth 25% to 50% of the total cost of the event. From throwing an event, you acquire through some or more of various channels: - **Event listings** \[small unknowns; medium rewards\] - **Media coverage of/from the event** \[big unknowns; big rewards\] - **Post-event pictures** \[small unknowns; small rewards\] - **Social media interactions** \[medium unknowns; big rewards\] - **Event attendance** \[small unknowns; medium rewards\] Use the above and more to estimate expected returns on each channel and compare with other customer acquisition mediums. Understanding these ROIs also helps you figure out where you should spend your efforts. Tip: entrepreneurs often fear charging at the door for an event to help cover costs. I always recommend charging for your event (even your launch event). Having an event fee helps weed out bad customers/users and throw a more memorable party. Besides, you can always discount prices! So, should you do it? For most people, I doubt that a launch party would help substantially. I encourage anyone thinking about throwing a launch party to get seriously analytical about the event’s return on investment. As part of a larger marketing strategy, events can make a lot of sense. That said, as with everything, planning and foresight make all the difference. **Links: [UpOut.com](http://upout.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Surface Pro: What The Kickstand? URL: https://www.skatter.com/surface-pro-what-the-kickstand/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:23.000Z I decided to purchase a [Microsoft Surface Pro](http://surface.com/?ref=skatter.com) when it made a debut last month. It seemed like the perfect device which could function both as a laptop and a tablet. Since it features a full-blown Windows 8 Pro operating system, I could use for just about anything including [Photoshop](http://www.adobe.com/products/photoshop.html?ref=skatter.com) or running Ubuntu in [Virtualbox](http://virtualbox.org/?ref=skatter.com) when coding. The 128 GB model goes for about $999\. Throwing in a type keyboard brings the price tag up to about $1,100\. The Intel i5 processor, a full HD display, and a USB 3.0 port makes the package even more attractive. A comparable [11-inch Macbook Air](http://www.apple.com/macbookair/?ref=skatter.com) with a 128 GB SSD still lacks a touch screen display and a HD resolution. After just a few days of use, I quickly realized the hybrid form-factor has one major flaw: the kickstand. While seated at a desk, the display faces the user at an appropriate angle. However, it becomes quite problematic in just about any other situation. Since the kickstand is non-adjustable, using it on a kitchen counter is quite difficult since the display faces my chest. Sitting on the floor? The display once again faces my chest. Using the Surface Pro on my lap while seated on a couch is also quite uncomfortable since it is quite easy to tip over compared to a laptop. Believe it or not, the biggest nuance with the Surface Pro by far is the kickstand. I also own an [Apple iPad](http://www.apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com), [Asus Nexus 7](http://www.google.com/nexus/7/?ref=skatter.com), and [Amazon Kindle Fire](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0083Q04IQ?ie=UTF8&camp=213733&creative=393177&creativeASIN=B0083Q04IQ&linkCode=shr&tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) for compatibility testing and while they all entirely lack a kickstand, they are are primarily content consumption devices. I wouldn’t be using these devices for writing code, composing important emails, creating presentations, editing large spreadsheets, or organizing photos. The Surface Pro can actually handle all those tasks without a sweat, but the form-factor makes it difficult. It is rather disappointing considering the whole product was designed around the notion of more flexibility. If Microsoft had simply designed a kickstand with 3-4 adjustable positions, the Surface Pro would be a lot more comfortable to use. While the device is perfectly usable as a tablet, it truly requires being seated at a table for use with the keyboard. That’s rather unacceptable when just about every laptop display is fairly adjustable for just about any viewing angle. ![Lenovo ThinkPad Helix](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2013/03/lenovo-thinkpad-helix.jpg) Microsoft actually got just about everything right with this device. Even the 5 hour battery life wasn’t a concern since it’s quite comparable to most Ultrabooks. I ended up returning the Surface Pro about a week after purchase. I’ll keep an eye out for other hybrid Windows 8 Pro devices, hopefully one which has a clam-shell laptop form-factor and a screen which snaps off. The [Lenovo Helix](http://www.lenovo.com/products/us/tablet/thinkpad/thinkpad-helix/?ref=skatter.com) seems to fall perfectly into that category, but has yet to hit store shelves. ### How To Build A Dream Team URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-to-build-a-dream-team/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:45.000Z **Guest Author:** *Pierre-Simon Ntiruhungwa ([@pierresn](http://www.twitter.com/pierresn?ref=skatter.com)) is a French student in [ESCP Europe Business School](http://www.escpeurope.eu/?ref=skatter.com), currently interning in [Ifeelgoods](http://www.ifeelgoods.com/?ref=skatter.com) in the San Francisco Bay Area. He is the co-founder of the student organization [Silicon Students](http://www.siliconstudents.com/?ref=skatter.com) and the summer program [Startup Dream Team](http://www.startupdreamteam.com/?ref=skatter.com).* Ideas are cheap. They are often stolen and copied easily. Simply having a good startup idea doesn’t guarantee success for entrepreneurs. What matters is the ability to execute that idea and transform it into a real company. This statement is common sense in the startup world and this is why [Startup Dream Team](http://siliconstudents.com/interning-in-the-silicon-valley-this-summer-discover-startup-dream-team?ref=skatter.com), a 9-week summer program created by [Silicon Students](http://siliconstudents.com/interning-in-the-silicon-valley-this-summer-discover-startup-dream-team?ref=skatter.com) for young aspiring entrepreneurs, decided to focus on “the team” which many often consider as the most important aspect of a startup. Indeed, building dream teams will be our goal this summer from June 18th to August 12th. So, what is a “dream team?” Some great entrepreneurs, teachers, VCs and startup experts gave their views on the topic. Even if the actual structure depends on the industry, [Steve Blank states](http://steveblank.com/2011/12/13/the-startup-team/?ref=skatter.com) a good team generally needs “great technology skills (hacking/hardware/science), great hustling skills (to search for a business model, customers, and market), great user facing design (for web and mobile apps), and a long-term vision and product sense.” One person simply can’t have all these skills. Many laud the model even if the definition varies among many. The “Hacker, Hustler, Designer” trio often gets recognition, [Jeff Clavier](http://softtechvc.com/team%5Fmember/jeff-clavier/?ref=skatter.com) calls it the [3D rule](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AtVQvru9fXM&feature=youtu.be&t=9m9s&ref=skatter.com) (Development, Distribution, Design) and [David Weekly](http://blog.dweek.ly/about/?ref=skatter.com) adds [an “Operator”](http://blog.dweek.ly/four-startup-archetypes-hacker-hustler-designer-operator/?ref=skatter.com) to that trio. [Sean Parker](http://www.forbes.com/sites/stevenbertoni/2011/09/21/sean-parker-agent-of-disruption/?ref=skatter.com), who comes up with the same structure as David Weekly, adds that at the end of the day, he assesses a team on its [potential to create and execute a vision](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ked4vecS-Hc&feature=youtu.be&t=2m6s&ref=skatter.com). Even if we can argue for hours over the definition of a good team, as we have just seen, there are definitely some really efficient existing models. Furthermore, the hardest thing is not defining a good team but rather actually building one. You have to identify your needs and most importantly find the people. Indeed, you have to surround yourself with great people who have complementary skills and can work efficiently with you. Last but not least, as any ambitious company should aim at being around for several years, the team should have people who get along very well and have possibly known one another for a long time. Moreover, luck is often not enough. You also need spend time in the right places to find people. Schools and local tech communities are some of them as they generally gather people with many common interests, different set of skills, and who are about the same age. Once you are in one of those environments, you have to be aware enough of the fundamental importance of teams in startups to realize that you need to enjoy this situation to build real and meaningful relationships with people you can work well with and who share your visions. Startup Dream Team’s goal will be to create a perfect environment for aspiring entrepreneurs to build great startup teams by: - Gathering people with the same dreams and aspirations: 30 entrepreneurially-minded students willing to stay in the Silicon Valley to intern at a startup - Having them live together in an entrepreneur-friendly environment during two months: the [Startup House](https://www.facebook.com/StartupHouse) in the heart of San Francisco - Inspiring them with talks of top entrepreneurs and startup experts: [Robert Scoble](http://www.twitter.com/scobleizer?ref=skatter.com), [Hiten Shah](http://www.twitter.com/hnshah?ref=skatter.com), and [Aaron Levie](http://www.twitter.com/levie?ref=skatter.com) - Fostering teamwork: every week, a team of five interns will actually organize the logistic of the talk and a hack day on Sunday On a daily basis, the students will work at their internship job. Therefore, they will learn a lot about the startup life and Silicon Valley ecosystem. As a way to assess the interns at the end of the program, we will have them create teams based on efficiency and affinity at the end of week 8\. They will then work during the last week on ideas pitched by entrepreneurs and VCs and present them in front of a jury on August 12th. If it seems like a program for you, you can apply on [Startup Dream Team website](http://www.startupdreamteam.com/?ref=skatter.com) until May 26th 11:59 PST. Startup Dream Team is an attempt to create a perfect environment for team creation while enabling aspiring entrepreneurs to have an amazing Silicon Valley experience. This is [Silicon Students](http://www.twitter.com/siliconstudents?ref=skatter.com) answer to the question “How to build dream teams?” But this is a really difficult question with several possible answers. What’s your opinion? ### Paidpiper Links Brand Engagement with Mobile Payments URL: https://www.skatter.com/paidpiper-links-brand-engagement-with-mobile-payments/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:45.000Z The days of window shopping are coming to an end for some customers. Instead of holding off on a purchase for a better price, shoppers can use [Paidpiper](http://paidpiper.com/?ref=skatter.com) to engage with businesses for immediate rewards. Paidpiper is a mobile CRM platform that lets brands directly communicate with consumers. Businesses pour money into advertising to increase brand awareness, but they are often missing out on information about their customers that would increase sales and customer loyalty. With Paidpiper, businesses can learn more about their customers and incentivize customers to make a purchase on the spot. If you find yourself debating a purchase, you can use Paidpiper to make your decision easier. You can engage with the brand through your phone, such as by filling out a survey. In return, the platform will reward you with money to spend toward the purchase. A credit card number will be issued to you with a monetary credit on your smart phone. Engaging with companies that participate in Paidpiper’s service could save you money and the stress of a hefty receipt. Atif Hussein, CEO of Paidpiper, started the company in the summer of 2011 after he left Nokia where he was responsible for Products and Engineering. “After some research, I realized that no one had a simple payments and redemption system in place for consumers and brands over mobile at PoS,” says Hussein. Determined to simplify a subset of problems that come with mobile payments, Hussein brought on Prem Deb as a co-founder of Paidpiper. One of the most rewarding parts of development for Atif Hussein was watching his team transform the product “from a white board sketch to being a launch partner of MasterCard at CTIA in under 6 months.” So what’s next for Paidpiper? The team is developing Ok’d, the first consumer facing app on the Paidpiper platform. According to Hussein, the app “showcases the deep CRM and Payments functionality in Paidpiper.” Parents could use Ok’d to give their children money and place restrictions on where that money can be spent. Ok’d will be available as a free app later this summer. **Links: [Paidpiper](http://www.paidpiper.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### $10 Million Later, The Pebble Smart Watch Is Sold Out On Kickstarter URL: https://www.skatter.com/10-million-later-the-pebble-smart-watch-is-sold-out-on-kickstarter/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:45.000Z The dorm room isn’t just a place of innovation for the all too familiar tale of creating mobile apps and social networks. Eric Migicovsky, the creator of the Pebble e-paper watch, started working on smart watches four years ago in his dorm room at TU Delft. In 2010, Migicovsky launched the inPulse beta, a Blackberry watch. He joined Y Combinator in 2011, generated revenue and raised an additional $375K from a few angel investors. But then Migicovsky found himself in need of more money and as his hands opened to investors, their wallets closed. Migicovsky turned to Kickstarter to continue with his vision of creating a watch that worked with a smart phone. His team developed Pebble, which connects to your iPhone or Android smart phone. This lightweight watch can run apps which display important messages, show you who’s calling, monitor your workouts (pace and distance, and control your music apps (e.g. Pandora and Spotify). Thanks to an e-paper display, reading the Pebble screen even under direct sunlight is easy. The Pebble team recently announced that the watch will support the new Bluetooth 4.0 standard in addition to Bluetooth 2.1, which can potentially extend the current 7-day-long battery life when paired with a compatible device. The Kickstarter project will end in less than a week and the Pebble team will have access to the funds. Last month, the Pebble team pledged a goal of $100,000, but to the surprise of the whole team, they received over $10 million in funding from 67,423 backers. The team also plans to publish an open SDK, to let developers improve the Pebble with their own apps. Investors were not willing to bet on Migicovsky’s watches, but that didn’t stop him. Migicovsky’s perseverance led to Pebble becoming the most highly funded Kickstarter project. More impressive than their funding is the support and enthusiasm from their customers. In September, the company will deliver about 85,000 watches to backers who believed in the project. The watch is now sold out but you can sign up [here](http://getinpulse.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe?u=dd6d54b0e22472d9f5004013a&id=477cb3d658&ref=skatter.com) to get alerts when more watches become available. **Links: [Kickstarter](http://www.kickstarter.com/projects/597507018/pebble-e-paper-watch-for-iphone-and-android?ref=skatter.com) | [GetPebble](http://www.getpebble.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### My Top 5: The New 500 Batch URL: https://www.skatter.com/my-top-5-the-new-500-batch/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:23.000Z Last fall, I took a leave of absence from college and had the pleasure of being part of the third batch of 500 Startups. I’m excited for this new class to experience the strength of the 500 community, the best workspace view of Silicon Valley and the work hard, play hard mentality. Many of our Monday batch meetings began with Dave McClure, founding partner at 500 Startups, asking the founders, who weren’t generating revenue, to raise their hands. As time progressed, the number of trembling hands dwindled. It comes as no surprise that a majority of the startups are revenue focused. Yesterday’s newly announced class is slightly smaller, with 27 startups compared to the last batch of 34\. Of these 27, there are five that stood out to me. McClure stresses the default being that you will die, but here are my favorites that I think can survive. ## Let the Funding Games begin. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NLTriRxzShQ&hd=1 # 1\. CardFlick [CardFlick](http://cardflick.co/?ref=skatter.com) lets you easily create custom business cards and share them with those around you. You can choose from one of their 30 aesthetic themes, and you can also integrate your Instagram or Facebook photos into your card. Hoping to eliminate physical business cards, CardFlick lets you exchange your card with other users via your iPhone (and soon Android, Windows Phone 7 and Blackberry, too). Their templates include some of the most beautiful business cards I’ve ever seen. # 2\. Chalkable [Chalkable](http://chalkable.com/?ref=skatter.com) provides schools with an educational platform and a curated app store to enhance the classroom. Many teachers are hesitant to adopt new technology because of the time commitment it takes to learn the new interfaces, but Chalkable’s easy to learn platform helps teachers take advantage of tools they might have otherwise shied away from. With Chalkable, teachers can manage their classroom, distribute grades and assignments, and foster a learning environment through the content in the app store. # 3\. Publik Demand ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2012/05/publikdemand.png "PublikDemand") [Publik Demand](http://www.publikdemand.com/?ref=skatter.com) has got to be the most badass startup of this batch. They help consumers change bad company policy. The idea for the startup originated from a terrible customer experience by Publik Demand co-founder, Courtney Powell. She experienced the struggle of the small consumer against a huge corporation, and now she wants to amplify your message and help customers be treated like customers. # 4\. Groupiter ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2012/05/groupiter.png "Groupiter") [Groupiter](https://groupiter.com/login?ref=skatter.com) adds real-time conversations to your DropBox files. Finally! Collaboration can be disjointed when you’re switching from a Dropbox file to a Skype or email conversation just to make a few tweaks in the file. Now that Dropbox has Google Drive as a competitor, it will be interesting to see if Groupiter aids in making Dropbox a more compelling product than Google Drive. # 5\. Monogram ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2012/05/monogram.png "Monogram") [Monogram](http://www.getmonogram.com/?ref=skatter.com) is a shopping app for the iPad that learns your taste and recommends fashion items that fit your style. Instead of browsing fashion sites and clicking through pages just to find a piece of clothing you like, Monogram presents to you your own style. It also alerts you of new releases and sales. Now we can all find the most fashionable items that pertain to our individual taste. ### I Got My Laptop & A Windows Phone. Both Are Up For Auction. 100% Of Proceeds Go To Charity. URL: https://www.skatter.com/i-got-my-laptop-a-windows-phone-both-are-up-for-auction-100-of-proceeds-go-to-charity/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:45.000Z Just a few hours after publishing a story regarding my experience participating in the [Windows Phone challenge](https://www.skatter.com/i-won-the-windows-phone-challenge-but-lost-just-because/) at the Santa Clara Microsoft Store, my article hit the [Reddit front-page](http://www.reddit.com/r/technology/comments/rdgtz/i%5Fwon%5Fthe%5Fwindows%5Fphone%5Fchallenge%5Fbut%5Flost%5Fjust/?ref=skatter.com). It was not long before [dozens of publications](http://www.techmeme.com/120326/p3?ref=skatter.com#a120326p3) picked up the story as well. Microsoft Evangelist Ben Rudolph ([@BenThePCGuy](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/benthepcguy)) was kind enough to offer a rematch as I had requested. However, he publicly tweeted the following message this morning before I had a chance to respond likely due to a storm of angry tweets. > @[BenThePCGuy](https://twitter.com/BenThePCGuy?ref=skatter.com) Thanks! Email Sent. > > — Sahas Katta (@sahaskatta) [March 26, 2012](https://twitter.com/sahaskatta/status/184312775164702720?ref=skatter.com) I exchanged emails with Ben regarding the matter earlier today and learned that a laptop and phone were aside for me at the Santa Clara Microsoft Store. I dropped by this evening and after spending a few minutes chatting with two rather extremely friendly store managers, I walked out with a [$1,049 Hunger Games Special Edition HP Folio 13](http://www.microsoftstore.com/store/msstore/pd/productID.245603200?ref=skatter.com) and a [$899 Nokia Lumia 800 Bundle](http://www.microsoftstore.com/store/msstore/pd/productID.245999700?ref=skatter.com). I recently just purchased a new HP Envy 15 and I am rather happy with my smart phone, so I decided to put both of these up for auction on eBay. I will ship the highest bidder of each listing the respective device and donate 100% of the proceeds to a charity of with the help of [Reddit’s choosing](http://www.reddit.com/r/technology/comments/rff4w/i%5Fgot%5Fmy%5Fultrabook%5Fand%5Fa%5Fwindows%5Fphone%5Ffrom/?ref=skatter.com). ## eBay Auctions: 1. **[HP Folio 13-1051nr, Hunger Games Edition](http://www.ebay.com/itm/ws/eBayISAPI.dll?ViewItem&item=180851504874&ssPageName=ADME:L:LCA:US:1123&ref=skatter.com#ht%5F1678wt%5F1396)** 2. **[Nokia Lumia 800 Bundle](http://www.ebay.com/itm/ws/eBayISAPI.dll?ViewItem&item=180851503194&ssPageName=ADME:L:LCA:US:1123&ref=skatter.com#ht%5F1697wt%5F1139)** As always, let me know if you have any questions. ### I Won The Windows Phone Challenge, But Lost “Just Because” URL: https://www.skatter.com/i-won-the-windows-phone-challenge-but-lost-just-because/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:46.000Z I headed down to the [Santa Clara Microsoft Store](http://www.bing.com/maps/?ref=skatter.com#bGlkPXluMTIzeDQwMTI4NDIyOA==) this morning after hearing about the [Windows Phone challenge](http://content.microsoftstore.com/store/SmokedByWindowsPhone/Santa-Clara-CA?WT.mc%5Fid=onlinestore%5Fherobanner&ref=skatter.com) last night. For those not familiar, anyone who completes a task faster than a Windows Phone on their own smart phone can win a $1000 Special Edition Laptop assuming they meet some standard [terms and conditions](http://content.microsoftstore.com/store/smokedbywindowsphone/rules?ref=skatter.com). Those who “get smoked” by a Windows Phone, have the opportunity to trade in their existing device for Windows Phone. After signing a waiver agreeing to let Microsoft use a photo of me in their advertising, I got in line for the challenge. I was using a [Samsung Galaxy Nexus](http://www.google.com/nexus/?ref=skatter.com) which runs the latest Android operating system on the Verizon Wireless network. As requested, I shut down my phone and powered it on in front of an employee when it was my turn. (I’m assuming they don’t want anyone pre-launching any apps in advance.) The Microsoft Store employee I was up against then explained the selected challenge. Her exact words were the following: “bring up the weather of two different cities.” The one who could do that first would win. I felt like I struck gold since I knew I already had two weather widgets on my home screen: one for my current location (San Jose, CA) and another for Berkeley, CA. After a three-second count down, I hit the power button on my phone and said “DONE!” out loud. I had disabled the lock screen entirely, which is a rather awesome out-of-the-box feature of Android that takes you straight to the home screen with a single push of the power button. I didn’t even need to touch the screen, since the two weather widgets were already there. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2012/03/galaxy-nexus.jpg "Galaxy Nexus") My opponent finished a split-second later. She had two live tiles on her home screen displaying the weather of two different cities as well. Why does it take longer on Windows Phone? She had to perform two actions. First, she hit the power button to turn on the screen. Second, she had to swipe away the lock screen. That’s pretty much as fast as it gets on that platform. Windows Phone takes two interactions. Android takes just one. I excitedly thought I won out of pure luck. However, I was quickly told that I lost. I asked for a reason and was told Windows Phone won because “it displays the weather right there.” That was rather unclear. I showed her my device which also was showing off the same information with two side-by-side weather widgets on the center home screen. After pressing for a better reason, I was told that Windows Phone won “just because.” After trying to push for a real answer since I clearly won the contest by their rules, another Microsoft Store employee (possibly a manager) came by after noticing me asking more questions. Thinking on his feet, he quickly gave a ridiculous out-of-thin-air reason that I need to display the weather of *different cities in different states* and that “my phone could not do that”. I calmly and politely tried pointing out that I was absolutely never told about having to show off two different states, but at this point I realized there was no point in even attempting to argue since the Microsoft Store employees clearly had no intention of even potentially discussing the possibility of considering me the winner. I was then asked to snap a photo in front of a sign that read along the lines of “My Android was smoked by Windows Phone” before leaving the store. I was quite excited to take the challenge, but left the Microsoft Store in distaste. I sure hope the purpose of this marketing ploy is to attract new customers by demonstrating the highlights of Windows Phone, not frustrating them instead. If anyone from Microsoft would like to have a rematch, I would be happy to smoke a Windows Phone with Android, again. **Update:** [I Got My Laptop & A Windows Phone. Both Are Up For Auction. 100% Of Proceeds Go To Charity.](https://www.skatter.com/i-got-my-laptop-a-windows-phone-both-are-up-for-auction-100-of-proceeds-go-to-charity/) ### The Next iPad URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-next-ipad/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:24.000Z After spending about a week with the third-generation iPad which went on sale last Friday after Apple’s grand unveiling in San Francisco earlier this month, here are several features I hope will go into next year’s model. # Stereo Speakers This one seems trivial, but will go a long way. Every iPad to date only packs a single mono speaker. Considering movies and music are key features, the lack of stereo speakers is rather disappointing. Several Android tablets including the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/) offer stereo speakers. Even the BlackBerry PlayBook has a speaker on each side. # FaceTime Camera ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-facetime.jpg "Apple iPad 2 FaceTime") Apple threw in a vastly improved rear-facing iSight camera, but the FaceTime camera on the front remains the same: it shoots at just 0.3 megapixels. For those wondering, Apple describes it as a VGA resolution which translates to just 640 x 480 pixels. Considering Skype just bumped video quality up to 1080p last month, including a 2 megapixel camera on front seems reasonable at the very least. # Thinner and Lighter The original iPad weighed 1.5 pounds and the iPad 2 slimmed down to just 1.33 pounds. Unfortunately, the third-generation iPad weights 1.44 pounds. The [much larger battery](http://www.intomobile.com/2012/03/09/new-ipad-has-11666-mah-battery-70-larger-than-battery-ipad-2/?ref=skatter.com) is the obvious culprit, but it was probably the only option to maintain the same 10 hour run-time with the power hungrier hardware. Tablets should continue shedding weight, not adding bulk. The new iPad’s 0.37 inch thick body is thinner than the original 0.53 inch model, but bulkier than the 0.35 inch thick iPad 2\. The Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 weighs just 1.25 pounds and is only 0.34 inches thick. The Asus Transformer Prime is even thinner at just 0.33 inches and weighs 1.29 pounds. # Micro USB and HDMI Every iOS device to date uses the same Dock Connector. I do not see a change happening, but I hope Apple will eventually adopt microUSB. While it might be a pain for those who already own accessories with dock connectors, it would help keep things consistent with other products on the market. I would love to charge my iPad with the same cable that also charges my Bluetooth headset, smart phone, Kindle, and many other devices. Jumping to Micro USB would also open the doors to supporting HDMI thanks to [MHL](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile%5FHigh-definition%5FLink?ref=skatter.com). Apple offers a $40 AV Adapter for HDMI output, but generic cables are usually more affordable. # Siri Please ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/apple-iphone-4s.jpg "Apple iPhone 4S") Some claim the new iPad lacks Siri to because WiFi-only models do not always have a constant data connection and it would be inconsistent to only offer the feature to the mobile broadband enabled ones. I also came across reasons including hardware limitations and Apple possibly holding it back until next year to entice users to upgrade again. I am not really sure why Siri isn’t available, but the hardware is definitely capable and Apple already has the technology to make it possible. I really do hope an update will introduce the feature soon. It would be nice to check the weather, set an alarm, send a text message, or search the web quickly when my hands are tied up doing multiple things. Voice dictation already works great. # Quad Core Processor The third-generation iPad has a quad-core graphics processing unit (GPU), but still runs on a dual-core processor. While the current configuration makes major strides for graphics intensive tasks, the new hardware does not necessarily speed up every day use. Several of the flagship Android smart phones and tablets are making a leap into quad-core territory this summer and Apple will hopefully do the same for the iPhone this year and for the next iPad in 2013. # WPS Support For iOS Just about every router now offers [WPS (WiFi Protected Setup)](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wi-Fi%5FProtected%5FSetup?ref=skatter.com) for one-click pairing with a wireless home network. Clicking a button to let guests connect to your network makes things a whole lot simpler than having to share a complex network key. Windows 7 has the feature built-in and many Android devices offer the feature too. Though a tiny addition, it is also a huge convenience. # Runs Cooler [Consumer Reports claims](http://news.consumerreports.org/electronics/2012/03/our-test-finds-new-ipad-hits-116-degrees-while-running-games.html?ref=skatter.com) the iPad runs nearly 13 F warmer than the previous model. I probably would have never noticed if it were not for all the buzz that followed. Even if comfort is not an issue, pushing for cooler running temperatures in next year’s iteration does not hurt. Lithium-Ion batteries are prone to loosing capacity when exposed to high temperatures for extended periods of time. **Links: [Apple iPad](http://apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com)** ### Online Communities Influence The Anti-Piracy Act URL: https://www.skatter.com/online-communities-influence-the-anti-piracy-act/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:46.000Z It is well-known that a bill called the Stop Online Piracy Act (SOPA) could ultimately lead to online censorship as dictated by government protocol. Erik Martin, general manager of Reddit, put it best, explaining that, “SOPA would kill Reddit” and other community-driven forums of its nature. Not everyone agrees with Martin and several companies chose to stand behind the anti-piracy act, only to face an immediate revolt among online communities. Following this reaction, the faces of some industries have pulled back from their alliance in the bill, while others may be a little more superficial in their retreat. Just a week ago, GoDaddy was one of the first big-name corporations to declare their alliance for SOPA only to almost immediately retract it after enduring an intense Internet backlash against the decision. Skatter Tech reported on the following reaction of social forums’ CEOs, including Ben Huh and Paul Graham, among others—all willing and eager to transfer their business from GoDaddy to competitors. The disaster that ensued from their public alliance wasn’t the only reason GoDaddy recalled their support—much of the responsibility was assigned to the outcries, boycotting, and petitioning held by the Reddit community. The online censorship act would also greatly affect the way the gaming industry utilizes the online community in the attempt to offer the ultimate gaming experience. And thus major players in the gaming industry have declared their support for the anti-piracy act and, much like GoDaddy, have had to face the wrath of the internet in return. Nintendo, Sony, and Electronic Arts have all declared their alliance with SOPA and have had to recall it after the boycotts and criticism followed. On the surface, it looks like the internet has successfully protected itself from censorship by influencing the industrial giants that could sway its future entirely. However, that may not be the case. While it is confirmed that Nintendo, Sony, Electronic Arts, and others have all pulled out of their alliance with SOPA, the Entertainment Software Association (ESA) has not. This is notable because ESA is a significant driving force behind SOPA and members of the ESA include (you guessed it) Nintendo, Sony, and Electronic Arts. ESA’s influence doesn’t stop at SOPA, either; it also reaches sister acts like PROTECT IP. It is also capable of targeting specific websites and shutting them down as seen fit. This leads to the obvious question—has their heavily criticized support for SOPA truly been lifted? Online communities have spoken and effectively made it clear to major players like Sony, Nintendo, GoDaddy, and others that SOPA will not be passed without a fight. These corporations have reacted appropriately by removing their association with the anti-piracy act on the surface, but whether or not that actually removes their influence on the bill is questionable. Regardless of opinion, it is our responsibility as contributors to online communities (of any caliber) to understand just how deep the influence and effects of SOPA go. And, as always, “hell hath no fury like the Internet’s wrath.” **Links: [Reddit /r/SOPA](http://www.reddit.com/r/SOPA?ref=skatter.com) | [S.O.P.A. Supporters](http://judiciary.house.gov/issues/Rogue%20Websites/List%20of%20SOPA%20Supporters.pdf?ref=skatter.com)** ### Go Daddy Draws Heat for Supporting S.O.P.A. URL: https://www.skatter.com/go-daddy-draws-heat-for-supporting-s-o-p-a/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:46.000Z The Stop Online Piracy Act (aka. S.O.P.A) has been making headlines around the web in recent weeks. The bill introduced by the U.S. House of Representatives aims to cut down illegal file sharing. However its critics say the bill will do more harm than good. Big tech companies such as Google and Facebook have come out in strong opposition, pointing out that if passed, the government would have the power to shut down websites and order search engines to modify search results to combat piracy. Opponents say that this infringes on basic online freedoms and will not actually solve the issue at hand. Proponents of the bill include the usual suspects, big entertainment companies such as Disney and the NFL, who have suffered great losses due to piracy and are desperate for a solution. Today, many were surprised to read that domain registrar and web hosting company, Go Daddy is[ in support](http://support.godaddy.com/godaddy/go-daddys-position-on-sopa/?ref=skatter.com) of the bill. A link to the announcement posted on the popular social sharing site [Reddit ](http://www.reddit.com/r/politics/comments/nmnie/godaddy%5Fsupports%5Fsopa%5Fim%5Ftransferring%5F51%5Fdomains/?ref=skatter.com)has sparked outrage around the web and has called for a boycott of the company. But it is not just a small minority transferring personal domains, I Can Has Cheezeburger CEO Ben Huh has [threatened](http://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/benhuh/status/149965881479397376) to move over 1000 domains off Go Daddy unless they change their stance on S.O.P.A. Many web host [competitors](http://blog.hostgator.com/2011/12/22/sopa-must-die/?ref=skatter.com) are taking advantage of the situation and offering discounts to Go Daddy customers to switch their hosting provider. Regardless of whether S.O.P.A. is good or not, the announcement by Go Daddy has created a PR nightmare. A quick look at Go Daddy’s twitter feed reveals a stream of public replies reading “We encourage you to visit our blog to view the details of our position on SOPA”. The company does not seem to be backing down from their position or doing anything to retain the customers they are loosing today. The boycott has even spread past Go Daddy, YCombinator founder Paul Graham announced that he will be banning any companies supporting S.O.P.A. from his Demo Day events. > “If these companies are so clueless about technology that they think SOPA is a good idea, how could they be good investors?” — Paul Graham. If the trend continues it may not only be unpopular to support S.O.P.A. but also unprofitable. Let us know what you think about the boycott in the comments, did Go Daddy make the right move by taking such a strong stance? **Links: [Go Daddy Announcement](http://support.godaddy.com/godaddy/go-daddys-position-on-sopa/?ref=skatter.com) | [Reddit Post](http://www.reddit.com/r/politics/comments/nmnie/godaddy%5Fsupports%5Fsopa%5Fim%5Ftransferring%5F51%5Fdomains/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 3M Mobile Projector Giveaway – $299 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/3m-mobile-projector-giveaway-299-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:14:03.000Z Looking to get your hands on a mobile projector? You are in the right place. Though this technology is relatively new, 3M already has a few years of experience in the field. For those not keeping tabs, we published reviews of the [MPro120](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/) last year and the [Shoot ‘n Share](https://www.skatter.com/3m-shoot-n-share-camcorder-projector-review/) eearlier this year. The latest MP225a runs for 2 hours on a single charge, packs 32 lumens inside, has a built-in stand, plugs into laptops with VGA, and works with the iPad too. The suggested retail price is $299, but we have up to three to giveaway for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) and [‘Like’ 3M Mobile Projectors](http://www.facebook.com/3MMobileProjectors) on Facebook. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/3m-mobile-projector-mp225-with-ipad.jpg "3M Mobile Projector MP225 with iPad") # The Deal Skatter Tech will giveaway one (1) 3M MP225a Mobile Projector to a randomly selected eligible contestant by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on November 7th, 2011, however Skatter Tech can giveaway a total of three (3) 3M MP225a Mobile Projectors to three randomly selected eligible contestants if we reach at least 200 entries by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on November 7th, 2011\. (Sweepstakes opens at 8:00 PM Pacific Time on October 24th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach a minimum of 200 eligible entries before the deadline. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - Potential winner(s) will be randomly selected by a computer on November 8th, 2011. - Another entry gets drawn if selection is ineligible or person fails to respond within 24 hours. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates submissions will result in disqualification. - We will announce the potential winner at the bottom of this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/) to participate. **Link: [3M Mobile Projectors](http://3mmobileprojectors.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Ford Focus 2012: SYNC With MyFord Touch (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/ford-focus-2012-sync-with-myford-touch-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:54.000Z About a week ago, our friends at [Ford](http://ford.com/?ref=skatter.com) lent Skatter Tech a brand new 5-door [Focus 2012 Hatchback Titanium](http://www.ford.com/cars/focus/?ref=skatter.com) for an opportunity to check out the latest in-car tech. For those not familiar, the Microsoft-powered SYNC platform first made a debut at the 2007 Detroit Auto Show. Ford has since built on this platform introducing MyFord Touch at the 2010 Consumer Electronics Show for a touch-screen experience with powerful voice commands, better smart phone integration, more entertainment options, internet connectivity, navigation with traffic alerts, and many other perks. # SYNC with MyFord Touch ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-myford-touch.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 MyFord Touch") The in-car infotainment system on the Focus 2012 revolves around an 8-inch touch screen. MyFord Touch splits the home screen into four quadrants for the phone, navigation, climate, and entertainment. Common functions for any of the respective zones are accessible on the main screen and users can click on one of the color-coded region to open the full zone for more options. Unfortunately, there is one major problem. Consumers now have high expectations when it comes to easy-to-use uncluttered and responsive interfaces thanks to the advent of the latest generation smart phones and tablets. Ford still has a long way to go when it comes to improving on its touch screen experience. The software often takes a few seconds to respond to a touch or even bring up a new menu. Interface elements are not always consistent, some fonts are quite difficult to read, and the recessed display forces drivers to lean over to see information on the edges of the screen. # Multimedia ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-multimedia.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Multimedia") Setting aside my concerns regarding the experience of the underlying SYNC platform, the Focus 2012 actually excels when it comes to providing a robust in-car entertainment experience. Getting basics out-of-the-way, Ford includes AM/FM radio and a single-disc CD player. To take things up a notch, the Titanium model comes with a Sony 10-speaker sound system and a sub-woofer which makes [HD Radio](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD%5FRadio?ref=skatter.com) and [Sirius XM](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD%5FRadio?ref=skatter.com) a lot more enjoyable. Though I prefer the Mark Levinson sound system found in Lexus vehicles or Harman Kardon in Mercedes, those are not exactly a fair comparison. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-arm-rest.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Arm Rest") Under the center armrest are two USB ports for smart phones and MP3 players. SYNC can even access music on a flash drive or a portable hard drive. Being able to charge USB devices without a third-party car adapter with these ports is also a plus. Thanks to Bluetooth A2DP support, I could stream music from the cloud-powered [Google Music](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/) straight to the car wirelessly through a Samsung Galaxy S II. I briefly tried playing tracks from both the iPod app and [Rdio](http://www.rdio.com/?ref=skatter.com) on an Apple iPhone 4 over Bluetooth and it worked seamlessly. I was quite impressed to find the previous and next track controls on the wheel functioning perfectly when navigating through tracks on both Android and iOS devices. SYNC with MyFord Touch can actually display album art along with music from devices such as iPod when plugged into a USB port too. Images unfortunately did not appear when streaming tracks over Bluetooth. Also under the center armrest are RCA jacks for playing video on-screen. Plugging in a portable DVD player or a gaming console should work just fine. I was a bit disappointed to notice the lack of a dedicated AUX port, but working around the issue with a AUX-to-RCA cable is quite easy. There is a SD card reader under the arm rest for multimedia as well, though a card with navigation data occupies the slot for those who bought the respective technology package. # Navigation System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-navigation.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Navigation") While portable navigation systems now retail for under $100, many drivers still prefer a factory out-of-the-box solution. Those who opt for the SYNC with Navigation package can enjoy the convenience of voice-guided turn-by-turn directions with traffic alerts powered by TeleNav. The touch screen interface lets drivers select a home location, configure favorites, browse previous destinations, search for points of interest, input a street address, find an intersection, or look for places on a map. I tested the reliability of the navigator over a period of a week while driving across the San Francisco Bay Area. While the directions were spot-on the vast majority of the time, the navigator sent me driving in circles in at least two occasions even though I was just a few blocks away from the final destination. Re-calculating a route also took a little longer than a 2012 car should take. Bring up memories of the sluggishness of the [Garmin StreetPilot](https://buy.garmin.com/shop/shop.do?pID=158&ref=skatter.com) I purchased nearly a decade ago is never a good sign. I still felt Google Maps Navigation works better on my Android smart phone. Voice commands are another highly touted feature. SYNC with MyFord Touch, powered by Nuance, adds recognition support for over 10,000 words. After putting this to the test while on the road, I found plenty of good and some bad. Starting with the positive aspects, the voice recognition was actually quite accurate. The navigator quickly pulled up a list of possible matches within seconds when I tried dictating several addresses and names of restaurants. With that being said, the system frustratingly requires speaking very specific phrases which may take sometime to learn. However, that was actually not the real problem. The entire reason for voice activated car technology is to keep drivers focused on the road. Unfortunately, SYNC with MyFord Touch fails to alleviate that issue. Well-designed voice integration should only require one or two interactions to input a destination. With the current system, I found myself having to interact nearly 4-5 times before the navigator begins guidance in almost every occasion. I also felt the maps screen could use a better color palette for distinguishing labels from streets and highways. The display was also overly cluttered with way too much overlaid information. Keying in an address was incredibly slow since the system takes a second or two to catch up with itself after a pressing a digit or letter. While I do not expect the quality of the Google Earth implementation on an Audi which even has satellite imagery, snappier performance could go a long way. # Smart Phone Integration ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-steering-wheel.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Steering Wheel") One big chunk of SYNC on Ford vehicles is smart phone integration. It’s a great idea since it keeps eyes on the road and prevents drivers from fiddling around with a device. It is also perfect for those who would rather not wear a headset. Pairing Android, BlackBerry, iOS, and Windows Phone devices via Bluetooth was quite easy with a PIN which appears on-screen. The interface can remember multiple devices though only it can only connect to a single one at a time. I was quite actually quite excited for the automatic phonebook download feature, but I found it struggling to import the nearly 2,000 entries in my device — though I am probably an exception. With this data readily available in the SYNC system, drivers can simply speak a name rather than having to remember a phone number. In my situation, the voice recognition failed to identify any of the names in my phone book even though I could browse through a full list on-screen — speaking a 10 digit number worked just fine. I answered a several calls while on the road with a single press thanks to the talk button shortcut on the steering wheel. Unfortunately, the audio quality over Bluetooth was not too pleasant for either party. I often struggled to hear the person on the other end even with the volume turned up and I heard complains from others as well. With that being said, I managed to place a few good calls which leads me to believe that signal strength due to poor coverage was likely a major factor. Regardless, the seamless experience of automatic pairing as you enter the Focus 2012 and having the system transfer a call back to the handset as you exit the vehicle is great. MyFord Touch also boasts support for transfers of contact images, though the feature did not work with any of the several phones I paired to the car even after manual import attempts. Ford also advertises support for reading out incoming text messages and responding from a selection of pre-defined replies, but this feature only works with a limited number of smart phones. # Instrument Panel Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-instrument-panel.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Instrument Panel") A 4.2 inch LCD display in the center of the instrument panel complements the larger main display centered on the dashboard. This miniature screen provides bits of information such as fuel efficiency, outside temperature, indicators for lighting, the odometer, trip details, distance until an empty tank, vehicle settings, cruise control status, and more. With the navigator running, the interface dedicates a third of the screen to display directions. This is quite helpful especially when the passenger might be using the main display to mess around with climate controls or find a new radio station. Drivers can interact with the small display by using a five-way directional pad found on the left side of the steering wheel. # Active Park Assist ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-hatchback.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Hatchback") While automatic parallel parking was once a technology reserved for luxury vehicles, Ford makes it available to the masses on the Focus 2012\. I have seen the feature advertised for a few years by several manufacturers, but I actually never tried it myself until I Ford handed me the keys to this car. I decided to give the assisted park a shot in a private residential area with nearly no traffic since I did not have high expectations. Ford proved me wrong as the Focus identified an available spot, took control of the wheel, and reversed into the spot on my first try — I only had to keep my foot on the brake to control the speed. After some added confidence, I decided to try parking on a busy street in [Los Gatos downtown](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los%5FGatos,%5FCalifornia?ref=skatter.com). The Focus 2012 backed into an available spot rather quickly which is a major plus since drivers do not have to worry about holding up cars behind them. The self-parking system also does an amazing job of bringing the back and front tires of the Focus within just few inches of the curb every time. I soon put the technology to the test in [Berkeley](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Berkeley,%5FCalifornia?ref=skatter.com) a few days later. While parking is quite easy in areas with plenty of room, I found myself in an extremely tight fit this time around with just a foot or two to spare on a slope. I soon realized that the Active Park Assist can actually perform a multiple-point turn by maneuvering the car back and forth until parked properly. The backup camera not only provides a line of sight which is much-needed for a hatchback, but also adds visual indicators for distance proximity and draws a trajectory path for easy alignment. The Focus 2012 also has audible feedback with beeps which get louder and faster when getting too close to an object. If I had any suggestions for improvements, it would be to add visual indicators on-screen for the front of the vehicle as well to complement the existing audible alerts. I also noticed that Active Park Assist only allowed parallel parking on the right side of the street, but I later found owners mention that turning on the left indicator switches modes on an online forum. Ford should consider providing some on-screen guidance to inform users of the option to parallel park on the left side of a street as well as it can come in handy in cities such as San Francisco which have many one-way streets with parking on both sides. # Other In-car Tech ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-interior.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Interior") The Focus 2012 comes with plenty of other bits of tech which deserve a mention. For instance, the driver or passengers can control multimedia playback from the steering wheel, the touch screen, or physical controls below the display. While most cars have automatic headlights which turn on when dark, Ford actually has rain-sensing wipers which automatically clear the windshield too. Though the Focus 2012 has an automatic six-speed transmission, drivers can manually change gears with a touch of a button on models such as the Titanium. There is a built-in universal garage door opener which can replace up to three remote controls. Speaking voice commands such as “cooler” or “decrease temperature” can adjust the climate. My favorite one might just be the ability to say “defrost” when windows begin getting foggy. New smart phones may now offer built-in mobile hotspots, but Ford also has its own solution. SYNC with MyFord touch lets owners plugin a USB 3G modem to create an in-car hotspot for up to five users. Aside from that, drivers can enter the Focus 2012 without having to reach for their keys thanks to touch sensitive door handles and start the engine with a click of a button. # A Few Bugs ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-center-console.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Center Console") While in-car tech advancements are always exciting, it also creates many opportunities for bugs. I had one particularly bad experience just a few minutes after I began driving the car. The whole SYNC with MyFord Touch system froze leaving me unable to interact with the car using the touch screen or even the controls on the steering wheel. Though the physical controls below the display were still functional, I could not use the touch screen to make calls, get directions, play music, or control the climate. I had to eventually turn off the engine and waited for the entire system to reboot. I also noticed that the system takes several minutes to perform scheduled system maintenance when starting the car on multiple occasions. I had to wait nearly 5 minutes before I could input an address and another few minutes before the navigator initiated guidance. Considering this happened several times in just a week, I sure hope that Ford resolves this issue in the near future. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/ford-focus-2012-titanium.jpg "Ford Focus 2012 Titanium") The Ford Focus 2012 definitely offers some of the best consumer-focused in-car tech when lined up against other vehicles of the same class. The company is also working hard to quickly to create an eco-system for third-party applications delivered through smart phones and even hopes to have developers taking on prototyping new concepts [with open-source hardware](http://www.pcmag.com/article2/0,2817,2392819,00.asp?ref=skatter.com). While advancements are good news, I strongly feel Ford could improve on user experience. The sheer number of things going on when seated in a Focus 2012 is rather overwhelming even for a computer engineer. Finding simple bits of information such as the time or the temperature often takes more than a single glance due to a cluttered and disorganized interface. there is just too much information on just about any given screen at any time. The ridiculous number of buttons on the steering wheel alone is a bit concerning. Having three sets of controls for a single task is probably unnecessary. Speeding up the interface which often takes several seconds to react to even simple tasks such as entering digits on a dial pad is a great place to start. Possibly even implementing a Metro-inspired interface for a clean minimalistic distraction-free experience would be a huge improvement. With that being said, Ford still beats many competitors when it comes to being compatible with the technology you already own without having to deal with expensive proprietary add-ons. I was particularly impressed with the active park assist and I would not be surprised to see Ford eventually begin implementing technologies such as night vision, lane tracking, pre-collision braking, or dynamic cruise control. The 5-door Focus 2012 starts at $18,200 and the Focus 2012 Hatchback Titanium Ford provided Skatter Tech came in a $27,470 configuration. Those looking for a new car packed with technology should definitely consider taking this vehicle out for a test drive. **Links: [Ford Focus 2012](http://www.ford.com/cars/focus/?ref=skatter.com) | [SYNC for MyFord Touch](http://www.ford.com/technology/sync/configurations/?ref=skatter.com)** ### TwoSides Simplifying Online Social Debate URL: https://www.skatter.com/twosides-simplifying-online-social-debate/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:47.000Z What does it mean to be an informed voter? To me it means to throughly research and understand all the different choices that I have as a voter. My research process involves reading articles from multiple news sources, listening to pundits on the radio, and watching talking heads on television. And each time my girlfriend asks what my view on a certain topic is I’m still lost, because I don’t keep track of everything I’ve researched and the argument quickly degrades to “where did you read that?” and “according to who?” Let those days be gone. Jono Lee, Eric Sue, and Ken Yu shared that same frustration and choose to start TwoSides to solve the problem. They share their vision on the about page: > TWOSIDES is based on the fundamental idea that **the world would be a better place if everyone looked at every side of an issue**. A world where people are more informed, open-minded, and tolerant. When I asked Jono how this idea came to him he replied: > TwoSides came to me in 2006, when I became 18 and eligible to vote. I was involved with politics in high school, so I believed voting to be a privilege and wanted to make sure I knew what I was voting for. However, I was appalled by how hard it was to find balanced information. Googling took way too long, television networks were always biased one way or the other, and articles often just told one side of the story. For example, 9 out of 10 voters in the recent midterm election thought they encountered information they believed to be misleading or false. For four years this idea stayed in his head with the thought that someone else would make it. > I didn’t think much of it back then, as I truly believed this was a large enough problem that \*someone\* would come along and solve it within the next few years. But in 2011 after he graduated from UCLA he realized no one had done it. At the time he was working with Eric Sue on another project, but they decided to work on this when they realized that it wasn’t really going anywhere. Six Four months, a lot of work, and an additional co-founder later, they have a working beta with a community of “informed, open-minded, and tolerant” individuals. His vision is now a reality. Although they are initially focusing on Politics and highlighting the approaching 2012 Presidential Election with a special edition of the site, they have already seen debate taking place over many other topics. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/twosides-homepage.jpg) TwoSides displays different opinions as a pie chart according to which view has the most supporters. Users can support each of these views by adding evidence which can be a link, a personal testimonial, a quote, or a combination of all three. Users can comment on each piece of supporting evidence to debate its credibility or usefulness. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/twosides-issue.jpg) The evidence view shows a breakdown of how many people voted on each view. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/twosides-issue-2.jpg) Viewing someone’s profile gives a general overview of their beliefs, contributions, and a comparison between your beliefs and theirs. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/10/twosides-profile1.jpg) TwoSides is a welcome tool for the 21st century and is now one of my favorite places to hear and debate topics. It is not without its flaws though, like any tool on the internet. Some qualms I have with it are: the inability of users to discriminate between evidence and opinion, evidence without an explanation or summation of its relevance, and relatively small community. Still, I think TwoSides is a really well designed, powerful tool, that makes debating issues easier. I really look forward to its growth as a tool and community. I think that in the long run, this could be used to compare your own views with that of candidates seeking political office, as well as candidates understanding their constituency. This can also serve to help brands and companies cater more directly to their customers’ needs. **Links: [TwoSides](http://twosides.co/?ref=skatter.com)** **Corrections 10/1/11 11:36pm** : Ken Yu was a summer intern rather than a co-founder, and that they have actually only been working on this for four months instead of the previously stated six. ### Spotify Introduces Private Listening Following Forced Facebook Integration URL: https://www.skatter.com/spotify-introduces-private-listening-following-forced-facebook-integration/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:47.000Z When Spotify first made a debut in the United States, creating an account was easy as filling out a form. Though the service has included Facebook integration since launch, a Facebook account was never necessary to register for the service. Unfortunately, things took a turn for the worst earlier this week. While initial ties with Facebook were simply to populate a list of friends and share playlists, songs began appearing in the real-time news feed after the [Facebook Timeline press event last week](https://www.skatter.com/introducing-the-facebook-timeline-the-story-of-your-life/). Prior to this week, users could simply disconnect Spotify from Facebook if they choose not to share the tracks they are playing with friends. When Spotify began requiring a Facebook account for registration, customers became enraged. This would mean having to let everyone know the tracks you play in real-time — even the really embarrassing ones. Those looking to sign up for Spotify would now have to either create a Facebook account if they did not already have one or make a spare Facebook account if they did not want the social features. > We’re rolling out a new client as we speak where you can temporarily hide your guilty pleasures. It works like a browsers private mode — Daniel Ek, Spotify CEO and Founder Spotify fortunately took notice of complains and introduced a “Private Listening” mode in the latest update. Users can now enable the feature from the file menu to prevent sharing any tracks from appearing in the Facebook Timeline. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/spotify-music-service-founders.jpg "Spotify Founders") While I fortunately was not required to register for Spotify with a Facebook account, I can understand the frustration. I would rather prefer to see the option to link a Spotify account to social networks rather than having it remain a requirement. **Link: [Spotify](http://spotify.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Xoom Finally Gets An Upgrade For Verizon Wireless 4G LTE URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-finally-gets-an-upgrade-for-verizon-wireless-4g-lte/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:47.000Z For those not keeping track, the [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/its-official-motorola-xoom-hits-verizon-wireless-on-february-24th/) made a debut in early January at the Consumer Electronics Show. Verizon Wireless picked up the tablet and assured customers a 4G LTE upgrade would be just a few weeks away. We got our hands on a unit in mid-March and the upgrade was still unavailable when we [published a full review](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) a week or two later. Nearly seven months after launch, a press release issued by Motorola Mobility and Verizon Wireless popped up in my inbox yesterday. According to the document, the Motorola Xoom with 4G LTE built-in will reach retail stores on October 13th — another two weeks away. The tablet will retail for $499 with a new two-year contract. As for those who already have a Xoom, Motorola and Verizon have a webpage to guide customers through the upgrade process. As expected, users will need to ship their tablet to a service center for outfitting with a 4G LTE module. The press release notes the entire process should only take six business days, though I doubt that will ease the rage of those who have been waiting for months. The upgrade page also mentions that those who upgrade immediately will receive a free Standard Dock ($49 MSRP) while supplies last. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-on-motorola-xoom.jpg "Pulse News Reader On Motorola Xoom") While I definitely think those who have a 3G enabled Xoom should upgrade to 4G LTE for 5-12 MBps download speeds and 2-5 Mbps uploads, I would probably suggest against buying a new one. There are several new tablets hitting store shelves as we approach the holiday season. Even though I had [some complains](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-i-am-done-with-the-galaxy-tab-10-1/) about the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/), I would still recommend it over the Motorola Xoom. Verizon Wireless charges $30, $50, and $80 a month for 2 GB, 5 GB, and 10 GB of data, respectively. **Link: [XOOM 4G LTE Upgrade](http://www.verizonwireless.com/Xoom4GLTEupgrade?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Analytics Gets Real-Time Data URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-analytics-gets-real-time-data/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z As a 5-year-long user of [Google Analytics](https://www.google.com/analytics/?ref=skatter.com), there is one feature I have eagerly awaited: real-time data. For those who do not remember, Google actually acquired a company named [Urchin](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urchin%5F%28software%29?ref=skatter.com) in 2005 before making this website tracking technology freely available to all. Competitors including [Clicky](http://getclicky.com/?ref=skatter.com), [Chartbeat](http://chartbeat.com/?ref=skatter.com), [Reinvigorate](http://www.reinvigorate.net/?ref=skatter.com), [Woopra](http://www.woopra.com/?ref=skatter.com), and a few others have long offered real-time tracking — Google is technically a bit late to the game. > Currently, Google Analytics does a great job analyzing past performance. Today we’re very excited to bring real time data to Google Analytics with the launch of Google Analytics Real-Time: a set of new reports that show what’s happening on your site as it happens. — John Jersin, [Google Analytics Blog](http://analytics.blogspot.com/2011/09/whats-happening-on-your-site-right-now.html?ref=skatter.com) (September 29, 2011) # Real-Time Users of Google Analytics generally have to wait a few minutes, hours, or a day to see new data appear in the dashboard, but the new real-time feature makes it possible to monitor activity as it happens. For instance, website owners can keep an eye on incoming traffic for a new campaign from the moment of launch and take steps to increase engagement rather than merely viewing results after a flood of traffic passes. It also helps to ensure marketing campaigns are properly configured. With real-time information, it would be easy to identify a link pointing to the wrong landing page and quickly begin directing traffic in the right direction. The new dashboard will even take advantage of social media tracking and help identify incoming visitors from social networks such as Twitter. Those looking to get their hands on the new real-time dashboard can sign-up with this [early access form here](https://services.google.com/fb/forms/realtimeanalytics/?ref=skatter.com). Some select users already have access and all Google Analytics users will gain access to the service in a few weeks according to the official announcement. # Premium Though definitely not catered for the average user, Google Analytics Premium also made a debut earlier today. The enterprise-oriented service will offer extra processing power for high traffic websites, deeper data analysis, 24/7 support, and up-time guarantee. Google did not publicly disclose pricing and encourages interested companies to reach out to their sales team directly, but I hear pricing is over $100,000 per year. **Link: [Google Analytics](http://google.com/analytics?ref=skatter.com)** ### Samsung Mobile Schedules An Unpacked “Google Episode” Event At CTIA URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-mobile-schedules-an-unpacked-google-episode-event-at-ctia/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z Just a couple of hours ago, Samsung’s PR team sent over an invite for an event entitled “Google Episode” that takes place in the San Diego Convention Center on October 11th during CTIA. While the email did not state any more details aside from the specific location and the 11:30 AM starting time, the event coincides with the expected debut of Google’s upcoming release of Android: Ice Cream Sandwich. Of course, the one-liner on the invite hints at that too: “Join us at Samsung Mobile Unpacked 2011 to get a look at what’s new from Android.” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/google-io-2011-ice-cream-sandwich.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Ice Cream Sandwich") Samsung Mobile appears to possibly have an exclusive when it comes to the first device to make a debut with the next generation Android OS. Those looking to tune into the keynote can enjoy a live stream on the [YouTube Android channel](http://www.youtube.com/android?ref=skatter.com). Samsung will definitely have a new “super phone” to announce with some impressive hardware even though they just rolled out the [Galaxy S II](https://www.skatter.com/the-htc-amaze-and-the-samsung-galaxy-s-ii-arrive-on-t-mobile/) in the United States following an international launch earlier this year. This holiday season is starting to sound quite interesting considering [Apple will have a new iPhone](https://www.skatter.com/mark-your-calendar-apple-makes-october-4th-iphone-event-official/) on store shelves as well. While Google has spent most of its annual I/O 2011 conference drawing attention to Honeycomb for tablets, I sure hope they have some major innovations when it comes to the next generation operating system for smart phones. **Link: [Samsung](http://samsung.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Pulse News Reader Debuts On Windows Phone URL: https://www.skatter.com/pulse-news-reader-debuts-on-windows-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z Though Alphonso Labs only had Android and iOS apps available when we published a review of [Pulse News Reader](https://www.skatter.com/pulse-news-reader-review/) earlier this year, the company finally rolled out a Windows Phone app earlier this week. Though there are slight variations between each platform, the overall concept remains the same. When a user opens the app, Pulse presents news feeds in a grid-like layout with a tile for each story. It appears as though the Pulse app may even take advantage of the new live tile APIs provided by the latest Windows Phone Mango release by offering bits of information on the home screen — an exclusive for this platform. Users can still view either the text from a feed or load the webpage containing a specific article from within the app. Pulse also allows sharing stories with friends by Email, Facebook, or Twitter. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/pulse-for-windows-phone-2.jpg "Pulse For windows Phone 2") Those looking to add Skatter Tech to Pulse can do so quite easily by searching for “skatter tech.” It is unclear whether there is integration with the [Pulse.me](http://pulse.me/?ref=skatter.com) service announced earlier this year. I am also curious to see whether Alphonso Labs intends to roll out a Windows 8 Metro app, which would be an appropriate complement. In the meantime, you can grab the Pulse from the [Windows Phone Marketplace](http://www.windowsphone.com/en-US/apps/ccf41a44-0b37-4dd9-bb1f-287e1ae5e7ea?ref=skatter.com). For those wondering, the company [raised $9 in Series A](http://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20110616006826/en/Pulse-Raises-9-Million-Series-Financing-NEA?ref=skatter.com) from NEA, Greycroft Partners and Lerer Ventures in June 2011. **Link: [Pulse Blog](http://blog.pulse.me/sneak-peek-pulse-windows-phone-app?ref=skatter.com)** ### Amazon Introduces The Kindle, Kindle Touch, And Kindle Fire URL: https://www.skatter.com/amazon-introduces-the-kindle-kindle-touch-and-kindle-fire/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z Earlier today, Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos announced four new Kindle devices at a press conference in Seattle. The new offerings start at an affordable $79 price-point for a basic e-book reader and a premium multimedia-rich Kindle Fire retails for $199\. For those wondering, Amazon clearly isn’t limiting itself to eBooks. The latest tablet runs on Android and has some rather impressive hardware at an attractive price-point. > “We’ve now reached the magical two-digit price point for Kindle *–* twice: the new Kindle and Kindle Touch are only $79 and $99\. Kindle Touch 3G is the new top of the line e-reader with free 3G – no monthly fees or annual contracts – and is only $149,” said Jeff Bezos, Amazon.com Founder and CEO. “Kindle Fire brings together all of the things we’ve been working on at Amazon \[
\] *–* all for only $199.” # Kindle For those who do not need the bells and whistles of a tablet, the $79 Kindle offers the bare essentials for an eBook reader. According to Amazing, this device is 30% lighter than the previous iteration at just 5.98 ounces. It is also apparently 18% smaller and flips pages 10% faster. The 6-inch e-Ink display makes reading easy even under direct sunlight. This Kindle also comes with WiFi connectivity, a web browser, a 1 month battery life, 2 GB of storage, and Amazon Cloud Storage. # Kindle Touch ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/amazon-kindle-touch.jpg "Amazon Kindle Touch") For those looking to do a little more, Amazon offers two Kindle Touch models. A 3G enabled iteration that works in over 100 countries goes for $149 without any contracts or monthly fees. A WiFi-only model retails for $99\. The 6-inch e-Ink screen supports browsing the web in addition to displaying books, newspapers, and magazines. Amazon notes a 2 month battery life but did not mention whether the 3G iteration has a higher capacity battery. The on-board storage for the Kindle Touch also gets a boost to 4 GB for twice as much content. The main differentiating factor between this tablet and the basic $79 Kindle is a touch-enabled e-Ink display. Rather than having to use a 5-way directional pad for navigation, users can directly interact with the display for a more natural experience. # Kindle Fire ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/amazon-kindle-fire.jpg "Amazon Kindle Fire") Those looking to go beyond reading should consider the $199 Kindle Fire. This tablet offers access to over 100k movies and TV shows through Amazon Instant Video. Amazon Prime members can even stream from a selection of over 11k of these for no additional cost. Amazon MP3 offers access to 17 million songs to complement the library of 1 million Kindle books, 100 graphic novels, magazines, and newspapers. While all other Kindle models have a e-Ink screen, the Kindle Fire has a 7 inch color IPS display with a high 169 ppi density. A dual-core processor may offer fast performance, but battery life unfortunately takes a major hit coming in at just 8 hours for reading or 7.5 hours for video playback. The tablet also has 8 GB of internal storage and free cloud storage for Amazon content too. Thanks to the underlying Android operating system, the Kindle Fire supports games such as Angry Birds, Plants vs. Zombies, or Cut the Rope through the Amazon App Store. # Other Services A new cloud-accelerated browser going with the name Silk helps accelerate surfing the web with help from Amazon’s EC2 servers — much like [Opera Mini](https://www.skatter.com/opera-mini-vs-opera-mobile-whats-the-difference/). Amazon Whispersync now supports synchronizing and remembering where you last left watching a movie or TV show in addition to a specific page of a book. The Kindle Fire also comes with a month-long Amazon Prime subscription. **Links: [Amazon Kindle](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0051QVESA?ref=skatter.com)** ### Mark Your Calendar, Apple Makes October 4th iPhone Event Official URL: https://www.skatter.com/mark-your-calendar-apple-makes-october-4th-iphone-event-official/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z Yesterday, Apple sent out invites out to journalist for an October 4th event. While speculation is ablaze regarding the next iPhone, the announcement will most likely bring news of a fifth iPhone — not an iPhone 5\. Taking a cue from previous release cycles, Apple will probably follow tradition releasing an iPhone 4S much like the iPhone 3GS after the iPhone 3G. We published a piece entitled [5 Things To Expect With The iPhone 4S](https://www.skatter.com/5-things-to-expect-with-the-iphone-4s/) and still stand by those predictions. From what we can tell, the upcoming device will simply build on the existing iPhone 4 with enhancements such as a faster processor, more RAM, and additional storage space. Apple may tweak the current design slightly to avoid issues such as the [infamous “death grip antennagate”](https://www.skatter.com/apple-gives-out-free-cases-fixes-iphone-4/) or the somewhat-fragile glass back-side. According [ArsTechnica’s analysis](http://arstechnica.com/apple/news/2011/09/leaked-photo-suggest-the-iphone-5-camera-wont-be-much-of-an-upgrade.ars?ref=skatter.com) of a leaked image snapped with the camera of the upcoming iPhone, the device will feature an 8 megapixel sensor. While some rumors claim a larger screen, the 3.5 inch Retina Display will probably remain the same. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-iphone-4-cupertino-map.jpg "Apple iPhone 4 - Cupertino Map") If anything, the software is the big news when it comes to the upcoming iPhone 4S. While Apple will ship iOS 5 to the existing iPhone 4 too, the company may leave out some features which require more hardware capabilities. Other rumors indicate Apple will include robust voice integration powered by [Siri](http://siri.com/?ref=skatter.com), which they acquired in April 2010\. Some blogs also mention deep Wolfram Alpha capabilities too. The event begins less than a week from today at 10 AM on Apple’s Cupertino campus as indicated by the invite. There is no indication whether the company will provide a public live stream, but most tech publications will liveblog the event and Apple generally published a video of the keynote shortly after the event concludes. **Links: [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### The HTC Amaze And The Samsung Galaxy S II Arrive On T-Mobile URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-htc-amaze-and-the-samsung-galaxy-s-ii-arrive-on-t-mobile/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:48.000Z Earlier this week, T-Mobile announced availability for the HTC Amaze and the Samsung Galaxy S II. Though the carrier is potentially in troubled water due to hold ups regarding the AT&T acquisition, these devices still make a bold statement. In addition to 4G network capabilities, the Amaze and the Galaxy S II both pack dual-core 1.5 GHz Snapdragon S3 processors making these two of the fastest smart phones on the market. > “These new products unlock the full potential of our faster 4G network and deliver the best experience yet for watching video, surfing the Web, and creating and sharing content on the go,” said Cole Brodman, chief marketing officer, T-Mobile USA. # HTC Amaze While most manufacturers simply leave a one-line description for the camera, T-Mobile touts the photography capabilities of this device. Simply mentioning the 8 megapixel sensor might be an understatement for the HTC Amaze. Some paired up technologies include auto face detection, shake detection, dual LED flash, an illuminated sensor for low-light imaging, a wide aperture lens, and zero shutter lag. Other mentioned features include: - SmartShot – takes 5 images and picks the best one with smiles and no blinks - PerfectPics – creates an album by scoring the best images - SweepShot – create a panoramic shot in a single motion - ClearShot HDR – take clear photos high-contrast lighting conditions - BurstShot – rapidly snap 5 images Other mentioned camera-related features include a dedicated camera and camcorder buttons. There is also a 2 megapixel front-facing camera for self-portraits and video calls. I should also note the rear-facing camera supports 1080p video capture. The HTC Amaze also has a 4.3 inch qHD Super LCD display, HDMI output, a microUSB port, Bluetooth, WiFi, Mobile Hotspot support, 16 GB of internal storage, microSD expansion, and a 1730 mAh battery. Of course, the device runs on Android 2.3 Gingerbread and HTC Sense 3.0. # Samsung Galaxy S II While this phone also sports a 8 megapixel camera, the selling point is rather the whopping 4.52 inch WVGA Super AMOLED display. Unfortunately, Samsung only includes a 800-by-480 pixel resolution resulting in a rather low pixel density. Including a qHD resolution could add a lot more value. T-Mobile pre-loads access to Netflix, Slacker, and Zinio — hopefully easily removable if unwanted. The Gaalxy S II has DLNA media sharing and HDMI output capabilities. TouchWiz complements Android 2.3\. There is a 2 megapixel front-facing camera for video chat as well. The rear-camera supports 1080p video capture. Users can pop in a microSD card to complement the 16 GB of integrated storage. Unlike the Sprint Epic Touch 4G variant, this phone comes with NFC support for technologies such as mobile payments. Bluetooth 3.0, WiFi a/b/g/n, and a mobile hotspot come built-in. # Availability and Pricing Both devices will appear on [T-Mobile.com](http://t-mobile.com/?ref=skatter.com) beginning October 10th for pre-order and will reach retail stores on October 12th. The HTC Amaze goes for $259 after a $50 mail-in-rebate while the Samsung Galaxy S II is a bit more affordable at $229 with a $50 mail-in-rebate. Of course, as with any new smart phone, T-Mobile requires signing a new two-year contract for the subsidised pricing. ### Posterous Pivots Into Spaces URL: https://www.skatter.com/posterous-pivots-into-spaces/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:49.000Z We recently caught up with Posterous CEO, Sachin Agarwal, at Tech Crunch Disrupt and had a chance to learn about the company’s new product, Spaces. The new service allows users to create individual “spaces” or microblogs for each group of users in which members can share content. Along with Spaces, Posterous also refreshed its look by redesigning it’s feed and adding an activity stream. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/posterous-web-1.jpg "Posterous-Web-1") Spaces is a departure from the original simple microblogging platform that allowed users to simply post by emailing content to a unique email address. With the introduction of Spaces, the company takes focus away from posting by email, a feature which others have implemented since. Each Space is public or private with one or more contributors. Posterous users can still share and collaborate with non-users through a unique link provided by email. The service also supports embedding multimedia in addition to uploading photos, videos, and audio. Facebook Groups and Google+ Circles currently allow sharing with select groups, but neither allow access to a group without creating an account and nor are they primarily marketed as blogging platforms with a sharable URL. The only other microblogging platform that allows multiple blogs managed under the same account is Tumblr, Posterous’ most direct competitor. Tumblr lacks all group collaboration functionality except following public blogs. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/posterous-web-2.jpg) With the revamping of its web offering, Posterous also released a new iPhone App that includes most the functionality of the website. It allows users to quickly view all their subscribed spaces, create a new space, invite others to collaborate or view, and create posts. A welcomed function is the ability to post multiple photos at once, something that took multiple emails in the past. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/posterous-ios.jpg) Posterous, founded in 2008 by Gary Tan, Sachin Agarwal, and Brett Gibson is based in San Francisco and is a YCombinator alum. With its most recent raise of a $5 million series B from Redpoint Ventures and Jafco Ventures, its total funding is $10.14 million. Earlier this year, [Posterous announced](http://blog.posterous.com/opening-up-posterous-to-3rd-party-developers?ref=skatter.com) a new API for third-party developers to access their full technology stack positioning themselves as a competitor to Automattic’s [WordPress](http://wordpress.com/?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Posterous](http://posterous.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Posterous Spaces Press Release](http://blog.posterous.com/introducing-posterous-spaces-the-easiest-way?ref=skatter.com)** ### Amazon Schedules September 28th Press Event, A Tablet Is Imminent URL: https://www.skatter.com/amazon-schedules-september-28th-press-event-a-tablet-is-imminent/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:49.000Z Surprise, surprise. Amazon sent out invitations to a vague press conference taking place on September 28th, just four days from now. What could they possibly want our attention for? Oh right, the upcoming Amazon Tablet. Numerous sources have spread rumors about it for quite some time. The device sounds more like a Barnes & Noble Nook than an Apple iPad, but Amazon has the power of their brand to sell these things like hot cakes. TechCrunch’s MG Siegler [played around](http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/02/amazon-kindle-tablet/?ref=skatter.com) with one of the test devices and confirmed its existence. It supposedly has a 7-inch touch screen display, software for browsing books which resembles Cover Flow in iTunes, and a $249 price tag. Oh and Amazon based that software off of Android — though it is apparently unrecognizable. Hackers are about to get really excited. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/kindle-specialoffers.jpg) If Amazon does release a tablet — which presumably they will — it will be the first major competitor to the iPad. I know Android fans are not going to like that statement, but in all honesty it is true. The [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) was okay and the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 had some issue](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-i-am-done-with-the-galaxy-tab-10-1/) — everything else is forgettable. I think HP and RIM made tablets too, but I digress. In addition to a tablet, we are more than likely going to see a refresh of the classic Kindle. Amazon has not released a new model since last year’s Kindle 3\. It still has a hardware keyboard — a factor that usually dates any product pretty well. The only major update we saw after that was [the new ad-supported version](https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-ad-supported-kindle-for-a-discounted-price-114/), which sells for $25 less than the regular Kindle at $114. Amazon’s press conference oddly takes place on the east coast in New York City. Again, it is this Wednesday the 28th at 10 a.m. ET. The company gave as little information on the invitation as possible, but we know better. **Link: [Amazon Kindle](http://www.amazon.com/Kindle-Wireless-Reader-Wifi-Graphite/dp/B002Y27P3M?ref=skatter.com)** ### Introducing The Facebook Timeline: The Story Of Your Life URL: https://www.skatter.com/introducing-the-facebook-timeline-the-story-of-your-life/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:49.000Z Earlier today, [Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg](http://facebook.com/zuck) took the stage at the San Francisco Concourse Exhibition Center to announce a major revamp to the world’s largest social network at the company’s annual [F8 Developer Conference](http://f8.facebook.com/?ref=skatter.com). The big news is an evolved profile page which goes by the name timeline. Facebook was simply touching the surface when it unveiled a new real-time news feed, a subscribe feature, and an improved friends list over the past week. Zuckerberg noted the information section of a profile page would generally only consume about the first five minutes of an in-person conversation. Though Facebook quickly grew to add news feeds, most posted items quickly get tucked away under the “older posts” button. [The new timeline](https://blog.facebook.com/blog.php?post=10150289612087131&ref=skatter.com) feature aims to let users tell a story of their life. A quick timeline found on the sidebar essentially extends from the day your were born to today. Users can filter though someone’s timeline by year and month. http://youtu.be/hzPEPfJHfKU?hd=1 While posted items enter a new feed with the current date and time, the new timeline lets users inject a story anywhere. A person can head back in time to add a picture of the day they were born, make notations for anniversaries, or just about anything other major life event. Another notable addition includes a large cover photo, which complements a profile picture, for a personal touch. It appears as though the [new chat system from earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-launches-skype-powered-video-calling-and-group-chat/) and the newly introduced real-time news feed will stick around in the sidebar. While sponsored ads currently appear in the sidebar, it is unclear whether Facebook intends to slip sponsored material into a timeline. I spent sometime messing with the new timeline interface and I have to admit the new layout is gorgeous. Though it looks much unlike past versions of Facebook, it is a next step for evolution and innovation to progress. The notion of a news feed lacks emotion and sounds much like a technical term while a timeline has a more personal touch. As Zuckerberg noted on stage several times, the new Facebook profile page will tell the “story of your life.” **Links: [Facebook Timeline](https://www.facebook.com/about/timeline)** ### Twitter Adds Support For Sharing Photos Through SMS URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitter-adds-support-for-sharing-photos-through-sms/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:49.000Z When 200 140 characters is not enough, attach a photo. After all, a photo is worth a thousand words and in Twitter currency that is nearly 25 tweets. In a press release today on [Twitter’s Blog](http://blog.twitter.com/2011/09/share-photo-via-text-message.html?ref=skatter.com), the company announced that users can now post pictures by SMS. Simply attach a picture to the text of your Tweet and send it to Twitter as you normally would using the short code 404-04 (for U.S.). This may seem quite unnecessary in places where smart phones are prevalent, but this feature makes a lot of sense in many of the 80 countries in which Twitter operates. In fact, every month users send and receive nearly four billion Twitter messages via SMS. This feature has a lot of value especially in tense situations such as this summer’s Egyptian Revolution to share pictures quickly with the entire world from any mobile phone a camera and SMS capabilities. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-mobile.jpg) Unfortunately the list of carriers is still very limited, but partnerships are in the works to rollout this feature to all carriers [according to Twitter](http://blog.twitter.com/2011/09/share-photo-via-text-message.html?ref=skatter.com). > This feature is currently available with the following carriers\*: AT&T, Verizon Wireless and Cellular South in the US; Vodafone, O2 and Orange in the UK; Vodafone Italy; Rogers Communications in Canada; VIVA Bahrain; and, TIM Brazil. We’ll continue to work with more carriers to enable their customers to share photos via text message. Hopefully this will be available in the rest of the world soon and we can expect to see more pictures along with breaking news on Twitter **LInks: [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com)** ### Pandora’s New HTML5-Based Website Now Available For All URL: https://www.skatter.com/pandoras-new-html5-based-website-now-available-for-all/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:49.000Z Pandora’s website has been in need of a redesign for quite some time now, and they have finally gotten around to doing just that. Starting today, the online music service is rolling out a new design to everyone, though paid members have had access for a few months. It makes the site look like a sleek, modern web app. And similar to most of the better web apps out there, Pandora used HTML5 to get the job done. The team started from scratch with a few goals in mind: > In late 2010 we started with a clean sheet of paper, challenging ourselves to create a new internet radio experience that was fast, social, and easy while still being familiar to the tens of millions of people who listen to Pandora each month. Not only does it look a lot better, but it is speedier and more intuitive. Pandora now provides users with suggestions for new radio stations and auto-complete choices for creating one you already have in mind. They placed the music controls prominently at the top center, making it especially easy to pause your music or rate it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/new-html5-pandora-player-profile1.jpg) There are a handful of new features as well. For one, you can now shuffle music between different stations via the toggle in the list on the left. Artist information is more in-depth with options to view lyrics, biographies, and high-resolution album art. Pandora is also getting social with the new music feed. It allows you to see what music your friends are listening to and like or comment the activity as it shows up in the timeline. Additionally, users can share stations externally to Twitter, Facebook, or email. One downside of the new design is more ads. Yes, Pandora dedicates a considerably wide sidebar to advertisements and nothing else. Plus, audio and video ads will now appear every so often in between songs. Luckily though, these ads allow the service to remove the 40-hour cap on music playback. You can now listen to as much music as your heart desires for free. If you really can not stand ads, [Pandora One](http://www.pandora.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/subscriptionInfo) is still available for $36 per year and offers premium features. This price is cheaper than competing services like Rdio and [Spotify](https://www.skatter.com/spotify-is-coming-to-the-u-s/), but Pandora has its limits. The competition allows for searching and playing individual songs, so you always know what you are getting. Plus, Rdio is soon offering a free plan that does not include ads — a value anyone should consider. **Link: [Pandora](http://www.pandora.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google+ Now Open To All, Brings Hangouts To Android, And Introduces Search Too URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-now-open-to-all-brings-hangouts-to-android-and-introduces-search-too/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:50.000Z Just two days before the [Facebook F8](https://f8.facebook.com/?ref=skatter.com) conference kicks off with anticipated news of a major revamp, Google just pulled the trigger and announced several new additions to [Google+](http://google.com/+?ref=skatter.com). For starters, the 90 day old social network is lifting the original invitation-only system and opening up to the public. For those who are not familiar, the +Hangouts feature is essentially group video chat with a few extra perks. Unlike Skype which currently charges for video calls with three or more participants, +Hangouts allows up to nine join in on a video call right through a web browser. Today’s addition brings this service to Android 2.3+ smart phones through an update for the Google+ app. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/hangouts-on-mobile-phone.jpg "Hangouts on Mobile Phone") Google now lets users broadcast +Hangout sessions to the public. While only nine users can simultaneously participate in a conversation, spectators can now tune into the stream. To give things a kick-start, Google is hosting a [+Hangout with will.i.am](https://plus.google.com/u/0/109351399938437494273/posts?ref=skatter.com) tomorrow evening (September 21st). I can imagine this becoming a great technology for those who live-stream podcasts too. Other interesting features including the option to share screens, draw on a sketch pad, and collaborate on Google Docs. An API for +Hangouts will soon let developers tie in third-party services and likely introduce a handful of creative interactive technologies for group video calls. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/hangouts-with-extras.jpg "Hangouts with Extras") Aside from those features, Google is introducing one last thing: search. While some may assume this is a given considering the company is the largest search engine, Google+ actually did not have the feature until now. Members can now look up people or posts. Google details an example where searching for cooking will bring up results for “chefs and food from around the globe” in addition to personalized results from family and friends which only you can see. **Links: [Google+](http://google.com/+?ref=skatter.com) | [Official Google Blog](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2011/09/google-92-93-94-95-96-97-98-99-100.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Netflix Story Every Journalist Missed: Qwikster Is A Setup For Sale URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-netflix-story-every-journalist-missed-qwikster-is-a-setup-for-sale/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:24.000Z Over the past day or so, tech pundits have ranted and raged over Netflix’s decision to spin-off their DVD business into a separate entity named [Qwikster](http://qwikster.com/?ref=skatter.com). Just a quick glance at [TechMeme](http://techmeme.com/?ref=skatter.com) reveals thoughts from [TechCrunch](http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/18/uh-oh-qwikster-already-has-a-lively-twitter-account-but-its-not-owned-by-netflix/?ref=skatter.com), [Gizmodo](http://gizmodo.com/5841887?ref=skatter.com), [Technologzier](http://technologizer.com/2011/09/19/the-upside-of-qwikster-video-games/?ref=skatter.com), [PC World](http://www.pcworld.com/article/240251/dont%5Fpanic%5Fthe%5Fnetflix%5Fqwikster%5Fchange%5Fmay%5Fbe%5Fexactly%5Fwhat%5Fyou%5Fwanted.html?ref=skatter.com), [CNN Money](http://tech.fortune.cnn.com/2011/09/19/netflix-plenty-of-pitfalls-in-the-fine-print/?ref=skatter.com), [Fast Company](http://www.fastcompany.com/1781291/netflix-splitting-up-was-always-part-of-the-plan?ref=skatter.com), [VentureBeat](http://venturebeat.com/2011/09/19/netflix-game-rental-cloud/?ref=skatter.com), [GigaOm](http://gigaom.com/video/netflix-qwikster-future/?ref=skatter.com), [Mashable](http://mashable.com/2011/09/19/netflix-stock-down-42-percent/?ref=skatter.com), and many more. Just about every one of these stories simply reiterates on the other with no value added. Interestingly enough, there is something I have not heard being said and it is also what I am hearing from a source: Qwikster is a setup for sale. Why? Many reasons. The logic makes sense if you evaluate the current situation. The DVD portion of Netflix’s business is getting awfully expensive to operate while the streaming portion is becoming more and more affordable thanks to the advancements in cloud offerings. According to [Bloomberg Businessweek](http://www.businessweek.com/magazine/content/10%5F34/b4192038586570.htm?ref=skatter.com), streaming a movie in late 2010 only cost Netflix about 5 cents — mailing out a DVD easily costs 10 times more. Not to mention the [USPS](https://www.usps.com/?ref=skatter.com), whose largest customer is Netflix, continues to raise prices and there is a good chance the entire organization may completely shut down by the end of the year. Switching to FedEx or UPS would cost a fortune. If Netflix were to continue offering DVD-by-mail, it would hold them back from focusing their on-demand streaming business. The stock price is now down by nearly 50% less since the company’s highest valuation earlier this year in July. Netflix could immediately cut losses and kill the entire DVD business, but that would cost a fortune and leave the brand name extremely tarnished. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/qwikster.jpg "Qwikster") [Creating Qwikster](http://blog.netflix.com/2011/09/explanation-and-some-reflections.html?ref=skatter.com) makes sense — though a better name could help. This subsidiary is now buyable. Though finding investors or a buyer is probably quite difficult, merging Qwikster with a company like Coinstar’s Redbox is a possibility. Just take a look at Motorola’s decision to split into Motorola Solutions and Motorola Mobility. Google would have never acquired the latter if the company never separated. DVDs are definitely not the future, but millions of customers will continue to use the service for at least another few years. After all, people still sadly pay to use AOL for instance. Qwikster may now have game rentals for a fresh taste, but even the notion of games-by-mail is getting old. For instance, services such as Steam or OnLive makes new titles available to download or stream, respectively. Qwikster is definitely a business destined to fade away over time, but the question is: who wants to make some money off it until then? ### D-Link DCS-932L Wireless Surveillance Camera (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/d-link-dcs-932l-wireless-surveillance-camera-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:54.000Z While there are many ways to keep an eye on your home, just about every option comes with a drawback. Professional security systems are too expensive and consumer-oriented options are often overly complicated. Skatter Tech reviewed the competing [Avaak VueZone](https://www.skatter.com/avaak-vuezone-personal-video-network-review/) earlier this year, but there was one major concern: the company avoids labeling its product as a security solution. Fortunately, D-Link has a relatively affordable option which hopes to play nice with an existing home WiFi network for easy installation. A remote web interface, apps for popular smart phones, and motion detection alerts make this surveillance camera seem quite attractive too. I just wish [D-Link](http://d-link.com/?ref=skatter.com) picks a shorter name next time: DCS-932L Wireless N Day/Night Home Network Camera. # Configuration Process ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/d-link-dcs-932l-back.jpg "D-Link DCS-932L (Back)") Getting the basics setup is incredibly easy taking just a few minutes. I powered up the DCS-932L with the included AC adapter and opted to use WiFi for connectivity. There is an Ethernet port on the back for wired connections too. While configuring old network cameras would generally entail typing an IP address into a browser, I was able to take advantage of [WiFi Protected Setup (WPS)](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wi-Fi%5FProtected%5FSetup?ref=skatter.com) — commonly found on most modern routers. For those not familiar with this feature, pairing is easy as clicking a “push button” on your router and the security camera. Once connected to the internet, the LED on the front of the security camera turns green. I noticed a new item appear in the Network Devices section of Windows 7\. Clicking on that icon opened my default web browser for access to the configuration panel. The interface closely resembles a D-Link router page which is not too surprising. I found tons of options to customize network settings, enable Dynamic DNS for easy remote access, adjust image/video quality, configure motion detection, set up email notifications, backup to a FTP server, and much more. Unfortunately, there is one major flaw. D-Link fails to offer any way to link the DCS-932L camera to its consumer friendly service labeled [mydlink.com](http://mydlink.com/?ref=skatter.com) for monitoring and managing cameras without using the application found on the provided CD. It is quite unclear why there is no way to configure the this service through the local web configuration interface While using a CD is by no means difficult, the requirement seems quite primitive for a futuristic gizmo. Not to mention, configuring this security camera with a CD-free computer such as a Chromebook or MacBook Air is not possible. # Features ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/d-link-dsc-932l-camera.jpg "D-Link DSC-932L Camera") The DCS-932L is unlike several of the other security solutions I have come across due to its simplicity. This device is wire-free aside from needing a power supply, of course. While other solutions often requite an additional “base station,” this camera can connect directly to an existing WiFi router. D-Link makes it possible to stream a live video feed to a web browser on just about any computer or to a compatible smart phone. Users can adjust motion detection sensitivity and enable email alerts. Another neat touch? The D-Link DCS-932L has built-in night vision support unlike the [Logitech Alert](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/alert/digital-video-security-system?ref=skatter.com) system or the [Avaak VueZone](https://www.skatter.com/avaak-vuezone-personal-video-network-review/). I was not expecting much in terms of visibility in the dark, but the incredible quality blew me away. The IR LED sensors lit up my entire pitch-dark living room and there was barely any blurriness either. I was somewhat relieved to learn that D-Link offers the option to continuously upload captured content to a FTP server for safekeeping. This can can prove valuable if an intruder attempts break or damage the camera. The only disappointment? The backup feature only supports images — no video. # Web Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/mydlink-web-portal.jpg "mydlink Web Portal") While there is a router-like interface accessible through an IP address for monitoring one of these cameras, most users will likely choose to use the friendlier mydlink.com service. I was glad to find an uncluttered easy-to-use interface. However, there is one major issue: viewing a live camera feed through the website requires Java. This makes mydlink incredibly slow to load and Java still freezes up even the best web browser momentarily while loading. I also noticed I was unable to view my camera feed on a Chromebook which lacks Java support. While I am not necessarily a fan of Adobe Flash, it was definitely the way to go since the plugin has a lighter footprint and works in more browsers. Aside from those concerns, mydlink.com lets users monitor up to a total of 32 cameras through the web portal. There is a simple zoom slider, but D-Link oddly does not provide a way to pan around. Since the camera has a built-in microphone, it is easy to listen in too. # Mobile Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/d-link-dcs-932l-mobile.jpg "D-Link DCS-932L (Mobile)") While the desktop web browser interface could use some work, the smart phone counterparts work quite well. After installing the app from the Android Market on a [Sprint Nexus S](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-by-samsung-sprint-review/), I could tune into a live feed even when I was away from my home on a mobile 3G or 4G network. I briefly tested the iOS counterpart and the interface was essentially identical. The app makes it possible to snap a screen shot, view stats (resolution, frame rate, and bit rate), and switch to a full screen view. Although connecting to a camera sometimes took nearly 30 seconds, quality was generally acceptable. Being able to listen in is also a neat touch. With that being said, there are two features I would like to see D-Link include in a future update: video capture and motion alerts. Users can currently only snap an image of a live video stream and adding support for recording clips would be helpful. In addition, D-Link should begin delivering push notifications for detected motion since both Android and iOS support the technology. While email alerts are available, I would rather see a native app provide instant feedback. # The Bottom Line Even after using the [Avaak VueZone](https://www.skatter.com/avaak-vuezone-personal-video-network-review/) video monitoring network and the [Logitech Alert](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/alert/digital-video-security-system?ref=skatter.com) surveillance system, the D-Link DCS-932L is by far my favorite. VueZone requires a base station, comes with monthly fees, and users need to replace batteries from time-to-time. Though Logitech’s solution offers the best video quality, the base price is incredibly expensive and there are additional charges for using mobile apps. D-Link’s camera is the only solution with night vision technology, no monthly fees, an affordable price tag, and packed with incredibly geeky features. The D-Link DCS-932L retails for just $99 and works great for in-door monitoring of any home. Being easy-to-setup adds plenty of value for those who consider themselves a bit technologically inept too. While I would like to see features such as support for saving video triggered by motion detection, this security camera still provides plenty of value. D-Link can also introduce new features through firmware updates and new versions of mobile apps too. If you are looking for an affordable security system for your home with a light footprint, this device is definitely worth considering. **Link: [D-Link DCS-932L](http://mydlink.com/product/DCS932L?ref=skatter.com)** ### Netflix Separates DVD Business, Re-brands It As Qwikster URL: https://www.skatter.com/netflix-separates-dvd-business-re-brands-it-as-qwikster/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:50.000Z Netflix announced yet another controversial move adding more chaos to the mob of already unsatisfied customers. Just a few weeks after the [company recently increased prices](https://www.skatter.com/netflix-unlimited-streaming-and-dvds-will-now-set-you-back-16-per-month/) for its on-demand streaming and DVD-by-mail services in an effort to separate the two offerings, Netflix is now completely rebranding one aspect. [Say goodbye to Netflix DVDs by Mail](https://www.skatter.com/a-sad-tale-about-the-slow-death-of-netflix-dvd-rentals/) and say hello to Qwikster. The new brand name for Netflix DVDs will live on its own domain at [qwikster.com](http://www.qwikster.com/?ref=skatter.com) in the coming weeks. Netflix is not redesigning the site in any way, with the exception of the new logo. That is a plus for users familiar with the current interface for searching for and queuing movie discs. Additionally, Qwikster will also provide video game rentals — a first for Netflix. Unfortunately, we are left in the dark regarding new pricing for video game plans. So now that we know about Qwikster, there are a few questions. Fortunately, I have answers to all of them. Is Qwikster a dreadfully awful name in which Netflix probably conjured up within a ten-minute timeframe? Yes. Does the separation of services mean if your credit card (or any information for that matter) changes, you will have to update it all twice if you subscribe to both streaming and DVDs? Yes. Was it a bad idea for Netflix CEO Reed Hastings to announce the launch of Qwikster and apologize to customers for pricing confusions in the same blog post? Yes. Is the NFLX stock continuing to plummet after news of Qwikster? Yes. Is anyone happy about this? No. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/netflix-on-android-nexus-s.jpg) Hastings did shine a small bright light at the end of the tunnel, however: > It is possible we are moving too fast – it is hard to say. But going forward, Qwikster will continue to run the best DVD by mail service ever, throughout the United States. Netflix will offer the best streaming service for TV shows and movies, hopefully on a global basis. The additional streaming content we have coming in the next few months is substantial, and we are always working to improve our service further. Hopefully they will live up to their word and grow the streaming library. But as of now, most of us are left utterly disappointed. **Link: [Netflix](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Share Files With Friends In Real-Time With Ge.tt URL: https://www.skatter.com/share-files-with-friends-in-real-time-with-ge-tt/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:15.000Z Sharing files with family and friends is easy right? Unfortunately, just about every solution has drawbacks. While free services may often seem convenient, advertisements generally infest these websites. Legitimate solutions generally require creating an account which is a hassle. Fortunately, there is another impressively simple solution: [Ge.tt](http://ge.tt/?ref=skatter.com). I had a chance to meet the folks behind the company at TechCrunch Disrupt and I soon realized Ge.tt was in many ways unlike other competing solutions. For starters, the website is entirely free of Adobe Flash. Ge.tt takes advantage of HTML5 even with drag-and-drop support for one or more files. Ge.tt generates links to share with others instantly without forcing users to wait until uploads are complete. It gets even better. When you provide the link with others, they can begin downloading files even before you finish uploading. The website even intelligently prioritizes uploads when dealing with multiple files to ensure those downloading a file will not have to wait too long. The *terms and conditions* state a 2 GB file size limit, but users can still upload an unlimited number of files as long as individual items meet that restriction. Not having to deal with dozens of advertisements and pop-ups alone is a good enough reason to use Ge.tt. Registration is also optional, but those who create an account have access to statistics, can add/remove files, and extend the availability of uploaded files to 90 days from the standard 30 day duration. I was also quite impressed to find a fairly robust built-in file preview interface. For instance, Ge.tt provides a player for uploaded audio, a way to preview PDFs without downloading, and much more. I have tried other solutions such as [YouSendIt](https://www.yousendit.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Min.Us](http://minus.com/?ref=skatter.com) in the past, but Ge.tt is now a current favorite due to utter simplicity. There are social sharing links for Facebook and Twitter too. While I still use [Dropbox’s public folder feature](https://www.dropbox.com/features?ref=skatter.com) offers for sharing files with non-users, I am glad to have Ge.tt available as another alternative. Even services such as [Box.net](http://box.net/?ref=skatter.com) still limit file size to just a 100 MB and having the freedom to upload up to 2 GB files with Ge.tt makes the service quite attractive. **Link: [Ge.tt](http://ge.tt/?ref=skatter.com)** **Some Technical Details:** *As for the technology behind the scenes, the co-founder of Ge.tt noted the service runs on Amazon Web Services. Even more impressive might be the fact that [Node.js](http://nodejs.org/?ref=skatter.com), server-side Javascript, powers the entire application. I was also told Ge.tt would have considered [Joyent](http://joyent.com/?ref=skatter.com) for hosting, a major proponent of Node.js, but the hosting provider had not yet picked up the technology when this service made a debut.* ### OnLive MicroConsole (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/onlive-microconsole-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:55.000Z Playing a brand new game generally requires a computer with the latest hardware or a current-generation gaming console such as the PlayStation 3, Xbox 360, or Wii. OnLive’s service essentially shakes up these traditional necessities with a new streaming technology. With a constant high-speed network connection being the only requirement, those looking to enjoy a flagship title can install a little program on just about any computer even if under-powered or take advantage of an existing HDTV with the OnLive MicroConsole. We have mentioned OnLive in the past and [with concerns](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-onlive/) at least once, but never had a chance to review it. Since then, the service has grown to include a larger selection of titles reaching nearly a hundred and the company now offers a more attractive pricing scheme too. # The MicroConsole ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/onlive-microconsole.jpg "OnLive MicroConsole") The OnLive Game System retails for $99\. This package includes a MicroConsole TV adapter, a wireless controller plus a rechargeable battery, a power supply, a HDMI cable, a USB play and charge cable, two AA batteries, and an ethernet cable. Additional controllers are $49.99 and an optional component video adapter is available for $29.99 too. While traditional gaming consoles feature plenty of processing power inside, this device merely receives a stream of video from OnLive’s cloud and sends actions from your controller back to the same servers. Since the MicroConsole does not need as much horsepower, the device is only about the size of two decks of cards with just the bare essentials inside. The MicroConsole features plenty of connectivity with ports for Ethernet, HDMI, Optical, two USB ports, and a power input. Despite a lightweight footprint, the device can deliver up to 1080p over HDMI and 1080i over analog using the component video adaptor. Of course, it requires a wired internet connection with at least 3-5 Mbps of bandwidth depending on the size of your television screen. While the device unfortunately lacks WiFi connectivity, which is a major flaw, there are other solutions for those trying to get online when too far away from a router. For instance, users can set up a WiFi Bridge by linking the MicroConsole with a WiFi-enabled computer using an Ethernet cable. # Wireless Controller ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/onlive-controller.jpg "OnLive Controller") The Wireless Controller is a near clone of the Xbox 360 controller with the addition of a few playback buttons at the bottom. It feels just as solid as an Xbox 360 controller and only a bit heavier. OnLive claims the included rechargeable battery will last through 36 hours of play — though I did not have enough time to verify this claim. It is also easy to plug the controller into the port on the front of the MicroConsole with the included USB cable for charging while playing games. OnLive also deserves a credit for making the Wireless Controller compatible with a set of two AA batteries too. For those wondering, up to 4 players can simultaneously enjoy split-screen games with one console too. If you are not a fan of the OnLive Wireless Controller, the MicroConsole also supports plugging in a keyboard or mouse with USB. # Gaming Experience ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/onlive-menu.jpg "OnLive Menu") I tested two games over the course of two hours with the MicroConsole. The first was Deus Ex: Human Revolution and the second was Dirt 3\. I played these titles on a 46 inch Sony Television over HDMI and using a 20 Mbps connection. Other network activity was kept to a minimum and I had a chance to try the controller in both wired and wireless modes. To be honest, I did not have high expectations for OnLive as I went into playing Deus Ex, an action role-playing game. Surprisingly, I found the responsiveness of the menus and the quality of the stream in the opening scenes quite impressive. It felt much like watching a 720p Hulu video stream. When the actual gameplay began, things changed as I noticed more dropped frames and bit of lag in the responsiveness of controls. In one instance, I would move my character forward slightly and he would continue to move for a fraction of a second after I released the joystick. This issue fortunately faded away to a certain extent as the system adjusted itself to accommodate the network capabilities. The game is quite playable for most, but I would not be too surprised to hear complains from slightly more serious gamers. Unfortunately, that concern has some validity. I noticed some difficulty with precision aiming and quick reactions during gun fight scenes. Making micro movements to aim and shoot was more of a problem than it should. I had some similar issues with Dirt 3 which is a rally car racing simulation game. There was a major disconnect between my actions and that of the vehicle on-screen making the game very difficult to play. I spent nearly a half-hour on the first race replaying over and over. There was simply too much lag between each move which becomes quite frustrating. While OnLive users will likely learn to anticipate and compensate for the mentioned issues, it is still a major downside to the cloud-powered technology. # Experience On A Computer ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/onlive-dirt2.jpg "OnLive Dirt 2") I tested the same two games on the Mac over a WiFi connection using a keyboard and wireless mouse. I initially thought I would be able to use the OnLive controller on my Mac, but soon realized otherwise. While the OnLive client supports the use of gamepads on both Mac and PC, it does not work with the OnLive Wireless Controller — though it ironically supports the Xbox 360 controller. Gameplay is essentially the same on both a PC and Mac. I tried the same level in Dirt 3 and anticipated even more difficultly with accuracy of controls due to a wireless connection, but I found that it was actually more responsive and playable on the Mac. I also felt that it was easier to make smaller movements by tapping the keys on my keyboard, but some of the same problems with precision remain. I dove into Deus Ex and continued in the story mode to find that using a mouse makes it easier to accurately aim and fire — definitely more responsive than the MicroConsole too. Quality was definitely better on my Mac. While games are still not nearly as responsive as a traditional console, the client on my computer was definitely better than using the MicroConsole. # The Price ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/onlive-deusex.jpg "OnLive Deus Ex") OnLive originally charged $15 a month just for access to the service, but membership is now free. Users still need to pay to play a game and 10 minute demos are available to get users interested. Games are available through several pricing models: purchase, rent, or subscriptions. Buying a title is approximately the same price as a console game coming in at around $50 for a new title or $30 for an older one. Rentals generally last 3-5 days with a price tag ranging between $5-9\. Finally, the PlayPass subscription model offers unlimited monthly access to over 90 games for $9 a month — though it excludes many new releases. # The Bottom Line I have two very varied opinions when it comes to making up my mind about OnLive. From one perspective, the service is an amazing technological feat. On the other hand, OnLive requires a hiccup-free high-speed network and still faces issues with controller accuracy, lag, and low frame rates. While hardcore gamers will simply dismiss and smirk and at the mention of this gaming solution, it is definitely a viable option for casual gamers. As someone who is not too serious about gaming but enjoys picking up a controller from time to time, OnLive makes sense. Low-end hardware is no longer a barrier either. The service also comes with plenty of advantages too. For instance, I can play any game in my OnLive library on my laptop, the MicroConsole, or just about any computer with my account credentials. The company is also for pushing the service to tablets so gamers can enjoy the same set of console titles on the go and even use a regular controller paired over Bluetooth. Those debating purchasing a dedicated PlayStation 3 or Xbox 360 over a MicroConsole have a few things to consider. The selection of titles with OnLive is quite limited though quickly growing. Then again, the MicroConsole retails for just $100 while the other aforementioned solutions are nearly 2-3 times as expensive. Technologies such as Xbox Kinect or PlayStation Move are definitely out of the question limiting gaming to just a traditional controller. With that being said, accessing OnLive will keep getting easier as the service will soon make an appearance embedded into smart TVs, Blu-ray players, and even set-top boxes. If you have a high-speed network, OnLive is definitely compelling and will likely become even more attractive if the company continues to innovate at the same pace. It is simply too hard to recommend the MicroConsole to everyone since there are just too many variables from selection of titles or hardware limitations such as the lack of WiFi. With that being said, I think it is important to evaluate your necessities before pulling the trigger on the shopping cart. At the very least, it is easy to install the OnLive client on your computer to give the service a test drive. **Links: [OnLive](http://www.onlive.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Editor’s Note:** *Sahas Katta contributed to this review.* ### Shaker: The New Tech Afterparty URL: https://www.skatter.com/shaker-the-new-tech-afterparty/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:51.000Z Are you too shy to go to a real party and meet someone? Want to do it from the comfort of your own home? Maybe invite some friends to join you too? Meet Shaker, it is this year’s Tech Crunch Disrupt winner. Shaker is a Facebook App which creates an online party with music, drinks, and drunk texting all included. I stumbled upon it when one of my friends tweeted about it. See? Social media does work. I opened the Facebook app, authorized access to my account, and clicked to join the Tech Crunch Disrupt @ Shaker party. It then prompted me to choose my privacy settings: Shy, Normal, or Friendly. I chose Normal, why not? Shaker takes inspiration from the layout of a bar or club where users can approach people, buy drinks, or even text a girl across the room. The web app even has a cellphone for awkwardly playing snake while standing in a corner waiting for your friends to arrive. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/shaker-facebook-app.jpg "Shaker Facebook App") The cell phone, modeled after the iPhone, both in aesthetics and functionality sits on the bottom left of the screen and expands up. Besides playing Snake, the cell phone has a few other functions: a profile viewer of people you meet, a list of the attendees of the party, mutual connections to others in the room, a Twitter wall displaying the newest tweets from people at the party, a Facebook like button, private messaging, settings, and a tool to invite friends. On the right bottom part of the screen is a chat screen which expands when your avatar is in conversation. At the top of the screen are a set of music controls and details about the current song. For a few minutes I explored the surroundings by clicking to move my avatar. I found a Twitter wall mirroring the functionality offered by the cell phone and an interactive wall propagated with pictures of musicians, TV shows, movies, books, and anything else you can like on Facebook. Profile images appear above each avatar. Those avatars have a gold outline for friends of friends, grey for strangers, and blue for your friends. A notification appeared on the cell phone telling me I received a drink and message from Rebekah Austin of [Pop17.com](http://pop17.com/?ref=skatter.com). In the message she asked how I knew a mutual friend and we private messaged back and forth about Shaker while two friends approached my avatar and engaged in conversation. We spent a few minutes talking, but it was hard to keep two conversations going so both conversations came to an end as it would in real life. I spent a few more minutes exploring the party, but did not find anything else so I left. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/shaker-demo.jpg "Shaker Demo") My take away? Great music, interesting company, and perhaps a new friend. Shaker is able to emulate the organic nature of a party and actually lets you meet people you have something in common with. It also has pre-written conversations starters like “How do you know Jack?” With the tag like “Where things happen.” Shaker seeks to eliminate the normal social awkwardness which prevents some from making conversation. The question that remains: Will Shaker translate to anything in the real world or just stand as the chatroom for this generation. More importantly: Will things happen? **Links: [Shaker](http://atshaker.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Presentation @ TechCrunch Disrupt](http://techcrunch.com/2011/09/12/shaker/?ref=skatter.com#ooid=t0cG1zMjrMDBRACAzaDQefJFtpWKBquM)** ### The Subscribe Button: Facebook’s Poor Attempt To Be Twitter URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-subscribe-button-facebooks-poor-attempt-to-be-twitter/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:25.000Z Did you hear the news? Facebook is [launching a new Subscribe button](https://blog.facebook.com/blog.php?post=10150280039742131&ref=skatter.com) for profiles, but it actually has a different functionality depending the type of friendship. If you are friends with a person, using the Subscribe button allows controlling just how much you see of them in your News Feed. If you are not friends with a person, subscribing is essentially a “Follow” button from Twitter. You can only see their public posts and they can only see yours. Fortunately, this is an opt-in feature unlike many of the other Facebook announcements. Confused? Yeah. That is because this is Facebook’s latest attempt to not be Facebook. The social network has a habit of trying to fix things that are not broken ([and not fixing things that are](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-chat-why-do-you-still-not-work-correctly/)), and the move to add a Subscribe button to profiles is no exception. The reason for this spontaneous announcement is not only to stay ahead of Twitter’s growth, but also the [latest entry into the social network arena](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-meet-your-newest-social-network-competitor-google/): Google+. Both use different strategies compared to Facebook for connecting. On Facebook, being “friends” with someone equates to a mutual connection. On Twitter and Google+, anyone can follow someone’s updates and they do not necessarily have to see yours. That is their decision. Not only is Facebook completely ruining what makes the website unique, but they are doing so in all the wrong ways. Normally when you follow someone on Twitter, you click “Follow” and the process is over. You are following that person and you can now move along with your day. On Facebook, this is not what happens. Once you click Subscribe, you have the option to see all updates, most updates, or only the important ones. Underneath that, you can choose the specific types of stories you care about: Life Events, Status Updates, Photos and Videos, or Games. One might assume Life Events covers everything, keeping in mind the person you follow is in fact living. Alas, apparently it does not. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/facebook-sharing-privacy-controls.jpg) And lets say I subscribe to someone who then chooses to subscribe to my updates as well, why not just add each other as friends? The only difference between being mutual subscribers and friends is subscribers only see public updates, not all updates. But I do not know many people who choose to only post a few statuses as public. Most decide to make their entire profile public or restrict it to just friends. And making content on profiles public just eliminates the need for Pages. The whole thing is just redundant and unnecessary. I have not seen any complaints from people wishing Facebook had a Follow button. And those that do wish for such a feature just sign up for Twitter. This system works. But now that the Palo Alto-based social network is jumping in, I am almost certain users are going to get confused rather quickly. I already am. Companies like Twitter and Apple have long known that placing limitations on products or services are necessary for a great user experience. This is the reason for the 140-character limit on Twitter and the App Store approval process on iOS. Adding too many similar features and options leads straight to chaos. Facebook can not seem to grasp that concept. **Link: [Facebook Subscriptions](https://www.facebook.com/about/subscriptions)** ### Microsoft Unveils Windows 8 Developer Preview URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-unveils-windows-8-developer-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:51.000Z Microsoft today gave an extensive preview of Windows 8 at their BUILD conference. The company only showcased the tablet-optimized version of Windows 8, since the operating system has [two different faces](http://gtdaily.net/post/9651138453/the-two-faces-of-windows-8?ref=skatter.com). It looks like a very unique approach, but does bring one particular concern to mind. There is not much about Windows 8 unveiled today that [we did not already know](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-previews-windows-8-strikingly-similar-to-windows-phone-7/). Instead, the focus was a more in-depth preview than before. Windows 8 features the Metro user interface Windows Phone 7 originally made popular. It is mainly for touch use, though Microsoft insists it works perfectly fine with a keyboard and mouse. Since today’s presentation kept developers as a focal point, the new apps are vital to the platform. Microsoft says Windows 8 is lighter on the hard drive, which means more room for applications. Plus with the relatively unfamiliar Metro UI, the company will provide tools necessary for developers to work their magic. And the new Windows Store will act as a home for all Windows 8 apps — free or paid. After all, Microsoft has made crystal clear time and time again that they are not making any compromises. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/windows-8-internet-explorer-bing.jpg) As I mentioned, there is something bothering me about Windows 8 so far. As of now, it includes two completely different user interfaces: Metro and Aero (from Windows 7). You may have noticed Metro looks absolutely nothing like Windows 7\. Yet in order to use older programs developers have not optimized for Metro, Microsoft expects us to switch over to the Windows 7 desktop UI. Switching between two user interfaces will not fly. It is confusing, tedious, and just plain annoying. And it does not make sense for the end-user to go back and forth between the two. Microsoft is taking an approach unlike anyone else in the industry. Apple has iOS for smart phones and tablets and OS X for desktops. Google has Android for smart phones and tablets and Chrome OS for desktops. The folks up in Redmond are instead dedicating a single OS to just smart phones, and making Windows 8 for tablets and desktops — an odd combination. If they can pull it off, Windows 8 will be an immense success. ### Shout A Tweet: Broadcasting Your Message Through Supporters URL: https://www.skatter.com/shout-a-tweet-broadcasting-your-message-through-supporters/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:52.000Z Imagine a virtual flashmob on Twitter feed. All your followers broadcasting the same message at the same time. A team out of Startup Weekend San Jose in April 2011, set out to create that exact tool. Over the course of 48 hours the team coded and launched it only fourteen hours after writing the first line of code. The result was Shout A Tweet, a site which allows anyone to create a Twitter campaign that allows them to create a message, set the number of followers to tweet, schedule the tweet, and when enough people join the campaign, automatically send the tweet. The way it works is similar to any other site or app that allows you to send out tweets. Much like [TweetDeck](http://tweetdeck.com/?ref=skatter.com) or [HootSuite](http://hootsuite.com/?ref=skatter.com), you grant permission to your twitter account to publish. Users can then type a tweet, define how many supporters you want to wait for until shouting, set the shout time and click Shout. Shout a Tweet then creates a short URL for easy sharing with supporters to join the campaign and monitor the progress of the campaign. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/shout-a-tweet-dashboard.jpg "Shout A Tweet Dashboard") Their pricing model is pay as you go. To begin, users get 50 credits. Each credit is one tweet from one supporter, so you can create 10 campaigns with 5 supporters each. After that, you can buy 100 more credits for $10, 500 for $45, or 1000 for $75\. Anything above that is about 10Âą per tweet. Wether it is for a school fundraiser, political campaign, or spontaneous flashmob, Shout A Tweet provides a simple solution to anyone who wants to organize their supporters to send a single unified message without compromising security. It is a good option, but at 7.5Âą to 10Âą per tweet the pricing is a bit high for volume organizers. We will hopefully see more reasonable pricing schemes in the near future. **Link: [Shout a Tweet](http://shoutatweet.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### RingShuffle: Disposable Phone Numbers For Awkward Situations URL: https://www.skatter.com/ringshuffle-disposable-phone-numbers-for-awkward-situations/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:52.000Z How many times have you needed a burner number to give to a random contractor, a car dealer who is going to call you over and over, or a girl that you met at a party that you are not sure if you want to see again? Perhaps, maybe not the last scenario, but there are definitely times when you would rather not give your number out. Well, today at [TechCrunch Disrupt 2011](http://techcrunch.com/?ref=skatter.com), I met the team from [RingCentral](http://www.ringcentral.com/?ref=skatter.com) who showed off a neat little solution to this problem: RingShuffle. RingShuffle is a service that allows anyone to instantly create a temporary phone number which expires in seven days and can receive calls anonymously. It simply forwards any incoming from the created number to your permanent one. It is available as an iPhone app and on the web for all other phone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/ringshuffle-iphone-demo.jpg "RingShuffle iPhone Demo") I tried it by downloading the app on my iPhone 4\. Once launched it took just a few seconds to register and choose a number. I had the option of choosing from three numbers within my area code. And that’s it. Just give the number to the intended person to let them reach you without revealing your real number. The number automatically expires in seven days, but users can manually extend it for another seven. It is easy to unlink the number with just a single click too. So the next time you need a disposable number, just use RingShuffle to create an alias to mask your real one. While the iOS app is already available, we were told an Android app is in the works. **Link: [RingSuffle](http://www.ringshuffle.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dolphin Browser Makes Its Way To The iPad URL: https://www.skatter.com/dolphin-browser-makes-its-way-to-the-ipad/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:52.000Z Tired of the stock Safari iPad browser? You are in luck. The [Dolphin Browser HD](http://www.dolphin-browser.com/?ref=skatter.com) is finally available in a tablet-optimized layout for the Apple iPad beginning today to complement the existing iPhone iteration. MoboTap, the company behind this app, already [has offerings for Android](https://market.android.com/developer?pub=Dolphin+Browser&ref=skatter.com) smart phones and tablets too. (The Android tablet app is still in beta.) Those familiar with the Dolphin Browser will definitely enjoy features such as gestures to quickly get to websites. For instance, sketching a letter ‘T’ will bring up Twitter. A new Webzine quickly converts websites into a unique magazine layout much like [Flipboard](http://flipboard.com/?ref=skatter.com). Other standard features include the speed dial for accessing favorite websites. Dolphin Browser HD also comes with a tabbed browsing interface for switching between websites in a single click which is a neat touch since the default iPad web browser currently lacks the feature. I should note that Apple plans to introduce tabbed browsing when iOS 5 makes a debut in approximately a week or so. The Dolphin Browser is not the only alternative either. Mozilla offers Firefox for Android and iOS devices. Opera has its own [set of mobile solutions](https://www.skatter.com/opera-mini-vs-opera-mobile-whats-the-difference/) for both operating systems too. Despite the competition, MoboTab managed to raise a [$10 million Series A funding](http://techcrunch.com/2011/07/18/sequoia-leads-10-million-investment-in-dolphin-the-customizable-android-browser/?ref=skatter.com) led by Sequoia Capital earlier this year. The app even made it to the [#1 spot in the iPhone Free Productivity Apps section](http://blog.dolphin-browser.com/2011/08/31/dolphin-is-now-1-iphone-productivity-apps-in-10-countries/?ref=skatter.com). The newly announced Dolphin Browser for the iPad which we got our hands on at [TechCrunch Disrupt](http://disrupt.techcrunch.com/SF2011/?ref=skatter.com) earlier today does come with some limitations. Specifically, it does not have support for add-ons just yet which allows users to customize their browsing experience. Despite that, the app still has plenty of unique features to set itself apart. The iPad app is now available in the [App Store](http://itunes.apple.com/us/artist/mobotap-inc./id433626481?ref=skatter.com). **Link: [Dolphin Browser](http://www.dolphin-browser.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Titan And Radar: Two Sleek, But Large New Phones From HTC URL: https://www.skatter.com/titan-and-radar-two-sleek-but-large-new-phones-from-htc/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:53.000Z HTC recently unveiled two new Windows Phone 7 devices: the Titan and the Radar. If you thought HTC made [good-looking phones before](https://www.skatter.com/htc-trophy-finally-brings-windows-phone-to-verizon-wireless/), you have not seen anything yet. These two phones raise the bar for style, so much that they are perhaps comparable to the iPhone 4\. And they pack a ton of features. I am usually not a fan of white phones, but the Radar is definitely an exception. HTC has crafted the back out of a single piece of metal, and the light gray color seems to complement the white front so perfectly. It is absolutely stunning. It features a somewhat sharp 3.8-inch display with a 800 x 480 resolution. But while we are talking about displays, I have to mention the Titan’s 4.7-inch display. Yes, that is not a typo. You might as well flip the device over and use it as a dinner plate. Those who like big displays will rejoice, but unfortunately it comes at a price. It too has just a 800 x 480 resolution, which is about 199 ppi — pathetic. Both phones come with a f/2.2 aperture camera and back-illuminated sensor. The Titan has an 8 MP shooter while the Radar has 5 MP and both capture 720p HD video. Either way, these devices are going to take excellent photos and videos. They also have a 1.3 MP front-facing camera for video calling purposes. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/htc-radar-windows-phone.jpg) I think best of all about these phones is the fact that they are not your typical large Android devices. These are Windows Phone 7 powerhouses. Microsoft has done a tremendous job with [their latest operating system](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-gives-windows-phone-manufacturers-some-fresh-mangoes/), and the numerous improvements can only mean they are hard at work perfecting it. The name “Radar” for one of HTC’s new smart phones gets its inspiration from Windows Phone’s live tiles. They allow for quick tidbits of information to stream through your vision at all times without even opening any apps. HTC also loaded up each phone with their own apps such as HTC Watch for playing movies and TV shows. The Titan and Radar — two impressive new handsets from HTC — will be available in October starting in Europe and Asia. AT&T will begin carrying the Titan by the end of the year. Hopefully the Radar will float across seas some time soon as well. **Links: [HTC Titan](http://www.htc.com/www/smartphones/htc-titan/index.page?ref=skatter.com) | [HTC Radar](http://www.htc.com/www/smartphones/htc-radar/index.page?ref=skatter.com)** ### Bing And Twitter Flirt Over Renewed Real-Time Search Partnership URL: https://www.skatter.com/bing-and-twitter-flirt-over-renewed-real-time-search-partnership/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:53.000Z **Editor’s Note:* Paul Paliath, founder of GeekSmack, contributed this article.* Get a room. At least that’s what Microsoft’s Stefan Weitz [jokingly uttered](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/stefanweitz/status/111200946289258496) when @Bing and @Twitter had a flirty exchange of tweets on Tuesday. Turns out it was a lighthearted way to reveal the news that Microsoft confirmed shortly after; Twitter and Bing have renewed their search partnership. Following a brief reflection of their steady two year relationship, Bing and Twitter continued to plan their future together. Carolyn Penner took the liberty of [using Storify to compile the conversation](http://storify.com/cpen/twitter-bing?ref=skatter.com), as pictured below. Details about the deal are unknown in regards to the length of the renewal or the amount of money involved. However, we can gather that Microsoft and Twitter initially signed a two-year agreement to deliver real-time search on Bing (the initial deal was announced back in October of 2009, and this renewal occurred about a month before October.) Google had struck a similar agreement with Twitter back in October of 2009 as well; the Twitter integration was a part of a service called Google Realtime Search which allowed you to monitor social networking sites in line with your search needs. However, following the launch of Google+, the company got rid of Google Realtime Search and [confirmed their plans to not renew their agreement with Twitter](http://searchengineland.com/as-deal-with-twitter-expires-google-realtime-search-goes-offline-84175?ref=skatter.com). Social integration is certainly something that Bing has been working hard towards to provide them with an edge over the competition. For example, [Bing announced deeper Facebook integration](http://www.bing.com/community/site%5Fblogs/b/search/archive/2011/05/16/news-announcement-may-17.aspx?ref=skatter.com) in May which improved search results by displaying your Facebook friends’ recommendations (where relevant) within the results, among other things. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/bing-twitter-conversation.jpg "Bing Twitter Conversation") In conclusion, here’s an additional tidbit of news about the search engine: The Bing home page received a slight makeover. It’s no HTML5 revamp, but interesting improvements to the layout were made. The text links to the various sections of Bing were moved to the top-left of the upper navigation area, the Facebook like button was slightly moved up, the font size for those little blobs of text below the image were increased, and an “information” button was added to the right of the back and forward buttons, which have received a size increase. Whew. Could these improvements be a small prequel to the highly-anticipated HTML5 improvements that Microsoft are set to unleash? We’ll see. ### Facebook Updates Mobile App With Friend Tagging, New Privacy Controls URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-updates-mobile-app-with-friend-tagging-new-privacy-controls/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:53.000Z Facebook has finally updated its iPhone and iPod touch app to stay in sync with the [new features on the desktop website](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-makes-major-changes-to-sharing-and-privacy-controls/). The app finally supports tagging friends in status updates. The social network redesigned the “Update Status” UI to incorporate friend tagging, location tagging, adding photos, and more in-depth privacy controls. While this is a welcome addition to the app, it removes the reason for having separate Photo and Check In buttons in the News Feed. The duplicated functionality might come off as confusing for some users. As for the new privacy controls, Facebook added the ability to fine tune the specific groups of people you share content with to better reflect your standard choices on the main site. The three main options are available — public, friends, and custom — along with each of your friend lists if you have any. If you recently used a custom setting on facebook.com, that setting is automatically imported in the app so you can use it there as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/facebook-july-event-mark-zuckerberg.jpg) Facebook also redesigned the walls on Profile and Group pages. They look a tad more similar to their online counterparts, with basic information about each user or group placed at the top of the wall. Facebook fixed some minor bugs in this release too. But with everything new in version 3.5 of the app, they also took something very precious away: iPad support. The official Facebook iPad app was never released, though the app existed under layers of code. They apparently removed that code in this update. Twitter user [@chpwn](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/chpwn/status/111225310191681537) explains: > Facebook removed iPad support in their latest app update. It’s not possible for FaceForward to enable something that’s no longer in the app. Hopefully we will see the iPad support make a surprise reappearance in the future. For those of you using an iPhone or iPod touch, the Facebook app update is available in the App Store now. **Link: [Facebook app](http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/facebook/id284882215?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Motorola Droid Bionic Is Finally Available For Verizon Wireless Customers URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-motorola-droid-bionic-is-finally-available-for-verizon-wireless-customers/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:53.000Z For those who have forgotten, Motorola and Verizon Wireless first announced the Droid Bionic about 9 months ago at CES 2011 in January. After several delays and speculation on whether the device would ever make a debut, the Droid Bionic is finally here. Motorola and Verizon Wireless issued a press release announcing availability starting tomorrow (September 8th) for a price tag of $299 with a new two-year commitment. If you are looking for a new smart phone, the Motorola Droid Bionic is probably the best available choice at the moment aside from the Samsung Galaxy S II which is unfortunately unavailable to Verizon Wireless subscribers. We recently [reviewed the Motorola Droid 3](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-3-verizon-wireless-review/) which appears quite vulnerable especially when matched up against the Droid Bionic. This smart phone packs a 4.3 inch qHD display with Gorilla Glass and dual-layer anti-reflective coating. It has an impressive 1735 mAh battery for 650 minutes of talk time though that will generally translate into about a day’s worth of mixed use. Unlike the Droid 3, the Droid Bionic has full support for 4G LTE in addition to 3G and WiFi b/g/n. http://youtu.be/qD7PLzsEEQM?hd=1 While some manufacturers are still shipping old versions of Android, Motorola includes the latest Android 2.3.4 (Gingerbread) operating system. The Droid Bionic is well-connected with a 3.5 mm headphone jack, a USB 2.0 port, DLNA support, Bluetooth 2.1, and mini HDMI. The 8 megapixel camera on the back captures 1080p video and the smart phone takes advantage of the VGA camera on the front for video calls. Motorola generously includes 1 GB of RAM, 16 GB of onboard memory, and a 16 GB microSD card too. Users can upgrade the latter to 32 GB easily though having services such as [Google Music](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/) available make it less necessary each day. In addition to those features, the Droid Bionic takes inspiration from the set of accessories first made available to the [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/). These include a $300 laptop dock, a $99 HDTV dock, and a $30 web top adapter. Motorola also makes a Navigation Dock available for $40 and a Battery Dock for $50\. Those looking for an in-depth review should stick around as we are getting our hands on a unit anytime now. **Links: [Motorola](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/DROID-BIONIC-US-EN?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/droid-bionic.shtml?ref=skatter.com)** ### Reddit Becomes Reddit, Inc. And Begins Breaking Away From Conde Nast URL: https://www.skatter.com/reddit-becomes-reddit-inc-and-begins-breaking-away-from-conde-nast/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:54.000Z After CondĂ© Nast acquired Reddit five years ago, the publisher often struggled to allocate an appropriate amount of resources to ensure its social news site could flourish. Despite that, Reddit has grown from having 700k page views a day to just as much traffic in 15 minutes according to the company’s official blog. To keep up with the rapid growth, Reddit is breaking away from being a division of CondĂ© Nast and becoming reddit inc. With that being said, Advance Publications will still retain ownership of Reddit. The same organization also owns CondĂ© Nast. Though Reddit co-founder [Alexis Ohanian](http://www.ted.com/talks/lang/eng/alexis%5Fohanian%5Fhow%5Fto%5Fmake%5Fa%5Fsplash%5Fin%5Fsocial%5Fmedia.html?ref=skatter.com) left the company several years ago, he will serve as one of board member advising the company. Reddit is also on the search for a new CEO who will ideally help foster even more growth and bring in more employees as well. More importantly, the following statement caught my eye: > The reddit team, our Board, our informal advisors, and many in the reddit community sincerely believe that reddit has the potential, over the next generation, to positively impact journalism, civic engagement, fundraising, product development, and learning. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/we-love-reddit.jpg "We Love Reddit") It is clear that Reddit is becoming one of the most powerful social news sites if not the most. It is already one of the top 50 most visited websites in the U.S. [according to Ohanian](https://plus.google.com/113164038788726940319/posts/ExSd3yQW8SP?ref=skatter.com). Reddit definitely has a great outlook, but it would not be surprising to see another new innovative service rise again as someone who once was a [regular Digg user](http://digg.com/sahaskatta?ref=skatter.com). Though this announcement adds some confidence, [CondĂ© Nast has apparently tried to sell Reddit](http://allthingsd.com/20110321/if-you-love-something-set-it-sort-of-free-cond-nast-mulling-reddit-spin-off/?ref=skatter.com) once before. Either way, I hope Reddit continues to flourish as it is remains one of my main “go to places” for entertainment. **Links: [Reddit.com](http://blog.reddit.com/2011/09/independence.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Yahoo Fires CEO Carol Bartz, Appoints Tim Morse As Interim CEO URL: https://www.skatter.com/yahoo-fires-ceo-carol-bartz-appoints-tim-morse-as-interim-ceo/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:54.000Z **Editor’s Note:* Paul Paliath, founder of GeekSmack, contributed this article.* Following [a breaking news report by AllThingsD](http://allthingsd.com/20110906/exclusive-carol-bartz-out-at-yahoo-cfo-interim-ceo/?ref=skatter.com), Yahoo [has confirmed](http://yhoo.client.shareholder.com/releasedetail.cfm?ReleaseID=603592&ref=skatter.com) that its Board of Directors has fired Carol Bartz from her position as CEO. CFO Tim Morse will fill the role of interim CEO as Yahoo’s Board of Directors continue their search to find a suitable permanent CEO. Bartz sent the following email out to all Yahoo employees to inform them of her termination: > To all, > > I am very sad to tell you that I’ve just been fired over the phone by Yahoo’s Chairman of the Board. It has been my pleasure to work with all of you and I wish you only the best going forward. > > Carol The Board fired Bartz over the phone, according to the email she wrote. Ouch. Chairman of the Board Roy Bostock issued a statement about Bartz’s termination: > “The Board sees enormous growth opportunities on which Yahoo! can capitalize, and our primary objective is to leverage the Company’s leadership and current business assets and platforms to execute against these opportunities. We have talented teams and tremendous resources behind them and intend to return the Company to a path of robust growth and industry-leading innovation. We are committed to exploring and evaluating possibilities and opportunities that will put Yahoo! on a trajectory for growth and innovation and deliver value to shareholders. > > On behalf of the entire Board, I want to thank Carol for her service to Yahoo! during a critical time of transition in the Company’s history, and against a very challenging macro-economic backdrop. I would also like to express the Board’s appreciation to Tim and thank him for accepting this important role. We have great confidence in his abilities and in those of the other executives who have been named to the Executive Leadership Council.” Rumors surfaced in June [claiming that the Board was on the hunt for a replacement CEO](http://techcrunch.com/2011/06/21/yahoos-360-degree-turnaround/?ref=skatter.com) and as they fired Bartz without immediately naming a replacement CEO, some are speculating Yahoo might negotiate some sort of deal. When Bartz was hired back in January of 2009 to replace Founder Jerry Yang as CEO, many had hoped that she would run a tight ship and bring Yahoo back on top. However, throughout the two years she worked at Yahoo, the company remained the shadows of more relevant online companies such as Google, Facebook, Twitter, and even Microsoft. In light of Bartz’s termination, Yahoo’s share price has risen over 6% in after-hours trading. ### Jabra Introduces Two New Headsets For Sports URL: https://www.skatter.com/jabra-introduces-two-new-headsets-for-sports/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:54.000Z According to a recent survey, 52 percent of participants indicated that they listen to music while running. 60 percent said they have answered phone calls while exercising. These statistics are key factors for why Jabra is introducing two new Bluetooth headsets into its sports line — The Jabra Sport and Jabra Sport-Corded. The Jabra Sport comes with features that make listening to music or answering phone calls comparably easy. It includes a built-in FM radio, A2DP technology, and a bass-centric sound system. The microphone is wind-shielded and dust and shock resistant, which is perfect for people communicating on the move. It also comes with a free download of the Endomondo Sports Tracker mobile app. It works on iOS, Android, or BlackBerry and serves to track fitness goals, provide exercise techniques and tips, and map out running routes. In fact, this is the only Bluetooth headset on the market compatible with the Endomondo Sports Tracker app. Aside from the addition of a cord, the Jabra Sport-Corded also has some other minor limitations. There is no built-in FM radio or superior sound system. However, the microphone features of the Sport do make their way onto the Sport-Corded. They also throw in a handy carrying case for both. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/09/jabra-sport-corded.jpg "Jabra Sports Corded") The Sport and Sport-Corded are the latest products to join Jabra’s portfolio of sports-centric Bluetooth headsets, but are the first to feature a new behind-the-ear design for comfort and extra stability. The company’s other products in this line are the Jabra Active and Jabra Clipper. In the past, we review a few of Jabra’s headsets, namely the [BT2080](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-bt2080-review/) and [Stone2](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/). While we concluded that the BT2080 is a generally good product, the more recent Stone2 had plenty of noticeable flaws. Jabra is sending us review units for the new Sport headsets, so we will keep you updated on the quality of these upcoming devices. The Jabra Sport will retail for $99, while the Sport-Corded will retail for $30 less at $69\. Both will be available in Apple, Sprint, and T-Mobile stores as well as on Amazon.com. **Links: [Jabra Sport](http://www.jabra.com/sites/mobile/na-us/products/pages/jabrasport.aspx?ref=skatter.com) | [Jabra Sport-Corded](http://www.jabra.com/sites/mobile/na-us/products/pages/jabrasport%5Fcorded.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Wacom Introduces Inkling To Bridge The Gap Between Paper And Tablets URL: https://www.skatter.com/wacom-introduces-inkling-to-bridge-the-gap-between-paper-and-tablets/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:55.000Z Nearly two years ago, we took a look at the [Wacom Bamboo Pen & Touch](https://www.skatter.com/wacom-bamboo-pen-touch-review/) which lets users write with a pressure sensitive pen and take advantage of multi-touch gestures. For those not familiar, Wacom does not announce new products too often and the ones they do release are generally top-notch. Yesterday, Wacom introduced the Inkling which makes it possible to digitally capture anything written on regular paper with a ball point pen. Solutions such as Livescribe or [Papershow](https://www.skatter.com/papershow-write-it-show-it-review/) generally require special paper which often comes at a price. > “Inkling’s inspiration comes from a desire to give artistic people the freedom to draw on paper and to provide an easy way to transition the drawings to digital media,” said Don Varga, Director of Professional Products at Wacom Technology Services Corp. While I generally use a laptop or tablet for pretty much everything these days, I still head back to paper when it comes to sketching out quick mockups or brainstorming ideas. While I could do this on a computer, waiting for a heavy-duty program such as Photoshop to start-up is tedious and it is frustrating when ideas escape a chain of thought. Inkling could potentially solve this problem since users can grab any piece of paper, snap the receiver to the top of the sheet, and begin writing. The two components even store and recharge in an included carrying case. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fXbBA1DRE84&hd=1 For artists, illustrators, or geeks — the pen has pressure sensitivity: 1024 levels to be exact. The receiver is entirely wireless and operates on its own without a computer. Users can plug it in with a USB cable to access saved content. The receiver also accommodates left and right-handed users with the option to clip it onto a piece of paper in a position which does not interrupt the light of sight. The Inlking Sketch Manager lets users add, edit, or delete layers. The program also makes it possible to export sketches to Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, or Autodesk Sketchbook. The press release also mentions support for saving captured content in JPEG, PNG, PDF, SVG, and a few more formats. Those looking to grab a Wacom Inkling can do so for $199 when it goes on sale “in the latter half of September.” The [Wacom Store](https://www.wacom.com/en/Store.aspx?ref=skatter.com) and Amazon will carry it. Skatter Tech will definitely get our hands on a unit for review, so stay tuned for an in-depth look. **Link: [Wacom Inkling](http://www.wacom.com/en/Products/Inkling.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### HTC Jetstream Lands With Android 3.1 And AT&T 4G LTE URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-jetstream-lands-with-android-3-1-and-att-4g-lte/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:55.000Z There are quite a few firsts going on with the HTC Jetstream. It is the first tablet from HTC [people actually care about](https://www.skatter.com/htc-flyer-review/), the first tablet to ship with Android 3.1 Honeycomb, and AT&T’s first 4G/LTE tablet. The HTC Jetstream features a 10.1-inch display with a 1280 x 800 WXGA resolution. A dual-core 1.5 GHz Snapdragon processor is inside. Along with 4G network speeds, you have a blazing fast device. The tablet supports the latest version of Adobe Flash Player for those that need it. The 8 megapixel rear-facing camera supports 1080p HD video capture. A 1.3 megapixel front-facing camera is built-in and it should work with the included Google Talk app for video calls. The 7,300 mAh battery should keep the tablet running for plenty of time. Unlike the Galaxy Tab 10.1, the Jetstream supports microSD expansion up to 32 GB. > HTC Jetstream combines the acclaimed HTC Sense experience with Android Honeycomb to provide an innovative and engaging experience on a 10.1 inch tablet. Paired with AT&T’s upcoming 4G LTE speed and mobility, HTC Jetstream delivers connectivity for social and entertainment needs alongside productivity and creativity tools in a portable package. – Martin Fichter, VP Product Management, HTC HTC is still pushing their pen-input technology too, as the Jetstream is fully compatible with the HTC Scribe — though it’s sold separately. HTC Sense UI for tablets will enable pen-input capabilities since the technology is not native to Android out of the box. There is also syncing support with [Evernote](https://www.skatter.com/evernote-review/) for handwritten notes. This is the company’s first real push into the tablet market. Sure, they [released the WiFi-only Flyer](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-htc-unveils-the-flyer-tablet/) and the Sprint-branded [Evo View 4G](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-htc-evo-3d-and-htc-evo-view-4g-availability/), but these only had 7 inch displays and ran on Android 2.x which is an operating system optimized for smart phones, not tablets. HTC appears to have a solid product with the Jetstream, but now the company has to convince consumers it is worthy. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/htc-jetstream-infographic.jpg "HTC Jetstream Infographic") Unfortunately, they are not off to a good start. The Jetstream will be available exclusively on AT&T starting September 4th for $699.99 on a two-year contract. Not only does that make this tablet $200 more expensive than the industry standard, but a contract with AT&T means customers will have to pay a monthly data fee. AT&T’s pricing options are $15 for 200 MB per month, $25 for 2 GB, and a new $35 for 3 GB. The latter might make you shed some tears. And while I am on the subject of AT&T, I should note that they have yet to deploy 4G LTE in any city. The carrier originally planned to launch in five cities this summer. Competitors such as Verizon Wireless are already offering 4G LTE to nearly a third of the country. There is no WiFi option just yet, but hopefully we will see one in the future. Until then, you and your wallet suffer. We will definitely get our hands on a unit for review, so stay tuned for that too. **Link: [AT&T – HTC Jetstream](http://www.att.com/jetstream?ref=skatter.com)** ### Long Live The HP TouchPad URL: https://www.skatter.com/long-live-the-hp-touchpad/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:56.000Z HP has seen the light in the TouchPad tablet. Or more specifically, HP has seen the light in tremendous price cuts. Mark Budgell made a surprising announcement yesterday: > Since we announced the price drop, the number of inquiries about the product and the speed at which it disappeared from inventory has been stunning. I think it’s safe to say we were pleasantly surprised by the response. Despite announcing an end to manufacturing webOS hardware, we have decided to produce one last run of TouchPads to meet unfulfilled demand. It is true. There is definitely something magical about that $99 price point, especially when it comes after an original price tag of $499\. HP broke the huge news about the company’s change in direction during the most recent investor earning’s call just a few weeks ago. With the decision to close the webOS division which HP acquired from Palm for $1.2 billion, they also choose to slash prices of the TouchPad to liquidate any remaining assets. When news about the $99 price hit the web, sales really began to soar. Previously, the company was struggling to convince people they needed one, especially with all the better options out there like the iPad 2 or Galaxy Tab 10.1\. Well, [maybe not the Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-i-am-done-with-the-galaxy-tab-10-1/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/hp-touchpad-demo.jpg) HP says that it will take a few weeks until the final set of TouchPads are available. Those who requested an email notification for the tablet’s availability will receive a heads up. To address the issue of people buying multiple units and then selling them on eBay for a higher price, HP is considering placing an order limit on TouchPads. And believe it or not, there are actually people out there who bought the TouchPad for $499 in its early days. Luckily, those people can receive a $400 refund if they call the retailer where they purchased a TouchPad and explain the situation. Ever since the price drop, consumers have gone nuts over the TouchPad. At its original price, it was a comparably bad tablet. But at just a single Benjamin, it suddenly becomes a gadget worth buying for any purpose. Even as a paper weight, it is still somewhat affordable. Developers have even managed to get Android running on it already just in case HP does not intend to support the webOS platform. While the selection of apps are unbearable limited, the price tag is very reasonable for web browsing. For those not familiar, the TouchPad even comes with a 50 GB lifetime subscription to Box.net for cloud storage. **Link: [HP TouchPad](http://www.hp.com/united-states/webos/us/en/tablet/touchpad.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Tablet P and Tablet S Available Today For Pre-Order URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-tablet-p-and-tablet-s-available-today-for-pre-order/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:56.000Z Earlier this year in April, Sony announced plans to release [two unique Android Honeycomb tablets](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-two-android-3-0-honeycomb-tablets/) in Fall. Sticking to schedule, today marks the pre-sale for the Tablet S and the Tablet P which will hit store shelves next month. > “These devices truly represent the best of everything Sony has to offer,” said Mike Lucas, senior vice president of Sony Electronics’ Networked Technology and Services Division. “From hardware to software and services, Sony Tablet devices embody all our innovations rolled into one.” Unlike most tablets which feature a single-piece slate form factor, the Sony Tablet P goes for an entirely different approach. Somewhat reminiscent of the [Kyocera Echo smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-sprint-review/), this tablet features two 5.5 inch displays which fold shut thanks to a clam shell design. The dual-screen technology enables multitasking capabilities. For instance, users can have a video playing on one screen while browsing the web on the other. Reading a book with a page on each screen also makes for a great experience. Surprisingly, the Tablet P weighs just .83 pounds which is less than both the [Apple iPad 2](http://apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com) and the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). The Sony Tablet S features a more traditional form factor with a 9.4 inch display. It weighs slightly more than the Tablet P coming it at 1.33 pounds, but it does have some unique aesthetic elements. Sony touts an asymmetric design with a shifted center gravity for holding comfortably even for hours of use. The sloped shape also makes viewing the screen easier when resting on a flat surface. An optional charging dock will enable a digital photo frame feature and an alarm clock mode. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/sony-tablet-s1.jpg "Sony Tablet S1") Both models run Android 3.1 Honeycomb on Nvidia’s Tegra 2 mobile processor. Sony even claims an update for Android 3.2 will be ready by the time these devices ship. The Tablet P and Tablet S also have built-in WiFi, Bluetooth support, a microUSB connector, SD card reader, and are 4G capable through AT&T. There are front and rear facing cameras on both devices too. These tablets are also feature the Sony TrueBlack display technology which supposedly reduces reflection from sunlight and even in-door lighting for improved visibility. As expected, these tablets ship with a wide array of Sony services. Video Unlimited offers movie purchases and rentals while Music Unlimited includes access to a library of 10 million songs. With PlayStation Certification, these tablets are great for gaming and Sony already includes Crash Bandicoot and Pinball Heroes out of the box. While some users might stick to Amazon Kindle or Google Books, Sony includes access to its own Reader Store as well. Another addition is Personal Space which is a photo and video sharing service. Sony also offers DLNA support for sharing media with compatible devices such as its own BRAVIA line up of TVs. The Sony Tablet S is will ship in 16 GB and 32 GB models for $499 and $599, respectively. The company unfortunately quietly left out any word of pricing for the dual-screen Tablet P. We should get our hands on both models for review so stay tuned. **Links: [Sony Tablets](http://sony.com/tablet?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Droid 3 – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-3-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:56.000Z The Droid 3 is the third iteration of Motorola’s iconic premium line following the debut of [the original Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) in late 2009 and [the Droid 2](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless/) in 2010\. The latest model sets itself apart from the rest in terms of design and features. This smart phone is larger than previous generation models and shows several signs of improvement. Motorola did a fine job addressing many concerns that came with the Droid and Droid 2\. While there are many reasons to call this device impressive, it still has its faults like every other phone on the market. # Hardware For dimensions, the Droid 3 is 64.1 mm wide by 123.3 mm tall when you are looking at it in portrait mode. At 12.9 mm thick, it is pretty slim for a phone with a hardware keyboard. With a 4-inch display and a boxy design, the device feels very bulky in the hands. It is also somewhat heavy weighing in at 6.5 oz, but not too bad. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-keyboard.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Keyboard") The Droid 3 has a rather good build quality which is noticeably better than any of the Droids that came before it. The glass and metallic materials give it a premium feel. Even with ordinary plastic covering the back, minor bumps or drops are not a concern thanks to Motorola. The sliding mechanism for the keyboard is solid too. It was a bit stiff and hard to slide open at first, but I have noticed it loosens up over time. Typing on the keyboard was an enjoyable experience. I love the spacious keys and dedicated number buttons on the top row. Some might find the individual voice control and search function keys useful, too. I sent a few emails with minor typos. My only gripe is the flat keys on the Droid 3\. I prefer the Droid 2’s keyboard slightly better in this regard. If you have larger thumbs, you are going to have a tough time typing accurately on the Droid 3. Inside, you can find a dual-core 1 GHz processor, 512 MB of RAM, and 16 GB of on-board storage. A built-in micro SD card slot allows for up to 32 GB expansion, totaling 48 GB of potential storage. Speaking of ports, the Droid 3 includes micro USB, micro HDMI, and the standard 3.5 mm headphone jack. Motorola throws in WiFi, GPS, Bluetooth, a compass, and an accelerometer as well — all norms in modern smart phones. No 4G connectivity here, only 3G. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-display.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Display") The Motorola Droid 3 features a 4-inch qHD display. It has a 960 x 540 resolution, putting it at roughly 275 pixels per inch. This is lacking in sharpness compared to other smart phones, but for the vast majority of customers it is more than adequate. The display gets pretty bright on its maximum settings. Colors look slightly over-saturated to the naked eye, but some might appreciate the extra pop that comes with it. The reflectiveness from the glass is about on par with every other phone with a glossy display. Using it in sunlight is not really a problem, especially if you crank the brightness all the way up. Viewing angles are acceptable, but not great. # Operating System The Droid 3 runs Android 2.3 “Gingerbread”, the latest version of Google’s operating system. The very moment I turned on the Droid 3, the first thing I noticed was Motorola’s custom user interface. It changes the look of Android in favor of a dark blue color scheme. At this point, the phone did not feel like it belongs in the Droid line. And frankly, it still does not. Swiping between home pages has a neat little transitional effect that looks like they are all in a cube formation. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-3-verizon-wireless.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Verizon Wireless") Similar to just about every other Android phone, you are going to run in to bloatware. You will find apps such as GoToMeeting, Let’s Golf 2, Nova, a selection of V Cast apps, Citrix, City ID, and ZumoCast among others. Some are even just downright confusing. For instance, there is Google’s Navigation app and Verizon’s Navigator app as well. My personal favorite oddity is the Messaging and Text Messaging apps — both are separate, but serve the same purpose. The Motorola Droid 3’s performance is a mixed bag. Though it handles basic tasks and animations well, certain apps were dreadfully sluggish. I spent a lot of time using The Weather Channel app to track Hurricane Irene and the map was beyond slow to load. I felt like I was back in time using my iPhone 3G. And just to make sure it was not the app, I opened the official Maps app only to receive the same results. Browsing the web was okay. 4G capability really would have made it shine, but I think 3G is sufficient enough for now. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-back.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Back") The biggest problem I had with the Droid 3 was, well, [it burned my finger](http://gtdaily.net/post/9108705516/the-motorola-droid-3-actually-burned-my-finger?ref=skatter.com). The very first app I downloaded was Advanced Task Killer. At the time, I did not know this specific app was not compatible with newer versions of Android and particular phones. So about ten minutes after I installed, I noticed the phone began getting uncomfortably hot. Since I had been using it for a while, I just set it down and picked it up later. The heat returned. I went to touch the back of the phone and it was so hot that it burned my finger slightly. Hours later the tingling sensation was still there. Even though the Droid 3 cooled down after I removed Advanced Task Killer, it still does get pretty hot after continuous use. Google should remove any apps that cause these types of issues. No end-user should ever have to experience that. # Multimedia There is plenty of audio and video formats available on the Droid 3 — all the usual ones. No issues with playback support whatsoever. But what it does play, it does not play with great quality. In numerous tests for both audio and video, there was a constant noise coming out of the speaker in the background. Also, voices sounded muffled. Either I have high expectations for a smart phone or the sound quality was mediocre and I am willing to place all bets on the latter. As for content, YouTube is as always available on the device. Netflix, Blockbuster, and HBO Go are too if you subscribe. No signs of Hulu Plus, however. Android includes a Google Books app for downloading and reading eBooks. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-camera.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Camera") One word can pretty easily describe the overall performance of both the front and rear cameras: bad. Yes, there is not much to say in this area. The rear camera is an 8 megapixel shooter with 1080p HD video capture support. Obviously, the front VGA camera is much worse than the back but both exhibited grain and color inaccuracy in addition to other weaknesses. One unusual problem I encountered is with the LED flash. On its automatic setting, it went off indoors even when it was not necessary. Luckily, those of you who like to tweak for hours on end, the vast array of customization options will bring tears to your eyes. Video calling simply did not work. There is no Skype, ooVoo, or Google Talk support for video calling at all. I had to finally download Tango to test it out. And when I did, the Droid 3 broadcasted video in black and white. I have no idea why. I checked the Camera app to make sure the settings were all normal and they were. There were no problems with the connection, though I really prefer my video conferencing in full color. # Network Reliability ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-ports.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Ports") WiFi and 3G are very stable and I had no problems connecting either. Verizon Wireless has a reputation for being reliable and that stays true with the Motorola Droid 3\. I did have a bit of trouble connecting my devices to the mobile hotspot. After the third attempt, it worked. Thankfully, it worked well, with pleasantly speedy load times for a phone. Of course, this only matters for those brave enough to fork over an extra $20 per month for 2 GB of data. Call quality is pretty average — not terrible, but not excellent. Both callers reported muffled sound with slight background noise. Speakerphone was no better. These are only small inconveniences and did not negatively contribute to the experience with the handset. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/motorola-droid-3-buttons.jpg "Motorola Droid 3 - Buttons") According to Motorola, the Droid 3 gets about nine hours of talk time and 300 hours of standby. I find this very, very hard to believe. In my test, I unplugged the phone at full charge at 11:07 p.m. It died the next day at 7:04 p.m. I noticed that on standby, it has incredible battery life. But the moment I start to use it, the battery drains quickly. Still, the battery on the Droid 3 is comparably competent. You can easily get a typical day’s use out of it. It is worth noting that this device does not come with a spare battery. # The Bottom Line The Motorola Droid 3 feels like a mid-range smart phone. It shines in terms of hardware and design. Gingerbread is an absolute plus as well. Nothing about this phone is awful. Most of the features like battery life, performance, and camera quality are just over the border of adequate. If Motorola priced the Droid 3 at $99, I would recommend considering this device, since you would get what you pay for. But for $199.99 on a two-year contract, I can confidently say there are better options to explore for the price. The [HTC Sensation 4G](https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/) and the Samsung Galaxy S II are great, to name a few. Its only major appeal is the hardware keyboard. The Droid 3 could have given the best phones of 2010 such as the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) a run for their money. Unfortunately, it is 2011. **Link: [Motorola Droid 3 on Verizon Wireless – $199.99](http://www.verizonwireless.com/droid-3-motorola.shtml?ref=skatter.com)** ### Windows 8 Explorer Sticks To Ribbon Interface Despite New Metro UI URL: https://www.skatter.com/windows-8-explorer-sticks-to-ribbon-interface-despite-new-metro-ui/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:56.000Z Today, Steven Sinofsky took to the Microsoft Developer Network blog to announce an update on Windows 8\. The Explorer, which is the central file manager for the operating system, is getting a major face-lift. For those not familiar, the Explorer has been a part of Windows since version 1.0. A few months ago, Microsoft unveiled Windows 8 with its new Windows Phone-inspired Metro UI. It looks unlike any other version of Windows before it. With the huge push towards the new interface from the folks up in Redmond, you would think Explorer would follow suit, right? Oddly, the redesign of Explorer sticks with a Windows 7 interface style. The biggest addition is the ribbon. Microsoft first introduced this in Microsoft Office 2007, which according to them provides a more efficient way to navigate through menus and controls. Though it gets a lot of criticism, especially at debut, I happen to like it for the most part. The ribbon interface tends to take the focus off of content and more on the menu, but it surfaces many options normally underneath layer after layer of navigation. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/windows-8-explorer-ribbon-ui.jpg) That is exactly the reason why Microsoft is adding the ribbon. Sinofsky writes some of the more specific reasons why: - Provides the ability to put the most important commands in very prominent, front and center locations. - Makes it easy to find commands predictably and reliably. Every important file management command could be given a home in the ribbon, and customers would always know where to look for them. - Takes a similar approach to Office, Microsoft Paint, and Windows Live Essentials, which means that many of our customers will be familiar with the model and not have a lot to learn. Right now, I am a bit confused. At one point, Microsoft was boasting about the fantastic Metro UI. Everything is supposedly easy to access with the touch or swipe of a finger. Then they come out with this redesigned Explorer, which begs for a mouse. The company did explain that not every application would be a part of the new Metro UI. This is understandable, considering the vast amount of applications on Windows. But switching between two completely different user interfaces in one operating system is not the solution. Users will not find this beneficial to the experience. While Explorer’s redesign is welcome, one can only hope it is a small piece to a puzzle Microsoft plans on fitting together before Windows 8’s release. ### 5 Things To Expect With The iPhone 4S URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-things-to-expect-with-the-iphone-4s/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:25.000Z **Editor’s Note:* Parth Dhebar ([@pdparticle](http://twitter.com/pdparticle?ref=skatter.com)) is the Founder of [Simple-Reviews](http://simple-reviews.com/?ref=skatter.com) ([@simple\_reviews](http://twitter.com/simple%5Freviews?ref=skatter.com)), a blog that features simplified reviews for Apple iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch apps. In addition, he leads Community and Business Development efforts at [Teens in Tech Labs.](http://teensintech.com/?ref=skatter.com)* This year at the [World Wide Developer Conference](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/), Apple surprised the audience when they announced iOS 5 and OS X Lion leaving no mention of a new iPhone. Since then, the media started a non-stop publishing spree with bizarre claims and rumors. Here are five reasonable things we can definitely expect with the iPhone 4S. Yup, you heard me. The iPhone 4S, not an iPhone 5. # Better Internal Hardware The upcoming iPhone 4S will probably feature the next generation dual-core A5 processor, an upgrade to the existing A4\. Apple will likely throw in a better graphics chip and double the RAM to 1 GB. According to rumors, iOS 5 has some hardware-exclusive voice control features which do not work on the current iPhone 4\. The upcoming iPhone 4S is undoubtedly the key to unlocking the feature. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-iphone-4-home-key.jpg "Apple iPhone 4 Home Key") While everyone is hoping for 4G capabilities, it is hard to tell whether the iPhone 4S will support the faster network. Apple often adopts early technologies, but not unless they can get it right. If Apple does introduce a 4G enabled model, they would do so for all major networks. Unfortunately, that is not entirely possible since carriers are not entirely ready. AT&T offers HSPA+ under the 4G brand name and has yet to deploy a LTE network. Introducing a model with only HSPA+ support would mean incompatibility for future LTE-based networks. Apple would also need a WiMax model for Sprint 4G and another LTE version for Verizon Wireless 4G. After all, Apple did not seem to concerned about only having 2G on the original iPhone when most mediocre flip phones already had 3G at the time — it clearly did not hurt growth either. # Same Design, With Tweaks Rumors suggest the next-gen iPhone will offer a completely new design. However, taking example from the previous refreshes, the iPhone 4S will offer the same design but with minor enhancements. The upcoming model will probably offer a new antenna design to avoid a rerun of the infamous “antennagate”. In addition, after rumors of many complaints from customers regarding the somewhat-fragile glass back, Apple would have definitely taken notice. A change of material for the back piece is a given and we might possibly see a new aluminum plate introduced. # Better Camera ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-iphone-4-back-dark.jpg "Apple iPhone 4 Back Dark") During WWDC 2010, Steve Jobs explained how megapixels are not what makes a camera better. The year-old iPhone 4 currently offers only a 5 megapixel sensor and which I think still continues to blows competition out of the water. With that being said, signs are pointing toward an 8 megapixel camera which will probably turn out to be true. With top-notch hardware, an even better camera is just one of the improvements Apple can bring to the table to get existing customers to upgrade. # The Same Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-iphone-4-display.jpg "Apple iPhone 4 Display") Currently, the iPhone and iPod touch feature a display which I think is the best on the market. Going by the name Retina Display, it has a super high pixel density screen with a 960-by-640 pixel resolution on a 3.5 inch screen which equates to a pixel density of 326 pixels per inch (ppi). Steve Jobs during the WWDC 2010 keynote explained that after a certain point the human eye fails to distinguish individual pixels. In addition, Jobs explained the magic number is around 330 ppi when visible pixelation is no more. This is exactly why the iPhone 4S does not need a new display. Since launch, Apple has not increased the screen size with any new version of the iPhone and they definitely will not with the iPhone 4S. Rumors have suggested that they will, but it would become a nightmare for developers. In addition, Apple’s stance on-screen size should be pretty clear by now. If they are going to increase screen size for any of their iOS devices, they would have already done so when competitors were using screen size as a selling point. # iPhone Name The media is pretty confident about Apple calling the next iPhone the “iPhone 5,” but it will not be called that. The new model will probably go with the name “iPhone 4S” since the refresh will be evolutionary rather than revolutionary. In fact, that is exactly what Apple did when they introduced the iPhone 3GS in 2009\. The “S” in “3GS” was to signify the faster and better hardware compared to its predecessor the “iPhone 3G”. I also predict that Apple, at some point, will get rid of the numbers after “iPhone” and will just call future generations the “iPhone”. They have already done just that with the iPod touch. # Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-store-paris.jpg "Apple Store Paris") If you are desperately looking for a new smart phone, I think it is still a great time to purchase an iPhone 4 since Apple will definitely continue to support it even after the launch of the next iteration even if the same set of features are not available. However, if you are like me and want the latest hardware I would suggest waiting. Apple will probably hold an event in early-October announcing the iPhone 4S and new iPod touch models. Those on a budget should keep in mind that Apple will likely reduce the current price of the iPhone 4 to $99. **Disclosure:* Parth Dhebar is an investor in Apple.* ### Steve Jobs Resigns As Apple CEO URL: https://www.skatter.com/steve-jobs-resigns-as-apple-ceo/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:57.000Z It is my incredible misfortune to report on this sad evening that Steve Jobs has resigned. The world-famous Apple CEO has been battling cancer since the beginning of the year. He announced a medical leave in January and, with no signs of any improvement in health, made one final announcement today. In a letter to the “Apple Board of Directors and the Apple Community”, Jobs states: > I have always said if there ever came a day when I could no longer meet my duties and expectations as Apple’s CEO, I would be the first to let you know. Unfortunately, that day has come. \[
\] I have made some of the best friends of my life at Apple, and I thank you all for the many years of being able to work alongside you. Not all hope is lost though, because he is not quitting Apple entirely. Instead, his new position is Chairman of the Board, where his voice will project a bit softer. Taking his place as CEO is former COO of Apple, Tim Cook. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/ios-5-notification-system.jpg) Steve Jobs is the man responsible for the popular gadgets we all know and love that have changed the world. The Mac, iPod, iPhone, and iPad are all thanks to his extraordinary visions. Each of them contributed a great deal to the way we all live and communicate. We have Jobs and the entire team at Apple to praise for countless innovations such as these. With the news of his resignation, expect Apple stock prices to plummet. Since he is the biggest reason for Apple’s success, investors are surely unhappy. They can only hope Tim Cook will continue to lead us into the future as Steve Jobs did for so many years. Bring on the tributes and the official biography, [due out in November](http://www.amazon.com/Steve-Jobs-Biography-Walter-Isaacson/dp/1451648537?ref=skatter.com). **Link: [Apple](http://www.apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Reminder: Neflix Price Hike Takes Effect Next Week URL: https://www.skatter.com/reminder-neflix-price-hike-takes-effect-next-week/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:57.000Z Last month, [we reported Netflix would introduce new rates](https://www.skatter.com/netflix-unlimited-streaming-and-dvds-will-now-set-you-back-16-per-month/). As we are only about a week away from the September 1st price increases, here is a friendly reminder for those who may want to switch plans. Customers paying for the Unlimited Streaming plan are safe. Pricing will remain at $7.99 per month for unlimited on-demand content. Those paying for an Unlimited DVD plan are also safe. Having one DVD out at a time is still $7.99 and two DVDs out at a time remains $11.99 as well. The new pricing changes apply to customers with an Unlimited Streaming + DVD plan: - Unlimited Streaming + 1 DVD at a time = $15.98 - Unlimited Streaming + 2 DVD at a time = $19.98 - Unlimited Streaming + 3 DVD at a time = $23.28 - Unlimited Streaming + 4 DVD at a time = $29.98 The original rates were $9.99, $14.99, $19.99, and $27.99 respectively. For customers taking advantage of the most affordable plan which includes physical DVDs and on-demand streaming, the increase is a whopping 60% more. While many customers, including myself, would be willing to entirely switch to the streaming-only plan, there is one major problem: the selection of movies is very limited. New movies are often not available to stream for several months at a time as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/netflix-android-demo.jpg "Netflix Android Demo") Anyways, September 1st is just a little over a week away and I those who do not want to pay extra should either cancel their Netflix subscription or simply switch plans. As I stated before, the DVD-only and Streaming-only plans remain the same at the $7.99\. Those with a combination of both will unfortunately have to give up the discounts. With that being said, keep in mind that Hulu Plus is still $7.99 for streaming-only content and any form of cable/satellite subscriptions cost significantly more. **Link: [Netflix](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Makes Major Changes To Sharing And Privacy Controls URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-makes-major-changes-to-sharing-and-privacy-controls/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:58.000Z In a move that many will call an attempt to compete with unique features of [Google+](http://plus.google.com/?ref=skatter.com), Facebook made some major upgrades to sharing and privacy controls earlier today. The focus is to give users more power over the specific friends they share content with. # Privacy One of the changes [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) made to privacy lies within profile settings. After the roll out is complete, a privacy drop down menu will appear next to each specific type of content. For example, this makes it possible to share your music interests with all of your friends and movies with only a few, if you choose to take advantage of the new options. Additionally, Facebook is greatly improving tagging. As of now, if someone tags you in a photo, you have absolutely no control over the tag appearing on your profile. Pending posts will allow anyone to approve or deny any posts or tags involving them. Users can enable or disable this in the settings. And if you choose to remove a tag, you can also now optionally send a message to that person requesting they take the photo down or just block them altogether. # Sharing ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/facebook-sharing-privacy-controls.jpg) Personally, I am more excited about all the new possibilities with sharing content. I have long requested this feature and it is finally here: the ability to change the privacy settings for a specific post after I published it on Facebook. People that commonly make the mistake of sharing something with the wrong people will certainly rejoice over this. Previously only on mobile devices, location is now making its way to the desktop too. As part of a slightly revamped user interface for the sharing box at the top of the news feed, Facebook dedicates two buttons for tagging friends and checking into a location. Facebook certainly did not take too much time to stay on par with the latest and greatest in Google+ like location and privacy controls. The new features are welcome additions to the popular social network. The roll out to users begins in a few days. **Links: [About Control](https://www.facebook.com/about/control/) | [About Tagging](https://www.facebook.com/about/tagging) | [About Sharing](https://www.facebook.com/about/sharing/)** ### Want A Messaging Plan? AT&T Now Says It’s Either All Or Nothing URL: https://www.skatter.com/want-a-messaging-plan-att-now-says-its-either-all-or-nothing/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:58.000Z I really like using the “Rethink Possible” logo as the header image for these types of AT&T articles. It is so humorously ironic. Indeed, AT&T is once again forcing us to rethink what is possible by taking away even more possibilities. This time, it is in regards to text messaging plans. Engadget [first reported](http://www.engadget.com/2011/08/17/atandt-streamlining-individual-messaging-plans-august-21st-leavin/?ref=skatter.com) yesterday the company’s plans to remove its $10 messaging plan, which offers 1,000 messages per month, leaving the unlimited plan as the only option. AT&T did not take much time confirming this report. Beginning August 21st, the changes will kick into gear and new subscribers will have to choose between all or nothing. The “all” choices are $20 for individual unlimited text messaging or $30 for family unlimited text messaging. In just a few short days, the third option will be paying an [insanely overpriced](https://www.skatter.com/reality-check-text-messages-cost-1250-per-megabyte/) $0.20 per text message without a plan. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/facebook-messenger-app-iphone-android.jpg) But there is a logical reason for this madness. AT&T is scared. Very scared. BlackBerry Messenger, Google Voice, and other services have already started to eliminate the need for any SMS communication. [Facebook just released its Messenger app](https://www.skatter.com/cancel-your-texting-plan-facebook-just-released-a-messaging-app/), further diminishing our dependency on the carriers. And to top it all off, Apple is baking their own iMessage messaging system [right into iOS 5 this fall](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/), instantly connecting millions of iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch owners for free. The texting trend is dying and AT&T does not like it one bit. All of this translates into very simple message for the infamous carrier: profit loss. They hear the message loud and clear and have decided that it is best if we, the customers, suffer for their greed. I currently own an iPhone 4 on AT&T, and as soon as Apple released iOS 5 and iMessage, I fully intended to downgrade my text messaging plan to the $10/1,000 messages offering to save a few bucks. I can no longer do that. And while I am prepared to completely refrain from text messaging to cancel the plan altogether, AT&T still charges a fee when someone messages me. As of now, the “all or nothing” strategy is a lose-lose situation for everyone. Except AT&T. **Link: [AT&T Messaging Plans](http://www.wireless.att.com/cell-phone-service/services/services-list.jsp?wtSlotClick=1-005NV6-0-2&catId=cat1470003&catName=Messaging+Plans&ref=skatter.com)** ### RIM Refreshes BlackBerry Lineup With Three New Devices URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-refreshes-blackberry-lineup-with-three-new-devices/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:58.000Z With Android and iOS taking the lead, Research In Motion (RIM) is in trouble as it slowly continues to leak customers quarter after quarter. The company is trying to push back strong with three new BlackBerry models which are available on all the major carriers: AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, and Verizon Wireless. I am still not truly convinced these new devices are superior to competing platforms, but these are definitely the best BlackBerry devices to date. # BlackBerry Bold 9900/9930 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/rim-blackberry-bold-9900-9930.jpg "RIM BlackBerry Bold 9900-9930") The new BlackBerry Bold is the thinnest to date coming in at just 0.41 inches thick. Following its legacy, the device features a QWERTY backlit keyboard and an optical trackpad. However, the BlackBerry Bold boasts a touch screen display as well. Under the hood is a 1.2 GHz processor, 758 MB of RAM, 8 GB of internal storage, and support for up to 32 GB microSD expansion. The 5 megapixel camera supports 4x digital zoom and 720p HD video capture. LED flash, face detection, image stabilization, and geo-tagging are complements. The 1230 mAh battery will keep your BlackBerry Bold running for 5.9-6.6 hours of talk time or 12.8 days on standby. Other included technologies are a microUSB port, 3.5 mm stereo jack, speakerphone, Near Field Communication (NFC), WiFi 802.11 b/g/n, and GPS. This device is perfect for long-time BlackBerry users who want a hint of touch-screen action. Those looking to pick one up can grab the BlackBerry Bold 9930 through Sprint or Verizon Wireless for $249 with a new two-year agreement. A 4G enabled BlackBerry Bold 9900 will be available on T-Mobile towards the end of this month for $249 after a $50 mail-in-rebate and a new two-year agreement — an AT&T model is coming later this year. # BlackBerry Torch 9800/9810 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/rim-blackberry-torch-9800-9810.jpg "RIM BlackBerry Torch 9800-9810") There are two BlackBerry Torch models: one with a slide-out keyboard and one without. Lets start with the former. This phone weighs 5.68 ounces and is 0.57 inches thick, which is probably reasonable for a slider phone. Since there are several differences between the BlackBerry Torch 9800 and the BlackBerry Torch 9810, I suggest skimming the following lists. ## BlackBerry Torch 9810 - 3.2 inch screen with 640×480 pixel resolution - 5 megapixel camera with HD video capture - Runs on BlackBerry 7 OS - 8 GB of onboard storage, 768 MB of RAM - 5.9-6.5 hours talk time, 12.3-12.8 days standby ## BlackBerry Torch 9800 - 3.2 inch screen with 480×360 pixel resolution - 5 megapixel camera without HD video capture - Runs on BlackBerry 6 OS - 4 GB onboard storage, 512 MB of RAM - 5.5-5.8 hours talk time, 14-18 days standby While most competitors are making a leap to qHD resolution displays, the BlackBerry Torch only has a 3.2 inch screen with a mediocre resolutions on both variants. RIM touts light and proximity sensors, which are nothing new. A LED flash, auto-focus, and image stabilization is standard on both. The 9800 lacks geo-tagging, face detection, and a zero shutter lag which the 9810 has to offer. Both devices support microSD expansion with up to 32 GB cards. WiFi 802.11 b/g/n is available on both. GPS, a 3.5 mm stereo jack, and a speakerphone is standard too. Though run time varies, both models run on a 1270 mAh battery. This phone might be a good fit for those who are just not ready to make a full leap to keyboard-less touch-screen-only phones. These two BlackBerry Torch variants, much like the original Torch, have a on-screen virtual keyboard as well as a physical slide-out keyboard. The BlackBerry Torch 9810 with 4G should make it to AT&T stores this month. # BlackBerry Torch 9850/9860 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/rim-blackberry-torch-9860-9850.jpg "RIM BlackBerry Torch 9860-9850") The second BlackBerry Torch entirely does away with physical keyboards. After cutting down on unnecessary bulk, it weights just 4.76 ounces and is 0.45 inches thin. Although still not comparable to a qHD resolution, a 800-by-480 pixel 3.7 inch display is the next best thing. The smart phone runs on a 1.2 GHz processor, 768 MB of RAM, 4 GB of internal storage, and support for 32 GB microSD expansion. An accelerometer, digital compass, GPS, proximity sensor, WiFi, and ambient light sensor are inside. The 5 megapixel camera offers 720p video capture plus LED flash, auto-focus, face detection, image stabilization, geo-tagging, and digital zoom. Based on form factor alone, this device will need to stand up against Android, iOS, and Windows Phone. Unfortunately, it seems like a far-fetched reality. I will definitely get my hands on one for review soon, so stay tuned for that. Those looking to buy one can find the BlackBerry Torch 9850 at Sprint for $150 after a $50 mail-in-rebate and a new two-year contract. AT&T customers can get their hands on one later this year as well. **Link: [RIM BlackBerry Smart Phones](http://us.blackberry.com/smartphones/?ref=skatter.com)** ### With The Motorola Acquisition, Google Crosses Over To The Dark Side URL: https://www.skatter.com/with-the-motorola-acquisition-google-crosses-over-to-the-dark-side/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:26.000Z “We welcome everyone with *open* arms, while Motorola continues its war with Microsoft and Apple barely acknowledges our existence as a threat. It is time all of this changed, no matter the cost.” I imagine something along the lines of the quote above was going through the minds of Google before the company acquired Motorola Mobility. This acquisition means so much more than patent defense. It is almost as if Google is trying to give a warning to all of its competition. They played the game well up until now, but there are many areas of the Android ecosystem in need of help. They are stepping in for battle to [crank the competition up a notch](https://www.skatter.com/the-value-of-competition-a-microsoft-apple-google-analysis/). # Google ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/android-bots.jpg) How does the acquisition affect Google? Larry Page already stated in a very vague [press release](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2011/08/supercharging-android-google-to-acquire.html?ref=skatter.com) the company’s intentions. > The combination of Google and Motorola will not only supercharge Android, but will also enhance competition and offer consumers accelerating innovation, greater choice, and wonderful user experiences. I am confident that these great experiences will create huge value for shareholders. What exactly does he mean by saying the acquisition will “supercharge Android”? For one, Google just gained over 17,000 patents and Motorola submitted over 7,000 that are still pending approval. And while we are talking numbers, the company also just opened their doors to roughly 19,000 Motorola employees — a 60% increase in employees at Google overall. Additionally, acquiring Motorola means Google is now a driving force behind the hardware for Android devices. If they want, they can now contribute to the Droid line of Android hardware under the Google name. And quite frankly, I do not see a reason not to. Maybe they might choose to stick with the Motorola brand, but contributing to the hardware definitely gives Google some key advantages. More on that later. # Microsoft ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/windows-phone-mango-features.jpg) One main reason to buy Motorola is to take down Microsoft in the patent wars. Obviously, Google thinks they can do a better job than Motorola at defending patents that go in to Android devices. Another quote from Larry Page is a bit more blatant regarding the sticky situation: > We recently explained how companies including Microsoft and Apple are banding together in anti-competitive patent attacks on Android. \[
\] Our acquisition of Motorola will increase competition by strengthening Google’s patent portfolio, which will enable us to better protect Android from anti-competitive threats from Microsoft, Apple and other companies. He uses the word “anti-competitive” twice. Unfortunately, it is just a not-so-clever mask on a surprisingly clever company. This has everything to do with competition. How can Page sit there and write to us that everyone is happy and things are going swimmingly when Google just spent $12.5 billion acquiring a company currently at war? For Microsoft, the acquisition is pretty much Google telling them to sit down and shut up. Google has the patents, has the leadership, and most importantly has Android, which is precisely what Microsoft is fighting about. Their green monsters are about to crush Microsoft and their [fresh fruit](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-gives-windows-phone-manufacturers-some-fresh-mangoes/). # Apple ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-front-full.jpg) Believe it or not, Google shoots a couple of bullets in Cupertino’s direction with their recent shopping spree. Apple has always boasted about how it takes full control over both software and hardware to make a truly great product. This [clearly worked for them](https://www.skatter.com/developers-flock-to-ios-show-declining-interest-in-android/), since the company is now vying with Exxon Mobil to become the most valuable company in the world. When developing Android, Google decided to take the same route Microsoft took with Windows. They create the software, many others create the hardware. This results in a quick and easy gain in market share. Unfortunately for Google, this means sacrificing a significant amount of control. Not a single Android device even comes slightly close to the iPhone in terms of market share and success. Perhaps Google is now looking for some more control to make Android devices more powerful. Though Apple is known to set the gold standard for hardware, Motorola Mobility gives Google the tools necessary to at least compete, even if it results in failure. # Android Partners ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-evo-3d-sprint.jpg) Google’s favoritism for Motorola certainly must not sit well with other manufacturers such as HTC and Samsung. They have to realize any new Android devices churning out of Motorola will receive a prominent spotlight. In a way, Google is now both a friend and competitor. Samsung, Sony Ericsson, HTC, and LG have all released statements on the acquisition. Each contain this sentence or a variation of this sentence: “We welcome Google‘s commitment to defending Android and its partners.” Seriously, they all say that. It is almost creepy. We have come to expect major companies to publicly turn any issue into something beneficial for them. But behind those brief statements are angry hardware manufacturers. Twitter pulled this type of move on its developers numerous times. They released their own official iPhone and iPad apps, [redesigned the main website into more of a web app](https://www.skatter.com/the-new-tougher-twitter/), and partnered with Photobucket to [launch their own photo-sharing service](https://www.skatter.com/twitter-begins-rolling-out-photo-sharing-service/). The tension between Twitter and developers has definitely grown, and so will the tension between Google and Android partners. # “Don’t Be Evil” Make no mistake — the Motorola acquisition is an evil move. Google aims to take down the competition and is completely willing to build up stress with its partners in the process. The next chore is making that $12.5 billion money well spent, which is an uphill battle for Google, but they are fully prepared to fight. The “don’t be evil” mantra is over. Nice guys finish last. **Links: [Motorola Mobility](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Home?ref=skatter.com) | [Android](http://www.android.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Acquires Motorola Mobility For $12.5 Billion URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-acquires-motorola-mobility-for-12-5-billion/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:58.000Z This morning, Google announced an agreement in which it would acquire Motorola Mobility for a total of $12.5 billion to “supercharge the Android ecosystem.” For those not familiar, Motorola split into to companies earlier this year in January: Motorola Mobility and Motorola Solutions. According to the press release, Google intends to run the newly acquired Motorola Mobilty as an independent business and the company plans to keep Android open. The transaction may not occur until early 2012. > “Motorola Mobility’s total commitment to Android has created a natural fit for our two companies. Together, we will create amazing user experiences that supercharge the entire Android ecosystem for the benefit of consumers, partners and developers. I look forward to welcoming Motorolans to our family of Googlers.” — Larry Page, Google CEO. Android first made a debut in late 2007\. According to [the Google Blog](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2011/08/supercharging-android-google-to-acquire.html?m=1&ref=skatter.com), there are over 150 million devices in use with over 550k new activations each day. There are 39 manufacturers making Android devices for 231 carriers in 123 countries. I would not be surprised to see a Motorola-built Nexus 3 smart phone and tablet within a few months. HTC built the original Nexus One while the Samsung was behind [the Nexus S we recently reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-by-samsung-sprint-review/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/motorola-droid-x2-verizon-wireless.jpg "Motorola Droid X2 - Verizon Wireless") While Motorola did away with the MotoBlur branding due to poor reception among consumers, it has definitely improved in recent times as we have seen on devices such as the [Droid X2](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x2-verizon-wireless-review/) and the [Droid 3](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-announces-the-motorola-droid-3/). With that being said, it is unclear whether Google will do away with Motorola customizations. Despite being a software company for ages, it is interesting to see Google jump into the consumer hardware market as well. This acquisition will definitely brush up against Apple’s thriving model which traditionally sells a hardware running on its own software. Google’s true motive to acquire Motorola Mobility is almost definitely patents. [Apple, Microsoft, and RIM recently won an auction bid](http://arstechnica.com/apple/news/2011/07/apple-ms-rim-nab-nortel-mobile-patents-for-45-billion.ars?ref=skatter.com) to secure about 6,000 patents from Nortel Networks for about $4.5 billion. Google was definitely unhappy as it lost the bid and [choose to point](http://www.google.com/press/motorola/?ref=skatter.com) out that the U.S. Department of Justice is evaluating the Nortel transaction to ensure it will not harm competition or innovation in the open source community. While Google is quitely pushing for headline favorable to its business intrests, I should note that the acquisition of Motorola Mobility rakes in nearly 17,000 patents for them not to mention another 7,000 pending patents. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-3.jpg "Google I/O 2011 - Venue (3)") Relationships between handset manufacturers and Google is also a major concern as this transaction with Motorola Mobilty closes. Companies such as HTC, LG, and Samsung might feel undercut with access to the Android platform with Google potentially giving priority to its own Motorola Mobilty hardware division. Despite those partnerships potentially going downhill in the future, executives from the largest Android manufacturers issued the following statements: > “We welcome the news of today‘s acquisition, which demonstrates that Google is deeply committed to defending Android, its partners, and the entire ecosystem.” said Peter Chou, CEO, HTC Corp > “We welcome Google‘s commitment to defending Android and its partners.” said Jong-Seok Park, Ph.D, President & CEO, LG Electronics Mobile > “We welcome today’s news, which demonstrates Google’s deep commitment to defending Android, its partners, and the ecosystem.” said J.K. Shin, President, Samsung Mobile Communications Division It is definitely interesting to see where things go from here. I am curious whether having a hardware business will distract Google from focusing on Android or whether it will give the platform a true boost. I also would not be surprised to see Motorola Mobility fall apart in a matter of time with Google simply carrying along with valuable patents — though I hope that does not happen. Regardless, it is humorous to see Google go from complaining about Android potentially becoming a victim of the patents held by competitors to now having some leverage of its own. ### In High Res: Future Apple Cupertino Campus Photos URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-high-res-future-apple-cupertino-campus-photos/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:01.000Z With [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com) stealing the spotlight from Exxon Mobil as the most valuable company in the world, it can do just about anything these days — especially with $78 billion on hand. One of the largest upcoming milestones for the Cupertino-based company is a new futuristic campus. Apple CEO Steve Jobs presented his proposal to the Cupertino City Council earlier this year and details regarding the new location along with some amazing artistic renderings are finally available to the public. The new location is just a few minutes away from the current [Apple Infinite Loop headquarters off De Anza Boulevard](http://maps.google.com/maps?ll=37.3322,-122.029765&spn=0.004965,0.009012&t=k&z=18&ref=skatter.com). For those not familiar, the company has continuously expanded into offices spaces surrounding their existing location to accommodate their quickly growing workforce. Aside from the [Oracle campus](http://maps.google.com/maps?hl=en&ll=37.530429,-122.264051&spn=0.007147,0.006244&t=k°=90&z=18&ref=skatter.com) in Redwood City — about 30 minutes north of Cupertino — not a single other company with a unique facility comes to mind. Apple is also going above and beyond as usual with a major eco-friendly sustainability aspect for its new campus. For instance, there is a large amount of green space surrounding the doughnut-shaped building — even with a sanctuary in the center. The company will apparently even generate power on-site to reduce dependency on the city grid. The office space will provide about 2.8 million square feet of room for employees on the 175 acre property. The structure stands four stories tall, has a thousand-person auditorium, and a fitness center. In addition, there is nearly 300,000 square feet of unoccupied space for research facilities. Apple plans to make this the home for up to 13,000 employees. For those wondering about the parking situation, there will eventually be an estimated 10,500 slots with 4,600 of those hidden underground. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-5.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-6.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-7.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-8.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-9.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/apple-future-cupertino-campus-10.jpg) As someone living just 20 minutes away, I am looking forward to visiting the new Apple campus. Unfortunately, the proposal only estimates completion four years from now in 2015\. The City of Cupertino still needs to evaluate the proposal for Environmental Impact (air quality, noise, traffic, etc.) and offer an opportunity for the public to comment as well. With that being said, I am quite confident that the city will not refuse since Apple is their largest tax payer. ### Opera Mini vs Opera Mobile: What’s The Difference? URL: https://www.skatter.com/opera-mini-vs-opera-mobile-whats-the-difference/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:16.000Z I choose to give [Firefox for Android](https://market.android.com/details?id=org.mozilla.firefox&hl=en&ref=skatter.com) a test drive a few days ago and decided give [Opera for Android](https://market.android.com/developer?pub=Opera+Software+ASA&ref=skatter.com) a shot too. After searching the Android Market, I was a bit confused to find two apps: Opera Mini and Opera Mobile. The difference between the two was not entirely clear. After looking into the matter a bit further, I found some interesting details on a recent Opera’s blog entry. For starters, it turns out that Opera Mini and Opera Mobile both run on the following three platforms: Android, S60 (Symbian OS), and Windows Mobile. BlackBerry and iOS users only have the choice of Opera Mini while MeeGo users only have the option of Opera Mobile. With two apps overlapping across three platforms, what is the difference anyways? ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/opera-mini-vs-opera-mobile.jpg "Opera Mini vs Opera Mobile") When someone traditionally visits a webpage, their browser generally requests information directly from the respective server. Interestingly enough, things work differently when using Opera Mini. This app actually sends the wanted website to Opera’s servers for some heavy-duty compression. This means a faster web browsing experience on slow networks and bandwidth savings for those pay by the megabyte. On the other hand, Opera Mobile is a full-blown browser. This app is perfect for those with fast networks speeds and powerful hardware. With a rendering engine running on your device, Opera Mobile offers a web browsing experience comparable to a desktop computer. If you have an Android device or one of the other two platforms which support both Opera Mini and Opera Mobile, I definitely recommend giving both a try. **Link: [Get Opera](http://www.opera.com/mobile/?ref=skatter.com) | [Opera News](http://my.opera.com/chooseopera/blog/2011/03/21/opera-mini-6-and-opera-mobile-11-tomorrow?ref=skatter.com)** ### Logitech HD Pro C910 Webcam Giveaway – $99 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/logitech-hd-pro-c910-webcam-giveaway-99-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:01.000Z Last month, [Skatter Tech reviewed the Logitech HD Pro C910 Webcam](https://www.skatter.com/logitech-hd-pro-c910-webcam-review/) and today we are giving it away to one of our lucky readers. Sure, just about every laptop now has a built-in webcam, but yours probably does not record video in 1080p and support 720p video chat — it even has a microphone. For those wondering, this gizmo works perfectly with both Macintosh and Windows computers. The suggested retail price is $99, but we will ship one unit out to a lucky person for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/logitech-hd-pro-c910.jpg "Logitech HD Pro C910") # The Deal Skatter Tech can giveaway one (1) Logitech HD Pro C910 Webcam if we reach at least 100 entries by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on August 23rd, 2011\. (Sweepstakes opens at 10:30 AM Pacific Time on August 13th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach a minimum of 100 eligible entries before the deadline. A special thanks to the folks at [Logitech](http://logitech.com/?ref=skatter.com) for providing a unit for this giveaway. Feel free to [‘Like’ Logitech](http://www.facebook.com/Logitech) on Facebook or Follow [@logitech](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/Logitech) on Twitter. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - One (1) potential winner will be randomly selected by a computer on August 24th, 2011. - Another entry gets drawn if selection is ineligible or person fails to respond within 24 hours. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates submissions will result in disqualification. - We will announce the potential winner at the bottom of this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/) to participate. **Link: [Logitech HD C910 Webcam (Review)](https://www.skatter.com/logitech-hd-pro-c910-webcam-review/)** **Update (8.24.11):** Random entry drawn, awaiting response. ### Samsung, I Am Done With The Galaxy Tab 10.1 URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-i-am-done-with-the-galaxy-tab-10-1/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:26.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-trash.jpg "Galaxy Tab 10.1 Trash") Shortly after the Google I/O 2011 Conference, I published a [review of the Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). There were some bugs and only a handful of apps, but I truly felt the Android Honeycomb platform had potential and expected Samsung to push for the tablet’s success. Unfortunately, I was wrong. Very wrong. After two device replacements due to hardware defects and having to deal with a horrendous implementation of the TouchWiz interface since the latest update, I’ve given up. # The First Unit ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-front.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Front") I picked up my first Galaxy Tab 10.1 at the Google I/O 2011 Conference. For those wondering, journalists were lucky enough to get one of these along with a Samsung Chromebook and a Samsung 4G Mobile Hotspot. As I noted in the [original review](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/), the first device came with a lot of backlight bleeding. It was not entirely unusable, but the screen was rather ugly-looking. Definitely not a great start considering the display is probably the most important aspect to a tablet. > There was severe black light bleeding from the edges of the screen making it look as though white jolts of light were breaking out from several sides — the bottom right corner being the worst. I asked around to find that a few others also had the same issue. Even [developer forums](http://forum.xda-developers.com/forumdisplay.php?f=1050&ref=skatter.com) have members complaining about this problem and we can only hope the defects are not widespread to retail models. — Skatter Tech, Galaxy Tab 10.1 (Review) I gave Samsung a call hoping for some insight. The first customer service representative handed my call over to Level Three support when I mentioned I had a Google I/O Special Edition model — the Galaxy Tab 10.1 was not on the market yet. After answering a few questions, the representative decided to email me a return label for a replacement. About two weeks after dropping it off at a local shipping center, a brand new unit was waiting at my front door. # The Second Unit ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-back.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Back") I was glad to find the replacement was not a refurbished unit. It came packed in the original Google I/O branded box with all the original accessories. I booted it up and checked for display defects. There was still some backlight bleed, but it was not nearly as much of a problem this time around. At this point, nearly a week went by before I had a chance to use the tablet since I was busy with work. I hit the power button and to my surprise, it didn’t turn on. After unplugging and plugging it back in, I noticed the screen was actually already turned on. It was just entirely black with nothing happening. I held down the power button for 10 seconds or so hoping to see it reboot. Unfortunately, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 entered an infinite reboot loop. The tablet would play the standard Samsung boot animation, freeze for a few seconds, turn off, and start all over again. Since I could not turn it off either, I had no choice but to give Samsung another dreadful call. Another surprisingly helpful representative from the Level Three support team took over my case. He quickly concluded that I had a bricked tablet. Since there was apparently nothing I could do over the phone, he sent me yet another return label. Although the representative mentioned they would simply “re-flash” the device and ship it back over, I found a brand new Galaxy Tab 10.1 at my front door again about three weeks later. I still do not understand how a tablet can possibly fail so easily especially when no one is using it. # The Third Unit ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-replacement-boxes.jpg "Galaxy Tab Replacement Boxes") The latest replacement is by far the best. No backlight bleed and it actually works. I took it along with me on a trip overseas and it was a great travel companion. The still-in-beta Google Music service worked wonderfully with offline caching. I copied over several high-definition podcasts which looked gorgeous on the large display. The battery life was definitely impressive lasting about 10 hours with mixed usage consisting of typing notes, listening to music, watching movies, and playing games. The Galaxy Tab 10.1 connected to courtesy WiFi networks at airports and hotels without any issues either. Sending emails, using the calendar, or even voice/video chatting Google Talk was a wonderful experience. The offline Maps feature was perfect while traveling through a third world country without any mobile broadband. Even QuickOffice made it easy to edit documents and sync with Dropbox when a network became available. The web browser was quite useful too, but it did crash from time to time due to bugs. Despite that one quirk, the overall experience is something every buyer should expect. # TouchWiz Update ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-touchwiz.jpg "Galaxy Tab TouchWiz") Unfortunately, I had my hopes too high. A notification for a new software update appeared about a week ago. It was an upgrade to the long-awaited TouchWiz additions. The Galaxy Tab 10.1 humorously failed to update after many repeated attempts. The error notice suggested either visiting an authorized Samsung Center or use Samsung Kies on a computer to upgrade manually. I eventually installed the 85 MB program on my Windows 7 computer and proceeded with the update. A little over 20 minutes later, the tablet was finally ready. I unlocked the home screen and was a bit shocked to see the new redesign. Samsung TouchWiz introduced a new modified interface which looks part childish and part ugly. The original Tron-like dark theme with highlighter blue outlines was out of the picture. User interface consistency was definitely overlooked as well. Fonts are overly large. Icons, text, and other elements are poorly positioned or misaligned. Anyways, my rant begins here. The tablet is now an utter mess. These are some issues: ## Menu Bar Samsung, why did you need to create new icons? These are too bright and ugly. The original ones were clean, futuristic, and subtle. The new ones look like a MS Paint creation. Rather than the original low-profile black bar which fades away when playing videos, the custom grey one is distracting and random remnants — including a white line — do not vanish entirely. ## Screen Shot Icon Developers, geeks, and reviewers will likely appreciate this feature. Unfortunately, it makes no sense to include a screen shoot trigger on the menu bar right besides the three most important navigational buttons. I am quite confident that less than a few percent of users will ever need this feature. In fact, the icon looks like a camera shutter button too. I handed the tablet to my friends who actually ended up taking photos using the screen shot tool in confusion. I appreciate the kind gesture since Android does not offer this feature out of the box, but why not make it a hidden option? For instance, holding down the power button and a volume key could work. I keep accidentally triggering the screen shot tool since it is right next to the app switcher icon as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-touchwiz-mini-apps.jpg "Galaxy Tab TouchWiz Mini Apps") ## Quick Launcher Since Android Honeycomb leaves empty space in center of the Menu Bar, Samsung decided it was a perfect opportunity to fill it up with some junk. Clicking on the *bonus* arrow button brings up six mini app shortcuts — none of which are interchangeable. The items include a task manager and five mini apps*:* a calendar, world clock, pen memo, calculator, and music player. Just about each of these are harmful since they deviate from the normal Android workflow and waste memory too. ## Quick Settings Why did you tweak this? The original quick settings interface is easy to use and works perfectly fine. The new layout takes up nearly twice as much room and offers almost nothing more. It is even hard to figure out how the new interface works since some elements now slide horizontally while others scroll vertically. Taking twice as long to appear after a click does not help either. ## Custom Alarm Clock Although the original alarm clock was great for use as a night stand and was actually rather easy to use, Samsung decided to introduce its own creation anyways. The interface now looks drastically different, but I do not actually see any useful improvements. Samsung should have added features such as a stop watch and a countdown timer for starters. At the very least, including a world clock within this app instead of creating an entirely separate app for it would have been a wise choice. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-touchwiz-ebooks.jpg "Galaxy Tab TouchWiz eBooks") ## eBook Reader + Kindle I love Amazon Kindle and I have the app on just about every device I own, but why is it pre-installed? The app is just bloatware for those who do not want it or use another service. And before I forget, why is there another generic eBook app as well? In addition, why does the Samsung-built eBook app look like a blatant ripoff of the old-fashion bookshelf design of Apple’s iBook app? (No wonder there are so many lawsuits.) The app does not even tie into any major digital bookstore either. ## Tweaked Browser I am glad to run into fewer crashes and see better stability, but there is another concern. Samsung re-skinned the original interface. Rather than a dark theme, it now has a bright white design. Since most web pages have a white background, it is often hard to distinguish the menu bar from the web page due to a barely visible divider. Developers also added a new RSS icon to the address bar, which is a mistake since most modern browsers are doing away with these. While the original bookmarks interface was perfectly fine, Samsung tries to add more features with a custom implementation. Unfortunately, the new file browser styled interface looks messy and overwhelming. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-touchwiz-calendar.jpg "Galaxy Tab TouchWiz Calendar") ## Calendar I was a huge fan of the native Android Honeycomb calendar interface. It was by far the best tablet calendar out there. Yes, it is definitely better than the one on the Apple iPad too. Unfortunately, Samsung decided to make their own half-baked version just for kicks. Not surprisingly, it is a disaster. Doing pretty much anything requires more clicks. The app entirely lacks a traditional block-layout week view, which is something I use all the time. Six days worth of events boxed in bullet point lists is quite painful to visualize. I would love to meet the person who approved this. ## Contacts Samsung decided to re-skin the Contacts app as well. The interface now uses ridiculously large fonts. The only major improvement is the ability to sync contacts from Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter. I am just wondering why they could not add this to the original interface. ## Movies and TV Shows Another unfortunate disaster in this department. Samsung bundles their own Media Hub app for purchases of Movies and TV Shows. Oddly, this blatantly overlaps with the Google Videos app which is finally pre-loaded on the tablet after the update. It doesn’t end there. There is now another app similarly named Video. It lets users browse and play locally stored content. This app adds little value since it essentially duplicates part the existing Gallery app’s functionality. To further add to the confusion, the Google Videos app also has a tab at the top to let users browse and play locally stored content to complement purchased items. ## Three Music Apps? This isn’t good. Samsung offers a Music Hub app for purchasing new content from [7digital](http://us.7digital.com/?ref=skatter.com). Then there is a Samsung Music Player app for listening to locally stored content. These overlap with the gorgeous native [Google Music](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/) cloud-powered app. To top that off, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 now also ships with the Amazon MP3 app which entirely lacks a tablet-optimized interface. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/08/galaxy-tab-touchwiz-pen-memo.jpg "Galaxy Tab TouchWiz Pen Memo") ## Memo and Pen Memo? Since Android Honeycomb does not ship with a simple app for taking notes, Samsung kindly added one for us. The Memo app lets users type and save text-based notes. But wait, what is this? There is a Pen Memo app too. This app is nearly identical to the last one which offers the ability to type text-based notes, but it also offers drawing/writing with the tip of your finger. Neat, but why on earth are there two apps? Sadly, Samsung does not let users remove one or both. At this point, I will probably end up using [Evernote](https://www.skatter.com/evernote-review/), SpringPad, or Catch instead anyways. ## Samsung Apps Making things confusing clearly seems like fun. The Samsung Apps store takes up another icon and offers its own selection of apps. After a quick browse through the top section, I did not see a single app which was not already available in the official Android Market. Even the Amazon App Store would have been a better choice, not that I recommend pre-installing that either. Having two app stores out of the box just creates confusion for the average user. ## Social Hub This app is a universal inbox for syndicating activity streams from Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. Considering that each of these three services still do not offer an app optimized for Android tablets, Social Hub is a welcome addition. With that being said, I will probably have no use for this as official apps eventually become available. An option to uninstall would be neat. ## Other Bloatware Pulse news reader, the Worlds with Friends game by Zynga, a My Files browser, and a basic Photo Editor come pre-installed. Unfortunately, none of these are removable. These are yet again nothing more than a waste of space for those who do not need it. # The Ideal Solution ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-family.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab Family") After painfully having to deal with this device for a few days, I can’t help but say don’t fix it if it’s not broken. It does not help that Samsung clearly just shot itself in the foot especially when having to deal with patent lawsuits from Apple which are preventing Galaxy Tab 10.1 sales in Europe and Australia. The company clearly has some tough times ahead when it comes to tablets. While I do not have much to say about the legal concerns, I do have a solution for the user experience problems. Samsung needs to start with this: a clean slate of Android Honeycomb. I don’t want to see any custom interface overlays/skins, any bonus widgets, any pre-installed bloatware apps, or any other modifications out of the box for that matter. Starting with the native Android operating system, Samsung should include just one thing to distinguish themselves competitors: an app named Samsung Extras. Any customization options, fancy live wallpapers, a selection of quality widgets, featured apps from partners, and any other junk should go in there. Ideally, this app should let the user add these features to the native Android experience and remove them easily. Although it will probably never happen, I definitely hope Samsung takes at least some of this advice into consideration. Until then, I will unfortunately have to tell prospective tablet buyers to avoid the Galaxy Tab 10.1\. Google still has a long way to go with Android Honeycomb, but it is definitely not as bad as TouchWiz makes it. **Link: [Galaxy Tab 10.1 Review](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/)** ### Google+ Now Has Games URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-now-has-games/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:58.000Z Google continues to make progress with its latest and [most successful attempt](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/) at a social network. Today Google+ adds games. It is a great implementation that will not distract from the social aspects of the website. To get started, users can just click the new games icon in the navigation bar at the top. At the moment, there are not many options — exactly sixteen. Some examples are Angry Birds, Flood-It, Sudoku, and Bejeweled. Developers [will hopefully help to expand](http://googleplusplatform.blogspot.com/2011/08/stepping-onto-google-platform.html?ref=skatter.com) the library of titles over time. I was at least glad to find an intuitive user interface for browsing through the selection. The sidebar lets users navigate between featured games, all games, and game notifications. The latter is where Google+ stores any invites. The best part about Google+ Games which makes it so different from Facebook is as follows: > We want to make playing games online just as fun, and just as meaningful, as playing in real life. That means giving you control over when you see games, how you play them and with whom you share your experiences. Games in Google+ are there when you want them and gone when you don’t. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-logo.jpg) Google gets it. If some users would prefer not to participate in any games, Google+ will not constantly bombard them with alerts popping up in the stream to serve as an annoyance. Users who enjoy flinging furious birds into pigs can still get their daily dose of entertainment just a click away. Google was clearly careful and cautious about the best method to introduce gaming to the platform. There is no word on any other further application support in Google+, though I do not see it as necessary. Just like all other new features on any major website, Google+ Games will slowly roll out to everyone. If you are on Google+ and receive this feature, the Send Feedback button remains on the bottom right to report back comments or concerns at any time. **Links: [Google+](https://plus.google.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Twitter’s New Activity Feed Mimics Facebook Functionality URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitters-new-activity-feed-mimics-facebook-functionality/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:59.000Z Just hours ago, Twitter began rolling out some new features to help users stay in the loop. The new additions are available under a new tab on the home page named Activity. The stream surfaces what people you follow are doing around Twitter. This includes tweets they recently favorited and retweeted or users they followed. Twitter organizes it in a fashion remarkably similar to the Facebook news feed. Each type of activity displays differently in the stream. If a user follows someone new, the user they followed shows up in a small box with a thumbnail photo, username and name, and a Follow button. Just thumbnails appear if they follow several users. Favorites and retweets show up as blockquotes. These expand into the sidebar like regular tweets if you click them. Another great feature about the Activity feed is it updates in real-time. Facebook’s news feed supposedly does too, but I find it slow and inconsistent. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/new-twitter-features.jpg) If the Activity feature rolls out for your account, you will notice the Retweets tab has vanished. Indeed, the Activity tab does replace Retweets, but you can still view them within the stream. But what if you are trying to find your own tweets that others have retweeted? These are actually now placed under the @you tab. Originally just housing replies, this is now the home for any activity involving yourself. These shows up here if you or any of your tweets receive mentions, follows, favorites, or retweets. So far I am enjoying the new features on Twitter, and I hope they will eventually make their way onto mobile devices and apps. I would not call the Activity tab a copy of the Facebook news feed, but rather a fresh interpretation. In fact, the way Twitter separates types and subjects of content into different tabs makes Facebook seem awfully cluttered. Again, since this is a roll out, some Twitter users may not receive the new Activity stream for a few weeks. **Link: [Twitter (@skattertech)](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com)** ### Cancel Your Texting Plan: Facebook Just Released A Messaging App URL: https://www.skatter.com/cancel-your-texting-plan-facebook-just-released-a-messaging-app/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:59.000Z As messaging continues to grow on both cell phones and smart phones alike, the [outrageous prices carriers are charging us](https://www.skatter.com/reality-check-text-messages-cost-1250-per-megabyte/) just is not cutting it anymore. Companies like RIM and Apple have [taken it upon themselves](https://www.skatter.com/how-ios-5-affects-the-entire-mobile-industry/) to offer free messaging systems for mobile phones. Now Facebook is stepping in to that arena as well with a brand new app for iOS and Android called Messenger. Messenger extends upon the current Facebook Messages service, which groups together different forms of communication like text messages, emails, and chats. In an attempt to further organize the lives of its users, Facebook acquired group-messaging service Beluga back in March. It was obvious what the social network was trying to accomplish with this acquisition, and today we have the finished product. To get started with Messenger, users can download the separate app from the iOS App Store or Android Market. Then type in any name — whether from your Facebook friends list or contacts — and commence the free mobile messaging. You can attach photos and locations to messages and also start a conversation with a group of people. And once you finish using your phone for the night, head back on facebook.com to see all the messages and conversations in your inbox. Everything is always in sync. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/ios-5-imessage-iphone-ipod-ipad.jpg) Now that there are numerous contenders in the free mobile messaging ring such as BBM, iMessage (coming soon), and Facebook Messenger, the time has come for us to stand up to carriers. We shall fight. We shall win. As soon as Messenger and iMessage take off, I will downgrade my unlimited texting plan on AT&T. If I am feeling bold, I might even cancel it. $20 per month to send digital words? That never really worked out for me. Search for “Facebook Messenger” in your smart phone’s app store or [have Facebook text you the download link](https://www.facebook.com/mobile/messenger) to begin your rebellion. ### HP TouchPad Gets 4G, Other Speed Boosts For The Right Price URL: https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-gets-4g-other-speed-boosts-for-the-right-price/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:20:59.000Z Recently, the [HP TouchPad](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/) with WiFi only went on sale for just $399.99 after a $100 mail-in rebate. That is down from the original $499.99 price tag. Because of this move, many immediately accused the TouchPad of having poor sales. Though HP has not yet revealed any statistics on the tablet, they are in no way giving up. The new HP TouchPad 4G went on sale for pre-order on Amazon today, but a 4G chip is not the only new feature the model is receiving. In addition to faster data speeds, users can expect performance improvements throughout the device with its new dual-core 1.5GHz processor. The current TouchPad has a dual-core 1.2GHz processor. It is by no means a huge upgrade, but it can certainly help out with the slowness quite a few reviewers complained about. It is odd though that the TouchPad suffers from sluggish performance. Even the previous dual-core 1.2GHz processor is still one of the fastest in a tablet today. Just because it is such a popular device, I can not help but make a [comparison with the iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-vs-apple-ipad-2-vs-hp-touchpad-vs-lg-g-slate/). It only has a dual-core 1GHz processor, yet critics praised the tablet countless times for its speed. This really means that webOS 3.0, the TouchPad’s operating system, needs further optimization for the hardware. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/att-logo-rethink-possible.jpg) All the performance boosts could pose a small problem for battery life, however. 4G is known to drain batteries faster than the launch of the last spacecraft out of Earth’s orbit. Plus, a faster processor will not help the situation. And battery life was sub-par to begin with. On the flip side, the HP TouchPad 4G packs in 32GB of storage, a total of 3GHz of processing power, and of course those fourth-generation wireless speeds for just $699.99 — a fantastic price point, especially when considering the competition. The TouchPad 4G is available for pre-order on Amazon now and is exclusive to AT&T. HP has yet to announce a release date. **Links: [HP TouchPad 4G on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B005F3EUXK/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Three Days Without A Single Gadget URL: https://www.skatter.com/three-days-without-a-single-gadget/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:27.000Z I did the unthinkable recently. I did something that very few in the technology industry would dare to do. I gave up my gadgets for three days. More specifically, I gave them up from Tuesday night to Friday afternoon. All of them. Certainly, I did not separate myself willingly. I had to. Sparing all the details, I went on a bit of a trip. So what exactly did I give up? I had absolutely no access to my iPhone, iPad, camera, any computer including my own, any television, and I even spent most of my time without a clock. My only form of entertainment was a book of Sudoku games I brought with me, which I ironically started playing recently by downloading the iPad app. Although I was with people, I could not place a phone call or log on to Facebook or Twitter to contact anyone. I had no way of keeping up with the latest technology news either. It was scary. Researchers at the University of Maryland actually [conducted an experiment](http://www.reuters.com/article/2010/04/23/us-internet-addicts-life-idUSTRE63M4QN20100423?ref=skatter.com) much like this one not too long ago. They took away all forms of media from 200 students for 24 hours to study their supposed Internet addiction. The result was many students reporting feelings of anxiety, withdrawal, and loneliness. Some could not function up to their full potential without a reliance on social media. # Day One ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-iphone-4-cupertino-map.jpg) Typically, I bring my iPhone where ever I go. Even if I am just taking a walk around the house, it comes with me. I am not rude when using it, though. If someone is having a conversation with me, I will not pull out my phone and start text messaging. That is almost like trying to watch a television channel that is off-air. So while I do use my iPhone a lot, I do not consider myself totally obsessive. On the first day without electronics, I began longing for my phone here and there. A few times I had an urge to whip it out and start tweeting, but as I reached into my pocket I realized it was empty. I then put my hand back on the table with a sigh. At night, I felt somewhat lonely without it. When I looked out the window to view the dark skies, it seemed as if there was an entire world to explore — a world I was no longer a part of. # Day Two So far, so good. I was not experiencing any depression or anxiety like those college students. I did feel occasionally lonely. I had a few more urges to use my iPhone today, but not as much. I think I was getting accustomed to the separation. As much as I would have enjoyed getting online at any time, it was not available to me. I had more time to think for myself and figure things out. Google could not feed me all the answers as usual. And hey, believe it or not, there was actually a time when people lived like this. # Day Three ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-touch-on-htc-inspire.jpg) My final day without gadgets was when I came to the full realization that all the technology news in my life was missing. If Motorola and HTC combined forces to announce the all-new Droid Bionic Pro Incredible Charge X3, I still would not have a single clue about it. This was definitely an annoying feeling. Plus, I was really starting to miss my computer and my iPad. As I mentioned in day one, I felt very disconnected without the ability to post status updates and stay in-the-know. By this point, quite a few people who know me well were coming up and asking me if I had the shakes yet. # Now I look back on the experience and it was not as bad as I expected. I thought I was going to go insane without my gadgets, but I have come to realize that they are just luxuries like many other things in this world. For work and other purposes, I obviously need these essential electronics in my life. But when I simply can not have them, it really is not all that bad. Now that I do have everything back, yes, I am using my iPhone, iPad, and laptop like crazy again. My theory on why college students in the report experienced depression and withdrawal is because they actually just did not spend enough time away. It was only 24 hours. After another day or so, I learned to make do with what I had. In a society where our gadgets do all the communicating for us, I think now more than ever it is important to take some time and make sure we are still developing social skills properly. Then again, if you feel you suffer from an Internet or gadget addiction, you can always Google it. ### AT&T Begins Throttling Network Speeds On October 1st URL: https://www.skatter.com/att-begins-throttling-network-speeds-on-october-1st/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:00.000Z If you are nervous that you might fall into the top 5%, AT&T provides some peace of mind: > Starting October 1, smartphone customers with unlimited data plans may experience reduced speeds once their usage in a billing cycle reaches the level that puts them among the top 5 percent of heaviest data users. These customers can still use unlimited data and their speeds will be restored with the start of the next billing cycle. Before you are affected, we will provide multiple notices, including a grace period. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/att-samsung-infuse-4g.jpg) Since these changes do not go into effect until October, there is plenty of time to check your monthly history and assess your usage. If AT&T does place you in the top 5% of smart phone data users, it is not a permanent position. If your demand for internet services weakens by the time of your next billing cycle and you fall out of the top 5%, AT&T will no longer put a throttle on your speeds. Throttling will vary month by month. The other 95% on AT&T’s network will see no change in the speed of their internet connection. There is no word on the exact limit the company plans to put on its heaviest users, though they do recommend connecting your smart phone to WiFi whenever possible to cut down on data usage. AT&T customers have access to over 26,000 hotspots nationwide, and WiFi is also commonly available at home or at work. ### Twitter Begins Placing Promoted Tweets In Your Timeline URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitter-begins-placing-promoted-tweets-in-your-timeline/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:00.000Z Twitter is expanding its advertising system in a move that will likely frustrate some of its users. If you use the service, you are probably familiar with Promoted Trends and Promoted Followers — both of which appear in the sidebar. Companies can choose specific words or hashtags to automatically appear at the top of the trending topics list along with a tweet to explain it in more depth. They can also just decide to promote their own Twitter account in the “Who to follow” section. Now there is a third option: Promoted Tweets. These new ads will show up at the top of your timeline with a “Promoted” symbol underneath. They slowly move down the timeline as users you are following post new tweets. I am sure Twitter knew backlash is imminent for these obtrusive types of advertisements, so there are some conditions. Promoted Tweets will only appear from a company or organization if you are following the official account. So if you do not follow any business-related accounts, you should not see any Promoted Tweets. Also, you can dismiss an individual tweet from the timeline once you have seen them. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/promoted-tweets-in-timeline.png) Instead of directly calling Promoted Tweets ads, Twitter gave it a bit of a twist: > So when we decide to follow a favorite brand, business or charitable organization, we expect to be among the first to get a special announcement, access to exclusive content or a great offer. That’s why starting today, we’re introducing a way to ensure that the most important Tweets from the organizations you follow reach you directly, by placing them at or near the top of your timeline. I do not think Twitter stepped out of their boundaries at all with Promoted Tweets, so I do not expect much backlash. Problems will arise if they ever decide to place sponsored tweets in the timeline from companies that users are not following. But until then, this is tolerable. Twitter is beginning to roll Promoted Tweets out with a small group of partners such as Dell, Groupon, and Redbull. The list of companies will expand over time. **Links: [Twitter](http://www.twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Gives Windows Phone Manufacturers Some Fresh Mangoes URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-gives-windows-phone-manufacturers-some-fresh-mangoes/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:00.000Z Who knew Microsoft was so giving when it comes to fresh fruit? Yes, the company has released Windows Phone 7 Mango to manufacturers. This is a highly anticipated update to Microsoft’s mobile operating system. The new features only intensify the pressure of competition. Microsoft first [unveiled the Mango update in May](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-unveils-the-next-generation-windows-phone-code-name-mango/), presumably with the hope to give Android and other mobile operating systems a run for their money. Mango brings multitasking to the Windows Phone 7 OS. Though a little late to the game, Microsoft’s user interface for it looks solid and closely resembles that of webOS. Pressing and holding the Back button reveals a set of adjacent windows which the user can swipe through to get back to a recently opened app. Aside from multitasking, Conversation View arrives in the email app, which essentially organizes emails into long discussions. Threads tie together all forms of communication — text, IM, and Facebook Chat — into a single, handy interface. The web browser gets an upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 for better performance and HTML5 support. And, though Microsoft does not consider this a feature worth mentioning, turn-by-turn GPS with voice guidance comes standard in Mango as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/windows-phone-mango-features.jpg) The Windows Phone team has done a fine job with Mango and the operating system overall. They dared to release this in a world already overflowing with Android and iOS devices. So far, feedback has been almost entirely positive and a loyal following is continuously growing. Plus, the success of Windows Phone 7’s Metro UI design has driven Microsoft to spread it across more of its products like Xbox and [even Windows 8](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-previews-windows-8-strikingly-similar-to-windows-phone-7/). The main feat Android has achieved that Windows Phone still has not is an abundance of apps. Still, in my humble opinion, I think this OS can [certainly rival that Google software](https://www.skatter.com/an-apple-lover-embarks-on-an-escapade-with-android/). With manufacturers probably getting Mango ready as I type, expect new Windows Phone 7 devices pre-loaded with the update to hit stores this fall. **Links: [Windows Phone](http://www.microsoft.com/windowsphone/en-us/default.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Droid X2 – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x2-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:57.000Z Launching a year after its popular predecessor the [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/), the Motorola Droid X2 is back for another round this summer. There are many aspects about this smart phone that are appealing, particularly because it did not meander too far away from the original Droid X, and the areas where it does differ are generally for the better, such as a new dual-core Tegra 2 processor and a gHD display. So the real question is, can the Droid X2 live up to expectations and fill its predecessor’s shoes? Lets find out. # Hardware and Design First things first, let me just say that the Droid X2 is a big phone, both in terms of power and in size. Powered by a dual-core 1 GHz NVIDIA Tegra 2 CPU and coming in at 5 inches tall by 2.57 inches wide by 0.39 inches thick and weighing a solid 5.46 ounces, it has exactly the same dimensions as the original Droid X, which makes it almost as big as my hand. It is covered in rubberized plastic, which makes it easy to grip and prevents scratches to the body, making it feel sturdy and durable. In terms of aesthetics, the soft matte dark grey finish and slender build (apart from the bulge) and fairly well inlaid buttons make the Droid X a relatively subtle phone—it’s nice to see a phone without an entirely glossy finish, unlike some of its competition. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-android-keys.jpg) Additional features include the same four rectangular Menu, Home, Back, and Search buttons beneath the display that were on the Droid X, a 4.3-inch display that dominates the phone (more on this later), a micro-USB port and HDMI port on the left spine, a chrome volume rocker on the right spine, and a 3.5-mm headphone jack and power button on the top of the phone. The removable 1,540 mAh and included 8 GB microSD card are hidden behind a rear slide-off panel held firmly in place. The Droid X2 also sports an 8 megapixel rear camera with dual-LED flash, 3G mobile hotspot, 720p video recording, 512 MB of RAM, Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n, and 8 GB of internal memory for apps. There are undoubtedly big perks to making the Droid X2 this large, particularly when it comes to the screen. However, there are also some downsides to this, one of which is that for me at least the smart phone felt too bulky. While male readers will likely not have this problem, I was not able to fit the Droid X2 into all of my pant pockets, especially my front pockets, which was the same problem I had with the Droid X. In addition, the awkward little bulge where the camera sensor is that we complained about with the original Droid X is back. This makes the Droid X2 fairly top-heavy and just a bit awkward to hold, as well as a little awkward looking. I wish Motorola would have done away with this bulge, as it detracts from the otherwise aesthetically pleasing symmetric design. # Operating System The Droid X2 ships with Android 2.2\. (Froyo) pre-installed with Motoblur, with Verizon promising an upgrade to 2.3 (Gingerbread). Hopefully this will come sooner rather than later since Android Ice Cream Sandwich is already on its way too. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/motorola-droid-x2-verizon-wireless.jpg "Motorola Droid X2 - Verizon Wireless") Motoblur on the Droid X2 is definitely newer than the version found on older Droid phones (including the Droid X). Users can now hit the home button twice to pull up a thumbnail view that allows them easier access to the seven home screens (though I must say, seven screens was a bit excessive and I personally only used four). Another new addition is a new toolbar on the apps page, which lets you get to the Android Marketplace faster as well as create app groups. There are four icons in the tray at all times: Contacts, Camera, Text Messaging, and All Apps. While latter is not removable, the other three are interchangeable and remain static as you browser through various home screens. Additional improvements that users may find particularly fun are streamlined social networking support through a widget that merges updates from Facebook, Twitter, Myspace, and LinkedIn. A new Data Saver option delays downloads until on Wi-Fi to save battery and limit 3G data usage. A Mirror Mode app lets you view pictures, games, and videos in 1080p on any HDTV via the HDMI output (though you will need to buy a HDMI cable, as one is not included in the Droid X2’s packaging). Other pre-installed apps include Blockbuster, NFL, Skype, VCast, and City ID. One thing I did notice, however, is that there were several times when the Droid X2 would stutter even when I was just unlocking the phone or swiping between home screens. It is odd considering there is a dual-core processor to back it, but it might have something to do with the Motoblur UI. When it comes to typing, the Droid X2 has a multi-touch virtual QWERTY keyboard and a fancy cursor-selector. It also comes pre-installed with Swype too. While I personally prefer a physical keyboard to a virtual one, I had relatively little trouble typing on the touchscreen keyboard, especially when I switched it over to Swype. The speech-to-text, however, was not all that accurate, with significantly more mistakes than with regular multi-touch typing, though that seems to be my experience with that particular feature in general. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-display.jpg) As mentioned above, the Droid X2 comes with a 4.3-inch touchscreen display. The display is the same size as the Droid X’s, however, the Droid X2 features a qHD display, meaning it has an impressive 960 by 540 pixel display in a 16:9 aspect ratio. Seeing as the Droid X’s display only checked in at 480 by 854 pixels, this is a significant upgrade. The end result of this is of course a more detailed display with brighter colors and improved viewing angles. I personally was very impressed with the image quality and clarity of the 4.3-inch qHD display. # Network Speeds and Mobile Hotspot ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-ports.jpg) The Droid X2 operates on Verizon’s 3G CDMA EVDO Rev A network and connects to Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n. Download speeds were on par with what you would expect from a 3G phone and while this is certainly decent, I was left wondering why Motorola and Verizon didn’t put the Droid X2 on the 4G network for faster data speeds. The Mobile Hotspot application, which came pre-loaded with the Droid X2, was definitely on par with the Droid X’s if not more so. It can handle up to five devices on its 3G network at once, just like its predecessor, and takes between 15-30 seconds to start running. I personally got to test this feature more than I expected, as Wi-Fi in my house was out for a good five days and the only way I could go online on my Asus netbook or my Macbook was through the Mobile Hotspot, and it worked great on both devices. Most of the time, anyway. There were a few times where it would kick off my netbook, usually when there were one or two other devices also connected to the hotspot but if I shut off the hotspot and restarted it I generally had no problem reconnecting. Users who want this service will be charged an extra $20 a month for 2GB of data usage with an overage fee of five cents per megabyte. # Call Quality The call quality on the Droid X2 was decent if not better than average. Tested under Verizon’s 3G network in the San Francisco Bay Area, I didn’t have a single dropped call and both my voice and the callers’ voices were clear with minimal distortion. The speakerphone was adequate, not the best I’ve ever used but I could still hear the caller’s voice with relatively little cutting in and out and with a decent amount of volume the caller could hear what I was saying the majority of the time, even in louder settings like in a car parked by a busy intersection. This was thanks to Motorola’s noise cancellation, which worked remarkably well first on the Droid X and now the Droid X2\. All in all, the Droid X2 actually works remarkably well as a \*phone\* and not just a mobile browser, which is not something that all of its competition can say (I’m looking at you iPhone 4). # Camera ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-camera.jpg) The camera feature was one of my absolute favorite parts of the Droid X, so I went into testing the Droid X2 with high expectations and at the end of the day had mixed reactions. Overall the camera is good. The 8 megapixel camera produces similar quality pictures as the Droid X did, which are decent for a phone camera but naturally are no match to those taken with an actual camera. The Droid X2’s camera does have quicker shutter speed, which Motorola claims is 44% faster than the Droid X’s, and also features a new continuous auto focus mode to improve picture quality. It can also record HD video, which tops out at 720p. Additionally, the Droid X2 comes with an updated Gallery, which allows users to see photos in their own libraries as well as in online libraries such as Facebook, Flickr, Photobucket, and Picasa and in your friends’ libraries. I did have a few gripes about this camera, however. I was personally disappointed that they removed the convenient red two-stage dedicated camera button that was on the bottom right spine of the Droid X. I was definitely missing it on the Droid X2 when I was taking the always-required above-the-head Myspace personal shots. Turns out it’s hard to press the touchscreen shot button when you’re holding the phone over your head and can’t see the actual screen. It definitely didn’t help that if you didn’t press the touchscreen button exactly the right way the effects menu would be brought up and you’d have to exit that before trying to take the shot again. Motorola should consider reorganizing their set up. Finally, I was a little surprised by the lack of a front-facing camera on the Droid X2\. I expected that since the Droid X2 is being marketed as one of the top-of-the-line Droids available to consumers they’d include this feature as it is available on some of its competition. # Battery Life The battery life was probably my absolute favorite feature about the Droid X2\. Given the fact that it does have an amped up processor and a 4.3 inch screen, I assumed that the battery life would be a little dismal and that I would need to recharge the Droid X2 both at night and once during the day, even with Verizon advertising that the Droid X2 can have up to 480 minutes of usage time or 220 hours of standby time. I was pleasantly surprised to find that this was not the case and that I could easily go the entire day with moderate use without having the recharge the phone. In fact, I went a full day and a half with minimal use (e.g. taking a few pictures and the occasional email check and web browsing, which all in all accounted for maybe an hour and a half of use during the thirty-six hour time frame) before the Droid X2 finally died. This is of course nowhere near the advertised nine days of standby time, and isn’t as good as some of the other available options, however it is fairly impressive nonetheless. # Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-back.jpg) There’s no question about it, the Droid X2 had enormous shoes to fill—the Droid X was one of the best smart phones released on the Verizon network last year. Priced at $200 with a 2-year contract, the Droid X2 is certainly on par with the Droid X, retaining a majority of its features plus adding a few new perks like the enhanced display and of course the amped up dual-core processor along with good battery life, a durable and aesthetically pleasing build, and decent call quality. It’s definitely a good phone. When it comes down to it, though, the Droid X2 doesn’t really add anything significant to the market, at least not in the same way that its predecessor did. Not being 4G capable, not providing Android 2.3, and the lack of a front-facing camera are major handicaps, since all of these features appear for now at least to be the direction that smart phones are heading in. That said, if you just want a good quality 3G smart phone, then the Droid X2 will not disappoint. **Link: [Verizon](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/index.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola](http://www.motorola.com/us?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Value of Competition: A Microsoft, Apple, Google Analysis URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-value-of-competition-a-microsoft-apple-google-analysis/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:28.000Z A fundamental economic theory is that a monopoly is a bad thing. When one company, website, or brand dominates the market, consumers are left with unfair pricing, mediocre to poor quality products, and an inability to choose an alternative. In order to prevent this, the U.S government has a myriad of laws to protect us. Unfortunately, natural monopolies tend to form no matter what, and for much of the technology boom of the past century, that company was Microsoft. However, times have changed, and with Apple’s growth and Google’s steady rise to dominance, the Windows manufacturer began to face serious competition. Looking at the relationship between these three corporations, I will explore how one monopoly has died, why Apple’s is now becoming one, and more importantly, the implications for the future. # Microsoft Owns, Apple Grows Relatively uncontested for much of its early years, Microsoft was–and still is–the most popular operating system in existence. Crushing Linux and Apple for decades, Microsoft was essentially a monopoly. Left unrivaled, this led to minor updates in their software, but little to no innovation. Unfortunately, computer users were left with buying each iteration of Windows 95, 98, ME, CE, XP, and so on because there was no true alternative. Microsoft rested on its laurels and continued to turn profits. However, with the arrival of the 21st century, that all changed. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/apple-facetime-mac.jpg) The iPod, the popularity of the MacBook, and/or Mac OS 9/X are just a few unique factors that allowed Apple Inc. to become a real contender in the technology war. However, they all share one thing in common: creativity. All of these products came from great ideas that were properly executed and finally gave consumers a choice. Microsoft’s response, unfortunately, came in the form of Windows Vista which was buggy and copied ideas from its fruit-named competitor (Apple’s beach ball and Vista’s color wheel being my favorite one). The lack of any real substance caused Windows to falter, and in early 2010, [Apple officially overtook Microsoft](https://www.skatter.com/apple-overtakes-microsoft-in-market-value/) in terms of market value. It would seem that the monopoly was over. # Apple’s War On Two Fronts However, what is most peculiar is how the future seems to be a little bit different and yet shockingly similar. Looking at Apple’s two operating systems, the iOS and the [most recent OS X Lion](https://www.skatter.com/mac-os-x-lion-downloads-reach-one-million-in-first-day/), the company is definitely adopting the idea of updating their software that gave the Microsoft of yesteryear consistent profits, but unfortunately, innovation is starting to be slip away. iOS was revolutionary in its inception, but four iPhones and two iPads later, the operating system is [no longer changing the game](https://www.skatter.com/why-you-should-not-buy-an-ipad-2-ios/). Moreover, [OS X Lion adds a large list](https://www.skatter.com/mac-os-x-lion-downloads-reach-one-million-in-first-day/)–about 250–upgrades that are supposed to allow the desktop operating system to merge seamlessly with their post-PC products together. However, they have been updating OS X since 2001, and many of the new upgrades are cool but not really worth shelling out the extra thirty dollars for a few new perks. I am left wondering why they can’t create a new operating system instead of building on something that is almost 10 years old. It seems that Apple is now just polishing the jewels of their company rather than going back to work on creating a new gem. Sound familiar? ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/windows-8-start-menu.jpg) In contrast, Microsoft is now on the defensive. They are realizing that they cannot mimic their competitor and must now innovate in order to maintain market control. Although Windows 8 is not out yet, it certainly looks to be a very different user experience than anything PC users know. Yes, it is similar to the [UI of their Windows Phone](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-previews-windows-8-strikingly-similar-to-windows-phone-7/), but what is key is that they are stepping away from what was once normative and are choosing the possibilities of uncertainty that could lead to a great, new product. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/android-3-1-interface.jpg) On the phone front, Google is attacking Apple’s previous monopolization of the smartphone market for less than half a decade, but because their OS is being incorporated into so many different phones, consumers can now choose exactly how they want to experience Android. The fact that Android has grown so quickly and is outselling iPhones is a testament to consumer’s desire to stop investing in a slightly upgraded version of their old iPhone. Although many might argue that this is simply because there are more phones that use the Android OS, I believe that is a weak point of contestation. After all, if Android chooses to make their OS available on [Thunderbolts](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/), [Incredible 2’s](https://www.skatter.com/htc-droid-incredible-2-verizon-wireless-review/), and [Echoes](https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-sprint-review/) this means that the consumer is given a choice to get the perfect Android phone for them. # Bottom Line Microsoft seems to be aware that they need to change their business and R&D model if they want to excel, and thankfully, they are. Windows 8 seems to be a new experience that really steps away from 7, Vista, or the 90’s family of operating systems. Google is also growing as a creation machine. With the recent launch of Google+, I believe that Android phones will possess a huge edge in integrating social media elements once Google+ inevitably becomes the next legitimate rival to Facebook. Moreover, because Google owns Android, the Menlo Park based company can begin limiting iPhone accessibility to [Plus features like Hangout](https://www.skatter.com/google-hangouts-can-revolutionize-video-calling-thanks-to-its-informality/). Although, this could create another shift allowing Google to start walking a path toward monopolization as well, but only time will tell how Google, Android, and Google+ will grow as a trifecta. Currently, the torch is being thrown to Apple. Over the years, they have become what Microsoft once was. Gate’s company failed miserably with Windows Vista, which allowed Apple to capitalize, but they are too content with their success. Unfortunately, this is again leading to more style over substance and the iOS developers are banking on their fanboys to continue to support them. However, when Microsoft reached this point, the MacBook and iPod arrived to take them down from their pedestal. Now, Apple faces two critical battles, and I hope that they will announce the release of OS 11 or something truly innovative from their camp because time is ticking. They need to realize that they must create to stay relevant in the game. **Links: [Microsoft](http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/default.aspx?ref=skatter.com) | [Apple](http://www.apple.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Google](http://www.google.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### An Apple Lover Embarks On An Escapade With Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/an-apple-lover-embarks-on-an-escapade-with-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:28.000Z I was not always the Apple fanatic that I am today. A couple of years ago, I was dead against buying Macs because I thought they were pricey machines that do not offer anything special to justify their price. I still think they are expensive, but I understand the competition just can not parallel the experience that comes along with a Mac. Still, let the record show that I currently own a PC and any problems I have with Windows 7 are minimal. However, I have always loved my iPhone. My first was a 3G — the 2008 model. Then last year I upgraded to the iPhone 4 after my two-year contract with AT&T expired. I honestly do not consider myself biased toward Apple. There is a difference between being biased and being loyal to a product. If another company makes a better phone than the iPhone, I would happily push Apple aside and use that phone. But no one is making anything better. A lot of people think Google has successfully created a better smart phone product with Android. I have spent some time with Android, though not a lot. I used phones like the Motorola Droid and the HTC Droid Incredible for maybe an hour each and formed an opinion. I never spent an extended period of time with an Android up until last week. I received my Kyocera Echo review unit in the mail and recently [posted my full opinion](https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-sprint-review/) on the device to Skatter Tech. It is not exactly a reputable phone. But despite the gripes I have with the Echo, I did get to experience Android for an extended period of time. I understand that the hardware can dramatically affect the software, but that is not what I want to comment on. Is Android better than iOS? That is the simple question I found out for myself. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/epic-4g-iphone-4-droid-2.jpg) First, let me talk about what I did enjoy in Android that I wish Apple would implement in iOS. I really like the widgets. In my experience, they are a useful way to check small bits of information without having to launch an app and close it again. Society today is constantly on the go and we need our smart phones to support that. Android has widgets, Windows Phone 7 has live tiles, and Apple just has a sea of icons that require activation. Now about the whole Flash thing. A lot of people complain about the lack of Adobe love on iOS, but I never really had a problem with it because I rarely visit websites that require the plugin. On Android, is it buggy? In a nutshell, yes. I would not go as far as to say Flash cripples the experience, but it absolutely has its flaws. I always thought Apple should at least give users the option on iOS. Even if they turn off Flash by default because they feel it degrades the browser, a switch in the settings to turn it on could do no harm. If the user agrees with Apple, then by all means turn it off again. There are other small things worth noting like the great notification system, but since Apple is [improving that in iOS 5](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/), it is no longer an advantage to Android. Time for what I do not like about Android — the part everyone anxiously awaits. Some people do not care about this, but there is absolutely no polish or attention to detail. The subtle animations in iOS and the consistency of the UI just make my iPhone a pleasure to use. There is nothing to figure out. It just works. I have yet to encounter a single Android smart phone that has a touchscreen as smooth and accurate as the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad. It has been years since the iPhone came out, and why manufacturers can not perfect touch technology beats me. Switching over to the Echo was almost frustrating in this regard. With over 200,000 apps, everyone is going to find something in the Android Market to pique their interest. The problem is that most of the apps are just not good. Thanks to the approval process in the iOS app store, developers must maintain a high standard of quality, and they do. On Android, if an app consistently crashes or does not work correctly, it becomes the user’s problem instead of the developer’s problem. And if it means anything, the apps are ugly too. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-front-full.jpg) Finally, some may just dislike the iPhone for hardware reasons. The latest Android phones have dual-core processors at blazing speeds, while the iPhone is single-core and experts believe the speed is slightly less than 1 GHz. This is true, but Android is such a resource hog that the less powerful iPhone is still [comparable in speed](http://gtdaily.net/post/6670131721/how-does-the-htc-sensation-4g-compare-to-my-iphone-4?ref=skatter.com). So, now that I had a more in-depth experience with Android, does it defeat the iPhone once and for all? No. I am still a loyal Apple fanboy and I am sticking with my iPhone. Of course there are more small details I left out — good and bad — but these are my main findings. I do have a bit more respect for Android, however. It gets a lot of bad press when I consider it a fairly worthy competitor. If the operating system evolves and proves better than the iPhone, as I said, I will make the switch. Currently, my iPhone provides a great experience that Android has not yet matched. ### Mac OS X Lion Downloads Reach One Million In First Day URL: https://www.skatter.com/mac-os-x-lion-downloads-reach-one-million-in-first-day/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:01.000Z It does not look like too many people are complaining about Apple’s refusal to ship OS X Lion on install discs. If anything, a celebration has been going on for the past 24 hours. Mac users downloaded Lion over a million times in just a single day. This makes Apple’s latest operating system the fastest selling release in the history of the Mac. And yes, this has everything to do with the Mac App Store. In a statement, Senior Vice President of Worldwide Product Marketing Phil Schiller could not help but boast about the accomplishment: > Lion is off to a great start, user reviews and industry reaction have been fantastic. Lion is a huge step forward, it’s not only packed with innovative features but it’s incredibly easy for users to update their Macs to the best OS we’ve ever made. That last bit of the quote is precisely why so many people are upgrading in such a small amount of time. Apple considers OS X Lion a major release, yet the company priced it at only $29.99 for existing Snow Leopard users. Plus, it is available only via the Mac App Store. You will have a hard time finding Lion on any discs or USB drives, though the latter is coming soon for $69 — a $40 price increase. Apple wants people to switch to app stores for all their software needs and restricting Lion’s distribution methods only supports that movement. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/apple-macbook-air-os-x-lion-app-store.jpg) Customer satisfaction so far has been overwhelmingly positive, too. Early adopters swarmed back to the Mac App Store after downloading Lion to give it a proper review. Right now the new OS has a 4.5 star average out of over 9,000 ratings. There are some reports of minor bugs, but users can expect that in a first release. Apple is usually quick with patching up any issues. Also, if you are still on Leopard, you will have to make the move to Snow Leopard before upgrading to Lion. No such leap from OS X 10.5 to 10.7 is possible. But even combining the two prices, $60 is much cheaper than the average upgrade for Windows. If you were not one of the first million to install the king of the jungle on your Mac, the vast majority of reviews are giving the green light to [explore the world](https://www.skatter.com/apple-releases-mac-os-x-lion-without-a-disc/) of Lion. **Buy: [Mac OS X Lion for $29.99](http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/os-x-lion/id444303913?ref=skatter.com)** ### Kyocera Echo – Sprint (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-sprint-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:58.000Z While just about every Android smart phone features a one-piece candy bar form factor, Kyocera took a risk and stepped away from the traditional comfort zone. The Echo features a 5 megapixel camera and 8 GB of internal memory, but the star of the show is its dual 3.5-inch displays. These combine to form a spacious 4.7 inches of screen real estate. Gimmicky in some instances and useful in others, the Kyocera Echo still deserves recognition for providing a unique experience. # Hardware If you are looking directly at the face of the device, the Kyocera Echo seems pretty compact. It is 4.5 inches tall and only 2.2 inches wide. Turn it on its side, and you will find a different story. The phone is 0.7 inches thick, which is not much thinner than the standard laptop. It also weighs a full 6.8 ounces. To its credit, the two screens overlap — one over the other — when the phone closed. Still, the bottom portion alone is thicker than my entire iPhone 4\. Fans of skinny jeans can safely pass on this device. The phone as a whole is not too pleasing to the eye either. The Echo just looks like a big block when placed on a table. Kyocera squared off all the edges and there are not any special patterns or designs on the surface of the phone. The only component that adds a small touch of style is the plastic ridge on the top and bottom of the front display for an artificial metallic look. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-side.jpg) What the Echo lacks in aesthetics, it makes up for in build quality. I am completely comfortable plopping this right on the table. I usually feel the need to gently place smart phones. This feels very solid in the hands and no parts look like they will snap or break any time soon. Even the hinge which opens the phone to reveal a second screen is robust and can act as a useful grip on the back. My only concern is how well it will hold up over time. All of the ports and controls are on the left side of the device. Starting from top to bottom: there is a 3.5mm headphone jack, microSD card slot, power button, volume toggles, and a charging port. The right side of the Echo is left completely barren, since the hinge covers it when the phone is open. I would prefer the power button on the top, instead of oddly squeezed in with the rest of the controls on the left. Finally, we get to what is going on behind the scenes. The Kyocera Echo has a 1 GHz Snapdragon processor with 512 MB of RAM. WiFi and GPS are built-in, as is an accelerometer, digital compass, proximity sensor, and light sensor. You will not find 4G in this smart phone, only 3G, which you will probably appreciate once you hear more about the battery life. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-front.jpg) The Kyocera Echo is most notable for its not one, but two LCD WVGA capacitive displays. Each are 3.5 inches diagonally with an 800 x 480 pixel resolution, making for roughly 267 ppi. Combined, the two displays provide 4.7 inches of touch screen goodness and an 800 x 960 resolution. The unique hinge mechanism allows the top screen to fold out adjacent to the bottom screen. Then a push inward returns a satisfying click, which assures that both displays lock into place and ready for dual action. The displays themselves are vivid and sharp. They are not as reflective as many other phones, which can help when using the phone in direct sunlight. Colors are fairly saturated, although the overall color temperature is a bit warm. An improvement to viewing angles and brightness probably would not do any harm either. Though the TFT display is by no means problematic, having a Super AMOLED or a Super LCD would be even better — possibly drive up the price a lot too. Speaking of the two screens, touch responsiveness is horrid. I never feel like I am in control using the Echo. I can touch an icon on the display or swipe between home screens, but it chooses when to actually respond. If you are new to touch screens, this is not a big deal. But if you are moving from something like the iPhone, it is incredibly frustrating. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-dual-screen-multitasking.jpg) The Kyocera Echo ships with Android 2.2 Froyo, which unfortunately is not the latest release. Android 2.3 Gingerbread became available late last year and the upcoming code-name Ice Cream Sandwich is already on its way. The skinning is not as bad as other manufacturers, but Kyocera does throw in a few apps and slight custom look. In my tests, these never had any negative effect on the OS worth noting. Performance and productivity are both fairly mediocre. Graphics were just not as smooth as I would like and even the browser speed was no match for some of the more powerful smart phones on the market. Oddly though, Flash performed better than I expected. According to the AnTuTu benchmark test, performance of the Kyocera Echo is about on par with the Nexus One — a device Google released in early 2010\. This is not necessarily a bad thing, but there is plenty of room for improvement. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-back-open.jpg "Kyocera Echo (Back Open)") Like most Android phones, the carrier — in the case, Sprint — loads the phone with bloatware. The Echo comes with Sprint Zone, NASCAR, Sprint Football Live, Sprint Radio, Sprint TV & Movies, and a few game shortcuts. Kyocera also includes its Tablet Mode Extension and VueQue apps on, but I would not consider these bloatware. Rather, these apps aid in the multitasking capabilities that come with having two displays. The former app allows regular apps from the Android Market third-party apps to extend onto the second display when the Echo is open. VueQue is a fancy YouTube app for watching videos on one screen and queuing new videos on another — though the app limits browsing “related” videos only. Additionally, tapping and holding on both screens at the same time brings up a menu of seven apps. These are the only seven apps that play along with the two displays and allow two apps to run simultaneously. They are Browser, Contacts, Email, Gallery, Messaging, Phone, and VueQue. All of this limited functionality made me feel like the Echo is gimmicky at best. As for keyboards, Kyocera pre-loads Swype for a serviceable solution to typing in portrait mode. # Camera ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-back.jpg) In case you did not notice the trend here, the Echo is mediocre in a lot of areas. The camera is no exception. It is a 5 mega pixel shooter with flash and a small mirror on the back. It absolutely blows my mind that Kyocera choose not to include a front-facing camera, so forget video calling. The one camera it does not exactly have the best quality either. Photos are extremely grainy in low-light situations and improve only slightly when more light is present. Video quality is equally just as bad, it is at least 720p HD. The slew of customization settings Android provides might help a bit if you know what you are doing, but do not get your hopes up on this camera. # Network / Hotspot In the Greater New York City area, Sprint was very reliable. The 3G network is speedy, consistent, worked well with the Kyocera Echo. I only randomly lost signal for about five minutes, but it was up and running again in no time. I had no issues with WiFi connectivity. Unfortunately, you will not find any 4G capabilities on this device. Call quality was pleasantly solid with decent clarity on both ends. The Echo does a good job silencing any background noise. The Echo does come with a WiFi mobile hotspot, which can connect up to five different devices using a secure pass-code. I connected my laptop to the hotspot without any issues. It is of course slower than DSLR, but is not by any means slow for 3G. Keep in mind that the network speed does quickly degrade when more than one or two devices are connected. For those interested, Sprint charges $29.99 per month in addition to the data plan for access to the hotspot feature. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/kyocera-echo-battery-pack.jpg) As I mentioned, the Kyocera Echo does not offer 4G connectivity and the reason for that is most likely to preserve as much battery life as possible. Kyocera promises that the Echo gets 7 hours of talk time. I have never participated in a 7-hour phone call, but here is what I can tell you about battery life. During my testing period, I unplugged the Echo from charging at a full 100% at 4:46 p.m. on a specific day. The very next day at 10:03 p.m. it died. The phone was in use for maybe 30% of that timeframe. The other 70% was standby. By these measurements, battery life is not absolutely terrible, but not great. With that being said, I can not imagine getting 7 hours of talk time. Luckily, Kyocera ships a special extra accessory with the Echo. It is a portable battery pack which can act as a USB charger when running out of power. The modular USB cable can either plug into a wall adapter or a computer for data syncing. The same adapter charges the portable battery pack and the phone too. Owners can also pop out the internal battery from the phone and interchange it with the one from the portable battery pack as well. This is definitely a neat convenience. # The Bottom Line I used the term “mediocre” multiple times and in many different sections of this review. That word just about sums up the Kyocera Echo — mediocre. It has poor performance, camera quality, responsiveness, and the design is not exactly what some might call eye candy. The dual screens also feel like a gimmick most of the time. On the plus side, both displays at least look good and call quality is definitely adequate. The Kyocera Echo is available on Sprint for $99.99 on a two-year contract, which is probably a fair price. But considering all the better options out there, I find this device hard to recommend. **Link: [Kyocera Echo – Sprint](http://now.sprint.com/echo/?ECID=vanity:echo&ref=skatter.com)** ### The Argument For eReaders URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-argument-for-ereaders/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:29.000Z Before the 21st century, it was safe to say that physical books would always trump their digital counterpart. Choosing to read a book on a massive CRT monitor back in the early 90’s was an eye sore, and the accessibility of eBooks were limited. However, consumers now exist in a post-internet and post-tablet world, and similar to how writers no longer use parchment and ink quills, the traditional paperback novel will eventually come to an end. Here are three reasons why eReaders are the winning format for commercial literature, and one reason why hardback novels will still keep brick and mortar stores in business. # Portability If someone told me a month ago that I would side with an eBook, I would tell them to get their telepathy checked. After moving to New York, however, it dawned on me that the portability of a Kindle or Nook is unbeatable. There are only so many items a person can fit into a messenger bag or purse. The weight of even one paperback novel can mean the difference between carrying a slim briefcase or a massive backpack. Plus, if a book is only available in hardback, the burden is exponentially greater. However, if you are still in school, Amazon just announced that they are launching a textbook rental service that will allow students to rent their books anywhere from thirty to three hundred and sixty days. This would reduce less trips to lockers and/or homes to gather materials for the next class. All one would need to do is download all their course texts onto their Kindle and save tons of time and space. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/amazon-kindle-dx-graphite.jpg) It is no wonder that eBooks are [out selling hardcover copies](https://www.skatter.com/kindle-books-surpass-amazon-hardcover-sales/). The eReader cuts all the fat and readers are left with a slim, sleek tablet that is about half a pound. Other than a comic, there is no book someone can carry that comes close to that weight. Moreover, because digital books can now be read on so many platforms, odds are a consumer already owns a device that will let them read on the go. However, if someone wants a product specifically for reading, then Kindles and Nooks are also so thin that one could slip it into a laptop sleeve without even noticing it. # Ease of Access ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/barnes-and-noble-nook-simple-touch-reader.jpg) Although weight and size may seem insignificant to some, the fact that anyone can bring a story with them wherever they go proves a point beyond convenience. eBooks are so easy to access that it gives literature to those that might not be able to get their hands on it. For example, Michael Clark and his website, [Project Gutenberg](http://www.gutenberg.org/?ref=skatter.com), allows anyone in the United States to access their library of over 100,000 digital books for free. Although this project began back in 1971, the fact that eReaders, tablets, and smartphones are [becoming more and more affordable](https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-ad-supported-kindle-for-a-discounted-price-114/) allows consumers to actually use these services. Now, simply having an Android or iPhone can give a user access to Project Gutenberg and makes reading more affordable. From a humanitarian standpoint, this is a testament to the value that this consumer shift can bring to society. Although these products exist to make money, the fact that it promotes literacy—a skill that our society is slowly devaluing—gives the device the staying power that products like the miniCD or Palm Pilot lacked. From a customer standpoint, it is hard to argue against Kindles and Nooks especially when it can store libraries of books in the palm of your hand. There is only so much space in a house or on a bookshelf, but eBooks are only limited to the amount of space on a hard drive. On top of that, so many consumer electronics [incorporate an eReader app](https://www.skatter.com/kindle-app-goes-android-brings-ipad-update/) which creates even more access for your entire library. Whether you are on a plane, in a bus, or just at a friend’s house, you can store all of your novels and bring them wherever you go. # Cost Regulation by Publishers On the production side, eBooks are becoming more and more lucrative for publishers. Aware of the growth of second-hand book stores and the general price discounts that happen at online retailers like Amazon, most publishers are adopting the agent pricing model. This means that publishers are charging a stable price from $12.99 to $14.99 for their bestsellers no matter what retailer a customer chooses. In short, this allows the publisher to create a consistent price for the same product, reduce undercutting by retailers, and because of the digital format, allows them to prevent “used” digital books. Similar to the video game industry’s war on second hand games, eBooks give the publisher the power to lock the access of their content to the customer’s eReader or limit the number of times it can be shared. In doing so, publishers are able to gain the maximum value for their product and prevent retailers from selling used books. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/kindle-enjoy.jpg) Finally, many consumers argue that as long as the digital copy is cheaper than the physical counterpart, but publishers are aware of the portability and ease of access that is creating an increasing demand for eBooks which means that in soon they might not even need to make digital books cheaper. After all, who wants to lug a ten pound hardback book if an electronic alternative is the same price? It is possible that in the near future prices of eBooks will rise. Publishers could easily blame it on the change of technologies that will require an increase amount of capital to transfer all of their books to the digital format. However, from an economic standpoint, if the mass commercial audience completely adopts the eReader then, due to the agency pricing model, the publishers wield the power to control price. I doubt we will end up paying $45 for an eBook, but incremental raises year by year is not unlikely. ## The Collector Argument Although literature published in the paperback form will be crushed by the demand for digital books, bookstores will still exist because of the collector’s relationship to the hardback novel. The eBook can and will slay its soft cover counterpart because both are intended for mass-market readers who are trying to get the story in the cheapest, easiest, and lightest format possible. However, the hardback novel exists for those that are willing to pay more for a book which contains a sentimental or artistic value that exceeds its monetary cost. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/hpallcovers.jpg) Similar to the way that LP’s still exist, collectors will always keep book stores in business, and I do not just mean pretentious literary folk. There is a saga, a story, or a simple line from a character that everyone finds valuable, and because those words hold such an emotional resonance in a reader, I believe that a consumer would pay to put that story on their physical book shelf. Moreover, bringing that physical book to the author that created the content allows for a communication between artist, art, and audience that an eBook cannot replicate. # Bottom Line In the end, the digital books will reign supreme. In June of 2010, eBooks sales exceeded those of their hardback counterparts, and earlier this year, they also eclipsed paperback sales. Even more devastating to the old way we consumed literature is the closing of the last 399 Border’s stores. The future is now, and customers are finally appreciating the value of an eReader. Moreover, publishers will continue to use format because they can control price and reduce second-hand usage. Although this is all true and I will be jumping on the Kindle wagon very soon, I will still continue to buy certain books in stores in the same way that I still buy prints or original art. Although it may be lighter and I will be able to store thousands of pictures onto a digital frame, holding a piece of art makes all other justifications for the contrary null and void. **Links: [Amazon Kindle](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B002Y27P3M/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) | [Barnes and Noble Nook](http://www.barnesandnoble.com/nook/index.asp?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Releases Mac OS X Lion Without A Disc URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-releases-mac-os-x-lion-without-a-disc/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:02.000Z Apple has always been a company known for paying very close attention to the little details that matter. They uphold this reputation greatly in Lion. There are so many small productivity enhancements that make life just a tad more pleasant. Auto Save automatically saves any documents you are working on every time you make a change to them. You never have to hit the Save button again. Resume loads up the most recent version of that document the next time you open the application, should you close it for any reason. These two features are especially useful if your computer crashes, but Apple probably does not like to think of that happening. Versions keeps a copy of the document whenever it saves and lets you revert to a previous point in time. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/mac-os-x-lion.jpg) Those are just the tiny improvements. In fact, Apple promises over 250 [new features in OS X Lion](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/). These include Mission Control for organizing your entire Mac, multi-touch gestures similar to those on iOS, and Launchpad — a home for all your apps. So where you can pick up this enchanting new operating system? Your local Best Buy? Apple Store? Not quite. Apple is selling Mac OS X Lion exclusively on the Mac App Store. There is not a disc you can find that has Lion pre-loaded on it. Apple is looking forward to a world that is all digital all the time, and it is clear they are trying to advance that movement in every way possible. I too am behind this 100 percent. **Buy: [Mac OS X Lion for $29.99](http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/os-x-lion/id444303913?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Updates MacBook Air And Mac Mini, Kills White MacBook In The Process URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-updates-macbook-air-and-mac-mini-kills-white-macbook-in-the-process/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:02.000Z The rumors were spot on about the Mac updates coming today. Apple released two brand new Macs this morning: the MacBook Air and Mac mini. Both are now up to 2x faster, and add the new Thunderbolt I/O. They also ship with Mac OS X Lion, which [Apple released today](https://www.skatter.com/apple-releases-mac-os-x-lion-without-a-disc/) exclusively in the Mac App Store. The MacBook Air is one of the thinnest notebooks on the market — just 0.11 inches thick at its thinnest point. But Apple is by no means letting its extremely compact size get in the way of any possible innovation. It features the latest Intel Core i5 and i7 processors, depending on which model you get. And the least of amount of processor speed you will get in the Air is 3.2 GHz (1.6 GHz dual-core). Adding on to the speed is that Thunderbolt I/O which makes for blazing fast connectivity between devices and the notebook. The new models also add backlit keyboards and a boost in storage. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/apple-mac-mini-no-optical-drive.jpg) Apple gave the Mac mini a generous update as well. This tiny machine now has support for Thunderbolt I/O and includes next-generation Intel processors just like the new Air. The Mac mini also gets new graphics with a new AMD Radeon HD 6630M card. Perhaps what it does not have is most noteworthy. Apple ripped the optical drive right out of the mini, signaling another baby step the company has taken to kill the disc. There are always people resistant to change, but the plethora of software in the Mac App Store can ease the pain for some. You may have noticed that the white MacBook has not received an update in quite some time now. Well, there is a reason for that, and I can safely say it is not changing any time soon. The white MacBook is dead. Yes, that iconic polycarbonate notebook that somehow attracted so many to its $999 price tag is dead. Apple murdered it early this morning, and so far they are getting away with the crime. In its place is the MacBook Air, which carries the same price on the lowest-end model and packs more into it. The new MacBook Air is available now starting at $999, but the price raises in accordance to storage and power. The Mac mini starts at $599, which is actually $100 cheaper than the previous price point. There is also a higher-end mini and a server configuration as well. And it is safe to assume the white MacBook is also available in large amounts
 on eBay. **Links: [MacBook Air](http://www.apple.com/macbookair/?ref=skatter.com) | [Mac mini](http://www.apple.com/macmini/?ref=skatter.com)** ### I’m Speaking At The Teens In Tech Conference On August 5th, Come Join Us URL: https://www.skatter.com/im-speaking-at-the-teens-in-tech-conference-on-august-5th-come-join-us/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:03.000Z A little over two weeks from today, I will be speaking during the [Teens in Tech Conference](http://teensintech.com/conference/?ref=skatter.com) at the Palo Alto Research Center. For those not familiar with the event or the organization, I think it is best to simply quote their self-described and concise one-liner: > The Teens in Tech Conference is about connecting youth and technology with entrepreneurship, startups and the web. We’ll achieve just that in front of an audience of young entrepreneurs, developers and designers. Teens in Tech first announced its incubator earlier this year in January. The company aims to help young entrepreneurs as they build their first companies with mentoring and resources. Many teenage hopefuls (required ages 13-19) applied for a spot in the program before the March deadline. Daniel Brusilovsky, the Founder and CEO, finally announced the first batch of selected start-ups on the [Teens in Tech blog](http://teensintech.com/blog/2011/07/announcing-the-first-batch-of-teens-in-tech-incubator-companies/?ref=skatter.com) last week. The following incubator companies will present during the demo portion of the upcoming conference. Here’s a quick gist for those interested: - [Codulous](http://codulo.us/?ref=skatter.com) – a cloud-powered code editor which syncs with your desktop and other services - [BuyNomial](http://buynomial.com/?ref=skatter.com) – helping you budget for whatever you want in a faster and smarter way - [MySchoolHelp](http://www.myschoolhelp.com/?ref=skatter.com) – making it easy for high school students to find and share their classmates’ notes - [Bubbls](http://bubblapp.com/?ref=skatter.com) – a geo-social mobile application that lets your friends know when you can hang out - CM Studios – bringing a zombie game to the iPhone, and soon Android - [Workcrib](http://workcrib.com/?ref=skatter.com) – a social sharing site for your work space There is also a phenomenal lineup of speakers. Names include Andrew Hsu (Airy Labs), Andrew Nacin (WordPress), Daniela Lapidous (SmartPowerEd), Gregory Koberger (Mozilla), Joey Primiani (Cortex), Katie Fehrenbacher (Earth2Tech), Kevin Hartz (EventBrite), Michael Simmons (Flexibits), Robert Scoble (Rackspace), Shad Balch (GM), and Zak Kukoff (TruantToday). Of course, I’ll be speaking as well. Those looking to attend can use the registration code `SAHAS2011` for 50% off the normal price. The event is technically targeted towards a younger audience, but do not feel shy to come out even if you are any older. Conferences are always a great networking opportunity. **Link: [Teens in Tech Conference](http://teensintech.com/conference/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google’s Eric Schmidt Deals Out Harsh Words Toward Apple’s Lawsuits URL: https://www.skatter.com/googles-eric-schmidt-deals-out-harsh-words-toward-apples-lawsuits/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:03.000Z Google’s executive chairman Eric Schmidt, formerly CEO, is pouring a good amount of oil on the fire between Apple and HTC. He claims that the lawsuits against HTC and any other Android smart phone manufacturer have no basis. According to him, Apple premised them on pure jealousy and lack of innovation in the iPhone. Schmidt states in his own words: > The big news in the past year has been the explosion of Google Android handsets and this means our competitors are responding. Because they are not responding with innovation, they’re responding with lawsuits. We have not done anything wrong and these lawsuits are just inspired by our success. Successful is certainly an appropriate adjective to describe the Android mobile operating system. It debuted on the T-Mobile G1 in the fall of 2008, but it did not become a hit among consumers until the fall of 2009, with the release of the [Motorola Droid with Android 2.0](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/). People began realizing that this was an OS worthy enough to give iOS a run for its money. Perhaps it has in terms of market share, but no single Android device has come close to claiming as much share as the iPhone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/evo-4g-iphone-4-droid-x.jpg) As for Apple’s side, are they really filing these lawsuits in a fit of rage for Android’s success? That is really a question for any one person to answer. Everyone takes different sides. Recently, however, Apple claimed victory in court for a small part of the lawsuit against HTC. The U.S. International Trade Commission ruled that HTC is indeed infringing on two of the ten patents Apple filed for in 2010\. If this smart phone saga continues in Apple’s favor, HTC would face the possibility of ITC banning its products in the U.S. The company is quite obviously appealing this initial decision. Eric Schmidt might have stepped in to defend the Android family in the hopes that it would weaken Apple’s claims. As for their “lack of innovation”, [the company is releasing iOS 5](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/) in the fall, which adds new features like a notification center that admittedly takes cues from Android. These types of situations go back and forth between competitors all the time though. With Apple winning the first round of the battle, it seems like Eric Schmidt is trying to help HTC carry heavy luggage up a hill. ### Avaak VueZone: Personal Video Network (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/avaak-vuezone-personal-video-network-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:58.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/avaak-vuezone.jpg "Avaak VueZone") Keeping an eye on your home is not easy. Professional security systems are expensive to install and consumer-oriented options are often difficult to configure properly. Fortunately, [Avaak](http://avaak.com/?ref=skatter.com) comes to the rescue with the [VueZone](http://www.vuezone.com/?ref=skatter.com) which aims to potentially solve the hassles of video monitoring in an entirely different fashion. This solution boasts motion detection capabilities with instant email alerts, mobile apps for three popular platforms, and a friendly browser-based management console. # The Purpose When I first came across [the VueZone at CTIA Wireless](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-avaak-vue-a-friendly-wireless-camera-monitoring-system/) earlier this year, a ‘security’ use-case scenario was first to cross my mind. After speaking with the folks from Avaak and taking a deeper look, it is clear that the VueZone rather falls along the lines of general purpose niche-market gadgetry. Although I would recommend a robust security camera for guarding valuable possessions, the VueZone is still a great way to monitor your home and potentially even ward away thieves. Owners could keep an eye on their front door or package deliveries. It is also a great way to watch over aging grandparents. Parents can make sure teenagers get home one time or even look after pets. # Getting Setup ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/avaak-vuezone-indoor-motion.jpg "Avaak VueZone - Indoor Motion") Avaak truly knows how to make things simple. I recently had to deal with a [D-Link WiFi security camera](https://www.skatter.com/d-link-launches-a-new-wireless-home-network-camera/) which required installing software from a CD or accessing a router-like configuration page by typing in an IP address into a browser — both of which are probably too difficult for the average person. Configuring the VueZone was fortunately quite easy. The gateway plugged right into my router with the included Ethernet cable and I powered it up with the AC adapter. My review unit packaging came with two Motion Detection Cameras and four CR123 batteries though each camera only needs one battery leaving two spares for the future. I was able to pair these by flipping on the camera switch and clicking the sync button on the base station while both are within a foot’s distance. Mounting these two cameras is also an hassle-free task. Avaak includes four little ball mounts which fasten to a wall with either a peel-and-stick adhesive or a nail. The circular shape and the strong magnet inside allows for easy positioning and rotation. Although firm enough to stay in place on its own, a bump of a shoulder could easily knock the camera off the mount. With two spare mounts provided, it is easy to relocate cameras to one of the other ones at any time. Last but not least, I headed over to the VueZone website to register a new account. The booklet in the packaging provides a unique code to activate your service. The interface is definitely up to par on the latest web technologies and a clutter-free look. I could easily navigate around the interface and customize settings. I even updated the firmware on the gateway and cameras with just a single click. The fool-proof technology is great for the average person and is convenient for geeks as well. # How It Works ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/avaak-vuezone-camera.jpg "Avaak VueZone - Camera") Interestingly enough, VueZone cameras do not use WiFi to communicate with the gateway. Avaak choose to go with a 2.4 GHz radio frequency which has a range of approximately 300 feet and low-power consumption. Unlike traditional video monitoring solutions, this is not an always-on solution. That’s right, these cameras are asleep until needed. Users can manually configure scheduled recording times or enable motion detection capabilities. Of course, you can tune into a live stream on your own at any time as well. The web portal and the mobile apps have battery meters to indicate the amount of power left in each unit. According to the Avaak marketing materials, the CR123 should keep a camera running for about six months with about 5 minutes of use per day. # Camera Models Avaak only provided indoor Motion Detection Cameras for review, but the company also offers other models. There is another indoor version available for a lower price without the motion detection capabilities. An outdoor iteration designed to withstand rain, snow, and wind is in the works. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/avaak-vue-ci-camera.jpg "Avaak Vue CI Camera") The simple wire-free ideology is quite brilliant in my opinion, but there are other aspects to the technology which need improvement. For instance, the camera is incredibly slow to react when motion triggers video capture. I casually walked in and out of a room in a about 5 seconds to find that the VueZone only began recording as I left. While the VueZone is not a security solution, this flaw alone especially defeats the entire purpose of the motion detection feature. The web-based configuration settings panel offers choosing from video resolutions of 1600-by-1200, 640-by-480, and 320-by-240 pixels. Unfortunately, going with the highest resolution results in a frame rate which is slow enough to resemble a slide-show. While switching to a lower resolution alleviates some of the issue, the degraded quality makes it difficult to recognize faces or objects. Tweaking the sensitivity settings or increasing the video capture duration did not help much. I also found low-light conditions are an unfortunate recipe for pixelated and grainy video. The lack of a night vision mode makes the VueZone almost entirely useless when the sun isn’t shinning. There are no microphones for audio capture either. On the other hand, the [D-Link DSC-932L](https://www.skatter.com/d-link-launches-a-new-wireless-home-network-camera/) offers both night vision and audio capture in a single package. With that being said, the best part of the VueZone is support for up to 25 cameras with a single gateway. # Cloud Portal Avaak offers a web portal accessible at [my.VueZone.com](http://my.vuezone.com/?ref=skatter.com) to manage your cameras. The interface includes options to schedule recordings, manually record video clips, snapping images on the fly, and much more. Browsing through galleries of previously saved content or even viewing a live-stream in full screen mode is easy too. Avaak also makes it possible to share video clips and images with friends through YouTube and Flickr, respectively. While the implementation is quite fancy, the major drawback is the monthly subscription costs. VueZone Basic is a free ad-supported package which includes live-video monitoring from computers and smart phones, snapshots for motion capture, and a maximum of 5 cameras. Upgrading to the $5 per month VueZone Premier plan brings support for higher quality snapshots, removes ads, enables automatic video recording for motion detection plus email alerts, smart phone management, 2 GB of cloud storage, date/time scheduled recordings, inviting up to 10 friends to view live video, social sharing, and support for 10 cameras. A $10 per month VueZone Professional plan is much like the last one with 5 GB of online storage, up to 50 friends to view live video, and support for 25 cameras. # Mobile Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/avaak-vuezone-android-app.jpg "Avaak VueZone - Android App") Avaak offers free VueZone apps for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS. Each platform supports live monitoring, recording videos, snapping photos, enabling/disabling motion detection, and browsing previously captured content. I spent a few days testing the app over 3G, 4G and even a public WiFi hotspot on the [HTC EVO](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). Although connecting to a camera sometimes took nearly a minute, the quality was actually rather clear after a few seconds. Although I did not have a chance to test the BlackBerry or iOS apps, I do think the Android iteration could use a little more polish. It is already packed with just about all the features you could want, but a fancier and cleaner look could go a long way for a better user experience. Keep in mind you do not need a smart phone to use VueZone, there is a perfectly usable web interface as well. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/avaak-vue-base-station.jpg "Avaak Vue Base Station") Avaak definitely has a lot going for it. The VueZone is consumer-friendly, is quite easy configure, and it actually works. With that being said, there are still a few drawbacks. It is not an always-on solution, users need to switch out batteries twice a year, video quality needs to improve, and there are monthly subscription costs to enjoy the full feature set. A package with one motion detection camera retails for $199 while another with two motion detection cameras goes for $289\. Additional motion detection cameras retail for $99 each. Avaak’s solution could serve just about any purpose whether you plan to use the VueZone for light weight security, monitoring your home, or looking after family. Assuming that you understand the limitations as a buyer, this will not disappoint. This second-generation monitoring technology is already quite polished and a third iteration will only get better. More importantly, the concept is quite unique and it stands out of the pack relative to traditional video surveillance. **Links: [Avaak VueZone](http://www.vuezone.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Logitech HD Pro C910 Webcam (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/logitech-hd-pro-c910-webcam-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:59.000Z It is often hard to figure out the perfect webcam for you. There are so many available on the market, and most of them do not have any unique features that can separate them from the rest. The HD Pro C910 is Logitech’s flagship webcam. Thorough testing reveals that the C910 falls short in a few areas, but has a lot to offer in many others. This is definitely a compelling gadget that deserves consideration. # Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/logitech-hd-pro-c910-netbook.jpg) The design is, quite frankly, nothing special. Surrounding the small lens on both sides are two blue light strips that turn on when the camera is in use. The webcam also features dual mics, found on either side of the indicator lights. Though the webcam can swivel vertically — and does so in a very smooth fashion — it does not swivel horizontally. This might make it hard to video chat with multiple people on your end. Additionally, I am not fond of how wide the device is. When not in use, it can get somewhat distracting if trying to focus on the contents of the display. That is more of a personal preference though. On a more positive note, build quality is very solid. The Logitech C910 definitely does not feel like it is going to break if, say, it falls off the top of your monitor. But even that is not a problem, since it feels pretty sturdy when perched above the display. # Setup & Installation Installing the software for the Logitech HD Pro C910 was a breeze. The package does include a disc, but I did not need it. Immediately after plugging the webcam into the USB port, Windows 7 searched for and found the necessary drivers online. The installation guide popped up and within a couple of minutes, it fully installed the software with little to no work on my end. With many webcams, plugging in the USB only installs the drivers and no software, but the C910 did it all in just a few clicks. # Software There is not very much to say about the software that comes bundled with the C910\. The user interface is nice and clean. All of the webcam’s features — from adjustments to effects to preferences — are easily accessible. Logitech’s software includes a plentiful amount of tweaks for brightness, contrast, focus, and the like. There are also a number of fun effects to apply, some of which are especially amusing like video masks. I did run into a couple of bugs, however. For instance, I was not able to play back any videos I recorded at first. I eventually got it working, though there are options to view the files and open them in other programs just in case. It is also worth noting that out of the box, video shoots in a 4:3 aspect ratio. I had to manually change it to 16:9 in the settings to get the full HD experience. But overall, if you plan on using this webcam primarily for video chatting, the software is not a concern. # Video Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/logitech-hd-pro-c910-front.jpg) If you have been skeptical so far, here is a bit of good news: the Logitech HD Pro C910’s video quality is superb. It is almost like leaping into the future if you are accustomed to using the standard 1.3 or 2.0 megapixel webcams built into most laptops. You can take still photos up to 10MP in size, which is plenty to work with if you do a lot of editing and fine tuning. The picture is crystal clear, thanks to auto-focus. Colors seem slightly under-saturated yet still manage to stay vibrant. Even indoors or in low-light conditions, minimal grain is present. Whether in a video call or recording a video, the experience is very smooth. There is no apparent lag or stutter. When I experimented on my own, I conducted a video acll using the built-in webcam on my HP laptop and the C910 on my desktop. When I got up from my laptop to view the desktop’s screen, it still pictured me just getting up from my laptop. Going back to my laptop from the desktop, there was no such delay. Logitech did a nice job with this, though it is probably dependent on a good internet connection. # Audio Quality Stepping down from the great video quality, overall audio quality is a big so-so for this gadget. Voices sound better than your average phone call, but certainly not life-like as Logitech promises. There is not really much definition. Background noises filter out quite well though and there is no odd noise that I know of. Most people in the market for a new webcam do not really take audio quality into significant consideration. So, unless you plan on performing Beethoven’s “Ode to Joy” via [Facebook’s new video calling feature](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-launches-skype-powered-video-calling-and-group-chat/) or [Google+ Hangouts](https://www.skatter.com/google-hangouts-can-revolutionize-video-calling-thanks-to-its-informality/), the C910 is adequate in the sound category. # Conclusion The Logitech HD Pro C910 webcam provides a great way to take photos on the computer or video chat with friends while utilizing the latest in high-definition technology. The video quality is honestly nothing short of excellent as is setup time, which is enough for most shoppers to take the plunge into buying one. If you can get past the average audio performance and some small gripes regarding design, the Logitech C910 brings plenty to the table. It retails for $99.99, but you can find it cheaper if you shop around. If you are looking for an even better value, perhaps you might want to check out the [Microsoft LifeCam Cinema](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-lifecam-cinema-review/) for just $50. **Links: [Logitech HD Pro C910](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/webcam-communications/webcams/devices/6816?ref=skatter.com)** ### Developers Flock To iOS, Show Declining Interest In Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/developers-flock-to-ios-show-declining-interest-in-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:04.000Z A company by the name of [Flurry Analytics](http://www.flurry.com/?ref=skatter.com) has some very interesting statistics on iOS and Android to share with us. They analyzed the new projects developers started in Q1 2011 and in Q2 2011 for iPhone/iPod touch, iPad, and Android to determine how attractive each platform is to app makers. Here is what they found. In Q1 2011, developers started the most projects specifically for the iPhone and iPod touch at 54%. In second place is Android at 36%. And finally, the iPad had the least amount of developers interested with just 10%, although not too bad for a relatively new product. With hundreds of Android devices on the market and companies continually announcing new ones, one can assume interest in the operating system is rapidly growing. That is a bad assumption. In Q2 2011, Flurry found that projects for iPhone and iPod touch increased by 3% to 57%. iPad projects also increased, but by 5% to 15%. As for Android, developers lost quite a bit of interest from the previous quarter. Projects declined by a whopping 8% down to 28%. It is an odd turn of events, considering developer support for Android grew steadily throughout 2010. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/flurry-analytics-ios-android-developer-support.png) So why all of a sudden is developer interest in Android declining? Flurry points to two highly plausible reasons. The first is the [launch of the Verizon iPhone](https://www.skatter.com/the-verizon-iphone-is-real-coming-to-stores-feburary-10th/) in February. Previously only available on AT&T in the United States, the famous Apple smart phone expanded to a second carrier and is now stealing some significant market share away from Android. Many Verizon subscribers always wanted an iPhone but were never willing to make the switch over to AT&T. The second reason is the [iPad 2 launch](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). Apple reportedly sold one million of these within its first couple days on the market, and they are still selling like hot cakes. Right now, all the competing Android Honeycomb tablets do not come anywhere near having the mass appeal of the iPad 2\. And that is not changing any time soon. On top of new Apple releases, it is already a well-known fact that developers have always had trouble making money on Android. Users continue to gravitate toward free apps, even if it means suffering with ads. A prime example is the enormously popular game Angry Birds. It is $0.99 on iPhone, a rather expensive $4.99 on iPad, yet completely free on Android. This is great for users, but bad for developers. I estimate that the drop in developer support for Android is only temporary. New devices with the OS are cranking out at lightning speed, making them very hard not to notice. Even if individual Android products are not selling well, added up they all have a significant user base which developers should want to take advantage of. And they will. *Chart image courtesy of [Flurry](http://blog.flurry.com/bid/66618/iPad-2-and-Verizon-iPhone-Take-Some-Wind-Out-of-Android-s-Sail?ref=skatter.com).* ### Motorola Photon 4G Lands July 31st On Sprint URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-photon-4g-lands-july-31st-on-sprint/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:04.000Z Though [Sprint announced the Motorola Photon 4G](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-and-sprint-hosting-press-event-next-week/) back in June, the phone did not receive a release date or price until today. It will arrive exclusively on Sprint July 31st for $199.99 with a two-year contract. Thankfully, the Motorola Photon 4G is one of just a few devices to ship with Android 2.3 Gingerbread, which brings a number of tweaks and improvements from Froyo. As for specifications, it features a 1GHz dual-core NVIDIA Tegra 2 processor, which is quickly becoming the standard across Android handsets. There is a full gigabyte of RAM on board and 16GB of memory. Overlaying the internals is a 4.3-inch qHD touchscreen display and a front-facing VGA camera. Opposite of that is an 8MP camera with dual flash on the back. And of course, the Photon 4G is both 3G and 4G capable and prepared to take advantage of Sprint’s speedy network. Motorola crammed all of this into a rather interesting design, notable for its slanted corners. The killer feature of this smart phone is the worldwide connectivity. It is the first handset on Sprint to offer international 4G connectivity. This means customers can stay in the loop with all their emails and social networks anywhere on the planet. And with mobile hotspot support, they can do so on up to eight devices. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-photon-4g-sprint-front.jpg) Like all smart phones today, subscribing to a monthly data plan is a must. Sprint is requiring activation of one of its Everything Data plans along with an additional $10 “Premium Data” fee — whatever that means. To enable the mobile hotspot feature, customers will have to fork up another $29.99 per month. Though not available just yet, the Motorola Photon 4G received pretty warm reception after its announcement in early June. Reviews within the coming weeks will most likely be favorable. Sprint Premier customers can get their hands on this device three days before its debut. Sprint will email the details soon. Otherwise, regular buyers in need of a powerhouse such as this can obtain the Photon 4G in a few weeks. **Links: [Motorola Photon 4G](http://now.sprint.com/p4/?id16=photon%204G&ref=skatter.com)** ### Netflix Unlimited Streaming And DVDs Will Now Set You Back $16 Per Month URL: https://www.skatter.com/netflix-unlimited-streaming-and-dvds-will-now-set-you-back-16-per-month/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:05.000Z Remember that sad tale I told about the [death of Netflix DVD rentals](https://www.skatter.com/a-sad-tale-about-the-slow-death-of-netflix-dvd-rentals/)? It had you bawling, right? Well, it looks like I was not quite 100% accurate. (**Update:** Maybe I was not wrong. Higher prices for DVDs might be an additional step to kill them.) Luckily, after today’s announcements, you probably are not mad at me. You are mad at Netflix. The company unveiled new pricing plans for streaming and DVD rentals. So far, I have yet to see a single person happy with the changes. # DVD Rentals The main pricing plans for Netflix were simple. It was $7.99 per month for unlimited streaming of movies and TV shows and an additional $2 per month for DVDs by mail. This is no longer the case. Now, DVDs and streaming are split into two entirely different plans. If you want one disc sent out at a time, it is now $7.99 per month. Two out at a time is $11.99 per month. This does not include streaming. Netflix is trying to make this look like an incredible deal, stating that these are their lowest prices ever for unlimited DVDs. Unfortunately, no one else is looking at it from that perspective. # Streaming Unlimited streaming is not getting any changes. It is still $7.99 per month to get unlimited movies and TV shows, but this does not include any DVDs whatsoever. Any Netflix customers that were not paying the extra $2 for DVDs probably do not a problem with the streaming monthly charge for obvious reasons. # DVD Rentals + Streaming ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/10/netflix-for-ps3.jpg) And we arrive at the grand finale. Originally just $9.99 per month for both unlimited DVD rentals and streaming, since they are now in two separate plans, both are now a cool $15.98 total. You might think the company would lower the price for the combined plan down to $12 or $13, but no. Put simply, Netflix now costs an extra $6 per month. The new pricing goes into effect on September 1st for existing customers. As you can imagine, this is not receiving good feedback. Readers of the [blog post](http://blog.netflix.com/2011/07/netflix-introduces-new-plans-and.html?ref=skatter.com) detailing the changes liked the most popular comment in the thread over 1,600 2,000 times. That comment is a flat-out complaint. I suspect that if we all get out enough pitchforks and torches, Netflix will eventually back down on this decision. With competing services like Hulu Plus charging just $7.99 per month for the full product, it is hard to justify sticking with Netflix. Unless you consume a very large sum of content, iTunes individual rentals are now likely more affordable. But hey, if you are not happy: > As always, our members can easily choose to change or cancel their unlimited streaming plan, unlimited DVD plan, or both by visiting [Your Account](https://www.netflix.com/YourAccount?ref=skatter.com). Thanks Netflix, I will deliberate doing just that. **Links: [Sign Up for Netflix, If You Dare](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Still Invite-Only, Google+ May Reach 10 Million Users By Day’s End URL: https://www.skatter.com/still-invite-only-google-may-climb-to-10-million-users-by-days-end/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:05.000Z The growth of [Google+](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-meet-your-newest-social-network-competitor-google/) in the past week has been nothing short of incredible. And even better than having a lot of users is having a lot of [happy users](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/). The social network has managed to succeed in that area as well. But just how fast is Google+ growing? Well, the numbers are in. Founder of Ancestry.com Paul Allen updated his estimates late last night — which he happened to [publish](https://plus.google.com/117388252776312694644/posts/bGJPTALDkDe?ref=skatter.com) directly to Google+. His model shows that Google+ had 1.7 million users on July 4th and 7.3 million on July 10th. In six days, the site grew by 5.6 million people. As of yesterday, Allen believes the service had 9.5 million users, putting it on track to gain a full ten million users by the end of the day. It might have already reached that number, but Google has yet to announce official user statistics. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-logo.jpg) If you think this astounding report is too good to be true, Allen explains where all this information is coming from: > My model is simple. I start with US Census Bureau data about surname popularity in the U.S., and compare it to the number of Google+ users with each surname. I split the U.S. users from the non-U.S. users. By using a sample of 100-200 surnames, I am able to accurately estimate the total percentage of the U.S. population that has signed up for Google+. Then I use that number and a calculated ratio of U.S. to non-U.S. users to generate my worldwide estimates. My ratio is 1 US user for every 2.12 non-U.S. users. That ratio was calculated on July 4th through a laborious effort, and I haven’t updated it since. That is definitely a weakness in my model that I hope to address soon. The ratio will likely change over time. Since I have been tracking this same cohort of surnames from my first day, I am able to accurately measure growth over time. All the positive feedback is certainly garnering significant attention. It is important to remember that Google+ is not even fully open yet. Every single one of its users joined by receiving an invitation from someone else. And those invitations are pretty hard to obtain at the moment. If these numbers are even close to accurate, Google+ is heading toward becoming the fastest growing online service in history. ### Google+ Hangouts Can Revolutionize Video Calling Thanks To Its Informality URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-hangouts-can-revolutionize-video-calling-thanks-to-its-informality/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:30.000Z Video calling is a unique technology that has been around longer than most people might think. It naturally started off on desktop computers and then very slowly made its way onto some mobile phones. In 2010, Apple “reinvented” the video calling experience with [FaceTime for iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/apple-presents-iphone-4-at-wwdc/), and later iPad, iPod touch, and Mac. It is true they did simplify it dramatically by removing the need for an account with a list of friends, but there is one key factor they overlooked: formality. In almost every video chatting service, there is a process the users on either end must partake in. One user must send an invitation to initiate a video call with the other user, and that other user must accept or decline it. As you might expect, if the user on the receiving end accepts the call, the chat begins. No one — [even the most recent services](https://www.skatter.com/av-by-aim-brings-4-person-video-chat-to-the-browser/) — has ever made any attempts to change this specific process because people do not necessarily find fault with it. Until now. It is a known fact that video calling has yet to take off, albeit it is slowly and steadily growing. Apple thought with FaceTime, they were the ones about to make video chat an every day event. To the company’s credit, they did popularize it more in smart phones, but I have a hard time believing the success of FaceTime is up to their original expectations. Google+ is trying to change all of this with Hangouts. The team behind the emerging social network clearly re-imagined the way we all communicate online. They found fault in an area no one else did. The whole process of sending and receiving an invitation just to talk to someone is too formal. Nobody wants to participate in anything formal online, especially when it is among friends. The rise of instant messaging and social networks has made the Internet incredibly informal. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-hangouts.jpg) The beauty of Google+ Hangouts lies within the process. One person decides to start a hangout, and Google+ publishes this news to the stream. In essence, the person is making an announcement saying “Hey, I am at my computer and ready to hang out with whoever is available.” If this is too vast for some people, users can limit this broadcast by circles or individuals. Anyone following can then decide to join and with one click, two or more people are video chatting. It is brilliant. Google+ features the user currently talking front and center and packs the rest into smaller thumbnails. This makes for an experience even more like a real life get-together. If sitting at a table with multiple people, you always look at the person talking to you. It is very unlikely you are staring at the person not making a sound. Another large chuck of the Web suffering due to its formality is email. Think about it. Every time you send an email, you must fill out the recipient or recipients, add a subject line, and type your message. And more often than not, we format our emails the same way we format a letter. All this formal writing just does not work for Internet users anymore. We are so accustomed to text messaging and status updating quick blurbs of information, some of which manage to break every rule of grammar in the English language. This is why email is continuously becoming more business-oriented and less of a casual communication tool. I pointed out in [our review of Google+](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/) that if anything is going to lift service up above its competition, it is Hangouts. The new approach to video calling just feels right. It can easily revolutionize the entire experience, and it could give video calling the boost its been yearning for so long. Now, Google must figure out a way to keep the enemies from stealing the innovation behind Hangouts and putting it into different products. The company successfully completed the first challenge. Now on to the next. **Links: [Google+](http://plus.google.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Hold Off On Buying That iPhone 4 URL: https://www.skatter.com/hold-off-on-buying-that-iphone-4/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:31.000Z Is a glass and stainless steel contraption constantly luring you in to your local carrier store? Is your two-year contract up on that less than reputable flip phone? Are you looking to upgrade and increase your monthly bill dramatically? If any of these questions apply to you, it is very likely you are in the market for an iPhone 4\. Well, I have some pretty unfortunate news. It is probably in your best interest to wait a few months before investing in one. Why wait? The iPhone 5. Rumors indicate that around September or October of this year, Apple will release the fifth-generation iPhone. Normally, I encourage people to take rumors with a grain of salt. But since numerous sources pinpoint the iPhone 5 release in the fall, we can pretty much make that assumption. I would say that compared to previous years, there actually have not been many rumors or leaks about the iPhone 5\. It is easy to bet that it will have the same dual-core A5 processor found in the iPad 2 and a new 8MP camera. And of course Apple will preload the new smart phone with all the goodies in iOS 5\. Other popular theories are a larger display, new design with a possible aluminum backing, and near field communication support. Recently, the Apple community has been pouring out information about multiple iPhone 5 models designed to cater to different needs. I already gave [my thoughts on this](https://www.skatter.com/will-apple-really-launch-two-iphone-5-models/) and I stand by them. I just do not see it happening. But, like anything else, things could change. We will probably see a good portion of these features make their way into the iPhone 5 along with other surprises Apple manages to keep up its sleeve. This is why I highly recommend staying away from the iPhone 4\. Mark this date — July 10th — the day in which purchasing a fourth-generation iPhone should cease unless absolutely necessary. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-camera.jpg) Now that I have made that rule official, what are your options? If you are willing to consider expanding your horizons, there are a wide variety of other smart phones available that might pique your interest. In April, [we reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/) the new HTC Thunderbolt. [Sahas Katta](http://www.skatter.com/author/sahaskatta) called it “the best smart phone that money can buy” if you are on Verizon Wireless. AT&T offers the Motorola Atrix 4G, which is another crowd-pleaser. And personally, I really like some of the Windows Phone 7 choices on the market. There is also another smart phone brand — I believe some sort of fruit — that is [not worth mentioning](https://www.skatter.com/rim-is-hanging-by-a-single-thread-the-blackberry-name/). But what if you do not want any of those phones? If it is not shiny and made by Apple, it is not for you, right? Do not worry because I can relate. If you are in desperate need for a new phone, then by all means get the iPhone 4\. Perhaps your old cell phone broke or your daily routine now requires a smart phone to make your life more efficient. Maybe you just do not care about keeping up with the latest and greatest in technology, in which case sign that two-year contract right now and do not even think twice. If you can wait for the iPhone 5, wait. It is just a few months away, and you will be one of the first to get your hands on the new device if you do choose to hold off on making a purchase. Plus, buyers must always enter into a contract with care, and doing so now will prevent them from making an upgrade for a while. So I declare once more: wait. After all, patience is a virtue, and you will not have any regrets later on. **Links: [iPhone 4](http://www.apple.com/iphone?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Chops $100 Off Xoom Tablet, Sales Boost Unlikely URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-chops-100-off-xoom-tablet-sales-boost-unlikely/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:05.000Z Motorola took to [Twitter](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/Motorola/statuses/88619891225149441) a couple of days ago to announce some pretty underwhelming news. The company has decided to slash the price on the Motorola Xoom WiFi model by $100\. That means you can now get your hands around this heavy piece of hardware for just $499. But this is not your average price drop. The new $499 price tag puts the Xoom at the exact same price as the 16GB WiFi iPad 2, as well as other competing tablets such as the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). If you look at it by specifications, the Xoom is actually a good value. It has up to 32GB of storage, a 10.1-inch 720p display, front and rear cameras, and a dual-core 1GHz processor. Not bad, right? Well, the Xoom has numerous issues with it, which we can expect from the first tablet to really compete with the iPad. It launched with Android 3.0 Honeycomb, the new tablet-optimized operating system from Google that was buggy from the start. To its credit, the Xoom now ships with Android 3.1 which offers a generally improved experience. And even now months after its release, Honeycomb apps are severely lacking. Although not without its many pros, we note quite a few of these drawbacks in [our review](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review.jpg) So, why the price drop? One word: sales. Motorola [reportedly only sold 100,000 units](https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-2-sales-soar-motorola-xoom-flounders/) within the tablet’s first two months on the market. And in Q1 2011, the total amount *shipped* was only at 250,000\. By comparison, Apple sold more than 300,000 iPad 2s on launch day. Motorola is clearly having a hard time selling the Xoom. It just does not have any good answer to the fundamental question consumers looking to buy a tablet ask themselves: “Why should I buy this instead of an iPad?” The new price might give sales a boost at first, but any long-term effects are improbable. And if you are in the market for a 3G Xoom, that pricing remains at a steep $799\. Luckily, reports indicate that Motorola is preparing the Xoom 2 for its debut by the end of the year. If they can manage to iron out all the wrinkles and maintain the new $499 price, the sequel might just be a good buy. **Links: [Buy Motorola Xoom on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/MOTOROLA-XOOM-Android-Tablet-Wi-Fi/dp/B0045FM6SU/ref=sr%5F1%5F1?ie=UTF8&qid=1310169691&sr=8-1&ref=skatter.com)** ### An iPad HD Is Arriving This Fall? URL: https://www.skatter.com/an-ipad-hd-is-arriving-this-fall/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:06.000Z When Steve Jobs [announced the iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/) in March, there was a notable slogan present in his keynote. It read: “2011: Year of the iPad 2.” Certainly, this means that competitors do not even have the slightest chance to make a tablet that reigns over the iPad. But this also put rumors of a third-generation Apple tablet to death — or at least it should have. Yet here we are, with talks rekindling about a new iPad coming this fall. This time, it is not an iPad 3, which suggests an entirely new model. Instead, we can supposedly expect an “iPad HD”. This new device would only be a complement to the current-generation tablet. What makes it so special is the high-resolution display at a nice 2048 x 1536 resolution. That is four times the amount of pixels the iPad 2 has, making for a roughly 264 ppi pixel density. Apple took the same approach with the [iPhone 4 in 2010](https://www.skatter.com/apple-presents-iphone-4-at-wwdc/). They branded its new 326 ppi resolution as a “retina display”. Apple could brand an iPad HD the same way, but according to the company, the magical number such a prestigious title requires is 300 ppi. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-ios.jpg) Surely, an ultra high-resolution iPad of this extent would make its display the sharpest on the market. Not to mention it would steal the hearts of millions. But many dispute this concept due to the immense power it takes to operate all those pixels sufficiently. There is no way Apple could possibly ship an iPad HD with the same internals as the iPad 2\. It simply would not be feasible in order to get the smooth experience Apple always strives for. A display like that requires a faster processor and some serious improvements to graphics power. Plus, if Apple did release an improved iPad just six or seven months after they announced the second-generation model, imagine buyers’ frustration — myself included. But as always, it is important to fully recognize any rumor in the Apple community as such, rather than taking it as fact. As it stands, an iPad HD is just a rumor. One can certainly dream though
 **Links: [iPad](http://www.apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com)** ### Spotify Is Coming To The U.S. URL: https://www.skatter.com/spotify-is-coming-to-the-u-s/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:06.000Z Apple iTunes has some competition coming its way. Popular music service [Spotify](http://www.spotify.com/?ref=skatter.com) recently announced that it is finally coming to the U.S. Currently, you can only sign up for an account in Sweden, Norway, Finland, United Kingdom, France, Spain, or the Netherlands. There is no announcement yet on the release date in America. I like to think of Spotify as the Netflix of music. It is a subscription service that for a fixed monthly rate, users get unlimited access to as much music as their hearts desire. There are plenty of features that complement the listening experience, too. Subscribers can create their own playlists, share songs on Facebook and other social media sites, view top charts, buy downloadable MP3s, view artist biographies and more. Spotify has three different tiered plans to suit the needs of anyone. The Open option is entirely free and offers the ability to stream any song on your desktop computer and some other basic features like sharing. Unlimited builds upon the previous package with radio and removed advertisements. Premium is the best there is, throwing in access to the Spotify mobile apps, offline mode, and enhanced sound quality. Unlimited and Premium are both ÂŁ4.99 and ÂŁ9.99 in the UK, respectively. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/spotify-ipod-cord-concept.jpg) Surprisingly, Spotify has been fairly silent about the expansion into the United States. Upon visiting, the website only greets you with some brief details: > The award-winning music service that’s taken Europe by storm will soon be landing on US shores. Millions of tracks ready to play instantly, on your computer and your phone. [Rdio](http://www.rdio.com/?ref=skatter.com) is a competing music subscription service that has been available in the U.S. since its launch. Its plans are very similar to that of Spotify’s, with two tiers for either $4.99 or $9.99\. Rdio does not provide a free plan, which could give Spotify a big advantage once it arrives. While it also has the potential to steal away users of iTunes, the Spotify probably is not a huge threat since iPhone, iPod, and iPad owners will presumably stick with Apple’s software. If you’re interested in signing up for Spotify when it finally crosses over into the shores of America, [sign up for an invite](http://www.spotify.com/int/coming-to-the-us/?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Spotify](http://www.spotify.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Verizon Wireless Announces The Motorola Droid 3 URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-announces-the-motorola-droid-3/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:07.000Z This morning, Motorola and Verizon Wireless officially announced the long-rumored and repeatedly leaked Droid 3 smart phone. This is the third iteration following the [original Droid which we reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) when it made a debut in late 2009\. While the [Droid 2 hit stores late last year](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless/), it received less attention than expected due to noteworthy competitors and relatively few improvements. # Motorola Droid 3 Specifications: - Network: Verizon Wireless CDMA/WCDMA/GSM - Operating System: Android 2.3 Gingerbread - Processor: Dual-Core 1 GHz | RAM: 512 MB - Display: 4-inch qHD (540 x 960 pixels) TFT - Rear camera: 8 mega pixel with AF and LED - Front Camera: VGA resolution - Storage: 16 GB internal and microSD up 32 GB - Sensors: Accelerometer, Ambient Light, & Proximity - Wireless: WiFi 802.11 b/g/n - Ports: 3.5 mm, USB 2.0, and HDMI - Connectivity: DLNA and Bluetooth 2.1 + EDR - Battery: 1540 mAh - Talk Time: 550 minutes | Standby: 300 hours - Dimensions: 64.10(x) 123.30(y) 12.90(z) mm - Weight: 184 grams # Other Details: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/verizon-wireless-motorola-droid-3-keyboard.jpg "Verizon Wireless - Motorola Droid 3 (Keyboard)") Existing Droid and Droid 2 owners looking to upgrade definitely should consider this device. The qHD resolution on a 4-inch screen makes for an impressively high pixel density, hence a sharper look. Although Motorola should have included 1 GB of RAM, buyers will need to deal with half of that for now. The dual-core processor should at the very least offer a noticeable 27% performance boost. While Motorola avoids mentioning the “MotoBlur” interface due to a tarnished reputation, I am confident this phone uses newer version we saw on the [Droid X2](https://www.skatter.com/droid-x2-by-motorola-heads-to-verizon-wireless/) which has a lighter profile and a fancier look. In addition to all the Google Apps and services, Motorola includes corporate email support and QuickOffice for getting work done on the go. There is also mention of remote wipe and data encryption capabilities which is great news for business users. The Droid 3 also has a front camera for video chat, can capture 1080p video, features phone call noise reduction, and offers a built-in 5 person mobile hotspot. A QWERTY keyboard includes a dedicated numeric row and Android comes with Swype as well. Despite all the positive news, there is one notably missing feature: support for 4G LTE networks. Even if you do not live in a covered area, having the feature is useful since Verizon Wireless plans to expand to most of the country over the next year or two. This phone is at least “global ready” enabling use in 200 countries. Those looking to buy one can do so online starting now or by heading to a Verizon Wireless store on July 14th. The Motorola Droid 3 will run you $199 with a new two-year contract and monthly data plans begin at $30 for 2 GB of data. As always, we will have a full review published soon. **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/droid-3-motorola.shtml?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola Droid 3](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/DROID-3-by-MOTOROLA-US-EN?ref=skatter.com)** ### A Visit To The Sprint M2M Collaboration Center URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-visit-to-the-sprint-m2m-collaboration-center/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:31.000Z Last week, I had a chance to visit the Sprint M2M Collaboration Center in Burlingame, California — about 20 minutes south of San Francisco. While most are probably unfamiliar with the term M2M, this technology is likely already a part of your every day life. This new center, which had a grand opening late last year, is a workshop for enterprise customers to take advantage of Sprint resources including engineers and equipment to experiment and develop new devices — hopefully to bring to market at some point down the road. I also had a chance to chat with Wayne Ward, Vice President of Emerging Solutions for Sprint, who leads this project and provided many interesting insights. # What Is M2M? M2M stands for machine-to-machine, a technology which lets devices communicate with one another. Although the definition technically applies to wired equipment as well, I am going to focus on wireless ones since Sprint is of course a cellular carrier. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/sprint-m2m-smart-synch.jpg "Sprint M2M Smart Synch") There are tons of applications for M2M, many of which will resonate with the average person. Use case scenarios in the health care industry are a great example since this technology is perfect for remotely monitoring patients. For instance, a physician can track a person’s blood pressure or heart rate in real-time. It could even be a self-serving solution embedded into a weight scale which would ideally upload your information to a web service for analysis, diet recommendations, and a workout regimen. Greg Brott, Vice President of Channel Development for [Trimble](http://www.trimble.com/?ref=skatter.com), spoke at this media gathering to describe how his company uses M2M to track a fleet of drivers. With GPS modules paired with a cellular connection, Trimble lets employers track whether employees are driving on the right track, reaching their destinations on time, or even their duration of work. When it comes to energy efficiency, smart meters are the latest buzz. These devices — when plugged into the side of your home — can help electricity utility providers monitor and mange their grid intelligently. PG&E which serves electricity (and gas) to nearly 15 million customers in California uses a similar idea behind their RF-powered Smart Meters already. M2M technology can even help electric car charging stations select the best time of day when rates are the least to recharge your vehicle. # The Role of M2M In The Future ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/sprint-m2m-wayne-ward-presentation.jpg "Sprint M2M Wayne Ward Presentation") While the average person will hopefully never have to hear this acronym, M2M technology will end up in more and more places. Wayne Ward noted that there will be an estimated 120 million M2M devices in North America alone by 2015 and about 412 million M2M devices across the world by 2014. With an inevitable influx over the next few years, I asked Ward about congestion especially since the majority of M2M devices are apparently on a 2G network. He responded that most of these devices are only transmitting bits of data (e.g. statistics), which is relatively minute compared to streaming a high-definition movie for instance. Although Ward had already noted that an estimated 12.6 million 4G powered M2M cellular models would ship by 2015, he elaborated that Sprint would intelligently decide which type of network is best suited for each application. This means health monitoring or fleet tracking can take advantage of the more affordable 2G networks since there is very little data involved while a security camera will likely run on 4G for uploading large chunks of video. M2M devices can even put WiFi to use with several components connecting to a single parent with cellular connectivity to further reduce congestion. # Convergence Of M2M ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/sprint-m2m-one.jpg "Sprint M2M One") I have at least 25 networked devices in my home. Everything from smart phones, tablets, laptops, desktops, TVs, set-top boxes, to gaming consoles count. While most of these would fall under a different category, Wayne Ward believes consumer electronics and M2M devices will converge. Going beyond smart meters and electric car chargers, common everyday household technologies such as a security system, climate controls, or lighting switches are perfect candidates. As of today, partnerships between carriers and service providers have generally covered the network costs for M2M devices. For instance, Amazon does not charge Kindle owners monthly fees for downloading new eBooks over a 3G connection. However, as M2M devices converge and overlap with consumer electronics, Ward envisions a business model where consumers can pay a single rate to share a pool of data between all devices rather than having to pay several bills. # Why Is Sprint Pushing This Initiative? Opening the collaboration center is an investment as the location will ideally help customers bring more M2M products and services to the market faster. For those wondering, other carriers such as AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon Wireless already have M2M offerings as well. Of course, Sprint will make money when companies build devices which need to use their network. Although M2M segment probably only accounts for a fraction of revenue for Sprint each year, things might change down the road. Therefore, it is vital for Sprint to secure enterprise customers since the number of application-specific devices are growing rapidly. **Links: [Sprint M2M Collaboration Center](http://m2m.sprint.com/engage-with-us/collaborationcenter.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### A Sad Tale About The Slow Death Of Netflix DVD Rentals URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-sad-tale-about-the-slow-death-of-netflix-dvd-rentals/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:31.000Z I decided to take stroll through my neighborhood one day. It was a bright, beautiful evening. The mailman was delivering all my neighbors’ daily mail. He stepped out of the vehicle, opened up a mailbox, and there it was — a Netflix DVD. The enchanting disc was sealed inside a vibrant red envelope. The man popped it in and closed the mailbox. It was then and only then that I realized I must get in on this life-altering experience. I rushed back into the house and quickly launched Google Chrome. I typed in [netflix.com](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com). There, I found a large banner that read “Instantly watch as many movies as you want! For only $7.99 a month.” Just in case I did not find that clear enough, Netflix reiterated the statement below that: “Unlimited TV episodes & movies instantly over the Internet!” What? Where are the DVDs? I browsed frantically through the website and after several minutes of what seemed like endless searching, I found a tiny bit of information in the list of Frequently Asked Questions: > Can I get DVDs by mail from Netflix? > > Yes. During sign up, you can add unlimited DVDs by mail for only $2.00 more a month. With DVDs by mail, you’ll get an even broader selection of movies & TV episodes. You can exchange each DVD as often as you want with no due dates or late fees — ever! ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/01/netflix-nintendo-wii.jpg) Okay fine. So maybe that story is, well, heavily exaggerated. I did sign up for Netflix recently though, albeit a little late to the game. And I noticed that on the website, there is nothing at all advertising DVD rentals except for that minuscule tidbit on the “[How It Works](http://www.netflix.com/HowItWorks?ref=skatter.com)” page. Bad move. Most seem to believe that the company is aiding in the slow death of the DVD. This is probably right, and that goal is not the issue. Many manufacturers now omit optical disc drives in laptops with the hope that customers will begin going completely wireless. I do not have the slightest doubt in my mind that this is the future. In fact, I usually encourage the movement. The problem with Netflix is they are killing off DVD rentals way too early. The website is just one factor. A few months ago they removed the ability to manage your DVD queue from the [streaming apps](https://www.skatter.com/netflix-app-finally-hits-android-experience-not-so-great/). A lot of people are unhappy with this. The main reason is because there are far more movies and TV shows available to rent on DVD than for instant streaming. Looking at my own queue, I can tell you that out of the thirteen DVDs I have listed, only two are available to play instantly. That is roughly 15.4% — not good. And it is extremely hard to find any brand new releases to stream. What happens if, in that fairy tale of mine, I did not find the small section under “How It Works” explaining rentals? I would have just thought it was not an option anymore and probably would have left the website. In reality, paying the extra $2 per month for DVDs is buried within the sign up process, which does no good if I never began signing up. A big supporter of killing optical discs is Apple. The company removed the drive from the [MacBook Air back in 2008](https://www.skatter.com/macworld-2008-macbook-air/) and recently launched the Mac App Store, which eliminates the need for any software install discs. The good part about Apple moving ahead is that there is already a plethora of software available for download on the Internet. Netflix CEO Reed Hastings said at the [D9 conference](http://allthingsd.com/20110623/reed-hastings-insists-netflix-wont-kill-cable-the-full-d9-interview-video/?ref=skatter.com) this year that Netflix can not offer all the content via instant streaming for the current price of only $7.99 per month. In addition, he confirmed the company is not willing to go up on the price to do so. This makes for a sticky situation. I understand the addition of the streaming service contributes greatly to Netflix’s growth, but I firmly believe the true driving force is the combination of streaming and rentals. While the death of the DVD is not here yet, it is certainly heading that way. I can only hope Netflix does not get there too soon for its own good. ### Facebook Launches Skype-Powered Video Calling and Group Chat URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-launches-skype-powered-video-calling-and-group-chat/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:07.000Z [Facebook held a press event](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-hosting-an-event-next-wednesday-well-be-there/) at their headquarters in California this morning to announce three major new features. The first is group text chat, which users including myself have long requested. This feature made a relatively quiet debut on the social network with the launch of [Facebook Groups](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-introduces-new-features/) late last year. When on a group page, members could choose to launch a chat window and join the conversation with others. Starting today, members can join conversations with multiple friends even if they are not a part of a specific group. To get started, just click “Add Friends” at the top of any open conversation window. And yes, it even works on mobile apps. The second of three features Mark Zuckerberg announced is some changes to the Facebook Chat design and layout. It improves on organizing the friends list and even sorts by the people you chat with the most. Also, depending on the width of your screen, the chat sidebar stays open on the right and lists online friends without intruding on top of the main page. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/facebook-july-event-phillip-su-video-calls.jpg) Last but not least, video calling is finally here. It is just as simple to start as a group text chat. On top of any chat window, click the new video icon to initialize a call. Skype CEO Tony Bates took the stage to discuss the relationship between the two companies. It began when Facebook made an appearance in the Skype client for simple text chat and video support is clearly the next logical step. With that being said, I should note that existing Skype users can not place video calls to Facebook users or vice versa. Both services are entirely independent for the time being. Skype users with the Windows 7 client can still enjoy text-based chat with Facebook users. The browser plug-in works with Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, and Safari. It is actually proprietary technology taking advantage of Skype streaming codecs, unlike Adobe Flash powered solutions such as [AV by AIM](https://www.skatter.com/av-by-aim-brings-4-person-video-chat-to-the-browser/). Zuckerberg also hinted that video calling would make its way to mobile devices at some point. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/facebook-july-event-tony-bates-and-mark-zuckerberg.jpg) I was disappointed to find that video calling on Facebook is also only one-on-one at the moment despite the fact that Skype offers group support on the desktop client. Even the just-announced [Google+ Hangouts](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/) offers simultaneous ten person video calling within a browser. Everything Facebook announced begins rolling out today and will reach all users within the next few weeks. If you are bursting with excitement in your chair right now as you read this, there is some good news — you can get instant access to video calling [right here](http://www.facebook.com/videocalling). **Links: [Facebook Video Calling](http://www.facebook.com/videocalling)** ### Verizon Wireless Drops Unlimited Data Plan For Smart Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-drops-unlimited-data-plan-for-smart-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:07.000Z Verizon finally confirmed with [FierceWireless](http://www.fiercewireless.com/story/verizon-confirms-it-will-ditch-unlimited-smartphone-data-plans-starting-jul/2011-07-05?ref=skatter.com) that beginning July 7, the carrier will ditch its current unlimited data plan for smart phones and commence the new tiered packages. Normally, Verizon and AT&T tend to have similar plans and pricing to keep competition at a minimum. This time, the former is taking a completely different approach. AT&T currently has two data plans available to smart phone customers. The first is $15 per month for 200 MB and the next is $25 per month for 2 GB. On the contrary, Verizon plans are *starting* at 2 GB for a higher $30\. Then there is a $50 plan for 5 GB and $80 for 10 GB. Going over results in a $10 charge for each additional gigabyte of data. When [AT&T began capping their data options](https://www.skatter.com/att-changes-data-plan-pricing-adds-tethering/) last year, the company released a statement clarifying their decision. It says “Currently, 98 percent of AT&T smart phone customers use less than 2 GB of data a month on average.” Because of this, I have to assume that Verizon Wireless subscribers use significantly more data on their mobile phones per month. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/11/verizon-htc-eris-blackberry-curve-8530.jpg) In addition to the new smart phone plans Verizon is unveiling, there is also a new option for feature phone users that want some access to the World Wide Web on the go as well. These folks get 75 MB per month for just $10 — short, sweet, and to the point. I own an iPhone 4 with AT&T’s 2GB data package for $25 per month. Personally, I have never used more than a single gigabyte of data in any given billing cycle. Granted, I am connected to WiFi often, but I still use the 3G connection whenever out and about. It will be interesting to see if Verizon ever reports any statistics on data usage. I find it pretty hard to believe that any single person is going to use 10 GB of data on such a small device. That said, no one should be disappointed with the new options since they provide virtually unlimited internet usage. ### Samsung Droid Charge – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-droid-charge-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:36:59.000Z The Samsung Droid Charge is the second Verizon Wireless smart phone with 4G LTE connectivity — the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/) was first. While this device is not a part of the Galaxy S II family, there is a lot it still has to offer with a large 4.3 inch Super AMOLED display, a front-facing camera for video calls, HD video capture with another 8 megapixel camera, and a built-in 4G mobile hotspot. This device might appear to some as a Samsung rush job with a better handset on its way, but Verizon Wireless customers considering an Android smart phone should not dismiss the Droid Charge without a closer look. # Hardware Those searching for a compact device should probably turn elsewhere. The Droid Charge stands a little more than 5 inches tall, is 2.66 inches wide, and about 0.46 inches thick — it weights 5.04 ounces. Surprisingly, this phone is actually much slimmer and about an ounce lighter than both the HTC Thunderbolt and the [LG Revolution](https://www.skatter.com/the-lg-revolution-available-today-on-verizon-wireless-only-5-months-late/). When it comes to build quality, Samsung uses plenty of plastic which explains the lightweight design. While the Droid Charge is by no means flimsy, it does lack a premium feel which other device have. The back side of the phone has a glossy gray finish with as subtle underlying pattern and a shiny silver finish surrounds the sides of the phone for contrast. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/samsung-droid-charge-android-keys.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge - Android Keys") While the phone looks quite fancy as it leaves the box, the Droid Charge unfortunately attracts plenty of finger prints — expect to find yourself wiping it clean regularly. Other Samsung devices such as the Nexus S 4G also have a “chin” on the back side, but the bulge is more apparent on this device. With those complains aside, I should complement the unique bezel surrounding the 8 mega pixel camera and LED flash on the back which has a sharp Transformers logo shaped design. There are four physical buttons for Menu, Home, Back and Search below the display while a 1.3 mega pixel front facing camera and the ear piece are right above. Also on top are the ambient light and proximity sensors. A pin hole microphone is at the bottom and a speaker grill is on the lower back side. The micro USB port and a volume rocker are on the left side of the phone while the micro HDMI port and the power button are on the right. A standard 3.5 mm headphone jack is on top. Prying off the back plate reveals a battery pack, a 4G SIM card, and a microSD card slot. The latest generation of smart phones including the [HTC Sensation 4G](https://www.skatter.com/reminder-htc-sensation-reaches-t-mobile-on-june-15th/) and [Motorola Droid X2](https://www.skatter.com/droid-x2-by-motorola-heads-to-verizon-wireless/) now have dual-core processors, but the Droid Charge still runs on a single 1 GHz one. Including 1 GB of RAM would be great, but buyers will have to deal with 512 MB. I was actually impressed to find a 32 GB microSD card pre-installed and there is even over 1 GB of internal storage for apps. The Droid Charge lacks NFC, but it fortunately has a Bluetooth 3.0 and a GPS module. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/samsung-droid-charge-display.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge - Display") Although a higher resolution qHD display would have been nice, the quality of Samsung’s 4.3 inch 480-by-800 pixel resolution Super AMOLED screen is beyond impressive. Colors are rich and vibrant. Interface elements feel as though they pop out at you. While blacks on most screens are usually dark gray, the Droid Charge probably has the deepest representation I have come across. In fact, at times it is difficult to tell whether the display is even on during black loading screens. Devices with normal TFT LCD screens definitely can not say the same. The image quality looks much like the [Sprint Nexus S 4G](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-by-samsung-sprint-review/), but without contour curved glass. The ambient light sensor maintains the brightness at comfortable levels. Viewing angles are also rather impressive and using the phone under direct sunlight is not too problematic. However, I was slightly disappointed to find that there was just enough spacing between the display and bezel to catch dust. The same issue applies to the gaps in between the four standard Android buttons. The display is quite responsive and sensitive to the touch, which is always a plus. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/samsung-droid-charge.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge") With Android Ice Cream Sandwich likely making a debut any day, it is a let down to find the Droid Charge still running on Android 2.2 Froyo. The TouchWiz interface overlay is likely the reason for delay and Samsung will hopefully deliver an upgrade to Android 2.3 Gingerbread sooner than later. Unlike the traditional Android lock screen, the Droid Charge features a custom Windows Phone 7 inspired one. The custom home screen is flexible enough to accommodate everyone from lightweight to power users as they can choose to have just one window or up to seven. The interface zooms out when pinching two fingers together to get an overhead view of all the available screens. TouchWiz includes widgets for news, calendar, clock, stocks, social feeds, and weather. While these are well-polished, the style is a bit too childish for my taste. Most of the widgets are also too large taking up a whole home screen in many instances without smaller counterparts. I felt that HTC Sense widgets look fancier and sharper in comparison. The tray at the bottom has four icons with one reserved for the app drawer and the other three remaining interchangeable. TouchWiz continues to add random backgrounds to each icon for a fun look in the application drawer as we first saw on the [Samsung Epic 4G last year](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/). Rather than one long list, there are side-by-side pages for the grid view and users can rearrange icons in a custom order. Dragging down the notification bar reveals quick settings for WiFi, Bluetooth, GPS, Mobile Data, and Auto-Rotate — alerts are listed below as usual. While the level of customizations did not suit my tastes, I was glad to find that TouchWiz is not detrimental to performance. The entire interface is very fluid and runs without any hiccups. Droid Charge owners can choose between a default Samsung keyboard and [Swype](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) for typing. Of course, voice-to-text input is available as it would be on any Android device. The stock browser performs quite well and Adobe Flash 10.3 is available for web sites which do not offer HTML5 video. TouchWiz also provides social networking integration for Facebook, Twitter, and MySpace. My main concern with this device is the excessive amount of non-removable bloatware. Certain additions such as the alarm clock, calculator, desk cradle, visual voice mail, or voice recorder are not too problematic, but other ones can get in the way. A default weather app works, but better options are in the Android Market. Verizon also includes their own app store, a backup assistant, VCast Media, and City ID. A built-in chat client offers access to AIM, Windows Live, and Yahoo Messenger. ThinkOffice is one welcome addition for editing documents. VZ Navigator also comes with the phone, but I do not see why anyone would pay for this service when Google Navigation is entirely free. Samsung also includes a rather simple file browser app to manage content on your microSD card. # Multimedia ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/samsung-droid-charge-right-side.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge - Right Side") I am sad to have to continue on the topic of bloatware here as well. Samsung pre-installs Amazon Kindle, Bitbop, BlockBuster, Let’s Golf, Rhapsody, Rock Band, and Slacker Radio. There is also a Music Hub app which overlaps with [Google Music](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/) for those taking advantage of the new cloud powered service. Media Hub offers movie purchases and rentals, but I am not sure if people will use this with [Google Movies](https://market.android.com/movies?ref=skatter.com) heading to smart phones any day now. However, I do welcome the All Share app which allows streaming content from and to DLNA compatible devices. The micro HDMI port also allows playing photo slide shows, videos, and other compatible content on a HDTV. The built-in mono speaker is appropriately loud, but a stereo configuration would be nice. Plugging in a pair of headphones offers a better experience anyways. There is no FM radio unfortunately. Syncing content is easy with a microUSB cable since the Droid Charge appears as a mass storage device on Windows 7\. I did not have to install any drivers for those wondering. Apps for Hulu and Netflix are already on certain Android device, but neither are compatible with this one. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/droid-charge-verizon-wireless.jpg "Droid Charge - Verizon Wireless") Although having an 8 megapixel does not necessarily equate to quality photos, it is clear that Samsung actually went with quality components. Images are appropriately bright and color rich too. While the native Android camera interface on the Nexus S 4G was a let down, Samsung includes their own software on the Droid Charge. Users can easily adjust exposure levels, control the flash mode, among other actions. Some standard features include geo-tagging, a self-timer, and a few color effects. Capturing 720p HD video was rather impressive too. The Droid Charge actually has real-time focusing capabilities while recording unlike smart phones which require tapping to re-adjust. The LED flash can remain on for capturing video in the dark too. The only missing feature is probably a physical shutter button. In terms of quality, this device is rather getting close to the quality of an affordable dedicated point-and-shoot. Sharing captured content with friends and family through Email, Facebook, Twitter, or other services is also quite easy as it is on just about any Android device. # Video Calls Verizon Wireless may have demoed a [Skype app with video capabilities](https://www.skatter.com/after-a-long-wait-skype-finally-makes-its-way-to-select-android-devices/) at CES 2011, but it is still not available over 6 months later. While the Nexus S 4G comes with [Google Talk for video calls](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/), the Droid Charge will not have the feature until Samsung delivers an upgrade to Android 2.3.4\. Fortunately, a few third-party solutions such as Tango and Qik Video Connect are great alternatives. I placed a few quick calls over 4G LTE and WiFi with no issues. There was a little lag, but nothing worse than expected from a smart phone. The 1.3 megapixel camera is also clear enough to easily make out faces. It works great in well-lit areas, but suffers in low-light conditions. # Network Reliability ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/motorola-droid-x2-vs-samsung-droid-charge.jpg "Motorola Droid X2 vs. Samsung Droid Charge") Connecting to my router was no issue since the Droid Charge packs WiFi 802.11 b/g/n, however 4G LTE connectivity is more interesting. I had plenty of coverage in the San Francisco Bay Area with download and upload speeds both reaching over 20 Mbps at times. Even in areas with mediocre signal strength, I was still getting nearly 15 Mbps transfer rates. While the speeds are exciting, Verizon Wireless caps transferred bandwidth to 5 GB. A little math and at those data rates, you can technically consume your entire allocated bucket in as little as 30 minutes. ([See my calculations](http://www.wolframalpha.com/input/?i=5+GB+at+20+Mbps&ref=skatter.com).) Although I did not like the Samsung TouchWiz dial pad too much, placing calls was still easy and I had no dropped calls. With noise reduction built-in, callers on the other end could hear me clearly even when there were minor disturbances around me. This is great for those who do not have a fancy Bluetooth headset with noise cancellation — though there is support for those too. The built-in speaker phone was also loud and clear. I definitely enjoyed Google Voice integration after installing the app as well. Did I mention this phone supports simultaneous phone calls and data use when on 4G? # Mobile Hotspot I just about always end up needing internet access on the go. Even with a smart phone, there are times I need to use my computer to get online. While on a trip, I tried powering up the hotspot feature on the Droid Charge to find it malfunctioning. After a full reformat, it still failed to work. About two weeks later, Verizon Wireless shipped an over-the-air update which eventually resolved the problem. When it works, the Droid Charge lets up to ten devices simultaneously get online over a 4G network. The hotspot also works on 3G, but software limits the maximum number of users to just five. The app launches rather quickly, but it really takes a minute or so before the hotspot actually begins working. I was glad to find that the app supports WPA2 security and choosing your own SSID network name. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/samsung-droid-charge-left-side.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge - Left Side") During my week or two in use, I was getting about a full day’s worth of power with moderate mixed use of short phone calls, texting, checking emails, and browsing the web. Performing power-hungry tasks such as running Google Navigation or the 4G Mobile Hotspot will run down the battery in few hours. The capability of the removable 1600 mAh battery was about on par with Samsung’s claims for usage, but the 11 day standby claim is likely far-fetched. It is unlikely users will get more than two days if they barely touch their phone. The Droid Charge comes with a USB cable which can plug into a computer for data transfer or charging. The packaging also includes a tiny square AC wall adapter with a USB port for faster recharging. I should note that mileage may vary when it comes to battery life for others and especially those living in areas with spotty 4G coverage. Smart phones generally waste plenty of energy searching for networks. I fortunately had nearly 4-5 bars of 4G coverage at most times and never had to see the Droid Charge fall back to 3G. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/samsung-droid-charge-back-side.jpg "Samsung Droid Charge - Back Side") Verizon Wireless currently offers three Android smart phones with 4G connectivity: Droid Charge, Thunderbolt, and Revolution. Our review of the latter LG device is coming soon, but I would have to say the decision would be between the first two anyways. Samsung offers a slimmer profile, better battery life, and a nicer screen. On the other hand, HTC offers a fancy Sense interface which is quite important in many regards and a kickstand. Both devices lack the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread operating system and dual-core processors. Those urgently looking to upgrade will definitely like the Droid Charge, but be aware that the industry is on the verge of moving to dual-core processors. The ridiculous amount of bloatware is also a concern, but there is fortunately plenty of internal storage space for other apps. Those looking to buy one can find this phone online and in Verizon Wireless stores for $299 after signing a new two-year contract. And yes, the price is probably the other barrier. The HTC Thunderbolt is available for a $100 less. **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/store/controller?item=phoneFirst&action=viewPhoneDetail&selectedPhoneId=5642&deviceCategoryId=10&ref=skatter.com) | [Samsung](http://www.samsung.com/us/mobile/cell-phones/SCH-I510RAAVZW?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Hosting An Event Next Wednesday, We’ll Be There! URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-hosting-an-event-next-wednesday-well-be-there/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:08.000Z Earlier today, the folks at Facebook were kind enough to send us an invite for an event taking place at their headquarters in Palo Alto next week. While there is no official confirmation as to what is coming, plenty of rumors have already surfaced. It all started about a day or so after [Google+](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/) made a debut when Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg made a comment to a reporter from Reuters that the company’s Seattle office had [something “awesome” to show off](http://www.reuters.com/article/2011/06/30/us-facebook-idUSTRE75T55S20110630?ref=skatter.com). Some early speculations include a new [mobile photo sharing app](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-preparing-to-unveil-photo-sharing-app-for-iphone/) we wrote about recently. Although Zuckerberg showed little interest in the Apple iPad as he touted it “is not a mobile device” at [another press event last year](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-mobile-event-liveblog/), some rumors claim a tablet optimized app is on its way. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/facebook-july-event-invite.jpg "Facebook July Event Invite") The most interested speculation, however, comes from [Michael Arrington of TechCrunch](http://techcrunch.com/2011/07/01/facebook-will-launch-in-browser-video-chat-next-week-in-partnership-with-skype/?ref=skatter.com). He claims Facebook plans to launch a [Skype](https://www.skatter.com/tag/skype/) powered video calling service. The move would not be surprising considering that it would be a major take on Hangout in Google+ which is a free ten-person video calling service. After all, [Facebook chat is getting quite rusty](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-chat-why-do-you-still-not-work-correctly/) and it does not even have voice support yet for that matter. If the Skype implementation turns out to be true, it would potentially bring nearly the 750 million Facebook users to the video calling service which only has around 170 million so far. Microsoft would probably be quite happy too considering that they just [acquired Skype for $8.5 billion](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-may-acquire-skype-for-8-billion/). Anyways, we will find out what happens next week on Wednesday July 6th at 10 AM (Pacific Time). I will be at the event and will provide instant updates as always on Skatter Tech LIVE. **Links: [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) | [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Hulu Teams Up With Facebook For A Better Social Experience URL: https://www.skatter.com/hulu-teams-up-with-facebook-for-a-better-social-experience/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:08.000Z Earlier today, Hulu announced that they are teaming up with [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) to let users interact with their friends better than ever before. Although Hulu has long had profile pages and lets account holders add others as “friends,” the extent of the social experience was rather limited. Even the share buttons below each video were beginning to get rusty. The new Facebook integration made a debut earlier today, but Hulu rolled back on the new feature set due to several critical bugs. When the feature goes live again, users can choose to log on to Hulu with their Facebook account if they choose to do so. Hulu will even personalize the homepage for each use based on the interests of their Facebook friends. To promote connecting with Facebook even further, those who link both accounts will even get a free month of Hulu Plus. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/07/hulu-facebook-integration.jpg "Hulu Facebook Integration") Other new features include the ability to let anyone comment on any specific moment of a video and share with friends. Those on Facebook can jump straight to the exact position of the show and respond as well. This is a great move for Hulu since conversations will inevitably drive more traffic back to their site. More importantly, I think this entire integration is great for discovering new shows. While a list of popular shows might do the trick for some, a list of recommendations from friends has more value. Hulu likely hopes that customers will begin paying $7.99 for a monthly subscription once the free month-long trial runs up. Having all your friends taking advantage of the service is a definite motivator for many. I would not be surprised to see Netflix follow in pursuit with their own social networking integration as the company moves away from physical DVD and Blu-ray rentals and heads to an all-streaming service. Over the past few days, several rumors regarding either Google or Yahoo making an offer to acquire Hulu have surfaced as well. Hulu even finally got around to releasing an Android app for select devices with support for more on the way. There is definitely a lot going on at Hulu and I just hope the good news continues as someone who never wants to go back to cable or satellite again. **Links: [Hulu Blog](http://blog.hulu.com/2011/07/01/tv-just-got-a-whole-lot-more-social/?ref=skatter.com)** ### AV By AIM Brings 4 Person Video Chat To The Browser URL: https://www.skatter.com/av-by-aim-brings-4-person-video-chat-to-the-browser/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:16.000Z While there are tons programs for video calls, a new favorite of mine is [AV by AIM](http://www.aim.com/av/?ref=skatter.com). While I use [Google Talk](http://talk.google.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Skype](http://skype.com/?ref=skatter.com) for chatting with friends and family, I hate having to add people I do not know too well to my contact list. Having one-time disposable chat rooms with video support on hand is often useful. This is one of the reasons [TinyChat](http://tinychat.com/?ref=skatter.com) was a personal favorite, but video quality was never too great and the service has become rather bulky. AV by AIM is probably the simplest video calling solution I have come across. To get started, you just need to visit [AIM.com/AV](http://www.aim.com/av/?ref=skatter.com) in any browser with Adobe Flash 10.3 and hit the “Start a video chat” button. The video from you web cam will appear on-screen in just a few seconds. The website generates a unique short URL to share with others. Up to a total of four people can participate in a call at once. This is a bit less than the ten person capability of [Google+ Hangouts](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/), but it is at least better than Skype which charges an expensive monthly fee for group video chat. The interface also has a link to invite friends to join through AIM or Facebook as well. A settings button at the top allow for configuring your microphone and video camera too. While in a conversation, users can pause their video or mute audio. Although AV by AIM defaults to a portrait view, there is a button to switch over to a higher quality wide-screen resolution at any time. Of course, there is support for text-based chat as well. Messages from each person overlay directly above their window. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/av-by-aim-demo.jpg "AV by AIM Demo") While I probably will not use this for video calls with people I know or work with, it is great to have bookmarked for certain scenarios. For instance, it could come handy to potentially interview a candidate for a job. College students could take advantage of this to work on group projects with classmates they do not know too well. Since Adobe Flash is essentially the only restriction, AV by AIM will run in just about any recent web browser on Macs and PCs. Even if you do not plan to use this, feel free to give it a test drive. After all, there is no need to deal with registration! **Links: [AV by AIM](http://aim.com/av?ref=skatter.com)** ### Join.Me Makes Screen Sharing Super Easy URL: https://www.skatter.com/join-me-makes-screen-sharing-super-easy/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:16.000Z Explaining how to fix a computer over the phone every time family or friends need help with their computer is just too painful. I often resort to Skype screen sharing to walk them through simple procedures, but even that becomes too complicated since not everyone necessarily has the latest version of the program if installed at all. This is exactly why I was quite glad to come across [join.me](https://join.me/?ref=skatter.com) by the folks at [LogMeIn](https://secure.logmein.com/?ref=skatter.com) — the simplest screen sharing solution I have seen to date. # How Does It Work? Unlike most programs I have come across, join.me is very lightweight. In fact, the service does not really even require going through a configuration process to install. Just head to their website and click on the share button. A little downloadable app begins running nearly instantly on both Macintosh and Windows computers. A control panel pops up on your screen with an invitation code to provide others. Right clicking this generates a link too. Others can begin viewing your screen by keying in that code on the join.me website or by visiting your link. The best part? Those trying to view your screen do not need to install any extra software. It runs right in their browser assuming they have Adobe Flash 10 installed. # Some Neat Features http://youtu.be/g3WUBMtinK0 Even without a heavy footprint, this app comes with a ton of neat features. The service creates a conference call number and an access code to let people dial into a single room. A chat box lets everyone viewing your screen join in on the conversation and there is an option to send private messages to individuals too. It is easy to pause and resume screen sharing with a single click — great for when you have to type a password. You can also view a list of participants, send them files, and even give a person control over your screen. Yes, you can kick people out too. As someone with a multi-monitor configuration, I was glad to find that I could choose which screen to share. Did I mention mobile support? There are [Android](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.logmein.joinme&ref=skatter.com) and iOS apps for viewing. These apps do not allow taking control of a screen like [LogMeIn Ignition](https://www.skatter.com/logmein-ignition-for-android-review/) does, but viewers can still take advantage of the text-based chat. # Use Case Scenarios There are two perfect situations this tool comes in handy. First, this is perfect for when you need to show someone how to do something. Second, it is also a great for having the person on the other end invite you to a join.me session so that you can take control of their screen to help them out. I found that the screen sharing quality was actually better than Skype, which is rather impressive. There was barely any blurriness even on the mobile viewing app. # Other Details Even if you are dealing with tech savvy people, join.me is still super friendly and very quick to get running. Disposable chat rooms are a godsend especially since having to deal with adding usernames to contact lists is frustrating. Those who really enjoy the service can get additional features with the pro version such as a custom background, a personalized vanity URL, international conference lines, and much more. Aside from the few extra paid additions, which I think are quite unnecessary for the most part, the entire service is completely free. **Links: [join.me](http://join.me/?ref=skatter.com)** ### After A Long Wait, Skype Finally Makes Its Way To Select Android Devices URL: https://www.skatter.com/after-a-long-wait-skype-finally-makes-its-way-to-select-android-devices/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:09.000Z After a full year of speculation in 2010, things got exciting at CES 2010 when Skype announced its plans to offer an [Android app with video support](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/). Unfortunately, the company signed an exclusive partnership with Verizon Wireless limiting availability to the masses. Fast forward nearly six months and a Skype app with video support is still not available on a single Android device for Verizon Wireless. Although there is no official word, there is a good chance that the agreement may have fallen through. For those wondering, it is unlikely this broken partnership has anything to do with [Microsoft’s decision to acquire Skype](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-may-acquire-skype-for-8-billion/) for $8.5 billion. > “We are committed to bring Skype Video Calling to as many platforms as possible and are delighted to deliver on this with our new updated Skype for Android app,” said Neil Stevens, Skype’s vice president and general manager for product and marketing. “With approximately 30 million concurrent users logging into Skype at any given time and making up to half a million simultaneous video calls, Skype for Android with video makes it even easier for users to share moments with their contacts wherever they are.” Things took a turn for the better earlier today when the company issued a press release to announce their latest Android app. The entirely new revamped version supports person-to-person video calls over either 3G or WiFi networks on the HTC Desire S, Sony Ericsson Xperia neo, Sony Ericsson Xperia pro and the [Google Nexus S](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-by-samsung-sprint-review/). Those who do not have one of these four smart phones can still update to the new version from the [Android Market](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.skype.raider&hl=en&ref=skatter.com), but the video capabilities are hidden until Skype enables it. I was able to upgrade to the new version on the [HTC Sensation 4G (T-Mobile)](https://www.skatter.com/reminder-htc-sensation-reaches-t-mobile-on-june-15th/) without any issues and as expected the video capabilities are missing. While I unfortunately do not have one of the few video chat compatible phones, I should say that the new app is a major improvement over the older version even when it comes to the regular set of features. It remains running in the background without shutting down randomly. I can still make calls over 3G, 4G, and WiFi to both Skype user and traditional phone lines. Chatting or sending text message is fully supported too. The interface is also a whole lot cleaner and fancier with shortcuts for the contacts list, recent activity, the dial pad, and your profile. I just hope Skype continues to deliver with updates to support a wider range of devices soon. [Google Talk now offers video chat](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/) on select devices and will likely ship out of the box within a matter of time — a major potential competitor. While Skype already acquired [Qik](http://qik.com/?ref=skatter.com), other mobile video chatting solutions such as [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com) are already gaining ground too. **Links: [Skype](http://www.skype.com/intl/en-us/get-skype/on-your-mobile/download/skype-for-android/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Gmail Finally Gets A Much-Needed Makeover URL: https://www.skatter.com/gmail-finally-gets-a-much-needed-makeover/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:10.000Z For quite a few years now I have been constantly complaining that Gmail is the ugliest mail client I have ever encountered. It is cluttered, confusing, and the overall design just lacks the elegance and consistency of other popular websites such as Hotmail. For a while I even refused to use Gmail because of this, but as it continued to grow in popularity, I jumped on board. Today, I am proud to announce all of this is finally coming to an end. You may have noticed multiple Google services have been undergoing design changes to match the [modern look of Google+](https://www.skatter.com/google-review/). First was Google search, then Google Calendar, and now it is Gmail’s turn. So far, it is looking pretty good. The Gmail team [writes](http://gmailblog.blogspot.com/2011/06/preview-of-gmails-new-look.html?ref=skatter.com): > If you poke around you’ll hopefully find a lot to like and a much cleaner, modern look but also few rough edges. In particular, some Labs features may look a little strange in the new themes. We plan to fix these issues as we roll out changes in the coming months. You can also expect some updated themes that embody the same design principles but are better suited to working in a dark environment, use a different color palette, or include the illustrations that we know many of you love to see around your inbox. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/gmail-logo.jpg) It is true. The site is very sleek now. The folks behind Gmail have smoothed out all the gradients beautifully, making for a streamlined look that is much more pleasing to the eye. I also noticed that because of this, it is easier to focus on the contents of an email. The Gmail team also improved the organization of the options bar at the top of the inbox and cleaned up the footer area, which was previously drowning in unnecessary links and information. My only complaint right now is the large, odd mix of colors. With the blue Search Mail button, red Compose Mail button, gray theme, and multiple label colors, it feels a bit like Fischer-Price chimed in on the color scheme. That said, I am happy Google finally decided to give Gmail a revamp. The new design is not rolling out just yet. Instead, you can access the preview by going into Themes under Settings and then choosing Preview or Preview (Dense). They are both the same, but the dense version pushes all the content slightly closer together. ### Opera 11.50 Introduces A New Interface And Other Neat Features URL: https://www.skatter.com/opera-11-50-introduces-a-new-interface-and-other-neat-features/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:11.000Z With [Mozilla Firefox](https://www.skatter.com/that-was-quick-mozilla-releases-firefox-5/) and [Google Chrome](http://google.com/chrome?ref=skatter.com) leading the pack of browsers, other competitors such as [Opera](http://www.opera.com/?ref=skatter.com) often go forgotten. While the total market share of every version of this particular browser is smaller than just the new [Microsoft Internet Explorer 9](https://www.skatter.com/internet-explorer-9-now-available-for-download/) alone, it still has a lot to offer. The latest 11.50 update brings a brand new interface, performance improvements, and several other new features. # Speed Dial Enhancements http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BjYQRru46-I&hd=1 The speed dial feature on the new tab page has long offered quick access to favorite websites and it can now do even more. Opera extensions can now tie into these to provide fresh dynamic information. For instance a news website could offer a glimpse at a new headline or a weather website can show the most recent forecasts. These are a bit like widgets, but contained within a thumbnail. Opera no longer limits the number of speed dials and the interface automatically takes advantage of the size of your window. This is great for those with large high-resolution screens since they can see bigger previews and more items in a single glance. A slider allows for manual resizing and users can drag-and-drop to rearrange speed dials as always. # Password Sync http://youtu.be/LLbsXxQBEj8?hd=1 Opera Link makes it possible to keep bookmarks, history, speed dials, notes, and search engines synchronized across multiple machines. This is great for those who may have a desktop at home, a laptop for the go, and another computer at work. While this feature is great, there was one missing piece to the puzzle: passwords. Opera 11.50 makes this possible with just a click of a check box. Google Chrome already offers extension syncing and I am sure Opera will do the same in another future release. # A New Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/opera-interface.jpg "Opera Interface") Opera first did away with the traditional file menu bar as many programs have last year. The company continues to simply the browser with a new cleaner streamlined layout. Both the Mac OS X and Windows 7 editions feel like native interfaces without any odd deviations. My only complain is probably the status bar at the bottom which remains visible by default — Chrome, Firefox, and Internet Explorer have done away with it entirely. While tabs were once revolutionary for making web browsing more organized, things are beginning to get out of hand again as people spend more time in a browser. Opera takes a leap again with the addition of “tab stacking” which lets users essentially group sets of tabs. Expanding a stack reveals all the tabs inside and users can drag to take one out or add more in. I definitely think this is a feature I would put to use, but I would have to say that Firefox probably has a better implementation with ‘[panorama](https://www.skatter.com/4-best-features-of-mozilla-firefox-4/)‘ for a visual expose view. # Other Additions Those are not the only new features, Opera now runs on a new Presto 2.9 rendering engine meaning faster loading of web pages. [Visual mouse gestures](http://www.opera.com/browser/tutorials/gestures/?ref=skatter.com) make it possible to navigate with movements of your mouse. Of course, other great features for power users include a built-in an email client, a bit torrent client, IRC chat, and even a web server. There is a new version of the Dragonfly debugger for web developers and better support for HTML5 too. I usually have Opera installed for occasional use but have never managed make a full switch over for more than a few hours. The browser still lacks a comparable selection of add-ons and I it is disappointing to find that a haywire webpage can still bring down the entire browser. **Links: [Opera](http://www.opera.com/?ref=home)** ### Android Growth Continues, Over 500k Activations Each Day URL: https://www.skatter.com/android-growth-continues-over-500k-activations-each-day/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:11.000Z This morning, Google Vice President of Mobile [Andy Rubin announced](https://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/Arubin/status/85660213478309888) the company was activating over 500,000 new Android devices each day. This comes just a month ago after the [Google I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-a-look-back-at-google-io-2011/) conference in May, when company announced 400,000 new Android device activations per day. Yes, this means a 25 percent increase in just a month. And for those not keeping tabs, Google was only activating around 100,000 devices a day at last year’s I/O 2010 conference. When we last checked in, there were 310 Android devices on the market from 36 manufacturers and 215 cellular carriers in 112 countries — those numbers are probably larger too. With fragmentation becoming a large concern for many, I am also hoping to hear statistics regarding long-term support for these devices after Google announced a new initiative with several carriers and manufactures to ensure platform updates for at least 18 months. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-1.jpg "Google I/O 2011 - Venue (1)") Of the 100 million total activated devices (May 2011), 64 percent still run on Android 2.2 with Android 2.1 following with 21 percent. Only 8 percent of these smart phones run on the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread operating system. The most concerning is likely the slow growth of tablets since devices running on Android 3.0/3.1 only account for 0.6 percent. While the overall activation rate is great news for Android enthusiasts, I should note that the platform actually lost market share for the first time since 2009 last quarter. This was single-handedly due to the Apple iPhone making its way on the Verizon Wireless network. Google may regain some lost ground when Android Ice Cream Sandwich makes a debut, but it will have to face the Apple iPhone 5 later this year meaning potentially falling back even further. **Links: [Android Developer](http://developer.android.com/resources/dashboard/platform-versions.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google+ (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:00.000Z When [Google announced Google+](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-meet-your-newest-social-network-competitor-google/) just a few days ago, I was immediately skeptical about its success. Google has a history of failing in the social network arena. First there was Google Wave, then Google Buzz — and both flopped. Plus, Facebook’s immense user base means it is a huge challenge for Google+ to pose even a minor threat to the site. Luckily, I managed to get my hands on an invitation to join the service and make a proper judgment. I have been using it for about a day and I am ready to offer up some first impressions. # Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-stream.jpg) I am a design enthusiast myself, and therefore am a bit more critical with user interface and such in websites and applications. The first thing that came to mind when I launched Google+ was this could not possibly be designed by Google. It is actually very nicely designed. Everything is very accessible, yet the site remains clean and simple. Navigation for the stream, which includes the ability to filter activity by circles, and your added interests in Sparks are on the left. All the content is obviously front and center. Then to the right is a list of people in your circles, and the ability to start a Hangout. At the top, you can switch between the Home, Photos, Profile, and Circles views, as well as search for people. Google+ really shines when it comes to all the little things added to make the experience just slightly more pleasant. For instance, the Notifications view is fantastic. Upon clicking a specific notification at the top right of the screen, instead of being brought to a new page like on Facebook, the post loads within the small area. And if you are tired of receiving alerts for a post that is continuously updating, you can mute it so it is not a bother. Another small thing I noticed is when in other Google services, a sharing option is present now to post content straight to Google+. # Circles and the Stream ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-circles.jpg) I like the concept of circles. I especially like dragging and dropping people into these different groups. It makes organizing friends seem much less tedious. But circles go far beyond organization. Every time you share something in the stream — the equivalent to the Facebook news feed — you can choose exactly who you want to share your content with. Choose certain people, certain circles, all circles, extended circles, or the entire public. Extended circles mean everyone in your circles, plus all the people in their circles. Those who enjoy customization options will have a field day with this. The stream, on the other hand, is very bare bones. Sharing choices are plentiful with statuses, photos, videos, links, and locations. But not very much is showing up in my stream. Really all I am seeing is status updates, photos, and hangouts (more on those later). Sparks just offer a way to keep up with your interests without leaving Google+. There is no way to write on a user’s profile, though if you post something to the stream and share it with individual people rather than circles, they will receive a notification for it. Plus, for whatever reason, the stream does not show stories the way one might expect. Google+ orders them by recently updated. So if someone leaves a comment on a post from two days ago, that post moves to the top of the stream. I am not a fan of that at all, and I hope Google changes it soon. It is also worth noting that if you add someone to your circles, you are not automatically added into that person’s circles. It follows the strategy of Twitter instead of Facebook. # Hangouts ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-hangouts.jpg) I will just go ahead and come out with it. Hangouts is the killer feature of Google+. In a nutshell, it just a group video conference, yet it feels like so much more than that. You can start a hangout by inviting certain people or circles, or just by posting it to your stream and letting up to ten users join in. There is one main view that features the person currently speaking, and the rest display in smaller thumbnails underneath. Clicking one locks that person into main video. A text chat is available on the left side as well. I can see this taking off even further with celebrities. They can join Google+, post a hangout to their stream, and the lucky ten fans first to join get to have a live video chat with their idol. Some well-known people — albeit not exactly celebrities — started this last night. Vic Gundotra, the man behind Google+, started a hangout, as did Ben Parr of [Mashable](http://www.mashable.com/?ref=skatter.com). I happened to snag a position in the hangout that Justine Ezarik started, better known as [iJustine](http://www.youtube.com/ijustine?ref=skatter.com) from YouTube. Overall, it is insanely fun. If anything is going to aid Google+ in taking off, it is hangouts. # Mobile ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-social-network-huddle.jpg) Currently, Google+ has a native app in the Android Market while the iOS App Store is left hanging, though there is a web app. I spoke with former Skatter Tech writer [Sharath Shroff](http://skatter.com/author/sharathshroff?ref=skatter.com) to get some information on the mobile experience. The app seems snappy and stable, and includes all the main features of the desktop website except for sparks. Huddle is a group chat feature that mimics the functionality of BBM and iMessage and works well. Instant Upload is a nice addition to the mobile app. Any photos or videos you take are automatically uploaded to Google+ in a private album, where you can then choose to share them. While photos have their own hub, there is oddly no gallery for videos. So if you upload a video and post it to the stream, chances are it will drift off into oblivion after a few days. # The Future ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-press-session-2.jpg) So, now that I have given my pros and cons of Google+, I have to say I am generally impressed. I joined with the assumption that it would just be another Wave, but I do not think that is the case this time. I think the real problem with Wave was that Google took way too long getting it out to the public, so people just lost interest. If they manage to time this correctly, Google+ has some serious potential. Right now, the vast majority of its users are technology pundits, UI designers, and plain enthusiasts. As for Facebook, the website finally has some worthy competition. In no way is Google+ going to dominate in the social network wars any time soon, but in the future it could possibly give Facebook the fright it needs. Competition always drives innovation. So get ready, because this is only the beginning. **Links: [My Google+ Profile](https://plus.google.com/u/1/102711188062391960015?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nexus S 4G By Samsung – Sprint (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-by-samsung-sprint-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:00.000Z The Nexus S first made a debut late last year and Sprint finally got around to offering a its own iteration last month: the [Nexus S 4G](http://www.google.com/nexus/?ref=skatter.com). If the name tag did not give it away, the only new addition is support for the faster 4G (WiMax) network. For those not familiar, this is the second handset to carry the Nexus brand name. Google reserves this branding for flagship devices designed under their tight scrutiny to highlight the potential of Android. Although HTC built the original Nexus One, Samsung is behind this smart phone. Some may classify the Nexus S 4G as a developer oriented device, but it also runs a pure version of the latest Android operating system for an always up to date experience. # Hardware In an age of over sized smart phones, many will be glad to get their hands on this device. The Nexus S 4G stands 4.8 inches tall, is 2.4 inches wide, and 0.4 inches thick — it weighs just 4.5 ounces. This gives it an edge over other popular handsets such as the [HTC Sensation](https://www.skatter.com/reminder-htc-sensation-reaches-t-mobile-on-june-15th/) and the [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-htc-evo-3d-and-htc-evo-view-4g-availability/) with a slimmer profile and a lighter body. Unlike most smart phones with carrier and manufacturer branding on the front, the Nexus S 4G has a clean slate. In fact, there is no mention of Sprint anywhere on the body. For those wondering, Google and Samsung logos are still present on the back side. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/samsung-nexus-s-4g-touch-keys.jpg "Samsung Nexus S 4G - Touch Keys") The entire device has a glossy black coat, which does unfortunately turns it into a magnet for fingerprints. Be warned that you will find yourself wiping the device clean regularly. With that being said, it is probably the most comfortable device I have held to date. The curvature makes the phone comfortable to hold and it slides away into a pocket easily. One neat touch? The four standard touch sensitive keys on the front for Back, Menu, Search, and Home fade away when not in use. It is nearly impossible to distinguish the outline of the display when turned off since the glass has a mirror-like effect. The only other components on the front include the ear piece, a VGA camera, an ambient light sensor, and a proximity detector. The power button is on the upper right side of the and the volume controls are on the upper left side. The microUSB charging port and the 3.55 mm headphone jack are on the bottom. The positioning of the power button and the headphone jack are out of the norm since both are usually found on top. Prying open the back plate — which is essentially the entire back side of the phone — reveals the battery pack. There is no microSD expansion or micro HDMI output for those wondering. When it comes to horsepower, the Nexus S 4G features a Samsung 1 GHz Cortex A8 Hummingbird processor and 512 GB of RAM. This is a slight let down considering that the latest generation of devices including the Samsung Galaxy S II have taken the jump to dual core processors and twice the RAM. With support for the cloud-powered [Google Music](http://music.google.com/?ref=skatter.com), buyers can hopefully deal with the fixed 16 GB of internal storage. Bluetooth 2.1 with EDR comes standard. Other sensors include a g-sensor, gyroscope, and compass. This smart phone also takes a leap with Near Field Communications (NFC) support for technologies such as mobile payments through [Google Wallet](http://www.google.com/wallet/?ref=skatter.com). # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/samsung-nexus-s-4g-top.jpg "Samsung Nexus S 4G - Top") Although a higher resolution qHD display would have been nice, the quality of Samsung’s Super AMOLED screen is beyond impressive. Colors are rich and vibrant. Interface elements feel as though they pop out at you. While blacks on most screens are usually dark gray, the Nexus S 4G probably has the deepest representation I have come across. In fact, at times it is difficult to tell whether the display is even on during black loading screens. While the glossy coat is definitely a downside, the anti-fingerprint coating on the front is a huge plus. Smudges do still get in the way, but they wipe off very easily. The 480-by-800 WVGA pixel resolution is not problematic for a 4 inch screen, but a future Nexus device will likely add a lot more pixels per inch. The contour curved display makes the Nexus unimaginably comfortable to use for extended periods of time. I was glad to find that the ambient light sensor managed brightness perfectly too. Reading the screen under direct sunlight is definitely less of a struggle than with normal LCD displays. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nexus-s-4g-sprint.jpg "Nexus S 4G - Sprint") Diving into Android 2.3.4 Gingerbread on this phone feels quite unusual. It is not because there is anything wrong, but rather because I have spent so much time with customized versions of the operating system. Just about every manufacturer including HTC, LG, Motorola, Samsung, and Sony Ericsson add their own interface overlay for additional features. The vanilla Android operating system actually feels very different after going back to it after several months. If there is one feature I truly appreciate, it would be Sprint’s decision to chose not to bundle any bloatware. Even with over 50 apps from the [Android Market](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com), the Nexus S 4G ran smoothly without a hiccup. There are still five home screens and live wallpapers. Users can add shortcuts for apps and widgets for blips of information as always. Google now goes with a darker black default skin over the standard white theme. The slightly cartoon-styled icons are out of the picture in exchange for minimalistic green ones in the notification bar. Reaching the end of a list after a flick generates an orange glow as an indicator. Holding down the home button brings up the eight most recent apps for quick switching. The new default multi-touch enabled keyboard became an instant favorite as it now has a fancier look, impressive responsiveness, word prediction, automatic corrections, and an editable dictionary. Text selection is also easier with cursors for highlighting. Android’s powerful voice-to-text input felt faster than normal too. Accuracy also gets a boost with personalized recognition. For those who have not used voice actions, it lets users perform several hands-free commands including sending a text, listening to music, launching navigation, calling a person, emailing someone, bringing up a webpage, setting an alarm, or searching the web. # Multimedia http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LdwW8T7zftQ&hd=1 While the Nexus S 4G is not ideally a multimedia oriented device, it oddly became perfectly suited for just this purpose. It all starts with Google Music providing access to 20,000 songs on the cloud. Google Movies for purchases and rentals is on its way too. [Hulu](http://hulu.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Netflix](http://netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com), which are only available to a limited selection of Android devices, are both compatible with this smart phone. To top it off, Samsung even includes a pair of branded headphones with a built-in microphone and a multifunction button in the packaging. A set of stereo speakers would have been nice, but a single mono speaker will have to do. The audio quality is not too spectacular. In fact, I have heard better sound from HTC handsets with virtual SRS WOW Surround. As with any Android smart phone, syncing multimedia is easy. The phone appears as a mass storage device on Windows 7 without any additional drivers or software. There are even pre-created folders for types of media such as audio, images, and video. The operating system automatically recognizes and displays all compatible file types once unplugged. Those looking to read eBooks have access to a large selection from Amazon Kindle, Barnes & Noble Nook, or Google Books. # Cameras The native camera interface is a huge let down and it makes complete sense why manufacturers opt to replace this app with their own custom solution. There are many flaws in addition to just looking plain ugly. Snapping images takes longer than it should. Access to quick settings are available right on the view finder, but the organization is far from intuitive. In addition, I found that most of these settings are reset each time you open the camera app. The image quality is mediocre and could look better in my opinion. While not by any means horrible, it is easy to categorize snapped photos as a “camera phone” image. Samsung should have gone with an 8 megapixel sensor over the 5 megapixel one too. Buyers should not have to settle for washed out, faded, or grainy photos. The single LED flash at least helps in low light conditions. I was also slightly shocked to realize that the Nexus S 4G lacks HD video capture offering only DVD quality. I doubt that it is a hardware limitation considering that the Apple iPhone 4 is fully capable with a similar 5 megapixel sensor. Hopefully a future firmware update can resolve the issue. # Video Calls ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/google-talk-with-video-and-voice.jpg "Google Talk with Voice and Video") Nexus S 4G owners finally have an out of the box video chat experience — without having to rely on third parties — after updating to the [latest version of Google Talk](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/). Of course, there is voice-only chat too. Sprint allows video calls over 3G and 4G networks in addition to WiFi which offers plenty of freedom. The app takes advantage of the VGA camera on the front which looks fairly good, but do not forget that many smart phones already have better 1.3 megapixel cameras. I had a chance to test this feature with the Android 3.1 Honeycomb powered [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) and [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). The experience was smooth without any interruptions or glitches. While there are only a handful of smart phones that support this feature, keep in mind that Google Talk with video works on just about any computer with a web cam through Gmail in most web browsers. # Network Reliability Although the Nexus S 4G lacks hardware noise cancellation, the outgoing audio quality was actually very clear to listeners. Listening to callers on the other end was impressive as well with a crystal clear and surprisingly loud speakerphone. While the same speaker did not meet my expectations for music, it works perfectly for phone calls. Bluetooth headsets work seamlessly too. 4G signal strength was actually stronger on the Nexus S 4G than with other Sprint devices such as the [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) in the same location. I also noticed that this phone switches between 3G and 4G quicker than older devices. Of course, there is still WiFi 802.11 b/g/n too. This phone also comes with deep Google Voice integration. Subscribers can take advantage of visual voicemail and automatic transcriptions [without having to port numbers](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-and-google-voice-join-forces/). Yes, that means not having to deal with two phone numbers. All the standard features including forwarding calls to other devices, setting up custom greetings, blocking unwanted numbers, enabling call screening, and configuring quite hours are fully supported. # Mobile Hotspot With 4G enabled, I powered up the hotspot to find the feature not functioning. After some searching, I found that the hotspot only works on 3G networks — a horrible decision. I powered down 4G and the feature began working just fine. While 3G speeds might be enough for a device or two, having 4G is ideal for the advertised six users. In addition, Sprint limits monthly bandwidth to just 5 GB on 3G while leaving 4G usage entirely unrestricted. I would definitely recommend against paying an additional $29 each month when you can not take advantage of the 7 Mbps download and 1.5 Mbps upload speeds of 4G. I am just hoping that this is not a hardware limitation so a software update can solve the issue down the road. The Mobile Hotspot interface at least allows configuring WPA2 security, a SSID network name, and limiting the maximum number of simultaneously connected users. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/samsung-nexus-s-4g-ports.jpg "Samsung Nexus S 4G - Ports") Removing the rear back plate reveals a replaceable 1500 mAh battery pack. The phone comes with a USB cable which plugs into either a computer or the provided AC wall adapter. Android 2.3 Gingerbread even includes a detailed usage meter with statistics for the apps and components draining the most power. This makes it easy kill rogue apps or choose more energy-efficient settings. While there is nothing extraordinary about the capacity, this phone actually lasts longer than other Android devices with a more powerful batteries leading me to believe it has a lot to do with the inefficiencies of custom interfaces. Even with 4G and Bluetooth enabled, the Nexus S 4G will out last the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) which has the same operating system and processor. I would have to say that this phone can make it through a full day even with some decent usage unlike most other Android smart phones which often need a power boost half way through. Keep in mind that power-hungry activities such as Google Navigation, the Mobile Hotspot, or Video Calls will likely reduce the battery life to just a few hours. Browsing the web, listening to music, checking emails, sending texts, and other tasks are no challenge. The claimed 6 hours of talk time is quite reasonable, but the 17 day standby time is a far-fetched reality even if you turn off most features. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/samsung-nexus-s-4g-back.jpg "Samsung Nexus S 4G - Back") While Google touts the Samsung Nexus S 4G, this smart phone is hard to recommend with better options available. Although having the latest version of Android as it becomes available is a key feature, there are plenty of limitations for average consumers. The cameras could be better, it should have microSD expansion, and the mobile hotspot needs to work on 4G networks. Sprint offers this device for $149 after agreeing to a new two-year contract — monthly fees for an individual plan starts at $79\. Paying just $50 more gets you the HTC EVO 3D which has way more bang for the buck at the same monthly rates. Keep in mind that this phone still has plenty to offer and those still interested can pick one up anytime in Sprint stores or online. **Buy: [$49 on Amazon Wireless](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0050DDVUI/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Google Nexus S](http://www.google.com/nexus/?ref=skatter.com) | [Sprint Nexus S](http://sprint.com/nexus?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook, Meet Your Newest Social Network Competitor: Google+ URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-meet-your-newest-social-network-competitor-google/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:11.000Z After long speculation, Google is officially introducing the company’s Facebook [rival](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-s-google-smear-saga-continues/) today, named Google+. It has a number of unique features to the service. Plus, there is no sign up required for anyone with an active Google account. But is this really the Facebook killer we have been waiting for? Google+ has five different points of emphasis. The first is Circles, which lets you drag and drop friends into specific groups. Similar to Facebook friend lists, yes, but a lot of the sharing revolves around which groups the user decides to share certain bits of information to. Building upon Circles is Hangouts, which is really just Google’s fancy term for group video chat. In the stream, users can see who is “hanging out” and decide to join a hangout and participate in a large video conference. Hangouts may consist of random friends or specific Circles of friends. Sparks is the third point of emphasis, and it stems more from Google search than it does from the social aspects of Google+. In a nutshell, it is a mini search engine. The service encourages the user to search for things of interest and save them in a list. Instead of a standard list of results, Sparks presents different articles or videos the user can watch, read, or share. And using the list of interests, the results for each are accessible again at any time. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/google-plus-social-network-huddle.jpg) Finally, we have two mobile features, available on the Android Market immediately and coming to the App Store soon. Instant Upload plays up the fact that it is a tedious process to upload multiple photos from a smart phone. This feature will automatically upload any photos and videos a user captures and store them in a private album in Google+ for sharing upon the user’s own discretion. Huddle, simply put, is Google’s answer to iMessage. It combines text messaging and chatting into one and allows for group chatting from within the app. Circles plays a big role in this as well. Those five main features are the stars of the show here. Aside from them, Google+ does provide some more familiar features. A stream shows real-time updates from friends and a hub for sharing statuses, photos, videos, and links. Plus, each user gets an individual profile. The normal bar at the top of each Google product turns black when Google+ is active, and acts as full navigation for the services, profiles, and notifications. The Google+ project is currently available by invitation-only, but over time Google will roll it out to everyone. So — the question you have been waiting for — is this going to take down Facebook? I think for sure that it has more potential than any other competitor thus far. However, since Facebook reportedly now has 750 million active users, winning the battle will be an extremely long and painful challenge. Google+ is either going to fly or die. **Links: [Google+](http://plus.google.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Will Apple Really Launch Two iPhone 5 Models? URL: https://www.skatter.com/will-apple-really-launch-two-iphone-5-models/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:32.000Z When a random analyst decides to make a prediction on something in the world of tech, enthusiasts usually know to take it with a grain of salt. That is not quite what is going on today. Deutsche Bank analyst Chris Whitmore has everyone talking about [his speculation](http://tech.fortune.cnn.com/2011/06/27/report-apple-is-building-two-iphones-for-september-release/?ref=skatter.com) that we can expect not one, but two iPhone 5 models in September. More specifically, an iPhone 4S and iPhone 5 are coming. This tiny tidbit of information based on virtually nothing has generated an unprecedented amount of feedback. But does it really make sense for Apple to create a line of products out of the iPhone like they did with the iPod? When the first iPod launched in 2001, there was just one model available. It was not until 2004 when Apple released the smaller iPod mini that the singular product became a product line. Eventually, it expanded into the four models we know of today. The iPhone takes a different route. At WWDC 2009 after unveiling the third-generation device, the iPhone 3GS, Apple also announced they would keep the second-generation iPhone 3G on the market for a discounted price — just $99\. They followed this strategy in 2010 as well. This is what some might consider the iPhone “line”. The setup right now is actually perfect. The Apple community started talking up the possibility of an iPhone “lite” last year, but if you really think about it, the iPhone 3GS is the low-end model. It is only $49 on AT&T and runs the same software as the iPhone 4, but lacks the high-resolution display and front-facing camera, among many other premium features. There is no need to expand the iPhone product line. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/apple-iphone-3gs-att.jpg) The iPod needs multiple different variations because not everyone uses the same amount of storage. On top of that, certain customers want their music with them and nothing else. Others want more of a portable computer, so they opt for the iPod touch. The iPhone is a smart phone. People do not ask for a specific device to cater to their personal needs. They ask for an intelligent telephone, and that is what they get. Sure there are different storage options, but none of the features change. I really just do not see more than one iPhone happening. It would not even benefit consumers. If Apple were to release a low-end iPhone in September for a cheaper price, it would not be any different than it is now. If they were to release a more expensive, top tier smart phone, it would most likely drive up the prices of competing handsets. The company set the industry standard $199 price tag with the introduction of the iPhone 3G back in 2008\. It has not changed much since then, with the exception of a few new 4G LTE devices at $249\. If Apple created a norm once, they can do it again. Just to reiterate, all of this is based on something one analyst predicts. There is no inside information or tips, ergo, it does not have much significance. The only part worth remembering is that September release. The press has been talking about it for some time, and we now can now label the rumor for a September launch as credible. Also, they tend to throw around the iPhone 4S name, but I would not really look into it. Hopefully Apple ditched the odd name extensions for good with the iPhone 4. So what do I recommend Apple does? I think the iPhone line should be kept the way it is now: one central device and an older, but still valuable device at a discount. Never try to fix something that is not broken. Besides, imagine the competition between peers about who has the better iPhone and who bought the less important one. Just what we need, more people arguing over Apple. Although a large company probably enjoys that, it would still be an unnecessary business decision. ### iTwin, Secure File Transfers Evolved (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/itwin-secure-file-transfers-evolved-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:01.000Z Getting data from one place to another is by no means tough, but there are many drawbacks to the currently available popular solutions. For instance, flash drives could end up in the wrong hands when lost and these come with a fixed amounts of storage. Cloud services are another option, however these often have associated monthly fees and the risk of security vulnerabilities are not uncommon. [iTwin](http://www.itwin.com/?ref=skatter.com) hopes to solve this problem with a little gizmo for Windows machines which enables secure and unlimited computer-to-computer file transfers. # What Does It Do? The concept behind iTwin is quite simple. The little gizmo breaks into two halves with each end going into separate machines. For those wondering, it does not matter if the local computer and the remote computer are on the same network or across the world. Once iTwin establishes a connection between both, users can securely transfer files between each machine. Transfer speeds are only held back by the upload and download network capabilities of the local and remote computer, respectively. Since [iTwin](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004M7IAPY/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) directly ties into the Windows operating system, users can take advantage of the entire storage capacity of a computer’s hard drive or even external drives. # Getting Setup ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/itwin-explorer.jpg "iTwin - Explorer") I was quite impressed with the ease of configuration. After plugging the iTwin with both halves joined together into my Windows 7 laptop, I had to install a little program contained on the device. Although I was expecting a portable app, the application actually installs to and remains on your hard drive. Fortunately, it has a fairly small footprint and is easy to remove. Next, I snapped off one half and plugged it into another computer. I had to repeat the installation process, which takes less than a minute, here as well. For those wondering, this is not [Wireless USB](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wireless%5FUSB?ref=skatter.com) technology. iTwin merely takes advantage of your internet connection and establishes a link between two different computers for file transfers. The device supports Windows XP and Vista too. Mac OS users are left in the dark for now, but iTwin claims to offer compatibility soon. # File Transfers ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/itwin-center.jpg "iTwin - Center") I was quite glad to find that iTwin takes advantage of Windows Explorer through a shortcut in “My Computer” rather than going with a custom interface. Dragging files or folders into the local window makes those items available to the remote window. Unlike [Dropbox](https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-keeps-getting-larger-now-serves-over-25-million-users/), iTwin does not pre-fetch data instantaneously. Icons for available items appear in Windows Explorer on the remote machine, but users will have to wait for files to transfer over each time they attempt to access one or more. I found that transferring files over a local network is quite snappy. A 700 MB video file took just a few minutes to copy over WiFi. I tried this test again from a remote location and although the transfer speed was slower, it still worked like a charm. Users will be glad to find that it is possible to open, edit, and save documents on a remote computer directly from the iTwin folder too. This is especially great since the technology eliminates the need for creating multiple files. With that being said, I should note that iTwin is best suited for a single person. Having two people adding and removing files on both ends will not end well since overrides are inevitable. Just when I started to enjoy iTwin, I realized I need to leave the local machine on at all times. Setting aside the obvious fact that keeping a computer running is a huge waste of energy, the remote machine can not access any files if the local machine falls asleep. I hope to see a newer version take advantage of [Wake-on-LAN](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wake-on-LAN?ref=skatter.com) to make it possible for iTwin to wake up the computer when needed. Remote access tools such as [LogMeIn](https://secure.logmein.com/?ref=skatter.com) can already wake up a sleeping computer remotely. # Security Measures http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1EKAuMfJxpo&hd=1 Over the past few months, even some of the largest companies have had to deal with hackers leaking stolen data including personal information of customers to the masses. This situation has drawn heavy criticism to popular cloud services. iTwin fortunately circumvents this entire issue since their technology does not store any information online. The separable physical USB components are essentially security keys — it is not possible to access data without one of these. In fact, iTwin servers only help establish a link between the two pieces. Data transactions occur directly between the two computers. Did I mention encryption? During the initial configuration, iTwin generates a unique key for each half. Using that token, all file transfers take advantage of AES-256 to prevent others from viewing your information. iTwin also prompts users for an email address during setup and sends them a unique code. The company’s website offers a page to key that in from any browser to disable the connection between the two ends in the event that one piece is lost or stolen. Users who are still paranoid can configure an additional password for an extra layer of security. If you were to lose the remote piece, unplugging the local piece would also prevent anyone from access your files. iTwin offers replacement halves on their website too. According to documentation, users can apparently reactivate both pieces of iTwin even once disabled by plugging both parts back together and connecting it to a computer when found. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/itwin-single.jpg "iTwin - Single") While larger corporations take advantage of VPNs, the costs are expensive and getting setup is difficult. iTwin takes care of all the complications — buyers do not even have to deal with port forwarding even when behind a firewall for that matter. Another bonus? There are no monthly costs. Cloud services such as [Box.net](http://box.net/?ref=skatter.com) or [Dropbox](http://db.tt/Z0CXp5P?ref=skatter.com) offer a few gigabytes of storage for free and charge for additional space. iTwin has no bandwidth or storage limitations aside from the capabilities of your network and computer, respectively. I am confident many would agree that having a secure encrypted direct connection between two computers is safer than having to rely on a third-party too. With that being said, there are some concerns worth noting. If iTwin’s servers go down or the company does not stick around, this device becomes useless. However, keep in mind that the same logic applies to cloud services too. Going with a flash drive may sound affordable, but finding a secure one with hardware encryption such as the [IronKey we reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/ironkey-s200-review/) is just as expensive. iTwin is definitely a great investment for business users who need to have secure remote access to a large selection of sensitive files and would prefer not having to carry a copy with them to avoid a the risk of loss. This device is already available for a one-time retail price of $99 and those who shop around can probably find it for less. **Buy: [$89 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004M7IAPY/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [iTwin.com](http://itwin.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### RIM Is Hanging By A Single Thread: The “BlackBerry” Name URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-is-hanging-by-a-single-thread-the-blackberry-name/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:32.000Z Poor RIM. The media is bashing the company over and over again with no restrain. Common criticisms include the PlayBook’s utter failure and RIM’s incapability to keep up with advances in the mobile industry. I agree wholeheartedly. In fact, I was making these types of complaints a year ago while everyone else remained fairly confident that RIM could pull through. Fast forward to today, and it is not looking too good for them. If anything, their own poor decisions are what is bringing the company down. They [launched the BlackBerry Torch](https://www.skatter.com/rim-launches-the-blackberry-torch/) last August into a market heavily populated with Android phones and the brand new iPhone 4\. It has a comparably sluggish 624 MHz processor, a sub-par operating system, and an antiquated display resolution. At the time of its release, Android phones were already twice as fast in many cases and the iPhone 4 had the industry leading retina display. While hardware specs are not the only important factor, RIM was a flight of stairs behind in every category. This year, the company released the PlayBook, its first attempt at a tablet. It lacks native email, contacts, and calendar apps. Need I say more? But believe it or not, in the midst of all these downfalls, RIM is still hanging by a single thread. The “BlackBerry” name is the only thing keeping the fractured company from falling into a dark pit of failure and despair. Before I mock people who buy a BlackBerry mercilessly, I first ask why. “We are in a world in which the capabilities of these tiny smart phones seem endless,” I say. “You bought a BlackBerry. Why?” I get varying answers, but all of them have a central theme. It is a BlackBerry. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/blackberry-playbook-wifi.jpg) RIM has something special that other companies dream about having: a brand that is so well-known. Even as it now represents incredibly mediocre products, consumers still want to buy a BlackBerry. The average Joe really does not know what is going on with RIM. They do not know about specifications or software. All they know is the “BlackBerry” name is mainstream, so they dive right into the purchase. You might think RIM would take advantage of this immense privilege by actually releasing competitive products to give the name a boost. Finally, they are. A few BlackBerry devices are in the works for the end of this year and early 2012 with some nice specifications, which could be the silver lining. Unfortunately, by then it might be too late. RIM’s profit is already plummeting. During first quarter, it fell 9.6% to $695 million, down from $769 million for the same quarter last year. PlayBook shipments were poor too at just 500,000\. To compare, Apple sold 4.69 million iPads within the aforementioned time frame. And that is *sold* iPads, not shipped. All the evidence is very clear. RIM is not doing well at all. They can try to pretty up the statistics however they want, but the company faces some huge problems. People are already starting to realize the benefits of leaving their once capable BlackBerry in favor of an Android powerhouse or a slick iPhone. RIM is still hanging by that single thread, but it is weakening with each day that goes by. ### The Lytro Camera Aims To Revolutionize The Photography Industry URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-lytro-camera-aims-to-revolutionize-the-photography-industry/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:12.000Z A company by the name of Lytro is certainly garnering quite a bit of attention. They claim to have put the finishing touches on a technology with the potential to completely revolutionize the photography industry. The Lytro camera — not yet on the market — will be the first camera to ever capture the entire light field of a photo. The cameras on the market today require focusing on a specific point before taking a shot. Then, they capture the all the lighting for that focused area and count it as one source of light. Lytro defines the light field as “all of the light traveling in every direction in every dimension”. The Lytro camera can gather up all this light information, take the shot, and enable the user and even viewers of the photo to actually adjust the focus of the picture afterwards. There is nothing like this to date. Light field technology is not only for adjusting the focus of a photo. It dramatically helps in other areas of photography, too. When the camera is able to gather the entire light field of a photo, this information helps take a great picture in low light areas without the need for a flash. For many years now, camera manufacturers have been slowly improving low light sensitivity of photos by using larger sensors to decrease noise. With the light field technology in play, lighting is no longer an issue. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/canon-t2i.jpg "Canon T2i") The Lytro camera can also take sharp 3D photos. Granted, you will still need a 3D-compatible television to view them, but supposedly even without one, the third dimension is still slightly visible. The founder and CEO Ren Ng explains his inspiration for all of this: > This journey started for me eight years ago when I was in the PhD program at Stanford University. I loved photography then as I do now, but I was frustrated and puzzled by the apparent limitations of cameras. For example, I remember trying to take photos of Mei-Ahn, the five-year-old daughter of a close friend, but because she was so full of life, it was nearly impossible to capture the fleeting moments of her smile or perfectly focus the light in her eyes. So can Lytro really revolutionize photography with this incredible technology? I think it is more of an evolution. The issue is not many people realize that there is a flaw in cameras. Most are happy with the photos they are able to take with cameras today. Surely this is a breakthrough, but Lytro may need to do a bit of convincing and set the right price on their upcoming camera to make light field technology a must-have in photography. **Links: [Lytro](http://www.lytro.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### That Was Quick: Mozilla Releases Firefox 5 URL: https://www.skatter.com/that-was-quick-mozilla-releases-firefox-5/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:12.000Z Firefox 5 is Mozilla’s first major move in the [new rapid release cycle](https://www.skatter.com/mozilla-releases-firefox-5-firefox-6-into-the-wild/) for the browser. The company released Firefox 4 on March 22, and just three months later Firefox 5 is superseding it. To compare, it took about 21 months to get from version 3 to version 4\. Mozilla’s reason for switching to faster, stable releases is simple: > Mozilla’s shift to a rapid release development cycle delivers cutting edge Firefox features, performance enhancements, security updates and stability improvements to users faster. They are not the first company to make this change, however. Google started an insanely fast release schedule with the Chrome browser, delivering a new upgrade every six weeks. It might be a struggle for Mozilla to keep up with that, but every three months is still a pretty good pace. Firefox 5 includes a number of new features and improvements, but none of it is anything the average user will get excited about. Most of the changes in this version are under the hood. These include support for CSS animations, JavaScript and memory peformance improvements, and added support for standards such as HTML5\. As with any release, there are stability and security fixes thrown in too. Firefox 4 debuted an interesting feature called Do Not Track. In many ways, it is somewhat of an extension to Private Browsing, a feature now found in all modern web browsers. Instead of just not storing cookies and other data locally, the feature tells the website the user is visiting not to store data. Often times, websites collect this type of information to send to advertisers for more customized ads, among other purposes. Do Not Track attempts to put a stop to it. In Firefox 5, Mozilla made this preference more prominent in the browser. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/firefox-android-do-not-track.jpg) Along with Firefox 5 for the desktop, Mozilla also released a new version of Firefox for Android. The update has much of the same improvements as the desktop version, like support for Do Not Track and multiple fixes. Firefox for Android goes by the version number 5.0 as well, just like its older brother. Those who appreciated the big leaps from one version of Firefox to another probably are not too happy with Mozilla’s switch to rapid releases. The more noticeable features are often left out in quick cycles like this. The good news is that more frequent updates ensures the browser is modern and on par with other browsers in terms of both features and security. This might be enough to give Firefox’s declining market share a boost. **Links: [Firefox 5](http://www.firefox.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Firefox for Android](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/mobile/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nokia N9 Makes A Debut With MeeGo, First Windows Phone Device Coming This Year URL: https://www.skatter.com/nokia-n9-makes-a-debut-with-meego-first-windows-phone-device-coming-this-year/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:12.000Z At the CommunicAsia conference in Singapore, Nokia announced the N9 smart phone. Although many were probably hoping for a Windows Phone handset, this device runs on the MeeGo operating system. We took a brief look at its predecessor, [the Nokia N8](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-n8/), earlier this year and were quite let down with the software despite the impressive hardware. The Nokia N9 passes on Symbian, but the company still plans to release up to 10 smart phones with it over the next year. The new MeeGo OS appears to have one flagship tagline “swipe.” Rather than tapping or holding down a home key to switch between apps, users can simply swipe from the edge of the display to return to the main screen. I am not sure who came up with the idea first, but RIM does something quite similar with a touch sensitive bezel on the BlackBerry PlayBook. There are apparently three home screen views in MeeGo for access to apps, notifications, and social networks. > “With the Nokia N9, we wanted to design a better way to use a phone. To do this we innovated in the design of the hardware and software together. We reinvented the home key with a simple gesture: a swipe from the edge of the screen. The experience sets a new bar for how natural technology can feel,” said Marko Ahtisaari, Nokia’s head of Design. http://youtu.be/gfE3B6L-Otw?hd=1 While the marketing material and animations for the operating system look quite gorgeous, I am honestly more excited for the impressive hardware. After all, we already know that Nokia plans to ditch this operating system over the course of the next year or two for Microsoft’s Windows Phone. For starters, the N9 features a 3.9 inch AMOLED display with scratch-resistant curved glass and a polycarbonate body. An 8 mega pixel Carl Zeiss camera comes with auto-focus, a wide-angle lens, 720p HD video capture support, dual LED flash, and a large aperture for better low-light performance. Nokia includes voice guided turn-by-turn driving and walking directions, which do not require a constant data connection if I am correct. Audio quality also gets a huge bump with Dolby Digital Plus decoding and post-processing with headphones for a virtual surround sound experience. I am also glad to see that Nokia plans to include Near Field Communication (NFC) in this device. For those not familiar, this technology enables sharing information with other compatible devices when they touch one another. Real-life applications can include things as simple as transferring photos or videos, but the technology can also make secure mobile payments practical. [Google Wallet](http://www.google.com/wallet/?ref=skatter.com) is a great example and NFC is already built into some Android handsets such as the [Nexus S 4G by Sprint](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-heading-to-sprint-stores-on-may-8th-for-199/). Nokia also mentions using this new technology for quick and secure pairing Bluetooth headsets. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/nokia-n9-stack.jpg "Nokia N9 Stack") As for performance, the Nokia N9 packs 1 GB of RAM, runs on a 1 GHz ARM Cortex A8 processor, and is available in two largely deviated storage capacities: 16 GB and 64 GB. Other important specifications include a 1450 mAh battery, Bluetooth 2.1 support, GPS, WiFi 802.11 a/b/g/n, a 3.5 mm AV jack, and a micro USB port. This new smart phone will be available in black, cyan, and magenta for those wondering. We will try to get our hands on a device from our friends at Nokia soon, but the company did not provide a specific launch date and simply stated the device would hit stores “later this year.” Meanwhile, Nokia CEO Stephen Elop apparently stated that the company was pushing to make a Windows Phone device available sometime this year. Earlier reports originally indicated that the first device with Microsoft’s OS would not make an appearance until 2012. **Links: [Nokia Swipe](http://swipe.nokia.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Chat, Why Do You Still Not Work Correctly? URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-chat-why-do-you-still-not-work-correctly/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:32.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/facebook-logo.jpg) A little over three years ago, Facebook introduced Chat to the world. Every single user would soon see a gray bar pinned to the bottom of the browser window. From there, they can send and receive instant messages to their heart’s content without having to use other clients like AOL Instant Messenger. It also served as an access point for notifications back then, but these have since been moved to the top left of the page. As I pointed out above, the feature launched over three years ago. Facebook has given Chat numerous bug fixes, updates, and face lifts since then. I know you have been waiting patiently for a point to this article, so here it comes. I desperately want to know why Facebook Chat still is not working properly. As of recently, I find myself sending messages that apparently never get sent. They show up in the chat window, but when I refresh the page, it is as if I did not even begin to type. This is just one of the problems I have suffered through for three years, yet it is without a doubt the most annoying. If you use Facebook Chat, you can probably recall the time that entire conversations would erase when the page refreshes or when clicking on an internal link. There is also the time when instant message notifications would appear out of the blue. Oh, and how I can forget exiting a chat window only for it to magically reappear when the browser restarts? I would take the time out to write this article if these were minor, temporary issues. And I would not be so aggravated with the team behind Chat. But these are not minor, temporary issues. As an example, the problem with conversations being totally cleared lasted for months before Facebook fixed it. I am not sure whether they actually recognized the problem and just took their blessed time resolving it, or if it just did not catch their attention. The latter seems doubtful, because I have to assume the Facebook team actually uses Facebook. And I did my research — this was not just happening to me. Tons of users were having this problem as well as the others I mentioned. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/mark-zuckerberg-facebook-connect-with-people.jpg) So, not only am I here to rant, but I am happy to provide a few solutions for users having the issues with Facebook Chat that continue to haunt me from its very beginnings. If you received the upgrade for Facebook Messages that combines all the messaging on Facebook into one interface, you can use that to chat with friends. The inbox houses all the conversations. If you are still stuck on the old Facebook inbox or would like a different solution, try downloading [AIM](http://www.aim.com/?ref=skatter.com). AOL recently added Facebook Connect support to this popular instant messaging client, so all Facebook users can log right in and get chatting without making any new accounts. AIM is also available for download on iOS and Android. As for an alternative to AIM, the new [Skype beta](http://www.skype.com/intl/en/get-skype/on-your-computer/windows/beta/?ref=skatter.com) has built-in Facebook Chat integration as well. Please, Facebook, do not make me beg. Fix Chat once and for all. I want to [send](https://www.skatter.com/facebook-launches-the-send-button-takes-on-email/) and receive content to and from friends. Is that so much for me to ask? I use Google Chrome on Windows 7, but the problem persists in other browsers on other operating systems. It has been three long years, Facebook. Just get it right. ### HTC Flyer (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-flyer-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:01.000Z There are several Android 3.0 Honeycomb tablets already on the market, but HTC decided to launch the Flyer with Android 2.3 Gingerbread which is a smart phone operating system. Although most of these new tablets have a 10.1 inch display such as the [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) or the [Samsung Galaxy](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/)[ Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/), the HTC Flyer has a smaller 7-inch screen much like last year’s [Samsung Galaxy Tab 7](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/). This tablet also breaks away from the pack with pen input support for handwritten notes and a brand new tablet optimized HTC Sense interface. There is a lot the HTC Flyer has to offer and news about an upcoming software upgrade to the latest tablet optimized Android 3.1 operating system is exciting too, but there are several concerns worth addressing for potential buyers. # Hardware The HTC Flyer weights about .9 pounds (14.8 ounces) making it approximately as heavy as the similarly sized [BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-rim-launches-the-blackberry-playbook-starting-price-499/). The 7.7 inch height and 4.8 inch width are perfect for holding with a single hand, but the 0.52 inch depth makes the HTC Flyer thicker than other tablets such as the [Apple iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/) and Dell Streak 7\. Although not problematic, I felt this tablet was a bit too bulky for a 7 inch device. It would be great to see HTC push for a lighter and slimmer design in a future iteration. The front of the HTC Flyer is clutter free with the 7-inch display and a 1.3 mega pixel camera centered on top when held in a landscape view. The black border under the glass display creates enough space for holding without having fingers cover up screen. There are two sets of capacitive touch keys for Home, Menu, and Back actions — only a single set is visible at a time depending on the orientation of the tablet. A search key is notably missing, but a custom button to activate the pen mode is off to the right side. While most tablets have a flush frame, the edges of the HTC Flyer slightly wrap around onto the front side. Some may find it aesthetically unappealing, but it does offer a better grip. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-back.jpg "HTC Flyer Back") The back side has a silver aluminum frame with white matte rubberized plastic covering the bottom and upper portions. The plastic parts take away from what could have been a streamlined uni-body aluminum design, but they also form a great grip for each hand when held in a landscape orientation. The upper piece surrounding the 5 mega pixel camera slides off for access to the microSD slot. For those wondering, there is no removable battery pack. There are stereo speakers on the upper left and right sides of the back which is perfect for watching movies or listening to music. The power button and the 3.5 mm headphone jack are on top while a microUSB port is on the bottom. HTC includes a AC wall adapter for fast recharging and provides a USB cable for data syncing. The volume control is on upper left side. Other innards include a 1.5 GHz processor and 1 GB of RAM. The HTC Flyer comes with 32 GB of internal storage and users can add a microSD card (32 GB max) for additional space. Bluetooth 3.0 with A2DP stereo support enables compatibility for wireless headsets, headphones, and other accessories. There is unfortunately no HDMI output or DLNA support which is quite disappointing. The Flyer at least packs an ambient light sensor, accelerometer, compass, and GPS inside. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-display.jpg "HTC Flyer Display") The HTC Flyer features a 7-inch touch screen with a 1024-by-600 pixel resolution. This equates to a pixel density of 169 ppi making text and images look sharper than the 149 ppi screen on the [Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). Viewing angles are more than enough for comfortable use, but it still does not match the quality of the IPS displays Apple uses on their devices. Ambient light sensors manage brightness quite well ensuring the screen is easy to read. Even though the display can pump out an amazing amount of brightness, using the tablet under direct sunlight is still an issue due to reflection — a problem with just about any tablet. I also found that laying the HTC Flyer face down was safe since the edges wrap around the sides to prevent the screen from touch a flat surface. More importantly, this tablet truly stands out because it features pen input support. HTC includes a special digitizer under the hood to make this possible. For those not familiar, most current-generation tablets do not work with digital pens. I was even more surprised to find the touch experience unharmed despite the inclusion of this technology. Tablet PCs generally have odd-looking dull displays which is quite frustrating. Aside from a subtle grid of dots on the screen, it is nearly impossible to figure out that there is a handwriting aspect to this tablet. # Handwriting Tapping the writing button with the pen launches HTC Notes. This app makes several tools available including ones for a brush, crayon, marker, pen, and pencil. Users can also select different colors and choose from a set of thicknesses while jotting down notes. There are two buttons on the pen: one enables the eraser mode while the initiates the highlighter mode. The pen is also pressure sensitive which is an important feature for those who are artistic or simply want a natural feel. When I first began writing on this tablet, it was awkward and difficult due to the small screen size. After I put the Flyer to use a few times, things got easier and I soon found it comfortable to jot down notes during meetings. The HTC Notes app supports typing text, snapping photos, and recording audio too — it even syncs up with [Evernote](https://www.skatter.com/evernote-review/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-pen.jpg "HTC Flyer Pen") Staying on that topic, I should note that there are only three apps on the HTC Flyer which support the pen. Trying to interact with standard interface elements or even punch keyboard letters will prove unsuccessful. The HTC Scribe software will snap a screen shot when you use the pen with an app that does not support it. Those interested can of course draw over the contents of their screen and share the file with any compatible app. I was also frustrated to find that certain interface elements still require interaction with your finger even when the pen is active. The issues do not end there. This pen costs $80 for starters. It also requires a AAA battery for use. There is no slot in the tablet to stow the pen and HTC does not include a case with a holster for it either. Having to replace such an expensive accessory, which will inevitably get lost, is not fun. Justifying the price tag is tough. I think HTC should at least include a custom keyboard so that users can take advantage of this pen from within any standard Android app. # Operating System It is somewhat disheartening to see the Flyer running on Android Gingerbread especially when I began getting comfortable with the tablet-optimized Android Honeycomb on the [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) and the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/). With confirmation that HTC plans to deliver Honeycomb to this Gingerbread tablet, I am especially curious to see how things will work moving forward. For instance, the new operating system does not require the physical touch keys which are currently present. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TMY8m5r93mk&hd=1 Anyways, lets take a step back to examine the current state of things. When it comes to Android, just about every manufacturer includes their own interface overlay for a fancier look and additional features. Although I am a fan of HTC Sense on smart phones, the new version on the Flyer goes further than ever before. It has come to a point where the native Android operating system is almost entirely unrecognizable to the average person. In one way it is great that HTC is filling in the missing pieces with their own software, but others may cite the lack of consistency between Android devices. A tap on the power button and the Flyer presents the new lock screen. In addition to standard goodies such as a security puzzle/password and a “drag to unlock” animation, HTC Sense lets users select four shortcuts for instantly launching an app. The new home screen, which works in landscape and portrait orientations, features a 3D carousel with eight customizable pages. There are more out of the box widgets than ever before and each one is more gorgeous than the last. HTC Sense also brings new informative live wallpapers with beautiful graphics including one for weather. The notification drop down menu now includes a list of recently used apps and a tab for quick settings. There are even a set of high quality skins to re-style the entire interface and users can download more ‘packs’ as they become available from HTC. The native multi-touch keyboard is easy to use and voice-to-text input works wonderfully as always. There is little to no lag when switching between apps. For the most part, the performance on this tablet is better than with many Android smart phones. Although I would have prefered QuickOffice or ThinkFree, the HTC Flyer ships with Polaris Office for document editing and viewing. HTC Sense also upgrades the native browser, calendar, and email apps with an interface that takes advantage of the tablet form factor. I generally complain about bloatware, but I was glad to find a minimal amount on this tablet. I would prefer a totally clean install, but I do not mind that the HTC Flyer ships with apps such as Amazon MP3 or [SoundHound](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.melodis.midomiMusicIdentifier.freemium&ref=skatter.com) which I would install myself anyways. # Entertainment ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-flyer-tablet.jpg "HTC Flyer Tablet") When it comes to audio, the HTC Flyer supports AAC, OGG, MP3, WAV, WMA, and a few more. Video format support includes MP3, WMV, AVI, and XVID. As I mentioned before, HTC Sense does not include DLNA integration on this tablet as it does on the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/). The lack of HDMI is also a bust, but some rumors indicate that a software upgrade might enable that feature over USB using the new [MHL standard](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mobile%5FHigh-definition%5FLink?ref=skatter.com). For those wondering, there is no FM Radio support either. The Flyer ships with HTC Watch for buying and renting movies. The Reader provides a tablet interface for the Kobo app and the HTC Scribe pen allows making notations and highlights. My personal favorite was the pre-installed Press Daily app which provides access to a digital replicas of major newspapers from across the country. Although you can easily visit *The New York Times* for instance, it is always nice to browser through the layout of the hard copy with your fingers. Audio through the set of stereo speakers are decent, but nothing too outstanding. It is definitely by no means problematic, but HTC should considering including a better set in newer tablets. Those picky about quality should simply plug in a pair of headphones for a better listening experience. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-top.jpg "HTC Flyer Top") After snapping a few photos and recording a few short videos, I have to say that the main 5 mega pixel camera is rather lackluster. Considering that smart phone siblings such as the HTC Thunderbolt get the job done right, it is sad to see a wasted opportunity. Image stabilization is not too great and this is especially a problem since holding up a heavy tablet generally leads to unwanted movement. In addition to blurriness, there is a hint of grain which comes with each photo. Captured video has plenty of compression artifacts and is not as sharp as 720p video could look. Since there is no LED flash, quality in low-light conditions is poor. HTC Sense does at least provide a fairly decent interface for the camera. Just a few basic features include a self timer, ISO settings, geo-tagging, auto-focus, and face detection. Brightness, contrast, and other image adjustment settings are of course included. The HTC Flyer also comes with a Snapbooth app — much like Apple PhotoBooth – for capturing self portraits with fun effects using the 1.3 mega pixel camera on the front. Although this device runs on Android 2.3 Gingerbread, it still lacks [the new Google Talk app](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/) which offers video chat. Those looking to place video calls will need to grab 3rd party solutions such as Fring, Tango, or Qik from the Android Market. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-and-blackberry-playbook.jpg "HTC Flyer and BlackBerry PlayBook") With a fast 1.5 GHz processor and a smart phone operating system, I did not expect the HTC Flyer to last too long on a single charge. Fortunately, the 4000 mAh battery inside proved me very wrong. I found that this tablet lasts for nearly an entire week on a single charge with moderate use. Thanks to no 3G module draining battery life, this WiFi-only model is quite efficient. The Flyer definitely lasts longer than the Galaxy Tab 7 and only falls short of the WiFi-only BlackBerry PlayBook. When it comes to heavy continuous usage, I found that this tablet lasts at least 7 hours. The built-in power saving software also helps conserve energy when the tablet is not in use. For instance, users can define hours of the day when the HTC Flyer should enter a “sleep mode.” I was also glad to find that charging with a microUSB cable plugged into a computer is possible since certain tablets no longer support it. Of course, plugging into a wall socket with the provided AC adapter is much faster. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/htc-flyer-bottom.jpg "HTC Flyer Bottom") When it comes time to decide whether to buy the HTC Flyer, here is what you need to know. A lot of consideration and thought clearly went into the hardware resulting in a great, robust design. The HTC Sense software adds a ton of features and plenty of eye candy, but things are about to change soon as the company prepares to deliver an upgrade to Android Honeycomb. The pen accessory is probably the most notable and best reason to consider this tablet, but the handwriting experience is still pretty limited. Finding apps is fortunately not an issue since there are 250k apps in the Android Market. Owners will definitely appreciate the long-lasting battery and the only cause for concern is likely the mediocre camera. Those ready to pick one up can find the HTC Flyer (WiFi model w/ 16 GB) at [Best Buy for $499](http://www.bestbuy.com/site/HTC+-+Flyer+Tablet+-+White/2390524.p?skuId=2390524&id=1218332598563&ref=skatter.com). Other retailers will likely carry the tablet in a matter of time. Other iterations such as the HTC EVO View 4G is making its way to Sprint stores too. **Links: [HTC Flyer](http://www.htc.com/www/product/flyer/overviewb.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Throws In $100 Gift Card With Every Mac Bought For College URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-throws-in-100-gift-card-with-every-mac-bought-for-college/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:13.000Z Starting today, Apple begins its annual Back to School sale for all Macs. In earlier years, the company would throw in a free 8GB iPod touch with the purchase of a Mac for education purposes. This year they are doing things a bit differently. Instead of the iPod touch, every Mac now comes with a $100 gift card to spend on the Mac App Store, iTunes Store, iOS App Store, or iBookstore. It is mainly being advertised as for the Mac store, however the gift card is valid for all of these stores. In addition to the to the free gift card, students can also take advantage of the special education pricing on Macs which are available all year. The regular, white MacBooks start at $899, which is $100 less than the standard price. Or if you’re more of a power user, the MacBook Pros start at $1,099 and the discounts on all models range from $100 to $200\. I have to say though, when getting up to the over $2,000 range particularly for those 17-inch MacBook Pros, a couple hundred dollars off probably will not fill the void in your pocket. Finally, the MacBook Airs start at $949 with a $50 savings and the iMacs start at $1,149 with a discount of either $50 or $100. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-itunes-app-store.jpg) Apple surprisingly does not advertise this for whatever reason, but there is also some notable discounts on the Mac mini and Mac Pro. The Mac mini starts at $649 with a $50 discount, which is not much. The Mac Pro, on the other hand, starts at $2,299 but has savings all the way up to $450\. Yes, that 12-core powerhouse has that generous discount, bringing it down to the low, low price of — wait for it — $4,549. Although not too big of a deal, it is generous of Apple to offer a little aid to those on a college budget. In fact, Macs are the most popular computers among college students. I would say that the company made the right move to switch from a free iPod touch to a free gift card. Even though the iPod touch has a higher value at $229, chances are pretty good that anyone buying a Mac already has an iPhone or iPod touch. Plus, gift cards are much more flexible in choosing how to spend it. So those of you looking to take advantage of this offer, you have until September 20\. Spend on — in more ways than one. **Links: [Apple – Back to School Sale](http://store.apple.com/us/browse/campaigns/back%5Fto%5Fschool?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Preparing To Unveil Photo Sharing App For iPhone URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-preparing-to-unveil-photo-sharing-app-for-iphone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:13.000Z [Facebook](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) has always been a company that likes to compete. For a while, they had their crosshairs aimed right at Twitter. The layout of Facebook changed to put more focus on status updates and wall posts and less on photos and videos. This remained until they finally realized that Twitter is a totally different product. Facebook is really more about connecting with friends while Twitter is just more about broadcasting whatever is on your mind. Well, now it seems Facebook wants in on the mobile photo sharing craze. [TechCrunch broke the news](http://techcrunch.com/2011/06/15/facebook-secret-photos-app/?ref=skatter.com) this morning that Facebook is preparing to launch a brand new app for iPhone dedicated to sharing and viewing photos. A news feed will present all of your friends’ photos in one view. Album name, locations, and friends involved are all tidbits of information you can view alongside the photos. Of course, you can upload your own to join in on the fun. Facebook is also working on improving their web app for photo viewing. Facebook has not confirmed any of this, but they do not even have to. TechCrunch received the information, screenshots, and even documents with the plan for this app laid out in its entirety. It makes perfect sense for the company to jump in on mobile photo sharing in the hopes of scaring everyone else away. Facebook gets more photo uploads per month than any other website on the Internet. The next logical step is to expand that in any way possible. Although, they are dead mistaken if they think this photo sharing app will quickly eliminate the competition. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/mark-zuckerberg-facebook-mobile-approach.jpg) [Instagram](http://instagr.am/?ref=skatter.com) is an incredibly popular app on the iPhone for sharing photos. It is simple, elegant, and unique in that the user gets to add filters and other effects to the photo to add a bit of personality. Plus, the sharing options range from Facebook to Twitter to Flickr to Foursquare and so on. Facebook can not possibly compete with this. It is doubtful there will be many customization options, if any at all, and Facebook certainly will not support sharing to other sites. Other well-known photo sharing apps like [Path](http://www.path.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Color](http://www.color.com/?ref=skatter.com) have their own unique features as well. Path is for sharing photos to a very small group of people and Color organizes photos by groups of people and locations instead of albums. Facebook is going to have to rely on its most loyal users to make this photo sharing app successful. By that, I mean the users that log on to the computer every day, check Facebook, and log off without any expansion of their horizons. But there is still much more to come about Facebook’s goals with mobile photo sharing, so we will have to wait until then before coming to any conclusions. ### Sprint Announces HTC EVO 3D and HTC EVO View 4G Availability URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-htc-evo-3d-and-htc-evo-view-4g-availability/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:13.000Z After struggling to secure any truly flagship handsets, Sprint finally struck gold with the HTC EVO 4G as it became a record seller. Just a year later, the carrier is now back with an EVO branded smart phone and tablet: the HTC EVO 3D and the HTC EVO View 4G. Sprint first announced these devices at [CTIA Wireless 2011](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/), but notably remained quiet when it came to availability and pricing details. > “Sprint takes device innovation to a whole new level with the two newest members of the EVO family, HTC EVO 3D and HTC EVO View 4G,” said Fared Adib, senior vice president – Product Development, Sprint. “HTC EVO 3D provides our customers the ability to capture and view content in 3D and share at 4G speeds; HTC EVO View 4G expands on the capabilities of tablets by introducing the digital pen, and allows our consumers to do more.” Fortunately, the details are finally available. The HTC EVO 3D will hit stores on June 24th for $199 with a new two-year contract. With integrated 4G connectivity, subscribers need to pay an additional $10 each month for unlimited “Premium Data.” This equates to having to pay at least $79 each month for the most affordable voice plan and the required data package. The HTC EVO View 4G goes for $399 with a new two-year contract and will also reach stores on June 24th. Monthly rates for this tablet begin at $34 for 3 GB of 3G data and unlimited 4G. Sprint includes unlimited text/picture/video messaging and will apparently offer 3G-only plans as well. For a limited time the HTC EVO View will ship with a HTC Scribe digital pen which normally retails for another $79. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-view-sprint.jpg "HTC EVO View - Sprint") The HTC EVO 3D and the HTC EVO View 4G feature built-in mobile hotspots to let up to 8 Wi-Fi enabled devices simultaneously get online. There is no word on whether the software will limit the maximum number of connected users to 5 when on slower 3G networks, but we do know that Sprint plans to charge the standard rate of an additional $29 each month to enable this feature. We have known that the HTC EVO 3D runs on Android 2.3 Gingerbread since the initial announcement, but we now have confirmation that the HTC EVO View will get an upgrade to Android 3.1 Honeycomb when it becomes available. Until that happens, it will continue to run on Android 2.3 as well. Sprint Stores also open at 8 AM on June 24th for those looking to pick up either device on launch day. Customers can also opt to pre-order by purchasing a $50 Sprint gift card at any participating store. Skatter Tech will have an in-depth review as always, so stay tuned. **Links: [Sprint.com](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Launches Voice, Image Search Tools And Instant Pages URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-launches-voice-image-search-tools-and-instant-pages/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:14.000Z Google held a media event in San Francisco today to discuss their latest innovations in the field of search. The company originally launched many of the features coming to desktop for mobile use. These include Voice Search and [Google Goggles](https://www.skatter.com/google-goggles-augmented-reality/). The first of the announcements is Voice Search on the desktop. According to Google: > One of the technologies driving this growth is speech recognition. With Google Voice Search, you don’t have to type on a tiny touchscreen. You can just speak your query and the answer is on the way. \[
\] We first offered speech recognition on mobile search, but you should have that power no matter where you are. Google is already in the process of rolling out Voice Search on google.com. In the search box, a small microphone icon will appear on the far right. Click it to activate Voice Search and begin speaking. The company is also launching a similar feature on the desktop appropriately named Search by Image. It takes many cues the popular Google Goggles search on smart phones. But do not get confused with Image Search, in which you type in text to search for an image. Search by Image will allow users to upload a photo saved on their computer or drag and drop from the web and get results based on the content of that image. The icon to activate this will appear right next to the microphone icon for voice input. In my opinion, the star of the show today was Instant Pages. Building upon Google Instant search, Instant Pages will load a page from the results in zero seconds — instantly. Google does this by pre-rendering the most relevant results, and therefore the results the user is most likely to click on. Instant Search plus Instant Pages combined saves quite a bit of time when performing a search compared to other sites like Yahoo! and Bing. Instant Pages is only available in the [developer release](http://www.google.com/chrome/eula.html?extra=devchannel&ref=skatter.com) of Google Chrome right now, but will eventually make its way to the beta and finally stable releases. The fact that Instant Pages is a Chrome-only feature for a while gives competitors plenty of time to catch up with Google’s new additions to search. Bing tends to advertise its ability to pull relevant results and reduce clutter while Google often boasts about unparalleled speed. In terms of market share, Google is the clear winner, but both have more than adequate offerings. **Links: [Google Inside Search](http://www.google.com/insidesearch/?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: Nintendo Press Conference Recap URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-nintendo-press-conference-recap/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:14.000Z Nintendo’s press conference was by far the most anticipated conference of this year’s E3 because of Project CafĂ©. We on the Skatter Tech team were the third, fourth, and fifth people to be seated in the event, and had literally front row seats to the event held at the Nokia Theater in downtown Los Angeles. Here are some of the highlights, including brand new official details about Project CafĂ©, now officially named Wii U. # Zelda ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-2011-nintendo-zelda-skyward-sword.jpg "E3 2011 - Nintendo Zelda Skyward Sword") This year marked the 25th anniversary of The Legend of Zelda franchise. To celebrate, Nintendo kicked off its press conference with a live orchestra and choir performing the theme song to The Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword. This was followed by Legend of Zelda creator and Nintendo’s Senior Managing Director Shigeru Miyamoto going on stage and using them as his own personal iTunes, making them perform parts of the Legend of Zelda soundtrack. The real announcements began once the orchestra stopped playing. They started out with the news that in celebration of their 25th anniversary there will be a Legend of Zelda for all Nintendo consoles, with Link’s Awakening being available to download that very day. The Legend of Zelda Ocarina of Time 3D will be released next week on the 3DS, featuring normal and master quest modes as well as a boss challenge mode. In addition, a four player co-op Legend of Zelda Four Swords will be available as a free download. The featured news of the Zelda portion of Nintendo’s press conference, however, was that the highly anticipated new Zelda title The Legend of Zelda Skyward Sword, which officially debuted at last year’s E3 Nintendo conference, would be available on the Wii this holiday season. The game will be coupled with the release of a special new gold Wiimote. They concluded by further discussing the 25th anniversary celebrations for the franchise, including talks of having anniversary symphony concerts around this fall, and the development of both an official Zelda soundtrack CD and an anniversary CD. Finally, it was announced that users who register Ocarina of Time 3D with club Nintendo will receive a free official Zelda soundtrack. # Nintendo 3DS ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-2011-nintendo-something-for-everyone.jpg "E3 2011 - Nintendo Something For Everyone") ## Games After Zelda and a short speech by Global President of Nintendo Satoru Iwata about how Nintendo is striving to “create a platform that is equally satisfying to all gamers” through a new console that would be available next year (i.e. Project CafĂ©), the conference shifted gears to Nintendo 3DS, making virtually everyone in the audience groan in disappointment. Reggie Fils-Aime, President and CEO of Nintendo America came on stage and started listing some of the new Nintendo games for the 3DS, which include Mario Kart, Star Fox 64 3D, Super Mario, Kid Icarus: Uprising, and Luigi’s Mansion 2\. Some new features for these games include the ability in Star Fox 64 3D to see your friends’ faces when playing online, a three on three multiplayer action and augmented reality cards used to conduct battles in Kid Icarus: Uprising, and several new mansions in Luigi’s Mansion 2. They also announced the launch dates for these games, with Mario Kart, Kid Icarus: Uprising, and Super Mario due out during the holidays and Star Fox 64 3D set to launch this September. Luigi’s Mansion 2’s release date wasn’t officially announced, however, since Nintendo assured the audience that all of these titles would be available within the next year it’s safe to assume that it will come out in 2012, likely during the holiday season. A number of third-party developers’ contributions to the 3DS were also announced during the Nintendo press conference. Among them were Mario & Sonic at the London 2012 Olympic Games, Resident Evil: Revelations, Ace Combat 3D, Tetris, Cave Story 3D, Driver Renegade, Tekken 3D, and Metal Gear Solid: Snake Eater 3D. ## Virtual Console Services Another major announcement at the Nintendo press conference was that a new Virtual Console service is going to be added to the Nintendo 3DS. Opening up “a new library of games” for the 3DS, the service coupled with the eShop will allow 3DS owners to download classic portable games from both Gameboy and Gameboy Color straight to their handhelds. To tempt consumers, Nintendo revealed that a new Pokedex for Pokemon Black Version and Pokemon White Version would be available exclusively on the eShop (after installing the new system upgrade), which would allow Pokemon fans to start out with 16 Pokemon, explore their world, and find essential codes to truly catch ‘em all. Further sweetening the deal, it was also announced that for a limited time any user who downloads Virtual Console will get a free 3D version of the classic game Excitebike. # Nintendo Wii U ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-2011-nintendo-wii-u.jpg "E3 2011 Nintendo Wii U") Finally, a little over midway through the conference, Nintendo spit out the official name for Project CafĂ©: Wii U. A platform meant to enhance individual players’ Wii experiences (hence the name), Wii U is a console that features a brand new controller that looks a lot like a tablet with buttons. The new Wii U controller has a 6.2 inch touchscreen, two circle pads, a + control pad, gyroscope, L and R bumpers, ZR and ZL buttons, front facing camera, microphone, and left and right speakers. Some of the Wii U features include the ability to switch from Wii to Wii U controllers, being able to draw on the new controller, play only with the controller, use motion to control it, make video calls, send pictures and videos from the controller to the TV, choose between single and dual screen gameplay, et cetera. Iwata and Fils-Aime reminded the exuberant audience at the end of the trailer highlighting the Wii U’s components and features that it was not designed to be a portable gaming platform. This statement in and of itself raised just one of many questions we here at Skatter Tech have concerning the Wii U. There has been a lot of confusion since the conference about what exactly the Wii U is: is it a console or is it just a controller? Nintendo calls it a console, but virtually everything in the press conference focused on the features of the new controller. After a fair amount of debate, we’ve concluded that the Wii U is indeed a console and that there’s just heavy focus on the tablet-like controller. With regards to the controller, it is strange that Nintendo included a front facing camera but not a back camera. While a front camera is perfect for video chat, if a user ever wanted to use the Wii U to take a picture or show someone they’re video chatting with something that isn’t directly behind them, he or she will have to physically rotate the controller around. If they had included a back camera, they could simply switch from front to back cameras the way you can with the iPhone 4 and other smartphones featuring front and back cameras. Nintendo also neglected to tell us how many mega pixels the camera is, which makes one wonder just how good the quality will be. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-2011-nintendo-wii-u-controller-specs.jpg "E3 2011 Nintendo Wii U Controller Specs") Other questions unaddressed in the press conference are how long is the battery life for the Wii U, how far away the controller can be from the TV before it stops working, and what the pricing will be. Considering it looks like the Wii U tablet has many tablet-like features, which would drive the controllers’ pricing up (possibly as high as $200-250 per controller) and make it hard for the average family to afford to buy enough controllers for all family members. Since Wii U won’t be out until after next year, though, hopefully Nintendo will gradually address some of these questions over the upcoming months. All potential issues aside, the Wii U was very well received by the crowd at this year’s E3 Nintendo press conference, particularly when Nintendo started announcing the different gaming titles that are planned for the new console. Nintendo already as Lego: City Stories in development for Wii U, and additional planned games include Darksiders II, Dirt, Batman Arkham City, Aliens: Colonial Marines, Assassin’s Creed, Tom Clancey’s Ghost Recon Online, Tekken, Metro Last Night, and Ninja Gaiden 3: Razor’s Edge. EA has also officially partnered with Nintendo for the first time ever to bring EA games to Wii U. The most exciting announcement, though, was without a doubt the news that a future project Nintendo has its eye on is bringing Smash Brothers to both Wii U and Nintendo 3DS, and that the game will link these two consoles in some way. To quote Skatter Tech reporter Chris Tung, this announcement was like “telling a fat kid that there’s a giant cake in the fridge, but he can’t eat it for the next few months,” and while it’s incredibly frustrating, we will just have to sit tight and wait (as usual) for Nintendo to give us more details about this exciting new project. **Link: [Nintendo](http://www.nintendo.com/countryselector?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: Street Fighter X Tekken First Impressions URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-street-fighter-x-tekken-first-impressions/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:33.000Z Street Fighter X Tekken (pronounced “cross” not “ex”) was on [my must-play list](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-three-things-i-am-most-excited-for/) even before I stepped into the exhibit hall. I am an avid fighting game fan, and I always debated who would win in a fight: Jin or Ryu. Fortunately, Yoshinori Ono, Deputy Head of Consumer Games R&D Division, was present at [Sony’s conference](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-sony-playstation-press-conference-recap/) to introduce the epic crossover game giving me the chance to find the answer to my long pondered question. More importantly, he revealed that actual demo units were available at E3 so anyone could find the answers themselves. Once the exhibit hall opened, I immediately lined up to try out one of my most anticipated games of E3\. Here are my initial thoughts: # The Good ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-05.jpg) The best part about the game is the graphics. Building on Capcom’s recent fighting engine, SF X Tekken gives the characters and backgrounds the semi-cell shaded look that popularized the Street Fighter IV game. Somewhere in the middle of 2D and 3D, character models are rendered smoothly and simplistically. If you hate the way Ryu and friends look in SFIV, then there is nothing this game will do to change your mind. However, if you are like me and enjoy the animated look, then this fighter is a sharper version of an aesthetic we already know and love. Besides graphics, I really enjoyed the two-character system the game uses. It shares the same tag based format that popularized the Tekken Tag Tournament game. When one of your fighters is defeated, the round is over. This contrasts [Marvel vs. Capcom 3’s system](https://www.skatter.com/marvel-vs-capcom-3-fate-of-two-worlds/) where every character in your lineup needs their health bar depleted before a knockout is announced. The one-character-elimination that Street Fighter X Tekken is using makes gameplay a bit tenser forcing you to keep tabs on both of your characters at all times. [http://youtu.be/zy8Fa78TQq4](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zy8Fa78TQq4&feature=youtu.be&ref=skatter.com) On the topic of tagging, this game will also have both hard tags and quick tags that allow you to continue a combo. Hard tags are the basic switches that open you up for a combo from your opponent, but often times are crucial to prevent getting K.O-ed. Quick tags, on the other hand, allow you to continue your combo while simultaneously tagging out to your secondary fighter. Start by initiating a powerful stun move and hit the mid-kick and mid-punch buttons to switch characters, you can then continue your combo and decimate your opponent’s life bar. Even though this was anticipated, it was still awesome to see Ryu and King working together to claim the victory. # The Bad More weird than bad, this game will definitely require a fair amount of adjustment for fans of those that prefer Tekken over Street Fighter. We already knew it was developed by Capcom, and Katsuhiro Hada and his Namco Bandai team would only consult on the look of their characters. However, my experience today made it very clear why the game is being called Cross and not Versus. Before I picked up a controller, Ono and I discussed the necessary controller adjustments for the mash-up considering that Tekken characters use a four button schematic while Street Fighter players are familiar with the six button format. Ono stated that if and when you used a Tekken character, you could still use the four button system to control that fighter. However, once I started playing, I was a bit disappointed—[but not altogether surprised](https://www.skatter.com/street-fighter-x-tekken/)—that all of the Tekken characters now incorporated Street Fighetr-esque joystick movements. Kazuya alone had 4 reverse-quarter circle moves that made him perform roundhouse kicks or uppercuts. Anyone who even dabbles in Namco Bandai’s game knows that Tekken is built on a system of pressing left or right and punch or kick buttons to create combos. Yes, there is the dragon punch move that Kazuya and Jin both have, but characters like Julia never had moves like this. In the end, Kazuya felt like he was just doing his own version of Ryu’s Tatsumaki Senpuu Kyaku. This was more disappointing than anything else. Although I did not get a chance to experiment with other Tekken characters, it should be noted that hardcore Tekken players may not be able to instantly transfer their fighting skills over to this game. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-12.jpg) Speaking of the new fighting system, the speed of a fight felt like a half way point between Street Fighter IV and Tekken 6\. For casual fighters, this is pretty negligible, but for those that mastered the SFIV engine, there will be a period of adjustment. From my own experience, Ryu’s combos felt surprisingly heavy while Kazuya was definitely sped up. By no means should this be considered a breaking point for the game, but fans of both franchises will need to spend some time getting used to the gameplay before competitive tournaments start popping up around the nation. # Bottom Line Although the experience was a bit of a mixed bag, there was nothing incredibly disappointing from Street Fighter X Tekken. The fighting mechanics were similar to SFIV, which allowed me to jump right in. Plus, I already predicted that Capcom would implement traditional joystick movements for its Tekken character so I was not thrown for a loop. However, there was still the difference in timing as well as the overall awkwardness of the new move list that leaves me uneasy. In the end, the game felt more like an adaptation of the Tekken characters rather than an actual merger of the two independent ideas. Even though I am left wondering about how the final product will play, 2012 cannot arrive soon enough, and after today, I am finally eager to pick it up. **Links: [Capcom](http://www.capcom.com/us/?ref=skatter.com) | [Namco Bandai](http://namco.com/home?ref=skatter.com)** ### Reality Check: Text Messages Cost $1,250 Per Megabyte URL: https://www.skatter.com/reality-check-text-messages-cost-1250-per-megabyte/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:15.000Z It is no surprise that carriers make a huge profit off of text messages. In 2010, more than 72% of cell phone users sent and received text messages. The growing popularity has continued into 2011 without any acknowledgment of how much all of this messaging really costs. Until now. CNNMoney Tech did a little bit of research on this hot topic and [posted](http://cnnmoneytech.tumblr.com/post/6383879219/would-you-pay-1-250-per-megabyte?ref=skatter.com) the findings on Tumblr. They found that at 20 cents and a maximum of 160 bytes per message, one megabyte of text messages will cost $1,250\. If you are not familiar with the size of a megabyte, here is some information to put it into perspective. On AT&T, a $15 data plan for access to internet and other services on smart phones gets you 200 megabytes. For a 2,000 megabyte plan (2GB), it is only $25. To be fair, 20 cents per message is the standard rate only if you do not have a bundled plan. Surprisingly, only 51% of all cell phone users do have a bundled plan. It is much cheaper taking this route but still awfully expensive. AT&T’s offering of 1,000 texts for $10 per month totals out to $62.50 per megabyte. Granted that is far less than $1,250, but compared to the data plans above it is still extremely pricey. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/google-voice.jpg "Google Voice") So who can we go to for safety from the lucrative wireless industry? Believe it or not, Apple, Google, and RIM are all reaching out a helping hand in the matter. Each of these companies is either preparing or has already released a free messaging solution. For a while now, RIM has had its BlackBerry Messenger service, which provides free SMS text messaging between BlackBerry users. Apple [recently announced iMessage](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/), aiming to do the same thing for all iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad users in iOS 5\. Since Apple sold over 200 million iOS devices, this is immensely beneficial for a ton of people. Google has shipped Google Voice on Android for quite some time now, but the Wall Street Journal [reported](http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304778304576373860513481364.html?ref=skatter.com) recently that the company is also working on an iMessage competitor. It is worth noting, though, that Google Voice is quite popular on many platforms and is coming out with photo and video capabilities of its own soon. Once iMessage and the like hit the market, there is no doubt floods of people will quickly rush to downgrade their messaging plan or cancel it altogether. The reign of terror carriers have had on our wallets is finally beginning to end. Sure, they might try to jack up prices on data plans, but I suppose we will just have to cross that bridge if and when we get to it. ### E3 2011: X-Men Destiny First Impressions URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-x-men-destiny-first-impressions/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:33.000Z I am not embarrassed to say that I always wanted to be a superhero. Whenever a video game comes out that allows me to [exercise my fantasy](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-three-things-i-am-most-excited-for/), I have to play it. Unfortunately, the love children of comic books and video games tends to be pretty mediocre. However, every once in a while, a Spider-Man 2 or a Batman: Arkham Asylum arrives and proves quality superhero video games can be made. Going into Activision’s exclusive media hall at E3, I was hoping that X-Men: Destiny would be added to the list of great ones. Sadly, it does not look like that will happen. Here’s why: # The Good Doug Herder, producer for X-Men: Destiny, introduced us to a slightly different homo-superior universe than the one currently published by Marvel Entertainment. Professor Xavier is dead and the current class of mutants that once called Winchester, New York their home now head to San Francisco to start anew. From this point, the player will choose one of three new mutants—Aimi, Adrian, or Grant—as their main character. Although we were not able to really experience much of the plot, Mike Carey, of current X-Men: Legacy fame—is penning the main plot, which gives a lot of potential to the story. Getting an actual comic writer to tell their stories is always a step in the right direction. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/x-men-destiny-aimi.jpg) The most interesting gameplay feature will definitely be the X-Gene system. After pummeling enough enemies or upon discovery of a level up token, you will be able to upgrade your powers and gain access to new moves. Although this leveling mechanic is used in almost every action-adventure RPG, there is a second aspect to the system that brings some potential. Seemingly aware that three characters really does not give players a lot of room for customization, Activision included a gaming mechanic that lets you change your look and powers to make them your mutant tailor-made to your play style. You will be able to add up to three X-Genes from the cast of characters you encounter. I saw Surge, Juggernaut, Gambit, and few more recognizable names in the list. Moreover, if you can combine all three X-Genes from one mutant and wear their accompanying fan suit, you will get an even bigger power boost. We saw Aimi using Quicksilver’s fan suit and his three power traits to run circles around enemies. This mode definitely gives fans more choice as they develop a mutant that better reflects themselves. # The Bad Throughout the presentation, Herder’s main emphasis was that choices will affect your experience. However, when I pressed him if there would be more than one ending, he only said there will be “multiple choices and paths that lead you to different outcomes”. Unfortunately, that did not actually answer my question. What I believe will happen is that your decisions will determine whether you initially side with the Brotherhood or X-Men in your fight against the Purifiers. In the end, however, there will be a certain moment in the storyline that forces both mutant sides to align against their mutual human antagonist. This will give your character—boy or girl, Brotherhood or X-Men—the same ending no matter what your choices were before this inevitable climax. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/x-men-destiny-adrian.jpg) This would be similar to Activision’s Marvel Ultimate Alliance 2 where players could choose to register with or rebel against the government, but the ending was always the same. Although it was not a problem for that game, I could not help but feel cheated when this presentation ended. We already know that moral choices of your character should be crucial in guiding your story just like Sony’s InFamous. However, Cole’s adventure allowed you to move back and forth on your moral compass, and depending on what path you choose, your ending reflected your decisions. Herder’s lack of a concrete “yes or no” only hints at the inevitably “no”, but he just did not want to give the unfortunate news at E3. # The Ugly Regardless of his answer, I was already disappointed by what was shown because the game looked so incredibly dated. While Aimi was running through Chinatown, her model was presented in adequate detail. Other than that, I witnessed a poorly rendered version of San Francisco. Even though this was a pre-alpha version, Destiny is scheduled to come out in September 2011\. The developer’s only have three months to update the entire graphical world of Destiny if Activision wants to satisfy fans. Along with poorly rendered environments, the enemies were dull and generic. Mob enemies in a given area are the exact same with an added weapon to create some originality, but it was the boss battle that really makes me question the look and feel of the game. John Sublime, of Morrison’s New X-Men run, injects himself with Colossus’s genes and transforms himself into an ugly mutant-human hybrid. It would be fine if he was hideous, gross, and all together terrifying, but what we actually saw was a pixelated, streaky, and poorly rendered boss that was too easy to beat. Dodge his attacks while he lashes around, wait for him to slam the ground and get stuck, then wail on him for a few seconds. Repeat this formula until he dies. It is just too predictable and really disappointing. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/x-men-destiny-grant.jpg) On the subject of fighting mechanics, Destiny proves that the theme of the game is not choice but rehashing proven concepts. When Activision released X-Men Legends video games in 2004, they used an engine similar to Baldur’s Gate, but added their own flare that made the game uniquely enjoyable. From what I saw, Destiny’s fighting system will require you to mix light and heavy attacks to inflict damage, and you activate one of three mutant powers by holding R2 and then press one of controller buttons. Sound familiar? It is the same formula action-adventure gamers already know with very little innovation to make the gameplay worth your time. # Bottom Line As much as I wanted to love X-Men: Destiny, it looks like it will join the ranks of the other generic comic book video games. It does not look or play well, and even though the “choices” system seems promising, InFamous 2 already does it better. I hope they can make the necessary changes to prove my first impression wrong, but with only a few months away, it seems this is more Mediocre X-Men than Astonishing X-Men. **Links: [Activision](http://www.activision.com/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: Sony PlayStation Press Conference Recap URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-sony-playstation-press-conference-recap/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:15.000Z Sony held its PlayStation Press Event at the Los Angeles Sports Arena this year. All eyes were on one thing: the NGP. The device got a new name and an official price tag too. The PlayStation 3 has many new major titles heading its way as expected each year, but Sony also continued to tout the Move controller and 3D capabilities too. # Apologies ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-jack-tretton.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation - Jack Tretton") The past few months have been rather disastrous for Sony. [Hackers made their way into PlayStation Network](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-sony-details-complimentary-perks/) stealing credit card details, names, emails, addresses, and passwords. Sony Online Entertainment and other affiliated services also faced the same fate. Jack Tretton took the stage and immediately choose to “address the big elephant in the room” as he described the dire situation. He thanked 3rd party developers for standing strong and supporting Sony through the entire ordeal despite having to lose profits during downtime. More importantly, Tretton shared his appreciation to the millions of fans staying loyal to the PlayStation brand. # Uncharted ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-uncharted-3.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation - Uncharted 3") If there was one flagship PlayStation title in recent years, it is Uncharted. Naughty Dog is back with the third addition to the franchise, Uncharted 3: Drake’s Deception. As with every release, the graphics keeps looking better and hopefully fans can say the same about the game play when it makes a debut. Although built by another studio, Uncharted: Golden Abyss brings Drake to the new PlayStation Vita for portable experience. For those wondering, this game is a prequel to the Uncharted series for the PlayStation 3\. The developers at SCE Bend Studios also took advantage of the motion and touch capabilities the hardware provides for a unique experience. # Resistance 3 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-resistance-3.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation - Resistance 3") Fans of the Resistance series can enjoy yet another title on September 6th. The game now takes advantage of PlayStation Move for those who own the hardware and comes in a 3D version as well. Fortunately, Resistance 3 works perfectly in 2D with a regular controller for those who prefer a traditional gaming experience. A special bundle makes a Move controller, a navigation controller, the PlayStation Eye camera, and the sharp shooter available for around $150. 24-inch PlayStation Branded 3D HDTV ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-3d-package.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation 3D Package") Sony’s CEO emphasized that the gaming industry would push 3D into the living room. To give that movement a much needed kick start, the company announced a PlayStation branded 24 inch 3D display. One feature that stands out is a two-player full-screen mode which makes split screens a thing of the past. And yes, it does support 2D content too. There are also stereo speakers and a subwoofer inside. Most impressive might be the price tag of just $499 which includes a pair of 3D glasses, a HDMI cable, and a copy of Resistance 3 along with the display. Customers can purchase additional 3D glasses for $69 each. For those wondering, the active shutter technology requires recharging these glasses on a regular basis. Apparently a three minute charge provides three hours of use while a 45 minute charge offers 30 hours of use. # Other Games ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-game-lineup.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation - Game Lineup") Sony has Kobe Bryant from the LA Lakers appear to demo NBA 2K12\. [StarHawk](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/06/07/starhawk-watch-the-e3-2011-trailer-here-2/?ref=skatter.com) is a follow-up to WarHawk, which was a popular early multi-player PlayStation title. Although not new, LittleBigPlanet 2 will get some enhancements and support for the Move controller. Sly Cooper and InFamous 2 are also making their way to the PlayStation 3\. DUST 514 is an entirely new sci-fi persistent shooter. Star Treck, Battlefield 3, and Need for Speed on the Run are just a few more. We also had a chance to see a preview of BioShock Infinite which has been long-awaited. Trailers for Street Fighter x Tekken was a major crowd pleaser too. # PlayStation Suite ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-kazuo-hirai.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation - Kazuo Hirai") I was hoping to hear more about the PlayStation Suite for Android, but Sony oddly remained very quiet. There were no new announcements for upcoming titles or no new details regarding upcoming features. Kazuo Hirai touted how this new platform will open the doors to PlayStation for a whole new world, but they failed to say how. The press event also ended without mentioning any new compatible upcoming devices or even mention the Sony Ericsson Xperia Play. # PlayStation Vita ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-sony-playstation-vita.jpg "E3 Sony PlayStation Vita") And of course, the Next Generation Portable (NGP) is now the PlayStation Vita. The name alone should be a cause for concern as it is just a letter away from the notoriously infamous Windows Vista. I think going with the name PSP 2 could have been more recognizable. Setting my concerns aside, Sony made one big and bold move with pricing. The PlayStation Vita will retail for just $250 for the WiFi model and an AT&T version with 3G goes for $299\. There is no word on contracts or monthly fees for those wondering. This also means that Sony is likely taking heavy losses with each sale which is nothing new to the company’s long-running business model. There was no word on a launch date, but we do know that Sony will begin a heavy marketing push for the device at the end of this year. ### Reminder: HTC Sensation Reaches T-Mobile On June 15th URL: https://www.skatter.com/reminder-htc-sensation-reaches-t-mobile-on-june-15th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:16.000Z T-Mobile announced in April that the [HTC Sensation 4G](https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/) would head to their network this summer, but the carrier was mute when it came to a specific date. Fortunately, they came clean to reveal that the smart phone would hit retail stores on June 15th last week. For those not familiar, I would have to say that this is a device worth waiting to buy. It features the latest Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) operating system with brand new version of HTC Sense, runs on a 1.2 GHz dual-core Qualcomm Snapdragon processor with 1 GB of RAM, a 4.3 qHD high-resolution display, and an 8 megapixel for 1080p video capture. > “The HTC Sensation 4G’s already powerful performance is elevated by T-Mobile’s high-speed 4G network, offering customers quick download speeds, seamless Web browsing, and easy access to their favorite movies,” said Andrew Sherrard, senior vice president, marketing, T-Mobile USA. “The sophisticated and innovative design of the HTC Sensation 4G complements its rich entertainment features, making it a must-have for high-end smartphone fans.” The Sensation 4G also comes with access to HTC Watch for on-demand TV and movie rentals. HTC Listen also provides access to a large music store. Although some may call it bloatware, this phone also ships with T-Mobile TV, Qik video chat, and Slacker Radio for a better entertainment experience. Sharing multimedia with other device is easy since HTC adds DLNA integration to the Android operating system and the MHL-enabled USB port provides HDMI output too. http://youtu.be/aN\_ch48mGac?hd=1 Aside from the [HTC EVO 3D for Sprint](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/), this device is probably as premium as you can get. T-Mobile is ramping up its 4G infrastructure too with coverage in 184 markets for over 200 million customers. If you are a T-Mobile customer, this device is definitely worth considering. Skatter Tech will have a full review soon, so stay tuned for deeper look. **Links: [HTC Sensation](http://htc.t-mobile.com/sensation?ref=skatter.com)** ### How iOS 5 Affects The Entire Mobile Industry URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-ios-5-affects-the-entire-mobile-industry/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:34.000Z Apple announced the [latest version of iOS](https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/) just yesterday, appropriately named iOS 5\. It brings over 200 features to iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad. For once, I think it delivers a nice balance between brand new features and improvements or additions to current features. iOS easily claims the title as the most polished mobile operating system on the market, and this new update makes that title even more significant. It is not just the polish that makes iOS 5 stand out. The new features Apple is adding challenges other platforms like Android and BlackBerry. Even apps on Apple’s own App Store are in serious danger. Developers and companies affected by iOS 5 are just going to have to step up their game. # BlackBerry Messenger ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/blackberry-torch-open-sides.jpg) BlackBerry Messenger, or BBM, is a social service available exclusively on the BlackBerry that allows for free text messaging to other BlackBerry users. It has actually garnered a bit of attention to RIM recently, since it is fairly clear the company is out of fresh ideas. BBM is the only thing keeping the “BlackBerry” name relevant. Well, it looks like its day is already over. iMessage serves the same purpose and works between all iPhones, iPods, and iPads. Plus, it has much more potential than BBM ever had because of the substantially larger user base. It seems that RIM is in a tough situation. Current BlackBerry devices have poor specifications and less than adequate software that companies like Apple and Google are quickly taking advantage of. # Android ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-android-app.jpg) Android is the most popular mobile OS in terms of market share, but it is important to remember any individual Android phone’s market share is minuscule compared to iPhone. With iOS 5, Android is going to have to introduce competing features fast. There is no built-in reminders application, no free messaging service, no social gaming service, and the list goes on. And I will not begin to discuss the open versus closed debate. Apple may have taken a few clues from Android on their notification system, but the purpose is not to compete. Apple implements features the way they see fit and designs them to function at their full potential. # Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/01/apple-ipad-app-store-games.jpg) Unfortunately, Apple may have hurt the people who help them sell iOS devices the most: developers. Quite a few new apps that come bundled in iOS 5 kill popular third-party apps in the App Store that serve the same purpose. The most recognized out of the bunch is Instapaper. Instapaper is a popular service that allows users to save articles they find on the web in a read-it-later list. With Apple’s new Reading List feature in Safari, it appears Instapaper needs to fight an uphill battle. Its creator, Marco Arment, has an optimistic [perspective](http://www.marco.org/2011/06/06/safari-reader-and-instapaper?ref=skatter.com) on the situation: > If Apple gets a bunch of Safari users — the browser that works best with Instapaper — to get into a “read later” workflow and see the value in such features, those users are prime potential Instapaper customers. And it gives me an easier way to explain it to them: “It’s like Safari’s Reading List, but better, in these ways.” Another app named Wunderlist is a quick and easy tool for organizing things to do. It syncs across multiple devices and is completely free. What a coincidence, the new Reminders app in iOS 5 syncs across multiple devices and is completely free. Apple even challenges Facebook with the integration of Twitter in a number of apps. This makes it more likely that users will share content on Twitter instead of Facebook, since the operating system has tweeting capabilities baked right in. Hopefully developers of these apps will have the same positive view as Arment. # Carriers ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/att-t-mobile-acquisition.jpg) BBM is not the only thing iMessage affects. A lot of people, including myself, will be downgrading their SMS plan once iOS 5 arrives. Since so many people I know own at least one iOS device, a good sum of the messages I send out to my contacts will be free. Why should I give my money to the carriers — which happen to already rip us off with the large profit margins on text messaging plans — when I will barely use standard SMS anymore? You might think only AT&T and Verizon will take issue with this since the iPhone is not available on T-Mobile or Sprint. Keep in mind that people who own an iPod touch and a Nexus S 4G on Sprint, for example, still know plenty of iPhone, iPad, and other iPod touch users. # Consumers Ultimately, it is the consumers who win with iOS 5\. We get free messaging, gorgeous new apps created by the brilliant people at Apple, and a slew of new features not yet available on other operating systems. Now, Apple has to get the rest of the mobile industry to play along. Or do they? **Links: [iOS 5 Features](http://www.apple.com/ios/ios5/features.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: Ubisoft Press Conference Recap URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-ubisoft-press-conference-recap/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:16.000Z Ubisoft is celebrating 25 years and at this year’s E3 they showed consumers exactly why they have such a long-standing legacy in the video game industry. Cycling back and forth between comical mock eight-bit parodies of actual games and game trailers and demos, the Ubisoft press conference was both entertaining and exciting as they previewed this year’s lineup of Ubisoft games. Here are some of the highlights from the event. # Rayman Origins ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ubisoft-press-event-rayman-origins.jpg "E3 Ubisoft Press Event - RayMan Origins") Starting off the conference with a new addition to a classic franchise, Rayman Origins set the tone for the rest of the event. Running along the 2D side scrolling platformer with Globox, Rayman maneuvered through several obstacle courses and solved puzzles, including a tetris-themed puzzle of jumping on melting ice cubes shaped in the class tetric block forms in the live demo. The new Rayman will support up to four players in the multiplayer mode. Additionally, players will now be able to harm their friends through kicking and punching in order to sabotage them and collect their points, just like in Little Big Planet. It was a fun, quirky, family-friendly game that was very well received by the audience at the LA Theater in downtown Los Angeles. Rayman Origins is due out this upcoming fall. # Tom Clancey’s Ghost Recon: Future Soldier ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ubisoft-press-event-ghost-recon-future-soldier.jpg "E3 Ubisoft Press Event - Ghost Recon Future Soldier") The latest title in the Tom Clancey series, Ghost Recon: Future Soldier has been getting a lot of hype this year at E3\. Prior to the Ubisoft press conference, it was revealed during the Microsoft media event that Ghost Recon will be used on Kinect and that users can completely modify and customize their weapons through the gunsmith mode. Ubisoft aired both a preview trailer and a live multiplayer demo of the third person shooter, both of which highlighted exciting fights, graphics, and audio, all shown through four separate gaming angles. The exciting new feature, however, was the announcement of Tom Clancey’s Ghost Recon Online, an online version of the play that is “absolutely free” to users. It is as of now unclear just exactly what this means, as Ubisoft was a tad bit vague about the details regarding this aspect of the online game, however, it seems likely that users would have access to this free game by purchasing the physical Tom Clancey’s Ghost Recon: Future Soldier game, which is set to launch sometime in 2012. # Other Featured Games ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ubisoft-press-event-farcry-3.jpg "E3 Ubisoft Press Event - FarCry 3") There were several other games that were previewed during the conference, varying widely in genre and target audiences. Driver: San Francisco, which debuted at last year’s E3, made another appearance this year, along with another racing game Trackmania 2: Canyon, developed by Nadeo and published by Ubisoft. Other games include Raving Rabbids: Alive and Kicking, which will be used on the Kinect and features family-friendly games such as versions of Whack-a-Mole and “Fill the Shapes” and is due out on November 8, You Shape Fitness Evolved 2012 (also due out in November), The Adventures of Tintin The Game, the companion piece for the upcoming Tintin movie, and Rocksmith, a new music game which theoretically teaches players how to play guitar. In addition, Ubisoft also debuted Far Cry 3, a FPS, and Brothers in Arms: Furious 4. # Assassin’s Creed: Revelations ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ubisoft-press-event-assasins-creed.jpg "E3 Ubisoft Press Event - Assasins Creed") Ubisoft ended their conference with a bang by showing off their latest Assassin’s Creed game, Assassin’s Creed: Revelations. By far the highlight of the entire event, the trailer and demo of Assassin’s Creed: Revelations blew the audience away with the stunning graphics, intense video and game footage, and overall ambiance. New to the game is a hook-blade for an older-looking Ezio, which was used to both zip line between ships in the harbor as well as snag enemies and pull them closer for melees and other final attacks. Fighting is made much quicker and more fluid this way, and therefore much prettier to watch. The graphics themselves were gorgeous, both in the video as well as the demo, and the environment rendering was incredibly realistic at certain points. Assassin’s Creed: Revelations is certainly on par with its predecessors and will likely be a hit with Assassin’s Creed fans. Assassin’s Creed: Revelations is set to hit stores in time for the holidays this upcoming November. Stay tuned to Skatter Tech all this week for continued E3 2011 coverage **Link: [Ubisoft](http://ubisoft.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: EA Press Conference Recap URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-ea-press-conference-recap/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:17.000Z EA’s press conference at this year’s E3 was one of the smaller of the five press conferences going on all day June 6th and the morning of June 7th. While it may have been small compared to Microsoft or Sony, it certainly wasn’t a disappointment. With an hour packed full of official trailers and live demos spanning the majority of gaming genres, EA’s E3 2011 press conference for the most part excited EA fans and left them wanting more. Here are just some of the highlights of the event. # Mass Effect 3 EA wasted no time warming the crowd up and started the conference immediately with Mass Effect 3\. While this game was also featured in the Microsoft media briefing earlier today where it was announced that Mass Effect could be played on the Kinect for Xbox 360 and will feature dialogue options using a new voice command option, EA offered viewers a chance to see both a trailer as well as a live demo of actual gaming footage. The game is unmistakably darker than the previous two titles, which is understandable seeing as the plot of Mass Effect 3 features a full scale intergalactic war. The graphics were on par with its predecessors and the footage we were shown was equally exciting, if not more so. Based on what we at Skatter Tech saw as well as how it was received by the audience at the Orpheum Theater, Mass Effect fans will not be disappointed by the third chapter of this trilogy. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ea-press-conference-mass-effect-3.jpg "E3 EA Press Conference Mass Effect 3") Mass Effect 3 is set to launch on March 6, 2012. # EA Sports EA has built a reputation for being one of the best (if not the best) sports game authorities in the gaming industries, and it certainly lived up to this reputation at this E3\. EA previewed three new additions to established sports gaming giants: SSX, FIFA 12, and Madden 12\. It was announced that SSX will have three new modes, Race It, Trick It, and Survive It, and that the courses were all developed based on satellite imagery taken of different famous slopes around the world. EA also said that the character Kaori will be back along with another soon to be revealed character. This character will be announced before the end of E3, so be sure to stay tuned for future updates. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ea-press-conference-fifa-12.jpg "E3 EA Press Conference FIFA 12") EA ended their sports group with Madden 12, which looks similar to the recent Madden titles released in the past few years and was promoted by pro-football players Ray Lewis, Peyton Hillis, and Clay Matthews. The biggest debut for EA Sports, however, was undoubtedly FIFA 12\. The newest soccer game has several new features to make game play more true to life, including tactical defending, precision dribbling, and player impact engine. Coupled with this was the announcement of the new EA Sports Football Club, a live service that allows users to connect and compete with one another, choose their favorite clubs, find out which of their friends is playing and how well. Additionally the service will link across all FIFA games, effectively fueling FIFA users’ identities as virtual soccer/football players. Most importantly, though, is that there will be no additional charge for EA Sports Football Club. # Other Featured Games ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ea-press-conference-sims-social.jpg "E3 EA Press Conference - SIMS Social") There were several other games featured in the conference today. These include Need for Speed: The Run, which will feature out of car play (e.g. foot chases) for the first time ever, Star Wars: Old Republic, whose teaser trailer seemed to be a re-worked version of the debut trailer at last year’s E3 showing the same forest battle footage, and Kingdoms of Amalur Reckoning, an MPMORPG. Other headliners were Overstrike by Insomniac, an action adventure game that had a lot of hype around it and featured interesting characters but gave the impression at a glance of being slightly lackluster in terms of plot, and The Sims Social, which will officially bring The Sims to Facebook for the first time ever. # Battlefield 3 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-ea-press-conference-battlefield-3.jpg "E3 EA Press Conference Battlefield 3") While there were many notable moments in the EA press conference, the highlight was undoubtedly the grand finale when EA previewed Battlefield 3\. The eleventh title in the Battlefield series with maps in Sarajevo, New York, Oman, Wake Island, Paris, Tehran, and Sulaymaniyah, this new FPS uses the new Frostbite 2 engine, allowing it to provide more advanced visuals and audio than ever before. This was obvious as soon as the trailer and later the multiplayer campaign demo began playing. The footage was visually stunning, and it was obvious that the designers had paid careful attention to even minute details. For instance, during a tank fire fight there is a brief shot of a white plastic garden chair sitting alone in the middle of the debris and as a shell is fired from the tank the chair wobbles then tips backwards, creating an eerie representation of the destruction and mayhem going on in that moment of the game. This is something that many other games in my personal experience neglect to do and as I watched it I couldn’t help but being impressed. The audio was stellar as well, and there were definitely times where you couldn’t keep from feeling like you really were in an active war zone. Battlefield 3 will hit stories on October 25, 2011. Stay tuned to Skatter Tech all this week for continued E3 2011 coverage. **Link: [EA](http://www.ea.com/?ref=skatter.com)**[](http://www.ea.com/?ref=skatter.com) ### E3 2011: Microsoft Press Conference Recap URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-microsoft-press-conference-recap/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:17.000Z The Skatter Tech team woke up at 5:30 sharp to prepare for the Xbox 360 media briefing. Held at the Galen Center in sunny Los Angeles, the event was the [first major press event](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-nintendo-and-sony-hosting-press-events-at-e3-2011-well-be-there/) to begin the hectic E3 week. Interestingly enough, it was also the best showing by any developer today. Although there were a lot of great games that took the stage, here are the most promising moments from the Microsoft E3 2011 event: # CoD: Modern Warfare 3 and Gears of War 3 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-modern-warfare-3.jpg) As expected, Infinity Ward’s Modern Warfare 3 and Epic Games’ Gears of War 3 appeared early on in Microsoft’s event to whet player’s appetite. MW3 showed what looked to be the first mission of the game. You start by swimming under water and setting explosives to blow up a ship. From that point, you take an inflated raft to your next location while firing at enemies. The environment seems bleaker than last time, but the gameplay is the same first person shooter action that fans know and love. Although they did not comment on the rumor that the online mode will be a pay-play service, I will ask a floor representative tomorrow for a confirmation. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-press-event-gears-of-war-3.jpg) Chris Bleszinski, Design Director, and Ice-T, rapper and voice over actor, took the stage to demo live gameplay footage of Gears of War 3\. Although nothing looked different, that was not necessarily a bad thing. Gears will have the same tone and violence that is expected plus bigger and badder monsters will be around to terrorize Fenix and his squad. Get your guns ready; there is a lot of killing in our futures. # Innovative Uses of Kinect in Gaming Yesterday, we posted an article about what [might be in store for Microsoft](https://www.skatter.com/whats-in-store-for-kinect-at-e3-2011/) at E3\. Originally, we speculated that Kinect Star Wars would be the most promising use of the motion controller, and it could possibly steal the show. However, we were pleasantly surprised that more developers announced they will use the device this year in order to give players the most immersive gaming experience to date. In the end, it was not the Jedi’s that captured my attention. Instead, it was Tom Clancy’s Ghost Recon Gunsmith mode and Mass Effect 3’s overall use of voice recognition that really impressed me. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-press-event-ghost-recon.jpg) Although games like Disneyland Adventure or Sesame Street Once Upon a Monster represented great ways to bring in younger gamers without the barrier of a controller, I found myself wanting more especially because of the [augmented reality applications](https://www.skatter.com/a-year-later-3-reasons-why-xbox-kinect-is-better-than-the-playstation-move/) already being developed. Thankfully, Ghost Recon blends the motion controls in a way that is similar to these party games but incorporates them in unique ways. In the Gunsmith mode, you can spin your firearm with your hands and make the perfect weapon without a physical controller. In fact, if you want to quickly change the range of your gun for a particular fire fights, just say “short range” or “long range”. Kinect will understand your command and edit your gun to the mode you requested. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-press-event-mass-effect-3.jpg) For Mass Effect 3, voice recognition reaches a whole new level. You will be able to speak the dialogue choices that Shephard will encounter putting the player right into the mind and soul of our hero. His voice is your voice. In regards to the battle mechanics, you can now announce your tactics, and your squad will respond accordingly. Although these two additions are not essential to BioWare’s space epic, they provide new ways for player’s to experience a video game on a more personal level. # New Additions to the Xbox Experience ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-press-event-bing.jpg) However, video game developers are not the only companies implementing motion and voice controls into their user experiences. In one of the biggest announcements of the day, Marc Whitten, Corporate Vice President, revealed that Bing, YouTube, and Xbox Live TV will be available for Xbox consoles everywhere. What is especially interesting about the search engine plus Kinect combination is that remote free television is now a more affordable reality. At the event, they searched X-Men, and in a matter of moments, every video game, film, and comic strip that was associated with the franchise was available. Then, all you had to do was say “X-Men 2”, and the film would start playing. It seemed incredibly intuitive, and a great way to introduce non-gamers to the simplicity of both the Kinect and Xbox. Going even further, UFC’s Dana White came onto the stage to show how using motion controls with Bing can let you search statistics and old matches while you watch a fight. UFC and ESPN are just a few of the companies that will bring this feature to the console, and although it seemed like just a demo, this is a promising way to cater toward the on-demand mentality of today’s television audience. Plus, if this perk is combined with Xbox Live TV, it would be possible to mix the recording aspects of a DVR with Kinect voice recognition. Anytime you want to access an old episode or clip it will be just a voice search away. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-press-event-new-dashboard.jpg) Aesthetically, Xbox is going through a brand new overhaul giving a cleaner look to match its new controller-free experience. The updated dashboard will have an all white background displaying a tile layout of content in a given category. If you want to see the icons in another section just say the name, and the interface will move you to that screen. It is important to point out how similar this new look is to the Windows Phone UI, and it seems that Microsoft is bringing this intuitive live tile experience to all of their products. At the D9 conference we already saw that Windows 8 will use a similar layout. With this new Xbox Dashboard, it is clear they found an interface that resonates well with its market. Truthfully, it really looks like a more natural layout, and with the ability to search for content using Bing and voice recognition, controller-free television definitely made its mark. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-fun-labs.jpg) This was the event Microsoft needed to show that they possessed the most superior motion controller to date. With Kinect Fun Labs, you can really see the diverse uses of this advanced piece of tech that the other two consoles just cannot match. Fun Labs will allow users to search for the latest or most popular applications that use the motion or voice recognition software. At the event, Microsoft debuted Finger Tracking and Object Capture as two of their biggest—and arguably, coolest—programs. Finger Tracking allows you to manipulate photos any way you want. In fact, you can even draw in the background of a photo and rotate the picture so you can see your new image in its awesome 3-D glory. Object Capture lets you scan things in real life and bring them into the digital realm. At the event, the developers imported a stuffed animal into the game and made it jump around. Although the tech was still primitive, each of these demonstrations showed an innovative way to maximize the use of the Kinect. # Halo 4 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/e3-microsoft-xbox-360-halo-4.jpg) Although MW2, Ghost Recon, Kinect, and Fun Labs all had solid showings, it was not until Halo 4 came on the screen that the Galen Center went insane. Up until the final moments of the event, Microsoft only announced that Halo Anniversary Edition would be coming to the 360\. This will be a remastered version of the first game, but even though it is an updated version, the graphics left much to be desired. As the event was coming to a close, however, Don Mattrick, President of Interactive Entertainment Business, stepped back on the stage to announce a new trilogy. Naturally, everyone decided to sit back down and watch. http://youtu.be/TC2yMKMENdg Starting slowly, gamers first see balls of light moving in the blackness of space. As the music picks up, however, we quickly realize that we are in the mind of Master Chief awaking from a pod. After breaking out, Chief shares a small moment with Cortana before making his way out of the space craft to witness the destruction around him. Although this entire clip was only a cinematic, a legitimate sequel to the Halo franchise can only be met with eager anticipation. At the same time, this will be the first proper Halo titled that is not being made by Bungie. All eyes are on 343 Industries to not only create the first chapter in this new trilogy, but also to make a game that is better than Halo 3 or Reach. After all, we are expecting at least two more games after Halo 4 is released so 343I needs to present a solid first showing if they want us to keep going back. No pressure. # Bottom Line Whether it was games we were expected or ones that we had no idea were coming, Xbox 360’s media briefing really blew me away. Sure there were weaker elements to the show like the awful actors they hired to play the games, the actual content that was shown was creative, innovative, and exactly what I needed at 9 in the morning. I can only hope Nintendo will bring their A-game to give Microsoft a run for their money. **Links: [Xbox](http://www.xbox.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Infinity Ward](http://www.infinityward.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Epic Games](http://www.epicgames.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Kinect](http://www.xbox.com/en-US/kinect?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Details Mac OS X Lion, iOS 5, And iCloud At WWDC 2011 URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-details-mac-os-x-lion-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:18.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-wwdc-2011.jpg) Apple went into incredible detail on Mac OS X Lion, iOS 5, and iCloud today at the WWDC 2011 keynote [as expected](https://www.skatter.com/apple-to-announce-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011-next-week/). Many rumors circulated around the announcements made, but a significant amount [came as a surprise](https://www.skatter.com/apple-is-hiding-a-huge-announcement-for-wwdc-next-week/). Read on for all the in-depth coverage. # Mac OS X Lion ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/mac-os-x-lion.jpg) The Mac demo began by covering some of the basics that are coming to Mac OS X Lion. These include a shift toward multi-touch gestures on the trackpad, full-screen apps inspired by the iPad, and Mission Control. Mission Control (pictured above on the right) is a combination of the Dock, ExposĂ©, and Spaces that allows the user to view the entire computer at a glance. All of these new features were previously unveiled at the OS X Lion event back in October. The more prominent announcements of Mac OS X Lion are easily the new Mac App Store and the Launchpad. Both aim to merge the experiences from iOS and Mac OS X. Since the Mac App Store’s launch in January, it has risen to the number one software channel for personal computers. Launchpad (pictured above to the left) is a grid of icons and folders in Lion similar to the home screens on iOS. Put simply, it serves as a place to launch and arrange apps on your Mac. Lion includes many productivity enhancements that will no doubt make a lot of users happy. Documents now have auto-save built right in. Plus, a new feature called Versions keeps previously saved copies of the document and enables the user to revert back to one if needed. This works even if the app closes completely. Apple also announced AirDrop, a new peer-to-peer network for quickly sharing files over the air to another computer. Finally, the Mail app is getting an iOS-inspired makeover in Lion with conversation threading and a powerful, new search tool. In a brand new, yet somewhat expected move by Apple, they are making Mac OS X Lion available *only* via the Mac App Store. The optical disc is gone. As for the price? Just $29.99 for Snow Leopard users to upgrade. The developer preview is out today and the final release will be in July. # iOS 5 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/ios-5-notification-system.jpg) The spotlight has been on iOS 5 for months now and all the details are finally here. The first new features is a revamped notifications system, which generated big cheers as you might imagine. The redesigned system combines all notifications into one view that the user can access by swiping a finger down from the top of the screen. They are no longer an interruption. Instead, the notifications overlay the current view at the top of the screen. The lock screen also displays this information. Swiping across an individual notification on the lock screen brings the user right to the app. As rumored, Twitter integration is finally here! The option “Tweet” now appears in apps across the board. This means web pages, videos, photos, and more can all send straight to Twitter. Even better, photos and usernames are pulled right into your Contacts if enabled to do so. There are some major new changes coming to Safari in iOS 5\. For one, Reading List unfortunately kills the very popular Instapaper app. Yes, save any articles you come across to Reading List and get to it at another time. Tabbed browsing brings *real* tabs to the Safari app on iOS, effectively replacing the current tedious UI. Instapaper is not the only app Apple is putting to rest today. If you are familiar with Wunderlist, you know it is a great app for storing reminders and things to do. Well, the new Reminders feature serves the same purpose, but with the ability to store the location and more. All the reminders sync automatically to all other iOS devices and of course to your Mac. The camera on iOS gets some nice additions, too. There is a new lock screen shortcut right next to the slider that will take you straight to the Camera app. The volume up button takes a photo. Photo-editing is finally built right in to the operating system as well — cropping, rotating, red-eye reduction, and more. Many are already pretty excited about Twitter integration or the new notifications system. My favorite feature announced today furthers the post-PC transition. iOS devices no longer require syncing or setting up with a computer. Ever. Plus, software updates are now pushed over the air. Yes, there is still more news to report. iMessage is a messaging service for all iOS customers including iPad and iPod touch users. It features the ability to send text, photos, videos, and contacts. BlackBerry Messenger just died. Some other minor announcements for iOS 5 are Newsstand for purchasing and storing magazines, a built-in dictionary across the entire operating system, a new split keyboard option, and additional social features in Game Center. Developers are getting a seed of iOS 5 today, while the rest of us will have to wait until this fall. # iCloud ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/apple-icloud-sync-wwdc-20111.jpg) The most anticipated announcement for WWDC 2011 hands down is iCloud. Apple is branding this as the new “digital hub”. There is no need to take a photo on one device, sync it to the computer, and sync it back to all other iOS, Mac, and PC devices. iCloud will store all of this automatically in the cloud. In addition, the main apps for MobileMe — Contacts, Calendar, and Mail — are now iCloud apps, rewritten from the ground up. Everything is kept up to date instantly and backed up daily. But it is not just Contacts, Calendar, and Mail that work with iCloud. iTunes purchases, App store purchases, iBookstore purchases, iWork documents, spreadsheets, and presentations are all kept in the cloud. Any songs not purchased from iTunes are matched to ones in the store, but for a fee. Plus, Apple is releasing iCloud APIs for developers to integrate all of this functionality into their apps. Built into the iOS Photos app as part of iCloud is Photo Stream. All the photos get stored there, on the Pictures folder of a Mac or PC, and even on Apple TV. Of course, photos added or imported sync to all devices. One of the huge drawbacks to MobileMe was the price. It sold for $99 per year. I am happy to report that iCloud is launching with iOS for the outstanding price of free. The iTunes Match service, however, will be $24.99 per year. # Closing Remarks So there you have it. Apple — and in particular, Steve Jobs — fully detailed Mac OS X Lion, iOS 5, and iCloud. Each clearly [met the expectations](https://www.skatter.com/what-to-expect-in-ios-5/) of technology enthusiasts everywhere. Steve Jobs is still not back at Apple full time, but is obviously well enough to present keynotes for the company. Best wishes to him. Now, it is time for developers to start playing around with iOS 5! The rest of us have to wait in anticipation for a little while longer. **Links: [Apple](http://www.apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### E3 2011: Three Things I Am Most Excited For URL: https://www.skatter.com/e3-2011-three-things-i-am-most-excited-for/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:35.000Z In case you were not already aware, E3’s press conferences start tomorrow with the official event beginning on Tuesday. The LA-based convention is *the* place to be for some of the year’s biggest video game announcements and revelations. We already know that [Microsoft, Sony, and Nintendo](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-nintendo-and-sony-hosting-press-events-at-e3-2011-well-be-there/) will be holding press events, but plenty of video game developers will also debut their lineups for next year at hotels and conference rooms around the area. Plus, there is the massive exhibit hall that opens on Tuesday where hundreds of different games and accessories will be available for use—some for the first time. However, there are only so many hours in a day, and I am just one man. With that in mind, here are the three things I will definitely check out before the convention is over: # Sony PlayStation Press Conference This past month was not too kind to Sony. Coming off of the April 20th network blackout, the company needs to apologize for their security disaster and give people a reason to support them again. Although the “Welcome Back” gift was a pleasant start, I hope that Kazuo Hirai or whoever ends up taking the stage will announce more rewards as a way to thank fans for their continued support. It might sound like greed, but I think we, as customers, deserve more than just two free games and a month of PSN plus. Especially considering that our personal information and credit card data were so easy for hackers to obtain. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/sony-press-conference-kevin-butler.jpg) Along with a lengthy apology, I am eager to hear what new information E3 will have for the NGP. I was one of the first supporters of the PSP going so far as to fly to Japan to buy the original PSP-1000 when it launched. However, I was supremely let down when that console was not utilized to the best of its ability. Thankfully, it looks like Sony is ready to make a legitimate presence in the portable market, and they are doing it with a machine that could rival most consoles. A Quad Core ARM Cortex A9 processor and SGX543MP4+ dedicated graphics processor define the internal specs that make porting PS3 games onto the handheld a very real possibility. However, [as I pointed out before](https://www.skatter.com/3-things-sony-needs-for-the-ngp-to-succeed/), it will need to have exceptional launch titles, a standardized storage format, and a competitive price tag if they want their device to adequately compete against the 3DS and smart phones. Only Sony really knows what will be announced, but I expect the pricing and release date will be revealed tomorrow at their 5 P.M. press event. Make sure to [check our live blog](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) tomorrow to see the answers to these crucial questions. # Street Fighter x Tekken ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-02.jpg) [Almost a year ago](https://www.skatter.com/street-fighter-x-tekken/), Street Fighter x Tekken was teased at San Diego Comic-Con 2010, and information has slowly trickled out. Now that E3 is upon us, the fighting game crossover seems to be attacking Los Angeles with full force. All around the Convention Center, posters promoting the game are hung up, and it looks like Capcom and Namco—the developers of Street Fighter and Tekken, respectively—are hoping to make a big splash at this year’s show. http://youtu.be/r\_5yQZ03slE However, some of my old concerns still exist. How will Tekken players—and their characters—adapt to Street Fighter’s two-dimensional world? Recent gameplay footage seems to answer my question with a “pretty well”. All of the Namco Bandai characters appear to have a locked move list, and you input them to create combos like their Capcom brethren. Although the pre-alpha footage is promising, some questions still remain. Considering that Capcom is taking the developmental lead on this game, I wonder if Kazuya, Nina, and the rest of the family will use the same control system that popularized the Tekken franchise or will players need to use dragon-punches and half-circles to execute their moves? Also, what about ten-hit combos, level destruction, and the bouncing mechanic that became crucial in building the competitive nature of the sixth iteration of the franchise? Although my question list constantly grows, I am certain I will find my answers on the E3 exhibit floor so be sure to stay tuned for my hands-on first impression. # Batman: Arkham City ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/batman-arkham-city.jpg) Comics and video games are two of my favorite hobbies, but more often than not, the two do not mix well. Rocksteady was able to change that trend when they released Batman: Arkham Asylum in 2009\. Emphasizing strong character development, story, and a dedication to the mythos that [DC Comics continues to create](https://www.skatter.com/dc-comics-announces-day-and-date-digital-distribution/), this game showed that it is possible to make a comic book video game that is better than the sum of its parts. Going into E3, Arkham City already has a strong amount of buzz working for it. It will build on the existing engine that made its predecessor a solid detective game, but instead of being trapped in the asylum, Batman will now roam the street of Gotham. According to Dax Ginn, Marketing and Manager at Rocksteady, gamers will now be able to fight crime in an environment more than five times the size of the original. Although this sandbox gameplay could side track players from the main narrative, Ginn pointed out that Batman would not go on the “frivolous collection missions” that populate other open world games and the player should not have to either. The game will “have a tight core narration with clear paths”, but the possible side missions will “always \[be\] character driven” and contribute to the story. http://youtu.be/9dXo3MNuJIw Along with a fully accessible Gotham City, the above video shows that Catwoman will not only appear in the game, but she will be playable. This will not only diversify the game with a different model to look at, but it seems that this is more than just a simple skin swap. Selina Kyle possesses her own unique moves and counter moves as well as a specific missions that progress her story and the caped crusader’s simultaneously. Plus, it looks like she will have gadgets of her own, which means the gadget discovery aspect that I enjoyed in the first game will be back. Although hype is always great, Arkham City could also learn the negative effects of such a massive fan base. The surprise success of the first game means players will be looking for the same “wow” factor they found in the original. Although the sandbox gameplay and Catwoman announcement are great ways to bring a new perspective on the franchise, Rocksteady will have to do more if they want to captivate fans for a second time. Rest assured, we will have a full length first impression after I play the game on the E3 floor. For now, it remains to be seen if the City can top the Asylum. # Bottom Line This is my first time at E3, and I am naturally excited to see exclusive information on the franchises I love. But enough about what I want to see. What games do you want to hear about? What games do you want us to write about? Who do you predict will win the battle between Sony, Microsoft, and Nintendo? Sound off in the comments section. **Links: [PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Capcom](http://www.capcom.com/us/?ref=skatter.com) | [Namco Bandai](http://namco.com/home?ref=skatter.com) | [Rocksteady](http://www.rocksteadyltd.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### What’s In Store For Kinect At E3 2011 URL: https://www.skatter.com/whats-in-store-for-kinect-at-e3-2011/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:35.000Z There are a number of Kinect games in this year’s E3\. Majesco Entertainment, for instance, has announced that its new lineup will include titles such as Take Shape, a multiplayer family game where players use their bodies to make different shapes, Mind n’ Motion, another family game where players perform sets of rapidly chained activities like juggling and dodging shapes. Majesco’s headlining title, though, is Hulk Hogan’s Main Event, the first performance-based wrestling game where plays get to play and train with the famous wrestling giant. Hulk Hogan is even slated to make a guest appearance at the conference to promote the new wrestling game. Other featured Kinect titles include the sports swimming game Michael Phelps-Push the Limit from 505 Games and Star Wars for Kinect, which is rumored to be unveiled during Microsoft’s E3 press conference on June 6 and is by far one of the most highly anticipated Kinect games at this year’s conference. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-keynote-xbox-360-kinect-star-wars-game.jpg) It’s unquestionable that Kinect has been extremely successful this past year and that consumers are eager for more exciting titles for the game platform. However, up until this point the majority of Kinect games have been work out/dance party games or multiplayer party/family games. While there is undoubtedly a market for these two gaming genres, it has been more than a little disappointing that other types of games haven’t been released for the platform. Kinect has enormous potential in terms of technology and in the future of gaming, but up until now it has been somewhat handicapped by the game “typecasting” that’s been going on this past year. Variety is vital in assuring that a product will be appealing to the greatest number of users as well as maintain long lasting popularity and assure it has a long lifespan on the consumer market. This is why Star Wars for Kinect is so exciting, since it is looking more and more like it will be the first headlining adventure game that has a real shot at pushing Kinect more towards the plot-based fighting and adventure games offered by other platforms, giving it the potential to make Kinect less of a party and exercise accessory used by occasional gamers and more like a gaming platform that more serious gamers would want to use. It will definitely be very interesting both to see how Microsoft handles the official unveiling of Star Wars for Kinect and how it is received by the general public after its launch. Stayed tuned to Skatter Tech all this week for live E3 coverage of all the major conferences and the exhibition floor booths. **Link: [Kinect](http://www.xbox.com/en-US/kinect?ref=skatter.com)** ### What To Expect In iOS 5 URL: https://www.skatter.com/what-to-expect-in-ios-5/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:36.000Z We are just a weekend away from the Worldwide Developers Conference Apple holds each year at Moscone West in San Francisco, California. This year, Apple fed the technology community [some brief details](https://www.skatter.com/apple-to-announce-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011-next-week/) before the event on upcoming products being announced. Steve Jobs will present further information on Mac OS X Lion and unveil iOS 5 and the long rumored iCloud. There has not been much rumored about Lion, as it was originally introduced back in October, and iCloud rumors only predicted its existence. iOS 5, on the other hand, has captured quite a bit of attention. I thought it necessary to go over the definites and indefinites of Apple’s latest iteration of their popular mobile OS. # iCloud ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/icloud-wwdc-moscone-west.jpg) There is something about this photo — I can not figure out what exactly — that leads me to believe iCloud will play a major role in iOS 5\. San Francisco designer Doug Bowman took [this shot](http://twitpic.com/55zqs1?ref=skatter.com) of workers in Moscone West putting up banners for the big event starting this Monday. Yes, iCloud will be Apple’s cloud storage service for accessing all of your iTunes content and maybe more. In keeping with the cloud theme, I am hoping for over-the-air sync and updates for my iPhone and iPad. They are two highly advanced devices, yet tethering them to a computer seems practically archaic. The downside to iCloud is that it might be an annual fee just like MobileMe. # Better Notifications Apple really does not have a choice in the matter when it comes to notifications on iOS. The current system is horrid. Right now, a notification for emails, instant messages, text messages, and the like show up front and center on the screen. It prompts the user to close the alert or take action. If the user decides to take action, it will yank them out of the current app and open the new one. If the user closes the notification, I wish them the best of luck remembering about it later on since there is no history. With all the complaints swirling around this, there might be a riot if Apple does not change the system. # Twitter and Facebook Integration This one is interesting. Just in the past few weeks, a lot of reports have shown up about integration with Twitter and Facebook in iOS 5\. The operating system never had any major social aspects to it other than what apps offer. For instance, in Safari, the only way to share a web page is via email. Seriously, who shares links in emails anymore? It is time we started seeing social network sharing options. I would not doubt this is coming, especially with the recent unveiling of Twitter’s own [photo-sharing service](https://www.skatter.com/twitter-begins-rolling-out-photo-sharing-service/). # FaceTime Over 3G ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/apple-facetime-mac.jpg) Many remain skeptical about the ability to make a FaceTime call over 3G. When the feature was first announced at WWDC 2010, Steve Jobs specifically said Apple was working with carriers to make this possible in the future. The future is here and we are still limited to WiFi in order to make a video call to friends or family. I am sure this will come someday (Monday remains possible), but the data needed to make this reality is probably too much for the carriers to handle. All eyes are on you, AT&T. # Springboard Redesign Even if some consider the iPhone’s 3.5-inch display small, it still has the potential to provide much more than a never-ending sea of icons. It is not what I would call a significant issue. Instead, I think it is something that could be enhanced. To many users, the icons make everything easily accessible. But Android has widgets and Windows Phone 7 has tiles that update automatically with fresh information. iOS just has icons. Apple may or may not spruce up the home screen, but even just a little more functionality would help. I arranged the five features above from most likely to least likely coming in iOS 5\. They were the most talked about for the past few months now. As with every iOS update, expect performance and security improvements among a plethora of other little surprises as well. I am looking forward to Apple’s latest contributions to the OS fully confirmed at the WWDC keynote on Monday. If you plan on following along, consider playing some [Keynote Rumor Bingo](http://www.krazybig.com/bingo/?ref=skatter.com). ### Microsoft Previews Windows 8, Strikingly Similar to Windows Phone 7 URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-previews-windows-8-strikingly-similar-to-windows-phone-7/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:19.000Z A lot of technology news has been piping out of the All Things Digital D9 conference in California recently and today is no exception. First, Twitter CEO Dick Costolo [confirmed photo-sharing](https://www.skatter.com/twitter-begins-rolling-out-photo-sharing-service/) coming to Twitter. Now, we are all getting the very first glimpse of Windows 8\. The photo above is the brand new Start menu in the next iteration of Windows. As you can see, it is completely different from ever before — yet it somehow looks familiar. It is heavily inspired by [Windows Phone 7](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-to-preview-windows-phone-7-5-mango-on-may-24th-details-already-leaked/), Microsoft’s latest smart phone operating system. The mobile OS is notable for its unique live tiles UI, which updates with content from the internet personalized by the user. Windows 8 features those same live tiles in the Start menu. It even starts with a lock screen and the ability to quickly glance at notifications. By the way, see that Store tile? Consider the Windows app store confirmed. Never before has the operating system been integrated with the web in such a way. Plus, the screenshot makes clear that they each tile is very large. Could Microsoft be making a major switch to touch control in Windows 8 as opposed to a mouse or track pad? Here is where things get really interesting. Windows 8 can run all the programs that Windows 7 currently runs. It also has the same hardware requirements as Windows 7\. This is huge for enterprises interested in making the leap to the latest OS — especially for those still stuck on Windows XP. There is no need to upgrade any programs or any hardware. It just works. Developers can write new, optimized programs for Windows 8 entirely in HTML and JavaScript. They open up right within the new experience. Existing Windows 7 programs launch in somewhat of a virtual desktop environment. Microsoft already has a feature similar to this called Windows XP Mode, which loads a virtual PC that looks exactly like the outdated version of Windows and can run any apps not compatible with Windows 7 or even Vista. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-windows-phone-7.jpg) This is clearly a huge change for the Windows operating system. Users may not need to upgrade anything, but the probable learning curve could cause some issues of its own. That said, it looks like Microsoft has done a fantastic job keeping up with the times while remaining completely original. They also unified the desktop and mobile experience very nicely. The company says we will hear more about Windows 8 this fall. **Links: [Windows 8 Preview at D9](http://allthingsd.com/20110601/up-next-at-d9-microsoft-windows-president-steven-sinofsky-live-at-d9/?refcat=d9&ref=skatter.com)** ### DC Comics Announces Day-And-Date Digital Distribution URL: https://www.skatter.com/dc-comics-announces-day-and-date-digital-distribution/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:19.000Z With the [rapid growth of eBooks](http://skatter.com/?s=ebook&ref=skatter.com), it is becoming more and more difficult for publishing houses to sell books in traditional brick and mortar stores. This is especially true for niche products like comics and graphic novels. However, DC Comics, publishers of Batman, Superman, and hundreds of other iconic properties, announced that this September they will relaunch their entire Universe line with new #1 issues. More importantly, they will be the first comic book publishers to embrace technology and release all of their super hero stories day-and-date digital. Up until [this announcement](http://dcu.blog.dccomics.com/2011/05/31/dc-comics-announces-historic-renumbering-of-all-superhero-titles-and-landmark-day-and-date-digital-distribution/?ref=skatter.com), DC, Marvel, Image, and other comic publishers experimented with day-and-date releases, which means making the print and digital copies available the same day for purchase. This experimentation has led to a few special issues being available on digital platforms when their physical counterpart arrives in stores. Other than these exceptions, however, all new releases are reserved for actual stores. For those who prefer to read digitally, comic material is limited to the handful of new books given day-and-date releases and the libraries of back issues that fill the online app stores. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/06/justice-league.jpg) DC plans to change that by relaunching their super hero line after their major event comes to a close in August. Flashpoint–the storyline that is expected to change the status quo for these characters–will put an end to the existing seventy year history readers love. On August 31st, the final installment of Flashpoint and the first issue of the revamped Justice League will arrive giving readers a chance to read the end of the old and birth of the new simultaneously. Along with completely re-imaged versions of Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman, and the entire JL family, this brand new #1 will also begin DC’s day-and-date initiative. Regarding this transition, David Hyde, of the [DC Source Blog](http://dcu.blog.dccomics.com/?ref=skatter.com), said this: > The publication of JUSTICE LEAGUE issue 1 will launch day-and-date digital publishing for all \[52\] ongoing titles, making DC Comics the first of the two major American publishers to release all of its superhero comic book titles digitally the same day as in print. It is hard to say how effective this will be considering the specific audience DC and Marvel usually target. Many existing readers tend to enjoy physical copies of their books, and the act of collecting comics is just as much of a hobby as reading them. On the other hand, since 2002, DC is always behind Marvel in book sales. If the Superman-publisher want to survive in today’s market, it is essential for them to make a bold move, tap into a new audience, and create original stories that excite new and old readers alike. The coming months will be interesting for Flashpoint readers as their favorite super heroes go through radical changes. However, the announcement of day-and-date digital is filled with even more long term possibilities for the comic community. What are your thoughts? Is this the end of comic book stores? Or, is this just another way for comic fans to get their fix? Sound off in the comments section. **Links: [DC Comics](http://www.dccomics.com/dccomics/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Twitter Begins Rolling Out Photo Sharing Service URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitter-begins-rolling-out-photo-sharing-service/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:20.000Z Uploading and sharing will be a very simple process. When you upload a photo to Twitter, the website automatically attaches to a tweet. If the user clicks it, the image will appear in the right pane. Eventually, Twitter plans on bringing the photo-sharing functionality to the official mobile apps. > For users without smartphones, we’re working with mobile carriers around the world so you can also send photos via text message (MMS). Share what’s happening in your world, anywhere you are. The company is also going one step ahead with the service by launching a revamped search experience. Soon, when a user performs a search, the right pane will display relevant photos and videos. All photos and videos shown in search will remain completely attached to the original tweet. It will be interesting to see what the competition has to say about this. The most popular way to share photos on Twitter up until now has been via TwitPic, although YFrog, Instagram, and many other services play a large role as well. Native photo-sharing has the potential to seriously hurt these businesses. When asked about this at D9, Dick Costolo simply responded “We encourage services to move up the value chain.” It appears that they are going to have to do just that to stay relevant. Costolo was also asked about whether this new feature takes direct aim at Facebook, to which he responded no. Twitter posted a brief video showing off the new photo-sharing capability that I’ve embedded below. http://youtu.be/fmB15ER3LUQ Twitter also recently acquired TweetDeck, a renowned client for power users. It originally became popular for having a large number of features that twitter.com never offered. Perhaps Twitter is looking to improve the experience on the main site with the acquisition. It seems like with official apps on nearly every smart phone platform and now native photo-sharing, Twitter is thinking less and less about third-party services that have contributed greatly to its growth. **Links: [Twitter Blog](http://blog.twitter.com/2011/06/searchphotos.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: WordPress.org vs. WordPress.com URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-wordpress-org-vs-wordpress-com/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:16.000Z When it comes to blogging, WordPress is probably the largest platform out there. While micro-blogging services such as [Tumblr](http://skattertech.tumblr.com/?ref=skatter.com) are fool-proof and offer a unique twist, WordPress is a lot more powerful. However, those looking to begin using WordPress for the first time often find themselves confused because there are two versions. [WordPress.org](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com) is the original open source platform and it remains completely free to run on any compatible server. [WordPress.com](http://wordpress.com/?ref=skatter.com) is a commercial service — run by the folks at Automattic — which lets anyone create a blog for free. There are several benefits and drawbacks to going with one over the other — here are somethings you need to consider: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/wordpress-comparison-infogaphic.jpg "WordPress Comparison Infographic") # WordPress.org Going with the open source version offers more control over your website, but it also requires registering a domain, getting hosting provider, and installing WordPress. Buying a domain is fairly affordable and will run you just $10\. Shared hosting is also not too expensive with some companies offering plans for just $5 a month. Getting through the entire process is not necessarily difficult, but it is tough for those who are not too technologically adept. Users also need to ensure their copy of WordPress is always on the latest versions to minimise any security vulnerabilities. The benefits of managing WordPress on your own include the free to customize anything and have access to tons of plugins. For those wondering, Skatter Tech runs on this platform. # WordPress.com Creating a blog on WordPress.com is as easy as making a new email address. You just need to provide some contact information and select a URL for your domain (e.g. myblog.wordpress.com). Picking a theme from a large selection and having everything ready to publish your first blog post should only take a few minutes. There are no complications you need to deal with. Those who want a custom domain, extra storage space, remove ads, or other features can pay for those add-ons. It is a pretty darn good deal considering you do not need to pay a penny for the basics. **Links: [WPBeginner](http://www.wpbeginner.com/beginners-guide/self-hosted-wordpress-org-vs-free-wordpress-com-infograph/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Is Hiding A Huge Announcement For WWDC Next Week URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-is-hiding-a-huge-announcement-for-wwdc-next-week/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:36.000Z About an hour ago, I pulled out my trusty iPhone 4 and opened the [Pulse news app](https://www.skatter.com/pulse-news-reader-review/) to catch up on any technology news I missed today. I could not believe what I was seeing when the first headline appeared at the top: [Apple pre-announced](https://www.skatter.com/apple-to-announce-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011-next-week/) Mac OS X Lion, iOS 5, and iCloud. The first thought that popped into my head was that it just could not be true. I scanned through a few other sources — including Skatter Tech of course — and realized that this extreme oddity was in fact real. Even if you are new to following Apple news, you probably know the significance of the company even dropping a hint about future product announcements, let alone confirm the rumors about them. I have come to the conclusion that Apple is hiding something from all of us that we will not know about until next week. It is completely normal for Apple to announce the keynote for WWDC beforehand like in previous years. As expected, it will take place on June 6th at 10:00 a.m. pacific time. The keynote speaker will be none other than Steve Jobs, so I take it he is doing well with his health. On the other hand, Apple never acknowledges any rumors. iCloud and iOS 5 both have had virtually non-stop [press coverage](https://www.skatter.com/5-improvements-apple-should-bring-to-ios-5/) for a few months now. Mac OS X Lion features are getting a bit of attention too, but the operating system was already announced back in October. In addition to confirming all of these upcoming announcements today, Apple also unveiled iWork for iPhone and iPod touch. Previously only available for the iPad, this suite of productivity apps brings all the features from Pages, Keynote, and Numbers for iPad to the significantly smaller devices in the iOS family. Why would a company famous for its unparalleled product secrecy release all this information a week before a keynote presentation? # iPhone 5 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-camera.jpg) The rumor mills stopped turning over the iPhone 5 as soon as Apple scheduled WWDC 2011\. It is very likely the media will begin to question its existence again throughout the week. Up until today, I was sure it would be announced in September or October, but Apple obviously has a lot to say at the keynote that we do not know about yet. With the recent debut of Google Wallet, it is almost certain that Apple will bring their own NFC feature to the table as part of iOS 5\. Though in order to have NFC in iOS 5, the folks in Cupertino have to unveil the iPhone 5 to support it. This is obviously all pure speculation, but it should at least get the attention it deserves. # The Full Details ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-wwdc-2011.jpg) The probable scenario for all of this pre-WWDC hype is just to set the stage. As always, Steve Jobs is only limited by time at his keynote presentations. The iPhone 5 might just be over-thinking and instead, Apple just wanted to confirm iOS 5 and iCloud to get them out of the way so Steve can get straight to the details. After all, the juicy information is what really matters. Picture the ulterior motives to the press releases today. “Yes, everything rumored is coming. Now that it is out in the open, stick around to hear why it is such a big deal.” WWDC 2011 is one, long week away. Make no mistake that developers and technology enthusiasts alike have something huge in store for them. **Links: [WWDC Press Release](http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2011/05/31wwdc.html?ref=skatter.com) | [iWork](http://www.apple.com/iwork?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Announces Return Of PlayStation Store This Week, Again URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-announces-return-of-playstation-store-this-week-again/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:20.000Z [April 20th marked](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/) the discovery of a hacker attack that continues to plague Sony and their fans. At the time, Sony released daily updates via their official blog to alert the gaming community of the imminent return of the PSN and Qriocity services. Days quickly turned into weeks, and although they were able to [restore some of the PlayStation’s](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-sony-details-complimentary-perks/) online features, full functionality is still unavailable. Yesterday, however, a press release announced–yet again–that all of the console’s network services will be back by the end of the week. After discovering an external intrusion in mid-April, Sony was quick to take down the network and even quicker to say when users could go back online. Originally, Patrick Seybold, Senior Director of Corporate Communications and Social Media, told fans that it, “may be a full day or two
to get the service completely back up and running”. After a week passed, Seybold apologized on behalf of the company and revealed their plan to have the PSN fully operational [by the first week of May](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-next-week-sony-offers-perk-for-downtime/). They would also give a “Welcome Back” gift to users to reward their dedication. Two weeks since that announcement, most PlayStation users are now able to play games online due to a partial restoration. However, the PlayStation Store and their gift is still inaccessible. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/sony-playstation-network.jpg) Sony hopes to change this with a [recent press release](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/05/30/full-psn-services-including-playstation-store-return-this-week/?ref=skatter.com) announcing the restoration of all online features. By the end of the week, Sony promises the following features will be back online: > ‱ Full functionality on PlayStationÂźStore > ‱ In-game commerce > ‱ Ability to redeem vouchers and codes > ‱ Full functionality on Music Unlimited powered by Qriocity > ‱ Full functionality on Media Go Kazuo Hirai, Sony’s Executive Deputy President, stated Sony was “conducting additional testing and further security verification of our commerce functions” and additional delays were necessary for customer protection. Although I am hopeful that fan’s will finally be able to access the PSN Store, it is hard to believe that Sony will be able to fulfill this promise. After all, their history seems to hint that these press releases are comparable to P.R stunts to calm the community while Sony tries to bolster their security and find a way out of this mess. At the same time, it is important to note that a stronger, reliable security system is what users need more than anything, and if this requires more delays, so be it. Regardless of past history, let’s hope that all functionality will be restored by Friday, and consumers can access all the features that they expect from their console. **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple To Announce iOS 5 And iCloud At WWDC 2011 Next Week URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-to-announce-ios-5-and-icloud-at-wwdc-2011-next-week/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:21.000Z Although many journalists are heading to Los Angeles for [E3 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/e3-2011/) next week, Apple also is hosting their annual [Word Wide Developers Conference](http://developer.apple.com/wwdc?ref=skatter.com) (WWDC) at the Moscone Center in San Francisco next week. The event is for developers who build on Mac OS X and iOS, but there is always a press event before the conference kicks off. Steve Jobs and other Apple executives will present at this keynote address on June 6th at 10 AM. # Mac OS X Lion ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/mac-os-x-lion.jpg "Mac OS X Lion") Apple has confirmed that the eight major release of Mac OS X will be major part of the event. We have already seen plenty of details including the inspiration from iOS. For instance, the home screen will feature large icons much like the iPad. We will also hear more about the newly announced Mac App Store and probably some successful statistics as well. Other OS X Lion features include a full screen mode for programs, a better backup system, faster resuming, and new gestures. # iOS 5 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-ios.jpg "Apple iPad 2: iOS") It is also an exciting time for iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch owners since Apple will also unveil iOS 5\. A newer Phone 5 would be even more exciting, but most reports indicate that the next generation model will not make a debut until later this year. The update will at least make its way to most owners of current generation mobile devices. Apple will probably revamp the notification system and possibly introduce a new multi-tasking interface. If you want to read my expectations, I also wrote an in-depth piece on [5 features that Apple should bring to iOS 5](https://www.skatter.com/5-improvements-apple-should-bring-to-ios-5/) which is worth checking out. # iCloud ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/amazon-cloud-player-demo.jpg "Amazon CloudPlayer Demo") For those who are not keeping tabs, cloud services are all the rage these day. Amazon recently launched a digital locker with 5 GB of free space named [CloudPlayer for storing music online](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-amazons-cloud-player/). [Google Music also made a debut](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/) earlier this month at I/O 2011 letting users store up to 20,000 songs in the cloud. Apple is likely doing the same and they might even have more impressive features in the works. While boosting internal storage space on mobile devices was a trend for a few years, streaming technologies might put an end to that. With mobile broadband and WiFi networks, users do not necessarily need all their multimedia with them all the time. **Links: [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [WWDC](http://developer.apple.com/wwdc?ref=skatter.com)** ### ASUS Reveals The Padfone, A Smart Phone And Tablet Mash-Up URL: https://www.skatter.com/asus-reveals-the-padfone-a-smart-phone-and-tablet-mash-up/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:22.000Z Earlier today at [Computex 2011 in Taipei](http://www.computextaipei.com.tw/?ref=skatter.com), ASUS revealed an interesting creation named the Padfone: a smart phone and tablet mash-up. We have seen netbooks that turn into tablets such as the[ IdeaPad U1 Hybrid with LePad](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-lenovo-announces-the-ideapad-u1-hybrid-yet-again/) from Lenovo in the past. Then there are also other gadgets that do the just the opposite. The fairly new [ASUS EEE Pad Transformer](http://www.asus.com/Eee/Eee%5FPad/Eee%5FPad%5FTransformer%5FTF101/?ref=skatter.com) is an Android tablet which turns converts into a laptop form factor with a keyboard accessory. Even the [Motorola Atrix 4G](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) smart phone can turn into a netbook-like device. The new Padfone on the other hand does something different: the smart phone component slides into the tablet for a large screen experience. > **Padfone elevates consumer choice to new levels** — Innovation is at the heart of ASUS design and the new Padfone reveals exciting new possibilities for mobile computing and communication. This convergent device combines a smartphone and a tablet computer into one symbiotic gadget that allows consumers to choose the screen size that best fits their activities while seamlessly sharing data and 3G internet access. Asus is keeping quiet when it comes to specifics regarding the Padfone, but we do know that it is slated for a launch by the end of the year. While unconfirmed, the device will likely run on Android Ice Cream Sandwich which supposedly merges the Android 3.0 Honeycomb and the Android 2.3 Gingerbread platforms together. This means that the same operating system can get the job done when running on either form factor. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z5aAOKJGBjo&hd=1 The brains of the Padfone including the processor, memory, storage, and network connectivity are in the smart phone component. The tablet only provides a larger screen and a bigger battery. I am just hoping that Asus makes some wise choices when it comes to pricing. If the tablet portion retails as a separate accessory for a price that is as high as a dedicated tablet, buying one would make no sense. Motorola made the same mistake by pricing the laptop dock for the Atrix at an amount which can buy a full-blown netbook. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/asus-padfone-smartphone-tablet.jpg "Asus Padfone- SmartPhone Tablet") Assuming that pricing is reasonable, this could open the doors to a whole new market of docking devices. Many Android apps feature both a smart phone and tablet version inside one file. It would be great if the interface would instantly switch when pacing the smart phone into the tablet or vice versa without interrupting your work flow. Asus introducing a keyboard dock for this tablet would be a cherry on top. Turning your smart phone into a tablet then into a netbook would be a geek’s dream come true. I just hope Asus picks a better name before this gadget his stores. **Links: [Asus Padfone](http://event.asus.com/mobile/padfone/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola And Sprint Hosting Press Event Next Week URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-and-sprint-hosting-press-event-next-week/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:22.000Z About a 5 days ago, Sprint sent invites out to journalists for an event with Motorola Mobility next week. While Sprint does offer Motorola handsets, flagship smart phones and tablets running on Android are notably missing. That will likely change next Friday when Sprint CEO Dan Hesse and Motorola Mobility CEO Sanjay Jha present their latest collaborations in New York. There are still no official announcements regarding any specific devices, but here are just a few of the possibilities: # Xoom Tablet ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-rendering.jpg "Motorola Xoom Rendering") Sprint already began offering a WiFi-only Motorola Xoom, [which we reviewed earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/), through their retail stores last month. This tablet oddly lacked 3G or 4G (WiMax) support and it did not come with a mobile hotspot either. I am hoping to see a newer iteration make a debut at this event. Including the latest Android 3.1 and unlimited data would be nice too. # Photon 4G Our [friends at TechnoBuffalo](http://www.technobuffalo.com/companies/google/android/sprint-launching-dual-core-photon-4g-and-others-june-9/?ref=skatter.com) are reporting that Sprint will apparently launch a high-end smart phone named the Photon 4G. According to their sources, this device will sport Android 2.3 Gingerbread with MotoBlur, a dual-core Nvidia Tegra 2 processor, 1 GB of RAM, a 4.3 inch qHD display, 4G connectivity, and an 8 megapixel camera. In addition, the Photon 4G will apparently sport a kickstand and a laptop dock much like [the Motorola Atrix we reviewed recently](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/). With a supposed ship date of July, this would reach store shelves shortly after the [HTC EVO 3D which Sprint announced](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) at CTIA Wireless 2011\. Having two powerful handsets could give the carrier a much-needed boost in a market with larger competitors such as Verizon Wireless and [AT&T who is acquiring T-Mobile](https://www.skatter.com/att-acquires-t-mobile-for-39-billion/). # Other Thoughts The invite that made it to my inbox also used the phrase “hands-on demonstrations of Sprint and Motorola’s latest collaborations,” which clearly indicates multiple products. I doubt Motorola already has a new tablet less than six months since the debut of the Xoom meaning the WiMax version is a given. Assuming that the rumors are correct, the Photon 4G — or codename Sunfire as mentioned by [This Is My Next](http://thisismynext.com/2011/05/25/sprint-motorola-event-month-photon-4g-phone-gsm-dual-mode-support-wimax-tegra-2/?ref=skatter.com) — is definitely something to look forward too. I am hoping that Motorola is making better choices with this smart phone considering that the Atrix 4G on AT&T is clearly not doing too well as most retails now offer it for [as little as $75](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004KZP4BQ/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Sprint](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola Mobility](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Home?ref=skatter.com)** ### BlueAnt Q2 Bluetooth Headset (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/blueant-q2-bluetooth-headset-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:02.000Z Looking for a new Bluetooth headset? You are in the right place. Fiddling with your phone while driving is definitely a bad habit, not to mention illegal in many states. BlueAnt is back with the Q2 headset, a follow-up to the flagship [Q1 headset we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/blueant-q1-bluetooth-headset-review/). The new model boasts a sharp professional look, multi-pairing, streaming music, voice controls, a compatible Android app, and more. # Setup Process There was a time when paring a Bluetooth headset meant having to read through a tiny booklet with nearly unreadable fonts. This process is fortunately a lot easier due to technical advancements and consumer-friendly engineering decisions. When you turn on the Q2 for the first time, it begins speaking to you immediately. The voice-guided instructions walks users through the pairing process. While some smart phones pair without keying in a number, the headset even reads out the commonly used 0000 pin code. I paired it with the Droid X2 and the Nexus S 4G without any hassle. The BlueAnt Q2 automatically extracts up to 2,000 of your contacts from you phonebook shortly after pairing to announce their names during incoming calls. The multi-point technology also makes it possible to simultaneously remain paired with two Bluetooth devices at once. I had it connect to my Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 for calls over Google Talk and to a Kyocera Echo for regular phone calls. # Comfort and Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/blueant-q2-accessories.jpg "BlueAnt Q2 - Accessories") I was glad to find that BlueAnt provides a total of four differently sized silicone ear buds in the packaging along with an ear hook and a carrying case. The Q2 can also flip over for use with either the left or right ear. While the ambidextrous design may seem like a no-brainer, competitors such as Jabra still make mistakes with [headsets such as the Stone2](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/) which only fits on the right ear. The Q2 stayed put throughout the day and did not fall out even during quick movements, but your mileage may vary. In my case, a combination of the ear hook and the included ear bud with a protruding loop for additional resistance was a perfect fit. BlueAnt definitely made a good call when they chose to go with an entirely black body and a matte finish for the Q2\. The buttons and two parallel lines have a brighter glossy gun-metal finish for contrast. It is a sharp look for business users and for those who do not want something as extravagant or flashy as the [Jawbone Icon](https://www.skatter.com/jawbone-icon-review/). An LED indicator makes a subtle appearance inside the grille and users can turn the light off entirely through the voice command settings. As for those buttons, a volume rocker is on top and a multi-function key is on the front face. There is also a dedicated power switch besides the microUSB port on the rear end. # Audio Quality > “Combined with state-of-the-art noise elimination and intelligent adaptive controls, the Q2 offers mega clear, mega loud sound without distortion.” As with any Bluetooth headset, I tested the audio quality in several areas including a quiet room, in a moving vehicle, and a noisy venue. As stated in the quote above, BlueAnt boasts noise cancellation technology. The Q2 definitely does suppress some external sounds, but it has trouble with anything too loud. The person on the other end could hear me clearly when in an office setting or even a car, but a loud restaurant is definitely a challenge. I would have to say that even Motorola’s CrystalTalk technology on the [Command One headset](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-command-one-review/) is a bit better. Nothing still beats the latest version Jawbone’s NoiseAssassin in my opinion. As for signal strength, the Bluetooth radio inside had a range of about 25 feet and a wall before the audio became choppy. If you have an unobstructed light of sight, I am sure most smart phones can maintain a steady connection from even further away. # Other Details ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/blueant-q2-back-side.jpg "BlueAnt Q2 - Back Side") Tapping the multi-function key prompts users to speak a command. Speaking “what can I say?” makes the Q2 read out all the available commands. Just a few options include call back, check battery, and redial. The headset supports the A2DP stereo audio Bluetooth profile making it possible to listen to music or even hear the turn-by-turn directions from you GPS app. The Q2 packs a truly appreciated feature taking the notion of hands-free even further. When you receive an incoming call, the headset reads out the person’s name or number. Rather than having to reach for your phone or the multifunction button on the headset, you can simply say “answer” or “ignore” to accept or deny, respectively. There is also integration for Bing 411 with voice commands to retrieve movie times, top news, sports scores, stock quotes, traffic alerts, and weather conditions too. BlueAnt also advertises an Android app, but it would unfortunately not install HTC, Kyocera, Motorola, or Samsung devices. When it comes to battery life, I managed to get over 3 hours of talk time including at least a day and a half on standby. To be exact, the specifications claim 4 hours of talk time and 100 hours of standby. Charging the headset is also fairly easy with the included micro USB cable which can plug into a computer or the provided AC wall adapter. # The Bottom Line When it comes to picking a headset, the BlueAnt Q2 is great option. It has a sharp, but subtle design for business and casual use. Getting it up and running is a cinch even for the technologically inept. The inclusion of a variety of ear buds increases the chances of a secure fit, which is quite important. Battery life is also pretty respectable. The main downside is probably the somewhat underwhelming noise isolation technology. BlueAnt offers the Q2 for a suggested retail price of $99, but discount hunters can find it for around $75 through third-party retailers. Buyers are definitely paying a premium and for the most part the BlueAnt Q2 will not disappoint. **Buy: [$70 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0043AJD9M/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [BluetAnt Q2](http://www.blueant.co.uk/products/headsets/q2/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Mozilla Releases Firefox 5, Firefox 6 Into The Wild URL: https://www.skatter.com/mozilla-releases-firefox-5-firefox-6-into-the-wild/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:22.000Z On May 27th, Mozilla updated the Aurora channel with a brand new release of Firefox: version 6.0\. That’s right, Firefox 4, 5, and 6 are all available to the public at once, though 4.0 is the only stable version. Firefox 6 is still very early in development, but already includes a number of enhancements. The new Data Management Window gives the user complete control over the access specific websites get to cookies, passwords, location information, and other data stored in the browser. Panorama Groups on Demand improves the experience of [Panorama](https://www.skatter.com/firefox-tab-candy-preview/), a feature Mozilla first unveiled in Firefox 4 to easily manage tabs. Groups on Demand decreases start up time by only letting users load saved tab groups when using the Panorama feature. Finally, Plugin Check verifies compatibility of all installed plugins through the Add-ons Manager. Developers are not left out in Firefox 6 either, as they get some nice tools like Scratchpad to build and test JavaScript right within the browser. There is also additional support for HTML5 and other growing web standards. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/aurora-nighly-beta-logos.png) Mozilla is internally testing Firefox 7 in the reserved “Nightly” channel. The company plans on releasing completely stable versions of Firefox 5, 6, and 7 by the end of 2011\. This new development approach is completely different to their previous release cycle. For instance, Firefox 3.0 was released on June 17, 2008 and it was not until almost three years later that we were finally able to download Firefox 4.0 on March 22, 2011\. It seems that Mozilla is following suit with the Google Chrome team, which cranks out a new stable version of the Chrome web browser every six weeks. **Links: [Firefox Future Releases blog](http://blog.mozilla.com/futurereleases/?ref=skatter.com)** ### WordPress 3.2: What To Expect URL: https://www.skatter.com/wordpress-3-2-what-to-expect/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:21:23.000Z For those keeping tabs, [WordPress 3.1 made a debut earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/wordpress-v3-1-hits-the-web/) in February bringing several new features including internal linking with the post editor, an admin bar, post formats, and a handful of other additions. Just a few months later, WordPress 3.2 is already warming up for a debut at the end of June. This version brings plenty of enhancements to the Dashboard, a distraction-free writer, and ships with a new default “Twenty Eleven” theme. # A New Dashboard ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/wordpress-3-2-dashboard.jpg "WordPress 3.2 Dashboard") Long time users may remember the several major Dashboard overhauls that WordPress went through as made its way from version 1.0 to where we are today. The upcoming changes, which focus on a more efficient style, are fortunately not nearly as drastic. The menus in the left column cut down on wasted space while the new header and footer have a smaller profile too. The notable “New Post” button drop down at the top right is gone and the same functionality will appear in the admin bar. WordPress 3.2 also ditches Internet Explorer 6 support and encourages users running old browsers to [upgrade to better ones](http://browsehappy.com/?ref=skatter.com). Those working on netbooks with low-resolution displays will probably appreciate the space conservative design changes. A few back-end performance upgrades will make using the Dashboard faster for everyone too. # Distraction Free Writer ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/wordpress-3-2-distraction-free-writer.jpg "WordPress 3.2 Distraction Free Writer") WordPress has had a “full screen” mode for ages in the post editor, but it was never too useful. Fonts were too small and the limited functionality did not help either. The upcoming upgrade replaces that feature with a minimalistic distraction-free writer. While typing in this mode, all toolbars disappear leaving only text on the screen. Moving your mouse brings the most used toolbar items back to focus along with other bits of information such as the word count. Inserting images and embedding content is also possible. The distraction-free writer works with both the visual editor and the HTML editor too. And yes, you can save without having to switch back. # Twenty Eleven Theme WordPress shipped with the famous [Kubrick theme](http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/default?ref=skatter.com) for years until a new theme named [Twenty Ten](http://wordpress.org/extend/themes/twentyten?ref=skatter.com) made an appearance last year. The next out of the box default theme is Twenty Eleven and it features an incredibly large header image much like its predecessors. If keeping in line with the new trend, the folks at WordPress might even have another Twenty Twelve theme around this time next year. The clean design is something that many will definitely appreciate — it apparently comes in a light and dark skin too. Twenty Eleven also features an animated gallery and support for Tumblr-like post formats. The lightweight footprint for snappy performance is also a plus. The most important aspect is probably the adaptation of HTML5 and CSS3 since these standards are finally becoming fairly compatible with most popular web browsers. The Twenty Eleven theme will likely also serve as a template for thousands of developers creating new themes. **Links: [WordPress](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Mac Defender Malware Scam Plagues OS X Users URL: https://www.skatter.com/mac-defender-malware-scam-plagues-os-x-users/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:25.000Z A malware scam is making its way to a wide range of Mac users recently. It works by putting malicious links at the top of search results and tricks users into accidentally clicking them. After doing so, a fake virus scanner pops up on the screen. It then falsely informs the user of potentially harmful software on their computer and recommends downloading an even more dangerous application: MacDefender. The scam soon gets even worse when it prompts the user to provide credit card information before downloading the fake anti-virus removal tool. On May 24th, Apple acknowledged the malware scam’s existence and posted a tip on how to remove the virus or just avoid it altogether. It states the following: > If any notifications about viruses or security software appear, quit Safari or any other browser that you are using. If a normal attempt at quitting the browser doesn’t work, then Force Quit the browser. In some cases, your browser may automatically download and launch the installer for this malicious software. If this happens, cancel the installation process; do not enter your administrator password. Apple has promised to deliver a software update for all Mac OS X users that will automatically find and remove Mac Defender, also known as Mac Protector or Mac Security, within a few days. It will also prevent users from accidentally stumbling onto it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/mac-defender-virus-screenshot.jpg) While these types of threats are relatively new for Mac users, Windows users have been experiencing scams and viruses of all sorts for years now. In fact, this exact type of scam — i.e. one that tricks users into downloading fake anti-virus software — is now almost infamous. Critics have said in the past that as the Mac becomes more and more mainstream, it will begin to face the same issues which have [haunted Windows advocates](https://www.skatter.com/free-download-microsoft-security-essentials/) for so long. As of April 2011, Mac OS X had a worldwide market share of approximately 5.4% according to [Net Applications](http://marketshare.hitslink.com/os-market-share.aspx?spider=1&qprid=9&ref=skatter.com). Windows remains strong at 88.91%, but has declined by about 2.5% in the last ten months while Mac usage continues to grow. At this rate, could Mac users see a rising amount of threats in the future? It is plausible, but still a concept that should be taken lightly. **Links: [Apple Support](http://support.apple.com/kb/HT4650?ref=skatter.com)** *Mac Defender screenshot courtesy of [Ubergizmo](http://www.ubergizmo.com/2011/05/apple-automatically-remove-mac-defender-malware-next-os-x-update/?ref=skatter.com).* ### The LG Revolution Available Today On Verizon Wireless, Only 5 Months Late URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-lg-revolution-available-today-on-verizon-wireless-only-5-months-late/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:25.000Z It was nearly 5 months ago at [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) when LG’s president took the stage at the Verizon Wireless press conference to announce the Android-powered Revolution smart phone. The device should have hit stores within a few weeks, but it was kept out of sight until now. For those not keeping tabs, today’s launch also comes with the availability for three other recently announced handsets: the [Sony Ericsson Xperia Play](https://www.skatter.com/sony-ericsson-xperia-play-becomes-official-for-verizon-wireless/), the [Motorola Droid X2](https://www.skatter.com/droid-x2-by-motorola-heads-to-verizon-wireless/), and the [HTC Trophy](https://www.skatter.com/htc-trophy-finally-brings-windows-phone-to-verizon-wireless/). The LG Revolution also takes its place as the third Verizon Wireless 4G LTE handset on the market. It boasts a 4.3 inch capacitive touch screen, HDMI output, WiFi 802.11 b/g/n connectivity, and Bluetooth 3.0\. There is a 5 megapixel camera on the back with auto-focus and LED flash for 720p video capture and a 1.3 megapixel camera on the front for video chat. A mobile hotspot feature lets up to 8 WiFi-enabled devices get online when running on 4G LTE or up to 5 users on slower 3G networks. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/lg-revolution-verizon-wireless.jpg "Verizon Wireless - LG Revolution") The news is not entirely exciting. The Revolution still runs on a single core Qualcomm Snapdragon processor while other handsets including the Motorola Droid X2 now feature dual-core. Another bummer? LG ships Android 2.2 (Froyo) on this device, which is over a year old at this point. There is no word on when the six-month-old Android 2.3 Gingerbread update will become available and Google already announced an even newer Android Ice Cream Sandwich earlier this month. There is also mention of Bing integration meaning LG and Verizon Wireless might have blocked use of Google search again. On the bright side, the LG Revolution is compatible with the new [Netflix app for Android](https://www.skatter.com/netflix-app-finally-hits-android-experience-not-so-great/). It also comes [pre-loaded with SWYPE](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) which is a neat touch. Verizon Wireless also includes a 16 GB microSD card in the packaging. Those looking to pick one up can do so beginning today (May 26th) for $249 with a new two-year contract. This devices does require a $30 monthly data plan to complement a voice package which begins at $40 a month. **Buy: [$150 on Amazon Wireless](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0051HASEA/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Verizon Wireless LG Revolution](http://www.verizonwireless.com/revolution?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nintendo Will Live-Stream Their Upcoming E3 2011 Press Event URL: https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-will-live-stream-their-upcoming-e3-2011-press-event/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:26.000Z As [we mentioned recently](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-nintendo-and-sony-hosting-press-events-at-e3-2011-well-be-there/), Skatter Tech is heading to Los Angeles to bring you the latest gaming news from E3 2011\. Microsoft, Nintendo, and Sony are all holding major press events over the course of a day and a half right before the conference kicks off on June 7th. Those who are not fortunate enough to join us at and around Los Angeles Convention Center can fortunately tune into at least one of those events. Nintendo just announced that they will live stream the entire ordeal. > Video game fans around the globe are invited to bookmark [http://e3.nintendo.com](http://e3.nintendo.com/?ref=skatter.com) in their browsers as Nintendo prepares to offer a virtual front-row seat at this year’s E3 Expo in Los Angeles. A live webcast of Nintendo’s E3 Expo 2011 media presentation will begin at 9 a.m. Pacific time on Tuesday, June 7. Of course, we will also provide instant updates on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) for a hands-on experience and other conveniently left out details. While we can not confirm the name of Nintendo’s next generation console, we do know it will make a debut at the show. The company let investors know that full working playable model would be shown off at E3\. We hope to also hear more specifications, game titles, and pricing too. I am particularly interested to find out whether the next generation controller will have a touch screen display as many unverified rumors claim. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nintendo-wii-lifeshot.jpg "Nintendo Wii Lifeshot") We probably will also hear more sales figures and statistics about the recently launched Nintendo 3DS. While chances for a new portable console are pretty much zero, fans should at least expect plenty of new titles making their way to store shelves soon. While the Wii definitely excelled, it also fell behind the capabilities of the PlayStation 3 and Xbox 360 quickly. The winners of console wars do not necessarily always have the “best specifications,” but it probably does not hurt. Having a good mix of innovative game play and a somewhat future proof hardware are always good selling points. **Links: [Nintendo E3](http://e3.nintendo.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### What Exactly Is The Chromebook’s Competition? URL: https://www.skatter.com/what-exactly-is-the-chromebooks-competition/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:37.000Z I might be an Apple fanboy, but I absolutely have to give credit to Google for doing a tremendous job with the [new Chromebook](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-the-google-chromebook-hands-on-with-the-samsung-series-5/). These new devices really do define an entirely new category of computers. They are not exactly netbooks, at least not yet. Up until now, Windows-based netbooks have sacrificed power for ultra-portability. For those who are not familiar, Chrome OS is computing simplified to just the web. Unlike a traditional operating system, Chromebooks do not have the broad feature set that a desktop computer offers. They run Chrome OS, which really focuses on putting your entire PC experience onto the cloud. I praise Google for being the first to pull through with this. So now that this infamously delayed operating system is here and installed on these branded notebooks, the question must be brought up: what market are they going to compete with? Most have been arguing that Chromebooks will effectively wipe out all netbooks. They both have the same portable form factor and the same price range (around $400 – $500). Presumably, netbooks would be the target, right? Well, not exactly. I truly believe — contrary to most critics — that the software is really what makes the gadget. Specs are important too, but are meaningless if accompanied by a poor OS. In this regard, Chromebooks and netbooks are worlds apart. Chromebooks do not have nearly as much functionality as netbooks do right now. Take for instance Adobe Photoshop. A widely adopted application (albeit expensive) for its unparalleled set of photo-editing tools, it can not be replicated on the web. Native apps have much more power and potential and consumers, particularly in certain fields, need those qualities in order to stay productive. This alone can be the deal-breaker for consumers who are flummoxed on which to buy. And it will be the deal-breaker for many. When traveling, netbooks bring an entire computer with you. Chromebooks just bring the Internet. As incredibly worthy as that may be, it remains limited. The main competition for a Chromebook clearly is not a netbook. Google actually believes that these devices can replace laptops. For consumers who do not spend much of their time using anything other than the Internet and do not want to shell out a ton of cash, this is plausible. But if this is the case, why not just buy a tablet? That brings me to my main point. [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-front.jpg)](http://skatter.com/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-front/?ref=skatter.com) Tablets are going to be the main competition of Chromebooks. Not only do tablets share the same ultra-portable form factor and price range of netbooks, but they also have the same capabilities. Chrome OS boots up quickly. iOS and Honeycomb boot up quickly. Chrome OS has the Web Store. iOS and Android have the App Store and Android Market, respectively. Chrome OS can not run the powerful applications which desktop operating systems like Windows and Mac OS X can. Neither can iOS and Android. There is a clear pattern here. Chromebooks and tablets are more similar than people think. To be blunt, neither are necessities at this point. They can not replace laptops or desktops and they obviously can not replace smart phones. These are just add-ons to the average consumer’s growing collection of gadgets. Mark my words. Come June when the general public gets their hands on Google’s sleek new toys, they aren’t going to be looking at netbooks and trying to make a decision between the two. Those dreadful little machines died as soon as Steve Jobs gave a demo of the iPad back in January 2010\. In one hand will be a compact and robust Chromebook and in the other will be a shiny and capable iPad. $500 is tucked away in a wallet. Time is ticking on. Which gadget will rise up above the other as champion? **Links: [Google Chromebook](http://www.google.com/chromebook/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 3M Shoot ‘n Share Camcorder + Projector (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/3m-shoot-n-share-camcorder-projector-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:03.000Z We have featured [portable pico projectors](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/) and handheld camcorders on Skatter Tech, but what about a device that can do both? The latest 3M creation is the Shoot ‘n Share which makes it possible to capture precious moments digitally and to playback recordings on a large screen instantly. With both a pico projector and a camera under the hood, this gizmo is unlike any other device on the market. # The Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/3m-shoot-n-share-right-side.jpg "3M Shoot n Share Right Side") The Shoot ‘n Share is about 4.9 inches tall, 2.5 inches wide, and an inch thick. This makes length and width approximately the size of a large smart phone, but the depth makes it appear rather bulky. Considering that camera sensors are fairly small these days, I am guessing that the pico projector component consumes most of the space inside. The device is also lighter than it appears weighing just 5.6 ounces. This is definitely bulkier than most point-and-shoot cameras, but it is still small enough to slide into a pocket or carry in a bag. The front face has a 2.4 inch display above a set of capacitive touch buttons for navigating through the on-screen interface. I should note that using the software feels rather primitive after spending so much time with advance smart phones. A power button, microSD card slot and a focus adjustment wheel are on the right side. An AV output jack and a HDMI port are on the left side along with a mini USB port which doubles for charging and data transfer. (Sticking to microUSB would have been nice.) The projector lens is on the top while a camera lens along with flash is on the bottom. There is also threading for use with a standard tripod, which is a neat touch. The build quality is pretty robust, but the plastic materials take away any expensive or premium feel. The flimsy flaps covering connectivity ports are especially a bad idea. It looks like the Shoot ‘n Share is a design from at least 5 or more years ago. Although not necessarily ugly, 3M should slim down and get designers to envision an entirely new look. A more attractive body would definitely draw in more attention even if expensive or if there are other flaws. # Camera + Camcorder Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/3m-shoot-n-share-camera-lens.jpg "3M Shoot n Share Camera Lens") The Shoot ‘n Share can capture video at 720p (1280-by-720 pixels) resolution and can snap 5 megapixel still images. I would have to say that video quality is actually not bad. It is definitely not on par with a dedicated camcorder, but it does definitely beat the quality of video captured on many smart phones. There is also a LED flash which can stay on when recording in poorly lit environments. It actually did an impressive job of brightening up anything within a 10 foot range. Captured images are not nearly as good-looking as video since there is a lack of sharpness and a bit of blur comes with each photo. Quality is better outdoors and in bright areas. 3M mentions auto focus, but the lens is most definitely fixed focus. A future Shoot ‘n Share iteration should definitely opt for an auto focus sensor, which is not exactly a far-fetched request considering that even slim smart phones have the technology inside. When it comes to storage, 3M made one major mistake. The Shoot ‘n Share only has about 14 MB of internal storage space. This means room for just a handful of photos or a few seconds of video. I found that 1 hour of video consumes about 3 GB of storage space and a full 5 megapixel image takes up around 1-2 MB. Although microSD cards are affordable and easily available, one should come in the packaging. In fact, I think 3M should also include at least 4 GB of on board storage as well. I can only imagine buyers taking one of these home to find that it is unusable out of the box. # Projection Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/3m-shoot-n-share-projector-lens.jpg "3M Shoot n Share Projector Lens") Although the Shoot ‘n Share boots up using the on-screen display, clicking on a dedicated button projects the same interface onto a wall. It takes only a few seconds to turn on and the image gets up to full brightness within a minute. For those wondering, this device projects at 14 lumens when plugged in and at 12 lumens when running on batteries which makes it nearly identical to the specifications of the [3M MPro120 we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/). This unfortunately also means that the projected image is quite difficult to see in a normal office setting or even in a naturally lit room. Turning off the lights and drawing the curtains helps, but this is probably less than ideal. 3M claims the Shoot ‘n Share can project to a size of up 65 inches in diagonal, but in practice I found that 40 inches was ideal for a good mix of enough brightness and image quality. Due to the standard LCoS display technology, users will need to manually focus the image with an analog dial on the side. It is not problematic, but I wish it was always in focus like the laser-powered [MicroVision SHOWWX+ pico projector](https://www.skatter.com/microvision-showwx-review/). In terms of quality, the Shoot ‘n Share projects at a VGA (640-by-480 pixel) resolution which is a 4:3 aspect ratio. I am not sure whether high-definition pico projector technology is available yet, but the current setup feels like odd since the same device also captures video at 720p. I also found that the on-board software can playback downloaded video podcasts. I watched a short TED Talk video without any issues. The built-in speakers are also loud enough for a party of few to hear easily. It is also possible to plug-in a pair of headphones or a set of external speakers. # Other Details ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/3m-shoot-n-share-left-side.jpg "3M Shoot n Share Left Side") The 100 mAh battery provides about two hours of projection. It lasts approximately the same amount for capturing video too. Recharging is thankfully easy using the included AC adapter or the provided mini USB cable. Plugging into a USB port of a computer turns the Shoot ‘n Share into a mass storage device for those who do not have a SD card adapter on hand. Although 3M does not include a cable, those looking to watch recorded videos on a traditional HDTV can use the HDMI output. Fortunately, at least a composite video cable comes in the packaging. The Shoot ‘n Share is also compatible with optional accessories such as a cable for Apple devices, component video cables, an infrared remote control, and a car charger. # The Bottom Line 3M definitely stumbled onto something interesting. There are probably no more than a handful of device that feature both a camera and a pico projector inside. The Shoot ‘n Share will undoubtedly impress others since its relatively unknown. Battery life is respectable, but recoding quality could be better and the projector also has room for improvement. Those looking to pick one up should also purchase a microSD card as well since 3M does not include one. It is hard to tell whether the Shoot ‘n Share is selling well or whether 3M will pursue a newer iteration down the road, but I can say it is one unique gizmo. It does a pretty impressive job for a first generation device and I can only hope a future iteration will improve on current flaws. It is also a bit expensive with a suggested retail price of $299, but shopping around will get you the Shoot ‘n Share for as little as $249 through retailers such as Amazon. **Buy: [$244 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0046HNWO4/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Link: [3M Shoot ‘n Share](http://www.3m.com/shootnshare/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Barnes and Noble Launches New Touch-Enabled Nook With 2 Month Battery Life URL: https://www.skatter.com/barnes-and-noble-launches-new-touch-enabled-nook-with-2-month-battery-life/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:27.000Z Barnes and Noble held an event in New York yesterday to unveil a brand new Nook named the Simple Touch Reader. Despite a lot of craze over tablets from Apple and Google, there are many buyers simply looking for a comfortable reading experience. This new model offers a 6 inch eInk display, WiFi connectivity, a two month battery life, and much more in a compact package. > “We set out to design the easiest-to-use, most optimized, dedicated reading device ever created and accomplished it with the All-New NOOK,” said William Lynch, Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble. “Touch makes it simple to use, and the beautifully compact design makes it the most portable eReader in its class.” The last generation Nook featured a color touch screen at the bottom with a eInk screen above. This was not too efficient when it came to battery life and having two interfaces did not play out so well with users. The [Amazon Kindle](https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-ad-supported-kindle-for-a-discounted-price-114/) was probably a safer bet. The new Nook Simple Touch Reader sports a new touch-enabled eInk screen for a better experience. The versatile display technology makes it possible to shop for new books and read purchased items easily. The new software lets users look up words in a dictionary, highlight paragraphs, adjust font size, switch font style, and search through the book. Barnes & Noble also claims that the display is 50% more efficient than the original Nook — the new model is also 35% lighter and 15% thinner as well. (It weighs 7.48 ounces and is just 4.7 inches thick to be exact.) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/barnes-and-noble-simple-touch-reader.jpg "Barnes and Noble Simple Touch Reader") There is 2 GB of internal storage which can hold approximately 1,000 books, but microSD expansion for up to 32 GB cards makes storing a lot more possible. While the Nook lacks 3G mobile broadband, users can get online over WiFi connections in B&N stores and AT&T hotspot locations when away from home. Those who want to continue reading on other devices can grab the Nook app for Android, BlackBerry, or iOS devices. Programs are also available for PC and Mac users. I should note that there is one catch when it comes to battery life. Barnes & Noble rates the two months for when WiFi is off. Leaving it on drops life span on a single charge to just 3 weeks, which is not too bad either. The Nook Bookstore provides access to magazines and newspapers with automatic daily deliver to complement its selection of over two million books. Nook owners can also borrow and lend books with friends for up to two weeks to avoid having to buy a copy. Those looking to buy one can pre-order for $139 anytime and orders will begin shipping on June 10th. We will try to get our hands on a unit for an in-depth review so stay tuned. **Links: [Barnes and Noble Nook Simple Touch Reader](http://www.barnesandnoble.com/nook/index.asp?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Unveils The Next-Generation Windows Phone, Code-Name ‘Mango’ URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-unveils-the-next-generation-windows-phone-code-name-mango/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:27.000Z After sending out [invites to journalists earlier this month](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-to-preview-windows-phone-7-5-mango-on-may-24th-details-already-leaked/), Microsoft held a press conference in New York City this morning to unveil the next version of Windows Phone. Still sporting the code-name ‘Mango,’ the new operating system will soon bring over 500 new features to existing and new handsets starting this fall. Microsoft already demoed tons of [developer features at MIX 2011 in April](https://www.skatter.com/3-promising-windows-phone-7-mango-features/) and this update mainly focuses on improvements for users. > “Seven months ago we started our mission to make smartphones smarter and easier for people to do more,” said Andy Lees, president of the Mobile Communications Business at Microsoft. “With ‘Mango,’ Windows Phone takes a major step forward in redefining how people communicate and use apps and the Internet, giving you better results with less effort.” # Better Communications http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qZML1LzClT4&hd=1 While Android and iOS users generally use different apps for text messaging and chat, Windows Phone is bringing both technologies into one place. The new threads feature makes having a conversation over SMS, Facebook Chat, or Windows Live Messenger possible from one place. Users can now turn groups of contacts into personalized live tiles on the home screen for quick access. This will make it easy to send messages to everyone in a group instantly and to keep tabs on their status updates. Microsoft is also taking social networking integration further by adding LinkedIn and Twitter directly into contact cards to complement the existing Facebook implementation. It is even possible to check-in to places from the native interface. Windows Phone ‘Mango’ also creates a unified inbox for multiple email accounts with better organization for threaded conversations. Features such as voice-to-text and text-to-voice enables hands free use as well. # Smarter Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/windows-phone-mango-local-scout-and-threads.jpg "Windows Phone Mango - Local Scout and Threads") The most notable new addition is definitely multitasking. Holding down the back key brings up thumbnails of open applications for quick switching. The improved live tiles now provide more dynamic information and bring notifications to users without having to open the respective app. The search capabilities in Windows Phone ‘Mango’ goes beyond competition by looking through third-party apps for results. For instance, scanning a book with Bing Vision will list the Amazon Kindle app as an option to buy and download a copy immediately. # Beyond The Browser Another great addition is Internet Explorer 9 which brings hardware acceleration for fast page rendering and better HTML5 compatibility. The local scout tool provides location-based search results and recommendations for nearby venues. Bing can now also identify music much like Shazam or SoundHound out of the box. Last but not least, Quick Cards create sets of summarized information for items such as a product, movie, event, or location. # Other Details While definitely behind the 350k apps in the Apple App Store or the 200k apps in the Google Android Market, Microsoft now touts a selection of 17k in the Windows Phone Marketplace. I am also looking forward to Nokia handsets featuring this operating system possibly as early as by the end of this year. Acer, Fujitsu, and ZTE also announced partnerships with Microsoft to launch their own Windows Phone handsets around the world. More localized languages and support for non-Latin scripts are also on their way to further extend reach. Developer can grab the latest [Windows Phone Developer tool kit](http://windowsteamblog.com/windows%5Fphone/b/wpdev/archive/2011/05/24/developer-news-beta-mango-tools-available-today.aspx?ref=skatter.com) for free to get started on building and test apps. One feature that went unmentioned was voice-guided turn-by-turn directions, which is an absolute essential at this point to take on Google Maps Navigation. I was also hoping to hear more focus for 4G enabled handsets, but Microsoft provided barely any details. Windows Phone ‘Mango’ is a definite improvement with several innovative features, but it is probably not enough to truly take on leading competitors just yet. Things can change quickly if Microsoft keeps up the pace and continuously introduces a new version of their mobile operating system every few months. **Links: [Windows Phone](http://www.microsoft.com/windowsphone/en-us/default.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:04.000Z Despite an early entrance into the world of tablets with the debut of the [Galaxy Tab 7](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/) running on a smart phone operating system last year, Samsung had plans for premium Android 3.0 Honeycomb tablets in the works. The first of those announcements came at [Mobile World Congress for the Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/) earlier this year in February, but the company went back to the drawing board to create a lighter and slimmer iteration for [CTIA Wireless 2011 by March](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-a-slimmer-10-1-model/) to take on the newly announced [Apple iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). Samsung even revealed a smaller Galaxy Tab 8.9 sibling which will also hit stores sometime this summer. Although the Galaxy Tab 10.1 has an official June 6th launch date, Google gave away 5,000 limited edition WiFi-only tablets to [attendees of I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-a-look-back-at-google-io-2011/). I was fortunate enough to pick up one of these tablets while at that conference, but I should note that my review unit varies slightly from the upcoming retail version since it lacks integrated mobile broadband, does not have a custom TouchWiz interface overlay, and is missing a microSD card slot. For those not familiar, this tablet boasts dual-core processors for fast multitasking, 32 GB of internal storage, access to thousands of apps from the Android Market, HD video capture, cloud-powered music streaming, video chat, stereo speakers, and much more. A downloadable upgrade to the newer Android 3.1 operating system is also on its way. # Build Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-power-and-volume.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Power and Volume Controls") The Galaxy Tab 10.1 is just 8.6 mm thick and weighs 595 grams making it both thinner and lighter than the Apple iPad 2\. For those wondering, it is not nearly as bulky as the first Android 3.0 Honeycomb tablet: [the Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/). This limited edition model features a white glossy plastic finish on the back with an Android pattern, however the retail version will have a slightly rubberized black matte coat. There is also a silver trim across the edges for additional contrast and the front face has a black border around the display creating just enough room for a good grip. The smooth rounded edges make the Galaxy Tab 10.1 comfortable to hold and the device does not get too heavy even during extended use unlike the last generation of tablets. The three-piece design with a glass piece on the front, a robust frame around the edges, and a fixed rear plate is by no means flimsy but a uni-body build would be preferable. I hope that a future iteration will feature an industrial anodised aluminum casing for a more premium feel. # The Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-back.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Back") Samsung only deserves credit for design considering they have the thinnest tablet on the market. The front face is clean as possible with no buttons and the bezel surround the display is not too wide. The only noticeable mark is a spot for the 2 megapixel camera on the front for video chat. The back side features a 3 megapixel camera and an LED flash for low-light photography. There is a 3.5 mm headphone jack centered on top and Samsung includes a pair of ear buds in the packaging. The volume rocker and a power button are also on top towards the left. I also noticed that there is a small pinhole for a microphone at the bottom while stereo speakers are on the left and right sides of the tablet. I was quite disappointed to find that Samsung chose to go with their own proprietary dock connector over a standard micro USB connector. While the included modular cable can plug into a regular USB port or into the included AC adapter, finding replacements is not as easy. Notably missing are a microSD card slot for expansion and a HDMI port for output. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-camera-and-headphone-jack.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Camera and Headphone Jack") After fancying over the impressive design, I turned on the display to find myself in horror. I immediately knew I had a defective unit as soon as the boot screen loaded. There was severe black light bleeding from the edges of the screen making it look as though white jolts of light were breaking out from several sides — the bottom right corner being the worst. I asked around to find that a few others also had the same issue. Even [developer forums](http://forum.xda-developers.com/forumdisplay.php?f=1050&ref=skatter.com) have members complaining about this problem and we can only hope the defects are not widespread to retail models. Setting that major concern aside, other aspects of the 1280-by-800 pixel resolution display are just fine. Despite featuring a larger 10.1 inch panel, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 still has a higher pixel density of 149 ppi compared to the 132 ppi of the iPad 2 creating a sharper image. With that being said, I should note that Apple’s IPS screens still offer better viewing angles and richer colors. Samsung’s display is not in any way problematic, but colors do look slightly faded. Another frustration was the built-in ambient light which does not turn up the brightness enough whether in a dark room or a bright office setting. I often had to manually tweak the levels for comfortable viewing. Fortunately, other sensors such as the accelerometer work perfectly fine by rotating the display quickly when changing orientation. # Operating System If you have used an Android smart phone, you really have not tried Android 3.0 Honeycomb yet. The new OS is heavily revamped despite the fact that it runs on similar code, supports the same set of apps, and has many familiar UI elements. Google essentially reinvented its mobile OS to take advantage of a tablet form factor with a new look, easier navigation, better multitasking, improved organization, and subtle notifications. Reading about Android 3.0 is not really as effective as seeing it in action, so I recommend watching my walk-through video above. If my demo was not clear enough, I can definitely say that everything from the home screen interface, multi-tasking, notifications, and pre-installed apps are well polished. The refreshing out-of-the-box [Tron-inspired](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tron%5F%28film%29?ref=skatter.com) theme tops it all off setting it apart from other tablets. Even the native tabbed browser experience is a great blend between a touch screen interface and a desktop-like browser. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/android-3-1-interface.jpg "Android 3.1 Interface") Although Google announced [Android 3.1](http://developer.android.com/sdk/android-3.1-highlights.html?ref=skatter.com) at I/O 2011, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 still runs on Android 3.0 Honeycomb. Motorola delivered the new version to Xoom owners a few days after the conference and Samsung will apparently do the same within a few weeks. The update is merely incremental, but it will bring several improvements: support for USB accessories (e.g. mouse or keyboard), a longer list of recently used apps, resizable widgets, and Wi-Fi connectivity improvements. Other additions include polish for pre-installed core apps such as the browser, gallery, calendar, and email. While this news sounds great, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 has a few disappointments. Unlike the unmodified version of Android Honeycomb running on the Motorola Xoom, Samsung makes several customizations of their own. This limited edition model does not even run TouchWiz yet and small quirks are already getting frustrating. For instance, this tablet ships with a custom keyboard which is bright white and breaks away from the native color scheme. It is not nearly as responsive either and I was at least glad that it is possible to switch back to the original keyboard easily. Another issue? Samsung dumps the official camera app for their own custom interface which is rather hideous. There is a good cause for concern considering that the upcoming update will likely bring a full-blown version of TouchWiz which means more potentially unwanted changes. # The Apps Google’s largest hurdle is now apps. Although there are over 200k in the Android Marketplace, less than 100 are tablet-optimized Honeycomb-specific apps. The situation is better than it was a few months ago when the Motorola Xoom made a debut, but not my much. With that being said, I should note that the vast majority of smart phone apps run on the Galaxy Tab 10.1 without any issues. The tablet ran just about every one of the approximately 50 apps I had on the Samsung Nexus S 4G, which runs on Android 2.3 Gingerbread, without any hiccups. While iOS zooms into iPhone apps on the iPad, Android 3.0 handles the situation differently. Older apps scale to fill the entire screen with a fluid width versus having to run in a small centered emulator-like window. I found that most apps remained crisp and did not have to suffer from blurriness. I should note that a few Android 2.x apps were buggy and that some even failed to run on Honeycomb. Unlike the Motorola Xoom, Samsung ships plenty of bloat-ware with the Galaxy Tab 10.1\. Sadly, none of these apps are removable. Samsung bundles its own Music Hub which overlaps with the new cloud-powered Google Music streaming service. They also pre-install the Amazon Kindle app and it appears as though they even blocked Google Books from the Android Market, which runs on the Motorola Xoom perfectly. Pulse news reader and WeatherBug also come pre-loaded. There is also a Samsung App store which is oddly filled with nothing useful aside from a ton of spam. Fortunately, the core set of pre-installed apps are a great example Android 3.0 Honeycomb’s capabilities and hopefully a sign of the things to come. Apps such as the Browser, Calendar, Gmail, Maps, Music, Talk, and YouTube are easy-to-use, fancy-looking, and powerful. Samsung even bundles a full version QuickOffice HD for document viewing and editing. # Cameras and Video Chat ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-camera-demo.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 - Camera Demo") Although tablets are definitely not ideal for photography, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 packs a 3 megapixel camera on the back along with a single LED flash. Sadly, images appear too grainy even in well-lit areas. The flash helps slightly in low-light conditions, but not by much. Holding up a large tablet steadily for a photo is not too easy either. Samsung makes 720p video capture possible, but there is not much to tout. While the inclusion of the feature is definitely welcome, a better camera such as the 5 megapixel sensors on the [BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/rim-pushes-out-blackberry-playbook-update-now-supports-video-chat/) is preferable. Fortunately, the 2 megapixel front-facing camera adds a lot more value. It works perfectly with Google Talk out of the box for video calls. Quality was actually quite impressive. I had no issues calling others using a Chromebook, a [Nexus S 4G](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-heading-to-sprint-stores-on-may-8th-for-199/), or a Windows laptop. The app even makes it possible to continue a voice-only conversation while multitasking which is a neat touch. The [Google Talk app](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/) also provides image stabilization for steady video streams. Music playback automatically fades away to a pause when you answer and incoming call. Notifications are also non-intrusive to your workflow. Third-party apps such as Tango make it possible to enjoy video calls with iPad and iPhone owners, but I still hope to see Skype make its way to Android tablets soon. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-vs-rim-blackberry-playbook.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 vs. RIM BlackBerry PlayBook") With a whopping 7,000 mAh battery inside, the Galaxy Tab 10.1 can keep going for at least a full week with moderate daily use. For those wondering, my general routine involves browsing the web, possibly playing a short Flash video, checking emails, glancing at my calendar, enjoying some music, placing a video call, and even looking up directions. I would have to say the Apple iPad 2 still might have slight edge over this tablet when it comes to lasting on a single charge, but not by much. This tablet can definitely last through a full day of rigorous use and likely through an entire work week for most. Being a WiFi-only tablet also helps compared to those with 3G or 4G modules eating away battery inside. # The Bottom Line If you are in the market for a new tablet, the Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 is a great choice. In fact, it is likely the best Android tablet on the market. The hardware makes no compromises with a dual-core processor, plenty of storage, a large 10.1 inch screen, and plenty of battery life not to mention being the lightest and thinnest tablet on the market as well. The largest concern is the relatively young Android Market for tablets which is still maturing. Customizations to the native operating system with TouchWiz is also a potential problem. Assuming that Samsung delivers on timely updates and developers begin pumping up tablet-optimized apps, this tablet will have a bright future. For those wondering, the most comparable retail model to the 32 GB version featured in this review will probably sell for $599 while a more affordable 16 GB option will sell for just $499\. Samsung is also working with major cellular carriers for 3G/4G mobile broadband enabled iterations which should make their wait to store shelves in just a few weeks. **Links: [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](http://www.samsung.com/global/microsite/galaxytab/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 3 Things Sony Needs For The NGP to Succeed URL: https://www.skatter.com/3-things-sony-needs-for-the-ngp-to-succeed/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:37.000Z In January, Sony Computer Entertainment held a [press conference to announce](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/01/27/next-generation-portable-ngp-all-the-early-details/?ref=skatter.com) the Next Generation Portable (NGP). The successor to the PlayStation Portable, this new gaming device will have a Quad Core ARM Cortex A9 processor, SGX543MP4+ dedicated graphics processor, and a 5 inch OLED multi-touch capacitive screen. Although these features are just the tip of the iceberg, amazing specs can only go so far. Back in December 2004, the original PSP-1000 just arrived in Japan, and it was much more powerful than its Nintendo counterpart. In the end, the DS sold almost 145 million units while the PSP could only muster up half that amount. This clearly shows it takes more than a great spec sheet for a device to sell. If Sony wants to present itself as a real contender in the portable gaming market, they will need to incorporate these three fundamentals. # Affordable Pricing The original PSP came to America in March 2005 priced at $249\. At the time, consumers could buy a DS for $100 less, but the PlayStation team seemed to believe that people would pay for a product with more raw power. However, the two to one ratio of DS’s to PSP’s sold showed that gamers chose affordability, and Sony’s device fell flat. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/sony-next-generation-portable-bottom.jpg) Sony cannot afford to make this mistake again. If the NGP is going to be a winner, they need to give it a more affordable price. This may become problematic, however, because high performance specs tend to equal high cost. A portable gaming device with a Quad Core processor and a dedicated GPU could give it graphics on par with next gen consoles like the PlayStation 3\. With such capabilities, it is hard to imagine the price falling below the $250 estimated by industry analysts. However, even this projected cost seems too generous. Considering the PlayStation 3’s original 20 GB and 60 GB models were priced at $499 and $599 respectively, it is unlikely that Sony could pack the power of the PS3 into a 7.5 inch device, price it at $250, and turn a profit. Although it is expected that [E3 will reveal the truth](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-nintendo-and-sony-hosting-press-events-at-e3-2011-well-be-there/), I predict a price point between $300 and $350\. If my speculations are proven true, this would make the device [$100 more than the 3DS](https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-3ds-availability-and-pricing-finally-announced/) and the past could repeat itself. What about Apple and Android? Although these two devices are not dedicated gaming systems, there are plenty of apps that make both developers a legitimate force in the handheld market. For example, Angry Birds has been downloaded 12 million times on iOS and 10 million times on Android, and both App Stores have more enjoyable games for a lot less than a console equivalent. Many of the consumers that the 3DS and NGP are targeting already own smartphones that can give them their gaming fix. Moreover, Android phones and iPhones have deals with cell phone providers that cut the cost of the device anywhere from half off to almost free with the purchase of a 2-year contract. This makes the estimated $250 (or more realistic, $350) price for the NGP a lot less lucrative. # Superb Launch Titles In order to justify the inevitably expensive price tag, Sony will need games that no other console can match. PlayStation developers already own some of the most popular franchises making this a feasible task. Little Big Planet, Uncharted, Killzone, and God of War are all consistently solid games that, when released, are able to sell consoles. All of these games need to be available within the first three or four months of launch with at least a couple of these games available on launch day. Thankfully, it looks like Sony is thinking ahead. Many sources already leaked that the first-party releases for the NGP will be: Uncharted, WipEout, ModNation Racers, and Smart As. Although all of these games give me a new sense of hope (especially Uncharted), there needs to be high quality games from third party developers every month if consumers are going to invest in this device. I remember waiting month after month for Metal Gear Solid: Portable Ops and year after year for Gran Turismo. These delays are unacceptable because people want to see a return on their invest. If great games illustrating the unrivaled power of the device are released on a month to month basis, I know this gamer will be able to stomach the cost of the console. # Standardized Storage Medium Betamax, MiniDisc, MemoryStick, and UMD are just a few of the many storage formats that Sony developed, and they all share one thing in common. They all failed. Aside from the Blu-ray disc, Sony constantly finds themselves creating storage formats that customers cannot get behind. In [our previous post on the NGP](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/), we reported that Sony is considering a new flash memory card dedicated for gaming. This is very troubling. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/memorystick-pro-duo.jpg) If Sony chooses to opt out of the wildly accepted SD card format, this will be another barrier to entry that could deter fans. When the first PSP launched, Sony stuck to its MemoryStick Pro Duo (MSPD) format. At the time, a 1 GB card cost about $108\. If you wanted to play music or movies, you needed more memory than the 32 MB included in the bundle pack. This became a second cost that made the already expensive PSP even more difficult to afford. In addition to the cost problem, there was also the exclusivity of MSPD. As the SD card became more and more popular, its cost naturally dropped. However, because MemoryStick was only developed by Sony, the price of memory not only decreased at a glacial rate but no other companies actually used the card. It made more sense for consumers to just dump Sony and stick with other competitors. What Sony needs to do is follow smartphones like the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/). Include an 8GB internal SSD hard drive and allow the possibility of memory expansion using SD or microSD cards. If they do this, it would go against Sony’s previous track record of launching new devices with brand new formats. However, this would also reduce cost and hassle on the customer end making the device more accessible for fence sitters. # The Bottom Line With E3 only a few weeks away, you can be certain that Skatter Tech will have a more in depth preview of the Next Generation Portable in the near future. As it stands, Sony needs to at least incorporate these three marketing and development strategies if they want the NGP to do what the PSP could not: succeed. **Links: [PlayStation](http://us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### HTC Trophy Finally Brings Windows Phone To Verizon Wireless URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-trophy-finally-brings-windows-phone-to-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:27.000Z ‘Tis the season for new smart phone announcements, especially from Verizon. Closely following the launch of the [Motorola Droid X2](https://www.skatter.com/droid-x2-by-motorola-heads-to-verizon-wireless/) and the [Sony Ericsson Xperia Play](https://www.skatter.com/sony-ericsson-xperia-play-becomes-official-for-verizon-wireless/) over the past two days, Verizon Wireless announced today that the new HTC Trophy will be going on sale online on May 26th for $149.99 with a two-year contract after a $50 rebate. AT&T, Sprint, and T-Mobile have offered Windows Phone 7 handsets for sometime, but this will be a first for Verizon Wireless. The HTC Trophy features a 3.8-inch WVGA touchscreen, 1 GHz Snapdragon processor, and 16 GB of storage space. Additionally, the global ready feature will allow customers to use voice and data services in over 200 countries with over 125 of those supporting with 3G speeds, making it ideal for travelers. Other notable features include a 5 megapixel camera with auto-focus and LED flash, which supports 720p HD video capture. Enjoying music and movies is also better with integrated SRS WOW HD surround sound. While there is no 4G LTE connectivity, the HTC Trophy at least has 802.11 b/g/n WiFi for getting faster network speeds when at home. Other standard goodies such as access to the Windows Phone Market, Xbox Live, and Microsoft Office come standard. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/windows-phone-games-hub.png "Windows Phone - Games Hub") As an extra perk, anyone who buys a HTC Trophy before July 15th will get a Xbox 360 console game for free. Available games are Halo: Reach, Kinect Sports, and Lode Runner. The HTC Trophy will hit Verizon Wireless stores on June 2\. It will be interesting to see how it holds up, considering all the hype that’s around some of its competitors. We reviewed the [Sprint HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/), which runs on the latest Windows Phone 7 operating system, earlier this year and had a great experience. An upcoming [Windows Phone 7.5 ‘Mango’](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-to-preview-windows-phone-7-5-mango-on-may-24th-details-already-leaked/) update will bring multitasking, a new browser, and many more features very soon. Customers who pick up a HTC Trophy will just have to hope that Microsoft will ship an update for them sooner than later. **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/index.html?ref=skatter.com) | [HTC](http://www.htc.com/us/products?jt=1&js=100&jsid=22575&jcp=HTC%20Brand-Superbowl&jcr=Superbowl%20Video&gclid=CNS2oJ3s9KgCFRRigwod9EfVRw&ref=skatter.com)** **Editor’s Note:** Sahas Katta contributed to this article as well. ### Droid X2 By Motorola Heads To Verizon Wireless URL: https://www.skatter.com/droid-x2-by-motorola-heads-to-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:28.000Z We headed to a [Verizon Wireless press event](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-for-verizon-live/) around this time last year to learn about the original Motorola Droid X. The device was a massive Android smart phone with a 4.3 inch display to take on the HTC EVO 4G. As I stated [in my review last year](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/), the Droid X was a robust device despite losing the spotlight to other worthy competitors such as the [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) or even its own sibling the [Droid 2](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-announces-the-motorola-droid-2/). Verizon Wireless and Motorola are back again with the Droid X2 which hopes to steal the spotlight with features such as a dual-core processor, but the handset will probably suffer the same fate. For starters, this new smart phone sports a nearly identical body. Unless the product shots are inaccurate, I do not see any many external design changes. Motorola could have introduced a sleeker body, capacitive buttons for the main navigational keys, less of a bulge for the camera, and several other improvements. The Droid X2 runs on Android 2.2 Froyo, which is actually the same operating system owners of the original Droid X are enjoying meaning no improvements in that department. Verizon Wireless does mention that Motorola will offer Android 2.3 Gingerbread eventually, but there is no word on a timeline. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/motorola-droid-x2-angle.jpg "Motorola Droid X2 - Angle Shot") The main improvements are probably the jump to a faster dual-core 1 GHz processor and a new higher resolution qHD (960-by-540 pixel) screen. The predecessor had a single core 1 GHz processor and a WVGA (854-by-480 pixel) resolution display for reference. Aside from that, other specifications look nearly identical: 1540 mAh battery, 3.5 mm headphone jack, USB 2.0 connector, HDMI output, DLNA media sharing, FM radio, HD 720p video capture with dual LED flash, 8 GB of internal storage, and 512 MB of RAM. While owners of the original Droid X got a 16 GB microSD card in the packaging, buyers of this new model will only get a 8 GB microSD. That is not the only disappointment either. This phone entirely lacks a front facing camera for video chat and has no 4G LTE connectivity, both of which are available on the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/). When lined up against other already-announced device heading to the market soon, it looks even worse. The upcoming [HTC Sensation for T-Mobile](https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/) or even the [HTC EVO 3D for Sprint](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/) are better investments. Even the Motorola Droid Bionic, which already faces several delays, will likely be a better choice. Although I would probably suggest saying clear of the Droid X2, those interested can order one beginning tomorrow on May 19th. The device will hit stores on May 26th for $199 with a new two-year contract. This devices does require a $30 monthly data plan to complement a voice package which begins at $40 a month. Also available on the same day is the [Sony Ericsson Xperia Play](https://www.skatter.com/sony-ericsson-xperia-play-becomes-official-for-verizon-wireless/), which some gamers might want to consider. **Links: [Motorola Droid X2](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/DROID-X2-by-MOTOROLA-US-EN?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://vzw.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Ericsson Xperia PLAY Becomes Official For Verizon Wireless URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-ericsson-xperia-play-becomes-official-for-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:28.000Z Gaming smart phone enthusiasts knew this announcement was already coming. Leaked images and details hit the web several months ago. Sony even announced that the [PlayStation Suite would be heading to Android](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/) at a press event earlier this year as well. Sony Ericsson even gave away several hundred unlocked (GSM) Xperia PLAY units to developers at [Google /O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-a-look-back-at-google-io-2011/) last week. Despite all the buzz even before an official announcement, Verizon Wireless finally stated that they will offer the device on their network later this month. The Xperia Play runs on a 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon II processor along with a Adreno 205 GPU for better gaming. While many smart phones still run on the year-old Android 2.2 Froyo operating system, Sony Ericsson will surprisingly ship this device with Android 2.3 Gingerbread. We can only hope they will keep up this enthusiasm when it comes to delivering on the next version of Android, Ice Cream Sandwich, when it becomes available later this year. The Xperia Play specifically targets gamers with a PlayStation inspired directional keys, dual analog touch pads, L/R shoulder buttons, and the four symbols. The device will even come pre-loaded with Madden NFL 11 (EA Sports), Bruce Lee Dragon Warrior (Digital Legends), Asphalt 6: Adrenaline (Gameloft), The Sims 3 (EA), Star Battalion (Gameloft), Crash Bandicoot (Sony Playstation) and Tetris. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/sony-ericsson-xperia-play.jpg "Sony Ericsson Xperia Play") Despite the unique gaming extras, this phone still stays in line with traditional Android devices. There are four standard home, menu, back, and search keys for navigation. Multitasking sounds easy with 512 MB of RAM although a dual-core processor would have also been nice. An internal storage capacity was not detailed, but there is microSD expansion. A four-inch capacitive display with a 480-by-854 pixels resolution seems like a reasonable size for a decent mix between portability and enough room for gaming. There is a 5 megapixel camera and even a complementary front-facing one for video chat. A mobile hotspot feature lets up to five WiFi enabled devices get online with the phone’s 3G network. There is unfortunately no 4G LTE connectivity, which is a major lacking. I had a chance to handle this device about a week ago and I was not too excited. The build quality reeked of cheap plastic and the device lacked a “premium feel.” Reaching out towards the shoulder keys also felt rather awkward and crunched. I also could not help but worry that the selection of PlayStation Suite games would remain limited. Despite the notable branding, this device can not actually play every PlayStation Portable title. Carrying around a device with a dedicated slide-out game controller might also be unnecessary for anyone who does not plan to game all the time. Those still interested can pre-order one online tomorrow on May 19th. The Xperia Play will also reach store shelves on May 26th for $199 with a new two-year contract. This devices does require a $30 monthly data plan to complement a voice package which begins at $40 a month. **Links: [Sony Ericsson](http://www.sonyericsson.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://vzw.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### PlayStation Network Returns, Sony Details Complimentary Perks URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-sony-details-complimentary-perks/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:28.000Z The PlayStation Network and Qriocity services are finally returning a month after Sony was forced to shut down its online network due to an external intrusion. Although all of the features are not completely restored, online play is fully operational. Yesterday, Sony also announced more details of their [“Welcome Back” program](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-next-week-sony-offers-perk-for-downtime/) that should have gone live a week ago. Once the online Store returns, all existing users will gain access to the “Welcome Back” gift. Patrick Seybold, Senior Director of Corporate Communications and Social Media, detailed the program in a [recent update](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/05/16/details-for-playstation-network-and-qriocity-customer-appreciation-program-in-north-america/?ref=skatter.com) on the official PlayStation blog. Gamers who did not sign up for PSN Plus accounts before the blackout will receive 30 days of free membership. Existing Plus account holders will get an additional 60 days of subscription paid for by Sony. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/playstation-plus.jpg) Anyone with a PSN account before online services [went down back in April](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/) will be able to download two PS3 games to keep forever. However, not all games are eligible for this offer. Your choices are Dead Nation, inFAMOUS, LittleBigPlanet, Super Stardust HD and Wipeout HD + Fury. If you are a PSP owner, you can pick two games from the handheld versions of LittleBigPlanet, ModNation Racers, Pursuit Force and Killzone Liberation. For those not satisfied with complimentary PSN Plus membership and free downloadable games, Sony announced more gifts to woo fans back. They will open up “On Us”– a subsection in the movie department of the online store. This program will give customers access to free movie rentals over one weekend, but representatives did not detail any specific titles. PlayStation Home users will get 100 free virtual items ranging from clothes and objects to personal spaces. If you already were a Music Unlimited Premium Trial subscriber, you will receive 30 days of free premium content. Those with upgraded Premium/Basic memberships will have an additional 30 days of time, free of charge. These are the confirmed gifts for North America. [European](http://blog.eu.playstation.com/2011/05/16/details-of-the-welcome-back-programme-for-scee-users-2/?ref=skatter.com) and [Latin American](http://blog.latam.playstation.com/2011/05/16/detalles-para-el-programa-de-agradecimiento-de-playstation-network-en-latinoamerica-2/?ref=skatter.com) fans should check their respective PlayStation blogs for more details. It is great to see the PlayStation Network back online even if they are a bit late. It is especially awesome that the “Welcome Back” program is more than just free PSN Plus access. Despite the limited selection of games, offering a pick of two free titles is a nice way for Sony to apologize. But is it enough? Let us know in the comments below! **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### My Thoughts On The Google Chromebook, Hands On With The Samsung Series 5 URL: https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-the-google-chromebook-hands-on-with-the-samsung-series-5/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:38.000Z Last week at I/O 2011, Google announced a new product line of Chromebook laptops. This comes a little over 6 months after the company began handing out over 60,000 CR-48 Chrome Notebooks to businesses, developers, and students. Unlike a traditional operating system, Chrome OS is all about the cloud. Despite internal hard disk space, users actually access files and work through a browser on the web. Google will offer an over-the-counter consumer version for a one-time fee in addition to paid monthly subscriptions which provide technical support and hardware upgrades for education and business customers. Acer and Samsung are initial hardware partners for this “new kind of computer” as Google describes, but I think there are some concerns worth addressing. # A Little More Background http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TVqe8ieqz10&hd=1 For those not familiar with Chrome OS, there is not much you need to know. Imagine a computer with the Google Chrome browser, but nothing else. There is no desktop with icons for applications, a fancy dock for programs, or even a start button. The entire interface consists of full screen tabbed web pages and users can create multiple windows to group these as well. It is simple enough, but it is also a problem. The current state of the operating system did not even have a file browser and the was almost entirely useless when in areas without mobile broadband or WiFi such as an airplane. Google is fortunately addressing those concerns with and more with a major update. # The New Hardware ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-series-5-google-chromebook-closed.jpg "Samsung Series 5 Google Chromebook (Closed)") The original Chrome Notebook shipped without any branding. There was no mention of Google, Chrome OS, and hardware manufacturers on the chassis. The production models are quite different. Acer and Samsung both proudly tout their branding along with a Chrome logo too. Unlike netbooks, these Chromebooks sport a full-sized keyboard and a large multi-touch trackpad. The operating system boots up from a full shut down in under 10 seconds and resuming from standby is instant. These laptops also come in two varieties: WiFi-only and a world-mode 3G model. ## Acer Chromebook Specs - Display: 11.6″ HD Widescreen CineCrystal LED-backlit LCD - Weight: 3.19 lbs (1.45 kg) - Battery: 6 hours of continuous usage - Processor: Intel Atom Dual-Core - Webcam: HD quality with noise cancelling microphone - Audio: High-Definition Audio Support - Ports: 2 USB 2.0 ports and HDMI port - Flash Media: 4-in-1 memory card slot ## Samsung Chromebook Specs - Display: 12.1″ (1280-by-800 pixel) 300 nit - Weight: 3.26 lbs (1.48 kg) - Battery: 8.5 hours of continuous usage - Processor: Intel Atom Dual-Core - Webcam: HD quality with noise cancelling microphone - Ports: 2 USB 2.0 ports and Mini-VGA port - Flash Media: 4-in-1 memory card slot Samsung will make its Series 5 Chromebook available next month on June 15th through Amazon and Best Buy. The 3G model goes for $499 while the WiFi model is $429\. For those wondering, Samsung will even offer two colors: silver and white. The Acer Chromebook will go live on Amazon on the same day too, but the company has only announced the $350 price tag for the WiFi only model. While most product launches are for the United States only, prospective buyers in the U.K., France, Germany, Netherlands, Italy, and Spain can also pick one up on June 15th too. # Business and Education Subscriptions ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-series-5-google-chromebook-right-side.jpg "Samsung Series 5 Google Chromebook (Right Side)") Google is not just trying to revolutionize computing for consumers, education and business customers are in their line of fire too. These organizations can order Chromebooks for their employees or students without an up-front cost. Schools and universities only need to pay $20 a month per device while companies need to spend $28 a month per device. Opting for a 3G-enabled model for 100 MB mobile broadband will run both groups an additional $3 per month for each user. Business and education customers need to order at least 10 Chromebook units and sign a three-year commitment to take advantage of these subscription plans. Calculating the cost over the duration of the contract reveals a price tag of over $1,000 for a Samsung 3G Chromebook. It seems rather expensive considering the rather unimpressive hardware specifications and feature set, but there is something else worth considering: maintenance. Organizations spend fortunes on keeping technology up and running. Many are still running a generation or two old operating system too. Google ensures these machines are always running on the latest software and even goes far to claim performance will get better over time. These machines do not ship with bloat-ware since Chrome OS is just a browser, there is probably little-to-no concern regarding viruses, and encrypted data provides additional security. The IT team will not have to deal with getting users to backup regularly or have to recover data when devices are lost, stolen, or broken since everything is already in the cloud. Administrators can manage each of these devices from a web-based console and Google will offer technical support over the phone. Included warranty covers replacements and organizations are eligible for new hardware at the end of a three-year period. # Hands On With the Samsung Series 5 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-series-5-google-chromebook-left-side.jpg "Samsung Series 5 Google Chromebook (Left Side)") I had a chance to try a Samsung Chromebook for about a half hour following Google I/O at a small gathering held for a few journalists. Within a few minutes, I could tell that these laptops are designed for easy of use and simplicity. It does not feel overwhelming as a traditional computer might to many consumers who are not too tech savvy. According to a representative form Google, getting the entire machine setup after unpacking takes just 3 minutes. I tested resuming the device from standby and it turned on in less than a second after open the display. The build quality does not strike of expensive parts, but it does not feel fragile in any way either. The device weighs just 3.3 pounds which is fairly light and is just .79 inches thick. The dual-core processor handled playing 720p YouTube flash videos seamlessly despite lacking an internal GPU. A new media player lets users playback multimedia from a flash drive or a memory card too. The touch pad was very responsive and two-finger scrolling gestures work smoothly. I found that typing on the chiclet keyboard comfortable with enough for both hands and perfect amount of ‘click.’ The display was rather sharp and bright compared to other notebooks. I did not have a chance to try the web cam, but it apparently features a 1.3 megapixel sensor with full support for Google Talk. The traditional function key row now have dedicated buttons for back/forward browsing, page refresh, full screen, brightness controls, and volume adjustments. Google even did away with the Caps Lock button in exchange for a search key which opens a new tab. My Thoughts ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-chromebook-series-5.jpg "Samsung Chromebook Series 5") Google’s introduction of the Chromebook is a major change for the market, but it also brings a few concerns when it comes to available features and the price point. From a consumer perspective, one could buy a netbook for less and use the Chrome browser for the same experience plus more. If companies can handle technical support for employees on their own at a better price, they might as well purchase hardware without contracts. Other concerns were the issue of getting work done without a network connection even though these devices come with 3G mobile broadband and WiFi. Thankfully core apps such as Gmail, Docs, and Calendar are getting native HTML5 offline support and other third-party apps will probably follow the lead. We even heard that Dropbox integration was in the works and services such as Box.net are already available. It is still too early to tell how this new subscription based model will play out, but it looks like it could work for many. While developers and engineers still need full-fledged machines, it could be a perfect match for companies which just need a web portal to get work done. **Links: [Google Chromebook](http://www.google.com/chromebook/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook’s Google Smear Saga Continues URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-s-google-smear-saga-continues/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:28.000Z Is bad press better than no press at all? Apparently so, at least in Burson-Marsteller’s opinion. Not content with hiding in the corner and licking their wounds after being exposed for running an anti-Google smear campaign on Facebook’s behalf, the PR firm was caught deleting criticism over the scandal posted on—wait for it, this is the best part—their Facebook page. The offending comment in question was posted on the site by Jessica Murray and had a link to [The Daily Beast article](http://www.thedailybeast.com/blogs-and-stories/2011-05-12/facebook-busted-in-clumsy-smear-attempt-on-google/?ref=skatter.com) about the firm being hired by Facebook. The post read, > “Since no one from your organization is sharing this information, I will kindly pass along to all your Facebook fans. Pretty poor press release explaining your actions too.” A representative from Burson-Marsteller’s has confirmed that the company deleted the post, saying that it was “wrong” that it was deleted and that they would be reaching out to ask Jessica Murray to repost her message. One has to wonder why a PR firm that claims to have a “long tradition in corporate reputation, crisis and digital arenas” was thinking when they decided that this would be a good idea. A quick synopsis of this week’s events, on Thursday The Daily Beast broke the story that Facebook had hired Burson-Marsteller to pitch anti-Google stories to media outlets asking them to investigate claims that Google was invading users’ privacy, all without revealing who their client was. The plan went south after Burson in a particularly questionable move offered to “help” an influential blogger write an op-ed piece bashing Google, with the promise that the piece would be published in national outlets like The Washington Post, The Huffington Post, and Politico, who published the emails after rejecting the article, which spurred the publication of a [USA Today article](http://www.usatoday.com/money/media/2011-05-06-google%5Fn.htm?ref=skatter.com) accusing Burson of spreading a whisper campaign against Google for a mystery client, which, surprisingly, turned out to be none other than one of Google’s biggest tech rivals: Facebook. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/mark-zuckerberg-facebook-hq.jpg) Both companies have spent the two days since in hyper-damage control mode following the unveiling of the botched PR fiasco. Burson-Marsteller struck first, stating that, > Now that Facebook has come forward, we can confirm that we undertook an assignment for that client. The client requested that its name be withheld on the grounds that it was merely asking to bring publicly available information to light and such information could then be independently and easily replicated by any media. Any information brought to media attention raised fair questions, was in the public domain, and was in any event for the media to verify through independent sources. Whatever the rationale, this was not at all standard operating procedure and is against our policies, and the assignment on those terms should have been declined. When talking to the media, we need to adhere to strict standards of transparency about clients, and this incident underscores the absolute importance of that principle. Facebook responded shortly after being thrown under the proverbial bus, doing their very best to explain their actions in the most positive and almost “innocent” light. > No ‘smear’ campaign was authorized or intended. Instead, we wanted third parties to verify that people did not approve of the collection and use of information from their accounts on Facebook and other services for inclusion in Google Social Circles — just as Facebook did not approve of use or collection for this purpose. We engaged Burson-Marsteller to focus attention on this issue, using publicly available information that could be independently verified by any media organization or analyst. The issues are serious and we should have presented them in a serious and transparent way. Google has yet to comment on this week’s events, understandably so, since all they really need to do at this point is sit back and watch their Silicon Valley rival further damage its own reputation. And while it’s true that Facebook has become so integrated in the Internet and in our daily lives that these slimy shenanigans won’t do any real harm to the company financially, it will severely affect Facebook’s business and professional reputation, which has been suffering lately with all the privacy issues that have been cropping up recently. Regardless of what the ramifications of this stunt might be, it has definitely not been a good week for the social media site—I’m sure Mark Zuckerberg is having a very happy 27th birthday today indeed. **Link: [Facebook ](http://www.facebook.com/)| [Google](http://www.google.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Netflix App Finally Hits Android, Experience Not So Great URL: https://www.skatter.com/netflix-app-finally-hits-android-experience-not-so-great/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:29.000Z When news broke that [Netflix](http://netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com) had finally introduced an Android app earlier this week, things were looking bright for those looking to enjoy a film on their smart phone or tablet. The news came just a day after Google announced their own movie rental service through [YouTube](http://www.youtube.com/movies?ref=skatter.com) and the [Android Marketplace](https://market.android.com/movies?ref=skatter.com) at I/O 2011\. It seems odd that it has taken so long considering that the on-demand movie streaming service already is available on gaming consoles, several set-top boxes, many Blu-ray players, and embedded in HDTVs. Apple iPhone and iPad owners have had apps available for ages and even early Windows Phone 7 adopters do too. While the implementation on most platforms is now quite fancy, the Android app is rather disappointing. The interface feels antiquated compared to the rest. Text and icons look rather blurry on the HTC EVO and the [Nexus S 4G](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-heading-to-sprint-stores-on-may-8th-for-199/). I found I had to hit the play button or select other elements several times repeatedly due to unresponsiveness. The Netflix app is not available to all Android smart phones either: only a handful of HTC devices and one Samsung handset support it. > **Compatible Devices:** 1. HTC Incredible with Android 2.2 2. HTC Nexus One with Android 2.2, 2.3 3. HTC Evo 4G with Android 2.2 4. HTC G2 with Android 2.2 5. Samsung Nexus S with Android 2.3 Fortunately, video quality is not a problem. When you begin playback, the image looks a bit blurry while the app adjusts to your network speed. After a few minutes, given that you have enough bandwidth available, the quality becomes pixel perfect. The power of Netflix’s streaming technology definitely deserves credit. I was also glad to find that streaming works on 3G and 4G in addition to WiFi networks for viewing on the go. Seeking or skipping to any part of the video is fast and easy with a slider and time code to complement it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/netflix-android-demo.jpg "Netflix Android Demo") For those who have an incompatible device, the [Android community](http://www.reddit.com/r/Android/comments/ha5oh/root%5Fhow%5Fto%5Fedit%5Fyour%5Fbuildprop%5Fto%5Fmake%5Fnetflix/?ref=skatter.com) is already working on several workarounds to get the Netflix app working. You will probably need a rooted device, which is a bummer for those who do not want to void their warranty. While fragmentation probably plays a role in the major delay for this platform, I doubt it is the only cause. Netflix is an incredibly large organization which now has more subscribers than Comcast. Getting a few extra developers to ensure support for a wide variety of Android smart phones and introducing an Android 3.1 Honeycomb app should not be an issue. It is an especially vital time considering that Google gave the new platform a push by handing out 5,000 Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 tablets to attendees of their conference. **Links: [Netflix](http://netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Android Market](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.netflix.mediaclient&ref=skatter.com)** ### Cerulean Studios Launches Trillian 5, Service Goes Free With Ads URL: https://www.skatter.com/cerulean-studios-launches-trillian-5-service-goes-free-with-ads/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:29.000Z As a long time Trillian user, I noticed something interesting on the official Cerulean Studios blog last week. The company choose to try a new business model by turning their entire product line into free ad-supported software. Traditionally, Trillian came in two flavors: free and pro. Paid customers could enjoy a full set of features while others had to do with some limitations. It is a surprising move considering that Cerulean Studios never included ads for any user in the past. Features such as the activity history viewer is just one example of the many benefits that anyone can now enjoy. For those not [familiar with Trillian](https://www.skatter.com/a-look-at-trillian-5-for-windows/), the client lets users chat on AIM, Windows Live, Yahoo! Messenger, Google Talk, Facebook Chat, Jabber, and Skype from just one application. It even includes integration for Foursquare, LinkedIn, and Twitter. While mobile apps generally ran customers extra, apps for [Android](https://www.skatter.com/trillian-for-android-review/) and iOS will also become free. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/trillian-for-android.jpg "Trillian for Android") Fortunately, there is some good news for existing paid customers: all versions of the all-in-one chatting client will remain ad-free for them. Heavy users who do not want to deal with advertisements can also pay $12 a year for the same experience. The changes are not entirely playing to well with long-time users. I had a few friends complain about overly large ads being streamlined into conversation windows. Although Cerulean Studios claims to “have created beautiful ad units,” I doubt people will let it slide. I think that having a basic ad-free solution would be the best way to go. However it looks like the company was probably not making enough cash to support the large user base. It is an understandable move, but I am not so sure everyone will understand. I will probably have to switch to another chatting solution when my subscription, which is apparently “grandfathered in,” runs out. There are fortunately a ton of options out there, including open source ones, such as [Pidgin](http://www.pidgin.im/?ref=skatter.com). If you are a Trillian user, what are your thoughts? Are you okay with these changes? **Links: [Trillian](http://trillian.im/?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: A Look Back At Google I/O 2011 URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-a-look-back-at-google-io-2011/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:01.000Z Google I/O 2011 was a blast for developers and here is a photographic look back at the ordeal from earlier this week. The two day event brought in about 5,000 attendees for two major keynotes and over a hundred sessions. Although Android and Chrome were the largest highlights of the event, cloud services and Google TV also got a mention. Those who made it to the conference even got to walk away with a brand new Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 and a Samsung mobile hotspot for Verizon Wireless 4G LTE, not to mention a free Samsung Chromebook which Google will ship out next month. # The Venue ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-moscone-west.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Venue - Moscone West") Like last year, Google I/O took over three floors of the Moscone West Conference Center in San Francisco. The first level was for badge pickup, handing out gear, and lunch. The second floor housed several mini booths for companies featuring cloud services many of which ran on or were built for Google technologies. The media briefing room and the majority of the sessions were also on this floor. The third floor was for the keynotes, the after party, and the larger sessions. Android took over much of this level with manufacturers showing off their hardware. Google even had a show case featuring just about every Android handset and tablet to date. Google TV also made an appearance in a home-like set on the Logitech Revue and Sony HDTVs. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-5.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-venue-6.jpg) # I/O 2011 Day One Keynote ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-stage.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Keynote Day One Stage") The first day was all about Android. Google officially confirmed the upcoming Ice Cream Sandwich operating system for smart phones and even introduced Android 3.1, an update to Honeycomb for tablets. The keynote also brought news of Google Music which lets customers store up to 20,000 songs in the cloud for streaming access from any Android device or computer. Google also announced movie rentals through the Android Market and YouTube. Android Open Accessories, which opens the doors for third-party hardware, was shown off on stage as well. A demo of Android @ Home took things even further by letting smart phones and tablets take control of appliances such as thermostats, lights, stereo systems, and much more. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-5.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-one-6.jpg) # The After Party ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-stage.jpg "Google I/O 2011 - After Party Stage") Keeping up with yearly tradition, Google hosted an after party following the events of the first day of I/O 2011 for all attendees. The band [Jane’s Addiction](http://www.janesaddiction.com/?ref=skatter.com) took the stage after dinner for a performance. However, there were even more exciting technologies lying around. There were Android robots which anyone could control with the accelerometer in their smart phone. A few futuristic bicycles and two-seater cars were present. Even [Google’s self-driving car](http://www.ted.com/talks/sebastian%5Fthrun%5Fgoogle%5Fs%5Fdriverless%5Fcar.html?ref=skatter.com) made an appearance. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-5.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-after-party-6.jpg) # I/O 2011 Day Two Keynote ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-stage.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Keynote Day Two Stage") After a day of Android news, the second day was all about Chrome. It turns out there are nearly 160 million using the browser and Google continues to bring advancements. While performance improvements and security additions were quite exciting, the audience seemed to get more excited about Angry Birds heading to the Chrome Web Store. For those wondering, [Skatter Tech has a web app](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?ref=skatter.com) too! Even more impressive was the push for Chrome OS on the newly branded Chromebook. Google looks to promote these devices to consumers, students, and businesses. The latter two groups get hardware at no cost with monthly subscription over a three-year period with full support. To give things an early boost, every attendee can redeem a free Samsung Chromebook next month. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-6.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-day-two-5.jpg) # Other Pictures ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-audience.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Keynote Audience") I also had a chance to attend a few media briefings with executives. Notable names including Andy Rubin, who oversees Android, were present. Sergey Brin also showed up to answer questions, which was a surprise to some. I also had a to chat with Vic Gundtora who is the Senior Vice President for Social at Google. We covered many of the asked questions on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-press-session-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-press-session-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-vic-gundotra-and-sahas-katta.jpg) ### HTC Droid Incredible 2 – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-droid-incredible-2-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:04.000Z A year ago, we reviewed the [Droid Incredible](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/). It was a stellar phone that we believed could “easily take the reins as the most powerful smartphone in the U.S market”. However, a year is a substantial amount of time in the world of electronics. With the development of phones like the [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and the recently reviewed [Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/), the original model could not hold its own turf. Calling for a refresh, Verizon Wireless and HTC just [introduced the Droid Incredible 2](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-outs-the-droid-incredible-2/) with the hopes that the sequel will live up to its predecessor. Although the first model was truly incredible, can this smart phone live up to the family name? # Build Quality In terms of size, the Incredible 2 succeeds in every department. It measures in at 4.75 inches tall, 2.52 inches wide, 0.48 thick, and weighs 4.8 ounces. This makes the phone just a bit longer than the original, which is to be expected because of the 0.3 inch increase in screen size. However, thanks to a superior unibody design, it is also a slimmer than the older model. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-volume-controls-and-usb-port.jpg) Aesthetically, the phone is an example of simplicity at its finest. HTC chose to go with a rubberized matte finish rather than the high gloss plastic of the previous model. This new finish prevents smudges and finger prints, and it feels great in your hand. However, I need to point out that when I put the phone in the same pocket as my keys it got a few copper dings on the side. This is disappointing because phones will frequently share the same pockets as keys and headphones, and I expect a more durable design. Even though many will buy a case for their device, it should not be necessary. # Hardware This phone’s biggest failures lie in its hardware. While most phones are moving to dual-core processors, the Incredible 2 is still using a 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon. Although it is more efficient and less taxing on battery life, it is still a 1Ghz processor — the same processor speed as last year’s model. Even more disappointing, HTC reduced the internal storage space from 8 GB to 1 GB dropping the phone’s total potential capacity a mere 33 GB. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-touch-keys.jpg) The only real changes are the removal of the optical track pad and an upgrade to RAM. Considering the phone is marketed as a touch sensitive phone, cutting out the track pad makes a lot of sense. Plus, this caters to the phone’s simple design by getting rid of everything that is unnecessary. The RAM size is bumped up from 512 MB to 768 MB giving it the same multitasking capabilities of the Thunderbolt. However, its lightning-named peer crushes this phone because it has access to the Verizon Wireless 4G LTE network — something the Incredible 2 will never be able to access. Moreover, with only 33 GB of total hard drive space, this smart phone pales in comparison to the 40 GB capacity of its HTC sibling. # Display Although the phone’s mediocre specs are disappointing, the new brighter display is something to be applauded. It may not sport the new qHD resolution like the upcoming [EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/), but the 480×800 pixel WVGA display never looked quiet as great as it does on this phone. Colors are sharp and blacks are incredibly black. In addition, the Incredible 2 is surprisingly responsive. There was no lag when it came to typing, and because of the improved RAM, the phone switches from screen to screen or program to program without the delay of its predecessor. My one gripe is that the phone still uses a Super LCD instead of upgrading to a Super AMOLED. This would give the phone an uncanny ability to detect light and perfectly modify brightness. As it is now, the phones brightness settings are separated into three categories: light, medium, and max. If the phone had an AMOLED, then more minute changes in lighting could be detected which would improve battery life and readability of text. Nonetheless, the phone has a great display that is responsive and outputs images in great clarity. # Keyboard If I had to summarize the Incredible 2’s keyboard in one word, it would be responsive. Typing has never been easier, and I did not experience the slightest bit of lag. I also noticed the haptic feedback is a bit stronger than the older model. This was a pleasant surprise because the vibration is a nice reassurance that my key presses are actually being dedicated especially when I am typing quickly. In addition to a great keyboard, HTC includes a complete version of Open Office for all of your writing and editing needs. It is a solid app that lets you get the most out of your keyboard. With a great keyboard and a free Office program, you can write wherever and whenever. The speech-to-text function is also surprisingly accurate and it works in just about every application. Plus, the phone adapts to your voice without extra programming so Google’s voice input becomes more accurate over time. I was able to dictate a fairly long text message with only one or two minor hiccups. However, including a pre-installed version of Swype would have been a great addition that could set this phone apart from its competitors. Yes, geeks can figure out how to side-load the app, but including it out of the box would have made awesome. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/verizon-wireless-droid-incredible-2.jpg) Even though Google released the 2.3 (Gingerbread) update a few months ago, the Incredible 2 is still using Android 2.2 (Froyo). Until HTC and Verizon Wireless make an update available or hold off until the Ice Cream Sandwich operating system, customers will have to wait. However, HTC did upgrade its Sense UI giving a few, but much appreciated, updates. The newer custom interface features smoother animations, sharper fonts, and a more logical application selection screen. It breaks your apps into sets of sixteen letting users scroll through these groups one at a time. Speaking of applications, HTC Sense added an application switcher to the pull down notification bar. In the older interface, users had to hold down the Home button. This would reveal a new screen displaying the most recently opened applications. It was a hassle, and honestly, I never used it. Now with the upgraded drop down menu, switching applications becomes much more intuitive. Other than these few changes, however, the operating system is just more of the same. Unless you consider the updated application switcher a great leap forward, you will not find anything truly revolutionary. It is probably because the phone is still running on Froyo. Even still, I would have liked something that makes the device, well, incredible. As it stands, you can get the same exact OS and upgraded HTC Sense on the Thunderbolt, which stores more data and has 4G LTE support. # Multimedia Because of the improved graphics processor, the Incredible 2 can play videos in breath-taking clarity. In a head-to-head streaming race against the original Incredible, the new model not only won but it also displayed the video in YouTube’s high-definition quality. The predecessor was about 10 seconds slower with the low quality selected. If you’re going to be streaming a lot of videos onto a smart phone, the improved GPU makes this phone a solid option. Unfortunately, the smaller storage space makes putting videos and music on your device too much of a hassle. If you are a cinephile like me, choosing which movies to put on your device is a choice you never want to make. If you pick up the Incredible 2, you will be at these crossroads far too often. This smart phone also comes with an FM radio usable right away but with one minor hiccup. The app requires the use of headphones, but HTC does not include headphones out of the box. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/incredible2-nature.jpg) The 8-megapixel camera, dual-LED flash, and 720p video recording capabilities equipped with the Incredible 2 is a great way to capture life’s best moments. The camera’s built-in face recognition technology allows the phone to focus in on individuals. This creates a sharper, crisper picture. The camera application is also updated giving users easier access to editing tools. In the older Sense UI, you had to click the menu button, search through another tab to find a list of effect tools. Now, a magic wand icon appears as one of the four options on the side of the application. Once selected, the wand displays all the effects–grayscale, sepia, etc.– at the top of the photo app. The lists of effects also have complementary icons to illustrate what each option does to your photo. # Video Calls This is easily one of the most confusing aspects of the newest batch of HTC smart phones. Like the Thunderbolt, the Incredible 2 includes a front facing 1.3 megapixel camera, but there is no application for video calls out of the box. Although the phone comes pre-installed with Skype, it only offers voice calls and text-based chat. Eventually, the [leaked version](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/) we demoed will become available.Users can fortunately grab third-party apps like Tango or Fring if they want to make video calls. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-front-camera.jpg) The actual video quality is pretty standard. My camera was surprisingly clear, but it is definitely dependent on your location and internet speed. Although I only tested the device at home, I imagine video calling being too impractical in congested areas with a lot of noise. As aforementioned, this phone lacks the potential for 4G LTE support, which means the limited bandwidth will constantly plague your video calls leaving much to be desired. # Network Speeds and Mobile Hotspot Unlike the Thunderbolt, the Incredible 2 does little to change the formula in terms of network speeds. It is same 3G that is standard with most smart phones. This means you will still be averaging transfer speeds of 0.7 Mbps for downloads and 0.2 Mbps for uploads. Although this was adequate a year or two ago, this is now child’s play compared to the 15 Mbps capabilities of 4G LTE. A smart phone is a year or two-year commitment, and you will be paying around $100 per month to use the phone. If your total amount paid will be anywhere from $1,200 to $2,400, it just makes sense to pay a hundred or so dollars more now for a phone that maintains its value over time. As 4G LTE arrives in more cities, the Incredible 2 will start to look even more and more ancient. As it stands, the Mobile Hotspot lets up to 5 users simultaneously use its 3G network. The configuration screen allows configuring WEP, WPA, and WPA2 security and monitoring the devices accessing your network. This gives you the freedom to kick unauthorized users off your hotspot whenever you wish. The service costs $20 for 2 GB of data every month. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-back-side.jpg) Verizon claims the 1450 mAh battery will give you 6.5 hours of talk time and 361 hours of standby. Although the 6.5 hours is pretty spot on, no one can possibly believe that the Incredible 2 can last 19 days on standby. From my own experience, a light user will need to recharge the battery every two days. If you are someone who is always on your phone, you will need to charge the device at the end of each day. This is actually a bit of an improvement over my Incredible, which needed recharging every 5 hours without fail. The larger 1450 mAh battery plays a major role for longevity, but the more efficient processor also helps conserve battery life.. Even after using the 3G Mobile Hotspot for almost 3 hours, the battery indicator only dropped to the half way point. # Bottom Line The most disappointing thing about the Incredible 2 is that it barely brings anything new to the table. It feels like its predecessor all over again with a 1 GHz processor, Android 2.2, and 3G connectivity. A loss of some storage space makes it feel dwarfed by its peers. Even though the phone will see an eventual upgrade to the latest Android operating system, Verizon Wireless has not announced an official date. This usually means users could have to wait months before their phone gets the upgraded needed to just make the phone relevant again. As it is, the Incredible 2 stands as a mid range phone. However, in today’s circle of smart or super phones, we demand more from our products. This phone just cannot stand up against existing competitors like the Thunderbolt and the soon to be released EVO 3D. In the end, its more mediocre than incredible. **Buy: [$80 for Incredible 2](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004WKBW60/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [HTC](http://www.htc.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Twitter on the Move, Releases Makeovers for Mobile Site and Mac URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitter-on-the-move-releases-makeovers-for-mobile-site-and-mac/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:29.000Z Spring is a time of increased energy, vitality, and overall renewal. It certainly looks like Twitter has caught its own version of Spring Fever. Clearly on a roll this week, Twitter [issued a new version](http://blog.twitter.com/2011/05/better-app-for-your-mobile-browser.html?ref=skatter.com) of twitter.com for mobile devices Wednesday, and [releasing a huge update](http://blog.twitter.com/2011/05/twitter-for-mac-update.html?ref=skatter.com) for Twitter for Mac today. Twitter’s new web app provides many of the features that the Twitter app does, including the ability to do @mentions, scroll through timelines, read messages through conversation view, and search trending topics. According yesterday’s official blog post, > “This web app allows us to provide a high-quality and consistent Twitter experience on high-end touchscreen devices – whether or not an official Twitter application is available. It was built from the ground up for smartphones and tablets, which have more advanced browsers that support the latest web technologies, including HTML5.” The app was released to only a small number of iPhone, iPod Touch, and Android smart phones, however, Twitter promises to continue releasing it over the next few weeks. With regards to Twitter for Mac, today’s update is the first major software update released since Twitter acquired Tweetie and its publisher Atebits back in April 2010\. The most prominent addition is the new multi-window feature, which allows users to view things like their @mentions, timelines, lists, and multiple timelines, all at once in different windows. Twitter has also made this feature easy to access: simply go the Windows menu and scroll to the aptly named “Open New Window” option. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/twitter_mac_update.jpg "Twitter Mac Update") Further additions in Twitter 2.1 include a new toolbar that lets users click back to previous pages more easily and a separate “New Tweet” button in the bottom left hand corner of the app. An improved Direct Messages design makes it easier to view conversations and user profiles. Finally, the app also has username and hashtag auto-complete. Twitter 2.1 is currently available at the [Mac App Store](http://itunes.apple.com/us/app/twitter/id409789998?mt=12&ref=skatter.com). Keep an eye out for further Twitter high-quality upgrades and releases over the coming weeks, or even days, since they’re obviously on a roll when it comes to releasing product updates. **Link: [Twitter](http://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Apps Possibly Leaked User Information (Again), Site Denies Privacy Breach Accusations URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-apps-possibly-leaked-user-information-again-site-denies-privacy-breach-accusations/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:29.000Z On Tuesday security researchers at [Symantec reported](http://www.symantec.com/connect/blogs/facebook-applications-accidentally-leaking-access-third-parties?ref=skatter.com) that hundreds of thousands of Facebook apps have been inadvertently leaking user data to third-party developers for years due to a programming error. Facebook acknowledged the issue, but claimed that information was never accessible thanks to contracts the social networking giant has with third parties and assured worried Facebook users that they had no evidence of information being used in ways that violated company policies. According to the Symantec report, a faulty API was accidentally transmitting access tokens to third parties like advertisers. This error allowed third parties access to users’ accounts, including profiles, chats, and pictures, as well as enabled the parties to mine personal data and even post messages on users’ walls. > “We estimate that as of April 2011, close to 100,000 applications were enabling this leakage. We estimate that over the years, hundreds of thousands of applications may have inadvertently leaked millions of access tokens to third parties.” Symantec offered some assurances, though, saying that they have worked with Facebook to fix the error since its discovery and that many of the third parties likely had no idea they had access to this information. They did advise users to change their passwords just in case, however, since this will lock out any third-party who may have access to this information. Given that there is no way of knowing just how many access tokens were leaked since Facebook started releasing apps back in 2007 and there is a chance that the tokens are still being used by advertisers or available in log files in third-party servers, all Facebook users should strongly considering changing their passwords in the near future. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/facebook-privacy-settings.jpg) [Facebook acknowledged the problem](https://developers.facebook.com/blog/post/497?ref=skatter.com), announcing today that the site is now requiring that all third-party sites and apps to migrate to OAuth 2.0, process the signed\_request parameter, and obtain an SSL certificate by October 1st. They also announced that they would be retiring their old authentication routine. That said, Facebook did somewhat downplay the situation. > “We appreciate Symantec raising this issue and we worked with them to address it immediately. Unfortunately, their resulting report has a few inaccuracies. Specifically, we’ve conducted a thorough investigation which revealed no evidence of this issue resulting in a user’s private information being shared with unauthorized third parties. In addition, this report ignores the contractual obligations of advertisers and developers which prohibit them from obtaining or sharing user information in a way that violates our policies.” All of this sounding strangely familiar? It should: this is certainly not the first time Facebook has had a privacy glitch regarding apps gaining access to user information. Back in October, for instance, [The Wall Street Journal reported](http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304772804575558484075236968.html?ref=skatter.com) that some of Facebook’s most popular apps, such as Farmville and TexasHoldEm Poker, had been sending user information to advertisers in secret. While it is undoubtedly good news that Facebook took this recent privacy issue seriously and fixed the problem promptly and effectively, it is nevertheless discouraging to hear that they have had yet another privacy breach. One can hope that this will be the last time we hear about Facebook privacy issues and information leaks, considering just how many people use Facebook around the world and how rapidly it is expanding; unfortunately, given their track record over recent years, this is likely wishful thinking. **Link: [Facebook](http://www.facebook.com/)** ### Google I/O 2011 Day One: Google Music (beta) URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-google-music-beta/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:30.000Z Google briefly demoed a [web-based music store](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/) after mentioning acquiring Simplify Media at I/O 2010, but then remained mute without providing any insights for nearly a year. Things changed when the long-awaited service made an appearance at the I/O 2011 keynote this morning. Directly taking on the [Amazon CloudPlayer](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-amazons-cloud-player/), Google Music will let users store their music in the cloud for access from any web browser or mobile device. This is especially great for those that dread plugging in a micro USB cable to sync content over each time they buy a new album since the service will ensure that your library is up to date on all your devices at all times. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-music-beta-web-interface.jpg "Google Music (beta) - Web Interface") For those taking a step back in fear of complication, Google Music is actually rather simple. Users have to install a small program on their Mac or Windows machine which will automatically upload your entire collection to the cloud. When away from your computer, you can visit the [Google Music](http://music.google.com/music/listen?ref=skatter.com) website from any web browser and sign in with your normal credentials. Even if across the country, you can playback any song from your library when you have access to the internet. Google also makes this service available for Android smart phones and tablets with support for offline mode when in areas without cellular coverage. The app even intelligently caches the music you listen to the most. While in beta, Google will let users store up to 20,000 songs in the cloud for free. Since streaming multimedia is quite expensive, it is likely that they will begin charging when the product is ready for mass consumption. Keeping in mind that Google has a long history of leaving the ‘beta’ tag on products, I would not worry about having to deal with fees anytime soon. For those looking to give Google Music a test drive, I should note that the service is only available in the United States on an invite-only basis. Those lucky enough to attend the I/O 2011 conference already have access. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-music-beta-android-app.jpg "Google Music (beta) - Android App") I also had a chance to sit in on a Q&A session with Google executives who revealed some interesting details about the music service following the keynote. I was glad to hear that Google Music will stream music to devices at up to 320 kbps quality. This is great news considering that other music services such as [Pandora](http://pandora.com/?ref=skatter.com) still limit quality to 192 kbps. Another Google product manager also clarified that the company will work with record labels if asked to identify whether the music you upload to the cloud was legal acquired. While it does not sound as though they will check for illegally downloaded tracks, it is possible that they might at some point down the road. Today’s announcement is quite exciting, but it still raises some concerns. With many cellular carriers enforcing monthly data caps and charging by the megabyte, subscribers may soon run into overage territory incurring high fees sooner than later. Uploading 20,000 songs to the cloud is not an easy task as another reporter pointed out. Upload speeds on residential broadband plans are quite slow. In addition, cable providers such as Comcast also cap data transfers to around 250 GB. If each of your songs were around 10 MB, reaching the cloud storage limit would equate to almost 195 GB of transferred data. It would be neat if Google rather choose to match the audio in your library and automatically provide access to a digital copy already in their locker. **Links: [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google I/O 2011 Day One: Android Statistics URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-day-one-android-statistics/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:30.000Z This morning’s Google I/O 2011 keynote kicked off to a great start with plenty of numbers to tout the success of Android. It all starts with one big statistic: 100 million activated Android devices. It is quite impressive considering that the entire platform is just a little over two years old. There are now approximately 400,000 new Android devices activated each day too. While Apple still has an edge with a selection of 350,000 in the App Store for iOS, Google now cites 200,000 in its own Android Market with over 4.5 billion installations to date. Hugo Barra, Product Management Director for Android, took the stage to announce even more interesting numbers. Since the T-Mobile G1 made a debut, Google has shipped eight major versions of Android. There are now over 310 Android devices available to consumers from 36 manufacturers and 215 cellular carriers in 112 countries. To top that off, Google claims there are now over 450,000 Android Developers building for the platform. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-keynote-100-million-activations.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Keynote - 100 Million Activations") Just for some perspective, Google was only activating around 100,000 devices per day at last year’s I/O 2011 conference and that number is now four times larger. While these growth rates are nothing less of impressive, the Android platform faces plenty of other criticisms. With attention directed at sales figures, many pundits point out flaws such as fragmentation. Customers often face inconsistent user experiences and rarely can enjoy new software updates. Competitors such as Apple has had better luck in this area due to a smaller product line and Google is taking note. About half way into this morning’s keynote, the company announced that it would partner with several carriers and manufacturers to ensure that handsets will get access to the latest versions of Android for at least 18 months. For those that didn’t have a chance to follow our minute-by-minute cover, visit [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) to backtrack through the entire day’s ordeal. We will also bring you instant updates from tomorrow’s keynote as well. We expect to hear news about the Chrome browser and Chrome OS Notebooks. **Links: [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft May Acquire Skype For $8 Billion URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-may-acquire-skype-for-8-billion/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:30.000Z Although [Google I/O 2011 is just hours away](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-begins-tomorrow-well-be-there/), the rumor mill is hard at work generating buzz about a major acquisition that could outshine any announcement coming out of today’s Bay Area event. For the past few weeks, Skype was in heavy talks with Facebook and Google about the possibility of being acquired. However, the VoIP provider turned down both tech giants, and the [Wall Street Journal is reporting](http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703730804576313932659388852.html?mod=WSJ%5FTech%5FLEADTop&ref=skatter.com) that Skype is actually going to be bought by Microsoft for a whopping $8 billion. Skype–a peer-to-peer application that allows users to send messages and make video calls over the internet–started in 2003 and quickly solidified itself as one of the premier chat clients. In fact, in October 2005, eBay bought the budding company for $2.5 billion. However, the internet auction website was unable to figure out a way to properly merge chat technology with its community of buyers and sellers. In the end, they chose to sell Skype to an investor group four years later after the initial buyout. Without eBay’s interest guiding the company’s development, Skype grew into the video calling service it is today. They went on to create a large percentage of the videotelephony patents that allow users to video chat over the web. Now, with more than 600 million users, it is a no brainer for Facebook, Google, and Microsoft to want to buy out the company. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/skype-hd-multi-user-video-chat.jpg) However, it is of the utmost importance for Microsoft to seal the deal. Even though their current chat program–Windows Live Messenger–is a decent text chatting program with more than 600 million users, its video chat functions leave much to be desired. In order to regain control of the market, it is absolutely essential for Microsoft to strengthen its Windows Mobile division and remind consumers that they are innovators in technology. By acquiring the internet calling company, they would be able to merge one of best video conferencing programs with Windows Live Messenger making it a legitimate online chatting program. Plus, Skype is available for almost every smart phone imaginable. If the two chat clients merge, this would give the PC developer’s a chance to have their hand in just about every one of their competitor’s devices. In regards to their cell phones, [Microsoft already announced](https://www.skatter.com/3-promising-windows-phone-7-mango-features/) they would add Skype to Windows Phone 7\. If the deal goes through, Microsoft could bring a Skype-driven video chat application to its latest smart phone operating system and every subsequent OS. Windows Mobile users would no longer have to settle for third party apps and could use the best of the best wherever they go. This could finally make Windows Phone 7 a valid contender against Google’s Android and Apple’s iOS. More importantly, if the deal is confirmed, we could be seeing Skype in new and exciting ways. For example, Xbox Kinect would make video chatting in your living room a breeze. It would be fantastic to give a sick melee attack to an opponent and see the agony on your opponent’s face in real time. Or, how cool would it be if we could video chat on our phones and continue that conversation on our desktops at home? The possibilities are endless, and the potential for further innovation cannot be more exciting. However, one thing is certain. If Microsoft does buyout Skype, the video-telecommunication market will never be the same. **Links: [Microsoft](http://www.microsoft.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Skype](http://www.skype.com/intl/en-us/home?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft To Preview Windows Phone 7.5 ‘Mango’ On May 24th, Details Already Leaked URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-to-preview-windows-phone-7-5-mango-on-may-24th-details-already-leaked/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:30.000Z Great news for Windows Phone 7 enthusiasts. Microsoft just announced a “VIP Preview” for the upcoming version of their mobile operating system, code name Mango, later this month on May 24th in New York City. The company already [demoed several features at MIX 2011](https://www.skatter.com/3-promising-windows-phone-7-mango-features/), but most were geared towards developers such as a new Internet Explorer 9 powered browser, better multi-tasking capabilities, and several new APIs for building apps. While those additions are great, there is even more exciting news in the pipeline. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/windows-phone-mango-features.jpg "Windows Phone - Mango Features") Several leaks over the past few days have revealed better Bing integration with new services. Bing Audio will apparently take on [Shazam](http://www.shazam.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [SoundHound](http://www.soundhound.com/?ref=skatter.com) by letting users identify music on the go. With plenty of inspiration from [Google Goggles](https://www.skatter.com/google-goggles-augmented-reality/), Bing Vision enables using the integrated camera to scan barcodes, books, CDs, DVDs, and more. Microsoft is not stopping their either. Bing Maps, which previously only provided directions, will now include turn-by-turn navigation with voice guidance to take on [Google Navigator for Android](http://www.google.com/mobile/navigation/?ref=skatter.com). Windows Phone users can soon also enjoy a built-in podcast client, speech-to-text voice dictation for text messages, SkyDrive integration with Microsoft Office, and Live Messenger support too. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/windows-phone-may-invite.jpg "Windows Phone May Invite") Those are just a handful of features too. Microsoft probably has even more tricks up its sleeves. This news also hit the web just a day before the [Google I/O 2011 conference](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-begins-tomorrow-well-be-there/) kicks off and will definitely steal some attention. Although review of the [HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/) was pretty positive since it runs on the latest version of Windows Phone, there were still many missing features. Microsoft was still dealing with what feels like a first-generation operating system and a surge of updates such as these can bring more interest back to the platform. I think the platform is exciting and unique, but I still often recommend Apple iOS or Google Android over Windows Phone. I hope that Microsoft also introduces some unrivaled technologies to convince new customers to make the switch sooner than later. **Links: [Microsoft Windows Phone](http://www.microsoft.com/windowsphone/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Another Samsung Press Event This Week, New Google Chrome Notebooks Imminent? URL: https://www.skatter.com/another-samsung-press-event-this-week-new-google-chrome-notebooks-imminent/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:31.000Z Samsung is working quite closely with Google this year and it looks as though the pair are about to launch something new this week. The Galaxy Tab 8.9 and 10.1, [which made a debut at CTIA Wireless 2011](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-galaxy-tab-10-1-hands-on/) earlier this year, are just an example of their collaboration. Both those device will to hit store shelves this summer running on Android 3.0 Honeycomb. There is apparently even more news as the Korean company is hosting another event later this week after [I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/google-io-2011/). Earlier this month, some careful-eyed bloggers and developers spotted a device with codename “Alex” in the Chrome OS bug reports. Further investigation reveals important details such as a 1.5 GHz Intel Atom processor, 2 GB of RAM, a 1280-by-800 pixel display, and a solid-state drive. Our invite to this particular event came from an agency that generally handles Samsung laptops and netbooks. Although our contact did not provide too many details, the email does clearly say “a night of first following the conclusion of Google I/O.” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-chrome-notebook.jpg "Samsung Chrome Notebook") While Samsung tablets with Android will definitely make appearances at the conference, Chrome OS might also make news. Google first began offering thousands of unbranded CR-48 notebooks last year to developers, organizations, and students for free. The company was trying to collect usage data and feedback to better understand user habits. Google even launched the Chrome Web Store, which recently just featured the [Skatter Tech app on the home page](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?ref=skatter.com), to provide users with a directory of powerful cloud-based HTML 5 web apps. While Chrome OS probably will not replace a full-fledged computer anytime soon, it could fill all the needs of many who only need to get online for basic tasks such as email. It is entirely possible that Google will sell these notebooks for as little as $150-200, but some rumors indicate that these might ship for free with small $10-20 monthly subscriptions. This business model is entirely different from those of traditional hardware manufacturers and I am particularly excited to see how it plays out. **Links: [Google Chrome Notebook](http://www.google.com/chromeos/pilot-program-cr48.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Samsung](http://www.samsung.com/us/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google I/O 2011 Begins Tomorrow, We’ll Be There URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-begins-tomorrow-well-be-there/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:31.000Z Google I/O 2011 kicks off tomorrow morning at 9 AM with a keynote and Vic Gundotra, Senior Vice President of Engineering, published an article with some interesting details this morning. We expect to hear plenty of stats about the success rates of Android and Chrome along with new features, but there is no mention of Google TV — a prominent part of last year’s conference. > In less than 24 hours, we’ll be kicking off [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/index.html?ref=skatter.com), our annual developer conference here in San Francisco. With more than 5,000 participants from 60 countries, including [110 sessions](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/sessions.html?ref=skatter.com), 261 speakers and [152 Sandbox partners](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/sandbox.html?ref=skatter.com), this year’s I/O will be the biggest one yet. # I/O 2011 Android App ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/google-io-2011-android-app.jpg "Google I/O 2011 Android App") Those attending tomorrow should definitely grab Google I/O 2011 app from the [Android Marketplace](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.google.android.apps.iosched&ref=skatter.com). It provides a schedule of the entire two-day ordeal, a map of all three Moscone West floors, in-depth details about each session, a countdown until the event begins and more. Even those not attending can grab a copy to access a real-time stream of ongoing events. I should also note that the incredibly well-designed app runs on both Android smart phones and tablets. # Live Coverage ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/google-io-2011.jpg "Google I/O 2011") As we mentioned last month, [Google will live stream](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/) both keynotes presentations and two full days of technical sessions. This is great for double-booked attendees and those who did not manage to get into the San Francisco event which sold out in under 59 minutes. To complement the official streams, we will also continuously publish live updates accompanied with photos of important bits of news on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). # A Big Giveaway? ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-3d-back.jpg "HTC EVO 3D Back") While Google shipped out the Nexus One or [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) to paid attendees ahead of I/O 2010, there is no word regarding developer devices this time around. Those who made it to last year’s event even got their hands on a bonus [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), making it one of the most popular Android devices of the year. We keep hearing the possibility of Google surprising the audience with a [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) this time around, but there are no official confirmations. For more speculation, be sure to skim through my [three month old article](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-what-device-will-they-giveaway-this-time/). # Google Talk with Video ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/google-talk-with-video-and-voice.jpg "Google Talk with Voice and Video") For those who did not catch the news about a week ago, an update [enabled video calling with Google Talk](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/) on certain Android 2.3+ devices. I can only expect more news regarding this at I/O 2011 considering this feature is late to the game since several competitors including Skype/Qik, FaceTime, Fring, and Tango already offer the technology. At the moment, the new Google Talk app with video support only runs on the Nexus S and hopefully it will make its way to every capable Android device soon. Android 3.0 tablets already supports the feature out of the box and anyone on a desktop computer can grab a plugin for video calls as well. # Other Expectations With the recent introduction of the [Amazon CloudPlayer](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-amazons-cloud-player/), it is likely that Google will announce its own music streaming service. The company showed off a preview at I/O 2010, but details have been mute since then. A leaked build of a new smart phone music player app hit the web with many similarities to the Android 3.0 Honeycomb version and it might make a debut at some point over the next few days. Ice Cream Sandwich is also a heavily backed and repeatedly popping up rumor. For those not familiar, this is apparently the code name for the next version of Android which will mix elements of the tablet OS into a smart phone package. I would not be surprised to hear news about a new tablet version of their operating system as well. Some rumors also highlight that Google may introduce a new flagship Nexus smart phone and a Nexus tablet to complement it. This could potentially push manufacturers to get on track with an idea of how their products should look and function. **Links: [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/?ref=skatter.com)** ### PlayStation Network Still Down, Little End In Sight URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-still-down-little-end-in-sight/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:32.000Z Last week, Kazuo Hirai, Executive Deputy President, [held a press conference](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-next-week-sony-offers-perk-for-downtime/) updating the gaming community on the external intrusion plaguing Sony and its users. After a lengthy apology, Hirai revealed that they would finally restore online services within a week. Eight days later, however, the PSN is still down with little end in sight. Sony stopped its Network and Qriocity services on [April 20th after they discovered](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/) their systems were being attacked. Through a series of blog posts, Patrick Seybold, Senior Director of Corporate Communications and Social Media, gave day-to-day updates on the growing situation. It was eventually revealed that hackers not only attacked the company’s network but also stole customer data ranging from names to credit card information. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/sony-playstation-network.jpg) In response to the possibility of endangering millions of PSN users, Sony was forced to shut down and rebuild its entire network. Unfortunately, it is taking a lot longer than previously announced. On April 21st, Seybold said the network would be back up and running within “a full day or two”. However, April 23rd came, and users were still unable to log in. Then, April 30th marked Hirai’s press conference and the announcement that some, but not all, PlayStation Network and Qriocity services would start rolling out region by region. This past Friday, however, Seybold wrote: > “When we held the press conference in Japan last week, based on what we knew, we expected to have the services online within a week. We were unaware of the extent of the attack on Sony Online Entertainment servers, and we are taking this opportunity to conduct further testing of the incredibly complex system.” This might be related to the discovery that Sony Online Entertainment was also hacked into, and they want to be sure no other services are in danger. It is also possible that they heard many of your outcries about how foolish it would be to roll out online services and give free PSN Plus accounts without a fully functional store. Or, Seybold is telling the truth; however, a part of me remains doubtful. After all, they already knew that millions of PlayStation user identities are in danger. I can not think of anything more severe. Plus, Seybold claims they are working around the clock to fix the network. If it has taken them twenty days of constant work and they are still unable to strengthen their network security, I seriously worry how long it will take to before PSN users can log back in. Regardless of the reason, Sony’s reputation is in shambles. If they are unable to give a concrete restoration date within the next few days or weeks, they may never recover. **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### ViewSonic ViewPad 10: Are Dual-Booting Tablets A Bad Idea? URL: https://www.skatter.com/viewsonic-viewpad-10-are-dual-booting-tablets-a-bad-idea/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:39.000Z When geeks hear the word “dual-boot,” the notion is often mesmerizing. For instance, Apple MacBook owners can run Windows 7 in addition to Mac OS X with the help of [BootCamp](http://www.apple.com/support/bootcamp/?ref=skatter.com). I happen to have [Ubuntu](https://www.skatter.com/ubuntu-11-04-hits-the-web-brings-new-unity-interface/), a flavor of Linux, configured on my Dell XPS as well. When it comes to tablets, companies such as ViewSonic are trying to offer two operating systems out of the box: the ViewPad 10 comes with both Android and Windows 7\. From a technical perspective, it might sound great since buyers can switch between the powerful capabilities of a desktop and the simplicity of a lightweight mobile interface. Unfortunately, the idea is disastrous for the average consumer. # Failure of Quick Boot OS on PCs ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/dell-studio-15.jpg "Dell Studio 15") Just a few years ago, new laptops began shipping with proprietary minimal “fast boot” operating system since loading a full operating system was taking too much time and battery life was a victim. Although quite limited, the additional software provided users quick access to basic features such as listening to music, browsing photos, or watching movies. Unfortunately, these “fast boot” solutions were often poorly designed and were merely covering up the true problem: the inefficiencies of a desktop OS. Within a matter of time, Microsoft rolled out Windows 7 which scaled better for laptops than Windows Vista. Although Apple never experimented with an additional minimal operating system, even their latest generation of laptops began claiming hours of runtime on a single charge. It was a nail in the coffin for “quick boot” operating systems. # Complication of Dual-Boot on Tablets ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/android-tablets-at-ces-2011.jpg "Android Tablets at CES 2011") In the world of tablets, ViewSonic is trying to treat Android as one of those “fast boot” operating systems when it is a perfectly capable standalone solution. While Apple is already on their second-generation iPad 2, these competitors are still struggling to figure out what consumers want. There are probably a handful of people who need a dual-booting tablet, but it is simply not appropriate for the mass market. Manufacturers have barely figured out how to get Windows 7 running smoothly on a slate and Google’s Android 3.0 Honeycomb is still in its infancy for tablets. In fact, this dual-booting ViewPad 10 still runs on the smart phone version of Android 2.2 Froyo, which makes matters even worse. Just imagine having to explain why the USB ports for a flash drive only work on Windows 7 or why a certain app only works in Android. The duplicated web browsing experiences and other overlaps are yet another problem. Hardware designed specifically for a single platform works best since it is efficient and easy to use. I just hope that other companies behind Windows 7 slates do not try bundling Android as a “quick boot” solution for better sales. It does consumers no favors and expecting them to understand two entirely different operating systems is just foolish. **Links: [ViewSonic](http://www.viewsonic.com/products/vpad10.htm?ref=skatter.com)** ### How To: Backup Your WordPress Blog With Dropbox URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-to-backup-your-wordpress-blog-with-dropbox/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:17.000Z WordPress is probably the most popular blogging solution, but it comes with a price. The platform is often a victim to vulnerabilities. Although staying up to date with the latest versions and following basic security precautions is very important, backing up is also quite essential. I often find that many avoid this practice due to its tediousness. Having to manually download files with a FTP client or upload archives to another storage solution is sometimes time-consuming. Fortunately, a new plugin comes to the rescue by regularly saving your entire WordPress installation to [Dropbox](http://db.tt/8mQktwf?ref=skatter.com). If you configure a daily schedule, a new ‘.zip’ file containing everything including media uploads, themes, and plugins will appear on your desktop at a given time each day. Dropbox even saves a few revisions online, which is another plus. Those who have multiple computers can feel safe knowing that the backup is in several places. This also makes it easy to manually copy and store a local copy whenever you have a chance. To give this plugin a test drive, just head the Plugins section in the WordPress Section. Click ‘Add New’ and search for “[WordPress Backup to Dropbox](http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/wordpress-backup-to-dropbox/?ref=skatter.com).” Assuming that your server has all the essentials, the plugin should install within a few seconds. I ran into an issue on one shared hosting provider which did not offer “PHP zip support,” but I had luck on a another dedicated development server. 1. Log into WordPress and click on ‘Plugins’ 2. Press the ‘Add New’ button at the top 3. Search for ‘WordPress Backup to Dropbox’ 4. Click ‘Install Now’ to begin Those concerned about security might be glad to hear that this plugin takes advantage of OAuth to authorize access to Dropbox, so WordPress does not save any credentials. Linking my test WordPress blog to Dropbox took just a click and configuring the backups was quite easy. Users can choose where to save the ‘.zip’ file, enable storing an extra local copy, configure a repeating schedule, and opt to automatically purge old backups to save space. This plugin is just one easy way to backup WordPress, but I would also recommend using other tools in case this one fails to work. I generally store several forms of backups in various locations in case one is lost or damaged. For those who ran into issues with this plugin, I would suggest trying [BackWPup](http://wordpress.org/extend/plugins/backwpup/?ref=skatter.com) as well, which offers storing backups to several third-party services including Amazon S3, RackSpace Cloud Files, Dropbox, and SugarSync. If you use any other great plugins or want to share your backup practices, feel free to let us know in the comments. **Links: [WordPress](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com) | [Dropbox](http://db.tt/8mQktwf?ref=skatter.com)** ### Upgrade Your iPhone Or iPad to iOS 4.3.3 If You Haven’t Yet URL: https://www.skatter.com/upgrade-your-iphone-or-ipad-to-ios-4-3-3-if-you-havent-yet/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:32.000Z Over the past week, many have asked me about whether the GPS module in their iPad or iPhone is tracking their whereabouts. Despite the fact that [Apple released a response to address those concerns](https://www.skatter.com/apple-denies-big-brother-status-in-saved-iphone-location-data-controversy/), there is still plenty of misinformation out there. The whole debacle began when a few researchers found that computers running iTunes, which had synced with an iOS device, were continuously storing about a year’s worth of geo-location data. After Apple published their report, it was clear that the company had no intention of keeping an eye on customers. However, it was also apparent that the company had overlooked many privacy and security precautions. A “location cache” was accumulating data since an early version of iOS 4 inadvertently enabled the feature. The fact that Apple failed to encrypt or password protect this file was the largest concern. This would allow anyone with physical or remote access to your computer to potentially extract that file to learn where you were at any given time. This could mean that even a malicious virus could technically target that file and upload it back to the internet into the hands of unwanted eyes. # Our Experience ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/iphone-location-tracker.jpg "iPhone Location Tracker") To check whether this news was a far-fetched scare or a true issue, we decided to run the [iPhone Tracker](http://petewarden.github.com/iPhoneTracker/?ref=skatter.com) program on one of our own machines. We used a ported Windows version and within minutes it brought up a map with points across the state of California. Closer observation immediately revealed line of markers indicating our entire 8 hour drive from San Jose to [San Diego for Comic-Con 2010](https://www.skatter.com/tag/comic-con-2010/). The program also found points for a long drive to [Los Angeles for E3 2010](https://www.skatter.com/tag/e3-2010/) and even a ski trip up to Lake Tahoe. The areas generally residing in had denser points. It was quite fascinating and impressive this data was available. We actually thought it was pretty cool, but I could not help but agree that it raises major privacy concerns. While some geeks might feel that having access to this information would provide a neat way of exploring your travel history, Apple should most definitely should have encrypted this data to prevent any security vulnerabilities. There was also no way for iPad and iPhone owners to delete or disable these logs on a Mac or PC either. # The Fix Is Available: iOS 4.3.3 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-software-update.jpg "Apple iPad 2 Software update") The latest update, which Apple made available last week, takes several steps to address this issue. Once users upgrade, iOS will reduce the size of the location cache to prevent storing year-long data and iTunes will no longer maintain a copy when backing up. This feature will also stop collecting information when users turn off the Location Services in the settings. We were also glad to learn that Apple never transmitted these logs back to their servers. According to the company, the data was for letting your device determine location faster with GPS and WiFi hotspot information. Those with an iPhone 4, iPhone 3GS, iPad 2, iPad, or iPod touch should grab the whopping 666 MB update from iTunes. It might take a while to download and install, but it is important since information about the vulnerability is already widely available information. **Link: [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### MicroVision SHOWWX+ Laser Pico Projector Giveaway – $400 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/microvision-showwx-laser-pico-projector-giveaway-400-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:01.000Z Earlier this month, [Skatter Tech reviewed the MicroVision SHOWWX+](https://www.skatter.com/microvision-showwx-review/) laser pico projector and today we are giving it away to one of our lucky readers. For those not familiar, this compact pocket-sized gizmo can project content from laptop, netbook, tablet, or smart phone onto wall to create an up to 100 inch screen within seconds. The built-in battery lasts about two hours, perfect for a full-length blockbuster film. The suggested retail price is $399, but we will ship one unit out to a lucky person for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. # The Deal ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microvision-showwx-pico-projector.jpg "MicroVision SHOWWX+ Pico Projector") Skatter Tech can only giveaway one (1) MicroVision SHOWWX+ projector when we reach 250 entries. (Sweepstakes opens at 12:30 PM Pacific Time on May 6th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach the minimum number of eligible entries. A special thanks to the folks at [MicroVision](http://www.microvision.com/?ref=skatter.com) for providing a unit for this giveaway. Feel free to [‘Like’ MicroVision](https://www.facebook.com/MicrovisionInc) on Facebook or Follow [@microvision](https://twitter.com/microvision?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - One (1) potential winner will be randomly selected by a computer. - Another entry gets drawn if selection is ineligible or person fails to respond within 24 hours. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates submissions will result in disqualification. - We will announce the potential winner at the bottom of this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/) to participate. **Link: [MicroVision SHOWWX+ (Review)](https://www.skatter.com/microvision-showwx-review/)** ### 5 Improvements Apple Should Bring To iOS 5 URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-improvements-apple-should-bring-to-ios-5/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:40.000Z Apple has brought tons of new features to iOS each year since their mobile operating system made a debut on the original iPhone in 2007\. Just a few advancements include the App Store, multitasking, FaceTime video chat, and a personal hotspot. While Apple deserves complete credit for kick starting the smart phones and tablets revolution, there is still plenty the company can do. iOS still has many weak spots and here are just five features that could add even more value to their mobile devices. # Computer-Free Activation and Use ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-ios.jpg "Apple iPad 2: iOS") After unpacking an iPad 2 or iPhone 4, new owners still need to tether to a Macintosh or Windows computer with iTunes installed and a network connection to activate their device. While smart phones and tablets are not replacements for full-fledged laptops and desktops just yet, things are heading down that road for many buyers. Developers and geeks might not switch over to a mobile device anytime soon, but there are a countless number of people who only need to get online for browsing the web, checking emails, and other simple tasks. Apple needs to cut ties with iTunes making iOS capable of becoming an entirely self-sustaining standalone platform. Even updating an iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch is still a tedious process. Having to download a large file to your computer, letting iTunes to back up your data, waiting for the files to copy over for installation, and then watching your device reboot is painful. For instance, Android can perform self-upgrades on its own with access to a wireless network and iOS should do the same. # Better Multi-Tasking Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/ios-multitasking-switching.jpg "iOS Multitasking Switching") Apple has strict guidelines and limits multitasking to only certain categories of apps to maintain efficiency. While some users believe that iOS should let users have freedom to manage running applications on their own, the current solution is simple and foolproof for the average user. I doubt that Apple will change the ideology behind multitasking in iOS, but I think they should offer a fancier interface for navigating through open apps. Mac OS X features a [Expose](http://www.apple.com/macosx/what-is-macosx/expose.html?ref=skatter.com) and Spaces for visually switching between open programs. Even [Android 3.0 Honeycomb](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/) features thumbnails for the six most recently opened apps. Rather than a list of icons in a horizontal tray at the bottom, Apple should consider introducing an interface with screenshots of running applications for easier identification and rumors indicate that [this is already in the works](http://www.tipb.com/2011/04/19/white-iphone-4-showing-leaked-ios-5-fast-app-switching-ui/?ref=skatter.com). # Improved App Installations ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/apple-itunes-app-store.jpg "Apple iTunes - App Store") While Apple’s App Store still out does competition with a large high quality selection, other things are starting to get a bit rusty. Browsing for new apps in iTunes is often ridiculously slow and syncing a newly downloaded app to device can take forever. Using the App Store directly on an iOS smart phone or tablet can get frustrating too. For instance, users still need to key in a password every time they want to install or upgrade an app even if it is free. In addition, iOS switches over to the home screen after you initiate an app installation. This may seem convenient at first, but it gets annoying having to repeatedly switch back to the App Store when installing multiple. Google makes it possible to select several apps from the Android Marketplace and watch them simultaneously download and install in the background without interrupting your workflow. Apple also needs to take a hint from Google’s web-based Android Marketplace and introduce their own browser-based solution which can push apps to iOS devices over the air without any cables. # Revamped Notifications System When push notifications first made an appearance on iOS, it was quite impressive since not having to poll for new data at preset intervals conserves battery life. Unfortunately, this interface that goes with it has not changed much since launch. With tons of apps providing instant alerts from social networks and other services, these pop-ups begin to disrupt the task on hand. For instance, Twitter mentions or calendar appointments pause playback of a video on Hulu Plus or Netflix. Users also need to either dismiss or react to a notification immediately with no way to ignore one temporarily. The [upcoming HP TouchPad](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/), which runs on webOS, lists incoming notifications in a menu bar and lets users clear items when complete. Even Google’s Android 2.x for smart phones and Android 3.x for tablets offer a robust notification manager. Apple needs to revamp the entire system as it plays a major role when it comes to keeping track of uncompleted tasks. Extra additions such as details on the lock screen could provide information at a glance. # Cleanup and Upgrade Default Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-apps.jpg "Apple iPad 2 Apps") When Apple first introduced the iPod, it served one sole purpose: music. Today iOS features an app named iPod, but the included feature set varies between each device. For instance a single app contains music and videos on the iPhone, but the iPad ships with separate apps for each. When it comes to purchasing new content, iOS devices feature icons for the App Store, iTunes Store, and the iBooks Store. On your computer, the iTunes program integrates all of these into one place. These issues were not apparent early on, but Apple needs to begin restructuring to keep things consistent. I also think it is about time for Apple to revamp the default set of apps. The Mail app could get drag and drop organization and better threaded conversations. The Safari browser needs a tabbed interface for easy switching between multiple webpages. FaceTime should begin offering video calls over 3G and 4G networks. The Maps apps needs turn-by-turn navigation with voice guidance out of the box. The Universal Search should look through third-party apps when applicable. I also find that dealing with settings is often annoying. Apps currently let users customize options in two places: within the app and in the iOS settings panel. Most developers stick to offering those preferences in one place or the other, but I have seen many split settings across both locations. Apple should clean up this issue by either restricting settings for third-party apps to just one place. # The Bottom Line Most of these recommendations are merely gradual improvements that could make iOS better, but Apple needs to go above and beyond. Although iOS devices are selling better each year over the last, it does not feel as though the platform is as revolutionary as it once was when it made a debut in 2007\. Going head to head with Google’s Android platform, iOS needs to introduce even more creative ideas and an unparalleled set of features to give them a major boost for another few years. **Links: [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Samsung Infuse 4G, AT&T’s Super-Sized 4.5 Inch Android Smart Phone URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-samsung-infuse-4g-atts-super-sized-4-5-inch-android-smart-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:33.000Z Just a day after announcing the miniature [HP Veer webOS smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/att-picks-up-pint-sized-hp-veer-pricing-and-availability-detailed/), AT&T held an event to unveil the ridiculously large Samsung Infuse 4G. Despite packing a 4.5 inch Super AMOLED screen to outdo even the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/) and [Motorola Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/), this Android-powered handset is also the carrier’s thinnest phone at just 8.99 mm thick. The Infuse 4G first made an appearance a few months ago at CES 2011 earlier this year and will finally hit stores a little over a week from now. # The Specs Although other Summer 2011 handsets such as the [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/) pack a dual-core experience, it looks as though Samsung only provides a single 1.2 GHz processor. The Infuse 4G ships with the year-old Android 2.2 (Froyo), but I hope to see AT&T push to bring customers an update to Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) sooner than later. [Google I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/) is just a week away and we might see an even newer version of their operating system demoed at the event. > “When you combine the powerful 1.2 GHz application processor with AT&T’s advanced 4G network, this device will truly be the fastest smartphone Samsung has ever created with AT&T,” said Omar Khan, chief technology officer & chief product officer for Samsung Mobile. For photos and 720p HD video capture, this smart phone comes with an 8-megapixel camera. There is also another 1.3 megapixel camera on the front for video calls using services such as [Qik](https://www.skatter.com/qik-now-offers-cross-platform-video-calls-for-android-and-ios/) or Tango. I’m confident that the recently launched [Google Talk with video](https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/) will make its way to the Infuse 4G too. There is no word on internal storage, but AT&T will ship a 2 GB microSD in the packaging and customers can upgrade to a 32 GB card if needed. Fans of Angry Birds will be glad to hear that the game comes pre-loaded on the Infuse 4G. Samsung will also provide access to their Movie Hub for on-demand video content and the first half-million purchases will ship with a $25 voucher. While [Motorola Atrix customers](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) had to temporarily deal with slow 4G network speeds until an update, AT&T will hopefully work with Samsung to provide a fast HSPA+ experience out of the box. # Pricing and Availability ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/samsung-infuse-product-shot.jpg "Samsung Infuse - Product Shot") Those looking to buy a Infuse 4G can do so on May 15th for $199 with a new two-year contract. Unlike Verizon Wireless, customers can opt for a more-affordable $15 per month data plan bringing the reoccurring monthly fees down to as little as $55\. We will try to get our hands on a device for a full review, so stay tuned for more details. **Links: [AT&T](http://att.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### AT&T Picks Up Pint-Sized HP Veer, Pricing And Availability Detailed URL: https://www.skatter.com/att-picks-up-pint-sized-hp-veer-pricing-and-availability-detailed/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:34.000Z AT&T announced today that their latest addition to the 4G smart phone family, the [HP Veer 4G](https://www.skatter.com/hp-veer-hands-on-video-walk-through/), will be available in AT&T stores and online on May 15 for an appropriately pint-sized price of $99.99 with a two-year contract. A regular runt, the HP Veer 4G is a slider phone that’s the size of a credit card and about as thick as a deck of cards, making it the smallest full-featured HP webOS smart phone released to date. It is also the first smart phone to run the latest version of webOS software on AT&T from HP since the company acquired Palm back in 2010. > “Veer is introducing the smartphone experience to a new generation of users. Its unique combination of high-end webOS smartphone features in a surprisingly compact package is just right for customers who want to do more with less.” – Stephanie Maes, vice president of smart phone product management, Palm Global Business Unit, HP. # AT&T – HP Veer Specs ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/hp-veer-demo.jpg "HP Veer Demo") - Operating System: HP webOS 2.1 - Network: Quad-band GSM/EDGE - Processor: 800 Mhz (Qualcomm Snapdragon MSM7230) - Display: 2.6-inch multitouch screen, 320 x 400 resolution - Keyboard: Slide-out physical QWERTY - Productivity: Email and integrated IM, SMS and MMS - Social Networking: Facebook, YouTube, and more - Connectivity: Wi-Fi and Bluetooth 2.1 - Camera: 5-megapixel, geotagging, and video capture - Storage: 8GB internal storage (\~6.1 GB available) - Browser: webOS WebKit with Adobe Flash support - Battery: 910 mAh battery, up to 5.0 hours of talk time - Special: Optional HP Touchstone compatible - Weight: 3.63 ounces Additionally, the phone will be sold exclusively in the U.S. to AT&T in both black and white models. # Other Details It will be interesting to see how the HP Veer 4G fairs in the market. The fact that it only has a 910 mAh battery raises some questions about how long it will last on a single charge. Additionally, both the 8GB of internal storage as well as the 800 Mhz Qualcomm processor are below the capabilities of some of the other smartphones on the market. Another setback is the fact that HP products do not have the reputation among smart phone connoisseurs that Apple’s iPhones and Google’s Androids do, and as of December webOS only had 5,000 apps, a far cry from those offered by competitors. Of course, given the fact that the HP Veer 4G runs for about $50-100 less than these competitors and is also a third to half their size, it stands to reason that the runt of the AT&T 4G litter will be able to establish at least a small niche among customers looking for a smaller, cheaper, full-featured device. **Link: [AT&T](http://www.att.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [HP](http://www.palm.com/us/products/phones/veer/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### RIM Pushes Out BlackBerry PlayBook Update, Now Supports Video Chat URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-pushes-out-blackberry-playbook-update-now-supports-video-chat/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:35.000Z When the BlackBerry PlayBook made a debut last month, a lot was missing. For instance, there are no native apps for calendar, contacts, or email. While those are not the only issues, RIM is already addressing some concerns with an update which became available yesterday. Once users upgrade, they can begin to enjoy video calls with other PlayBook owners in addition to access to the new Facebook app and support for chatting on BlackBerry Messenger. # BlackBerry PlayBook Video Chat I was quite excited to learn that RIM packed an impressive 3 megapixel front-facing camera into their tablet, but there was no software to support video calling. Just for comparison, Apple provides a great FaceTime video chatting solution, but the iPad 2 has an embarrassing 0.3 megapixel camera. Until yesterday’s update, the front-facing camera only let users capture images or videos of themselves. > “BlackBerry is a renowned mobile communication solution for connecting users to the people and information that matter most throughout their day,” said Tom Goguen, VP, Collaboration and Social Networking at Research In Motion (RIM). “With the BlackBerry PlayBook Video Chat application we are excited to be enabling our customers to share important moments and events with family and friends via video calls.” After downloading and installing the nearly 300 megabyte file, a new application icon for ‘Video Chat’ appears. Opening this app asks users to sign with a BlackBerry ID. Once setup and connected to a WiFi network, users can place either an audio-only or a video call to other PlayBook users. While the feature is exciting, RIM does not yet offer a complementary “video chat” app for their smart phones or desktops making this very limiting. I also did not find any third-party options in the BlackBerry App World, which is quite disappointing. # BlackBerry Messenger and Facebook ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/rim-blackberry-playbook.jpg "RIM BlackBerry PlayBook") Once I upgraded to the latest BlackBerry Tablet OS, I noticed the Facebook bookmark icon vanish from the home screen. Fortunately, an official app became available in the App World. Grabbing the app took just a few seconds and I had no issues logging in. The interface takes advantage of the PlayBook form factor and uses native visual elements. The app supports viewing a full friends list, user profiles, the news feed, chatting with friends, browsing albums, and even uploading photos/videos. Last but not least, the update enables the BlackBerry Messenger (BBM) app for use on the PlayBook. This feature is quite popular amongst RIM’s smart phone user base and the company is bringing it to their one and only tablet. Unfortunately, there is one major draw back much like RIM’s other productivity apps. The PlayBook needs to pair with a BlackBerry smart phone making BBM unavailable to those who do not own both devices. While the update brings some welcome additions, RIM needs to begin making the PlayBook useful as a standalone device as well. **Links: [RIM BlackBerry PlayBook](http://us.blackberry.com/playbook-tablet/?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: HTC Droid Incredible 2 For Verizon Wireless URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-htc-droid-incredible-2-for-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:02.000Z About a week ago, Verizon Wireless unveiled the Droid Incredible 2 by HTC, a follow-up to the original [Droid Incredible we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/). Although the hardware and software have not changed much since last year, it brings plenty of additional polish to attract buyers who might have swayed away to avoid being an early adopter. The friendlier look, some extra RAM for faster multitasking, a front-facing camera for video chat, and more powerful battery are just a few improvements. Unfortunately, the brand new Droid Incredible 2 comes with many drawbacks worth addressing. # Hardware For starters, the rubberized plastic black matte finish offers a great grip and wards off most fingerprints. The curved sides make the Droid Incredible 2 easier to hold than its predecessor. It is definitely more compact than the somewhat over sized [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/). Although the latest Summer 2011 smart phones will pack dual-core processors, this phone still runs on a year old 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon processor. I was also disappointed to find that there is only 1 GB of on-board storage while the original Droid Incredible had 8 GB. Even though HTC makes microSD expansion possible on both devices, the Droid Incredible 2 can only reach a maximum combined total of 33 GB while its predecessor could hold up to 40 GB. For those looking to jump onto Verizon Wireless 4G LTE, this phone sadly is not compatible. Setting those complains aside, I should note that I was glad to see HTC do away with the optical trackpad which contradicts the purpose of a touch screen phone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-verizon-wireless.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-touch-keys.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-volume-controls-and-usb-port.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-front-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-main-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/htc-droid-incredible-2-back-side.jpg) # Software The limited hardware is not the only issue, problems extend even further. This phone still runs on the nearly year old Android 2.2 (Froyo) operating system when Google already pushed out Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) a few months ago. I am confident that HTC will roll out an update in a matter of time, but there is no telling how long it will take. Aside from a newer version of HTC Sense, the Droid Incredible 2 still runs on the same operating system as its predecessor. I also found that the pre-installed Skype application still lacks video calling support meaning having to turn to 3rd party solutions to take advantage of the front-facing 1.3 megapixel camera. Verizon Wireless also pre-loads 19 nonremovable applications on this phone. While I do not mind a few such as the 3G mobile hotspot app or Amazon Kindle, it is still starting to get ridiculous. # Other Thoughts We will have a full Droid Incredible 2 review published within a week, but this smart phone does not look to promising. Although it looks a lot more attractive than the original with a minimalistic design, it also loses a few features. This device might be a decent mid-range device, but buyers might as well opt for a better handset since the monthly fees are not any different. **Buy: [$80 for Droid Incredible 2](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004WKBW60/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/store/controller?item=phoneFirst&action=viewPhoneDetail&selectedPhoneId=5641&&deviceCategoryId=1&ref=skatter.com) | [HTC](http://www.htc.com/us/products/incredible2-verizon?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Online Entertainment Shut Down, Account Information In Danger URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-online-entertainment-shut-down-account-information-in-danger/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:35.000Z Just yesterday, [we reported](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-next-week-sony-offers-perk-for-downtime/) that Sony would finally begin restoring the PlayStation Network region by region and would strengthen security to prevent future attacks. After two weeks of being completely shut out, gamers would finally get back online. Unfortunately, it seems the company is not out of the woods just yet. Today, Sony Online Entertainment (SOE) confirmed they have suffered a cyber-attack that is putting customer information in danger once again. The [press release states](http://www.soe.com/securityupdate/?ref=skatter.com) that “hackers may have \[also\] obtained personal customer information from SOE systems”. This was discovered during Sony’s ongoing investigation of the external intrusion that began April 20th. This system, which is separate from the previously hacked PlayStation Network database, stores the data for online players of EverQuest, DC Universe Online, as well as the many other games associated with this development house. The statement reveals the following pieces of information could have been stolen from player’s accounts: > “Stolen information includes, to the extent you provided it to us, the following: name, address (city, state, zip, country), email address, gender, birthdate, phone number, login name and hashed password.” Although credit card numbers and security codes were not on the list, non-U.S customers should still be concerned: > “Customers outside the United States should be advised that we further discovered evidence that information from an outdated database from 2007 containing approximately 12,700 non-US customer credit or debit card numbers and expiration dates (but not credit card security codes) and about 10,700 direct debit records listing bank account numbers of certain customers in Germany, Austria, Netherlands and Spain may have also been obtained. We will be notifying each of those customers promptly.” This quote emphasizes that only credit card information from 2007 was illegally obtained. Moreover, only 12,700 non US-customers credit/debit card numbers and 10,700 direct debit records are immediately at risk. The severity of the matter seems to be down played because 24.6 million accounts make up the SOE database. However, I doubt this puts the community at ease. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/dc-universe-online-flash.jpg) As a way to apologize for the downtime, Sony will give all of their players 30 additional days of gaming free. This would go along with “compensating \[customers\] one day for each day the system is down”. There are also plans for “Welcome Back” gift that will be similar to the one Sony is currently providing for its PSN users. However, this program seems to be reserved for multi-platform massive multiplayer online (MMO) games like DC Universe and Free Realms, but details have yet to be announced. While this comes at a very bad time for Sony fans, it is important to note that they caught this much earlier than the previous attack. By shutting down the SOE game services as soon as possible, they have been able to minimize the number of affected users. The company will be sending a “customer service notification via email” to account holders whose data may have been illegally seized. If you play an SOE game, I would recommend checking your emails constantly. **Links: [Sony Online Entertainment](http://www.soe.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### RIM Makes The BlackBerry Bold Touch 9900 Official URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-makes-the-blackberry-bold-touch-9900-official/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:35.000Z BlackBerry World is off to a good start in Orlando and RIM just lifted the curtain revealing the next generation BlackBerry Bold 9900 smart phone. While many manufacturers are dumping keyboards for all-screen devices, [RIM](https://www.skatter.com/tag/rim/) is going for something different. This phone, also known as the BlackBerry Bold Touch, retains a form-factor familiar to long-time users but brings a capacitive touch screen into the mix. In addition to an optical trackpad, users can now interact directly with the display. > “The new BlackBerry Bold smartphones and BlackBerry 7 OS are inspired by millions of customers around the world who want the ultimate combination of performance, functionality and style,” said Mike Lazaridis, President and Co-CEO, Research In Motion. “These fully-loaded and beautifully crafted smartphones offer a highly refined user experience with blazingly fast performance, a brilliant touch screen and an outstanding typing experience.” Clearly outgrowing version numbers too quickly, RIM states that this phone runs on the BlackBerry 7 operating system. For snappy performance, this phone sports a single-core 1.2 GHz processor and 768 MB of RAM. According to the press release, the new Liquid Graphics driven engine can apparently render 60 frames per second animations for smooth interactions. The BlackBerry Bold does not lack on connectivity either, it offers 4G HSPA+ compatibility, integrated Bluetooth 2.1, and WiFi b/g/n. Those looking for a slim phone will be glad to hear that this phone is just 10.5 mm thick, making it RIM’s thinnest smart phone to date. Despite a small profile, it offers a 5 megapixel camera for 720p HD video capture and support for Near Field Communications (NFC) to enable technologies such as secure mobile credit card transactions. Although nothing new for iOS and Android, BlackBerry 7 now has all the goods to make augmented reality apps a possibility. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/05/blackberry-bold-9900.jpg "BlackBerry Bold 9900") RIM also brings improvements to the web browser which is generally a painful experience and seeing support for HTML5 standards offers some promise. Other features such as Universal Search now come with new additions such as voice input. Built-in document editing capabilities is also a plus. Other notable specs include a higher resolution 640-by-480 pixel screen, 8 GB of on-board memory, microSD expansion support, and a 1230 mAh battery. Those looking to pick one up will have to wait a bit longer. According to RIM, the handset will make a worldwide appearance beginning this summer. There is no word on pricing just yet. Details such as partnerships with carriers will probably make headlines closer to launch. **Links: [RIM BlackBerry Bold Touch](http://us.blackberry.com/smartphones/blackberrybold/touchbold.jsp?ref=skatter.com)** ### PlayStation Network Returns Next Week, Sony Offers Perks For Downtime URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-returns-next-week-sony-offers-perk-for-downtime/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:36.000Z Almost two weeks into the [longest PlayStation Network blackout](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/) in history, Sony held a press conference in Tokyo to update the community on the status of the console. At the event, Kazuo Hirai, Executive Deputy President, informed attendees what personal information might have been stolen, what Sony is doing about it, when the PlayStation Network will go back online, and what the “Welcome Back” incentive will be. First, Kazuo Hirai offered his “deepest and sincerest apologies” for compromising users’ account information. He went on to confirm that personal data was stolen, but a [Sony blog post](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/27/qa-1-for-playstation-network-and-qriocity-services/?ref=skatter.com) reports that “no evidence \[of\] credit card data was taken”. However, [as we reported earlier](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-update-more-bad-news/), there is still a chance that hackers could have gotten a hold of credit card numbers and expiration dates, which is why it is still advisable to constantly check your billing statements. In response to the attack, Hirai also explained that they have “implemented a variety of new security measures to provide greater protection of personal information”. Along with firewalls and stronger encryption, Sony created a Chief Information Security Officer position. This individual will be responsible for protecting customer data with the hope that future attacks will not decimate their entire network or endanger player security. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/playstation-plus.jpg) Sony also announced they will begin a slow roll out of its services sometime next week. The roll out will be done region by region with concrete times to be revealed later. In addition to the return of the Network and Qriocity, they will also give a “Welcome Back” gift to customers. This token of appreciation will give all PlayStation 3 users 30 days of PSN Plus for free. This is normally a subscription program providing access to exclusive content including games, demos, and trailers. Sony will also be offering extra exclusive content to those who subscribed to the service before the blackout; however, the company did not elaborate further. Sony will activate the following features next week: - Restoration of Online game-play across the PlayStationÂź3 (PS3) and PSPÂź (PlayStationÂźPortable) systems \-This includes titles requiring online verification and downloaded games - Access to Music Unlimited powered by Qriocity for PS3/PSP for existing subscribers - Access to account management and password reset - Access to download un-expired Movie Rentals on PS3, PSP and MediaGo - PlayStationÂźHome - Friends List - Chat Functionality However, it is important to note that the PlayStation Store–the app that lets you download content to your console–will not be immediately available. Sony was unable to give a concrete date when users can access the store, but they assured the community all features will be back by the end of May. It is great to see that Sony has finally gotten things under control and that the Network will return next week. However, I am uneasy about the strength of the updated security measures. Sony needs stronger protection and the press release does outline a long list of updates, but I still wonder how secure the system will be. If hackers chose to invest their time and attack Sony before, who is to say they cannot do it again? Hackers are unrelenting when they have a target in mine. I only hope Sony’s new system is strong enough and will be constantly updated to prevent future downtime. Moreover, the “Welcome Back” gift is a nice but somewhat inadequate especially if the PlayStation Store comes online in later than sooner May. This would only allow a week or so to actually experience what PSN Plus has to offer. What are your thoughts on the free PSN Plus? Is that enough to make up for 2 weeks of down time? Let us know in the comments below. **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nokia Astound – T-Mobile (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/nokia-astound-t-mobile-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:05.000Z At CTIA Wireless 2011 last month, T-Mobile announced the [Nokia Astound smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-nokia-astound-for-t-mobile/). Although Symbian powered devices are relatively little used in the United States, this operating system brings powerful features to customers at an affordable price. The phone, also known as the Nokia C7, boasts an 8 megapixel camera, a 3.5 inch display, Wi-Fi connectivity, access to the Ovi Store, a built-in navigator, and much more. Before going any further, I should note that I am new to Symbian and that my three weeks with the Astound was the first true chance I had to really dig into the software. # Build Quality http://youtu.be/HNtuDeC1UiU?hd=1 Apple, HTC, Motorola, and Samsung do not have much to offer when comparing workmanship to Nokia’s robust design. [Like the Nokia E7](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-e7/), the Astound is also incredibly well-built. While many smart phones reap of cheap plastic parts, this one features a solid steel backing and a gorilla glass protected display. It is a bit heavier than other devices of the same class, but it also comes in at a pretty decent size standing 4.6 inches tall, 2.2 inches wide, and about 0.4 inches thick. The Astound is definitely easy to hold or slip into a tight pocket compared to monstrous smart phones [such as the large Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/). Things get even more impressive when you learn that this phone survived getting run over by a four ton shuttle, twice. I doubt that too many other manufacturers can make a similar claim. # Hardware ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nokia-astound-main-key.jpg "Nokia Astound - Main Key") Being a [T-Mobile handset](https://www.skatter.com/tag/t-mobile/), the Astound runs on GSM/EDGE. However, it can switch over to WCDMA automatically as well. For additional connectivity, Nokia includes WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and support for accessories with Bluetooth 3.0\. For wiring in, a 3.55 mm head phone jack is on top and doubles for analogue video output. A somewhat recessed power button and a microUSB port companies it. An FM transmitter complements a built-in FM radio to let users enjoy audio with a car stereo for instance. Capacitive send and end buttons surround the physical menu button on the lower front face. The Astound also sports a lock key, volume keys, voice key, and a camera button on the right side. A 2 mm charging pin is the only thing on the left side. Nokia packs 8 GB of internal storage into this device, but users can add a microSD card for up to 32 GB of additional space. Other internals such as the GPS module or the compass are standard. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nokia-astound-front-camera.jpg "Nokia Astound - Front Camera") I was glad to find that the Astound uses AMOLED for its 3.5 inch display. While the nHD 360-by-640 pixel resolution is not much to tout, the screen is actually visible under direct sunlight unlike other competing smart phones. The rich colors pop out at you through the bright display. The capacitive technology works smoothly with Symbian for a responsive experience. Interacting with the interface is easy with even the lightest touch thanks to great sensitivity. While not nearly as fluid as [Windows Phone 7 running on the HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/), it still beats a handful of low-cost Android smart phones. Other complementary features are an orientation sensor for switching on-screen content to a landscape view, a proximity sensor to prevent accidental key presses, and an ambient light detector to save power. # Keyboard I unfortunately had a horrible typing experience. The on-screen virtual keyboard is quite cramped and tiny when held upright. The keys are in a grid-like layout, deviating from the normal QWERTY arrangement. Despite the fact that the iPhone 4 has similarly sized 3.5 inch screen, Apple makes typing a comfortable task. Switching over to landscape makes things a little easier, but the keyboard annoyingly takes over the whole screen like Android. I was glad to find [Swype pre-loaded](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) on the Astound. The predictive gesture-based input software makes text entry significantly easier. The keyboard even adapts to non-dictionary words, but I still think that many buyers would prefer to see a better traditional keyboard too. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-astound-t-mobile.jpg "Nokia Astound T-Mobile") This is where things get iffy for users like me. The Astound runs on the latest and greatest Symbian^3 operating system. It has been around for ages and there are tons of long-time enthusiasts, developers, and companies backing it. Unfortunately things are about to take a turn since Nokia already announced plans to replace Symbian with Windows Phone 7 after striking a partnership with Microsoft. While the switch might not even happen during the lifespan of this device, the news essentially alienates and warns off potential buyers. Setting those concerns aside, I found that Symbian was a lot different from more recent operating systems such as Android and iOS. The intuition behind navigation feels odd even though it sports similar elements such as multiple home screens, icons, and widgets. The Astound has a fairly decent pinch-to-zoom enabled browser, but it lacks HTML5 support. interestingly enough, it offers Flash Lite. Other notable key apps include a calendar, contacts, music player, messaging, photos, and videos. The Ovi Maps app offers international navigation and even works without a data connection present, which gives it an edge over Google Navigator. Third-party solutions offer document editing capabilities, but Symbian only provides a viewer out of the box. A radio app lets users enjoy FM content with a pair of headphones plugged in. Users can transmit audio to other FM radio devices as well. Extra goods such as a to-do list, notes, voice recorder, calculator, and clock come pre-installed. There is even an RSS reader for those who need it. Access to Facebook feeds and Twitter streams is also a part of Symbian. Multitasking was actually quite easy and there is an easily accessible app switcher. As much as I tried to like Symbian, I can not seem to tolerate it after trying other mobile operating systems. It feels antiquated much like Windows Mobile 6.5 was before Microsoft choose to dump it. Nokia seems to have added yet another coat of paint to cover up the aging, but it does not help much when compared to ease of use, fancy looks, and intuitiveness of Android and iOS. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nokia-astound-top.jpg "Nokia Astound - Top") For photography, Nokia threw in a 8 megapixel camera with dual LED flash for low light conditions. The physical shutter button makes snapping images easy and on-screen controls offer access to several settings. Symbian launches the camera app very quickly, which was impressive. The Astound even has some neat additions such as facial recognition and geo-tagging. While the quality is still not on par with some other high-end smart phones, it is probably better than most phones going for the same price. A secondary VGA camera resides on the front face for video calls on WCDMA networks. The phone also offers HD-quality 720p video capture with the option to enable the LED for extra lighting. Quality was nothing extraordinary, but the Astound can get the job done when you can not find a camcorder. Users can even output recorded content to HDTVs with additional cables. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nokia-astound-side.jpg "Nokia Astound - Side") With a generation of Android “super phones” which barely last a day, I was not expecting much out of an even older operating system. The Astound runs on a mere 1200 mAh lithium-ion battery, which raised even more flags. Surprisingly, it turns out that Nokia’s hardware and software work together efficiently letting this phone keep running for at least two days on a single charge. A proprietary 2 mm AC wall charger comes in the packaging, but users can also turn to the microUSB port for slower recharging when necessary. Although I did not have a chance to fully test the talk time, Nokia claims 9.6 hours on GSM networks. That is a lot more than 6.3 hours on the [popular HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/) smart phone. Nokia also mentions 6.5 hours of video playback, 3.8 hours of video capture, 2.6 hours of video calls, and 54 hours for music playback. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nokia-astound-back.jpg "Nokia Astound - Back") I generally [recommend staying away from low-end or mid-range smart phones](https://www.skatter.com/this-is-why-you-should-not-buy-a-cheap-android-smart-phone/) since monthly subscription fees are not any cheaper. However, T-Mobile and Nokia make a compelling case with great pricing for both the up front cost and the monthly rates. You can pick up for just $79 after signing a two-year commitment or pay $299 to walk away contract-free. Unlike expensive smart phone data plans from other carriers, users can opt for a $10 per month package for just 200 MB of data. Paired with the cheapest calling plan, your monthly dues can be as little as $50. The Astound definitely does not have all the bells and whistles of the latest generation of smart phones, but it also offers a lot more than feature phones. In fact, it sits right in between the two categories of devices as a great mid-range solution. Nokia makes this phone a perfect buy for those looking for a taste of powerful device at the price of a low-cost handset. **Buy: [Nokia Astound for FREE on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004UC9F64/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [T-Mobile](http://www.t-mobile.com/shop/Phones/cell-phone-detail.aspx?cell-phone=Nokia-Astound&ref=skatter.com) | [Nokia USA](http://www.nokiausa.com/find-products/phones/nokia-c7-00/specifications?ref=skatter.com)** ### Ubuntu 11.04 Hits The Web, Brings New ‘Unity’ Interface URL: https://www.skatter.com/ubuntu-11-04-hits-the-web-brings-new-unity-interface/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:37.000Z Sticking to the traditional six-month long release cycle, Canonical launched Ubuntu 11.04 (code name Natty Narwhal) yesterday. While the new version offers tons of improvements, the most notable feature is probably the brand new Unity interface. Although originally created the netbook version of Ubuntu, the desktop environment is now default in all versions. # New Launcher ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/ubuntu-launcher.jpg "Ubuntu Launcher") Although Unity runs over GNOME, it looks quite different. Rather than a task bar for open applications at the bottom, Ubuntu now has a side-bar to complement the file menu. This column displays icons for pinned applications and places arrows next to running programs. Users can hide it from view with just a click. I noticed that snapping a program to the left side of the screen, much like Windows 7, automatically hides the launcher to save screen space. The left hand side positioning definitely feels odd at first since it is a mix between the icon dock in Mac OS X and the task bar in Windows 7\. However, I am sure that regular users will get used to it quickly. # The Dashboard ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/ubuntu-dash.jpg "Ubuntu Dash") Rather than a file menu, there is now a Ubuntu button at the top left corner which brings up a list of available programs. Much like the Windows 7 Start Menu, you can begin typing immediately to filter through installed programs or search through the files on your machine. This feature alone makes Ubuntu 11.04 a lot easier for regular users who are not too tech savvy. # Workspaces ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/ubuntu-workspaces.jpg "Ubuntu Workspaces") Mac OS X users who are heavy multi-taskers will scream blatant copy and it is probably true. The new Unity Workspaces feature is a lot like Spaces by Apple. It lets you create multiple virtual desktops to group different sets of applications together. Ubuntu even lets you drag open windows from desktop to desktops, but this is nothing new for OS X users. **Edit:** Just to clarify, many flavors of Linux have had a similar feature for ages. Previous editions of Ubuntu also came with a multiple desktop feature and installing Compiz would enable more visual enhancements. The Unity interface makes it look a lot more like Spaces, but the technology was available for Linux long before Apple implemented it. # Other Details I use Ubuntu on an old Dell Mini 9 netbook and I found I had to reformat my hard drive to install 11.04 Natty Narwhal. Not sure why I had an issue, but the upgrade process worked just fine for the copy of Ubuntu I have running inside VirtualBox on my Windows 7 computer. It was somewhat disappointing to learn that much of the Unity interface lacks customization options. For instance, users can not move the dock to the other side of the screen or to the bottom. Long time users who are not fans of the new interface can switch back to the original classic view easily. Those who want to give Ubuntu a test drive can either burn the 700 MB image file to a CD or transfer it over to a USB flash drive. Like previous versions, the software lets users try the operating system without having to install. As always, Ubuntu’s website has detailed instructions. **Links: [Ubuntu](http://www.ubuntu.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Redbox Announces Video Game Rentals For $2 URL: https://www.skatter.com/redbox-announces-video-game-rentals-for-2/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:37.000Z With BlockBuster almost entirely out of the picture when it comes to neighbor hood rentals after filing for bankruptcy late last year, Redbox has picked up the much of the slack. Their famous $1 DVD rentals are a hit and the company even began offering [HD content on Blu-rays](https://www.skatter.com/redbox-now-offers-blu-ray-rentals/) for $1.50 last year. Today, Redbox announced that it would now begin offering rentals for the latest video games for just $2 a day. The company has apparently tested this in select locations since August 2009. > “Redbox will increase consumers’ access to video game rentals by leveraging our incredible technology and business model to keep rental prices low for consumers,” said Mitch Lowe, president, redbox. “With more than 21,000 redbox locations slated to feature video game rentals alongside movies this June, redbox will be the one-stop shop for entertainment.” Over 21,000 of the 27,000 Redbox locations will offer Nintendo Wii, PlayStation 3, and the Xbox 360 titles at launch on June 17th, 2011\. Considering that nearly 64% of people in the United States own a gaming console, according to the press release, it sounds like a great move. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/redbox-outside-booth.jpg "Redbox Outside Booth") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/redbox-inside-booth.jpg "Redbox Inside Booth") I think that a game for $2 is a pretty reasonable price to pay for those who only want to play a game few times a year. However, I would suggest checking out [GameFly](http://gamefly.com/?ref=skatter.com) if you plan on renting more than four games a month. For about $8, you can get access to as many titles as you want by mail. Emerging solutions such as [OnLive](http://onlive.com/?ref=skatter.com), which streams games over the internet without needing physical media, is also a possible option for those with fast network connections. So here is the big question, would you rent a video game from redbox? Is one day enough to beat an entire game? Two bucks a day quickly begins adding up. **Links: [redbox](http://www.redbox.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Hulu Plus Available On Xbox 360 Today URL: https://www.skatter.com/hulu-plus-available-on-xbox-360-today/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:38.000Z At the [Microsoft press event at CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-announces-netflix-and-hulu-for-kinect/) earlier this year, a company spokesperson announced that [Hulu Plus](http://hulu.com/r/wlSRSg?ref=skatter.com) would soon head to the Xbox 360 with support for Kinect. Earlier today, Hulu officially announced that their service is now available on Xbox Live. In addition, both free and ‘gold’ members are eligible for one free week of access to Hulu Plus without having to provide a credit card. A banner for this offer should appear when you login to your Xbox 360 dashboard. > Hulu Plus offers hit TV shows and classic movies anytime in HD. Instantly stream any current season episode of top shows like Modern Family, 30 Rock, The Daily Show with Jon Stewart and many others. And catch up on full back seasons on series including Lost, Chapelle’s Show and Battlestar Galactica, or explore hundreds of acclaimed movies from The Criterion Collection. Once that week runs up, users will need to spend $7.99 a month to retain access. The price is more affordable than traditional cable or satellite providers, but it still has advertisements unlike Netflix which goes for same price. From my experience, Hulu Plus is one of the best web-based solutions for TV content while Netflix still remains my pick for movies. http://www.hulu.com/watch/236477/hulu-how-tos-hulu-plus-in-90-seconds-xbox-360%C2%AE Those who own a Kinect can enjoy a controller-free experience. Users can use their voice or a wave of a hand to control playback. The PlayStation 3 already offers access to Hulu Plus since November 2010 for those wondering. Several HDTV manufacturers including Samsung, Vizio, Panasonic, and LG also support the service in addition to set-top boxes such as TiVo and Roku. As for mobile devices, there is no word on an Android client aside from [the mention at the Samsung press conference in January](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-hulu-for-android-announced-at-the-samsung-press-event/). Apple users can already use Hulu Plus on their tablets and smart phones. Those looking to take advantage of the free week of service on their Xbox 360 should activate it before May 6th. I can say that the HD quality is quite impressive, but be ready to put up with ads. **Links: [Hulu Plus](http://hulu.com/r/wlSRSg?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Talk For Android Gets Video Chat Ahead Of I/O 2011 Conference URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-talk-for-android-gets-video-chat-ahead-of-io-2011-conference/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:38.000Z Although early rumors claimed that Google might bring video calling to their Android smart phones at the upcoming I/O 2011 Conference, things took a turn this afternoon when the company choose release an update with the feature ahead of schedule. The new Google Talk app, which only supported text-based chatting, now offers voice and video chat for Android smart phones. Video calling has long been a part of Google Talk for a long time and is available to any Gmail user with the addition of a browser plugin. When Android 3.0 Honeycomb made a debut on the [Motorola Xoom earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/), it also had support for this feature. According to Google, the app will allow both voice and video calls over 3G, 4G, or WiFi. However, a disclaimer states that cellular carriers might have the option to place restrictions on use when on their network. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zJAiH5-64sI&hd=1 While this news is exciting being an official solution, there is one major downside. It only works on [Nexus S devices](https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-heading-to-sprint-stores-on-may-8th-for-199/), which will get an update to Android 2.3.4 over the next few weeks. The press release also mentions that other Android 2.3+ Gingerbread device will get support in the future, but Google provides no time frame. Although Apple restricts users to WiFi networks for FaceTime calls, their solution at least works across all their entire product line including the iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch. I am hoping to hear better news regarding this at [I/O 2011 next month](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/), but the current state of things means having stick to third-party solutions. For instance, check out [Qik Video Plus](https://www.skatter.com/qik-now-offers-cross-platform-video-calls-for-android-and-ios/) which offers cross-platform calling between iOS and Android devices. I also provided a break down of the [pros and cons of the many mobile video calling services](https://www.skatter.com/mobile-video-chat-who-will-get-it-right-first/) earlier this month for those interested. **Links: [Google Mobile Blog](http://googlemobile.blogspot.com/2011/04/video-chat-on-your-android-phone.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Qik Now Offers Cross-Platform Video Calls For Android And iOS URL: https://www.skatter.com/qik-now-offers-cross-platform-video-calls-for-android-and-ios/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:38.000Z Although around for some time, Qik only launched their mobile video calling technology about a year ago as an exclusive on Sprint for the HTC EVO 4G. Today, there are numerous options for consumers and [we covered the benefits of each solution recently](https://www.skatter.com/mobile-video-chat-who-will-get-it-right-first/). I had criticized Qik, now a part of Skype, for sticking to partnerships rather than releasing a generic Android app that would run on any capable phone. Yesterday, the company put those concerns to rest with the release of [Qik Video Connect](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.qik.android&ref=skatter.com) which makes the service available to every Android user. For those wondering, this app [already made a debut for iOS devices](http://qik.com/blog/new-qik-video-connect-iphone/?ref=skatter.com) including the iPad 2, iPhone 4, and iPod touch last month at SxSW. The Qik Video Connect app will run users $2.99 for either platform, but it is entirely free if you grab it by the end of the week. Also, if the title did not give it away, the app makes it possible for Android users to video chat with iOS users and vice versa. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/qik-video-connect-iphone.jpg "Qik Video Connect - iPhone") According to the press release, Qik Video Connect works on 3G when away from a WiFi network. A spokesperson for Qik also clarified that those who own smart phones which came with the app pre-loaded do not need to bother grabbing the new app. Video calling will work seamlessly as long as they update to the latest version of their carrier-branded solution. There was no word on whether the custom versions for AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, and Verizon Wireless will converge eventually. However, the same spokesperson made it clear that every iteration of Qik is entirely up to date with latest release being less than two weeks old. This announcement is definitely a step in the right direction, however there are still a few things I am waiting to see. For instance, there is no word on efforts to making calling between Skype and Qik users possible. In addition, I still think either a web-based or desktop client would add a lot of value to the service. If Qik does not do you justice, you can always give other free solution such as [Fring](http://www.fring.com/?ref=skatter.com), [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com), or Yahoo Messenger a shot. Some rumors even claim that Google may launch their own video chatting solution at their I/O conference next month. **Links: [Qik](http://qik.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Skype](http://skype.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft, Nintendo, And Sony Hosting Press Events At E3 2011, We’ll Be There URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-nintendo-and-sony-hosting-press-events-at-e3-2011-well-be-there/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:39.000Z It might be early for E3 2011 news since the event does start until June 7th, but three of the major names have already divulged details for their upcoming press conferences: Microsoft, Nintendo, and Sony. They are not alone either, about 190 companies are exhibiting at annual three-day long gaming conference. For those wondering, most companies hold their press events a day earlier on the 6th. Like last year, we will be in Los Angeles to provide up to the minute coverage on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). # PlayStation Event ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/sony-press-conference-kevin-butler.jpg "Sony PlayStation Press Conference (Kevin Butler)") Sony’s large media briefing will take place in the evening of the 6th. Last year was all about the [PlayStation Move](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2010-sony-playstation-3-press-conference/), which was a clear retaliation to the success of the Wii. After the announcement of the Next Generation Portable at a Tokyo press conference earlier this year, it is clear that the event will revolve around the company’s upcoming mobile gaming advancements. The company will definitely spend some time discussing the PlayStation Suite which brings the platform to Android devices. I am also excited to hear more about the new PSP hardware which already sounds impressive with quad-core processors, mobile broadband, two joysticks, a touch screen, accelerometers, and much more. # Xbox Event ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-keynote-xbox-live.jpg "Microsoft Keynote Xbox Live") Microsoft has set its press conference for the morning of the 6th. Last year, the company announced the new [slim Xbox 360 and the Kinect](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2010-microsoft-press-conference-live/), originally sporting the Project Natal codename. With two major launches just a year ago, Microsoft might not have something too big in the works. I am expecting gradual improvements and upgrades when it comes to either hardware or software. We will definitely see tons of new and exclusive titles for the console, not to mention Kinect specific games. # Wii Event ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nintendo-3ds-announcement.jpg "Nintendo 3DS Announcement") While Nintendo has not provided a date and time for their event, we do know that the company has something big in the works. Two days ago, an official press release mentioned that a successor to the [Wii would be shown off at E3 2011](https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-to-reveal-a-playable-next-generation-wii-at-e3-2011/). They even detailed that it would be a working, playable model which would ship in 2012\. Last year’s press conference took place on the morning of the 7th before the doors to the show floor opened and it is likely what will happen this year as well. Early rumors indicate that the device could sport HD capabilities to match competition and an innovative touch screen controller to stand apart from the rest. **Links: [E3 Exhibitor List](http://www.e3expo.com/show-info/641/exhibitor-list/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 3 Promising Windows Phone 7 ‘Mango’ Features URL: https://www.skatter.com/3-promising-windows-phone-7-mango-features/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:41.000Z I had a chance to review the [HTC Arrive earlier this month](https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/), which ran on the latest Windows Phone 7 ‘NoDo’ update. It was a the first time I had to dig deeply into Microsoft’s new operating system and I was quite impressed. For those who have not tried it, Windows Phone 7 deviates heavily from the organization behind Android and iOS. Unfortunately, it is far behind competition and Microsoft is struggling to catch up with Apple and Google. Although I felt WP7 was quite polished, it still felt like a “first generation” operating system since many features are missing. To address some issues, the next major update entitled ‘Mango’ aims to bring tons of enhancement and a few notable features: # Internet Explorer 9 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microsoft-internet-explorer-9.jpg "Microsoft Internet Explorer 9") The bad news? The current web browser is not up to par with competition. It lacks support for plugins such as Adobe Flash and does not even adhere to all the new HTML5 standards. On the other hand, the just released [Internet Explorer 9 for Windows 7](https://www.skatter.com/internet-explorer-9-now-available-for-download/) is actually an impressive browser with features such as hardware acceleration. The good news? The upcoming Mango upgrade will bring the IE9 engine to the mobile operating system. This means that a web page designed for a desktop browser would render the same way on the small screens of mobile devices. While it does not automatically offer an optimized experience, developers can use standardized markup to make further enhancements. Since IE9 also takes advantage of hardware acceleration on mobile devices, rendering heavy web sites is faster than the competition. In one example demoed on stage, a prototype Windows Phone device rendered graphics at over 20 frames per second while Android ran at 11 FPS and iOS struggled at just 2 FPS. The new browser will even let users pin web apps to the home screen as a live tile. Another notable enhancement is an improved address bar which is now accessible in landscape mode. # Better Multitasking ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/steve-ballmer-windows-phone.jpg "Steve Ballmer - Windows Phone") When Windows Phone 7 first made a debut, it entirely lacked support for running two or more apps simultaneously. The recent NoDo update improved on the issue with a feature called “tombstone” which would essentially hibernate applications until resurrected, no pun intended. Although a welcome addition, it was far from practical and the lack of an interface for app switching forced users to cycle through each opened one in a chronological order by repeatedly hitting the back key. Microsoft makes things more straightforward with the Mango update which offers an app switcher. The interface displays screenshots of each open application and lets users swipe sideways to browser through them. In addition, this upgrade will offer features such as background audio for third-party apps. One demo shown off on stage at [MIX 11](http://live.visitmix.com/?ref=skatter.com) was [Spotify](http://www.spotify.com/int/?ref=skatter.com). Mango also makes it possible to play audio from a web page and having it continue in the background even if they leave the browser or open another app. Other new capabilities include support for background alarms and another demo featured a flight tracking app which notified users when it was time to catch a flight. Microsoft will make APIs available to let developers take advantage of background downloads. I was also glad to see that it would be easy to jump straight back into a game of [Angry Birds](http://www.rovio.com/index.php?page=angry-birds&ref=skatter.com), which will be available in the Windows Phone 7 Marketplace on May 25th. # Phone Integration ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-windows-phone-7.jpg "HTC Arrive Windows Phone 7") Playing catch up, Microsoft is putting in effort to give developers better tools to build more powerful apps. For example, apps can now take advantage of the core panorama and pivot animations to feel as smooth as native ones. Windows Phone 7 will soon allow multiple live tiles per app and let developers feed information to these in the background. Another neat minor addition opens the doors to “ringtone apps” for custom tunes. The Mango update also gives developers deep access to calendar and contacts data for more creative apps. To push on augmented reality (AR) apps, Microsoft now offers access to RAW camera data, the compass, and the gyroscope. I was also excited to hear that Skype would reach Windows Phone 7 device this fall, meaning we might see some hardware with front-facing cameras fairly soon. Deep linking will make it possible to launch third-party apps from within other ones such as search results. Microsoft demoed launching the [IMDb](http://imdb.com/?ref=skatter.com) app directly from search results for the movie “Source Code” from Bing search. In addition, the Music + Movies Hub will display a history for multimedia played in third-party apps such as [Slacker](http://www.slacker.com/?ref=skatter.com) in addition to the native player. Users can also pin a specific part of an application to the home page too. For instance, it will be possible to add a live tile shortcut directly to the barcode scanner feature of the Amazon app for instant access. # Other Thoughts Coming from the antique and disastrous Windows Mobile 6.5 operating system, Microsoft has made some major strides. These updates are a great start to offer an edge over dominating competitors, but it is not enough just yet. According to some rumors, Nokia will release their first Windows Phone 7 device when this major update becomes available. This could give them a much needed boost with top notch hardware, but Microsoft still has plenty of work to do when it comes to other issues such as drawing in developers to build more apps. I was at least glad to hear that the WP7 Marketplace would soon head to 35 countries including China, which is up from just 16 at launch. **Links: [Microsoft Windows Phone](http://www.microsoft.com/windowsphone/en-us/default.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Denies Big Brother Status In Saved iPhone Location Data Controversy URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-denies-big-brother-status-in-saved-iphone-location-data-controversy/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:40.000Z Clearly in damage control mode, Steve Jobs stepped out of medical leave on Wednesday to personally explain that Apple never attempted to track the whereabouts of iPhone users. This comes a week after researchers released a tool to extract location history from a file stored on machines running iTunes. It turns out that this information gets copied over to computers each time users sync their iPhone. The media raged into a storm of fear drawing comparisons reminiscent of Orwell’s 1984. Jobs addressed the controversy along with Scott Forstall, senior vice president of iPhone software, and Philip W. Schiller, senior vice president of worldwide product marketing, saying, “We haven’t been tracking anybody. Never have. Never will.” Echoing a statement released on Apple’s website earlier this morning, Jobs explained that the file in question doesn’t store an individual phone’s location but rather a larger anonymous location-based dataset. Apple’s statement further elaborates on the issue, which it says is the consequence of “user confusion,” saying that iPhones aren’t logging onto individual locations and are instead “maintaining a database of Wi-Fi hotspots and cell towers
to help \[the\] iPhone rapidly and accurately calculate its location when requested.” Jobs went on to say the following: > “As new technology comes into the society, there is a period of adjustment and education. We haven’t—as an industry—done a very good job educating people, I think, as to some of the more subtle things going on here. As such, (people) jumped to a lot of the wrong conclusions in the last week.” He also assured users that the information being stored for so long was a bug and that Apple will be issuing a software update that will limit the data storage for a maximum of seven days. The update will also delete the file entirely if a user chooses to disable location services. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/iphone-location-tracker.jpg "iPhone Location Tracker") Finally, Jobs announced that he “thinks Apple will be testifying” at the May 10 hearing of the Judiciary’s Committee Subcommittee on Privacy, Technology, and the Law. This comes after Democratic Senators Al Franken of Minnesota and Patrick Leahy of Vermont requested both Apple and Google to testify at the subcommittee’s first hearing on “Protecting Mobile Privacy: Your Smartphones, Tablets, Cell Phones, and Your Privacy” earlier this week. This is clearly a step in the right direction. At least Jobs and Apple are acknowledging made mistakes with location storage and are working relatively quickly to remedy it with a software update. In addition, if Apple really does testify in front of Congress next month, maybe some of this “confusion” will be cleared up and us humble iPhone and iPad users can finally be “properly” educated once and for all. In the meantime, I am sure that Apple fans will get in line, irrespective of this matter, to get their hands on the mythical white iPhone 4 which goes on sale tomorrow. **Links: [Apple](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Press Release](http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2011/04/27location%5Fqa.html?ref=skatter.com)** **Download: [Tracker for Mac](http://petewarden.github.com/iPhoneTracker/?ref=skatter.com) | [Tracker for Windows](http://huseyint.com/iPhoneTrackerWin/?ref=skatter.com)** **Note:** Sahas Katta contributed to and edited this article. ### PlayStation Network Update: More Bad News URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-update-more-bad-news/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:40.000Z We first reported news that the [PlayStation Network was down last Friday](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/). Patrick Seybold, Director of Corporate Communications for Sony, published several updates since then stating that the company was dealing with an external intrusion and that they were working rebuilding their systems. However, things took a turn for the worse this morning when another entry on the [Official PlayStation Blog](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/26/update-on-playstation-network-and-qriocity/?ref=skatter.com) revealed that personal information and even credit cards might be at risk. Sony hopes to restore access to the PlayStation Network and Qriocity by the end of the week, but the company is also out alerts regarding this threat to all registered account holders. Seybold claims that hackers managed to get access to just about all your information including your name, birthday, billing address, mailing address, email address, PSN username, PSN password, purchase history, and even security questions. If you have purchased items on the PlayStation Network in the past, he claims that your credit card number, pin code, and expiration date are possibly compromised. Things get even more worrisome when you read that Sony encourages being wary about any odd phone calls from PlayStation asking to confirm your personal information, which might be scams. The official statement also recommends keeping an eye on financial statements for any unusual charges. I would also suggest changing your password if you use the same combination for other services. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/sony-playstation-move-press-conference.jpg "Sony PlayStation Move Press Conference") In response, Sony shutdown the PlayStation Network and Qriocity on April 20th to avoid any further data loss. They have also hired a security firm to further investigate the matter and are enhancing their network infrastructure to better protect information about users. Although we reported that [Anonymous claims no involvement](https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/) with this attack, Sony still mentions them on their website. To avoid any misinterpretation, the company simply states that “we cannot comment further at this time.” It might be possible to reboot the service and get back up and running quickly, but Sony is apparently working to strengthen its network which they claim is “worth the time necessary to provide the system with additional security.” For those wondering, I doubt Sony will issue any refunds since PSN is a free service However, I would not be surprised to see some benefits offered for PlayStation Plus and Qriocity users. We hope to see things back on track by the end of the week, but check back here for more updates. **Links: [PlayStation Blog](http://playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Phone Support: 1-800-345-7669** ### Nexus S 4G Heading To Sprint Stores On May 8th For $199 URL: https://www.skatter.com/nexus-s-4g-heading-to-sprint-stores-on-may-8th-for-199/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:41.000Z At CTIA 2011 in Orlando, Sprint announced that it would soon [begin carrying the Nexus S 4G](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-nexus-s-4g-a-pure-android-experience/). Unfortunately, details regarding pricing and availability were sparse. Today, the carrier revealed that this pure-Android smart phone would go on sale on May 8th for $199 with a new two-year contract. For those not familiar, this device is essentially the same as the original Nexus S which went on sale late last year, however it now includes access to Sprint’s high-speed 4G WiMax network. This Samsung-built device is particularly special since it runs on the latest version of the Android: Gingerbread (v2.3). Since there are no custom interface elements, Google can deliver new updates immediately without having to deal with carriers or manufacturers. Those who pick up one of these phones will can even enjoy the [deep integration with Google Voice](https://www.skatter.com/exclusive-sprint-to-offer-unlimited-moblile-to-mobile-google-voice-calls/) which offers transcribed voice mails, call forwarding, and tons of other features. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/google-nexus-s.jpg "Google Nexus S") When on a 4G network, users can enable a mobile hotspot feature for letting up to six WiFi-enabled get online. Access to the Android Marketplace and Google services comes standard. This device even includes Near Field Communication (NFC) for supporting new technologies such as mobile payments. There is 16 GB of internal storage with no microSD expansion. The 512 MB of RAM should be plenty for multitasking without any issues. WiFi, Bluetooth, and GPS are inside as well. The Nexus S 4G also packs a 1500 mAh battery inside. While customers should get excited for this phone, a better device is in the horizon. The upcoming [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/) offers dual-core processors, a 3D display, two cameras for 3D video capture, and tons of other unique features. The Nexus S 4G feels like a conservative device in comparison. I should note that this smart phone is by no means bad, but it runs on outdated hardware for those who care. Unless you need a new smart phone immediately, I would suggest holding off a little longer until summer. In fact, Google will probably announce a new version of Android at [I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/). After all, monthly subscription fees are identical and you might as well buy a better phone. **Links: [Sprint Nexus](http://now.sprint.com/nexus/?ECID=vanity:nexus&ref=skatter.com)** ### Skype Finally Brings 3G Calling To Android Devices, No Video Support Yet URL: https://www.skatter.com/skype-finally-brings-3g-calling-to-android-devices-no-video-support-yet/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:41.000Z Late last week, Skype rolled out a new update for Android users which brought one important feature: voice calls over 3G. It was a prefect time to reward users, especially when the company was trying to escape the news cycles covering [a major security vulnerability](http://mashable.com/2011/04/15/skype-android-vulnerability/?ref=skatter.com). The newest version of Skype for Android patches those bugs and flips the switch to free users from having to stick around WiFi networks to place voice calls. Although Skype for Android has been around for sometime, users in the United States could only enjoy text-based chat over 3G until now. Those overseas already had support for 3G voice calls, which could mean that carrier restrictions probably played role in delaying the launch. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/10/skype-for-android.jpg "Skype for Android") One thing that went unmentioned was support for video calls. Although Skype’s CEO got on stage at CES 2011 at the Verizon Wireless press conference to announce that feature, dates for an update to enable it are still a mystery. [We got our hands on a leaked build](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/) about two weeks ago and video calls worked incredibly well on the HTC Thunderbolt. We were even more surprised to find excellent performance on 4G networks too. Unfortunately, that app only runs on that specific device. Our attempts to install it on other Android smart phones failed. With services such as [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com) offering great cross-platform calling between iOS and Android device, it is about time that Skype launched a direct to market Android app with video calling for mobile networks. Early rumors indicate that Google may announce their own solution at their [I/O 2011 conference next month](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/). At the least, I would like to see Skype begin letting their users call those on [Qik](http://qik.com/?ref=skatter.com). For those unfamiliar, Skype acquired Qik earlier this year. I had a chance to test voice calls over 3G and it worked quite well on the HTC EVO, but the app failed to run on the brand new [Motorola Atrix 4G smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/). I hope to see that issue resolved soon. Skype should update to the latest version from the [Android Marketplace](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.skype.raider&ref=skatter.com) immediately. **Links: [Skype](http://skype.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Verizon Wireless Outs The Droid Incredible 2 URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-outs-the-droid-incredible-2/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:42.000Z It was just a year ago when the [Droid Incredible by HTC](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/) made a debut on Verizon Wireless. It unfortunately got overthrown just a few weeks later by the powerful [HTC EVO 4G for Sprint](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). It looks like history might be repeating itself again. Big red just announced the next-generation Droid Incredible 2 smart phone which sports a 8 megapixel camera for HD video capture, a 1.3 megapixel front camera for video calls, DLNA media sharing, noise cancellation, and tons of other features. These features might sounds great, but better Android smart phones such as the [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) and the [HTC Sensation 4G](https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/) are just a few weeks away from launch. The Droid Incredible 2 runs on the year old 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon processor while newer handsets are switching over to dual core. It even lacks the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread operating system, instead running on Android 2.2 Froyo. While I am confident that HTC will roll out an update in a matter of time, it is still a major let down. Even more disappointing is the lack of 4G connectivity, forcing subscribers to stick to 3G or WiFi networks. For those not familiar, Verizon Wireless already offers two 4G LTE smart phones: the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/) and the [Samsung Droid Charge](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-droid-charge-the-2nd-verizon-wireless-4g-lte-smart-phone/). # Droid Incredible Specifications - Network: Global CDMA - OS: Android 2.2 + HTC Sense - Processor Qualcomm 1GHz Snapdragon - Display: Capacitive 4 inch LCD WVGA - Camera: 8 megapixel w/ auto-focus and LED flash - Front Camera: 1.3 megapixel fixed focus - Memory: 768 MB RAM - Expansion: 16 GB microSD included - Wireless: 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 2.1 - Battery: 1450 mAh # Pricing and Availability According to the press release, the Droid Incredible 2 will hit stores just two days from now on April 28th. Verizon Wireless will charge $199 for the device with a new two-year contract. While the compact form factor might seem appealing, I would recommend staying away from this phone. The Droid Incredible 2 is probably a reliable device, but it is out dated from the moment it reaches store shelves. I would have to say that other HTC smart phones such as the Thunderbolt 4G is your best bet until something better hits the streets. **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://vzw.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [HTC](http://www.htc.com/us/products/incredible2-verizon?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Unveils Two Android 3.0 Honeycomb Tablets URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-two-android-3-0-honeycomb-tablets/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:42.000Z Earlier today, Sony announced plans for two tablets that will become available in fall 2011\. Currently going with codenames, the S1 and S2 tablets will sport the latest Android 3.0 Honeycomb operating system. Both models will offer 3G, 4G, and WiFi connectivity for staying connected at all times. The S1 sports a 9.4 inch display while the S2 has two 5.5 inch displays, making it a dual screen device. Rather than going for a traditional tablet form factor, the S1 features a uniquely contoured body for a better grip. Taking some inspiration from the [Kyocera Echo smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-arrives-on-april-17th-for-200/), the S2 will let users run two different apps on each respective display simultaneously. > “Android 3.0 is a new version of the Android platform with a new holographic user interface that is designed from the ground up for devices with larger screen sizes, particularly tablets. I’m excited about ‘Sony Tablet’ as it will further spur the development of applications and network offerings which users are looking for.” said Andy Rubin – SVP Mobile, Google Inc. These two tablets will also come with access to Sony’s new Qriocity music and video services in addition to the [recently announced PlayStation Suite](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/) for high quality gaming on the go. To complement [Google Books](http://books.google.com/?ref=skatter.com) and third-party apps such as [Amazon Kindle](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004HFS6Z0/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com), Sony will also give users access to its own [Reader Store](http://ebookstore.sony.com/reader/?ref=skatter.com). For those who own Sony Bravia HDTVs or other entertainment equipment, these tablets will work as universal remotes for controlling playback. Sony even notes that they plan to bundle their own DLNA client for streaming multimedia over a home network. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/sony-tablet-s1.jpg "Sony Tablet S1") I am looking forward to getting my hands on the S1 tablet, but the dual-screen S2 brings some concerns. Since Android 3.0 does not support multiple displays out of the box, it means Sony will customize the device with additional software. This can lead to delayed software updates and an inconsistent experience. For instance, the Kyocera Echo only makes dual screen functionality available for about six applications. Although I am sure that Sony will provide APIs to let developers take advantage of the two screens, I doubt that companies will waste resources to tweak apps for just one proprietary tablet. As seen in the official product shots, the S2 tablet will likely have a rounded form factor when closed. It could be difficult to pack in bags not to mention holding when open. I would not be surprised to see Sony dump the S2 and place all focus on the more traditional S1 model. The press release provides no details on pricing or any hardware specifications for that matter. To stay updated when more information becomes available, [feel free to subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/). **Links: [Sony](http://sony.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Launches The Send Button, Takes On Email URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-launches-the-send-button-takes-on-email/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:42.000Z A few months ago, Facebook began pushing developers to switch over from the famous share button to the even more iconic like button. Having two overlapping features was confusing for many users and unifying the two technologies was the way to go. Traditionally, the like button only displayed a one-line message on your profile when pressed. Today, it publishes more details such as an excerpt and a thumbnail. Users can even share a comment as it gets published. Facebook even did away with “fan a page” and replaced it with the like button a few months ago. The consistency is great, but [today the company introduced](https://blog.facebook.com/blog.php?post=10150158394647131&ref=skatter.com) a new send button, which provides additional functionality. While liking something on the web currently makes your click visible to all your friends, this new feature targets sharing information with specific people. More than anything, it looks like Facebook is trying to replace traditional email links. Since Facebook keeps users logged in at all times by storing cookies in their browsers, this plugin for websites makes it possible to send links to friends without having to leave the page. A little drop down menu features a “send to” field which auto-populates the names of friends as you begin typing. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/facebook-campus.jpg "Facebook Campus") This saves users the hassle of having to open a desktop client to email a link. It also makes sharing information with specific people faster on Facebook since you can send details directly to a person without having to copy a link, switch tabs, then paste information. Websites that already offer the like button can tweak just a line to offer a send button for visitors as well. For now, Skatter Tech will not offer the feature since it is too early to tell how well it will play with users. However, we may choose to offer this at some point in the future. I strongly feel that integrating this into the like button for an all-in-one solution would be the best way to go. **Links: [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) | [Developer Guide](https://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/send/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nintendo To Reveal A Playable Next Generation Wii At E3 2011 URL: https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-to-reveal-a-playable-next-generation-wii-at-e3-2011/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:43.000Z On November 19, 2006, the Wii arrived at stores across the United States. Instead of simply updating the graphics and processor speeds of its previous console, Nintendo chose a revolutionary wand-based controller that set it apart from its next-gen peers. Although the gamble was huge, Nintendo ended up striking lightning and sold more than 86 million units to date. At E3 this year, Nintendo will reveal their newest console with the hopes of stealing the show from Sony and Microsoft. Today, Nintendo’s [press release announced](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/ir/2011/110425%5F4e.pdf) that their next gaming machine will arrive in 2012\. The statement went on to say they “will show a playable model of the new system and announce more specifications at the E3 Expo”. Although the press release was sparse, many of the speculations that have been swirling around the internet have finally been put to rest. We will see the next Nintendo console in June and it will be playable. Although we got some answers today, people—including myself—are most interested in the details that are not yet announced. While rumors like a processor speed that will be more powerful than the Xbox 360 and PlayStation 3 seem relatively unsurprising, [some sources claim](http://wii.ign.com/articles/116/1162045p1.html?ref=skatter.com) the Wii 2 will have a touch screen display on the controller and will be able to stream content directly from the console. If the latter rumor is true, then Nintendo could change the way we interact with our games once again. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2007/10/nintendo-wii-remote-grip-jacket.jpg) However, I question how a table-based controller would feel in one’s hand and the cost. It would probably resemble a [PlayStation Portable](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/) with touch capabilities, which could really work. On the other hand, the PSP also costs $129 and does not have expensive touch screen features. I doubt Nintendo would charge more than $100 for a controller. Then again, video game consoles, games, and accessories keep getting pricier each year. It could be a very possible and expensive reality. All of this is merely speculation because Nintendo really has not given anyone concrete information about their next console. However, the company will put all rumors to rest on June 7th at the world’s largest video game press event in Los Angeles. Skatter Tech will be there bringing live coverage just as we did last year. **Links: [Nintendo](http://www.nintendo.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [E3](http://www.e3expo.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 5 Features That Could Revolutionize TiVo, Again URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-features-that-could-revolutionize-tivo-again/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:41.000Z When TiVo first made a debut in 1999, it revolutionized the way we watch TV. It was a time when VHS was the only practical method of recording televised programs. Unfortunately, the company spent the last four years embroiled in lawsuits with EchoStar (Dish Network) over patent infringements. TiVo may have finally won the big ruling last week and its stock value rose nearly 30 percent, but I still do not see a future in sight. Even the latest TiVo Premiere XL only brings gradual improvements and is nearly identical to the original models with little to no innovation. TiVo missed the train heading into the digital age where services such as Hulu and Netflix are replacing traditional service providers especially in the households of college students. The latest generation of set-top boxes including Apple TV, Boxee, Google TV, and Roku are stealing the spotlight. Even gaming consoles such as the PlayStation 3 and Xbox 360 are potential replacements. Although the company is trying to make up for lost time, here are just a few things that could put TiVo back on the map. # A New Remote Control ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/tivo-slide-remote-control.jpg "tivo-slide-remote-control") The unique peanut-shaped remote control became iconic nearly twelve years ago since it was comfortable to hold, and had an intuitive layout. Sadly, not much has changed since then. Although TiVo makes an optional accessory with a slide-out keyboard available, it is not nearly enough. For instance, take a look at Kinect. Microsoft’s technology brings motion gestures and voice-activated controls to the Xbox 360\. Users can forward or rewind through a movie with just a wave of a hand or say “Xbox Pause” or “Xbox Play” to control playback without having to pick up a controller. Apple TV lets users browse their full library and control playback from an iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch. Google TV lets Android users send links to web pages or videos to the big screen with just a click, not to mention support for voice-powered search and text input. Even the Boxee Box ships with a compact remote with simple navigational controls on one side and a QWERTY keyboard on the other. # App Store + Web Browser Google executives demoed a TV-optimized Android Marketplace at their [I/O 2010 conference](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/), but the feature is no where in sight almost a year later. The platform could have potentially let companies build thousands of creative apps. TiVo should take a hint and provide a robust set of APIs to let developers build on their platform. Creating an App Store with free, paid, and subscription-based payment structures could draw in many neat services. Including a robust HTML5 web browser with support for web apps could also help make a better case for TiVo. For those who do not remember, [TiVo Community](http://www.tivocommunity.com/?ref=skatter.com) sprung up with thousands of enthusiasts looking to customize, hack and upgrade their boxes. It was once an exciting time to own a DVR and it can happen again. TiVo just needs to create the proper eco-system. # A New Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/tivo-central.jpg "tivo-central") When TiVo first made an appearance, the user interface was popular due to ease-of-use and a fancy design. The latest model even does away with the iconic “Now Playing” section. Although the company now offers a HD version and a little more gloss, it just feels more cluttered. It feels as though TiVo keeps stacking new features on top of old ones. The software has lost intuitiveness and feels bloated. TiVo introduced Amazon Instant Video and Netflix in 2008\. BlockBuster On Demand also appeared the following year. Support for Hulu Plus, which is relatively new, is still in the works. Access to these services is a great addition, but the implementation is quite outdated. The interface elements are not consistent and it often feels as though you are leaving TiVo entirely when using certain services. For a new version of TiVo to catch up, it would need to take things such as apps, on-demand content, social networks, and web browsing into account for a better implemented user experience. Microsoft’s Windows Media Center (Windows 7 edition) or even the latest Xbox 360 Dashboard are great examples of how things should look. Even the Apple TV and the Boxee Box offer simple and compelling modern interfaces. It is time for TiVo to re-think everything from the ground up. # Social Networking Integration TiVo notes that it includes access to social networks through FrameChannel, but the integration is far from great. The company should focus on deeper integration with popular services such as Facebook and Twitter. For instance, I would like to see what my friends are watching on TV at any given time so I do not have to scan through hundreds of channels each time I sit down. When you are looking to record new programs, TiVo should recommend suggestions based on the viewing habits of friends. It would also be neat if you could post status messages and share what you are watching with friends when you hit the “thumbs up” button to rate a show. These ideas just skim the surface and there is plenty of room for innovation. I just think that seeing the text “5+ of your friends are watching this” would definitely drive me to check out a new show. # Head To The Cloud ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/tivo-ipad2-app.jpg "TiVo iPad 2 App") When you realize that TiVo still needs an external WiFi adapter to get online, you know that the company is far behind the times. One innovative feature with plenty of potential could be a “digital locker” for uploading recorded content to the cloud. [Amazon recently introduced the Cloud Player](https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-amazons-cloud-player/) for storing music online and imagine if TiVo did the same for video. It would be amazing if subscribers can access saved TV programs from any computer with a web browser. In addition, the company could make it possible to even stream live TV across the web, much like a SlingBox. Paired with cloud-based services, TiVo could also bring television and other forms of entertainment to mobile devices. The company already offers an iPad app, however this only lets users browse, schedule recordings, and control their TV. It would be neat if there was support for place-shifting content from your DVR to your tablet or smart phone whether at home or on the road. It is just a nuisance that owners still need to download, convert, and copy files over to portable devices. # Bonus Features There are also a handful of unique features that could put TiVo into the forefront. For instance, OnLive will soon come embedded into HDTVs. It is a streaming gaming service that only requires a high-speed network connection. Users can enjoy the latest titles without having to deal with physical media, downloads, or installations. Just pickup your controller and you can enjoy a game just as quickly as you could load a YouTube video. TiVo should also offer DLNA integration and dump the proprietary home media sharing technology currently in use. This standard ships with every Windows 7 machine, many new smart phones, the latest tablets, in the PlayStation 3, the Xbox 360, and thousands of other devices. A better podcast library for audio and video content would be nice too. TiVo should make plugging in a flash drive or SD memory card for access to multimedia on physical media a possibility, much like the Boxee Box. The Google TV offers a proprietary Logitech Vid chatting service which is annoying to use. Skype offers video calling support on HDTVs, but only a handful of models are available not to mention expensive. A USB webcam paired with a TiVo and an established service could bring video chat to the masses. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/tivo-premiere-xl-packaging.jpg "TiVo Premiere XL Packaging") I was a huge fan of TiVo, but my dependence on the service has lost almost all value. Although it might still be one of the best traditional DVRs out there, many consumers are heading to the web for all their entertainment. It is still tough to find certain types of programming such as live TV or sports, but prime time shows are easily available online. College students are especially pioneering the change by entirely looking past old fashion antenna, cable, and satellite providers for their daily dose of TV. This trend will only continue and I think it is already getting late for TiVo to reinvent itself. I just hope that the company stops wasting brain power on suing those who offer similar technologies and starts spending more time on creating innovative products. **Links: [TiVo](http://tivo.com/?ref=skatter.com)** *Full Disclosure: I was a high school intern at TiVo for four months in 2006\. I have no stake in this company or with any competitors for that matter.* ### Samsung Strikes Back, Slaps Apple With Patent Infringement Suits URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-strikes-back-slaps-apple-with-patent-infringement-suits/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:43.000Z Upping the stakes in a growing corporate showdown, Samsung filed patent infringement lawsuits against Apple in Tokyo, Seoul, and Germany today. This comes less than a week after Apple filed its own suit against the Korean electronics mogul in the US District Court of Northern California, alleging that Samsung violated the iPhone and iPad products’ trademarks and patents by copying design, look, user interface, and packaging. The Samsung lawsuits don’t respond to the Apple suits and are instead claiming that Apple violated patents covering cellphone transmission technologies. Samsung filed suits in the Seoul Central District Court in Korea citing five patent infringements, in Mannheim, Germany citing three patent infringements, and in a Tokyo court citing two patent infringements. A company spokesperson reportedly told [The Wall Street Journal](http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703983704576277863329446914.html?ref=skatter.com) that the international suits accuse Apple of infringing on patents that Samsung holds for 3G technology used for reducing data transmission errors, transmission optimization technology and reduction of power usage during data transmission, and technology for tethering a mobile phone to a PC that allows the PC to utilize the phone’s wireless data connection. The company issued a statement regarding the lawsuits today, saying, > “Samsung is responding actively to the legal action taken against us in order to protect our intellectual property and to ensure our continued innovation and growth in the mobile communications business.” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/samsung-galaxy-tab-10.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10") This legal action is of course referring to Apple’s lawsuit earlier this week, which included a side-by-side comparison of the iPhone 3GS and the Galaxy S i9000 to illustrate its argument that the Korean company had copied the look and feel of their products. Included in their list of patent infringing products were: the [Samsung Captivate](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-captivate-att/), Galaxy S 4G, [Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/), Acclaim, Gem, Continuum, Indulge, [Nexus S](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-nexus-s-4g-a-pure-android-experience/), Showcase, Transform, Vibrant, Intercept, Mesmerize, and Fascinate smart phones, as well as the [Galaxy Tab tablet](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/). > “Instead of pursuing independent product development, Samsung has chosen to slavishly copy Apple’s innovative technology, distinctive user interfaces, and elegant and distinctive product and packaging design, in violation of Apple’s intellectual property rights
The copying is so pervasive that the Samsung Galaxy products appear to be actual Apple products.” According to South Korean media, Samsung’s chairman Lee Kun-hee told reporters, “When a nail sticks out, \[people\] try to pound it down,” with the implication being that the lawsuit is an attempt to restrain and subdue Samsung as its growing rival in this market. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/apple-facetime-mac.jpg "Apple FaceTime Mac") It is important to keep in mind that Apple is Samsung’s second biggest client after Sony according to 2010 estimates, as they rely on the Korean company to supply chips for their popular products, such as the A4 chips found in the iPhone 4 and the A5 chips in the iPad 2\. This close-knit relationship was referenced by Steve Jobs’ stand-in Tim Cook when he said during a conference call Wednesday that, > “We are Samsung’s largest customer, and Samsung is a very valued component supplier to us, and I expect the strong relationship to continue. Separately from this, we felt the mobile communication division of Samsung had crossed the line.” Despite Cook’s assertion that the company’s only problem was with the mobile communication division, this new wave of lawsuits shows that Samsung as a whole, and not just the mobile communication division, is responding to Apple’s legal attack. Plus, Samsung is also staging this proverbial smack-down at the international level, drawing in the public eye even more. While it is unlikely that any serious business ties will be irrevocably damaged by this little copycat dispute considering just how much money Samsung and Apple make off one another, it will most certainly be interesting to watch these two electronics giants duke it out for the next few months. **Link: [Samsung](http://www.samsung.com/us/?ref=skatter.com) | [Apple](http://www.apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### PlayStation Network Goes Down, Anonymous Is Not Responsible URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-network-goes-down-anonymous-is-not-responsible/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:43.000Z Since Wednesday, the Sony PlayStation Network and official website are suffering from severe down time. The [official blog first reported](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/20/update-on-psn-service-outages-2/?ref=skatter.com) the outages two days ago. Although Sony has assured the gamer community they are hard at work to remedy the situation, things do not look promising. Yesterday, Patrick Seybold, Senior Director of Corporate Communications and Social Media, [alerted players](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/21/latest-update-on-psn-outage/?ref=skatter.com) via the Official PlayStation blog, “that it may be a full day or two before \[Sony is\] able to get the service completely back up and running”. Today, players trying to log in will still see a screen notifying them that the “PlayStation Network is currently undergoing maintenance”. The service maximizes the potential of the console letting players download games, TV shows, movies, and play games online. Any server down time is a huge inconvenience for players. Although Sony is attempting to solve the problem, there is a possibility this is another DDoS attack similar to the one we [reported two weeks ago](https://www.skatter.com/anonymous-attacks-playstation-defends-freedom-of-information/). If so, this would make a quick fix rather unlikely. Approximately two weeks ago, Anon began Operation Payback. These were a series of organized attacks on Sony’s websites and services in protest against the legal action against George Hotz a.k.a GeoHot. His hack allowed users to jailbreak their consoles giving players access to custom firmware, homebrew applications, and even illegally downloaded games. Sony got very upset and attempted to shut down GeoHot, which sparked the Anon attacks. However, both parties reached a settlement on April 11th. Anonymous called off their army and services went back to normal. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/anon-didnt-do-it.jpg) Although these attacks strongly resemble the situation from two weeks ago, AnonOps—the individuals responsible for Operation Payback two weeks ago—has [released the message above](http://anonnews.org/?p=press&a=item&i=848&ref=skatter.com) saying, “for once \[they\] didn’t do it”. This seems legitimate considering last weeks DDoS’s were a targeted protest in support of GeoHot and with the legal situation put to rest, AnonOps has little reason to strike again. However, this does not mean that other third-party groups might be attacking Sony for other reasons. Also, it is possible that Sony really is just suffering from some unfortunate downtime. Regardless of who or why the PSN is down, this gamer hopes things will get fixed as soon as possible. **UPDATE:** In response to either the community’s growing frustration or recent discoveries, Seybold [posted a new blog post](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/22/update-on-playstation-network-qriocity-services/?ref=skatter.com) revealing that “an external intrusion \[has\] affected \[the\] PlayStation Network and Qriocity services”. However, Sony has yet to reveal the actual culprits involved in the intrusion, but it is very unlikely that AnonOps are involved. After all, the group tends to enjoy taking credit for the companies they are able to topple. As previously mentioned, they have said they were not involved in this particular attack. Seybold has yet to reveal any concrete dates on when the PSN and its related features will be fully functioning, but Skatter Tech will be updating this page when news is made available. **UPDATE 2:** Seybold has [released another statement](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2011/04/23/latest-update-for-psnqriocity-services/?ref=skatter.com) updating players on the status of the PSN and Qriocity services. He has promised that Sony is “working around the clock to bring \[services\] back online”. Unfortunately, the recent external intrusion along with AnonOps’ previous DDoS protest has prompted the PlayStation team to rebuild their system “to further strengthen \[their\] network infrastructure” and prevent future attacks. This means, however, that accessing online features may be down longer than previously announced. Check back for more updates as we hear them. **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [AnonNews](http://anonnews.org/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dropbox Keeps Getting Larger, Now Serves Over 25 Million Users URL: https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-keeps-getting-larger-now-serves-over-25-million-users/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:44.000Z Earlier this week, [Dropbox](http://db.tt/t4xxJc6?ref=skatter.com) announced that it now handles over 200 million file saves each day by over 25 million users. For those unfamiliar, this service makes it easy to sync files across multiple computers and mobile devices with a little help from the cloud. Skatter Tech first reviewed [Dropbox over a year ago](https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-file-syncing-made-easy/) and today its available on more platforms than ever before. There are desktop clients for Windows, Macintosh, and Linux in addition to apps for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS devices. > “Dropbox transforms the way people create and share their life’s work,” said Drew Houston, CEO and co-founder of Dropbox. “Whether that’s designing buildings, writing music, or raising a family, we’re focused on making it effortless to have your files wherever you need them, on any computer or phone.” Those numbers are also a major jump from the 4 million users in early 2010\. According to the press release, there are paying customers in more than 175 countries and half of Dropbox users live outside the United States. When people first register, they receive 2 GB of free storage space. Customers can pay to upgrade to as much as 100 GB of storage, however there are also other neat ways to get additional storage space without paying a dime. Dropbox has a robust referral program that rewards users with additional storage space when they get friends and family to sign-up. The freemium model has clearly worked quite well. The company has not spent much on advertising if not any at all. The ad-free service relies entirely on letting users spread word. The most recent updates which include a first batch of translations for Spanish, German, French, and Japanese speakers will help bring Dropbox to more places than ever. http://youtu.be/YOcvwWxm4D4?hd=1 Since I first got my hands on Dropbox, I began using it for keeping my data in sync across all my gadgets. It is especially handy for someone like me who goes through several device that come in for review each month. At the moment, I have it running on my main Windows 7 laptop, a Dell Ubuntu netbook, an Apple iMac, an Apple iPad, and on my HTC EVO 4G. I used it religiously on the iPhone 3GS I once had and even on a temporary [Motorola Xoom tablet](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/). Even if you do not have too many laptops or mobile devices, the web interface comes in handy when away from home. Assuming that a file is left in your Dropbox folder, you can access it from any remote computer with a web browser. It also serves as a safe place for storing backups and the service maintains multiple revisions of files too. **Links: [Dropbox](http://dropbox.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Samsung Droid Charge, The 2nd Verizon Wireless 4G LTE Smart Phone URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-droid-charge-the-2nd-verizon-wireless-4g-lte-smart-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:44.000Z Although it has only been a few weeks since the launch of the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/), Verizon Wireless is prepping to launch its second 4G LTE smart phone. First seen at CES 2011 with a different name, the Droid Charge by Samsung packs strong punch. For starters it sports a 4.3 inch Super AMOLED screen, a 8 megapixel camera for HD video, and a 1.3 megapixel front-facing camera for video chat. I am quite excited for the Super AMOLED display since it is probably one of the few available in a 4.3 inch size. Samsung’s technology generally offers vibrant colors and great visibility even under direct sunlight as we saw on the [Sprint Epic 4G last year](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/). The main 8 megapixel camera and the complementary LED flash is quite standard, but Verizon Wireless did not detail any official launch partners for video calls. I hope that it comes pre-loaded with [Skype or Qik](https://www.skatter.com/mobile-video-chat-who-will-get-it-right-first/), unlike the HTC Thunderbolt that shipped without any. The Droid Charge still runs the older Android 2.2 (Froyo) over the latest Android 2.3 (Gingerbread), which is a bit of a bummer. It is especially disappointing considering that Google might announce yet another new version of their OS less than a month from now at [Google I/O 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/droid-charge-verizon-wireless.jpg "Droid Charge - Verizon Wireless") Unlike most portable hotspots that restrict the maximum number of connected devices to 8 users, the Droid Charge makes room for up to 10 users. Due to network speed limitations, that number gets cut down to just 5 simultaneous users when running on the slower Verizon Wireless 3G. This announcement is quite exciting, but things take a big turn when it comes to pricing. This smart phone will run customers $300 with a new two-year commitment. That is quite expensive considering that number is the subsidized price. Aside from a few improvements such as a better display, it does not offer much more than the HTC Thunderbolt that goes for over a $100 less. Monthly plans begin at $40 for voice and $30 for data bringing the minimum total to $70 without even taking a texting package into account. For those interested, the Samsung Droid Charge will hit online and retail stores on April 28th. As a bonus, Verizon Wireless throws in the mobile hotspot feature at no additional cost “for a limited time.” This normally will run users around $20-30 extra per month. **Links: [Verizon Wireless Droid Charge by Samsung](http://www.droiddoes.com/charge/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Tune Into Google I/O 2011 From Home URL: https://www.skatter.com/tune-into-google-io-2011-from-home/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:45.000Z [Last year at Google I/O 2010](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/) the company announced Google TV and Android 2.2 Froyo. It was a fairly large event and attendees even walked away with [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) smart phone in addition to a [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) or Google Nexus. This year, the event sold out in just 59 minutes despite the fact that tickets were almost $450 per person. While not nearly as expensive as Apple’s WWDC conference, attendees get to sit in on keynotes and developer sessions revolving around Google products. For those who were not lucky enough to grab a pass, Google plans to host [I/O Extended parties](http://googlecode.blogspot.com/2011/03/google-io-extends-virtually-around.html?ref=skatter.com) around the world and will provide a live stream for anyone with an internet connection. The conference starts on May 10th and continues on the 11th. The I/O 2011 website will even offer access to additional Android and Chrome development sessions in addition to the main keynotes. According to the [official Google Blog](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2011/04/bringing-google-io-direct-to-you-with.html?ref=skatter.com), this is their largest event to date. We are definitely hoping for some big news when it comes to the next generation of Android. Early rumors indicate a convergence of the Gingerbread and Honeycomb operating systems which are currently specific to smart phones and tablets, respectively. I am also hoping to see a major revamp when it comes to Google TV, which still lacks access to the [Android Marketplace](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com) and fails to offer quality experience. As for the gadgets usually given out to paying attendees, there is still no mention any possible items. I recently [shared my thoughts](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-what-device-will-they-giveaway-this-time/) on whether it could be a smart phone, tablet, Chrome Notebook, or a Google TV for those interested. As always, we will be at the event with live up to the minute coverage on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). Feel free to [subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to stay up to date with the latest developments. **Links: [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Stores Now Stocking Square Card Readers URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-stores-now-stocking-square-card-readers/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:46.000Z Square [first made a debut](https://www.skatter.com/square-mobile-payment-system-hits-iphone/) last year and began revolutionizing mobile payments. For those unfamiliar, this little card reader paired with an Android or iOS app lets anyone with a compatible smart phone accept credit card transactions on the go. The company takes away 2.75% per transaction and the rest ends up in your bank account at the end of each business day. Although there was much speculation regarding Square after some temporary setbacks and delays when it came to shipping out card readers, the service continues to grow faster than ever. The latest blessing came just a few days ago as Apple choose to begin offering these in their retail and online stores. Although Square ships a unit out for free once a user downloads and installs the app, those who need one immediately can head to an [Apple Store](http://www.apple.com/buy/locator/?ref=skatter.com) to pick one up. It will run you $10 upfront, but Square will issue a full $10 credit when activate your account. Mobile payments are becoming quite popular among the tech savvy, however still relatively unknown to most consumers. With support from Apple, this service will definitely get a major credibility boost and sign of approval. It would be definitely interesting to see if Apple switches over to Square when it comes to charging for goods sold in their own retail stores which currently rely on a proprietary solution. http://youtu.be/gAuqnWT0ctk?hd=1 Competing solutions such as [Intuit GoPayments](http://gopayment.com/?ref=skatter.com) are finally catching up by dropping monthly fees and offering free hardware, but Square remains an excellent choice for both occasional and regular users. For instance, I just used it last week to collect money from a friend since the restaurant would not split checks. It can also come in handy when selling something on [Craigslist](http://craigslist.org/?ref=skatter.com). Square is compatible most types of credit cards including Visa, MasterCard, American Express, and Discover. For those who distaste the white card reader, Square just began offering a new black model too. **Links: [Square](http://squareup.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Apple Store](http://store.apple.com/us/product/H5083LL/A?mco=MTY3ODQ5OTY&ref=skatter.com)** ### PokerStars and Full Tilt Withdrawals Now Possible URL: https://www.skatter.com/pokerstars-and-full-tilt-withdrawals-now-possible/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:46.000Z Even if you do not have your ear to the poker ground like I do, you probably have heard that three of the world’s largest online poker companies–[Full Tilt Poker](http://www.fulltiltpoker.com/?ref=skatter.com), [PokerStars](http://pokerstars.com/?ref=skatter.com), and [Absolute Poker](http://www.absolutepoker.com/?ref=skatter.com)–have closed their doors to United States players due to an FBI crackdown on internet gambling. With an overnight blackout, many players were worried that all of their earnings would be lost. However, those fears have (somewhat) been put to rest as the federal prosecutors involved in the case have given Full Tilt Poker and PokerStars access to their domain names. With restrictions to these websites lifted, both companies can start processing withdrawals. The online poker ban happened on Friday when eleven people, including the founders of the various poker companies, were charged with bank fraud, money laundering, and conspiracy to violate the unlawful gambling enforcement act (UIGIEA). Along with these charges, the federal government issued restraining orders against 76 bank accounts associated with the online poker companies. Once the domain names were seized, all of the poker gaming clients associated with the federal case were effectively shut down. Users could no longer buy into a game, withdraw funds, or even log-in. If you attempted to access the poker websites to discover what was going on, all you would see is: ![Seized Poker Domain Notice](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/seized-poker-domains.jpg) But for the first time since Friday, there is at least a ray of hope for poker players in the United States. In a statement by the government, the domain names have been restored to “facilitate the return of money”, which means that in the coming days and weeks withdrawals from Full Tilt and PokerStars will finally be possible. Unfortunately, Absolute Poker was not included in this agreement, but the government is offering them the same option if they so choose. As of press time, I have been able to log in to Full Tilt Poker account for the first time since Friday, but my funds are still restricted. I imagine it will take quite some time before transactions will be processed, but in the mean time, all three poker companies assure their players that their funds are “safe and secure”. Even though player’s earnings are not immediately transferable, at least there is some light in what looks to be a dark time for the online poker community. **Links: [Full Tilt Poker](http://www.fulltiltpoker.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [PokerStars](http://pokerstars.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Absolute Poker](http://www.absolutepoker.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dell Introduces New Alienware M11x, M14x, and M18x Gaming Laptops URL: https://www.skatter.com/dell-introduces-new-alienware-m11x-m14x-and-m18x-gaming-laptops/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:46.000Z Earlier today, Dell rolled out three new Alienware laptops. The M14x and M18x are entirely new product lines while the M11x is now refreshed with the latest tech. The smallest of the family, the Alienware M11x, first made a debut a little over a year ago and today’s launch is a third revision. Although high-performance 15-inch and 17-inch Alienware laptops are already available, Dell now fills the remaining gaps with the new 14-inch and 18-inch models. # Alienware M11x ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/alienware-m11x-revision-2.png "Alienware M11x Revision 2") The latest iteration sports the Intel’s latest i7 quad-core 1.5 GHz Sandy Bridge processors, originally announced at CES 2011\. There is support for up to 16 GB of DDR3 1333 MHz RAM and the laptop runs on Nvidia’s GeForce GT 540M graphics card. As with the older model, the M11x sports a 11-inch WLED 1366-by-768 pixel (WXGA) display. Other new additions include HDMI 1.4 for video output, Kilpsch speakers, and optional WiMAX networking. For those interested, this laptop is now available on [Dell’s website](http://www.dell.com/us/p/alienware-m11x-r3/?ref=skatter.com) for a $999 starting price. > “If you’re a gamer, you’re going to love our new family of laptops, which deliver on the features gamers care most about – uncompromised graphics performance, latency-free wireless HD streaming to HDTVs, and lifelike 3D gaming,” said Arthur Lewis, general manager of Alienware. “We are committed to delivering the best gaming systems for enthusiasts everywhere and we take great pride in helping them ‘pwn’, no matter where they are in the world.” # Alienware M14x This new addition is perfect for those who can not stand the utterly small 11-inch model, but do not want the bulk of a heavy 15-inch model. Customers can opt for a WLED HD+ 1600-by-900 resolution display for high pixel density. The 2.3 GHz quad-core Intel Core i7 [2820QM](http://ark.intel.com/Product.aspx?id=52227&ref=skatter.com) offers the best performance, but more affordable alternatives are also available. The new Nvidia GeForce 555M offers up to 3 GB of VRAM and the Optimus technology scales back to extend battery runtime. Although this model does not support up to 16 GB of RAM, it does support up to 8 GB of the faster 1600 MHz DDR3 RAM. Dell offers the [Alienware M14x](http://www.dell.com/us/p/alienware-m14x/fs?ref=skatter.com) for a starting price of $1119 and it is available now. # Alienware M18x For those looking for a true desktop replacement, this 18-inch model is probably the best solution. The M18x probably will not fit into a bag and will likely weigh more than you can carry, but it does pack a punch. This laptop packs a WLED 1080p HD display, dual GPU with the latest graphics memory (GDDR5), the newest Intel i7 Extreme quad-core processors clocking up to 4 GHz, and room for up to 32 GB of 1333 MHz RAM. It is definitely overkill, but it is an option. The laptop is not available just yet, but Dell claims to announce a launch date soon. **Links: [Dell Alienware](http://alienware.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Command One (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-command-one-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:07.000Z Late last year, Motorola announced the Command One Bluetooth headset which sports a rapid recharging technology and a companion Android app. It does not look as futuristic as the [Jabra Stone2](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/) or as fashionable as the [Jawbone Icon](https://www.skatter.com/jawbone-icon-review/), but this headset offers a robust set of features in a traditional-looking form factor. With laws in states such as [California](http://www.dmv.ca.gov/pubs/vctop/d11/vc23123.htm?ref=skatter.com) requiring the use of hands-free accessories for placing calls on the road, it is always a good time to have a reliable brand-name solution such as the Motorola Command One on hand. # Setup Process After a full charge, I flipped the power switch on. The Motorola Command One begins speaking to you with audible instructions. These direct the user to head to the Bluetooth settings page on your device. While most new devices such as smart phones or tablets do not require a pin code, it mentions trying 0000 if needed. I got it paired to the brand new Android-powered [Kyocera Echo](https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-arrives-on-april-17th-for-200/) without any issues. I was glad to find that getting this headset paired is a hassle-free experience. Unlike older complicated solutions, users do not need to hold down multiple buttons to get the device into a pairing mode. Just flip the power button and the Command One walks you through the entire configuration process. If you happen to have more than one phone, this headset supports multi-point pairing for staying connected to two devices simultaneously. Although it can not bridge two calls together, it can place one on hold while you answer an incoming call from a second device. # Comfort and Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/motorola-command-one-usb-port.jpg "Motorola Command One - USB Port") To ensure a snug fit, Motorola includes five silicone ear pieces each varying in size. Paired together with the ear hook, the Command One stays put even with sudden movements. The headset flips to easily fit either the left or right ear, which lets users pick a preference. I found a comfortable fit, but keep in mind that it may vary from person to person. The stylish metallic grille on the front face offers a neat contrast to the dull chrome finish, but it unfortunately fell off after just two hours of use. That is not a good sign for an expensive accessory which should last for a few years. To be fair, that piece was just a sticker for style and the rest of the build quality was more robust. I was also glad to find the front face warding of fingerprints and that the glossy black coat on the inside is hidden from sight. A physical switch makes it easy to power the headset off when not in use. The opposite side features easily accessible volume rocker and a mute key. The talk button is awkwardly placed towards the end of the device surrounding the micro USB port. Pushing it launches voice commands, answers a call, or ends an in-progress conversation. It too me a few tries to get comfortable with the positioning, but it is not an issue after a few days in use. # Audio Quality Motorola boasts its CrystalTalk technology which takes advantage of dual microphones to provide noise cancellation. Unfortunately, I was let hoping for more after testing the headset in various situations including a loud restaurant lobby, a moving car, and a quiet room. While the Command One works perfectly in silent areas, it only provides minimal background noise reduction. CrystalTalk does make it easier for the caller on the other end to hear you, but it does not do enough. Other solutions such as Jawbone’s NoiseAssasin technology do much better and almost entirely eliminates external sounds. As for hearing the person on the other end, the speaker in this headset is loud and clear. In fact, it can get quite loud if pushed to peak levels. It is easy to hear a conversation even in loud environments, but I just wish the experience was as good the other way around too. # Other Details ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/motorola-command-one-power-button.jpg "Motorola Command One - Power Button") Although entirely compatible with iOS devices and just about any Bluetooth-enabled gadget, Motorola offers extra features for Android users with a [MotoSpeak app](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.motorola.motospeak&ref=skatter.com). Once installed, users can hear a text-to-voice read out of incoming text messages and reply to them without having to touch your smart phone. Although a bit skeptical about voice recognition at first, I am glad to report that it was pretty accurate. I also loved that users can simply say “answer” or “ignore” after the Command One reads out the number of the incoming call. This eliminates even having to reach to your ear to click the multi-function key. For those wondering, I got about 4 hours of talk time out of the headset. Taking into account that I left the Command One on for nearly two entire days, I do not doubt Motorola’s official 5 hour talk time claim. I was also excited to learn that there is a built-in rapid charge feature which provides about 2.5 hours of talk time after plugging in for just 15 minutes. The Command One even reads out the battery level to ensure you always have enough power. # The Bottom Line For those looking for a new Bluetooth headset, the Command One should definitely be an option. It sports a traditional look for business environments and provides plenty of talk time. When it comes to audio quality, Motorola still has some work to do. I was glad to find that pairing with voice-guided directions is quite easy and it might just let most users get away without having to flip a page of the instructions booklet. At a price tag of $129, this headset is quite expensive. Although available for around $100 if you shop around, it feels too unreasonable considering that it lacks any unique features which would set it apart from competition. **Buy: [$109 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004M5IUHY/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Motorola Command One](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Bluetooth-Headsets/Motorola-Command-One-US-EN?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Touts The Eco-Friendly Samsung Replenish, But Is It Worth It? URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-touts-the-eco-friendly-samsung-replenish-but-is-it-worth-it/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:42.000Z Earlier today, Sprint held a small press event at the Commonwealth Club in San Francisco and CEO Dan Hesse took the stage to promote several eco-friendly initiatives. The most notable was the upcoming Android-powered Samsung Replenish smart phone. While a powerful green device sounds exciting, it also raised a few concerns as it follows my recent piece entitled “[This is why you should not buy a cheap Android smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/this-is-why-you-should-not-buy-a-cheap-android-smart-phone/)” regarding the carrier’s own Sanyo Zio. > “We want to make it as simple as we can for our customers to go green with a robust selection of products and competitive pricing,” said Dan Hesse, Sprint CEO. “Samsung Replenish is as green as we could make it with more than 80 percent recyclable materials, housed in partially recycled plastics, energy-efficient and built with fewer environmentally sensitive materials. As if this is not enough incentive, we are also lowering the monthly rate for this phone by $10 for new or existing customers so it pays for itself within just five months.” # What’s Inside? Before I share my thoughts, here is a rough break down of the Samsung Replenish. It sports a candy-bar single piece design with a QWERTY keyboard below the display. It runs on Android 2.2 Froyo and comes with Sprint ID Pack integration. A 2 megapixel camera on the back doubles for video capture. WiFi, GPS, and Bluetooth are inside. A 2 GB microSD card ships with the phone. Everything runs on a rather outdated 600 MHz single core processor and users need to deal with a rather low resolution 240-by-320 pixel 2.8 inch screen.There is only 256 MB of RAM inside and a 1160 mAh battery powers the phone. # It Costs Too Much ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/sprint-eco-friendly-phone-side.jpg "Sprint Eco Friendly Phone Side") For those keeping up to date with smart phone hardware, these specifications are much worse than the year and a half old [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/). While this phone may retail for just $49 with a two-year contract, the monthly fees start at $69 per month, which makes the total cost of ownership overwhelming. A little math and the HTC EVO 4G adds up to be just 18% more expensive over the length of the commitment. For not much more, customers can enjoy video calls, 4G connectivity, a kickstand for movies, a large 4.3 inch display, HD video capture, an integrated hot spot and much more. # A Bad Eco-Friendly Device Before that gets misinterpreted, I should state that Sprint is taking great steps to stay green with recyclable packaging, reused materials, and even an efficient charger. It is actually an awesome initiative. Unfortunately, there is another underlying issue that the carrier overlooks. The Samsung Replenish is a fairly low-end device that will probably never get software upgrades. Playing games or multitasking is not easy with a sub-par processor. This phone is already outdated and it is not that much cheaper than a more robust smart phone. Subscribers who pick up this handset will probably end up tossing it sooner than later for a reliable device. This completely defeats the purpose of the entire eco-friendly initiative. While a smart phone such as the upcoming HTC EVO 3D is not entirely green, a buyer will stick with it for at least two years. Over the air software updates extend the lifespan even further. My point? Buying a high-end smart phone is a better investment and it will not end up in a landfill within a few months. # What I Want To See Customers should not have to sacrifice features to make conscious environmental choices. For instance, take a look at the [Tesla Roadster](http://www.teslamotors.com/?ref=skatter.com). This electric car is as green as you can get, it offers impressive performance, and looks gorgeous. I think Sprint is approaching the problem incorrectly. Although initial efforts to push “eco-friendly” on high performance handsets might come with a price, there are definitely more benefits for customers in the long run. I had a chance to handle a prototype Samsung Replenish for a few minutes. The display was dull and unattractive. Build quality felt cheap and brittle. The Android OS looked sad on such a low-resolution display too. I hope that the production model, which is only a few weeks away, will get a little better. **Links: [Sprint – Samsung Replenish](http://green.sprint.com/replenish.php?ECID=vanity:replenish&ref=skatter.com)** ### Mobile Video Chat: Who Will Get It Right First? URL: https://www.skatter.com/mobile-video-chat-who-will-get-it-right-first/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:43.000Z Front-facing cameras have made appearances on high-end smart phones from time to time over the past few years, but they never really caught on. The [Apple iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-apple-iphone-4/) and the[ HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) finally brought mobile video calling to the masses in 2010\. Fast forward a year and there are many handsets and tablets with support for this feature, but just about each one seems to ship with a different service. Unfortunately, incompatibilities and limitations create confusion for average consumers who just want a hassle-free experience. Lets take a look at the who is on the right track. # FaceTime As always, Apple makes its solution simple and available on all their latest products. The brand new [Apple iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/), which now has two cameras, can place and receive FaceTime calls. Those on a computer can grab the FaceTime program for $1 from the new [Mac App Store](http://www.apple.com/mac/app-store/?ref=skatter.com). Of course, the iPhone 4 and the newest iPod touch support video calling as well. Apple makes it possible to push video to family and friends whether you are on a laptop, tablet, or a mobile device. Unfortunately, FaceTime does come with a major flaw. Users still need to find a WiFi network to enjoy video calls. Even if you have full 3G connectivity, it will not work. This is a major bummer for those who want to chat with loved ones when on the road. In addition, there is no FaceTime client for Windows. Considering that Apple offers iTunes and Safari for Microsoft’s operating system, I hope that this will change soon. Windows still represents approximately 80-90% of the desktop market. # Fring ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/fring-video-calling.jpg "Fring Video Calling") This is a great solution for those looking to enjoy video calls with Apple, Android, or Nokia devices. Fring lifts the WiFi restrictions, unlike FaceTime, making it possible to enjoy video calls on 3G and 4G networks too. The company’s latest addition is a group video calling feature which is still in beta. Fring may offer text-based chatting and even affordable VoIP calls, but they lack a desktop client. It is technically a mobile video calling service, but people still spend a large portion of their time on a laptop whether it is Macintosh or Windows. # Google Talk ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/google-talk-logo.jpg "Google Talk Logo") Video calling finally made its way to the [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/) which runs on the latest [Android 3.0 (Honeycomb)](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/) operating system. It works on mobile 3G networks in addition to WiFi, which is a plus. It will also run on 4G on capable tablets. While most desktop-based video calling services offer dedicated programs, Google heads to the browser. A small plugin enables voice and video calling from most popular browsers on Windows, Macintosh, and Linux computers. Google Talk even works on the Chrome Notebook. Unfortunately, video calling is notably lacking from Android (2.x) smart phones. Despite the fact that the operating system has been around for some time, there is still no official out of the box solution. Devices such as the Motorola Atrix have front-facing cameras, but carriers partner with 3rd parties to let customers share video with friends and family on the go. Google will likely address this concern at its [I/O 2011 conference in May](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-what-device-will-they-giveaway-this-time/). # Skype ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/skype-video-htc-thunderbolt.jpg "Skype Video HTC Thunderbolt") When it comes to video calls, there is no one better known than Skype. There are over 23 million users online at peak time, which is quite impressive. Of course, there are clients for Windows, Macintosh, and Linux. In addition, the company released video calling support for Apple iOS devices last year which supports both 3G and WiFi networks. Skype even supports Nokia Symbian devices and brings video calls to a handful of premium HDTVs. The company also offers an Android app, but here is where things get confusing. The one available directly in the [Android Marketplace](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com) only supports voice calls at this time. Skype also struck an exclusive with Verizon Wireless for video calling, which means Android customers with front-facing cameras on other carriers will not have access to this feature. We did test [a leaked version on the HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/) earlier this week and it works wonderfully on WiFi and Verizon Wireless 4G LTE. Customers are waiting eagerly and I hope to see Skype fill this gap sooner than later. # Tango These guys are the most recent newcomer to the game with a debut in just September 2010\. Despite the late entrance, the company already offers mobile video calling over 3G, 4G, and WiFi on Android and iOS smart phones. The app hit one million downloads just 10 days after launch proving that customers want the freedom to make calls on any type of network and to any type of device. Tango notes that they offer support for even the iPod touch. Recent updates ensure compatibility with the Apple iPad 2 and the Motorola Xoom, but the app still lacks an optimized tablet interface. The largest selling point is the registration-free configuration process. Once you install the app, Tango populates a contact list of all the friends in your address book who can receive video calls. The downfall might just be a lack of a desktop client. Although they excel on the mobile front, I can only expect better adoption rates with Windows and Macintosh programs. # Qik ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/qik-logo.jpg "Qik Logo") Although this company was mainly known for their live streaming technology, they debuted an exclusive video calling service with Sprint for the HTC EVO 4G last year. Since then, Qik has worked with carriers to bring their solution to several smart phones and tablets. At [SxSW 2011](http://sxsw.com/?ref=skatter.com), the company released an app for iOS devices: the iPad 2, iPhone 4, and iPod touch. The [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) and the Galaxy Tab also feature the service. A handful of Android-powered T-Mobile handsets and the Motorola Atrix for AT&T also sports Qik out of the box. The app runs on 3G, 4G, and WiFi networks for true freedom. Even the [Samsung Galaxy Player](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-will-the-samsung-galaxy-s-wifi-succeed/) will include Qik support later this year. Unfortunately, the Qik app in the Android Marketplace does not offer video calling support. It only works on Android devices from carriers who have partnered with the company. At CES 2011, Skype announced that they would acquire Qik. A few months have passed with little to no news about the assimilation. To date, both companies offer their own independent video calling services. I am hoping to see the line between these two erased enabling compatibility with one another. Since Qik lacks a desktop client, pairing it with Skype might just solve the problem. # Yahoo! Messenger ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/yahoo-messenger.jpg "Yahoo Messenger") For those too young to remember, [Yahoo! Messenger](http://messenger.yahoo.com/?ref=skatter.com) has been around since 1998\. While it definitely did not have video calling back in the days of dial-up, it is finally bringing the feature to mobile devices. A release late last year the company launched an iOS app with support for both video and voice calls. Their app does run on 3G, but Yahoo recommends a WiFi network. For those wondering, expect full compatibility with the newest iPod touch and the iPhone 4. A client for Android has been available for sometime, but it does not yet support video calling. Geeky users can download a beta add-on to enable this feature on devices that have a front-facing camera. Unfortunately, this is not yet a stable release and Yahoo has yet to officially announce video calling for Android. With a well-established user base, Yahoo could become an ideal all-around solution once they address Android and offer some support for tablets. # Bottom Line In my opinion, FaceTime has the best experience but it has many drawbacks such as a WiFi-only restriction. Skype is the most promising and video quality is quite phenomenal, but their exclusives with carriers are quite worrisome. I also find it quite sad that Google does not offer a solution for their own flagship Android platform. Tango is a personal favorite due to its ease of use, but a desktop client would make it even more awesome. At this point, you are probably exhausted. There are too many choices and none offer a perfect experience. Many are getting close, but the oddities and limitations across the board are quite disappointing. So here is the big question, which service do you use and why? Also, please feel free to let us know if we missed any other notable alternatives. ### Microsoft Unveils Internet Explorer 10 at MIX11 URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-unveils-internet-explorer-10-at-mix11/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:46.000Z At South by Southwest [Microsoft released Internet Explorer 9](https://www.skatter.com/internet-explorer-9-now-available-for-download/) and just a few short weeks later the software giant unveiled a sneak peak at the next version. The company’s main focus is to continue building on the solid foundation of IE9\. This means that Internet Explorer 10 will feature increased support for emerging web technologies such as HTML5 and CSS3. Micorosft corporate VP Dean Hachamovitch stated, “We’re about three weeks into the development of IE10, and based on the progress we’ve made, we want to start engaging the development community now.” IE9 is getting some great reviews due to its enhanced security, increased performance, and much improved user interface. Much of the success can be attributed to Microsoft getting the community involved early in the development process. This is similar to how Google and Mozilla develop, Chrome and Firefox have nightly builds that developers can access to test the latest features. “We built IE9 from the ground up for HTML5 and for Windows to deliever the most native HTML5 experience,” Hachamovitch said. Platform Preview 1 builds on these standards by including support for CSS3 Gradients and CSS3 Flexible Box Layout. The new CSS3 spec allow web developers to create gradients by using markup tools instead of images. One of the advantages of using CSS in place of images are that webpages load faster because the browser does not have to download a large image, instead it simply has to parse the code. Another bonus is since it does not have a fixed size the website looks clear even when zoomed in. From what Microsoft has shown us, Internet Explorer 10 seems to be more of an evolutionary rather than revolutionary update. The average users will not notice any of the changes since most are on the backend. However, the inclusion of CSS3 Gradients and Flexible Box Layout is probably just the start, as Microsoft moves to better integrate IE10 with emerging web standards. The company has yet to announce a release date, but if you’re eager to get involved or simply want to test drive the new version you can download [Internet Explorer 10 Platform Preview 1](http://blogs.msdn.com/b/ie/?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Microsoft.com](http://ie.microsoft.com/testdrive/?ref=skatter.com)** ### HTC Thunderbolt – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:07.000Z The HTC Thunderbolt makes a big splash for Verizon Wireless customers as it is the carrier’s first 4G LTE smart phone. This device sports a large 4.3 inch display, a front facing camera for video calls, a 8 megapixel camera for 720p video capture, a kick stand for enjoying movies, an integrated mobile hotspot, and much more. In addition, users will have access to thousands of Android Marketplace apps and the latest version of HTC Sense brings many enhancements. While the HTC Thunderbolt is not nearly as revolutionary as the original year-old [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), it does built upon existing hardware with hundreds of refinements and plenty of polish. # Build Quality When it comes to super sized smart phones, users can only hope for a slim chassis. The Thunderbolt is about 0.6 inches thick, 4.8 inches tall, and 2.5 inches wide — it weighs in at 6.2 ounces. This unfortunately make the Thunderbolt a hairline heavier, taller, and thicker than the older EVO 4G, which is slightly disappointing. With that being said, it does sport a cleaner streamlined design. The dark grey rubberized matte finish wards off fingerprints and offers a great grip. Branding for Verizon Wireless, HTC, and Google feature silver outlines while the kickstand, camera bezel, earpiece, and volume controls have a chrome trim for contrast. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-stand.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Stand") Once someone picks up this phone for the first time, they will immediately appreciate the premium build quality. It may not have an industrial aluminum and glass body like Apple products, but the Thunderbolt still screams expensive. I was hoping for a uni-body design, but I was glad to find little to no flex with the plastic framework. HTC definitely stepped up its game since last year. While the kickstand on the HTC EVO was great for enjoying movies, it was flimsy and the phone would fall over easily. The newly redesigned kickstand keeps the HTC Thunderbolt standing strong. It can even hold the phone up right in a portrait orientation and will not tip over when using the touch screen. I was also glad to find that the rear-facing camera is now flush with the back side and does not protrude outwards. Aside from that, I should note that some owners may have a hard time sliding this phone into a pair of tight jeans, but it can tuck away into most bags, pockets, or purses easily. # Hardware ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-touch-keys.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Touch Keys") The latest generation of smart phones — such as the [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) — might be taking a leap to dual-core processors, but the HTC Thunderbolt only packs a 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon. With 768 MB of RAM, there is plenty of room for multitasking. This phone does not back down when it comes to storage either, it packs 8 GB of internal storage and ships with a 32 GB micro SD card. Although marketed as a 4G LTE handset, it is entirely compatible with Verizon Wireless 3G networks as well. Users can always connect to local WiFi 802.11 b/g/n networks and pair up with Bluetooth enabled devices. The Thunderbolt has an accelerometer to detect rotation, proximity sensor to prevent accidental key presses, and an ambient light sensor to conserve power. The digital compass and GPS module provide location for navigation too. A front facing camera and an ear piece are above the 4.3 inch display while four touch sensitive keys are directly below: home, menu, back, and search. A volume rocker is on the upper right side and a 3.5 mm stereo headphone jack is on top. The power button, also on top, is tad bit too small for such a large phone, but it is responsive and gets the job done. The positioning of the micro USB port, found on the lower left side, can get annoying since it is no longer possible to use the kickstand in a landscape orientation while charging. HTC also dropped the micro HDMI port in exchange for DLNA connectivity. The camera and a complementary dual LED flash are on the back. On that note, prying the rear door open reveals a 1400 mAh battery pack underneath. Sadly, users will need to power down the Thunderbolt and pop out the battery to get to the microSD card. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-front-camera.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Front Camera") A great looking screen is quite important since it is what you will be looking at all day. While newer Android smart phones are taking the jump to the qHD resolution including [the upcoming EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/), the Thunderbolt still uses a last-generation 480-by-800 pixel WVGA display. Colors are a lot more saturated compared to the HTC EVO, which looks washed out in comparison. Blacks are darker and whites have a “cooler” tone. Viewing angles are a lot more generous allowing more freedom. The Thunderbolt’s screen is quite responsive, but not nearly as fluid as the [HTC Arrive we recently reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/). The ambient light sensor pumps up the brightness to combat direct sunlight, however a Super AMOLED display would have done a better job. Most of these improvements are quite minor and it is clear that users will need to turn towards the upcoming [HTC Sensation](https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/) for higher pixel density. # Keyboard The EVO 4G lacks a multi-touch enabled keyboard forcing users to turn to 3rd party alternatives. HTC comes to the rescue with an improved version letting users type faster than before. There is little to no lag and the Thunderbolt even offers audible and haptic feedback. Instant predictive suggestions make it easy to skip over large words and the custom dictionary accommodates additional phrases. I was not too happy to find that [Swype](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) no longer comes pre-installed, but geeky users can grab and install a copy manually. Google’s voice input technology comes bundled with Android for text entry and works quite well. It automatically adapts to your voice without any programming. A microphone button appears on the keyboard and is compatible with just about any text entry field. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-verizon-wireless.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Verizon Wireless") Although Google rolled out Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) a few months ago, the Thunderbolt still runs on Android 2.2 (Froyo). Until that [update becomes available](https://www.skatter.com/android-v2-3-gingerbread-heading-to-the-htc-evo-4g/), users can at least enjoy the new and improved HTC Sense. The custom interface overlay now features smoother animations and transitions when browsing through various pages or switching apps. General operations are not necessarily any faster, but the experience is more polished. Fonts are crisp and sharper for easier reading too. I noticed that the flagship drag down notifications bar now includes an app switcher which can make multitasking easier for new users, but it also replicates the functionally of holding down the home button and I wish there was an option to turn that off as an advance user. I was even pleasantly surprised to see an innovative tab switching interface present in the web browser. Previously, users had to hit menu to bring up a list of open windows. It requires multiple clicks, which is a hassle. Users can now simply squeeze a web page until it shrinks into a thumbnail and swipe to get to other pages. Social networking integration is also a prominent HTC Sense feature. Users can log into Facebook, Flickr, and Twitter accounts from the system settings. These services import contact data including phone numbers and emails addresses into a universal list. A consolidated view makes it easy to view all your interactions with any specific contact including exchanged text messages, emails, status updates, photos, or call history from one place. Verizon Wireless worked with HTC to include a pre-installed multi-protocol chat client for AIM, Windows Live, and Yahoo! Messenger. HTC does not bundle any new live wallpapers, but there are five different high quality skins which deeply tweak every last inch of the Android interface. The new theme even modifies the look of third-party apps that use the native Android user interface elements, making for a consistent experience. HTC also includes about 70 gorgeous widgets out of the box and lets users download more official ones when available. There is a clear unparalleled level of attention to detail and no competing custom Android experience comes close to Sense UI. As with any Android device, Google integration is top-notch. Once you login, everything from your online calendar and email makes to your device within minutes. HTC even includes a custom app for Google Reader, a neat touch. There is full support for [Voice Actions](http://www.google.com/mobile/voice-actions/?ref=skatter.com) and [Chrome to Phone](http://googlemobile.blogspot.com/2010/08/working-title-instantly-zap-links-maps.html?ref=skatter.com). Customers will likely be upset to find a handful of nonremovable bloatware. Bitbop, Blockbuster, Rockband, Rapsody, TuneWiki, VCast Media, and VZ Navigator are pre-loaded just to name a few. The HTC Thunderbolt also ships with a Verizon Android App Store which does not seem to add any additional value. The interface looks outdated and looks like a ported iOS app. Most users will stick to the 200k apps in the official [Android Marketplace](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com). Even the new Amazon App Store is better. # Productivity Tools While Apple iOS only comes with document viewing capabilities, the HTC Thunderbolt comes with a full version of QuickOffice with editing support at no extra cost. Microsoft Office formats for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint are not a challenge. Sharing documents through email or sending documents to other apps such as Dropbox is quite easy. Adobe Reader ships with the phone for PDF viewing. The office document support is only dwarfed by Windows Phone 7. HTC has an app for POP3 and IMAP for those who do not use Gmail. Kindle also comes pre-installed. Verizon Wireless bundles a visual voicemail app too. Fans of Google Voice can grab the official app from the Android Marketplace for additional calling and texting features. Google Navigator provides incredible voice-guided turn-by-turn directions. Paired with Voice Actions and an integrated contacts lists, going places is easier than ever. I can just say “Navigate to John Smith” and it begins routing quickly. Even speaking a door number, street name, city, and state is also impressively accurate. # Multimedia I have tried other Android smart phones such as the [Samsung Epic 4G (Galaxy S)](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) which comes with [DLNA integration](http://www.dlna.org/?ref=skatter.com). Unfortunately, the app was quite buggy even after updates and it fails to playback many file formats. HTC Sense brings the best DLNA integration I have seen to date. It makes it possible to share content from your device to other ones and stream multimedia to your Thunderbolt from other compatible networked devices. There is excellent support for codecs and I managed to play just about every file format in my library including those encoded in DivX or Xvid. With a speedy WiFi 802.11 n network, even 720p HD content did not lag even the slightest amount. I also loved that I could enjoy my large music collection, which will not fit on my phone, while working around my house. For those that want to copy media over, the HTC Thunderbolt has a mass storage device mode. Once plugged in with the included USB cable, users can copy multimedia into pre-created folders from a Macintosh or Windows computer without any extra software. After disconnecting, the phone takes a few minutes to automatically index new content. Amazon MP3 is probably the best place to go for buying new music, but DRM-free iTunes tracks are also completely compatible. HTC’s music player offers album artwork and lets users filter a library by album, artist, genre, songs, or playlists. FM Radio works right out of the box, but owners will have to find a pair of headphones for signal since HTC does not provide a set in the box. Although this phone lacks stereo speakers, the SRS WOW sound enhancements truly make audio from videos and music sound a lot better. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-camera.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Camera") The new camera app offers a clean uncluttered interface with quick access to settings that matter the most. It is easy to toggle flash on, off, or set it to auto. One click brings up the gallery of previously captured images. Most owners will be glad to find that the camera app launches in about a second, but heavy photographers might scold the lack of a physical shutter key. HTC Sense also adds a sprinkle of [Instagram](http://instagr.am/?ref=skatter.com) inspiration with about ten great effects which render in real-time — vignette, depth of field, vintage, and sepia just to name a few. Some of these even carry over into the video recording app which handles 720p HD capture. Digital zoom is available on-screen at all times. It is also easy to share images with friends and family with access to multiple popular services just a click away. Other bonus features include a self timer, ISO settings, geo-tagging, auto-focus, and face detection. In terms of quality, pictures look a lot better than the HTC EVO. Video is also beyond impressive for a smart phone camera sensor. In low lighting conditions, the flash helps ease deteriorating quality. # Video Calls ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/skype-video-htc-thunderbolt.jpg "Skype Video HTC Thunderbolt") Verizon Wireless demoed Skype compatibility at CES 2011, but there is no mention of the app on the HTC Thunderbolt. We did demo [a leaked version](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/) recently, but there is no official word regarding availability from any of the involved parties. My testing of the early build revealed impressive audio and video quality over both WiFi and 4G LTE which is at least a positive sign of things to come. It is a tragedy that no flagship video calling service ships with the phone despite the fact that there is a great 1.3 megapixel camera on the front. Until one becomes available, users can turn to services such as [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com), which supports calling iOS devices and tablets in addition to Android smart phones. # Network Speeds and Mobile Hotspot This is where things get exciting. Verizon Wireless 4G LTE is no joke. I managed to get up to 35 Mbps upload speeds in San Jose. This is about seven times faster than the upload speeds on my residential Comcast home network. For regular use, I found that uploads averaged at about 20 Mbps despite some extraordinary spikes. Downloads in the same area were as high as 20 Mbps and averaged around 15 Mbps. While the speeds are exciting, Verizon Wireless caps transferred bandwidth to 5 GB. A little math and at those data rates, you can consumer your entire allocated bucket in as little as 30 minutes. ([See my calculations](http://www.wolframalpha.com/input/?i=5+GB+at+20+Mbps&ref=skatter.com).) I never had to switch over to 3G in the San Francisco Bay Area since I always had 4G connectivity. The phone dropped to 3G at times in the Orlando area when I was at CTIA Wireless 2011\. The phone handles switching between networks for you and there is no easy to access setting. Geeks can dig into service menus to set a preference manually. I would not bother trying to tweak it unless you live on a border line of 4G and 3G connectivity which is killing your handsets battery life as it tries to secure a signal. An integrated mobile hotspot lets up to 8 users connect to your HTC Thunderbolt for either 4G or 3G mobile broadband. The settings panel lets users pick a network name (SSID) and bump up security to WPA2 for optimal protection. It is also easy to kick unauthorized users off your portable hotspot. Verizon Wireless kindly includes free hotspot use through mid-May 2011\. Afterwards, the feature will run customers an additional $20 per 2 GB a month. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-back.jpg "HTC Thunderbolt - Back") Verizon Wireless claims about 6.3 hours of talk time and 330 hours of standby. While the former was about on par with my testing which revealed nearly 50% remaining battery after three hours of use in a day, the latter is a far-fetched claim. With WiFi enabled and accounts multiple accounts configured to sync data, the Thunderbolt will run out of battery in about 2 days. After a few days in use I found about a little over a day of run time with my type of usage which includes testing just about every feature including the camera, video calls, email, texting, DLNA streaming, and FM radio just to name a few. It is definitely an improvement over the HTC EVO 4G which was notorious for barely making through a single day. Keep in mind that using data and processor intensive apps such as the mobile hotspot or the navigator can drain the battery in as little as 2-3 hours. I would recommend keeping the charger on hand for those types of use. I would not worry too much about common tasks such as enjoying some music, watching a movie, or browsing the web. # The Bottom Line Here is the deal. If you are a Verizon Wireless customer, the HTC Thunderbolt is the best smart phone that money can buy. With that being said, there is one major drawback. This phone will get outdated very quickly since it is essentially a refined version of a year-old model. If you are not some one who always needs to have the latest gadgetry, this phone will not disappoint. Updates such as Android 2.3 should trickle to this device in a matter of time, but you will not get the benefits of new technologies such as a dual-core processor or a high-resolution display. If you are ready to pull the trigger, this phone goes for $250 with a new year contract through Verizon Wireless. Existing customers looking to upgrade may receive a $50 or $100 discount depending on the prior calling plan. If you shop around, trust worthy authorized retailers offer it for as little as $175\. As for monthly fees, customers will need to shell out at least $70 a month for just voice and data. Those that plan on receiving or sending text messages will need to pay extra. **Buy: [$175 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004M5HB6U/ref=as%5Fli%5Fss%5Ftl?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B004M5HB6U&ref=skatter.com) (ships free)** **Links: [HTC](http://www.htc.com/us/products/thunderbolt-verizon?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/htc/thunderbolt/?ref=skatter.com)** ### 4 Best Features of Mozilla Firefox 4 URL: https://www.skatter.com/4-best-features-of-mozilla-firefox-4/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:17.000Z A few weeks ago Mozilla released Firefox 4, the next major update to the popular web browser. The new version offers a bunch of new features including a major UI redesign, better add-on manager, tab groups, and built-in synchronization. With Microsoft and Google release of IE9 and Google Chrome churning out updates every six weeks, Mozilla was feeling the heat to provide some top-notch features. # The New User Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/mozilla-firefox-4-main-ui.jpg "Mozilla Firefox 4 Main UI") The first thing users will notice is the drastic changes to the user interface. For starters, the traditional File Menu is gone, replaced by a single “Firefox” button located at the top left corner of the window. Not liking the all-in-one button? Users can easily change back to the old file menu by clicking the Firefox button, hovering over Options and clicking Menu Bar. Next, the tabs have been moved above the address bar, similar to Google Chrome or Opera. Not all the changes are so drastic. For example the stop and refresh features have been combined into a single button and moved to inside the address bar. In an effort to make it easier to access your bookmarks Mozilla moved it to the toolbar below the address bar. # Better Add-on Manager ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/mozilla-firefox-4-add-on-manager.jpg "Mozilla Firefox 4 Add On Manager") The bread and butter of Firefox have always been its extensions and themes. The new add-on manager cleans up the experience making it easier for users to find different add-ons as well as organizing existing ones. The new organization tool opens a new tab, giving users a full window view instead of a small popup. With a separate dedicated tab for the add-ons manager Mozilla makes it easy to keep everything in a single window, however, it would have been great if this translated to the options section as well. Earlier this year [Google released Chrome 10](https://www.skatter.com/google-chrome-10-brings-security-improvements-and-settings-interface-overhaul/) which opens the options menu in a separate tab, hopefully Mozilla will be able to add this feature soon. # Tab Groups ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/mozilla-firefox-4-tab-group.jpg "Mozilla Firefox 4 Tab Group") A lot of people are talking about the new tab management system in Firefox 4, Tab Groups. Although previously called [Tab Candy](https://www.skatter.com/firefox-tab-candy-preview/) and even though its been in the beta version of Firefox 4 for a while now I still hear discussion about tab management. Most people argue that there is no need for it, that organizing tabs is completely unnecessary, and this may be true for most people. However if you’re like me and keep a lot of tabs open, Tab Groups is one of the most useful features of Firefox 4\. On a typical day, I have anywhere from 15-30 tabs open at a time and having an easy way to organize them is crucial. To access Tab Groups users can click the button at the top right side of the window or use the keyboard shortcut (Ctrl + Shift + E). Similar to Expose on the Mac it opens by fading into the screen. Once Tab Groups is open you will see a preview of each tab and users can create new groups by dragging and dropping tabs in empty space or on another tab. Firefox will remember the groups even if you close the browse so you can continue from where you last left off. Additionally, each group acts like its own instance of the browser, meaning you will only see the tabs in that group. There is one thing that could be improved upon, the transition between a window and Tab Groups looks poor as the text becomes extremely jagged and out of focus. Although it isn’t a major issue, I hope it will be fixed in future updates. I feel that this is the biggest innovation in Firefox 4 as it provides a new take on the way we view tabs. Although I’m still using Chrome as my primary web browser, I find myself wishing for Tab Groups since it makes searching through tabs much easier. # Firefox Sync Mozilla has implemented its [browser sync service](https://www.skatter.com/mozilla-weave-a-firefox-add-on/) directly into Firefox 4\. The feature allows users to sync bookmarks, passwords, history, tabs, and more across multiple devices. Users have the option of choosing to sync with either Mozilla’s or their own servers which is more than most services offer. If you choose to sync with Mozilla’s servers, don’t worry, the data is encrypted and securely transmitted. # Final Thoughts Mozilla doesn’t seem to really be innovating features anymore since most of the changes in Firefox 4 already exist in other browsers, with the exception of Tab Groups. The main UI is almost an exact copy Opera and also sports features from both Chrome and Opera. This isn’t necessarily a bad thing as most of the features are needed and improve the overall experience. I just feel that as the first major revision in over a year Firefox 4 would have a few more new features. This can easily be solved in one of two ways: first, Mozilla could increase the frequency of releases with only a few changes in each, or keep the longer release schedule and include tons of new features. **Links: [Firefox.com](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/new/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Logitech Solar Wireless Keyboard K750 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/logitech-solar-wireless-keyboard-k750-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:08.000Z Wireless keyboards might be all the rage, but just about every model has one major flaw: running out of power. Having to look for a pair of freshly charged batteries while trying to meet a deadline or hand in a term paper is not fun. While some manufacturers have created rechargeable solutions, having to plug-in with cables is still a hassle for some users. Fortunately, the eco-friendly [Logitech Solar Wireless Keyboard (K750)](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/keyboards/keyboard/devices/7454?ref=skatter.com) comes to the rescue with a simple solution. Assuming that there is a decent amount of sunlight or artificial light, this keyboard claims to keep on going. # Configuration ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/logitech-wireless-solar-keyboard-unifying-receiver.jpg "Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard - Unifying Receiver") I love plug-and-play, period. Once I pushed the tiny USB receiver into my Windows 7 laptop, the keyboard began working within a few seconds. I hate installing third-party software even if from a trusted source and I was glad to find that even function keys for launching the default web browser, email client, system search, and calculator work right out of the box. There are also function key shortcuts for launching the default media player and controlling playback. Volume adjustments and the mute key work perfectly as well. A power button can put your computer to sleep instantly. I also plugged the keyboard into an iMac running Mac OS X and getting setup was just as simple: doing nothing. The Windows key turns into an Apple key, but you will have to ignore the physical logo on the hardware. All the bonus extra functions also work, which was a pleasant surprise. I launched Safari with a single click, skipped songs in iTunes, and controlled volume with no issues. The power key even brings up a list of options to restart, shut down, or make the computer sleep. This keyboard even worked on my Google Chrome Notebook with no trouble. The [Logitech Unifying Receiver technology](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/349/6072?ref=skatter.com) is also a wonderful feature and deserves some recognition. As a [Logitech Anywhere MX](https://www.skatter.com/logitech-anywhere-mouse-mx-review/) user, I already had one of these plugged into my laptop’s USB port. It took me about 5 minutes to grab a little app from the company’s website and pair my new solar keyboard with the existing USB unifying receiver. I soon freed up an extra USB port, making room for other gadgets. This universal technology works with most recent Logitech products. # Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/logitech-wireless-solar-keyboard-flat-keys.jpg "Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard - Flat Keys") The Logitech Solar Wireless Keyboard is quite thin. Although it is probably not as robust as the aluminum build on [Apple keyboards](http://www.apple.com/keyboard/?ref=skatter.com), the plastic body is fairly strong. The backside is entirely white with edges that carry over to the front. The keys have a smooth matte black finish, but the entire front side features a glossy coat. This unfortunately makes a keyboard a fingerprint magnet and Logitech even includes a cleaning cloth in the packaging. While the keyboard does look quite fancy, especially with retro solar panels at the top, it can become quite nasty with no maintenance. For those wondering, this keyboard is about 17 inches wide, which is about the average length for desktop sized solution. Keep in mind it has a keypad on the side as well. It also extends about 6 inches long with at least an inch reserved for the solar panels at the top. # Comfort ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/logitech-wireless-solar-keyboard-qwerty.jpg "Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard - QWERTY") Unlike most full sized keyboards, this one sports flat keys. It feels like typing on a Sony VAIO or an Apple MacBook. As someone who prefers this style, I found myself typing faster than ever. I took less than a few minutes to get used to the new layout, which is a major plus. There are no oddly shaped or misplaced keys. The buttons have a decent tactile click and require just the right amount of push. There is no ergonomic curvature or special layout which other Logitech keyboards feature. This solar-powered model does not have a back-lit feature like the [Logitech Illuminated Keyboard](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/keyboards/keyboard/devices/4740?ref=skatter.com) for obvious power conserving reasons. While it can make typing in the dark easier for average users, it is also distracting for heavy users who no longer need to look at their keyboard. There are two pop out feet at the back for typing at an angle when placed on a flat surface. This props it up enough to feel more like a traditional keyboard. Typing with the Solar Wireless Keyboard on your lap takes some practice, but it is not too difficult. I found that the numeric keypad also makes inputting digits easy and quick. Directional keys and functions (F1-F12) are all in the right place # Solar Power ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/logitech-wireless-solar-keyboard-keypad.jpg "Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard - Keypad") According to Logitech, this keyboard can keep on running for nearly three months in the dark. Since the keyboard is so thin, there is no compartment for AA or AAA batteries. A Maganese Lithium button cell rechargeable tucks away into the top and is something you will likely never replace. It can take as little as two hours for a full recharge under direct sunlight. Keep in mind that even a desk lamp, over head lighting, or natural lighting that fills a room can keep energizing this keyboard. There is a power button at the top to conserve power when not in use. A quick status check button displays either a green or red light besides a smiley or frowning face, respectively, to indicate whether the current light source provides adequate power. Logitech offers a neat little applet to gather more information about the keyboard. Pressing the status key brings up a window with a percentage of available power and the level of the energy reserve. Interestingly enough, there is also a light intensity meter at the top. Holding it up to a lamp boosted it to a full 500 lux and there was about 125 lux in a room with natural sunlight (not direct). Logitech recommends at least 100 lux for normal operation, which I do not think will be an issue. # The Bottom Line As someone who works on a computer for a living, this keyboard is a godsend. Even casual users will appreciate not having to worry about replacing batteries each time their keyboard runs out of power. The hassle-free configuration is a major plus especially for those who are not too tech savvy. I also enjoyed that the unifying receiver pairs with my mouse as well, saving me an extra USB port. Although I did not have three months to test the claimed battery life, I think that decent lighting through the day will keep it charged indefinitely. It would be nice to see a USB port on a future model for wiring in to get a quick recharge when out of power and left without adequate light. The Logitech Solar Keyboard K750 sells for $79 which is a bit pricey, but it is available for as little as $55 if you shop around. This is definitely premium product and it is something that will not let you down. **Buy: [$55 on Amazon after Rebate](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B004MF11MU/ref=as%5Fli%5Fss%5Ftl?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B004MF11MU&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Logitech Wireless Solar Keyboard K750](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/keyboards/keyboard/devices/7454?ref=skatter.com)** ### T-Mobile Grabs The HTC Sensation 4G, Coming This Summer URL: https://www.skatter.com/t-mobile-grabs-the-htc-sensation-4g-coming-this-summer/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:47.000Z Earlier today, HTC unveiled the Sensation smart phone at a press event in London. Although international announcements rarely bring news about an iteration for the United States, the company issued another press release shortly afterwards. It turns out that the HTC Sensation 4G will make its way to [T-Mobile](https://www.skatter.com/tag/t-mobile/) this summer, making it one of the carrier’s most powerful handsets. > “The HTC Sensation 4G combines this great multimedia experience within the latest HTC Sense experience in a premium device that delivers a powerful and unprecedented smart phone to our customers.” – Peter Chou, CEO of HTC Corporation. Much like the [HTC EVO 3D announced at the CTIA 2011 Sprint press conference](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) sans the stereoscopic screen, the HTC Sensation 4G also sports a 4.3 inch qHD display. This brings a higher pixel density for better looking graphics, images, text, and videos. The new smart phone also features an aluminum uni-body construction and a contoured screen. There is also an entirely new version of HTC Sense, elements of which [we demoed last month](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/). For instance, the HTC Sensation will feature a new lock screen with real-time information such as current weather, online photos, social network updates, or a stock ticker. Users can also add shortcuts to the lock screen to jump into an application immediately. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/htc-sensation-photos.jpg "HTC Sensation Photos") Another exciting edition is 1080p video capture at 30 frames per second with the integrated 8 megapixel camera. It even features dual microphones for natural stereo audio. HTC Sense even includes basic video editing tools to crop clips for sharing with friends and family through web services. For premium entertainment, HTC Watch brings movies and TV shows to you smart phone with support for progressive viewing. This means users can begin watching a show even if the download is not complete. Customers will have the choice to buy or rent videos too. # HTC Sensation 4G Specifications - Operating System: Android 2.3 with HTC Sense - Display: 4.3 inch (109 mm) qHD 540 x 960 pixels - Processor: 1.2 GHz dual-core Qualcomm Snapdragon - Internal Storage: 1 GB | RAM: 768 MB - Storage Expansion: microSD up to 32 GB - Rear Camera: 8 megapixel with auto focus and LED flash - Front Camera: VGA with fixed focus - Wireless: Bluetooth 3.0 and WiFi b/g/n - Connectors: 3.5 mm stereo audio and micro-USB 2.0 - Video Output: HDMI via MHL USB standard - Sensors: Accelerometer, gyroscope, proximity, and light - Location: GPS and digital compass - Media: DLNA, SRS audio, and FM radio - Battery: 1520 mAh, 495 minutes talk time, and 350 hours standby - Size: 4.96 x 2.57 x 0.44 inches - Weight: 5.22 ounces (148 grams) # Pricing and Availability http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=COi4S1yoyO4&hd=1 The HTC Sensation will debut in Europe exclusively with Vodafone initially. The device will reach Asian markets by the end of Q2 2011\. As for United States customers, T-Mobile has yet to provide details regarding availability or pricing. According to a statement issued on the carrier’s blog, they will provide more details “in the coming months.” **Links: [HTC Sensation 4G](http://www.htc.com/www/product/sensation/overview.html?ref=skatter.com) | [T-Mobile Blog](http://blog.t-mobile.com/2011/04/12/htc-sensation-4g-t-mobile-unveils-its-most-powerful-handset/?ref=skatter.com)** **Update:** Watch the full keynote [on YouTube](http://youtu.be/IrbXVHpnDMo?ref=skatter.com). ### Amazon Offers Ad-Supported Kindle For A Discounted Price: $114 URL: https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-ad-supported-kindle-for-a-discounted-price-114/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:47.000Z Earlier today, [Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/?ref=skatter.com) announced the Kindle with Special Offers–slashing the price of the existing third generation model by $25 but adding advertisements to subside the price reduction. In a joint effort between the world’s largest internet retailer and corporations including Visa and Buick, Amazon is making e-readers more affordable for anyone to enjoy as long as they can put up with the occasional advertisement powered screensavers. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/kindle-adscreens.jpg) Replacing the screensavers that come with standard Kindles, the advertisements will stay on the screen while your e-reader idles. Amazon is also trying to personalize the marketing experience for each user with the release of “AdMash”. The app will allow users to choose the advertisements most relevant and, according to the press release, “most attractive” to the user’s preference. The press release included the Buick, Chase, and Olay templates seen in this article, but as more companies start releasing their own screensavers, the variety of choices AdMash will provide could be potentially limitless. In all honesty, I am happy with the more artistic ads I am seeing here, which are clearly targeted for the [literary crowd that invest in Kindles](https://www.skatter.com/kindle-books-surpass-amazon-hardcover-sales/). In addition to ad-based screensavers, users of the Kindle with Special Offers will also receive (not surprisingly) special Amazon offers sent straight to their devices. Some of the sample deals in the press release included: $10 for $20 Amazon.com Gift Cards, $6 for 6 Audible Books (valued at $68), and even $1 for an album in the Amazon MP3 Store. It is possible that this could alienate existing Kindle users, but I would not be too surprised if these “special offers” became available for current Kindle and Kindle 3G users in the near future. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/kindle-enjoy.jpg) But is saving $25 worth it for an e-reader with ads? It comes down to preference. Everyone loves a great deal, and according to Jeff Bezos, Amazon.com Founder and CEO, this is marketed for the people who are waiting for a cheaper Kindle. In the press release, he states they are “working hard to make sure that anyone who wants a Kindle can afford one”. And with the addition of AdMash, these corporate-sponsored screensavers should not detract from the user’s reading experience. However, reading, for me, is a very personal experience, and I absolute hate ads in any form. Naturally, this deal is not for people like me. On the other hand, if you can put up with ads and are a frequent enough Amazon customer that would get the most from these exclusive deals, then the Kindle with Special Offers is a great e-reader for you. It has everything its more expensive brother has at almost 20% off. **Links: [Amazon Kindle](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B002Y27P3M/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** ### Hands On Demo: Skype For Android With Video URL: https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-demo-skype-for-android-with-video/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:02.000Z Just a few moments ago, the team at [Droid-Life](http://www.droid-life.com/2011/04/11/download-skype-with-video-on-android/?ref=skatter.com) published a leaked copy of an upcoming version of Skype for Android with video calling support. The app was originally mentioned at the Verizon Wireless press conference at CES 2011, but has yet to make a debut. Although Skype has been available [on Android for the past six months](https://www.skatter.com/skype-now-available-for-all-android-phones/), the latest stable release only supports voice calls and chatting. Today’s leak is specific to the brand new HTC Thunderbolt, but the performance is nothing less than spectacular. I spent a few minutes testing the app with Sharath Shroff, another Skatter Tech reporter, and the quality was great over both Verizon Wireless 4G LTE and WiFi. Although I look forward to a high quality video calls with mobile devices, most service still feel quite primitive. [Qik](http://qik.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) made a debut last year, but it required holding down a microphone key to respond, much like a walkie-talkie. Updates improved the service with a hands free experience, but video still lags and audio is generally choppy even on a fast network. My experience with Fring is not any better. [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com) makes the cross-platform experience convenient with clients for both iOS and Android, but the service still has the same flaws when it comes to audio and video quality. My hopes were not too high with a leaked build of Skype, but I was proven wrong. After a few seconds into a call, video quickly optimized to present a sharp picture. There was little lag and movement was actually smooth. The audio was loud and clear. I could even see the audio synchronized to the caller’s lips in the video, which is quite impressive for a mobile device. It was even more excited to realize that the performance was nearly identical over both my residential WiFi network and Verizon Wireless 4G LTE. The person on the other end even claimed that the video quality was almost equivalent to the webcam built into my laptop. Switching over to the rear-facing camera also worked wonders. We will keep an eye out for an official announcement and provide more details when available. Feel free to [subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to stay updated with the latest dose of tech. **Links: [Skype](http://skype.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Droid-Life](http://www.droid-life.com/2011/04/11/download-skype-with-video-on-android/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Adobe Switches To Monthly Subscriptions For Creative Suite 5.5 URL: https://www.skatter.com/adobe-switches-to-monthly-subscriptions-for-creative-suite-5-5/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:47.000Z Earlier today, Adobe unveiled what might be the future of pricing schemes for their famous Creative Suite product line which includes programs such as Photoshop. The changes come along with the announcement of a mid-cycle version 5.5 upgrade to Creative Suite which focuses on mobile platforms, HTML5, digital publishing, and much more. # Subscription Model Moving forward, Adobe plans to introduce major revamps to Creative Suite every 24 months. The company will also roll out minor upgrades half way through the two-year long cycle. The new subscription plan aims to offer more flexibility for potential customers who only need access to Creative Suite 5.5 on an irregular basis. A full version of Photoshop alone retails for around $670 and the new pricing plan would bring the cost down to $35 per month. It may sound lucrative for a time-to-time users, but keep in mind that paying every month adds up to $420 a year. Paying subscription costs for two entire years is $840, which is more than the upfront cost and is about when Adobe will launch the next major version. For those looking for the entire package, Creative Suite retails for a whopping $2,600\. New customers now have the option to pay $129 per month when needed, but regular users will end up spending $1,548 in a year and $3,096 in two years. Not exactly an ideal pricing plan. # Some New Features The Web Premium Suite brings HTML5 additions and Adobe Flash authoring tools. These features will let developers add support for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS platforms in addition to compatible browser-based content. Adobe even claims that the latest Flash Builder and the Flex framework will make it easy to deploy their apps to over 200 million smart phones and tablets by the end of 2011. InDesign CS5.5 will let designers add audio, video, panoramic views, 360-object rotations, and much more to documents. The Photoshop Touch SDK makes it possible to create mobile apps that interact with the Photoshop on the go. Creative Suite 5.5 Production Premium offers new workflow improvements, new audio editing capabilities, and improved GPU hardware rendering support. # My Thoughts While the new Creative Suite 5.5 features are a welcome addition, Adobe truly dropped the ball on pricing. Lowering the cost of entry might sound great, but anyone with a calculator will quickly realize the true cost of ownership. In my opinion a better pricing scheme would actually bring more paying customers. Sure, there are solutions such as Photoshop Elements, but it really does not do justice for average users. These premium products are constant victim to piracy with cracked versions available through popular BitTorrent trackers. As student from a college campus, I can readily testify to the hundreds of people running illegally obtained copies. With open source alternatives such as [GIMP](http://www.gimp.org/?ref=skatter.com) and simple web-based solutions such as [Picnik](http://www.picnik.com/?ref=skatter.com) on the rise, there are fewer reasons average consumers need these pricey applications. If Adobe hopes to go beyond industry professionals, they need to make some changes to their business model soon. **Buy: [$2,599 for Master Collection](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004TH1RHA/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Adobe Creative Suite 5.5](http://www.adobe.com/products/creativesuite.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### YouTube: Now Broadcast Yourself Live URL: https://www.skatter.com/youtube-is-live/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:47.000Z On Friday YouTube officially began the initial roll out of YouTube Live, the new live streaming service that will offer live video capabilities on the site. Starting this off is the introduction of the new browse page [youtube.com/live](http://www.youtube.com/live?ref=skatter.com), where you can tune in to live events, subscribe to live-streaming partners, and add events to your calendar. According to a [YouTube blog post](http://youtube-global.blogspot.com/2011/04/youtube-is-going-live.html?ref=skatter.com) issued yesterday, the plan is to gradually roll out the live beta platform, allowing partners with accounts in “good standing” to start streaming live content to the site. > “The goal is to provide thousands of partners with the capability to live stream from their channels in the months ahead. In order to ensure a great live stream viewing experience, we’ll roll this offering out incrementally over time.” This is not the first time that live streams have been incorporated in the Google-owned video site. Live concerts such as[ The National’s performance](https://www.skatter.com/vevo-live-streams-the-national-on-youtube/) back in May, interviews, and sports events have been streamed in the past; however, up until this point these have been singular events rather than continuous live stream channels and have not been available to the vast majority of YouTube account partners. This roll out follows [The Wall Street Journal report](http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748704013604576247060940913104.html?ref=skatter.com) earlier this week that Google Inc. is possibly planning on investing as much as $100 million in the site with the hope of commissioning low-cost content exclusively for the Internet. Many have speculated that this money will be pumped primarily into this new live streaming project, as this new feature will theoretically allow the web service to recreate itself as a happy medium between user-generated content and broadcast and cable television streaming services where users can find a cache of professional grade original Web videos. Google’s ultimate goal would seem to be to continue providing the same type of content it has for the past seven years while expanding their services to include the ever growing demand for video streaming services, ultimately making YouTube more competitive with sites like Amazon, Hulu, and Netflix. This move to live streaming will likely be a big hit with users and push YouTube back into the online video spotlight. While it has not yet been announced if YouTube Live will be accessible on smart phones and tablets through its app, it is likely that this will be the case. The ramifications of this will be revolutionary, as the slight delay between recording world events and posting them on the Internet will be removed, allowing people to witness things like the Japan tsunami, the turmoil in the Middle East, key political speeches and rallies, or cats sucker punching dogs in the face at precisely the moment that they are happening. Amazon, Hulu, and Netflix can’t say that about their “premium content.” If this streaming service roll out is successful and lives up to its potential, it could potentially change fundamentally how we see user-generated content both in terms of entertainment as well as news and information. **Link: [YouTube Live](http://www.youtube.com/live?ref=skatter.com)** ### This Is Why You Should Not Buy A Cheap Android Smart Phone URL: https://www.skatter.com/this-is-why-you-should-not-buy-a-cheap-android-smart-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:44.000Z Over the past six months, manufacturers have spewed out dozens of low-cost Android smart phones. While making the cost of entry into the world of Android might sound like a great idea, many of these devices pack only the bare essentials making for a poor overall experience. The solution is not to bar these from production, they should in fact rightfully exist. The fundamental problem is the two-year contracts enforced by carriers who market these devices to average consumers. # Just How Bad Are These? Horrid. The Sanyo Zio, which Sprint announced late last year, is a perfect example. Our fresh-off-the-shelf review unit was an embarrassing disaster. Starting with the basics, it sports 3.5 inch WVGA display, micro SD expansion, a micro USB port, four touch sensitive keys, a navigational track ball, dedicated send/end keys, Bluetooth, WiFi, a 3.2 megapixel camera, and Android 2.1. Sounds decent right? Unfortunately not. The display has an awkward curvature, which is overly reflective, attracts fingerprints, distorts visibility from most angles, and reduces responsiveness. Typing is pitifully disappointing since the touch accuracy is far from perfect. Even the haptic feedback feature lags for a split second after a click, making it entirely worthless. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/sanyo-zio-back.jpg "Sanyo Zio - Back") Even after a full system wipe, Android crashed several times while simply swiping through the home screens. Games such as Angry Birds jitter and frame rates occasionally drop during video playback. Google’s OS runs slow enough on Sanyo’s hardware that it sometimes takes the Zio a few seconds to realize that you have hit the answer key to accept a call. I even noticed that signal strength is poor while another Sprint-powered Android smart phone, the HTC EVO 4G, had a better connection in the same spot. Even the built-in alarm clock failed and the phone had a blaring tantrum until I plucked the battery pack. The Zio also had a hard time staying connected to a WiFi network even when within reasonable proximity of the wireless router. The 3.2 megapixel camera is nothing spectacular nor is video capture. The built-in microphone picks up just about everything it should not including even a slight breeze or subtle background sounds. The only thing this phone does right is managing to make it through an entire work day and into the night on a single charge. However, that is only because I kept usage to a minimum even after trying to make the Sanyo Zio my primary device for a few days. # The True Cost Of Ownership ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/sanyo-zio-controls.jpg "Sanyo Zio - Controls") Uninformed customers walk into retail stores and the excitement of the “free” price tag always grabs attention. Having a touch screen, a camera, WiFi connectivity, and access to thousands of Android apps is definitely enticing. Unfortunately, the experience is beyond painful and realizing the long-term consequences only makes things worse. The most affordable monthly Sprint plan for this phone is $79.99\. Some simple math and that multiples out to $1,896 over 24 months, which is the length of the required contract. A customer who bought the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) can also get away paying the same monthly fees, but will enjoy a newer version Android, video calls, 4G connectivity, a mobile hotspot, HDMI output, and much more. While you may have to shell out $199 up front for a HTC EVO versus paying nothing for a Sanyo Zio, the total cost of ownership is surprisingly only 10% more. That is not much considering the day and night difference between these two smart phones. I do not mean to single out Sprint either. The Motorola Citrius, which is a free Verizon Wireless Android smart phone, also falls into the same boat. AT&T also has similar offerings. Charing the same high monthly fees for devices that can not do nearly as much is just atrocious. I am confident that gathered analytics would show a sharp contrast when it comes to monthly data usage or number of downloaded between these entry-level Android smart phones and premium ones. # A Place For Affordable Android Devices ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/sanyo-zio-left-side.jpg "Sanyo Zio - Left Side") Here is my point. Cheap Android handsets should still exist, but not on the current distribution platform which markets them as equivalents of premium smart phones. The Sanyo Zio would not have been a bad deal if it was a $100 over-the-counter gadget which is free from any commitments. I would not mind having a spare smart phone lying around as a backup even even if it lacks a decent user experience. Low-cost Android devices even have potential for small businesses. A local restaurant should not have spend a few hundred dollars on a [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) when they only intend to use an Android devices for accepting credit card payments with a [Square card reader](https://www.skatter.com/square-mobile-payment-system/). Unfortunately, things are not going to change since carriers are making pure profits selling these cheap Android smart phones which barely use their network. In fact, buyers are likely going to replace these devices sooner than later paying for upgrade or terminiation fees too. However, there is one thing you can do to help stop this trend: be an informed consumer. If the up front cost is too high, save up until you can afford a premium smart phone. Once again, keep your eye on the long term cost of ownership, not just the initial fees. Also, lend a hand to friends and family to sway them away from picking up low-cost Android devices tied to contracts. **Links: [Sprint Sanyo Zio](http://www.sprint.com/landings/weboffers/zio.html?ref=skatter.com)** **Editor’s Note:** Ian Thackston contributed to this article. ### HTC Arrive – Sprint (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-arrive-sprint-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:09.000Z I have spent plenty of time with Android and iOS devices over the past few years, but I never had a chance to dig into the relatively new Windows Phone 7\. Although I had tried Microsoft’s new OS more times than I can count, the experience was quite refreshing when I got my hands on the [HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/say-hello-to-the-htc-arive-sprints-first-windows-phone-7/) about two weeks ago. While it might not have a 3D screen, dual-core processors, 4G connectivity, or any crazy cutting-edge technologies, this phone can still get you through the day just fine. The HTC Arrive is also big news for Sprint customers since it is the carrier’s first Windows Phone 7 smart phone. It is also huge deal for Microsoft since their OS finally runs on a CDMA network. # Build Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-side.jpg "HTC Arrive - Side") If you are counting millimeters while deciding to purchase a new smart phone, the HTC Arrive is probably not for you. It is a thick phone, but not due to poor engineering. In fact, it has an excellent design. A bushed metal back side with rubberized plastic surroundings offer a good grip and a glossy chrome finished bezel surrounds the front scratch-resistant glass screen. Since you are probably wondering at this point, the bulk is entirely due to one feature: a slide-out physical keyboard. While many phones have flimsy sliders, the HTC Arrive stands out from the rest. The spring-loaded mechanism snaps the phone into position quickly and it is quite easy to open with two hands. However I did noticed that the slider would occasionally get stuck half way if exerting too much pressure on one side over the other. It probably would take a lot of force to break, but I still wish it was as strong as the slider on the brand new [Nokia E7](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-e7/). The HTC Arrive’s screen also awkwardly tilts a bit too far forward making typing difficult. While it is a perfect angle for enjoying a movie on a flat surface, I found myself leaning the phone downwards to type. Getting back to the basics, the front side of the phone only has three capacitive touch keys: back button, the famous Windows Start button, and one for search. For those wondering, that layout is a Microsoft requirement for Windows Phone 7 devices. Proximity and ambient light sensors are subtly hidden under the glass face. A standard 3.5 mm headphone jack is on top and a pair of HTC branded headphones come with the device. The power button — also on top — is quite recessed and lacks a tactile click. I found myself looking towards the screen to check it turned off. The volume rocker is on the left side along with the micro USB port which doubles for charging and data transfers. # Keyboard ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-keyboard.jpg "HTC Arrive - Keyboard") Having once been a physical keyboard fan starting with the ancient [LG enV](https://www.skatter.com/lg-vx9900-env-verizon/), I know a good keyboard when I see one. The HTC Arrive packs one of the best keyboards out there. Buttons are well spaced out and offer a tactile click with each press. There are five rows including ones for numbers at the top. LED indicators light up when the function or shift modifiers are in use. Rather than going with a grid layout, this keyboard has a traditional QWERTY arrangement. While it takes a few days to get accustomed to some keyboards, the smooth learning curve lets users dive right in without wasting any time. While I am glad to see a great physical keyboard, I eventually realized that I spent most of my time typing on the virtual Windows Phone 7 keyboard. Microsoft probably has one of the most responsive and easy to use keyboard I have come across. With HTC hardware, typing on-screen is as fluid as possible. It was definitely better than the stock Android 2.2 (Froyo) keyboard. However that is not to say that heavy mobile typers will not fully appreciate the physical keyboard for lengthy emails. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-touch-keys.jpg "HTC Arrive - Touch Keys") The HTC Arrive sports a 3.6 inch capacitive 800-by-480 pixel resolution WVGA screen. With a small screen and a large resolution, this smart phone actually ends up with a fairly high pixel density. I found that graphics, photos, and text look more detailed than other phones I have come across. It also feels as though the contents of the screen pop out at you rather than appearing recessed under the frame. Outdoor viewing under direct sunlight is still difficult and buyers would appreciate a brighter Super AMOLED display. The ambient light sensor pumps up the brightness, which makes it somewhat visible at the least. The responsiveness is also unbelievable. The Windows Phone 7 OS glides like butter to the touch of a finger. The inertia powered scrolling is also smoother than both Android and iOS. There is absolutely no lag and it feels as though you are touching the interface directly. # Operating System ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-windows-phone-7.jpg "HTC Arrive Windows Phone 7") Qualcomm’s 1 GHz Snapdragon processor, found on many recent smart phones, complements the Windows Phone 7 OS perfectly. For those who have not used Microsoft’s new mobile OS, it is quite different from the traditional icon-based home screen interface found on Android and iOS devices. Users can add live tiles to their home screen for quick access to the information they value the most. These interactive tiles shuffle through photos, display upcoming appointments, missed calls, unread emails, and much more. Swiping the main screen to the left reveals a full list of pre-installed and downloaded apps. While out of the box apps run quite fast, I have noticed that 3rd party apps often take a few seconds longer. Since Windows Phone 7 does not support background processes for 3rd party apps, users will have to wait until their phone fetches new data to use apps such as Facebook or Twitter. The HTC Arrive ships with the latest version of Windows Phone 7 to date entitled “NoDo.” This includes the ability to pause and resume apps. Clicking on the Windows Start button while in an app takes you back to the main screen. You can launch another app if you wish to do so. Heading to main screen again with the same button and using the back key lets users cycle through paused applications. While having to remember the order of last used applications is a nuisance, the resume feature does speed up relaunching apps. The next major update will apparently bring an app switcher and I can only hope that it is more straight forward. This smart phone also features copy and paste, which is something Windows Phone 7 did not offer until just a few weeks ago. Double tapping on a word brings up selectors to adjust the highlighted text. A copy icon appears overhead. It is a fairly decent implementation, but Android 2.3 and iOS 4.3 still handle it a lot better. I also found that some apps still do not support copying text. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-for-sprint.jpg "HTC Arrive For Sprint") In addition to the aforementioned fluidity and responsiveness, I should note that animations and transitions are smooth and instantaneous. Rather than normal fade or slide effects, Microsoft goes for a unique flow that deviates from the rest. The live tiles flip away when launching an app, text slides horizontally while swiping through an app, and the interface crunches if you reach the end of a list. I found that Windows Phone 7 is very consistent and just about every last pixel of the interface is well polished. The minimalist look is not as colorful as other mobile operating systems, but it does offer a refreshing modern take on user experience. The two-tone colors are something that might be an acquired taste for some. After setting up a Windows Live account, I also logged into Gmail. The phone instantly fetched my calendars, contacts, and emails. There is also support for Outlook, Yahoo, POP, and IMAP out of the box. The dedicated search key brings up the Bing app for searching the web, locals, or news. Holding down the Windows Start button launches voice commands. The Windows Phone Live website lets users track a lost device on a map, ring it when out of sign, lock the device leaving a note on the screen, or even remotely wipe all data. # The Apps While Android and iOS have tabs within apps for viewing more information, Windows Phone 7 stacks pages side-by-side with a seamless flow. Users can swipe through each section and cycle back to the beginning too. Most quality apps stay in line with this unique layout. Grabbing new apps is also easy and the Marketplace prominently features hand-picked ones. There are sections for top paid and free apps for easy discovery. Users can quickly update all downloaded apps with just one click. I found that the Marketplace still lacks apps for some popular services including YouTube. The official solution simply launches a web page and a HTC built one was not too great. However, other apps for established services were top-notch. Netflix is brilliant with neat interface for browsing through content and streaming video works quite well. The Shazam app is simple, getting right to the point. Amazon, Facebook, Flixter, IMDB, and Twitter stick to the metro style. A Sprint Zone app comes bundled with the phone, but it was easy to remove. # The Camera ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-top.jpg "HTC Arrive - Top") The HTC Arrive sports a 5 megapixel camera with auto-focus and flash. There are on-screen controls for digital zoom. Switching over to video mode allows for 720p HD capture. While the picture quality nothing out of the ordinary or spectacular. Images look somewhat compressed with washed out colors. If lighting isn’t just perfect, images pick up a lot of noise quickly. Video quality is not much better, but the sensor allows real-time auto-focusing which is a great addition. However, here is where things get better. This phone has a dedicated capture button, while devices such as the Apple iPhone and most Android smart phones lack. A quick second-long click launches the camera app despite what you are doing. You can bring up the viewfinder instantly even if the display is off. Pressing down half way focuses and a full press snaps an image. Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-flat.jpg "HTC Arrive - Flat") The 1500 mAh battery takes this phone through at least a day and a half unlike other smart phones. The operating system is quite efficient and it runs longer on a single charge than the Android powered HTC Thunderbolt or [HTC EVO](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). I could enjoy a half-hour long TV show on Netflix, spend some time browsing the web, make about an hour worth of calls, snap a few photos, install a few new applications, check in on Foursquare, and much more without too much concern for running out of juice. The advertised talk time is 6 hours and their claim was about right. Replenishing the battery is fairly easy since a micro USB cable comes in the box with a USB wall charger. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-back.jpg "HTC Arrive - Back") When it comes to pulling the trigger, there are some things you should consider. The selection of Windows Phone 7 apps are still minimal compared to the competition. When smart phones such as the [Motorola Atrix 4G](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) or [HTC’s own EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/) sport dual core processors, the HTC Arrive seems quite behind the times. With that being said, I should note that this is probably one of the best Windows Phone 7 devices on the market, if not the best. The mix of Microsoft’s software and HTC’s hardware is a perfect match. The keyboard is also a great addition for heavy messaging fanatics. The Windows Phone 7 operating system has a lot of potential is in a class of its own, but it is still truly a first-generation platform. Microsoft has a long way to go and I can only expect a better experience a few months or a year down the road. It is definitely a great device for early adopters, Windows fans, or those who just want something different. While it may not have extra perks such as a mobile hotspot or video chat capabilities, it has you covered when it comes to all the productivity basics. The HTC Arrive goes for $199 after agreeing to a new two-year contract through Sprint. **Buy: [$49 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004QO9SWM/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Sprint.com](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [HTC.com](http://htc.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple iPad 2 Sales Soar, Motorola Xoom Flounders URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-2-sales-soar-motorola-xoom-flounders/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:47.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless.jpg) Taiwanese newspaper [DigiTimes](http://www.digitimes.com/news/a20110406PD206.html?ref=skatter.com) is reporting that iPad 2 sales have reached 2.4-2.6 million in its first month based on sources at upstream touch panel suppliers in Taiwan. This comes despite supply issues concerning the availability of cover lenses for the Apple tablet’s touch-screen modules following the Japan earthquake last month. The anonymous contact also offered DigiTimes a “conservative” estimate that Apple will deliver as many as 4.3 million tablets a month, 12 million units in total. This news comes within hours of a report by [Business Insider](http://www.businessinsider.com/motorola-xoom-sales-2011-4?ref=skatter.com) stating that analysts at Deutsche Bank have determined that Motorola Mobility has sold only 100,000 Motorola Xoom tablets during its first two months. [Forbes](http://blogs.forbes.com/ericsavitz/2011/04/05/motorola-mobility-xoom-atrix-both-duds-pacific-crest-says/?ref=skatter.com) reported yesterday that Pacific Crest analyst James Faucette said that channel checks have found that sell-through trends for both the Xoom tablet as well as the [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/) smart phone have, “been disappointing.” This is understandable, given the fact that iPad 2 sales on the first day alone topped 300,000, and during its first week sales are estimated at being between 350,000 and 400,000\. And while few expected that Google’s first real response to the iPad would match its competition despite the fact that it has for the most part received positive reviews from critics [including Skatter Tech](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/), these numbers are unquestionably dismal and do not bode well for the Android 3.0 Honeycomb powered tablet’s future as an iPad rival. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2.jpg) Apple has not released an official statement regarding the iPad 2 sales, although they likely will do so on April 20 when the company has its scheduled Q2 earnings call. Motorola has understandably also remained mum on the subject and as of now has yet to release the official Xoom sales figures. **Link: [Apple ](http://www.apple.com/ipad/?ref=skatter.com)| [Motorola](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Tablets/ci.MOTOROLA-XOOM-US-EN.overview?ref=skatter.com)** ### Seagate Reveals Its Slimmest Portable External Hard Drive URL: https://www.skatter.com/seagate-reveals-its-slimmest-portable-external-hard-drive/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:48.000Z At CES 2011 Seagate announced the incredibly thin GoFlex Slim and it’s finally here. It is the slimmest portable hard drive on the market measuring at just 9 mm thick, roughly the size of a #2 pencil. But don’t let its small size fool you as it sports a 7200 RPM hard drive which is the fastest in this form factor. Combined with USB 3.0 support, the GoFlex Slim will have some blazing fast transfer speeds. Portable hard drives are about two things: physical size and drive capacity. The GoFlex Slim delivers in the portability department, but lack storage space. Sure 320 GB is nothing to scoff at, but most manufacturers are stepping up to 500 GB or more storage space. I have no doubt that Seagate will incorporate bigger drives in the future, but a 500 GB GoFlex Slim at launch would have made for a much more compelling product. Despite the fairly low storage capacity, many people will likely purchase the Slim for its portability. The ability to always have 320 GB of storage on hand is a comforting thought for most people as it makes transporting home videos and other large files easier. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/seagate-goflex-slim-hand.jpg "Seagate GoFlex Slim Hand") In an effort to increase performance, Seagate incorporates a 7200 RPM drive during a time when most manufacturers are sticking with the slower 5400 RPM ones. The combination of the speedy RPM and support for USB 3.0 results with the GoFlex Slim boasting some incredibly fast read and write speeds. Although the company markets USB 3.0 compliance, it still maintains its backwards compatibility with USB 2.0\. Since Seagate uses proprietary ports to connect with [other GoFlex products](https://www.skatter.com/seagate-introduces-goflex-hard-drives/), it requires users to use the included adapter to connect via USB. Keep in mind that if you lose the adapter, the USB cable will not work. I think it would have been better if the company went with the standard USB port which would simplify the user experience. Backing up your data is incredibly important, but it’s of equal importance to keep a copy offsite. The GoFlex Slim is a pretty good option for doing so since it easily fits into a safe deposit box without taking up too much of the limited space. The device is also great for transporting fairly large amounts of data, such as photos or videos. However, I won’t be purchasing a GoFlex Slim until there is a significantly larger capacity model available because I transport a lot of data and 320 GB simply does not cut it. Nonetheless, this will be great for those who need more space than a standard USB thumb drive allots, but still want to maintain portability. **Links: [Seagate.com](www.seagate.com)** **Related: [Seagate Announces 3 TB Hard Drives](https://www.skatter.com/seagate-announces-3tb-hard-drives/)** ### Microsoft Leak: Early Windows 8 Details Emerge URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-leak-early-windows-8-details-emerge/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:48.000Z Windows 7 was a major stride for Microsoft as the company tried to escape the tarnished reputation of their previous operating system. Fortunately, at least one product stood out from the rest during the Windows Vista years: Office 2007\. The productivity suite dropped the traditional grey file menu bar with a brand new friendly ribbon interface. This redefined how applications should look and the concept had carried over to Office 2010 and even the family of [Windows Live Essential programs](http://explore.live.com/windows-live-essentials?ref=skatter.com). # Windows Explorer Early reports indicate that Windows 8 may feature a file browser sporting the ribbon interface. It would allow easy tabbed access to commands which are generally hard to find. For instance, the new menu system includes icons to select files, copy, paste, or delete. Users can even simplify multi-step processes such as sending a file to a friend by email with a section dedicated for sharing. Microsoft is also making it easier to customize the Windows Explorer appearance with quick settings for thumbnail sizes, file grouping/sorting, document preview, navigation pane, and more. # A New Login Screen With inspiration from Windows Phone 7, the upcoming Windows 8 will feature a more informative login screen. Users will finally have the option to customize the background without having to turn to 3rd party tools. The new layout will prominently feature include the date and time with a metro-look. Users can also control music playback without having to login. There is also chatter regarding improved support for biometric technology, which Windows 7 first offered out of the box. # History Vault While Windows 7 has a decent integrated backup solution, it is still far from ideal. Those serious about backing up data still turn to 3rd part solutions. Even the ShadowCopy feature is relatively hidden out of sight. Microsoft plans to introduce a new friendly and robust solution: History Vault. While little is known, it is likely offering a Windows equivalent to Apple’s [Time Machine for OS X](http://www.apple.com/macosx/what-is-macosx/time-machine.html?ref=skatter.com). # Other Features ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-windows-phone-7.jpg "HTC Arrive Windows Phone 7") Windows 8 also takes many concepts and elements from Windows Phone 7\. This indicates that Microsoft may continue to push its desktop OS to tablet platforms rather than waiting for its relatively new mobile OS to mature. While Apple is sticking to iOS on tablets, they are also bringing mobile elements to [Mac OS X Lion](http://www.apple.com/macosx/lion/?ref=skatter.com) for a friendly experience. Catching up with Apple, Microsoft plans to finally bundle a PDF reader entitled “Modern Reader” with their next generation OS too. Microsoft will also bring deeper integration for cloud-based services such as Live Mesh and [SkyDrive](http://explore.live.com/windows-live-skydrive?ref=skatter.com) in Windows 8\. This might make it possible to keep files and settings synchronized in real-time across multiple device. Many expect the debut of a Microsoft Store, which would be an integrated central repository for free and paid programs, much like the recently announced [Mac App Store](http://www.apple.com/mac/app-store/?ref=skatter.com). # What You Should Know If you are familiar with Windows history, you will realize that everything mentioned here may or may not happen. Microsoft has a long tradition of making sudden changes and deviating from the intended course. May of these features might make it through, but expect to see some disappear and other pop up out of no where. I have also heard that the company will choose to maintain the existing hardware requirements, meaning support for upgrades on Windows 7 hardware. Keep in mind that Windows 8 probably will not hit stores for another two years, the recent set of leaks are very early prototypes. **Links: [Microsoft](http://microsoft.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Anonymous Attacks PlayStation, Defends Freedom Of Information URL: https://www.skatter.com/anonymous-attacks-playstation-defends-freedom-of-information/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:48.000Z Yesterday, [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com) suffered from technical errors causing sporadic down time for users attempting to access the website. Or so the manufacture would like you to believe. In response to growing legal action against George “GeoHot” Hotz — the man who jail broke the console in January — the site is actually the target of a group of individuals called Anonymous or Anon. Anonymous chose to engage in [digital warfare against Sony](http://anonnews.org/?p=press&a=item&i=787&ref=skatter.com) after the company started hunting down individuals for “possessing and sharing information, and continue to target those who seek this information.” Back in August, we published a piece that showed a user [bypassing the PlayStation 3’s security protocols](https://www.skatter.com/is-jailbreaking-a-ps3-reality/) allowing him to play InFamous from a USB flash drive. The implication being that the seemingly impenetrable console would soon be jail broken. On January 6, 2011, GeoHot — already famous for unlocking the iPhone — created his own video of the system running homebrew applications on custom firmware v3.55 without the need of any accessories. The PlayStation 3 was officially unlocked. Sony was not amused and started an onslaught of legal actions against GeoHot and other hackers in an attempt to shut the project down. ![Anon Attacks Sony](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/anon_sony1.jpg) However, Anonymous — a group of internet programmers or terrorists (depending on who you ask) — believes people who purchase a PlayStation 3 have the right to use the device anyway they see fit including modifying the operating system. The group argues that Sony’s legal action against GeoHot and Alexander is “an unforgivable offense against free speech.” They will do everything in their power to remind Sony that “information is free.” Thus, Operation Payback has begun to roll out with continued distributed denial of service attacks (DDoS) on the PlayStation website. These attacks flood the upload and download services of a website making it completely inaccessible. Anonymous believes if Sony chooses to prevent the access of an individual’s private property Sony needs to know how that feels. Although little is known of Anon or Operation Payback’s next move, it is clear that these attacks are not going to be a one-time thing. They are adamant about protecting people’s rights, and if Sony continues their assault on freedom of speech and information, they will attack with the full force of the internet. **Links: [Sony PlayStation](http://www.us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [AnonNews](http://anonnews.org/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nikon Reveals A New Entry-Level D5100 DSLR Camera URL: https://www.skatter.com/nikon-reveals-a-new-entry-level-d5100-dslr-camera/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:48.000Z Nikon announced a brand new [D5100 Digital SLR (DSLR)](http://www.nikonusa.com/Nikon-Products/Product/Digital-SLR-Cameras/25478/D5100.html?ref=skatter.com) camera earlier today. Targeted at those taking a step into the world of professional photography, this 16.2 megapixel entry-level DSLR camera offers a 3 inch LCD display and 1080p HD video capture with real-time auto-focus. > “By providing consumers with a simple path to creative freedom for both stills and movies, the Nikon D5100 is designed to become an essential camera for capturing all of life’s occasions.” — Lisa Osorio, general manager of marketing at Nikon Inc. Today’s announcement takes a direct swipe against the recently announced [Canon T3i](http://www.usa.canon.com/cusa/consumer/products/cameras/slr%5Fcameras/eos%5Frebel%5Ft3i%5F18%5F55mm%5Fis%5Fii%5Fkit?ref=skatter.com) and is also a successor to Nikon’s own D5000, which made its debut two years ago in 2009\. The D5100 camera also takes elements from the higher-end D7000 with a ISO range of 100-6400 (expands to 25600). This new model is all about HD video. It supports both 1080p and 720p resolutions at either 24 fps or 30 fps. While the last generation of entry-level DSLR cameras such as the Canon T2i required manual focusing while recording, the [Nikon D5100](http://www.nikonusa.com/Nikon-Products/Product/Digital-SLR-Cameras/25478/D5100.html?ref=skatter.com) offers continuous auto-focus. This camera can even track up to 35 faces to stay locked in on what matters most. The 3 inch LCD screen, which has 1000:1 contrast ratio and a 921k dot resolution, now flips and twists up to 180 degrees for more freedom. While those serious about audio would generally pick up additional accessories such as a [Zoom H1](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B003QKBVYK/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) for better quality, Nikon now offers its very own solution. The new hot shoe mounted ME-1 is essentially a mini shotgun microphone. It is quite similar to the [Rode VideoMic](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0007U9SOC/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) or the [Sennheiser MKE-400](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0014YVAJG/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/nikon-d5100-dslr-angle.jpg "Nikon D5100 DSLR Angle") Nikon also bundles a handful of in-camera effects. Selective Color lets users choose 3 colors of interest, turning the rest to monochrome. Others such as Color Sketch and Night Vision mode are self-explanatory. There is even a simulated tilt-shift effect and support for a two-shot HDR mode. For those looking to pick one up, the Nikon D5100 will hit stores in mid April for a suggested retail price of $799 (body only). A bundle goes for $899 and includes a 18-55 mm lens. The new ME-1 microphone will also hit stores at the same time and will run customers about $179. **Links: [Nikon USA](http://www.nikonusa.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### D-Link Launches A New Wireless Home Network Camera URL: https://www.skatter.com/d-link-launches-a-new-wireless-home-network-camera/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:49.000Z About two weeks ago, I stumbled across [Avaak’s Vue personal video monitoring](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-avaak-vue-a-friendly-wireless-camera-monitoring-system/) system at CTIA Wireless 2011\. This morning, D-Link announced availability for their very own consumer-friendly video camera security solution. Although it sports an overly long name, the Wireless N Day/Night Network Camera (DSC-932L) packs some neat features. The camera plugs into a power outlet and streams live video over WiFi through your existing wireless router. Users can tune into the browser-based [mydlink website](http://mydlink.com/entrance?ref=skatter.com) to manage and monitor their wireless cameras. Unlike the Avaak Vue, this is a security solution with 24×7 monitoring. The night vision support allows for use through the entire day too. D-Link also offers mobile apps to access real-time video feeds on smart phones and tablets. (Android and iOS devices supported.) > “With D-Link’s new day/night network camera, consumers can quickly, easily and affordably add networked surveillance to their home or small office,” said Daniel Kelley, associate vice president of consumer marketing, D-Link North America. Unlike traditional network camera which are a hassle to set up with complications such as port forwarding, this new model is a truly plug-and-play solution. D-Link also offers two other easy-to-use [mydlink-enabled networked cameras](http://mydlink.dlink.com/NCUSHome?ref=skatter.com), however the DSC-932L is the most affordable of the bunch. The new model even features an embedded microphone to let owners easily listen in on intruders or thieves. Geekier users can install additional software to configure storing video to their hard drive, enable motion detection, schedule automated recordings, set up email alerts, and much more. According to the press release, the Wireless N Network Camera is now available for a suggested retail price of $149\. While a bit costly, other stores will likely offer it for less. The older DSC-930L model already goes for as little as [$69 through Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B00452V66G/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). We will get our hands on a unit sometime soon for an in-depth look, so stay tuned for more details. **Links: [D-Link Wireless N Network Camera DSC-932L](http://mydlink.dlink.com/DCS932L?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Atrix 4G – AT&T (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-atrix-4g-att-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:09.000Z Over the last year Android has seen some explosive growth with hundreds of new smart phones making their way to the market. However, we only get to see a unique device make its debut every once in a while. At CES 2011, Motorola announced the Atrix 4G which is the first smart phone to run on Nvidia’s Tegra 2 technology, the first to feature a laptop dock for desktop-like computing, and one of the first to run on AT&T’s new HSPA+ 4G network. [After spending a few weeks with this device](https://www.skatter.com/first-impressions-motorola-atrix-4g/), I have had a fairly good experience aside from a few complaints. # Hardware ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-atrix-4g-ports.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G - Ports") The Motorola Atrix packs a blazing fast 1 GHz dual-core Tegra 2 chip set, 1 GB of DDR2 RAM, and 16 GB of internal storage. There is also a microSD slot which allows for an additional 32 GB of storage expansion. This is all wrapped in a fairly small package, measuring just 2.5 inches wide, 4.63 inches long, and just 0.43 inches thick. The Atrix is not much larger than the iPhone 4, which is impressive considering the horsepower this device is packing. I also noticed that the phone becomes quite hot when performing processor-intensive tasks, a common problem with the latest smart phones which try to pack a lot in a small space. Dual-core processors will become increasingly popular as more devices begin utilizing them. Having two cores does not mean twice the speed, but increased multitasking capabilities allowing users to perform tasks quicker. In addition, contrary to popular belief, having two processors is actually better on battery life. This is because it can scale to use a single core or both cores as necessary. # Aesthetics ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-atrix-4g-top.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G - Top") Motorola devices are known for their robust build quality and the Atrix lives up to this reputation feeling almost [as tough as the Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/). Although the almost entirely plastic body is fairly strong, I would have preferred a more robust metal build such as the one on [the Nokia E7](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-e7/). I found the device attracting many smudges after only a few days of use which is a bit disappointing for such a high-end device. Like most Android phones, there are four touch sensitive buttons: menu, home, back and search. Surrounding the earpiece at the top are the front-facing camera as well as the light and proximity sensors. The back of the device features the speaker and a 5 megapixel camera sporting dual LED flash. The top only has the 3.5 mm headphone jack, while there is a volume rocker on the right side of the device and the left features ports for micro USB and HDMI. Removing the back plate requires some awkward finger placement and reveals an extremely high-capacity 1930 mAh battery, a microSD reader, and a SIM card slot. The power button, which doubles as the fingerprint reader, is on the top of the phone and I took a few days to get used to the awkward placement. I had to grip the phone very tightly in fear that it would slip out of my hands when trying to press the button since it is slightly recessed into the back of the device. The fingerprint reader is a neat concept, but it gets a bit frustrating to use since it occasionally fails to recognizing a fingerprint. As annoying as that can get, I still find it a useful tool for logging in without having to look at the phone. # Display ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-atrix-4g-front.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G - Front") As a long-time Apple iPhone 3GS user, I was glad to switch over to the qHD resolution on the Motorola Atrix. The 4 inch screen sports a 960-by-540 pixel resolution, which brings it quite close to the 960-by-640 pixel resolution of the[ Apple iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-apple-iphone-4/). I noticed the ambient light sensor is a bit slower to respond to changes in light, but realized that this is actually a good thing. It ensures that the surrounding light levels are not fleeting, which helps conserve even more power. The higher resolution of the qHD display makes everything on the phone look very sharp. This will likely be the next standard for Android smart phones which generally featured 800-by-480 pixel resolution displays last year. Recently, [HTC announced that the EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) will also be running a qHD display, improving the likely hood of the resolution becoming standard. # Software ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-atrix-4g-keys.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G - Keys") The Motorola Atrix 4G comes with Android 2.2 (Froyo) preinstalled with an update to Android 2.3 (Gingerbread) coming soon. Perhaps the most unfortunate aspect of the device is that Motorola decided to bring back its custom interface: MotoBlur. The UI seems outdated compared to others such as HTC Sense and even has drawbacks from the stock OS. I was also quite upset to find that AT&T and Motorola decided to include a lot of bloatware on the device which are fairly difficult to remove. To top it off, AT&T locked down the device, preventing users from installing apps from unknown sources and even blocking out many apps from even appearing in the Android Marketplace. Users can easily circumvent all of AT&T’s restrictions by rooting the device. I should note that doing so could void your warranty, however, I believe that the benefits of rooting far outweigh the risks. I do not understand why AT&T felt it necessary to block installing applications from outside, let alone in the Market. So much for Android being open! There were also a few odd issues where the WiFi interferes with the data connection, blocking internet connectivity altogether. This was most common after I would leave the Atrix on overnight only to be left without data access in the morning. This meant that emails, Twitter, Facebook, and even the browser would not work. After calling Motorola Customer Support, to see if it was an issue with my device, the representative stated that company is aware of the issues with a solution coming soon. In the meantime users can manually toggle the WiFi off and on to temporarily solve the issue. # Camera The 5 megapixel camera on the back takes some fairly high quality pictures. Most smart phone cameras have problems with low light but the incredibly bright dual LED flash mitigates much of it. I did notice that there is some graininess in low light situations, but it is hard to tell without zooming in. The back camera also doubles as a 720p HD camcorder. The video has a slight blue-ish tint to it, which makes everything look a little “cooler” than it should. Hopefully a problem that can be fixed through a software update. The front facing VGA camera is fairly mediocre, as one would expect. Since VGA is fairly outdated I would have liked to see a higher end 1.3 megapixel camera, similar to an iPhone 4 or EVO 4G. Regardless, the quality is decent and sufficient for quick video calls. While the Atrix still can not replace a standard point-and-shoot camera, it might for those who only take photos occasionally. # Battery ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-atrix-4g-back.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G - Back") Battery life is extremely important, as recent smart phones can barely make it through a single work day. While some may expect horrendous results with the Atrix due to the dual-core processor, my experience was just the opposite. Since Motorola included a 1930 mAh battery in the device, the largest capacity battery I have seen in a smart phone, I have been able to squeeze out more than 24 hours of battery life even with some fairly heavy usage. This is almost unheard of for a smart phone, let alone one this powerful. It is likely due to the combination of the intelligent scaling of Tegra2 and the large battery. # Accessories ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/motorola-atrix-laptop-dock.jpg "Motorola Atrix 4G and Laptop Dock") Motorola has introduced a few accessories to give the Atrix even more functionality. I should state that I have not spent any time using either the laptop or HDTV dock. Regardless, they are noteworthy features of the device. The laptop dock is essentially just a screen, keyboard, trackpad, and battery. The brains of the device are all on the Atrix phone including the processor, RAM, storage, and network connectivity. The screen measures in at 11.5 inches and sports a 1366 x 768 resolution. The back of the dock also features two USB ports for data transfer. The dock has a black, brushed metal look and is slimmer than most other netbooks due to limited components on the inside. Without the phone docked in, the laptop accessory does nothing. However once connected, it offers access to a Webtop interface with a desktop interface featuring a full-fledged Firefox web browser. While paired together, the dock also powers the smart phone with a large battery pack for additional juice. In addition, users can access the phone’s storage through the web top interface. There is even a small virtual window to control and view the Android OS. Connecting the Atrix to the HDTV dock brings up a media center interface on your television. The interface allows users to browse through music, videos and photos on the device. The dock also sports two USB ports allowing users to connect additional media. Users will also get a remote to control the media center interface too. The HDTV dock seems to be slightly less useful than the laptop dock. While it does transform the Atrix into a set-top box, I do not think that this is something users want to do just yet. It might be an easy way to quickly show pictures to friends and family on a big screen, but I feel there are probably better ways of doing so such as DLNA. The laptop dock is quite pricey running users $500, while the HDTV dock costs $130\. This is quite expensive, especially after spending $200 on the Atrix. The price reflects the fact that the docks are not yet a well-defined market and Motorola clearly does not want to loose a penny on the accessories. It would have been great to see a $200 laptop dock and a $50 HDTV dock, but I probably will not buy either at the current price. # Final Thoughts The Motorola Atrix 4G is one of the fastest smart phones currently on the market. I feel that there are a few things that are holding the Atrix back from exploding in popularity. First, the fact that AT&T has locked down app installations forces users to root their device to gain access non-Market apps. It is quite unfortunate that AT&T is restricting usage in this way. Secondly, the MotoBlur user interface is pretty frustrating, I would rather prefer the native Android 2.3\. Although the highlight of the phone are the accessories, the device can definitely stand on its own. I would definitely recommend the Motorola Atrix 4G for any AT&T customer looking for a top-notch Android smart phone, even if you do not plan on sparing extra cash for the accessories. **Buy: [Atrix 4G for $175 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004KZP4BQ/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Motorola.com](motorola.com) | [AT&T.com](http://www.att.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### My Thoughts On Amazon’s Cloud Player URL: https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-amazons-cloud-player/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:45.000Z Last week, Amazon announced the Cloud Drive which offers 5 GB of free web-based storage. This lets anyone with an Amazon account upload documents, photos, videos, or just about anything else to their servers for remote access. While it is a great way to back up important files without spending a dime, Amazon also has their eyes set on something else: music. In addition to the included storage space for music you already own, Amazon includes access to any purchased Amazon MP3 content through the web interface. If you need more space, Amazon offers upgrades to 50 GB for $50 a year, 100 GB for $100 a year, 500 GB for $500 a year, and up to 1 TB for $1,000 a year. Keep in mind, this storage is not just for music, you can store anything in their cloud. As a temporary promotion, you get [a free upgrade to $20 per year 20 GB plan](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2FMP3-Music-Download%2Fb%3Fie%3DUTF8%26node%3D163856011%26ref%5F%3Dtopnav%5Fstoretab%5Fdmusic&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com) if you purchase an album. # The Cloud Player ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/04/amazon-cloud-player-demo.jpg "Amazon CloudPlayer Demo") The Amazon MP3 app that comes bundled on most Android smart phones just got a major refresh. In addition to letting you browse and buy music, you can now stream the music on your Cloud Drive to handheld from just about anywhere. I had a chance to give this a test run and it actually works impressive well on WiFi, 4G, and 3G networks. There is also a web-based interface for music playback, but there are no apps for iOS, BlackBerry, or Windows Phone 7. It is especially a great feature for those who want a consolidated library across multiple devices or for those running short on local storage space. Unfortunately, it also comes with an indirect downside. Since the majority of cellular carriers including AT&T and Verizon Wireless cap monthly data usage, it is not the best option for those who continuously run close to their limits. The Cloud Player lets users download individual songs or full albums from the Cloud Drive, but there is no way to upload files from a mobile device just yet. This could come in handy for those looking to free up space on their device while on the go without having to permanently delete something. # The Alternatives ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/10/dropbox.jpg "Dropbox") While Amazon’s new solution is a great idea, it really is not as effective as existing competition when it comes cloud-based file management. It is actually quite primitive to be honest. [Dropbox is probably the pioneer](https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-file-syncing-made-easy/) with a web-based management interface, desktop clients for all the major operating systems, and mobile clients for just about every smart phone OS. For those who want even more features and control, [SugarSync is another great option](http://www.sugarsync.com/?ref=skatter.com). Also, do not forget that Microsoft offers 25 GB of free storage on [SkyDrive](http://explore.live.com/windows-live-skydrive?ref=skatter.com) or that [Box.net](http://box.net/?ref=skatter.com) is another viable cloud-based storage solution. However, here’s the thing. Amazon’s Cloud Drive does not stand much of a chance in its current form, but the Cloud Player makes all the difference. Their Android app and web browser player specifically focuses on handling music with filtering-based organization for albums, artists, playlists, and songs not to mention even including album artwork. While other services do allow music playback, they lack a decent media player interface to browse through a library. Amazon also makes it easy to upload files from any browser without additional software. The real competitor getting crushed by Amazon is [mSpot](http://www.mspot.com/music/learn%5Foverview?ref=skatter.com). The company, which has been around for a few years, does exactly the same thing. In fact, it actually does much more. mSpot offers 5 GB of free cloud-based music storage, apps for Android and iOS with offline mode, clients for Macintosh and Windows, and access from any browser. # Other Thoughts Last year at [I/O 2010](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/), Google demoed an interesting technology acquired after purchasing [Simplify Media](http://www.simplifymedia.com/?ref=skatter.com) which would let users remotely access the media library on their computer from an Android smart phone. Unfortunately, there are no new developments nearly a year later. Even Apple is reading a nearly [half-million square foot data center in North Carolina](http://digitaldaily.allthingsd.com/20110323/apple-data-center-theories/?ref=skatter.com) which is likely digital locker for streaming multimedia to any iOS device. Amazon’s launch is just a start and I truly hope that others have even better solutions in the works. I was at least hoping for better pricing considering that the company’s own Simple Storage Service (S3) is significantly cheaper in comparison. I would have liked to see paying Amazon Prime customers, who already have [access to free on-demand video content](https://www.skatter.com/amazon-takes-on-netflix-with-free-instant-video-for-prime-customers/), get additional storage space at the least. **Links: [Amazon.com](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2F&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com)** ### Exclusive: Sprint To Offer Unlimited Moblile-To-Mobile Google Voice Calls URL: https://www.skatter.com/exclusive-sprint-to-offer-unlimited-moblile-to-mobile-google-voice-calls/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:49.000Z Last week at CTIA Wireless 2011, Sprint announced that it would soon offer [deep Google Voice integration](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-and-google-voice-join-forces/). This would allow customers to enjoy benefits such as answering calls on their computers, viewing voicemail transcriptions, enabling call screening, configuring quite hours, and much more without having to [port their number](https://www.skatter.com/heads-up-things-to-know-before-porting-your-number-to-google-voice/). While that news alone is quite exciting, there is an even larger piece of news that went unstated. After running into a Sprint product manager who was working on this project, I learned that the carrier would also enable unlimited Google Voice calls and texts to mobile devices on any carrier. http://youtu.be/Rp8Wvknh\_QQ?hd=1 When using Google Voice on your computer, VoIP powers calls. Unfortunately, things work differently on your phone. Rather than placing calls over a data connection, incoming and outgoing calls through the service eat up your precious minutes. Even though Sprint offers unlimited mobile-to-mobile minutes with most of their monthly plans, customers currently loose minutes when calling other cellular customers with their Google Voice number. Once the announced integration efforts takes affect, you will have unlimited mobile-to-mobile calling using a Google Voice number from your mobile phone. There is unfortunately one drawback. While Sprint does not knock off minutes for incoming calls from cellular numbers irrespective of carrier, the current infrastructure can not detect whether the incoming call from a Google Voice user is from a mobile device. This means that you will drain your allocated minutes when accepting a call from a Google Voice user despite the fact that they are calling you from a mobile phone running on AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, or Verizon Wireless. The representative I spoke with claimed that they would try to address that issue soon. Despite the one quick, this is still huge news for Sprint customers who are fans of Google Voice. I hope that other carriers also follow the lead soon. I also heard mention of MMS support coming to Google Voice in the coming months from another employee, but I did not manage to get another word out of him. **Links: [Sprint](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Google Voice](http://google.com/voice?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Xoom – Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-xoom-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:11.000Z A little over a year ago, Skatter Tech boldly stated that the debut of the [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) was the start of an Android revolution which would eventually take over the leading Apple iPhone brand. Fast forward a little over a year and Google’s platform now has the largest smart phone market share. This time around, it is all about tablets. Apple introduced the iPad last year running its popular smart phone OS, leaving competitors scrambling. Getting back into the game, Motorola Mobility announced the Xoom at [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) — the very first Android 3.0 Honeycomb powered tablet. While the Motorola Xoom will never come close to beating the Apple iPad 2 sales figures, it is once again the first stepping stone of something larger. I predict that Google’s new tablet-optimized Android platform will likely take first place with the largest market share in about a year. For those not familiar with the Xoom, it offers many great features for a first-generation device. These include a HD display, a dual-core processor, a multi-tasking enabled operating system, access to thousands of apps, 4G connectivity (upgradable), a mobile hotspot, video chat, and much more. # Build Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-usb-and-hdmi-ports.jpg "Motorola Xoom - USB and HDMI ports") Coming in at about 1.6 pounds, the Motorola Xoom is somewhat heavier than the upcoming [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-galaxy-tab-10-1-hands-on/) and even the brand new [Apple iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). The device features an all-black body with silver linings for the Motorola, Google, and Verizon Wireless branding. The slightly rubberized matte finish is smooth and comfortable to hold, but it easily attracts temporary stains from greasy hands. The Xoom extends 9.8 inches long, stands 6.6 inches tall, and is a half-inch thick. The widescreen form factor might be somewhat unusual at first to iPad owners, but it is not an issue for first time tablet users. When it comes to build quality, the Xoom is by no means disappointing but it is not nearly as streamlined as the iPad 2\. I would have preferred to see a uni-body design. # The Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-camera.jpg "Motorola Xoom - Camera") Staying in-line with Google’s Android 3.0 Honeycomb guidelines, Motorola went with a button free design. The traditional home, menu, back, and search keys are now part of the on-screen interface. However, the Xoom still has two physical buttons. A volume rocker is on the upper left side of the device while a power button is on the upper left portion of the back side. It may seem unconventional, but it falls perfectly in line with your fingers when holding the device in a landscape orientation. There is a standard 3.5 mm headphone jack centered on the top of the tablet, while a micro HDMI port is on the bottom. Although the Xoom has a micro USB connector for syncing multimedia, recharging requires a proprietary cable which is rather frustrating. A front-facing 2 megapixel camera is right above the display and a 5 megapixel one resides beside the power button on the back. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-microsd-expansion.jpg "Motorola Xoom - microSD Expansion") In addition to 32 GB of internal storage, Motorola also includes a microSD card reader with support for up to another 32 GB of expansion. Unfortunately, it is useless until Google releases a software update for Android. While the latter is self-upgradeable, owners will have to ship their Xoom back to Motorola for re-outfitting with a 4G LTE module when the components become available. While it is not a problem for the WiFi-only model, it is a major drawback for Verizon Wireless customers. # Display The 10.1 inch Xoom has a 1280-by-800 pixel resolution, which is greater than 1024-by-768 pixel resolution on the 9.7 inch the iPad 2\. This also means that Motorola’s 150 ppi display has a larger pixel density making text crisper than the 132 ppi display on the iPad 2\. When it comes to movies, the Motorola Xoom offers a nearly perfect fit with a 16:10 aspect ratio while the 4:3 aspect ratio on the iPad 2 leaves blank bars above and below. Unfortunately, the screen also has some drawbacks. Motorola uses a standard TFT display which has slightly washed out colors. With that being said, most users will never notice unless they place it besides an iPad for comparison. The Xoom’s Viewing angles are good enough for use from any orientation, however it still does not look as good as the IPS displays in Apple’s tablets. For those wondering, using the Xoom under direct sunlight is still a problem as it is with most gadgets. Devices such as the Amazon Kindle escape that fate with an e-ink display. At the least, the ambient light sensor does a decent job of keeping the device well-lit and conserving power when necessary. I was not too thrilled to find that the OS takes a second or two longer than it should when rotating the device. Even the Samsung Galaxy Tab 7 was a split second faster. # Operating System If you have used an Android smart phone, you really have not tried Android 3.0 Honeycomb yet. The new OS has been heavily revamped despite the fact that it runs on similar code, supports the same set of apps, and has many familiar UI elements. Google essentially reinvented its mobile OS to take advantage of a tablet form factor with a new look, easier navigation, better multitasking, improved organization, and subtle notifications. Reading about Android 3.0 is not really as effective as seeing it in action, so I recommend watching my [walk-through video](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/) above. If my demo was not clear enough, I can definitely say that everything from the home screen interface, multi-tasking, notifications, and pre-installed apps are well polished. The refreshing out-of-the-box Tron-inspired theme tops it all off setting it apart from other tablets. Even the native tabbed browser experience is a great blend between a touch screen interface and a desktop-like browser. # The Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-on-motorola-xoom.jpg "Pulse News Reader On Motorola Xoom") Google’s largest hurdle is now apps. Although there are over 200,000 in the [Android Marketplace](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com), I only found about 50 tablet-optimized Honeycomb-specific apps. Apple has a major year-long head start with nearly 65,000 tablet-specific apps. With that being said, do not forget that the vast majority of the smart phone apps run on the Motorola Xoom without any issues. I easily got just about every one of the approximately 50 apps on my [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) running on the tablet. While iOS zooms into iPhone apps on the iPad, Android 3.0 handles the situation differently. Older apps scale to fill the entire screen with a fluid width versus having to run in a small centered emulator-like window. I found that most apps remained crisp and did not have to suffer from blurriness. I should note that a few Android 2.x apps were buggy and that some even failed to run on Honeycomb. I also felt that core pre-installed apps are a great example Android 3.0 Honeycomb’s capabilities and a sign of the things to come. Buyers will be glad to find that there is no pre-installed bloat-ware on the Xoom aside from one game. For instance, the Glaxy Tab 7 was filled to the neck with carrier-branded and 3rd party apps which users could not remove. Verizon Wireless does include a section in the official Android Marketplace to let users grab optional apps such as VCast. # Cameras and Video Chat ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-volume-controls.jpg "Motorola Xoom - Volume Controls") The Xoom truly packs a punch when it comes to photography. The 5 megapixel sensor on the back, paired with a dual LED flash, snaps some great pictures and can capture 720p video. The new camera settings interface offers access to most adjustments right from the viewfinder without forcing users to dig through menus. Like most smart phone cameras, the camera quickly begins to suffer in low-light situations. Fortunately, day time photography and well-lit areas are not an issue. Although the rear camera is an appreciated addition, I can not imagine using it regularly. The large screen makes for an impressively large viewfinder, but the form factor is just too big. One the other hand, the front-facing 2 megapixel camera adds a lot more value. After a few Google Talk video calls, I was quite impressed. The video quality actually looked better than the standard integrated 1.3 megapixel cameras found on most laptops, but dark rooms once again diminish quality. I found that audio and video occasionally get choppy while placing calls over Verizon Wireless 3G. While calls are not a problem over WiFi, I would still like to see some optimizations in a future update. Fortunately, it is a small price to pay when other tablets such as the iPad 2 still require a WiFi network for FaceTime calls. Keep in mind that the experience will likely be better over a 4G network. I was also impressed to find that the Honeycomb OS even provides nifty image stabilization for steady video streams. It is even possible to switch over to the home screen or other applications when a call is in progress. Music playback automatically fades to a pause when answering a call. Incoming call notifications are also subtle with a non-intrusive alert. Third-party apps such as [Tango](http://tango.me/?ref=skatter.com) make it possible to place calls to Android smartphones or iOS devices. # Network Speeds and Hotspot ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-android-back.jpg "Motorola Xoom - Android Back") Although our Motorola Xoom has Verizon Wireless mobile broadband access, a WiFi-only version is also available. Both support 802.11 b/g/n for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. The 3G speeds are on par with what we expected. I was getting steady 1.5 Mbps downloads and about 1 Mbps for uploads. Unfortunately, I did not have a chance to test 4G LTE speeds since the module is not yet available. I hope that it is on par with the impressive numbers I saw on the [LG 4G LTE USB modem](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-lg-4g-lte-usb-modem-review/). The mobile hotspot, which is a part of the Android 3.0 core, actually works quite well. Up to five devices can get online with your 3G connection over WiFi. The interface lets users customize the network name, pick a new pass-key, and even beef up security to WPA2\. The large battery also lets it keep running for over 5 hours. This feature will probably become a lot more useful when Motorola begins offering upgrades for access to Verizon Wireless 4G LTE. # Battery Life Android 3.0 Honeycomb runs quite efficiently on Motorola’s hardware and the Nvidia Tegra2 technology probably is a major factor. The Xoom’s 6500 mAh battery will easily last through at least 5 days of moderate use with 3G and WiFi enabled. For those wondering, my daily test routine included browsing the web, possibly playing a Flash video, checking emails, scheduling events on the calendar, enjoying some music, snapping a few photos, and even looking up directions. I even made a few quick video calls, played some games (Angry Birds), and watched a few downloaded podcasts. Lasting through a work week is quite important and the Xoom definitely excels. However, I would not be surprised to see varying results once users get their unit outfitted with a 4G LTE module. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-rendering.jpg "Motorola Xoom Rendering") The Motorola Xoom is an impressive piece of hardware and the Android 3.0 OS is quite innovative. The entire package makes for a great tablet experience with many features which competition does not offer. When it comes down to pulling the trigger, there are a few things you need to consider. Apps for popular web services are still scarce for Honeycomb. With many Android 3.0 tablets heading to the market, I am confident that things will change, but early adopters will have to wait. In addition, there are a few more temporary drawbacks. While Adobe addressed the issue of Flash support with a recent update, buyers will have to wait on Google for a patch for microSD support and Motorola for a module to enable access to Verizon Wireless 4G LTE. Customers will eventually have access to additional storage space and faster network speeds. As for pricing, customers will have to shell out $600 and sign a two-year contract with Verizon Wireless, meaning having to pay a minimum of $20 each month for two years. That adds at least another $480 to the total cost of ownership. Verizon Wireless also makes an un-subsidized version available for $800, which offers the freedom to pay only for the months you wish to use mobile broadband. Both these models are too expensive in my opinion. If you are considering a Xoom, I would suggest picking up Motorola’s WiFi-only model. While you will not have integrated internet access, you can easily get online using the mobile hotspot feature on your smart phone. It also lets you cut down on having to pay multiple bills, which is always a plus. **Buy: [$800 on Amazon for 3G/4G](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B004NNVHUC/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) | [$589 on Amazon for WiFi-only](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0045FM6SU/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [VerizonWireless.com](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/splash/motorolaxoom.jsp?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Tablets/ci.MOTOROLA-XOOM-US-EN.overview?ref=skatter.com)** ### A Year Later: 3 Reasons Why Xbox Kinect Is Better Than The PlayStation Move URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-year-later-3-reasons-why-xbox-kinect-is-better-than-the-playstation-move/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:45.000Z Nine months ago, we published a piece about the imminent arrival of two accessories that could change the gaming market forever: [PlayStation Move and Xbox Kinect](https://www.skatter.com/xbox-kinect-vs-playstation-move/). At the time, the devices had not yet hit stores and we could only speculate whether Sony or Microsoft would be able to steal casual gamers away from Nintendo. Now that both accessories have been in the hands of consumers, developers, and hackers for approximately six months, I believe it is safe to say that Kinect is the superior device. # Casual-Gamer Friendly From a gaming standpoint, Kinect does what PlayStation Move fails to do — make gaming even more accessible. The [Nintendo Wii has already proven](https://www.skatter.com/thoughts-on-the-nintendo-wii/) that games can still be an enjoyable experience for those that did not grow up with the traditional controller. Both of these new accessories, from the respective companies, try to make the PlayStation 3 and Xbox 360 friendlier for casual gamers. However, the PlayStation Move and its lineup of games is too familiar to what Nintendo brought to the table almost three years ago. Yes, Move builds upon Nintendo’s accelerometer-based wand with exceptional one-to-one tracking via the PlayStation Eye and the Move’s light-emitting diode. Unfortunately, Sony does little to change the course and the gaming experience feels like it is just the Wii with better graphics. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/kinect-lifestyle.jpg) On the other hand, Kinect gets rid of controllers and magic wands completely; providing the best controller-free experience to date. Games require the use of the entire body to play rather than a wand determining the motion of your wrists or forearms. This makes Kinect a friendly device for anyone regardless of gaming experience. Gameplay is a lot more intuitive than anything else available. Rather than upgrading a competitor’s technology, the Kinect goes for a more revolutionary interpretation of “controller-free” gaming. Microsoft took a great risk and made a wise move, they deserve the easy win. # Open-Interface Kinect is packed to the gills with features that give it some of the world’s most innovative 3D mapping and voice/facial recognition software making it a wonderful toy for programmers and hackers. However, instead of locking down their device, Microsoft has actually given their approval for the use of open source drivers. Alex Kipman, Xbox Director of Incubation, has said this was always intended. On an [episode of Science Friday](http://www.sciencefriday.com/program/archives/201011196]?ref=skatter.com), he explained that the Kinect does not need to be hacked: > “Hacking would mean that someone got to our algorithms that sits inside of the Xbox and was able to actually use them, which hasn’t happened. Or, it means that you put a device between the sensor and the Xbox for means of cheating, which also has not happened. That’s what we call hacking
**What has happened is someone wrote an open-source driver for PCs that essentially opens the USB connection, which we didn’t protect, by design, and reads the inputs from the sensor**.” Microsoft left the product open by design because they knew that limiting Kinect’s state of the art software would prevent users from discovering unique ways of augmenting their own reality. By giving the thumbs up to programmers, Microsoft only wants one thing to limit a user’s Kinect experience — their imagination. # Real World Applications Because Microsoft has officially given the keys to the developmental castle to their ever-growing customer base, amazing real world applications are now just a download away. Although there are a ton of hacks and mods across the internet, the Augmented Reality Magic Mirror is a personal favorite that demonstrates the capabilities of a great product if users are given a chance to experiment. Tobias Blum and his team of researchers at the Technical University of Munich have been able to store a CT dataset, perform an augmented reality overlay, which then allows one to see their own skeleton in real-time. Simply put, Blum is able to use the Kinect as an x-ray window into a user’s body. Although this is still in very early stages, the potential for education and medical use is potentially limitless. # Is Future Spelled K-I-N-E-C-T? Blum’s “magic mirror” is only a small sample of what the Kinect can do outside of the world of video games. In fact, a [team of doctors at Sunnybrook Hospital](//www.ctv.ca/CTVNews/Health/20110318/surgeons-kinect-110318/) have recently started using the Kinect to improve patient care. Due to its controller-free nature, doctors have been able to zoom in and out or freeze important medical photos and documents saving precious time. In a field where time is everything, the Kinect allows doctors to do their jobs better, and arguably, increase their chances at saving lives. With applications like these, Kinect is quickly becoming so much more than just a video game accessory. It may have been designed for entertainment, but it is now lending its powerful abilities to help make the world a better place — or if anything, a bit cooler. And if I am going to spend about a hundred bucks on Kinect or Move, I would rather buy a camera that can let me see inside my own body rather than a light changing wand. Although things are still relatively early, Kinect has clearly shown that it is a much more complete package than its Sony counterpart. I can not say for certain that Kinect has pushed the Xbox 360 to the front of the console wars, but it definitely won this crucial battle. **Links: [Microsoft Xbox 360 Kinect](http://www.xbox.com/en-US/kinect?ref=skatter.com) | [Sony Playstation 3 Move](http://us.playstation.com/ps3/playstation-move/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Jabra Stone2 Givaway – $90 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-givaway-90-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:02.000Z Earlier this month, [Skatter Tech reviewed the Jabra Stone2 headset](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/) and today we are giving it away to one of our lucky readers. For those not familiar, this gizmo features voice actions to answer calls, touch sensitive volume controls, a battery-powered charging base, and a unique futuristic design. Of course, it pairs with just about any Bluetooth enabled smart phone for a hands-free experience. The suggested retail price is $129, but we will ship one unit out to a lucky person for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. # The Deal ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/jabra-stone2-bluetooth-headset.jpg "Jabra Stone2 - Headset") Skatter Tech can only giveaway one (1) Jabra Stone2 headset if we reach at least 75 entries 60 entries by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on April 5th, 2011\. (Sweepstakes opens at 4:45 PM Pacific Time on March 29th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach a minimum of 60 eligible entries before the deadline. A special thanks to the folks at [Jabra](http://jabra.com/?ref=skatter.com) ([@Jabra\_US](http://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/jabra%5Fus)) for providing the gadget. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - One (1) potential winner will be randomly selected by a computer on April 6th, 2011. - Another entry gets drawn if entry is intelligible or fails to respond within 24 hours. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates entries will result in disqualification. - We will announce the potential winner on this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). **Link: [Jabra Stone2 Review](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/)** ### MicroVision SHOWWX+ (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/microvision-showwx-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:12.000Z If you still carry five-pound projectors to meetings and presentations, your prayers have been answered. With the latest generation of pico projectors, bulk is becoming a thing of the past. We recently came across MicroVision’s SHOWWX+ at MacWorld 2011, which packs an impressive punch. Their laser projection technology, which does not require manual focusing, is brighter and smaller than anything I have seen. For those unfamiliar with pico projectors, these are essentially a compact handheld battery-powered gadget for getting presentations, product demos, or videos from your pocket to the big screen in a matter of seconds. # Getting Setup ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microvision-showwx-demo.jpg "MicroVision SHOWWX+ Demo") After unpacking the device, I managed to get my computer screen projected onto an empty wall without any fuss. The projector uses a microUSB port for recharging, which makes it convenient to plug into a laptop when a power outlet is out of reach. An AC adapter also comes in the box with a set of common wall pins for multiple countries, which is great for travelers. MicroVision includes adapters for composite input and an iPod dock connector in the packaging. I was also sent an optional VGA (RGB) dock accessory which made it possible get my Dell XPS Windows 7 laptop working with the SHOWWX+ projector. There is disappointingly no HDMI compatibility. The iPod connector plugged straight into the iPad and videos appeared on-screen without any issues. The projector worked with the VGA output on my Chrome Notebook too. I even managed to plug the device into the back of a TiVo to check the composite output and it also worked like a charm. The SHOWWX+ is roughly the size of a smart phone such as the HTC Thunderbolt. It weights a little over 4 ounces, extends 4.64 inches tall, 2.36 inches wide, and is just 0.55 inches thick. Since the glossy body is a fingerprint magnet, MicroVision includes microfiber sleeve for storage. # The Technology ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microvision-showwx-lens.jpg "MicroVision SHOWWX+ Lens") Skatter Tech reviewed the [3M MPro120 pico projector last year](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/) and the differences are astounding. The SHOWWX+ has richer colors and a much brighter image. Having to manually focus an image is always a nuisance and I love that the MicroVision laser technology is in focus at all times. For those wondering about the magic going on inside, lasers beam light onto a tiny mirror which exits the unit without needing lenses. This ensures a pixel perfect image without having to deal with manual focusing. The projected image is a WVGA 848-by-480 pixel resolution, which is still a bit underwhelming. Web sites including Skatter Tech unfortunately do not fit within the available space. Videos on the other hand scale to the lower resolution without any issues. Text appears very crisp making reading presentations easy. A grid-like layout is very visible, but it is not a problem if there is enough separation distance between the audience and the screen. # Viewing Conditions I was glad to find that the VGA dock sports a standard tripod screw head making it easy to mount. The SHOWWX+ projects at a 45 degree angle, so placing it on a flat surface also works. The image is almost always curved despite adjustments. It is something you will probably have to accept. I noticed that you can get the device as close as a foot away from a wall without loosing sharpness. MicroVision claims up to a 100 inch diagonal projection, however the image will be barely visible if you are not in a very dark room. Despite 15 lumens, brightness diminishes quickly the further away. I found that 50 inches was an optimal distance with a good balance between brightness and quality. If you are looking dump a full-blown projector for one of these, you should probably know that the SHOWWX+ is still difficult to view under standard office lighting or even moderate sunlight. It works best in a dark room or with shades down. It is not nearly as bright as dedicated projector, but it is still an awesome alternative for those who do not want to carry around a large device. # Battery Life ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microvision-showwx-accessories.jpg "MicroVision SHOWWX+ Accessories") MicroVision claims about two hours of battery life and my results came in just a few minutes shy. This makes it long enough for quick presentations or even most movies. I should note that it features a removable lithium-ion battery, which is a major plus for swapping on the go. I am sure that future iterations will last even longer, but I would not want to give up the slim streamlined design. # The Bottom Line The MicroVision SHOWWX+ packs a unique laser technology that sets it apart from the standard DLP LCoS models. Pico projectors are getting better looking, brighter, lighter, slimmer, and run longer on batteries. Unfortunately, these still have a long way to go when it comes to replacing traditional projectors. The WVGA resolution is rather low and these are nearly impossible to use in a normally lit work meeting room. With that being said, the SHOWWX+ is probably one of the best ones I have seen, but it also comes with a cost. MicroVision states a $449 $399 MSRP, which is quite pricey. Fortunately, I have seen it for as low as $360 through retailers such as Amazon, which is a bit more reasonable. For the most part, if you understand the limitations with the current state of pico projection technology, the SHOWWX+ will not disappoint. It makes an excellent addition to any briefcase and will definitely impress others. It is still a premium gadget and I would suggest holding off a bit longer if you are not in a rush for one. I am confident that next year’s models will be brighter and more affordable. **Buy: [$360 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004EKM5B4/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [MicroVision SHOWWX+](http://www.microvision.com/showwxplus/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: LinkedIn Hits 100 Million Members URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-linkedin-hits-100-million-members/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:17.000Z Last week, LinkedIn announced that the company had reached 100 million users. While not nearly as impressive as Facebook’s half-billion user base, LinkedIn is currently adding nearly one million new members each week. For those not familiar with the company’s history, Reid Hoffman founded the still privately held professional networking service in 2002. A little over half of current users live outside of the United States and the website is available in six languages. There are currently over 1,000 full-time employees working out of the seven international offices and the five offices spread across the United States. *LinkedIn published the following infographic on [the official company blog](http://blog.linkedin.com/2011/03/22/linkedin-100-million/?ref=skatter.com):* [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/linkedin-infographic-small.jpg "LinkedIn Infographic - Small")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/linkedin-infographic-large.jpg?ref=skatter.com) As someone who has traditionally kept Facebook for family and friends, I jumped onto the LinkedIn bandwagon a long time ago to help build my career. I have also noticed a larger number of graduating university students doing just the same. While Facebook offers a resume-like section, it is not nearly as thorough as LinkedIn. The web service also does a better job at displaying relationships with second and third level connections rather than just “mutual friends.” For the geeky, I highly recommend digging through LinkedIn Labs. Two of my favorite beta features include InMaps and ResumeBuilder. The former displays a cluster visualizing your network while the latter creates fancy well-formated resumes instantly with the data from your profile. So, here is the big question: Are you going to start using LinkedIn if you are not already? Feel free to share your thoughts in the comments below. Also, if you would like to stay up to date with future infogaphcis, [feel free to subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) by email, RSS, or through a social network. **Links: [LinkedIn Blog](http://blog.linkedin.com/2011/03/22/linkedin-100-million/?ref=skatter.com) | [Skatter Tech Profile](http://www.linkedin.com/company/skatter-tech?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: Nokia E7 URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-e7/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:03.000Z At CTIA Wireless 2011, the folks at Nokia handed me their latest E7 smart phone. The device will debut in the United States and United Kingdom next month. The E7 runs on Symbian^3 although the just-announced [Nokia Astound (C7)](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-nokia-astound-for-t-mobile/) smart phone for T-Mobile features Symbian^3.1. As someone who honestly has not spent enough time with the Symbian OS, I am solely going to focus on the build quality and the hardware hidden inside. For starters, this phone feels expensive and incredibly robust the second you pick one up. It definitely has a more solid design than the plastic framework of a HTC Thuderbolt or even the glass faces of the Apple iPhone 4. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-accessories.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-main-button.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-ports.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-e7-keyboard.jpg) # Nokia E7 Specifications: - Screen: 4 inch capacitive 16:9 nHD (640 x 360 pixels) AMOLED - Operating System: Symbian^3 - Internal Storage: 16 GB - Wireless: WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 3.0 - Front Camera: 8 megapixel rear with dual flash, 720p video - Rear Camera: 0.3 megapixel (VGA) for video calls - Connectivity: USB 2.0, HDMI, and 3.5 mm headphone jack - Keyboard: back-lit full QWERTY and virtual keyboard - Sensors: accelerometer, light, magnetometer, and proximity - Other: FM radio, GPS - Battery: 1200 mAh Li-Ion, 9 hours talk or 430 hours standby (GSM) - Body Colors: dark grey, silver white, blue, green, and orange - Size: 123.7 x 62.4 x 13.6 mm - Weight (with battery): 176 grams # Some Early Thoughts We once stated that the [original Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) was built like a tank and I can not find a better way to describe the Nokia E7\. The anodized aluminum body does not flex even the slightest amount. For a device with a slide-out keyboard that pops into a laptop-like form factor, the E7 is impressively compressed into a streamlined design. While most people quickly realize that devices such as the [HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-htc-arrive-for-sprint/) packs a sliding mechanism, it is nearly impossible to tell with Nokia engineering. Unfortunately, the curved edges also make it difficult to open the smart phone. The 8 megapixel camera sounds great, but it lacks one very important feature: auto focus. Camera phone images are blurry enough and the fixed lens does not help. It also makes it nearly impossible to scan barcodes, QR codes, or text. Fortunately, the AMOLED display kept me interested. Nokia uses a Clear Black Display which offers richer colors, more brightness, and darker blacks. I also found that it was significantly easier to read text under direct sunlight with the E7 compared to the EVO 4G. Nokia also includes a handful of accessories with the smart phone like most of their products. These include a wall charger, a microUSB cable, a stereo headset, a HDMI cable, and a USB adapter for flash drives. For now, I do not have much more to share. While the built quality was quite impressive, I still have some mixed feelings about the operating system and a few thoughts to share regarding the outdated hardware. Expect a thorough review in the coming weeks. **Buy: [$659 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0046LTU9G/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Nokia E7 Product Page](http://www.nokiausa.com/find-products/nokiae7?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Avaak Vue, A Friendly Wireless Camera Monitoring System URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-avaak-vue-a-friendly-wireless-camera-monitoring-system/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:49.000Z While new smart phones and tablets might have been all the rage at CTIA Wireless 2011, Avaak’s consumer-friendly personal video monitoring camera solution caught my eye. Unlike complicated and expensive systems that may even require wiring for power and video, the Vue is entirely wireless and runs on a single battery. It even allows remote monitoring for smart phone owners. When I first caught a glimpse of the Vue, I assumed it was a wireless security camera system. After having a chance to chat with company representatives, I soon learned that it was just the opposite. The Vue is rather a novelty gadget to keep an eye on various parts your home when away. While traditional security cameras are bulky and obtrusive for casual settings, Vue has an elegant and subtle design. # How It Works ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/avaak-vue-base-station.jpg "Avaak Vue Base Station") For those wondering, these wireless cameras do not run on WiFi. According to the folks at Avaak, Vue uses a proprietary wireless technology which is better suited for low power consumption. The wireless technology has a range of about 300 feet, but obstructions will reduce that number drastically. To get these cameras up and running, customers will need to connect a base station to their home network with an Ethernet cable. The cameras securely connect to this device, which makes a video feed available through any recent web browser. A single Vue gateway can pair with up to 50 cameras, but it can only stream one feed to one device at a time. Touching back on the topic of security, Vue does not continuously stream video. If you are looking for continuous monitoring, this probably is not for you. These wireless cameras essentially hibernate until you tune in with a computer or smart phone. This is because these devices run on a small CR123 battery and do not support a wired power source. According to Avaak, the wireless cameras will last nearly one year with a new battery if used for approximately 5 minutes each day. Customers do not need any software to get Vue setup a running, any web browser will do just fine. The web interface allows scheduling recordings, email notifications for motion detection, and accessing up to 20 hours of recorded content. Capture quality is about 2 megapixels with a fast network connection. Users will have controls to pan and zoom on a live video stream too. # Multiple Models ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/avaak-vue-family-ctia-wireless-2011.jpg "Avaak Vue Family - CTIA Wireless 2011") Avaak offers three battery-powered camera models for various situations. The Vue CI is the most affordable model for indoor use. The Vue CM is essentially for the same environment, but it also packs motion detection capabilities. Last but not least, the Vue CO is an outdoor iteration also with motion detection which can withstand harsh weather including rain, snow, and wind. When movement is detected, VueZone notifies users with email alerts. Customers connect to the service with a computer or smart phone to view the live stream. For those wondering, there is an option to configure the Vue to automatically capture still shots or short video clips when triggered. # Mobile Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/avaak-vuezone-mobile.jpg "Avaak VueZone Mobile") A VueZone Mobile app is available for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS devices. Having all major mobile platforms covered is a great move on their part. With the app installed, users can login to view a live video feed over a 3G, 4G, or WiFi connection. The mobile interface lists the available wireless cameras with thumbnails of last-seen imagery. There is a record button to save the video you are viewing. Customers can also share captured clips or live streams with family and friends too. I was somewhat disappointed to hear that none of these apps support push notification for motion detection alerts. The representative said notices are entirely email based for the time being. I would not be surprised to Avaak include support for this feature in a future update. # Pricing and Availability Avaak offers the Vue in bundles. Two indoor Vue CI cameras and the gateway station retail for $269\. Another package includes two Vue CM cameras and the gateway station for $319\. The company also lets customers purchase additional cameras separately. The Vue CI, CM, and CO go for $99, $129, and $159 respectively. Unfortunately, access to the VueZone web service will cost users extra. Avaak charges $20 a year, which equates to just a little over a dollar each month. We will get our hands on a unit soon, so check back for a full review in the near future. **Links: [Avaak VueZone](http://vuezone.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: HTC EVO 3D Hands On Video (Sprint) URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-htc-evo-3d-hands-on-video-sprint/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:03.000Z Shortly after yesterday’s [Sprint press conference](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/), we managed to get our hands on the brand new HTC EVO 3D for a quick video demo. Company representatives were rather strict regarding things we could and could not demo, so we only had a chance to film certain aspects of the device. My hands on video recording shows off the design of the body and a few neat interface additions. # The Hardware ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-3d-vs-htc-evo-4g.jpg "HTC EVO 3D vs. HTC EVO 4G") I had my [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) with me and I took it out for a size comparison. I was hoping for a smaller and sleeker body, but customers are getting just the opposite. The EVO 3D is approximately a tenth of an inch taller and thicker than last year’s model. To be fair, this smart phone has three cameras, a larger battery, a dual-core processor, and a 3D display which probably adds up quickly. Fortunately the extra bulk is not much, but HTC is still headed in the wrong direction. # The Software Regarding software, the EVO 3D runs on the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread with a new version of HTC Sense. Some new notable features include a lock screen with four customizable shortcuts for getting to into commonly used apps quickly. The home screen also features a new carousel view. The interface also features a slightly re-styled skin, with more transparencies. The interface was a bit choppy and slow at times. I should note that the entire operating system is still an early build and the Sprint representative we spoke with said it would become more polished at by launch. I have generally been a big fan of HTC Sense, but the latest implementation on the EVO 3D seems to go too far. It has started to reach a point where the Android OS is becoming less and less recognizable. While I appreciate some minimal enhancements, the interface feels as though it is getting too bulky. # Other Thoughts Last year’s EVO was the first 4G smart phone on the market. This week’s EVO is the first 3D smart phone on the market. Sprint is definitely keeping the trend with the successful brand name going strong with HTC hardware. I was honestly excited for this device, but the more I think about it, the more I realize that I have no use for 3D. There is almost no easily accessible 3D content at this time. That isn’t to say that companies should not push for new technologies, but that the capabilities are more than useless for customers. It is more of a novelty than function. **Links: [HTC EVO 3D](http://sprint.com/evo3d?ref=skatter.com) | [Detailed Specs](http://www.htc.com/www/product/evo3d/specification.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Samsung Galaxy Tab 8.9 And Galaxy Tab 10.1 Hands-On URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-galaxy-tab-10-1-hands-on/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:03.000Z Last night at Pepcom’s MobileFocus event at CTIA Wireless 2011, I had a chance to get my hands on with the new Galaxy Tab 8.9 and the improved Galaxy Tab 10.1 tablet. While we were not allowed to turn on the devices, the hardware alone was pretty impressive. Samsung demoed these tablets at their press conference earlier that day, but the company had locked up units in glass boxes. When I finally had a chance to pick one up, I realized how light and thin these tablets really are. Both models are just 8.6 mm thick, which makes it just a hair-line thinner than the [iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). The larger Galaxy Tab 10.1 weighs only 1.3 pounds, which also makes it lighter than Apple’s tablet. The mid-sized Galaxy Tab 8.9 is even lighter weighing only 1.04 pounds. With the hardware packed inside and a great looking design, Samsung is clearly getting serious. Last year’s 7 inch Galaxy Tab was a somewhat early stride as it still ran on Android 2.2\. On that note, I should say that I was not too happy with Samsung’s new TouchWiz 4.0 customizations that modify the standard Google Android 3.0 Honeycomb experience. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-7-8-9-10-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-10-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-vs-ipad-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-hands-on.jpg) We were at least glad to hear official pricing for the WiFi-only iterations of the new tablets. For those that did not follow our [Samsung press event coverage](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-a-slimmer-10-1-model/), both tablets will ship in 16 GB and 32 GB flavors. The Galaxy Tab 10.1 will be $499 and $599, respectively. The Galaxy Tab 8.9 will run you $469 and $569, respectively. While Samsung only stated an “early summer” launch for the smaller model, the larger one will debut about 3 months from now on June 6th. Samsung is getting units out to us as soon the tablets are ready to ship. We will definitely get our hands on these for an in-depth review, so stay tuned or [subscribe for more details](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/). **Links: [Samsung Unpacked](http://pages.samsung.com/us/2011mobile/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Sprint Announces Nexus S 4G, A Pure Android Experience URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-nexus-s-4g-a-pure-android-experience/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:49.000Z Yesterday at CTIA 2011 in Orlando, [Sprint announced that it will be integrating Google Voice](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-and-google-voice-join-forces/). This allows users to use their Sprint number as their Google Voice number, or vice versa. On the heels of that announcement, the company also stated that it will carry the Nexus S 4G. The Nexus S was released back in December, and was somewhat underwhelming. It had a couple of cool features such as a 4 inch curved display, which conformed to your face, making long conversations more pleasant. However, the hardware was a bit outdated sporting only a 1 GHz single-core processor and it lacked a microSD expansion slot which allows for more storage space. The Nexus S 4G is similar in almost every way to its predecessor, the Nexus S. This is not a full revision of the device, the only major change was the addition of 4G. It would be been nice to see additions such as expandable memory or a better processor. With devices like the Motorola Atrix and the newly announced [HTC EVO 3D](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/) featuring dual core processors, it would have been great to see a dual core Nexus S. Regardless, Samsung and Google should have at least upgraded to the 1.5 GHz single core processor instead of the outdated 1 GHz one. Both the Nexus One and S are GSM only devices, meaning that in the US, only AT&T and T-Mobile could use the device. The addition of CDMA is big because it means that the device may soon come to Verizon as well. By having a good Android phone on each of the four major carriers in the US will be great for the proliferation of the Android OS. Of course there will always be devices better than the Nexus S, such as the new HTC EVO 3D, but those are carrier specific. Although the Nexus S 4G is not pushing the envelope with its hardware, it does bring up some interesting ideas. When will it come to Verizon? Will the average consumer go for the Nexus because it has stock Android? We have not seen any concrete dates as to when the Nexus S 4G will be available, but according to Google, it will be sometime in the spring. It will be available for purchase either online or in-store at Sprint or Best Buy. **Links: [Google.com/Nexus](http://google.com/nexus?ref=skatter.com) | [Sprint.com](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Sprint Announces The HTC EVO 3D And The HTC EVO View URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-sprint-announces-the-htc-evo-3d-and-the-htc-evo-view/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:49.000Z There is only one way to put it: Sprint’s press conference was probably the highlight of CTIA Wireless 2011\. The carrier announced the HTC EVO 3D, a successor to last year’s successful [HTC EVO 4G smart phone](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). In addition, Sprint also unveiled the HTC EVO View 4G tablet. Both devices ship with Android v2.3, a new version of HTC Sense, and offer some impressive features. # HTC EVO 3D ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-3d-back.jpg "HTC EVO 3D Back") When it comes to form factor, the HTC EVO 3D looks much like the [Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-htc-thunderbolt-for-verizon-wireless/), Inspire, and the original EVO 4G. However, unlike prior models, this smart phone packs the latest hardware and software. The EVO 3D supports simultaneous data and voice when a 4G or WiFi network is present. All the standard Google apps and services including voice search, maps, chat, calendar, Gmail, and YouTube come pre-loaded. Of course, there is full access to the Android Market. > “Sprint is taking wireless innovation to the next level once again as we bring our customers the ability to experience 3D on their phone without glasses,” said Steve Elfman, president – Network Operations, Product and Wholesale, Sprint. “HTC EVO 3D makes it easy to take pictures or movies in 3D when you are on vacation, and then feel like you are there again when you view it months later.” ## The Specs: - Network: Sprint 3G + 4G WiMax - Display: 4.3 inch 3D qHD (960 x 540) - CPU: 1.2 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon dual-core - OS: Android v2.3 Gingerbread + HTC Sense - Memory: 4 GB internal storage + 1 GB RAM - Storage: 8 GB microSD included (up to 32 GB) - Wireless: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n + Bluetooth 3.0 - Mobile Hotspot: Supports up to 8 devices - Rear Cameras (2): 5 megapixel + dual LED flash - Front Camera: 1.3 megapixel for video chat - Video Capture: 1080p for 2D, 720p for 3D - Output: HDMI adapter, DLNA, 3.5 mm audio jack - Battery: 1730 mAh lithium-ion battery - Dimensions: 5.0 x 2.6 x 0.48 inches - Weight: 6 ounces The most notable feature is of course the 3D capabilities. The dual cameras can capture high-definition 3D video and users can playback their creations on the glasses-free 3D display. For those wondering, the phone supports 2D HD video capture as well. While the home screen interface is not yet 3D, a handful of apps including the video player already take advantage of the technology. The new HTC EVO also includes software to edit HD video on the go. A Blockbuster app offers access to 2D and 3D on-demand content. Qik comes pre-installed for video calls and live streaming. Sprint also pre-loads their own Sprint TV, Football, Navigation, and NASCAR apps. Unlike the original EVO, there is no longer a dedicated micro HDMI port on the side, but it now supports HDMI output through the micro USB port with HDMI MHL. Streaming content through a home network is also easy since HTC Sense has DLNA integration. # HTC EVO View ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-view-sprint.jpg "HTC EVO View - Sprint") At Mobile World Congress 2011, [HTC introduced the Flyer tablet](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-htc-unveils-the-flyer-tablet/). Just a month later, the device already found its way onto Sprint’s network. Unlike most Android tablet offerings, the EVO View offers support for pen input. Appropriately named Timemark, the included app also records audio which is synchronized with your handwritten notes for future playback. HTC Sense even syncs your data with [Evernote](https://www.skatter.com/evernote-review/), which is a neat touch. ## The Specs: - Network: Sprint 3G + 4G WiMax - Display: 7 inch capacitive (1024 x 600) - CPU: 1.5 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon single-core - OS: Android v2.3 Gingerbread + HTC Sense - Memory: 32 GB internal storage + 1 GB RAM - Storage: supports up to 32 GB microSD - Wireless: Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n + Bluetooth 3.0 - Mobile Hotspot: Supports up to 8 devices - Rear Camera: 5 megapixel with auto-focus - Front Camera: 1.3 megapixel for video chat - Connectors: 3.5 mm audio jack + microUSB - Battery: 4000 mAh lithium-ion battery - Dimensions: 7.7 x 4.4 x 0.5 inches (13.2 mm) - Weight: 14.88 ounces (421.84 grams) While the latest breed of Android tablets run on Android 3.0 Honeycomb, this one still uses Android 2.3 Gingerbread. Fortunately, the folks at HTC confirmed that the EVO View would get an upgrade sometime after launch. All the standard Google services and Android Apps are fully supported. There is support for Exchange Active Sync, POP, IMAP, and instant messaging services too. Sprint claims up to 10 Mbps download speeds on the tablet with a max 1 Mbps for upload. The Qik app also comes with the tablet for streaming video and chat. Blockbuster, Sprint Zone, Football, and a few apps come bundled with the EVO View. # Availability and Pricing ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-view.jpg "HTC EVO View") While the news about the HTC EVO 3D and the HTC EVO View was definitely exciting, Sprint failed to provide specifics when it comes to availability or pricing. The company representatives only stated that consumers should expect a summer launch. Sprint did the same thing last year when they announced the original EVO 4G at CTIA 2010 and eventually launched it a few months later. Also, we have hands on images and videos of both devices coming up, so stay tuned for more. **Links: [EVO 3D](www.sprint.com/evo3d) | [EVO View](http://www.sprint.com/evoview?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Samsung Announces The Galaxy Tab 8.9 And A Slimmer 10.1 Model URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-tab-8-9-and-a-slimmer-10-1-model/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:50.000Z At the Samsung Unpacked press event this afternoon, the company announced two new tablets. The first one is [not necessarily new](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/), but Samsung decided to revamp the Galaxy Tab 10.1 after [Apple launched the super slim iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). The second product was the mid-sized Galaxy Tab 8.9 tablet. Pricing and availability was also during the press conference, which is a step away from Samsung tradition. # The Slimmer Galaxy Tab 10.1 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-family.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab Family") If never had a chance to follow developments from Mobile World Congress 2011 in Barcelona, Samsung had announced the [Android 3.0 Honeycomb Galaxy Tab 10.1 at that event](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/). Just a month later, the company is back with a slimmer model to offer a competitive edge to the new iPad 2\. Samsung’s new tablet is just 8.6 mm thick, which makes it just as thin as Apple’s device. It might be as thin as the Galaxy S II, but that is not the only news. The tablet sports a 10.1 inch screen and a better grip. The slim 6800 mAh battery offers nearly 10 hours of video playback, which the device weighs about 1.3 lbs. Samsung also announced TouchWiz 4.0 which brings additional features to the Android 3.0 Honeycomb operating system including a set of widgets. Samsung will launch HSPA+ and LTE models in addition to a WiFi-only version. There is a 2 megapixel camera on the front for video calls and a 8 megapixel one on the back for 1080p video. The web browser supports Adobe Flash 10.2 and the device even features stereo speakers. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-new-version.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 New Version") The tablet is also oriented towards business users with integration for SAP Business Objects Explorer, Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync, Sybase Afaria, and Cisco AnyConnect. Samsung even offers on-device encryption for both internal and external storage. QuickOffice also comes pre-installed with the tablet for viewing and editing office documents. A few official accessories include a Samsung Stick which is a Bluetooth microphone shaped like a pen for answering phone calls. A Sound Station packs a sub-woofer for improved audio. There’s a Desk Dock with HDMI output. Finally, a USB connector for SD Card access. # The Mid-Sized Galaxy Tab 8.9 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 8.9") The Galaxy Tab 8.9 is probably the most interesting news that came from their press conference. As someone who felt the Apple iPad 2 and Motorola Xoom were too big, an 8.9 inch model makes a great size. The existing Galaxy Tab 7 is too small for my taste. It features the same hardware as the 10.1 inch model, but with a smaller screen and body. The thickness remains the same at 8.6 mm. Like the larger Galaxy Tab 10.1, this smaller tablet also comes in a WiFi-only model. A LTE and WiMax version are in the works too. This tablet weighs just 470 grams, has the same screen resolution, the same dual-core processor, but only a 6000 mAh battery. # Availability and Pricing ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-front.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 8.9 Front") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-8-9-back.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 8.9 Back") Samsung will offer the a 16 GB WiFi-only Galaxy Tab 10.1 for just $499 and a 32 GB version for $599\. The 16 GB WiFi-only Galaxy Tab 8.9 sells for $469 while the 32 GB model goes for $569\. The smaller model will debut in “early summer,” while the 10.1 inch model has a set date for June 6th. **Links: [Samsung](http://samsung.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint and Google Voice Join Forces URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-and-google-voice-join-forces/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:50.000Z Google has been working to make Google Voice easily accessible by creating mobile apps and most recently, through number porting. The latter was a serious jab at cellular carriers, allowing users to circumvent many of the traditional restrictions. Instead of trying to fight this, Sprint decided to team up with Google to bring the benefits Voice to their existing customers. With the new partnership, Sprint customers will be able use their existing number as their Google Voice (GV) number. This means that they can get all the features of GV without the needing another separate number. Instead of trying to fight Google Voice, Sprint is taking the smart route and incorporating the service for existing customers. When subscribers place a call or send a text message, it will now Google Voice if enabled. In this way, Sprint customers gain all the advantages of the web interface, call blocking, forwarding, ringing multiple devices, and other Google Voice perks. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rp8Wvknh\_QQ If you are not a Sprint customer, you are out of luck. Sprint is the only carrier that allows users to use their existing number without having to go through the hassle of porting it. You can port your existing number to Google Voice, but it means paying a $20 service fee to Google as well as having to cancel your existing contract. Cancelling an existing contract is generally a fairly arduous task since early termination fees can range between $175 and $300\. I recommend reading out article about [things to know before porting your number to Google Voice](https://www.skatter.com/heads-up-things-to-know-before-porting-your-number-to-google-voice/). I like the direction that Sprint is heading, by allowing users the freedom to do anything they want. Carriers rarely grant any liberty to users, as most continue to constrict their customers. Sprint seems to be the only carrier that is showing any willingness to differentiate itself and its devices. Hopefully more service providers will take note of this and begin to offer this type of integration. This feature will be available soon to Sprint customers in the US and will slowly be rolled out to all Google Voice users. **Links: [Sprint](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Google Voice](http://google.com/voice?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Things to Know Before Porting to Google Voice](https://www.skatter.com/heads-up-things-to-know-before-porting-your-number-to-google-voice/)** ### CTIA 2011: Nokia Astound For T-Mobile URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-nokia-astound-for-t-mobile/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:50.000Z Yesterday, Nokia announced the Astound smart phone for T-Mobile at CTIA Wireless 2011 in Orlando. The device runs on a newer version of the company’s existing Symbian operating system. Although I was hoping for a Windows Phone 7 device or at least an early preview, it did not happen just yet. > “As millions more consumers make the switch to smartphones, Nokia is proud to offer an alternative that is not only easy and fun to use, but is also very sexy and sleek, unlike anything in its price point,” said Mark Slater, vice president of sales, Nokia. “With a user experience rounded out by Nokia’s Ovi services, including Maps and Store, consumers will be delighted to discover Nokia’s premium design quality with no compromises on services and apps, made affordable with T-Mobile.” The Nokia Astound offers a 8 megapixel camera with dual LED flash, 720p video capture, a 3.5 inch capacitive AMOLED display, free turn-by-turn navigation, and access to apps through the Ovi Store. The improved interface has three home screens with access to social networks, email, and the web at a finger tip. Apps such as Fruit Ninja and Slacker Radio come with the smart phone. The device also sports a strong glass display surrounded by stainless steel. The Ovi Maps now works in offline mode as well. Customers can download and save maps packs over WiFi for future use. This is a major advantage to other services such as Google Navigator which requires an always-on data connection. It is even a plus for those with limited data plans. Another neat feature a Nokia representative showed off was the ability to create your own voice pack within minutes with nothing more than the Astound in your hand. Premium sound packs are available too. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-astound-back-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/nokia-astound-front-side.jpg) # Pricing And Availability The Nokia Astound will be available from [online](http://t-mobile.com/?ref=skatter.com) and in T-Mobile retail stores on April 6th. The device will retail for $79 after a $50 mail-in-rebate and signing a new two-year service agreement. Costco, RadioShack, Sam’s Club, Target, and Walmart will also carry the smart phone. **Links: [Nokia Astound](http://www.nokiausa.com/astound?ref=skatter.com) | [T-Mobile](http://t-mobile.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Update:** Just added some photos of the device into the article. *Disclosure: Nokia sponsored Skatter Tech for CTIA Wireless 2011 and the company is covering various expenditures on our behalf. We will not publish any additional and/or favorable content in return. As always, Skatter Tech will remain editorially independent.* ### CTIA 2011: RIM Launches The BlackBerry PlayBook, Starting Price $499 URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-rim-launches-the-blackberry-playbook-starting-price-499/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:50.000Z This morning RIM announced that pricing for the WiFi-only BlackBerry PlayBook tablet would start at $499 in the United States and Canada. Customers can begin placing pre-orders today through Best Buy today. AT&T, Cellular South, Cincinnati Bell, Office Depot, RadioShack, Staples, Sprint, Verizon and other retailers will also carry the tablet soon. According to this morning’s press release, the 16 GB model goes for just $499, 32 GB for $599, and 64 GB for $699. > “Previews of the BlackBerry PlayBook have generated tremendous excitement and we know that customers are eager to get their hands on one,” said Craig McLennan, Regional Managing Director, North America, Research In Motion. “We share that excitement and we are very pleased to announce that customers can begin placing their orders with Best Buy today.” We first had a chance to try an early version of the tablet at CES 2011 this year. It is essentially a business-oriented tablet with multimedia capabilities, which RIM has generally struggled with. The HTML 5 browser supports Adobe Flash, the BlackBerry Tablet OS handles multitasking, the hardware can playback HD video, and much more. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/rim-blackberry-playbook-sprint.jpg "RIM BlackBerry PlayBook Sprint") BlackBerry PlayBook Specs: - Display: 7 inch 1024 x 600 WSVGA capacitive LCD touch screen - Dimensions / Weight: 5.1 x 7.6 x 0.4 inches / 0.9 lbs - Processor: 1 GHz dual-core - Memory: 1 GB RAM - OS: BlackBerry Tablet OS - Audio Codecs: AAC, MP3, WMA - Video Codecs: H.264, MPEG4, WMV - Output: 1080p HDMI support - Front Camera: 3 megapixels for video chat - Rear Camera: 5 megapixel for 1080p capture - Sensors: Accelerometer, Gyroscope, Compass - Networks: GPS, WiFi a/b/g/n, Bluetooth v2.1 If you are looking for an in-depth comparison lineup along the latest generation of tablets, check out our [infographic that throws the PlayBook into the ring with the Dell Streak 7 and Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/). # Other Thoughts I am definitely looking forward to getting my hands on this device. At a price point that matches the brand new Apple iPad 2 on every capacity level, it will definitely drawn customers interest. Other tablets such as the Motorola Xoom start at a higher $599 price point for a 32 GB model with no affordable entry-level option. We will definitely be getting a review unit very soon, so stay tuned for a full in-depth review. To be the first to get updates, check out some [subscription options here](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/). **Links: [Best Buy PlayBook Pre-Order](http://www.bestbuy.com/playbook?ref=skatter.com)** ### Android v2.3 Gingerbread Heading To The HTC EVO 4G URL: https://www.skatter.com/android-v2-3-gingerbread-heading-to-the-htc-evo-4g/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:51.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-evo-4g-gingerbread.jpg "HTC EVO 4G Gingerbread") At CTIA Wireless 2011, I ran into a HTC employee who choose to divulge some interesting details about the company’s planned software update timeline. I learned that Android 2.3 Gingerbread would definitely head to the HTC EVO 4G very soon. The update is not just limited to that phone either, other HTC “legacy devices” which currently run on Android 2.2 Froyo will apparently also get the update. The catch? HTC does not intend to push out the update until at least one flagship smart phone sporting Google’s new OS reaches store shelves. This is to ensure that customers do not hold back from purchasing newly announced devices. Once at least one Gingerbread smart phone reaches consumers, HTC will release the upgrade for their older Android models. When asked about the company’s first Android 2.3 device, the employee was careful not to say too much more. There is a very good chance that it might be the Sprint HTC EVO 3D, [which BGR just leaked](http://www.bgr.com/2011/03/18/sprints-ctia-announcements-htc-evo-3d-htc-evo-view-4g-motorola-xoom-much-more/?ref=skatter.com). This means existing Android 2.2 Froyo devices might get the new update sometime after this week’s announced products hit the market. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/sprint-htc-evo-4g.jpg "Sprint HTC EVO 4G") I was even told that updated “legacy devices” would also come with the newest version of HTC Sense. This means an even more polished interface, smoother transitions, fancy animations, access to a set of new widgets, DLNA streaming integration, new out-of-the-box skins, and much more. While other companies have abandoned support for older Android devices as new ones steal the spotlight, it is great to see HTC make a commitment to existing customers. The EVO 4G already received an upgrade to Android Froyo 2.2 after launching on Android 2.1 Eclair and another update would add even more value to the handset. **Links: [HTC EVO 4G Review](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/)** ### CTIA 2011: Skatter Tech Gear For The Show URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-skatter-tech-gear-for-the-show/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:17.000Z After Skatter Tech wrapped up at CES 2011 earlier this year, many asked about the gadgets and gear that I pack for covering press conferences, media events, and the show floor. So I decided to write-up a detailed list of the gadgets I’m taking to CTIA Wireless 2011. # Smart Phones ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/03/sprint-htc-evo-4g.jpg "Sprint HTC Evo 4G") Unlike traditional feature phones, smart phones run out of batteries in under a day. Especially with heavy usage during busy conferences, batteries run dry in a matter of hours. I generally need a smart phone for calling companies, text messaging other co-workers, checking my schedule, confirmation emails, and maps for getting around. If I have some down time to write an article or decide to live blog an event, I generally start-up the mobile hotspot for internet access which is an even larger battery drain. This time around, I am carrying the HTC EVO and HTC Thunderbolt for access to Sprint’s and Verizon Wireless’s 4G networks, respectively. # Portable Batteries ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/03/zagg-sparq.jpg "Zagg Sparq") Even with two smart phones on hand, having to be tied down to a power outlet for recharging is a major time killer. I usually have to wish battery life goodbye when I live stream a video to Skatter Tech LIVE. To replenish my devices while on the move, I carry a Zagg Sparq which features nearly 4000 mAh of battery. It is compatible with just about any USB device and can restore full power to my smart phone at least two times. On that note, I also carry plenty of cables to recharge anytime I find an outlet. # Laptops ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/alienware-m11x-revision-2.png "Alienware M11x Revision 2") While I have seen some reporters use a Bluetooth keyboard to liveblog with tablets, the limitations simply do not cut it for me just yet. The Apple MacBook Air also appears to be a popular choice due to its compact size and lightweight body, but the price is too far out of my budget. I usually bring my Dell XPS M1530 laptop for backing up images, editing photos, writing articles, and publishing videos. Since the bulk of a full size laptop is too much for carrying all day, I usually bring a netbook for the show floor and leave the larger one back in my hotel. This time around, I was going to bring the Google Chrome Notebook, but had a slight last-minute change in plans. I managed to borrow a Dell Alienware M11x laptop which essentially kills two birds with one stone. It packs a punch with an Intel i7 quad-core processor, 4 GB of RAM, plenty of storage, over 6 hours of battery life, in a compact 11 inch package. It is a bit heavy, but the benefits outweigh the downsides. # Cameras ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/canon-t2i.jpg "Canon T2i") One camera is simply not enough for getting things done, so I have three. I use a Canon T2i DSLR for quality photography along with two lenses. I have a Sennheiser shotgun microphone which mounts onto the camera for capturing audio during HD video recordings for interviews and product demos. For backup, I also carry a Sony point and shoot camera in case my battery runs out or another unforeseen issue arises. Last but not least, my smart phone acts as the final camera. With an integrated mobile broadband connection, it is by far the easiest tool for getting photos onto Skatter Tech LIVE nearly instantly. This makes it possible to snap images and publish live updates to the website on the go. It is a lot easier than having to pop a SD card into my laptop, find a network connection, and upload images through a web browser. # Headphones I always have a pair of sound isolating ear buds in my bag. This lets me tune out of the loud conference noises which are nearly impossible to escape. They also are a godsend during long flights. They are absolutely necessary for ensuring that audio sounds right while exporting video too. # Extra Storage ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/10/dropbox.jpg "Dropbox") After CES 2011, I had about 20 GB of captured photos and videos. That number only continues to rise each year. A few SDHC memory cards for my camera lets me swap out filled ones on the fly. I try to copy them to my laptop’s HDD every chance I get. I also bring a portable HDD with me in case I run out of space. Packing a flash drive is also a must for sharing files with others. I also store important information on Dropbox for easy access from my smart phone or laptop. It especially comes in handy when trying to transfer a small files between coworkers while on the move. # Other Things I Do Or Don’t Take I still see people bring pens and notebooks, but I almost never do so. There are usually a never-ending supply of these at every booth and press conference. I carry a Square card reader for splitting bills with others easily. I hate carrying cash, but I carry a few bucks for cab fare or small restaurants that do not accept cards. Reporters often bring dedicated camcorders to complement their cameras, but the latest generation of DSLR cameras offer impressive video capture quality. **Links: [Skatter Tech (LIVE)](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2011: Things To Expect URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2011-things-to-expect/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:51.000Z Skatter Tech is in Orlando for CTIA Wireless 2011 and the conference kicks off tomorrow. A handful of cellular carriers and manufacturers have meetings and press events scheduled for the show. We will be live blogging just about all of them on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com), but here are my initial thoughts about some expected news and product launches. # HTC ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-flyer-tablet.jpg "HTC Flyer Tablet") At Mobile World Congress, HTC unveiled their first Android tablet: [the Flyer](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-htc-unveils-the-flyer-tablet/). While it does not run on 3.0 Honeycomb, it features unique support for handwriting recognition through HTC Sense on 2.0 Froyo. The company has yet to announce any partnerships with a domestic carrier or details about a WiFi only version, but that might change at CTIA 2011\. Rumors indicate that Sprint might announce a CDMA model at the show, having a 4G WiMax network behind it would be a major plus. Although the Thunderbolt just made its grand entrance onto Verizon Wireless’s brand new 4G LTE Network, it was not really a revolutionary device. It essentially packs the same hardware as last year’s HTC EVO 4G, but with polished hardware and software. Fortunately it looks like things are about to change thanks to a leak published on Boy Genius Report. It appears as though Sprint is getting ready to announce the EVO 3D, a smart phone with a 4.3 inch display, 1.2 GHz dual-core processor, 4GB of internal storage and 1 GB of RAM. There are apparently two 5 megapixel rear-facing cameras for 3D photos and a 1.3 megapixel front-facing camera for video chat. These details are not yet official, but the advancements could make this device just as revolutionary as the original EVO. # Nokia After a recent $1 billion partnership with Microsoft, Nokia plans to switch their entire smart phone lineup from Symbian to Windows Phone 7\. Details about handsets and time lines about launches are still scarce. I had a brief chance to try the recently announced flagship Nokia N8 and while I loved the hardware, the software was a letdown. I hope to see the new OS make it to Nokia’s handsets soon. The company has a few small events scheduled at the conference and we may hear more news from them. A few early mockups published by [our friends at Engadget](http://www.engadget.com/2011/02/11/exclusive-nokias-windows-phone-7-concept-revealed/?ref=skatter.com) already look quite promising. # Samsung ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-mobile-unpacked-tab-life.jpg "Samsung Mobile Unpacked: Tab Life") Out invite for the Samsung’s press conference had a secret code featured on a tablet: “78910.” A simple bit of analysis makes it easy to decipher. The company already has a 7 inch Galaxy Tab and a brand new 10 inch model. The latter was announced at [Mobile World Congress 2011](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/) last month. The remaining numbers are 8 and 9, which mean either two more new sizes or an 8.9 inch tablet. I am not so sure so many sizes are actually necessary, but Samsung clearly intends to bring at least one new tablet to the market as early as tomorrow. The choice hopefully won’t confuse consumers too much. # BlackBerry At CES 2011, RIM quietly published a press release with Sprint about the [upcoming PlayBook tablet](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-sprint-grabs-rims-blackberry-4g-playbook/). There were no details about pricing or availability at the time. The company may announce finalized details at CTIA 2011\. The tablet is somewhat a dark horse to Apple iPad and the emerging Google Android tablets, but it packs some neat features. We also uncovered details about a [Verizon Wireless PlayBook earlier last month](https://www.skatter.com/is-the-blackberry-playbook-heading-to-verizon-wireless/), so we may see an announcement regarding that as well. # Motorola ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/motorola-xoom-rendering.jpg "Motorola Xoom Rendering") At the end of this month, the WiFi-only Xoom will begin to hit retail stores for $600\. This follows the announcement of the 4G capable Verizon Wireless Xoom just a few weeks earlier. It is doubtful that Motorola will announce any more iterations of the tablet, but some rumors highlight a possible Sprint model. At the very least, we might see an announcement regarding software upgrades for the tablet along with details about the 4G upgrade process for early adopters. The dual-core Droid Bionic has yet to hit stores. I am hoping to see Motorola and Verizon Wireless finally bring the handset to the market. **Links: [Skatter Tech (LIVE)](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [CTIA 2011](http://www.ctiawireless.com/?ref=skatter.com)** *Disclosure: Nokia sponsored Skatter Tech for CTIA Wireless 2011 and the company is covering various expenditures on our behalf. We will not publish any additional articles or favorable content in return. As always, Skatter Tech will remain editorially independent.* ### AT&T Acquires T-Mobile For $39 Billion URL: https://www.skatter.com/att-acquires-t-mobile-for-39-billion/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:51.000Z Earlier today, AT&T announced that it would acquire T-Mobile from Deutsche Telekom for $39 billion just a day before the CTIA Wireless 2011 conference kicks off in Orlando. [The first day keynote speakers](http://www.ctiawireless.com/info/index.cfm/keynote-sessions?ref=skatter.com) include Ralph de la Vega and Philipp Humm, the President & CEO of AT&T Mobility and T-Mobile USA, respectively. Skatter Tech will attend the event and I’m sure there will be some interesting topics during the round table following the presentations. > RenĂ© Obermann, CEO Deutsche Telekom: We have achieved the best solution for our company, our customers and shareholders. This will strengthen our position in Europe, whilst we are still participating in the rapidly growing business of mobile data. We will be able to focus more on the opportunities of a modern infrastructure in Germany and Europe, as well as in Internet products that accompanies to our strategy “fix, transform and innovate”. # Acquisition Details According to the press release, Deutsche Telekom will receive $25 billion in cash and another $14 billion in AT&T shares bringing the total to 39 billion to entirely hand over T-Mobile. This means the European carrier will essentially own 8% of AT&T. Although some early rumors indicated that Sprint would merge with T-Mobile, this news makes more sense. Both AT&T and T-Mobile use the same GSM technology. This is also an important financial move for Deutsche Telekom which is looking to reduce the company’s dept by nearly 13 billion EUR. AT&T also expects to reach an additional 46.5 million customers with their upcoming 4G LTE network, thanks to T-Mobile’s infrastructure. # What Does It Means For T-Mobile Customers? The news brought some concern for existing T-Mobile subscribers and the company decided to publish another press release to answer some questions. For starters, the process for regulatory approvals will take nearly a year meaning both carriers will operate normally and separately until then. For those wondering, T-Mobile customers will not have their service changed. AT&T does not plan to take over billing, but that may change a year from now. T-Mobile claims that their 4G LTE coverage will soon reach 95% of the country once they have access to AT&T’s network and spectrum. The company also encourages customers to sign up for their service or even buy a new smart phone without concern about the acquisition. T-mobile was also clear to note that the Apple iPhone 4 would not be heading their way anytime soon, but that the Samsung Galaxy S 4G and Sidekick 4G are their flagship devices. Unfortunately, monthly rates may change in the future, but existing customers will not have to pay the new fees unless they upgrade their device or change plans. # Why Is AT&T Acquiring T-Mobile? After Verizon Wireless made some acquisitions including Alltel, it became the largest carrier with nearly over 90 million customers. With T-Mobile underneath its wing, AT&T will steal first place becoming the largest domestic carrier with over 125 million customers. As it is well-known, AT&T has had trouble handling the sudden growth in data consumption with the latest generation of hungry smart phones. Offloading some of the stress onto the T-Mobile network is probably more affordable and faster than having to rebuilt new towers in congested areas. The press release even notes that AT&T’s network density would increase by as much as 30% in certain areas. **Links: [AT&T](http://www.att.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [T-Mobile](http://t-mobile.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Convert Videos For Android And iOS The Easy Way URL: https://www.skatter.com/convert-videos-for-android-and-ios-the-easy-way/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:18.000Z A question that comes up often? “How do I convert videos for my Android or iOS device?” Apple iPhone users have iTunes for optimizing video, but the program lacks support for many popular formats. On the other hand, Google does not even offer a desktop client for managing multimedia. Our friends at [Lifehacker](http://lifehacker.com/?ref=skatter.com#!5783167/media-converter-for-os-x-is-the-simplest-drag+and+drop-video-converter-around) and [Tested](http://www.tested.com/news/how-to-properly-encode-video-for-android-devices/1966/?ref=skatter.com) each featured potential solutions, but I think the following solutions is even better: [Miro Video Converter](http://www.mirovideoconverter.com/?ref=skatter.com). While there are hundreds of apps that offer similar capabilities, this one is by far the easiest to use, is entirely open source, and actually looks fancy. # How To Convert 1. **Drag a video onto Miro Video Converter.** 2. **Select a preset from the drop down menu.** 3. **Hit convert, wait a few minutes, and that’s it!** ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/miro-video-converter-main-screen.jpg "Miro Video Converter Main Screen") You do not have to deal with aspect ratios, codecs, frame rates, resolutions, or any other technical jargon for that matter. In fact, those options are not even available for reconfiguring. One the progress bar hits 100%, the newly optimized video will appear besides your original file in the same folder. # Supported Devices Miro Video Converter includes defaults for about eight Android devices and four Apple devices. The Sony PSP is also a preset for those that still use one. I should note that the listed Android smart phones are last generation models. The [Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/first-impressions-motorola-atrix-4g/), Droid 2, and [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/), and other recent ones are missing from the list. With that being said, the MP4 preset worked perfectly on the EVO and Thunderbolt. I am also doubtful that the program takes full advantage of the high-resolution playback capabilities of the new iPhone 4 and iPod touch, but converted videos still play without any glitches. # Supported File Formats ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/miro-video-converter-progress-bar.jpg "Miro Video Converter Progress Bar") I dragged several video files into Miro Video Converter from various sources including Apple iTunes Podcasts, DVD rips, YouTube downloads, Vimeo files, and more. Every file was immediately recognized. For the geeky, the supported formats include AVI, H264, MOV, WMV, XVID, Theora, MKV, and FLV. The program can re-encode them to variations of MP4, Ogg Theora, or WebM. # Other Thoughts Although I am definitely a fan of [Miro Video Converter](https://www.skatter.com/miro-video-converter/), I still keep [Handbrake](http://handbrake.fr/?ref=skatter.com) on hand. The latter is also open source and offers hundreds of exporting options. Those come in handy at times when you have a device that requires a peculiar resolution or another setting. I would definitely like the team at [Participatory Culture Foundation](http://www.pculture.org/?ref=skatter.com) add more presets for recently popular device and possibly even tablets. For the most part, Miro Video Converter should get the job done for most Android and iOS users. The program runs on both Macintosh and Windows, which should cover most grounds too. **Links: [Miro Video Converter](http://www.mirovideoconverter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Quietly Introduces The Overdrive Pro URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-quietly-introduces-the-overdrive-pro/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:51.000Z Two days ago, Sprint published a quick press release announcing the Overdrive Pro just a few days before their scheduled two-hour long event at CTIA 2011\. The company introduced the original [Overdrive at CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-overdrive-preview/) last year, which [we reviewed shortly after](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-4g-overdrive-review/). Like last year’s model, the new version supports both 3G and 4G networks. As a bonus, the Overdrive Pro can now handle an additional three WiFi-enabled devices, bringing the total to eight simultaneous users. > “There are endless possibilities for how our customers can take advantage of the easy wireless connection to Sprint 4G through this small device,” said Fared Adib, vice president-Product Development, Sprint. “Teams can travel and share access on-the-go, families can be connected in one household with tablets, game consoles and televisions, and shuttle buses can provide Internet access to their customers while en route to a destination.” We also [reviewed the Clear Rover Puck](https://www.skatter.com/clearwire-rover-puck-review/) earlier this year, which is essentially the same WiMax network, and had some fairly positive results. Sprint’s 4G is not nearly as speedy as [Verizon Wireless 4G LTE](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-lg-4g-lte-usb-modem-review/), but they offer unlimited data, which is a major plus. While startup and shutdown times were a frustration with the older model, Sprint boasts 35% improvements. The LCD display which displays the network name and password is now 45% larger and offers even more details. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/04/sprint-overdrive-3g-4g.jpg "Sprint Overdrive 3G/4G") The portable hotspot offers a 150 foot range and supports WiFi 802.11 n devices. A microSD card offers networked storage and a GPS module adds support for location-based services. A docking station to improve signal with an external antenna is apparently also on its way. The Overdrive Pro will be available online and hit retail stores on March 20th for $50 after sending in a $50 mail-in-rebate and signing a new two-year contract. Are you guys still interested in dedicated mobile hotspots or would you rather have a smart phone with the same feature baked right in? **Links: [Sprint Overdrive Pro](http://sprint.com/4g?ref=skatter.com)** *Note: The second image features the original Overdrive, not the new Overdrive Pro.* ### Internet Explorer 9 Now Available For Download URL: https://www.skatter.com/internet-explorer-9-now-available-for-download/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:52.000Z Earlier this week at the [SXSW Interactive Conference](http://sxsw.com/interactive?ref=skatter.com) in Austin, Microsoft launched their next generation web browser: Internet Explorer 9\. While it does not run on multiple operating systems like [Google Chrome](https://www.skatter.com/google-chrome-10-brings-security-improvements-and-settings-interface-overhaul/) or [Mozilla Firefox](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/?ref=skatter.com), it is a major upgrade for Windows users. In addition to loosing market share, IE has generally lagged behind competition when it comes to add-ons, customization, features, security, and web standards compliance. The latest update brings it back to the front lines and the early numbers are already positive: 40 million beta downloads and [2.35 million downloads of the final release in 24 hours](http://www.bgr.com/2011/03/17/internet-explorer-9-racks-up-2-35m-downloads-in-24-hours-video/?ref=skatter.com). The following are just a few new things IE9 offers: > “The best experience of the Web is on Windows with Internet Explorer 9,” said Dean Hachamovitch, corporate vice president, Windows Internet Explorer, at Microsoft. “Today, the Web can unlock the power and performance of the best PC hardware through Windows and Internet Explorer 9\. Websites also can act more like applications within Windows 7, with features such as Pinned Sites.” # Better Performance As web applications become more powerful, they are often replacing desktop programs. It is important for web browsers to offer comparable performance to locally installed software as we head to the internet more than ever. Taking a step in the right direction, Internet Explorer 9 includes full hardware acceleration for rendering audio, graphics, text, and video. There is also a new JavaScript engine with optimizations for taking advantage of multiple core processors. # A New Interface ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microsoft-internet-explorer-9-demo.jpg "Microsoft Internet Explorer 9 Demo") For starters, IE9 does away with the menu bar and condenses the options into a settings menu at the top right of the window. To further save space, Microsoft merged the address bar with the tabs row. Heavy users can still easily tweak a setting to push tabs back to their own dedicated row. It is also easy to tear tabs out of a window to create a new one or to drop onto an existing IE9 window. The browser fully supports Windows Aero Snap, so you can drag a tab or window to the left or right side of the screen to easily sort two web sites side-by-side. # One Box Address Bar While Internet Explorer 9 does not yet offer an “instant” feature like Chrome, it does offer glimpses at important information without having to load a full webpage. For instance, typing “Weather San Francisco” displays the current bar in a drop down immediately. Appropriately named One Box, the new address bar also doubles as a search field. Although it uses Microsoft Bing by default, it is easy to switch to Google or another search engine. The top result also appears during text input for quick access to the most likely intended web destination. # Pin To Taskbar If you are using Windows 7, you probably pin your most commonly used program to the taskbar. IE9 now makes it possibly to also pin your favorite websites to the taskbar for quick access. While the browser still offers bookmarks, this makes life easy to get to regularly used things such as email. # Jump Lists ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/microsoft-internet-explorer-9-jump-lists.jpg "Microsoft Internet Explorer 9 Jump Lists") Like Windows 7 optimized programs, websites pinned to the taskbar have a list of quickly accessible tasks. For instance, pinning Hulu offers quick links to head to various sections of the website. The upcoming update for Skatter Tech will add quick access to each of our six hubs. # Security Enhancements Internet Explorer 9 boasts a safer browsing experience after older versions often became infamous for vulnerabilities. Microsoft brings tracking protection to prevent websites from monitoring your activity. ActiveX filtering limits access to trusted websites only. The browser also isolates frozen tabs without letting it affect other ones. There is a compatibility view for websites that are not yet optimized for the new browser as well. Windows Update even grabs security patches for IE9 regularly. # Upgrade Now If you are running Windows 7 on your computer, you should most definitely upgrade to Internet Explorer 9\. Even if you use other browsers, older versions of the browser have major vulnerabilities. Accidentally clicking a link or visiting a webpage in the wrong browser could have harmful effects. A notice to update will pop up in Windows Update on March 21st, but you can head over to the link below to download and install manually. **Links: [Internet Explorer 9: Beauty Of The Web](http://www.beautyoftheweb.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: HTC Arrive For Sprint URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-htc-arrive-for-sprint/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:04.000Z The HTC Arrive, [Sprint’s first Windows Phone 7 device](https://www.skatter.com/say-hello-to-the-htc-arive-sprints-first-windows-phone-7/), showed up at my door a few days ago. I have used Microsoft’s new mobile OS several times, but I had not dug into it too much until now. I decided to login to all my accounts and use it as my primary device for a few days. The hardware and software were a surprisingly good mix: a fancy robust body and an interface that scrolls like butter. # Software The first thing I noticed was the incredible responsiveness. The built-in animations, transitions, and overall polish is pretty impressive considering it is still first-generation. Swiping through the live tiles on the home screen feels faster and smoother than both Android and iOS. For those who have not tried Windows Phone 7, the work flow is very different. Although users still enter and exit applications, the native style inside them is very unique. Rather than a set of tabs the top or bottom to switch between views, users swipe to the left or right to browser through a continuous set of streamlined sections. I felt the starting portion of the learning curve is a bit steeper than other mobile operating systems, but it begins to make sense after a few days in use. I humorously could not find an option to display the top status bar until I realized a simple downwards gesture makes it appear temporarily. In addition, I had a hard time figuring out how to pause a preview song that was playing in the Marketplace only to realize that a quick up or down tap on the physical volume keys brings up the playback controls. Aside from a few momentary obstacles, I enjoyed the refreshing interface. I should note that the HTC Arrive also ships with the latest version of Windows Phone 7 which offers copy/paste, support for CDMA networks, performance improvements for apps, and an improved Marketplace search. Only a few devices run this version as of now. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-sprint.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-touch-keys.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-flat.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-arrive-top.jpg) # Hardware As always, HTC’s engineering is nothing less than awesome. The Arrive is a somewhat heavy phone and is thicker than most devices due to a full QWERTY keyboard that tucks away under the display. It is a trade-off physical keyboard enthusiasts will have to pay. The display also tilts up into a laptop-like form factor, which makes the device great for enjoying videos on the go. The sliding mechanism is pretty strong, but I managed to get it stuck once or twice when exerting too much pressure one side over another. You most definitely need two hands to get it open without letting it slip away. I listed the a [detailed set of specifications](https://www.skatter.com/say-hello-to-the-htc-arive-sprints-first-windows-phone-7/) for this phone earlier, but here is the quick gist: a 1 GHz processor, a 3.6 inch screen, 5 megapixel camera for 720p video, and 16 GB internal storage. Bluetooth and WiFi are of course standard. There are no dual core processors or even a front facing camera for video chat, but the HTC Arrive still makes a great Windows Phone 7 device. **Links: [HTC Arrive](http://www.htc.com/us/products/arrive-sprint?ref=skatter.com) | [Sprint](http://now.sprint.com/arrive/?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: HTC Thunderbolt For Verizon Wireless URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-htc-thunderbolt-for-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:04.000Z I got my hands on the brand new HTC Thunderbolt earlier today thanks to the folks at Verizon Wireless. As a long time [HTC EVO 4G user](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), the hardware and software immediately felt very familiar. With nearly a year to spare, HTC had a chance to provide gradual upgrades and refinements to the older hardware. When side-by-side, the Thunderbolt looks more modern and has a further streamlined design. The new HTC Sense UI even offers deeper enhancements to the native Android 2.2 interface. # Hardware Everything from the ear piece, cameras, touch keys, volume controls, power button, and headphone jack are in the same place. The microUSB port is now on the lower left side rather than on the bottom like the EVO 4G. Sadly, there is no HDMI output, but the phone includes great out of the box DLNA client. The phone is roughly the same thickness, height, and width. The Thunderbolt’s rear camera no longer protrudes out of the chassis like the EVO. The built-in kickstand definitely more robust, reducing the chances of tipping over too easily. It can even prop the Thunderbolt upright in portrait mode. While the EVO’s display appears somewhat washed out with warm colors, the Thunderbolt has a crisper screen and somewhat over saturated colors. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-front-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-touch-keys.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-top.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/htc-thunderbolt-stand.jpg) # Software HTC Sense packs an even better punch on the Thunderbolt. Although very similar at first glance, there are easily hundreds of improvements. HTC bundles even more gorgeous widgets with the phone. Existing ones are further polished have extra options for customization. Although the phone does not appear to perform common tasks any faster, transitions and movements are a lot smoother. HTC includes a set of high quality skins which are beyond impressive and thoroughly improves every inch of the operating system. I noticed that fonts throughout the OS are clearer and crisper to read. # Other Thoughts Verizon’s 4G LTE speeds are a great improvement from Sprint’s 4G Wimax. The Speed Test app displayed download and upload speeds close to 20 Mbps in [San Jose](http://goo.gl/maps/M5Ok?ref=skatter.com). While this was just an initial impression of the HTC Thunderbolt, a full review is coming soon. For the most part, the improvements are evolutionary, not revolutionary. That isn’t to say that you shouldn’t get this phone. The Thunderbolt is in a safe spot for those who generally avoid being early adopters. The entire experience from hardware to software is well polished. **Links: [HTC Thunderbolt](http://www.htc.com/us/products/thunderbolt-verizon?ref=skatter.com) | [Verizon Wireless](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/htc/thunderbolt/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Just5, A Simple Phone (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/just5-a-simple-phone-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:13.000Z # Features When I say simple, I really mean it. This phone does not even have a color screen. It fees like a resurrected late 90s cell phone with a monochrome display and orange back lighting. For those who hate pecking at a touch screen or are visually impaired, the large numeric keypad which covers over two-thirds of the front side is a blessing. Even the on-screen fonts are large and bold for easy reading even under direct sunlight. The main screen shows off signal strength, battery life, and the date/time. There is not much this phone has aside from a phone book, call history, alarm clock, and calculator. It surprisingly supports SMS, but I highly doubt anyone would use it. The Just5 is compatible with hearing aids and it amplifies audio for those with poor hearing. Unlike smart phones that need recharging daily, this phone lasts for 6 days on standby and offers about two hours of talk time. Despite the self-proclaimed “simple features” name tag, it oddly has a flash light with a dedicated switch on the right side. In addition, the Just5 sports a FM radio with a physical switch on the left side. Like most phones that have a vulnerable keypad, a lock switch prevents accidental entry. # Emergency Mode ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/just5-back.jpg "Just5 - Back") One feature that stands out is the large recessed red SOS button on the back side. Once programmed properly, a 4-second-long press will initiate an automated sequence. It starts with a loud siren to draw attention towards you. Next, the phone automatically sends “help me” text messages to five emergency contacts. It does not end there, the phone then begins dialing each of those five numbers one by one with speaker phone enabled until someone answers. The audible alert feature is a great addition if an elderly person is trying to draw attention when having a medical emergency in a public place, however it might be a dangerous feature to have during situations when placing a discrete call is vital. It will hopefully do more good than harm. # Audio Quality I did not walk in expecting too much when I began to test phone calls, but I found surprising results. The caller on the other end could actually hear me better on this phone over a few brand new smart phones I had at home. I felt as though I could hear the person on the other end clearer and louder too. Just5 bundles a wired headset in the box and the phone is compatible with any standard 3.55 mm headphone jack. The phone notably lacks Bluetooth keeping true to the simplicity, so wireless headsets are unfortunately out of the question. One quirk, the keypad makes extremely loud noises even after lowering the volume. I ended up switching the phone to silent mode since the obnoxious sounds gave me a quick headache. # Pricing Just when I started to get excited for a phone that sticks to basic features, I realized that the suggested retail price is a whopping $90\. Although retailers such as Amazon sell it for a bit cheaper, it is a lot to pay for something that does not do much. Major carriers including AT&T and Verizon Wireless offer decent pre-paid phones without contracts for a fraction of the cost. Monthly plans begin at $10 for 100 minutes and 50 text messages. There are $20 and $30 monthly plans for 200 and 300 minutes of talk time and the same number of texts, respectively. Heavy users can opt for an unlimited talk and text plan which costs $40 per month. # The Bottom Line When it comes down to it, the Just5 is truly for senior citizens. I can say for sure that the elderly who generally want to avoid technology all together may actually consider using one of these. The large buttons, loud sounds, and emergency features are helpful for just that. I should note that competitors such as [Snapfon](http://snapfon.com/?ref=skatter.com) also have similar offerings. [Jitterbug](http://www.greatcall.com/?ref=skatter.com) also comes to mind. Just5 also lists children as a potential customer, although I doubt that anyone in middle school would be caught dead with one of these in a generation of iPods and other fancy gadgets. For the most part, Just5 avoids the whole issue of phones with small keys, hard to read text, and a boatload of unnecessary complications. The phone does cost more than many prepaid alternatives, so I would suggest looking into this device only if bad eyesight or hearing is also a factor. **Links: [Just5](http://www.just5.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Finally Launches WiFi-Only Xoom For $599 On March 27th URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-finally-launches-wifi-only-xoom-for-599-on-march-27th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:52.000Z After the initial launch of the [Xoom tablet on Verizon Wireless earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/its-official-motorola-xoom-hits-verizon-wireless-on-february-24th/), Motorola has finally announced pricing and availability for a WiFi only model. The original 4G upgradeable version has been criticized for an expensive $800 price point with no cheaper iterations. Although Verizon Wireless makes a subsidized $600 option available, it requires a two-year contract. According to Motorola, a 32 GB model will sell for a suggested retail price of $599 on March 27th. Amazon, Best Buy, Costco, RadioShack, Sam’s Club, Staples, and Walmart will carry the device. Being the only available Android 3.0 Honeycomb tablet on the market, a more affordable contract-free model my garner more interest, but it’s hard to tell whether the Xoom will get any attention due to a late launch following [Apple’s sell-out iPad 2 tablet](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). > “MOTOROLA XOOM is a truly innovative tablet – its design, coupled with being the first tablet to have Android 3.0, results in a user experience that is one-of-a-kind,” said Dan Papalia, vice president of retail sales for Motorola Mobility. “We are now continuing to expand the choices available to consumers with the MOTOROLA XOOM Wi-Fi to be available soon \[
\]” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-on-motorola-xoom.jpg "Pulse News Reader On Motorola Xoom") Although the new price is definitely an upgrade, it is still $100 higher than the starting price for the Apple iPad 2\. However, keep in mind that this upcoming Xoom packs 32 GB of storage, which perfectly matches the $599 price of the WiFi-only 32 GB iPad 2\. Unfortunately, the lower cost of entry into the tablet world is often a higher priority for consumers over extra storage space. I am confident that the 16 GB iPad 2 was Apple’s best-selling model. So here is the big question, would you consider the WiFi-only 32 GB Xoom now that the date and price is known? For those wondering, Adobe Flash is on its way this week, but still no word on a software update to enable the microSD card reader. For a hardware specs breakdown, I would also suggest scrolling through our infographic which lines the [Xoom up with the Streak 7 and BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/). **Buy: [$599 on Amazon (ships free + no tax)](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0045FM6SU/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Link: [Android 3.0 Honeycomb Walk-Through](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/)** ### HTC Thunderbolt Heads To Verizon Wireless On March 17th For $250 URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-thunderbolt-heads-to-verizon-wireless-on-march-17th-for-250/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:53.000Z After numerous delays following the initial announcement at CES 2011, Verizon Wireless finally came clean to reveal availability and pricing for their first 4G LTE smart phone: the HTC Thunderbolt. The device will be available online and in Verizon Wireless stores on March 17th for $250 with a new two-year contract. Existing customers due for an upgrade will likely receive additional discounts. # The Features While 4G LTE connectivity offers 5 to 12 Mbps download speeds and 2 to 5 Mpbs upload speeds, the Thunderbolt fully supports 3G networks for those who do not have coverage. The phone is also one of the first Verizon Wireless to offer support for simultaneous data and voice, bringing it up to par with AT&T’s network capabilities. Of course, it also has standard WiFi connectivity as well. Two notable drawbacks might be the lack of the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread OS and a dual-core processor. Fortunately, HTC can easily issue an update over the air, but the Thunderbolt definitely won’t outperform the upcoming Verizon Wireless Droid Bionic or the [AT&T Atrix 4G](https://www.skatter.com/first-impressions-motorola-atrix-4g/). As a [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) user, I have eagerly awaited to get my hands on a HTC Thunderbolt. I have already seen better speeds in the San Francisco Bay Area with [Verizon Wireless 4G LTE](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-lg-4g-lte-usb-modem-review/) over Sprint 4G WiMax. Although there is nothing revolutionary that sets this device apart from last year’s EVO 4G, there are many gradual refinements, improvements, and enhancements. I would also suggest skimming our [Verizon Wireless Infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) which lines up the iPhone 4, Thunderbolt, and Droid Bionic. # The Specifications - Operating System: Android 2.2 with HTC Sense - Processor: Qualcomm Snapdragon 1 GHz - Memory: 768 MB RAM, 8 GB Internal Storage - Network: Verizon Wireless 3G + 4G LTE - Wireless: Bluetooth v2.1 and WiFi b/g/n - Display: 4.3 inch WVGA capacitive touch screen - Cameras: 8 megapixel back & 1.3 megapixel front - Phone Calls: dynamic noise cancellation - Sensors: compass, accelerometer, proximity, light - Mobile Hotspot: up to 8 WiFi-enabled devices - Storage Expansion: 32 GB microSD included - Battery: 1400 mAh lithium-ion # Monthly Pricing After making it past the one-time hefty $250 price tag for the hardware, get ready for monthly subscription costs. Voice plans begin at $40 with a required 4G LTE data plan that starts at $30, bringing the cost of the most affordable plan to $70\. In addition, the mobile hotspot feature will cost customer another $20 for 2 GB of data each month. Fortunately, Verizon Wireless is waving all mobile hotspot usage fees through May 15th to get people interested. **Links: [Verizon Wireless HTC Thunderbolt](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/htc/thunderbolt/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Kyocera Echo Arrives On April 17th For $200 URL: https://www.skatter.com/kyocera-echo-arrives-on-april-17th-for-200/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:53.000Z Last month, we brought news about [Sprint’s dual-screen Kyocera Echo](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-the-dual-screen-kyocera-echo/) smart phone from their event in New York. Although the press conference revealed plenty of information regarding the hardware specifications which runs on Android, pricing and availability details were conveniently left out. According to the press release Sprint issued earlier today, the Kyocera Echo will hit retail stores and will be available online beginning April 17th, 2010\. Those looking to buy will have to shell out $199 after signing a new two-year service agreement. Customers can also [reserve a device on March 26th](http://www.sprint.com/echo?ref=skatter.com). > “Continuing to set the bar high in Android innovation, Sprint is thrilled to bring this industry-first device to the market,” said Fared Adib, vice president Product, Sprint. For those not familiar with the Echo, I suggest reading our [original article about the features it packs](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-the-dual-screen-kyocera-echo/). However for a quick run down, it packs two 3.5 inch touch screens 3.5 inch touch for running two apps side-by-side. Although it does not feature the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread OS, it runs the next best thing: 2.2 Froyo. Standard goodies include a WiFi, mobile hotspot, 5 megapixel camera, HD video recording, and Bluetooth. The Echo lacks a dual-core processor, but it still has 1 GB of memory and it comes with a 8 GB microSD card with support for 32 GB. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/kyocera-echo-back.jpg "Kyocera Echo - Back") With the [Windows Phone 7 powered HTC Arrive](https://www.skatter.com/say-hello-to-the-htc-arive-sprints-first-windows-phone-7/) heading down the pipeline and rumors regarding the EVO 2, it is hard to tell whether customers will opt for a somewhat far-fetched design. Our [hands-on experience from Sprint’s Industry First event](http://live.skatter.com/event/sprint-industry-first/?ref=skatter.com) last month left us feeling as though the device was unattractive, bulky, and awkward looking. While companies such as HTC have had a great record pushing out updates for Android, we do not know much about Kyocera. In fact, this is one of their first main stream Android devices which adds further concern. Would you consider buying an Echo smart phone? Let us know your thoughts below! **Links: [Sprint – Kyocera Echo](http://sprint.com/echo?ref=skatter.com)** ### AT&T And Verizon Wireless Offer Free Calls To Japan URL: https://www.skatter.com/att-and-verizon-wireless-offer-free-calls-to-japan/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:54.000Z If you are an AT&T or Verizon Wireless customer trying to reach friends or family in Japan after last week’s earthquake and tsunami disasters, don’t hesitate to make another call. Both cellular carriers are doing their part to help people reconnect by waving all fees for calls placed to Japan from the United States for a limited time. Some restrictions apply, so be sure to read the following: ## AT&T International long distance calls from the United States or Puerto Rico to Japan through March 31st, 2011 are free for AT&T cellular customers. For those wondering, AT&T began waiving fees on March 11th. Text messages to Japan are also free through the end of the month. The company is also offering 60 minutes of credit for land line customers who place calls to Japan through the end of the month. Unlike cellular customers, these traditional wired subscribers will need to call in to request a reimbursement at the end of this month. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-touch-on-htc-inspire.jpg "Skatter Tech Touch") ## Verizon Wireless Like AT&T, all calls placed to Japan from the U.S. through April 10th, 2011 are free for Verizon Wireless subscribers. The same applies for all sent text, picture, and video messages over the same time period. Verizon is also waving fees for their land line subscribers and pre-paid phones. ## Other Carriers There are unverified reports that Sprint and T-Mobile are also offering free calls and text messages. These carriers have not yet published an official press release, but we will update this article with any new details. I would also suggest calling customer support if you want to double-check. **Update 3/15/2011 1:05 PM:** Sprint has confirmed that are also offering free calls and texts through April 10th, 2011\. We have not yet seen an update from T-Mobile. **Links: [AT&T](http://www.att.com/gen/press-room?pid=19324&cdvn=news&newsarticleid=31687&mapcode=wireless-networks-general|consumer&utm%5Fsource=feedburner&utm%5Fmedium=feed&utm%5Fcampaign=Feed%3A+AttConsumerProductsAndServicesRssFeeds+%28AT%26T+Consumer+Products+and+Services+RSS+Feeds%29&utm%5Fcontent=Google+Reader) | [Verizon Wireless](http://news.vzw.com/news/2011/03/pr2011-03-14d.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Sprint](http://newsroom.sprint.com/article%5Fdisplay.cfm?article%5Fid=1820&ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse Giveaway – $69 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-giveaway-69-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:02.000Z Last week, [Skatter Tech reviewed the Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-review/) and today we are giving it away to one of our lucky readers. For those not familiar, this wireless mouse features a touch sensitive pad for scrolling. It also makes skimming through a web page easy with support for quick flicks. The tiny transceiver magnetically adheres to the mouse for storage as well. The suggested retail price is $69, but we will ship one unit out to a lucky person for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. # The Deal ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-flat.jpg "Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse (Flat)") Skatter Tech can only giveaway one (1) Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse if we reach at least 50 entries by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on March 21st, 2011\. (Sweepstakes opens at 5:45 PM Pacific Time on March 14th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach a minimum of 50 eligible entries before the deadline. A special thanks to the folks at [Microsoft Hardware](http://www.microsofthardwareblog.com/?ref=skatter.com) (@[msfthardware](http://twitter.com/?ref=skatter.com#!/msfthardware)) for providing the gadget. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - One (1) potential winner will be randomly selected by a computer on March 22th, 2011. - Another entry gets drawn if entry is intelligible or fails to respond within 24 hours. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates entries will result in disqualification. - We will announce the potential winner on this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). **Link: [Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse Review](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-review/)** **Update: Congrats to Zachary V. from California!** ### Jabra Stone2 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/jabra-stone2-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:13.000Z About a week ago, I finally got my hands on the second-generation Jabra Stone2\. Like the original, the new model features a futuristic design that sets it apart from traditional Bluetooth headsets. Only a few other headsets including the [Jawbone Icon](https://www.skatter.com/jawbone-icon-review/) fall into this exclusive category. At a fairly high price point, the Stone2 is a premium Jabra accessory for those looking for a stylish hands free experience. Unlike its predecessor, it also brings support for voice activated actions. # Setup Process Jabra makes pairing the Stone2 a hassle free. When pulled out of the charging base, the headset begins speaking to the user. This is better than having to scramble around with the manual to decoding the meaning of random patterns of flashing lights. The dictated walk-through even provides important details such as the pairing code if your device requires one. I managed to pair the Stone2 with the Android-based [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/) easily. I found that it can simultaneously stay connected to multiple devices at once. I ended up leaving it connect to my Windows 7 machine for wireless Skype calls and to my smart phone as well. This makes it easy to switch back and forth between devices on the fly without having to re-pair each time. # Comfort and Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/jabra-stone2-base.jpg "Jabra Stone2 - Base") As someone who struggles to find ear bud headphones or headsets that stay put, I can say the Stone2 fit my ear well. Unfortunately, the headset did not fit the ears of at least three other people I had try it on. The headset is a single solid piece of plastic with minimal flex. There are no adjustable or rotating parts to accommodate different ear sizes. Although Jabra bundles a total of four ear tips, finding a comfortable and secure fit is either a hit or miss. Then there is also another problem: it is only for the right ear. Unlike most headsets that can flip to work with either the left or right ear, the Stone 2 only offers a single choice. This definitely will not suit those who like switching things up or those that may prefer the left side. As for the design, there is nothing more than a single button on the outward facing front. There is no power button, dropping it into the base turns it off. Volume controls are also missing, but your device can still control levels through software. A single click answers an incoming call or ends an in-progress conversation. A single tab during standby reads out the remaining battery life, which is a nice touch. A second long press initiates your device’s voice command feature. **Update 3/16/2011:** The Stone2 ear piece has a subtle capacitive touch control which lets users increase or decrease volume by running their finger from the top to the bottom or vice versa. # Audio Quality ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/jabra-stone2-side-view.jpg "Jabra Stone2 - Side View") I placed a few phone calls from various environments to test the audio quality. These included a silent room, a car on the highway, and in the lobby of a noisy restaurant. The experience went from decent to worse, respectively. Although the headset features dual microphones for noise cancellation, it was barely effective when combating external sounds. While this worked well in quiet places, people on the other end can easily tell when you are driving a car. It was actually difficult for the listener on the other end to even make out what I was saying even when restaurant sounds were not too challenging for my built-in cell phone microphone. People often said I sounded too quite or distorted even when my phone had enough signal. I also found that it was hard to hear the person on the other end even if I turned the volume up at times. I have had significantly better experiences with the [Jawbone Icon](https://www.skatter.com/jawbone-icon-review/) and [older Jabra products](https://www.skatter.com/jabra-bt2080-review/). # Other Details ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/jabra-stone2-acessories.jpg "Jabra Stone2 - Acessories") For those wondering, I was only getting about two hours of battery life. This is less than ideal for those who intend to use this throughout an entire day. The base unit packs an internal battery for three full re-charges without having to find a power outlet. This is a neat feature, but it still means having to switch back to your phone for 20 minutes until the headset is replenished. The Stone2 base features a standard microUSB port. Jabra includes both an AC wall adapter and a USB cable in the packaging, which is definitely appreciated. Unfortunately, I quickly realized that you can not charge the headset without the charging base, which is a problem if it gets lost. Another feature worth noting are the built-in voice commands. When your device begins ringing, the headset reads out the number to you. It is a fancy touch, but it does not read out names and it will not help if you do not have people’s numbers memorized. I also loved that you can simply say “answer” or “ignore” rather than having to press a button on your headset or fiddle with your device. # The Bottom Line While I’m generally a fan of Jabra Bluetooth headsets, this one is beyond difficult to recommend. I was excited for the unique design and the fancy charging base station, but there are many critical issues. Despite the easy configuration process, the device lacks flexibility to fit differently sized ears, the battery life is not ideal, and the audio quality is not entirely acceptable. For those still interested, Jabra offers a glossy version of the Stone2 for AT&T customers and leather version for Verizon Wireless. The suggest retail price is $129, which is a way too expensive for a headset with so many problems in my opinion. I should note that retailers such as Amazon offer it for as little as $90\. For the most part, I would suggest searching for alternatives unless you absolutely adore the design and make a minimal number of calls from quite areas. **Buy: [$90 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004KPLA9Q/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Jabra Stone2](http://www.jabra.com/sites/mobile/na-us/products/pages/jabrastone2.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Why You Should Not Buy An iPad 2: iOS URL: https://www.skatter.com/why-you-should-not-buy-an-ipad-2-ios/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:46.000Z Like many tech enthusiasts, I followed last week’s Apple event closely. Steve Jobs unexpectedly took the stage, but the company announced an expected product: [the iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/). Although not nearly as revolutionary as the original, the second generation model brings refined hardware improvements. Extras such as cameras are also a great addition, however there is one major flaw: iOS. # Do Hardware Specs Matter? This questions comes up quite often and the answer is not simple. [Apple’s original iPad](https://www.skatter.com/apple-announces-the-ipad/) was a game changer since there was nothing else like it on the market. Tablet PCs had been around for ages, but they still ran a desktop operating system. While I adore Windows 7 and use it primarily for all my work, it is far from being ideal for tablets. With the introduction of iOS, hardware specs for tablets became more along the lines of a smart phone rather than a laptop computer. Although 2010 was definitely the year of the iPad, 2011 has an entirely new landscape. Competition such as the [BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/is-the-blackberry-playbook-heading-to-verizon-wireless/), [HP TouchPad](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/), [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/its-official-motorola-xoom-hits-verizon-wireless-on-february-24th/), [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/), and LG G-Slate each offer a very similar set of features. There are some benefits and drawbacks to each which we [highlighted in our series of infographics](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-vs-apple-ipad-2-vs-hp-touchpad-vs-lg-g-slate/), but the specifications are roughly the same. They are so close in some regards that it truly does not make a difference to consumers. # Software Matters Too ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-software-update.jpg "Apple iPad 2 Software update") While hardware specifications were all the rage for ages, easy to use and intuitive software has pushed for consumer friendly devices. Apple made a great decision when they chose to run iOS on the iPad instead of Mac OS X last year. The interface was efficient, familiar, and simple. The iPhone was already a hit and the iPad was a perfectly complement to the family. Although I do not own an iPad, I spent some time using and [reviewing it last year](https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-review/). There were many missing features at the time, however iOS ran incredibly smoothly. Fast forward a year later, not much has changed aside from the addition of multitasking. [The new iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/) makes things faster with a dual-core processor, but the operating system is nearly identical. This creates a major issue for Apple as we head into the flooded market of tablets in 2011\. The current iOS for the iPad is essentially an enlarged version of the operating system for the iPhone and iPod touch. The platform was a great start, but the original design does not take advantage of the tablet form factor. Although I was hoping for a new refreshing interface, Apple did not announce a major software revamp for the iPad 2 aside from a few minor enhancements. # The Competition Has Caught Up ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/galaxy-tab-playbook-xoom-touchpad-g-slate.png "Galaxy Tab, PlayBook, Xoom, TouchPad, G-Slate") There are many amazing iPad apps that take advantage of 9.7 inch screen, but the operating system does not go far enough. Google, HP, and RIM have started from the ground up with new tablet operating systems that take the slate form factor into consideration from the OS level. BlackBerry Tablet OS, [webOS 3](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/), and [Android 3.0 Honeycomb](https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/) each offer many user interface improvements which are more innovative and intuitive than iOS. For instance, HP’s latest webOS 3 lets users stack sets of applications together for organized multitasking. Google’s Android 3.0 Honeycomb has an impressive notifications panel for keeping up to date with the latest information without letting pop ups disrupt work flow. It is not just about multitasking and notifications either, these new breed of tablets offer creative home screens with widgets and improved navigation for getting things done fast. # It’s Also About The Apps ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-apps.jpg "Apple iPad 2 Apps") In addition to beyond impressive sales, Apple’s App Store count is far ahead of competition. Steve Jobs proudly noted that there are over 65,000 iPad optimized apps while less than 100 are optimized for Android tablets. It is also important not to forget that the quality of apps also matter. Apple’s out of the box apps are amazing and many third-party apps are even better. However, you will probably change your mind once you try Android 3.0 Honeycomb. The default bundled apps truly highlight the true potential for Google’s new operating system. Everything from the Browser, Calendar, Chat, Contacts, Email, Maps, and Music apps are incredibly innovative. They look gorgeous, have more features, and actually very easy to use. This is a small indicator of the likely nature of upcoming third-party Android tablet apps. Keep in mind that the Motorola Xoom is the only Android 3.0 Honeycomb tablet on the market so far and it is less than a month old. Apple iOS for the iPad is about a year a more mature than all the others. Competitors, including Google, are still far behind Apple when it comes to tablet sales, but they are moving up the ladder faster with better technology. # To Buy Or Not To Buy If you are ready for a tablet, you may want to think a moment before dropping cash for the iPad 2\. It is a great product, but it is only a slight advancement to the previous iteration. Apple has yet to announce or make any mention of iOS 5\. It is unclear what the next generation operating system will offer or if every feature would even carry over to the iPad 2\. Other tablets are already getting a head start with features such as 4G connectivity, integrated mobile hotspots, flash player, video chat over a cellular networks, and expandable storage. While the iPad 2 will by no means disappoint if you know what you are buying, consider the available options if you are open to unique alternatives. ### Google Chrome 10 Brings Security Improvements And Settings Interface Overhaul URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-chrome-10-brings-security-improvements-and-settings-interface-overhaul/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:54.000Z If you are a Google Chrome users, you are in for another treat. Last week, [Google released Chrome 10](http://chrome.blogspot.com/2011/03/speedier-simpler-and-safer-chromes.html?ref=skatter.com) which brings a handful of improvements [just a month after launching Chrome 9](https://www.skatter.com/google-chrome-9-offers-hardware-acceleration-and-instant-search/). Although the version number is a major jump, the improvements are rather minor. In fact, most users probably will never notice any changes aside from performance improvements due to a 66% faster Javascript engine. The new update also offers a new settings panel interface for easier configuration, security enhancements for Adobe Flash, and encryption for synchronized passwords. # Settings Interface Rather than a pop up window for configuring Chrome, the redesign opens the settings panel in a new tab. A search box lets people find the options they are looking for easily. Every configuration page has a permanent link, so sharing hard-to-find pages by email or instant messaging is now easier than ever. The improvements are definitely a step in the right direction. It is more intuitive and is very similar to the settings interface on the Chrome OS notebook. This also makes it possible for Google to offer more customization options in the future without being restricted to a small cluttered pop up window. # Security Enhancements For those that use Chrome Sync to keep auto-fill, bookmarks, browsing history, extensions, passwords, and preferences consistent across multiple computers, things just got even safer. Users can now pick a pass phrase to further encrypt their data for additional protection. Plugin-ins such as [Adobe Flash](http://www.adobe.com/products/flashplayer/?ref=skatter.com) are often a major vulnerability for browsers and Google takes an interesting approach to solve that. A few months ago, Google decided to bundle Flash Player with Chrome so users would no longer have buggy or outdated versions. Chrome 10 takes things even further by sandboxing this integrated plugin to prevent malicious webpages from gaining access to your personal information or other data on your machine. # Time To Upgrade If you are expecting a notification to upgrade to Chrome 10, do not hold your breath. Google automatically pushes updates out to users. You are probably already running the latest version. If you noticed a little icon by the settings wrench at the top right, you need to restart your browser for the updates to take effect. You can also head over to the “About Google Chrome” menu to manually check for updates. On that note, have you seen the [Skatter Tech Chrome Web App](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?ref=skatter.com)? **Links: [Official Google Blog](http://chrome.blogspot.com/2011/03/speedier-simpler-and-safer-chromes.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Video: Android 3.0 Honeycomb Walk-Through URL: https://www.skatter.com/video-android-3-0-honeycomb-walk-through/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:04.000Z I had a chance to spend about a week with the brand new Motorola Xoom and I was rather impressed with the new operating system. [Android 3.0 Honeycomb](https://www.skatter.com/a-taste-of-android-event-wrap-up/) offers a refreshing interface and many people are not aware the improvements it has over the older smart phone OS. For those of you who have yet to get their hands on one of these tablets, I decided demo five new features that makes the fresh out of the oven Honeycomb OS great for the tablet form factor: # Home Screen Interface The new Android 3.0 code-name Honeycomb OS features five home screens for widgets and application icons. It starts out on the center home screen and users can swipe to either the left or right to access the others. A new space themed Tron inspired interface is apparent throughout the entire system, not just the home screen. Google has hinted that the next Android upgrade for smart phones will inherit the new look. A handful of interactive widgets come pre-installed. Organizing items on the home screens is easy and intuitive with great visuals. # Voice Actions Google may have initially introduced this feature about a year ago at their [I/O 2010 conference](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/), but the feature still impresses. Without having to program or train your device, the cloud-based Voice Actions perform tasks based on your command. Users can initiate music playback, start GPS navigation, send emails, set alarms, visit webpages, or search the internet with simple commands. # New Bundled Apps The new tablet-optimized Honeycomb OS also brings a set of quality pre-installed application that take advantage of the large screen size. Most of these offered more features and were more responsive than the iOS 4.x counterparts on the original iPad in my opinion. - Google Books – 3D carousel view, two side-by-side page view - Web Browser – tabbed interface, Adobe Flash support soon - Calendar – flexible and supports multiple calendars - Camera – a new layout for easy access to settings - Clock – a full screen clock which also shows set alarm time - Contacts – a convenient two-pane view - Gallery – stacks represent folders of photos and videos - Gmail – two-panes, snippets show previews of messages - Google Maps – 3D buildings and two finger zoom and rotate - Movie Studio – edit and publish videos on the go - Music – cover flow interface and views for Albums/Artists - Settings – reorganized layout for easy customizing - Talk – supports video chat and multiple conversations - YouTube – 3D wall for featured content # Multitasking and Notifications Switching between apps is easier than ever. While users generally had to hold down the home key on smart phones, there is now a dedicated app switching icon at the lower left of Android 3.0\. It displays the five most recent used applications. Notifications now appear in the lower right task bar by the clock. It is easy to dismiss or react to a notification. A quick settings panel is also within reach at all times for access to WiFi, brightness, screen lock, and other options. # Web Marketplace and Chrome to Phone The new web-based [Android Marketplace](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com) is compatible with Honeycomb tablets. It is easy to install new apps to your tablet even if you are not in the same room. Of course, no cable required. It works as long as your tablet is online with either 3G, 4G, or WiFi. The [Chrome to Phone](https://chrome.google.com/extensions/detail/oadboiipflhobonjjffjbfekfjcgkhco?ref=skatter.com) extension also works perfectly with the Motorola Xoom tablet. I pushed webpages, maps, videos, and other content over to the tablet with a single click from my laptop. ### Infographic: Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1 vs. Apple iPad 2 vs. HP TouchPad vs. LG G-Slate URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-vs-apple-ipad-2-vs-hp-touchpad-vs-lg-g-slate/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:18.000Z Due to popular demand, we are back with a follow-up to our [BlackBerry PlayBook, Dell Streak 7, Apple iPad, and Motorola Xoom infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/). After a handful of press conferences which dished out plenty of information, we finally have the full scoop on four new unreleased tablets: [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10.1](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/), [Apple iPad 2](https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/), [HP TouchPad](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/), and LG G-Slate. Two of these run on Android 3.0 Honeycomb, one on iOS 4.3, and another on webOS 3.0 making it a great mash-up. Without any further ado, enjoy: [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-apple-ipad-2-hp-touchpad-lg-g-slate-small.png)](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/samsung-galaxy-tab-10-1-apple-ipad-2-hp-touchpad-lg-g-slate-large.png?ref=skatter.com) For those wondering, we are only comparing out of the box features. We also referenced official documents from the respective manufacturers for this comparison. If you have any questions, feel free to ask in the comments and we will try our best to answer them or find someone else who can. Also, we appreciate feedback about any errors, suggestions for improvements, or ideas for another infographic. To let your friends and family know, use the floating share box off to the right. To stay updated about upcoming infographics, just [subscribe to Skatter Tech](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) by email, a RSS feed, or through a social network. On that note, are you ready for a tablet? Which one are you considering? *A message from our sponsor: Wirefly.com is the Internet’s #1 authorized retailer of cell phones. Shop Wirefly for the hottest devices from [Sprint](http://www.wirefly.com/plans/sprint/?ref=skatter.com), [T-Mobile](http://www.wirefly.com/plans/t-mobile/?ref=skatter.com), and [Verizon Wireless](http://www.wirefly.com/plans/verizon-wireless/?ref=skatter.com).* ### First Impressions: Motorola Atrix 4G URL: https://www.skatter.com/first-impressions-motorola-atrix-4g/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:47.000Z As a two-year long iPhone 3GS user, I finally decided to take the plunge into the world of Android starting with the [Motorola Atrix 4G](https://www.skatter.com/att-announces-motorola-atrix-4g-pricing-and-availability/). Although there are many great smart phone offerings this year, I decided to go with this phone since it has a dual core Tegra 2 processor and a built-in webtop interface for use with a laptop dock accessory. # Innovative Design The Atrix is a very attractive looking device with a matte black finish and a silver pattern on the back. It is remarkably slim considering the hardware it packs inside. There are only three physical buttons on the device: the power and volume toggle buttons. The menu, home, back and search keys are touch sensitive. I was only bothered by the power button which is a little recessed into the back of the phone. This is almost certainly because it also doubles as a fingerprint reader. After a few days of use, I am beginning understand Motorola’s reasoning. Although awkward, it allows for quick and secure authentication. The positioning also makes it slightly easier to reach for those with small hands. # A Fancy Screen The Atrix 4G has a large 4-inch 960-by-540 pixel resolution screen which is a mere quarter of full HD (1920-by-1080). I found the screen incredibly clean and crisp, even though it does not have the same pixel density as the iPhone 4: 960-by-640 pixel resolution. Despite having such a large screen and a dual-core processor, I was pleasantly surprised at the battery life. It made it through a whole day with 40% to spare after heavy usage: browsing the web, texting, phone calls, listening to music, and an hour-long video call. # Frustrations with MotoBlur In my opinion, the biggest downside is the MotoBlur interface. It doesn’t seem as polished as other Android user interface overlays such as HTC Sense. The MotoBlur widgets look rather ugly in my opinion. The bundled social networking widgets inefficiently require using one to view status updates and another to post an update. Small quirks such as this one are just annoying. Why not have a single widget that offers both? In addition, the music app is quite lacking. The native Android player does not offer cover flow or any way to control the music from the lock screen. I also noticed that the play and pause button on my headphones were not compatible while they do work with other Android smart phones. Hopefully Motorola will release a major software update addressing some of these concerns soon. # Woes with AT&T ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/att-blocking-apps.jpg "AT&T Blocking Apps") I also found myself frustrated with AT&T again. The carrier has blocked certain applications in the Android Market. They even go as far as to restrict installing 3rd part applications that are not from the official Marketplace. If you are resourceful, you can get around this fairly easily by rooting your Atrix. Doing so may void your warranty so proceed with caution. The Atrix has been an incredible device so far. I am happy with the fast hardware, but slightly disappointed with Motoblur and AT&T restrictions. I really hope that Motorola steps up to the game and makes some major changes. Thankfully these smart phones are easily software upgradable over an internet connection so delivering new updates is not an issue. If AT&T decides to loosen up their policies like other carriers who offer Android, I would be much happier. If you’re unsure whether the Atrix is for you, check out Sahas Katta’s article about [Why the Atrix Isn’t for Everyone](https://www.skatter.com/why-the-motorola-atrix-isnt-for-everyone/). **Links: [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/consumers/US-EN/Motorola-ATRIX-US-EN.do?vgnextoid=38b08102f08ac210VgnVCM10000081bbb00aRCRD&ref=skatter.com)** **Buy: [Motorola Atrix 4G for $150](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B004KZP4BQ/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** ### The iPad 2, Apple’s Second Generation Tablet URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-ipad-2-apples-second-generation-tablet/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:54.000Z Just a few minutes ago, Steve Jobs wrapped up Apple’s press event at the Yerba Buena Center in San Francisco as he unveiled the [Apple iPad 2](http://apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com). The next generation model sports a thinner form factor, video chatting capabilities, better performance, access to over 65,000 tablet optimized apps, and runs on the upcoming iOS 4.3 mobile operating system. > “With more than 15 million iPads sold, iPad has defined an entirely new category of mobile devices,” said Steve Jobs, Apple’s CEO. “While others have been scrambling to copy the first generation iPad, we’re launching iPad 2, which moves the bar far ahead of the competition and will likely cause them to go back to the drawing boards yet again.” # New Hardware To improve on the immensely popular tablet, Apple made the iPad 2 about 33% thinner and 15% lighter. Although there are no improvements to the 9.7 inch LED IPS display, it now features a dual-core A5 processor, a gyroscope, and two cameras. Although Apple does not detail the resolution of the rear facing camera, it supports 720p video capture and the front-facing one has a VGA resolution. Apple also notes that the iPad 2 offers the same 10 hours of battery life despite the slimmer profile. Unlike the original, this one will be available in black and white models. # FaceTime and Photo Booth ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-facetime.jpg "Apple iPad 2 FaceTime") Although I strongly felt that Apple would only introduce a front-facing camera for calls, the iPad 2 packs two. Customers can now enjoy FaceTime video calls with iPhone, iPod touch, and Mac users from a tablet. It is also easy to switch between cameras seamlessly during a call. While Apple offers mobile broadband enabled 3G models, video calls are still unfortunately limited to Wi-Fi networks. Apple is also bringing the popular Photo Booth Mac application to the iPad, which lets users apply up to eight photo effects to a captured image. There are many apps that offer similar features, but an official app and familiar effects are a nice touch. # AT&T and Verizon Wireless After Apple announced the [Verizon Wireless iPhone 4 last month](https://www.skatter.com/apple-iphone-4-breaks-verizon-wireless-single-day-sales-record/), there was much speculation as to whether upcoming launches would come to both carriers immediately. Today, Steve Jobs put those concerns to rest as he announced that 3G enabled versions of the iPad 2 would be available on AT&T and Verizon Wireless. A Wi-Fi only version is also available for those looking to avoid monthly fees, are comfortable with their home Wi-Fi network, or already own a mobile hotspot. # iOS 4.3 Update While many were hoping for a preview of iOS 5, Apple conservatively announced iOS 4.3, a minor upgrade to the existing version. The update brings a faster Safari browser and iTunes Home Sharing. Customers will also have the ability to configure whether the lock switch functions as a mute or screen rotation lock. The new operating system also makes it possible to let users output 1080p video content to a HDTV with an optional HDMI adapter. # SmartCover Accessory ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/03/apple-ipad-2-smartcover.jpg "Apple iPad 2 SmartCover") As always, Apple introduces official accessories for new product launches. Their latest innovation is a SmartCover case which goes beyond just protection. Rather than clips or screws, the cover attaches to the tablet with a magnetic hinge. Sensors automatically turns the iPad 2 on and off when opened or closed, respectively. The inner cover also features a microfiber lining to keep the screen clean. The versatile form factor folds to prop the iPad 2 up at an angle for typing or upright for enjoying movies. # Pricing and Availability For those eagerly waiting to buy one, the iPad 2 will be available through Apple’s online and retail stores on March 11th. The 16 GB Wi-Fi model goes for just $499 while the 32 GB and 64 GB variants follow at $599 and $699, respectively. The 3G model is also available in the same storage capacities for $629, $729, and $829 on either AT&T or Verizon Wireless. We will get our hands on a unit as soon as possible for a full review, so [stay tuned or subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to get the full scoop. **Links: [Apple iPad 2](http://www.apple.com/ipad/?ref=skatter.com) | [iOS 4.3](http://www.apple.com/ios/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:14.000Z About a year ago, [we reviewed the Microsoft Arc Mouse](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-mouse-review/) which sported a unique curved design and a compact form factor. Towards the end of last year, Microsoft announced a newer Arc Touch Mouse, an upgrade to the last generation model with a hint of touch. Like most of the company’s new mice, it sports the BlueTrack technology which enables use on many less than optimal surfaces. # Configuration and Features Getting started with the Arc Touch Mouse is quite easy. A tiny transceiver, which magnetically adheres to the bottom of the mouse, plugs into a free USB port and Windows 7 takes care of the rest. Within a minute, your new mouse will be ready to go without too much hassle. Although you may choose to install software for additional customization, all the basic features and functions work out of the box. The Arc Touch Mouse runs on two included AAA batteries which stow up in front. Snapping the mouse into a curved shape from the original flat form factor switches the device on and a blue LED confirms it. There are buttons for left and right-click along with a touch strip for scrolling and middle click. The mouse notably lacks a back and forward button, which is quite helpful for browsing the web. # Comfort and Design ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-flat.jpg "Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse (Flat)") When it comes to travel mice, the [Logitech Anywhere MX](https://www.skatter.com/logitech-anywhere-mouse-mx-review/) was a favorite. Surprisingly, the Arc Touch Mouse is even more compact. Although it does not come with a case or sleeve, the slim design flattens out for easy packing without having to deal with any odd bulges. Microsoft’s excellent minimalistic design makes the mouse stands out from other offerings. Despite the flexible body, the mouse is actually quite robust and the lower smooth matte rubberized texture is durable. Unfortunately, I can not say the same for the rest of the mouse: there are numerous flaws. The upper portion of the mouse features a glossy plastic finish which is a fingerprint magnet. Every bit of dirt, dust, and grime are visible. The mouse requires regular maintenance for an uptight look. I also found that the left and right-click buttons require reaching towards the front end and the recessed style does not help either. Clicking also requires too much force leading to productivity slow down. # Performance ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/microsoft-arc-touch-mouse-back.jpg "Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse (Back)") I also was not happy about the unusually small teflon pads which do not allow for enough frictionless movement. Even on a smooth surface, movement feels somewhat rough. When the mouse first arrived, I assumed it was an entirely touch-based product with no physical buttons. Unfortunately, only a small silver strip is touch enabled with a haptic vibrating motor for feedback. Sliding your finger from top to bottom or vice versa allows for notched scrolling. It also supports quick flicks and awkwardly double tapping initiates a less than efficient middle click. A quick tap towards the very top or bottom equals a page up or page down click, respectively. On the other hand, The BlueTrack sensor was impressive as always. While it doesn’t work on glass surfaces like [Logitech’s Darkfield](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/349/6135?ref=skatter.com) technology, it worked perfectly on a cloth mouse pad, a wooden surface, granite, carpet, and glossy magazines. I found pin point accuracy, enough sensitivity, and the mouse worked smoothly from as far as 30 feet away. Although I do not have the time to put this one aspect to the test, Microsoft claims around 6 months of battery life. # The Bottom Line If you were waiting for a Microsoft version of the innovative [Apple Magic Mouse](http://www.apple.com/magicmouse/?ref=skatter.com), this probably is not right for you. However, the Arc Touch Mouse does make an excellent travel mouse with a streamlined design and a unique touch sensitive scroll pad. I was particularly turned off by the lack of back and forward buttons, but it is not a problem if you do not use them. While I think the left and right-click keys could use some improvements in a future iteration, the mouse is reliable and works on just about any surface. The fool-proof easy setup process is also a major plus for those that are not too tech savvy. For those looking to buy, it’s available for as little as $50 if you shop around. **Buy: [Arc Touch Mouse for $50 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B003UT6C9G/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Microsoft Arc Touch Mouse](http://www.microsoft.com/hardware/mouseandkeyboard/ProductDetails.aspx?pid=124&ref=skatter.com)** ### 5 Things To Expect With The Apple iPad 2 URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-things-to-expect-with-the-apple-ipad-2/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:48.000Z *Parth Dhebar ([@pdparticle](http://twitter.com/pdparticle?ref=skatter.com)) is the Founder of [Simple-Reviews](http://simple-reviews.com/?ref=skatter.com), a blog that features simplified reviews for Apple iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch apps. You can also follow them on Twitter ([@simple\_reviews](http://twitter.com/simple%5Freviews?ref=skatter.com)).* Last week, Apple announced that a special event would take place on March 2nd at the Yerba Buena Center in San Francisco. Since the news broke, the media has gone on a non-stop publishing spree with unrealistic rumors. Here are five reasonable things we can definitely expect with the iPad 2. # Better Internal Hardware The upcoming iPad 2 will probably feature the next generation A5 processor, an upgrade to the existing A4\. Apple will probably throw in a better graphics chip and double the RAM to 512 MB. To keep consistent with the iPhone 4, the new iPad will likely have gyroscope inside. Although some believe that Apple will outfit the iPad 2 with a dual core processor, it is probably not going to happen. Doing so would significantly harm battery life. While the tablet probably will not have a SD card reader, we may see a USB port due to popular demand from customers. # Lighter and Thinner ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/apple-ipad-thickness.jpg "Apple iPad Thickness") Taking example from iPhone and iPod touch refreshes, the iPad 2 will definitely have a thinner body. Rumors have suggested that the tablet may sport a carbon fiber body or a similar material, which would make it much lighter. Apple’s [recent acquisition of LiquidMetal patents](http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1141240/000110465910042867/a10-15357%5F18k.htm?ref=skatter.com) backs that claim. After many complains about the original iPad’s weight and Apple would definitely have taken notice. # Front Facing Camera During the WWDC 2010, keynote Steve Jobs introduced a front facing camera on the iPhone and the FaceTime platform for video calls. Since then, the technology has made its way to the iPod touch and Mac computers. With Google’s latest generation of Honeycomb tablets offering video calling, it would only make sense for Apple to bring FaceTime to the iPad 2. # The Same Display Although the iPhone and iPod touch feature the Retina Display, Apple will probably not add one to the iPad 2\. While a high-resolution screen would be gorgeous, it would not be practical. Doubling the current resolution would mean 2048 by 1536 pixels, which is larger than 1080p HD content. Unfortunately, video content of that quality does not exist yet. A larger Retina Display would also demand more processing power for rendering graphics, which would take a major toll on battery life. # Cheaper Price Sure, with more than impressive sales figures, there is no pressure to lower prices. However Apple may drop the iPad 2 starting price to $399 to stay ahead of the game. This would also let them flood the market with the iOS platform taking market share back from emerging Android, BlackBerry, and webOS tablets. At the least, Apple will drop the price of the original iPad significantly. # Bottom Line If you have been waiting to buy a tablet, the iPad 2 would be a perfect choice. The event is less than a few days away and I would definitely avoid giving into temptation for the current model. Although some rumors indicate that this might only be a slight upgrade to the existing version, it would be highly unlikely for Apple to deviate from their traditional 12 month-long cycle. **Links: [Apple iPad (Review)](https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-review/)** ### Pulse News Reader (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/pulse-news-reader-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:14.000Z [Pulse News Reader](http://www.alphonsolabs.com/?ref=skatter.com) became one of my favorite apps when it first made its debut for the Android platform in July 2010, following the initial releases of the iOS counterparts for the iPad and iPhone. For those that are not familiar with the story behind the app, two Stanford University graduate students [created it for a class in under five weeks](http://techcrunch.com/2010/05/31/pulse-ipad/?ref=skatter.com). With great response from users and stealing the media spotlight, co-founders Akshay Kothari and Ankit Gupta managed to secure [$800k in funding for Alphonso Labs](http://mashable.com/2010/11/15/alphonso-labs/?ref=skatter.com) late last year. Pulse even made an appearance on-stage during an Apple WWDC keynote and Google features it prominently in the Android Marketplace for new Honeycomb tablets. # What Does It Do? Although browser bookmarks might make it easy to visit regularly read websites on smart phones and tablets, many publications fail to offer a decent mobile experience. Pulse News Reader lets users browse and read their favorite websites from a friendly interface. The app organizes content in a grid layout: each row represents a single source and each square is an individual story. Selecting an item brings up a story in a side pane on tablets and in a full screen mode on smart phones. Pulse is essentially a feed reader with a visually appealing design, but Alphonso Labs avoids labeling the product as one. Although the tech community may adore [RSS](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RSS?ref=skatter.com) (and Atom) feeds, the technology has failed to go mainstream with the masses. The company recently [launched a set of APIs](http://blog.alphonsolabs.com/the-pulse-three-days-of-news-social-video-and?ref=skatter.com) to let publishers push their content into Pulse without having to rely on traditional feeds. The first few companies using the new platform include Digg, Reddit, Flickr, Vimeo, and YouTube. # Subscriptions Made Easy ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-subscribe.jpg "Pulse News Reader Subscribe") Since understanding feeds is an unnecessary burden for those who just want to read the news, Pulse makes one-click subscriptions possible by letting users search and follow their favorite websites without having to leave the app. I currently follow about 15 blogs including Boing Boing, Engadget, Gizmodo, GigaOM, Lifehacker, Mashable and TechCrunch. Although likely not a problem for most, Alphonso Labs caps the maximum number of subscriptions to 25. Pulse also makes discovering new websites easy with a weekly updated featured section and a categorized directory of popular publications. A location-based share feature lets two Pulse users “bump” their devices together to exchange a list of one another’s subscriptions. [Google Reader](http://fusion.google.com/add?source=atgs&feedurl=http%3A//skatter.com/feed/) users can fetch their existing subscriptions from within the app as well. # A Better Reading Experience ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-screenshots.jpg "Pulse News Reader Screenshots") Although smart phone web browsers are getting better each day, reading text on a website intended for a desktop is somewhat painful. This makes Pulse especially great for reading websites that offer feeds of full length content. The app lets users adjust the font size, switch to a night-time reading mode, and enjoy Flash videos. It is also easy to switch between the original webpage and the formatted feed from within Pulse. The app can even fetch stories automatically in the background and provide update notifications for quick access to fresh content at any time. # Social Sharing ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/pulse-news-reader-social-sharing.jpg "Pulse News Reader Social Sharing") Social media enthusiasts will appreciate integration with Facebook and Twitter. After an initial setup, it is easy to share stories with friends on either network with just a click. Google Reader users can “star” stories for future reading too. Pulse users on iOS device can share stories with friends through email and [Instapaper](http://www.instapaper.com/?ref=skatter.com), while those using Android can send stories to a variety of apps. # The Bottom Line Although an official Google Reader app is now in the Android Marketplace, I still enjoy the fancy and convenient layout Pulse offers. [Flipboard](http://flipboard.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Reeder](http://reederapp.com/?ref=skatter.com) are great alternatives for Apple iOS devices, but Pulse still offers a unique experience. Having to use multiple applications or web pages for each publication is definitely an unnecessary hassle. When it comes to staying up to date with the latest news, Pulse News Reader is the way to go. I have tested the app with great success on [an iPad](https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-review/), [an iPhone](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-apple-iphone-4/), [an EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), and [a Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/its-official-motorola-xoom-hits-verizon-wireless-on-february-24th/). For those wondering, the app is entirely free for both smart phones and tablets running either operating system. **Links: [Alphonso Labs](http://www.alphonsolabs.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Skatter Tech on Pulse](http://blog.alphonsolabs.com/featured-friday-something-for-everyone?ref=skatter.com)** **Download: [Android Marketplace](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.alphonso.pulse&ref=skatter.com) | [iTunes App Store](http://itunes.apple.com/us/artist/alphonso-labs-inc/id371088676?ref=skatter.com)** ### Giveaway: Clearwire Rover Puck 4G Mobile Hotspot – $150 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/giveaway-clearwire-rover-puck-4g-mobile-hotspot-150-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:03.000Z Last month, [Skatter Tech reviewed Clearwire’s 4G Rover Puck](https://www.skatter.com/clearwire-rover-puck-review/) and today we are giving away to one of our lucky readers. For those not familiar, this is a no commitment pay-as-you-go device. If you live or work in a [Clear 4G WiMax covered area](http://www.rover.com/home.htm?%5FtargetStateId=coverage1&ref=skatter.com), you can enjoy average download speeds of 3-6 Mbps\*. Without any data caps, you can share your high-speed mobile hotspot with up to 8 Wi-Fi enabled devices. Although we are not providing service, you can still get your hands on $150 of hardware for free. # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: Enter your name and email into the sweepstakes entry form below. - **Step 3:** Get friends to enter to increase your chances of winning a Rover Puck. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. # The Deal ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/rover-puck-review.jpg "Rover Puck (Review)") Skatter Tech can only giveaway one (1) Rover Puck if we reach at least 100 entries by 11:59 PM Pacific Time on March 3rd, 2011\. (Sweepstakes opens at 5:11 PM Pacific Time on February 24th, 2011). Be sure to share details about this sweepstakes with friends and family to ensure that we reach a minimum of 100 eligible entries before the deadline. A special thanks to the folks at Rover ([@rover](http://twitter.com/rover?ref=skatter.com)) for providing the prize. # Some Rules Apply: - No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. 18 years and older only. - Must live in one of the 48 contiguous United States or the District of Columbia. - One (1) potential winner will be randomly selected by a computer program on approximately March 4th, 2011\. The person will be declared the actual winner once he/she responds to our email within 24 hours and his/her eligibility has been confirmed. - Only one entry per person or email address. Duplicates entries submitted by the same person or from the same email address will result in disqualification of each of those entries. - The potential winner will be announced on this post. - You must agree to the entire [Skatter Tech Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). **Links: [Rover Puck Review](https://www.skatter.com/clearwire-rover-puck-review/)** \* Performance claim based on average download speed results obtained during tests conducted by Clear Wireless on the Rover commercial network. Actual Rover network performance that a Rover Puck user experiences may vary and is not guaranteed. **Notice:** We have updated the text above to comply with the requirements of Rover’s legal department. **Update:** The Rover Puck has been shipped to Alex Z. from Illinois. ### Say Hello To The HTC Arive, Sprint’s First Windows Phone 7 URL: https://www.skatter.com/say-hello-to-the-htc-arive-sprints-first-windows-phone-7/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:54.000Z After a [somewhat disappointing press event](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-the-dual-screen-kyocera-echo/) a few weeks ago, Sprint got back into the game this morning with the HTC Arrive, the carrier’s first Windows Phone 7 device. It features all the expected goodies including live tiles on the home screen, Bing search, Xbox Live, Zune, a full HTML browser, an Office Hub, and access to the Windows Phone Marketplace. Although the HTC Arrive does not offer a dual core processor like the [AT&T Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/att-announces-motorola-atrix-4g-pricing-and-availability/), it still packs plenty of heat. # HTC Arrive Specifications - Processor: Qualcomm 1 GHz Snapdragon - Display: 3.6 inch 800 x 480 WVGA capacitive - Camera: 5 MP with flash, auto-focus, and zoom - Camcorder: supports 720p HD capture - Audio: SRS WOW HD surround sound - Wireless: Bluetooth v2.1 and WiFi b/g/n - Internal Storage: 16 GB - Talk Time: up to 6 hours - Battery: 1500 mAh lithium-ion - Weight: 6.5 ounces (184.27 grams) - Dimensions: 4.63 x 2.23 x 0.61 inches According to the press release, it appears as though Sprint will bundle their own apps such as Sprint Zone, Sprint TV, Sprint Movies, and Sprint NASCAR Cup. It is unclear whether these will steal any permanent home screen live tile spots or whether customers can choose to uninstall these apps. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-arrive-for-sprint.jpg "HTC Arrive For Sprint") For those that did not notice, the HTC Arrive packs a large physical QWERTY keyboard, which sets it apart from the majority of Windows Phone 7 devices. The design is also reminiscent of the [Windows Mobile 6.5 based HTC Touch Pr02](https://www.skatter.com/htc-touch-pro2-sprint-review/) we reviewed two years ago. # Availability and Pricing According to Sprint, the HTC Arrive will be available on March 20th for $199 with a new two-year contract and after a $100 mail-in-rebate. Those dying to get their hands on one immediately can pre-order and reserve a device by purchasing a $50 gift card at any Sprint store. Also, a quick heads up to existing Sprint customers looking to upgrade. The carrier now charges an [extra $10 per month](https://www.skatter.com/what-is-sprint-up-to-an-upcoming-event-and-price-hikes/) on all new monthly smart phone pricing plans. This brings the popular EverythingData plan, which includes unlimited data and unlimited calls/texts to any mobile device to a total of $80 with the new fees. We should be getting our hands on a review unit fairly early, so [stay tuned](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) for an in-depth look. **Links: [HTC Arrive by Sprint](http://now.sprint.com/arrive/?ECID=vanity:arrive&ref=skatter.com)** **Update (3/4/2010):** The folks at Wirefly got their hands on one early, enjoy: ### WordPress v3.1 Hits The Web URL: https://www.skatter.com/wordpress-v3-1-hits-the-web/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:55.000Z WordPress plays a large role at Skatter Tech and I am quite excited for the latest v3.1 update. Although intended for a late-2010 launch, numerous issues pushed the release date further down. I actually hoped to launch [Skatter Tech 3.0](https://www.skatter.com/behind-the-scenes-skatter-tech-3-0-in-the-making/) late last year with the new engine, but it was not ready in time. Fortunately, we are upgrade-proof and we will roll out the update after internal testing over the next day or two. For WordPress users, this is the first major update since v3.0 became available in June 2010\. Unlike recent releases which only fixed bugs, the update brings new features to the table. # Internal Linking This feature makes lives easy for bloggers and it is surprising that it was not already included. While composing a new article, writers can now take advantage of an internal link search tool to find and reference previous posts. This saves authors the time of having to open a new tab and use the front-end interface for finding their own content. # Admin Bar ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/wordpress-3-1-admin-bar.jpg "wordpress-3-1-admin-bar") WordPress.com users are probably quite familiar with this feature. While logged into the administrative interface, a menu bar hovers over website with handy navigational links to your profile page, compose screen, comment queue, and appearance settings. There’s even a readily available search box at the top right at all times. # Post Formats While most blogging tools offer categories and tags for organizing content, new services such as [Tumblr](http://tumblr.com/?ref=skatter.com) take a step further. Their interface lets users style their articles with one of the provided formats: aside, gallery, image, quote, status, video, audio, or chat. Although upgrading to the latest version of WordPress will add support for post formats, bloggers will not even see the option appear in the dashboard until theme developers upgrade their templates. # Other Notable Additions The WordPress Core developers clearly focused on dashboard improvements for the new version. New users and those who upgrade can enjoy a clutter-free write screen, better network admin screen organization, new export/import tools, and even a fancy new blue administrator color scheme. # Upgrade Soon Since WordPress is one of the largest and most popular blogging platforms, there are many vulnerabilities that effect users. Sticking to the latest updates does not ensure 100% security, however it minimizes the chances of your blog getting hacked. According to [Matt Mullenweg](http://ma.tt/?ref=skatter.com), the founder of Auttomatic, there were over 2,000 commits and 820 resolved issues with this release. for Existing WordPress users can easily upgrade when they see a notice appear in the dashboard and new users can download the latest version from [WordPress.org](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [WordPress v3.1 Changelog](http://codex.wordpress.org/Version%5F3.1?ref=skatter.com) | [WordPress Blog: ThreeOne](http://wordpress.org/news/2011/02/threeone/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Amazon Takes On Netflix With Free Instant Video For Prime Customers URL: https://www.skatter.com/amazon-takes-on-netflix-with-free-instant-video-for-prime-customers/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:03.000Z Earlier today Amazon announced that it will be giving customers a new streaming video service. Users will be able to stream over 5000 commercial-free movies and TV shows. While most videos are not recent releases, there are some well-known movies such as Contact and March of the Penguins, and popular television shows including Doctor Who, Farscape and The BBC Office. The new service applies to Amazon Prime members and is being added at no additional cost. Unfortunately, it will only work for paid accounts, meaning those who have the [Amazon Mom](http://www.amazon.com/gp/mom/signup/info?ref=skatter.com) & [Amazon Student](https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-students-a-great-deal/) prime accounts are out of luck. By offering streaming movies and television, Amazon is clearly taking a shot at Netflix. Since most of the movies and television shows are fairly old, Amazon will not likely be stealing any customers from Netflix. However, it does have a lot of potential if the company updates with more popular and newly released movies, there could be some serious competition. If so, then purchasing a Prime membership will definitely be worth the $79 per year, since it is a cheaper alternative to Netflix at approximately $6.60 per month. Additionally, Prime members get the benefit of free two day shipping on all Amazon purchases. **Links: [Amazon.com](http://amazon.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Amazon TV (Prime)](http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=amb%5Flink%5F355368542%5F4?ie=UTF8&rh=n:16262841,p%5F85:1&page=1&pf%5Frd%5Fm=ATVPDKIKX0DER&pf%5Frd%5Fs=gateway-center-column&pf%5Frd%5Fr=11MWF4C1YP1G81NWYSGN&pf%5Frd%5Ft=101&pf%5Frd%5Fp=1288992182&pf%5Frd%5Fi=507846&ref=skatter.com) | [Amazon Movies (Prime)](http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=amb%5Flink%5F355368542%5F2?ie=UTF8&rh=n:16386761,p%5F85:1&page=1&pf%5Frd%5Fm=ATVPDKIKX0DER&pf%5Frd%5Fs=gateway-center-column&pf%5Frd%5Fr=1YSYMCH902KTN4S9FT0T&pf%5Frd%5Ft=101&pf%5Frd%5Fp=1288992182&pf%5Frd%5Fi=507846&ref=skatter.com#/ref=sr%5Fpg%5F5?rh=n%3A16261631%2Cn%3A%2116261641%2Cn%3A16386761%2Cp%5F85%3A2470955011&page=5&ie=UTF8&qid=1298431507)** ### It’s Official: Motorola Xoom Hits Verizon Wireless On February 24th URL: https://www.skatter.com/its-official-motorola-xoom-hits-verizon-wireless-on-february-24th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:55.000Z After several unverified rumors about launch dates and pricing, Motorola Verizon Wireless finally set the record straight earlier today. In a joint press announcement, the companies announced that the Xoom will hit stores on February 24th for a $599.99 with a new two-year contract. An unsubsidized version will also retail for $799.99\. Unfortunately, Motorola did not officially announce any availability or pricing details about a WiFi-only model. Monthly subscriptions for 3G data will start at $20 for a mere 1 GB of data. Although Motorola announced 4G LTE support at their press conference at CES 2011 earlier this year, it will not be available until the second quarter of 2011\. According to a representative we spoke with, all existing units are entirely upgradable. Customers can walk into a Verizon Wireless store to have their Motorola Xoom tablet outfitted with a 4G module. While the news might be exciting, Verizon Wireless unfortunately failed to provide any details regarding monthly pricing for their new LTE network. > A powerhouse in both software and hardware, the Motorola XOOM is built around a 1GHz dual-core processor and 10.1-inch widescreen HD display. The sleek, stylish design features a front-facing 2-megapixel camera for video chats, as well as a rear-facing 5-megapixel camera that captures video in 720p HD. After the launch of the [Samsung Galaxy Tab 10](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/) at Mobile World Congress 2011, the competition is starting to get heated. I can not wait to put these tablets to the test and I will definitely get our hands on a Xoom later this week, so stay tuned for a full in-depth review. For those looking for detailed specs and comparisons, we stacked the Motorola Xoom up against the latest generation of tablets including the BlackBerry PlayBook and Dell Streak 7 in our [massive tablet infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/). **Links: [Verizon Wireless](http://www.verizonwireless.com/xoom?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola](http://www.motorola.com/staticfiles/Consumers/US-EN/XOOM/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** **Update 2/24/2010:** It turns out early adopters will need to mail their Xoom tablet to Motorola for upgrade. It will take six days. It does not look as though Verizon Wireless stores can handle the hardware upgrades for customers on the spot. ### In Case You Missed It: HTC Announces 3 New Android Smart Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-case-you-missed-it-htc-announces-3-new-android-smart-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:55.000Z > “HTC developed the HTC Sense experience to bring cutting-edge innovation to our customers in simple and natural ways that just make sense – this is what HTC Desire S, HTC Wildfire S and HTC Incredible S represent best,” said Peter Chou, CEO of HTC Corporation. “These new phones offer an exhilarating mix of style, innovation and features that extend people’s mobile experience in ways that feel personal and completely original.” # HTC Incredible S and Desire S ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-incredible-s-desire-s.jpg "HTC Incredible S Desire S") The Incredible S and Desire S are mid-range devices which will presumably run Android v2.3 on Qualcomm’s new 1 GHz Snapdragon processor and include 1 GB of internal storage. Unfortunately, HTC does not offer larger internal storage capacity, however a microSD slot allows for up to 32 GB of additional space. These two phones begin to differ when it comes to screen size and camera resolutions. While not as large or as high a resolution as many of its competitors, the Incredible S sports a 4-inch capacitive touch screen with a 480-by-800 pixels resolution. The Desire S has the slightly smaller 3.7-inch capacitive screen with the same resolution, resulting in a higher pixel density. Although both devices have front and rear facing cameras, the Desire S has a fairly standard VGA front facing camera while the Incredible S has a larger 1.3 megapixel resolution. The Desire S also sticks to a standard 5 megapixel rear facing camera, while the Incredible S has a significantly better 8 megapixel one. Also, both smart phones are fully capable of 720p video capture with the rear camera. # HTC Wildfire S ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-wildfire-s.jpg "HTC Wildfire S") The Wildfire S is significantly smaller than the previous two phones, it has a 3.2-inch screen with a 320-by-480 pixel resolution. The processor runs at a sluggish 600 MHz which is rather disappointing. Additionally, it has 512 MB of RAM when most smart phones are moving towards 1 GB. Users will want to add extra storage with a microSD card since the phone only offers 512 MB of internal storage. Considering the rather dull specifications, the device has a surprisingly good 5 megapixel camera with auto focus and flash. # Final Thoughts While I was hoping for some high end phones from HTC at Mobile World Congress, I was disappointed to find that the company only announced mid-range devices. This may be great for the average consumer however, Skatter Tech readers may want to think about pursuing other smart phones such as the HTC Inspire at AT&T or the [HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) at Verizon Wireless. HTC stated that all three phones will be available sometime in Q2 of 2011, so we should see them hit the market in the next few months. **Links: [HTC.com](http://htc.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### How My Smart Phone Got Me Out Of A Speeding Ticket In Traffic Court URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-my-smart-phone-got-me-out-of-a-speeding-ticket-in-traffic-court/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:18.000Z Last year a traffic cop pulled me over while driving home and handed me a speeding ticket. Although nervous and somewhat startled since it was my first time getting caught, I ended up walking out of traffic court a few months later without having to pay a fine or adding a single point to my record. Surprisingly, it was all thanks to my Android-powered smart phone and a little creativity. # My First Speeding Ticket As a brand new [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) owner, I was in the rush of trying just about every app that appeared in the Android Marketplace. One that particularly stood out and had me excited was [My Tracks by Google](http://mytracks.appspot.com/?ref=skatter.com). This free app records and visualizes your GPS data on a map, which is something I always wanted to try. I began using app while jogging, biking to class, and even when driving. I fortunately happened to have Google Tracks running when an officer cited me for speeding while I was heading back home from a friend’s place. The speed limit in the area was a mere 25 miles per hour and the cop’s radar gun shockingly clocked me driving over 40 miles per hour. In a panicked mental state, I simply handed over my driver’s license, insurance, and registration information without asking any questions. I was confident that I was within the posted speed limit in the back of my mind, but I just apologized and went my way instead of speaking up. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/motorola-droid-verizon.jpg "Motorola Droid Verizon") Once I parked my car in the apartment lot, I immediately realized that I had Google Tracks running as a background process as I reached to grab my phone from the dashboard mount. As I walked in, I pulled up my history for the previous session which displays information such as distance, average speed, average moving speed, and max speed. It even stores maximum and minimum elevation levels for those that need it. More importantly, I found that my phone only recorded a top speed of just 26 miles per hour, significantly lower than the cited speed. I now knew I was not speeding. # Traffic Court or Traffic School After heading to the [Yolo County (California) Traffic Court](http://www.yolo.courts.ca.gov/Traffic/?ref=skatter.com) website and doing some research I found that I had two options: traffic court or a fine with traffic school. Most friends and family suggested paying the fines and avoiding traffic court since it is usually impossible to win. I unfortunately did not have the cash to spare or time for traffic school with a busy college schedule. I soon decided to take my chances in traffic court, which would take place over six months down the road. I decided to write down an account of the entire situation just a few days later and even exported the data from my phone to Google Docs so I would not lose or forget any important details. I even came across an ongoing Sonoma County Superior Court case regarding the accuracy of GPS devices and radar guns. I saved a few articles to back my claim that my account of the situation was debatable with the evidence from my smart phone. # Time For Traffic Court Once I made my way into the court room after going through metal detectors, I had to sign a document to indicate whether I plea guilty or not guilty. I choose the latter and got seated. The judge called a few people to the stand before it was my turn. Most of them were wearing rugged clothing, screamed out loud a several times, uttered inappropriate language, and were extremely enraged. Each case resulted in a guilty verdict, which had me even more terrified. I eventually took the stand nervously. The plaintiff presented information from city plans noting that my speed limit was inappropriate for the area. When it was my turn to make a statement, I remained calm and spoke respectfully. I was also glad that I wore business casual clothing, which always plays an important role in situations such as this one. # My Geeky Evidence ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/google-tracks-data.jpg "Google Tracks Data") Taking hints from a lawyer that spoke on behalf of a defendant shortly before me, I decided to ask the officer a few questions about the day he cited me. It turned out that the officer did not recall the last time he attended radar gun training, when the device was last calibrated, or the unit’s model number. I then presented my time stamped GPS data with details about my average moving speed and maximum speed during my short drive home. Both numbers were well within the posted speed limits. I also made it clear to the judge that I had no other prior driving records or violations. After a lengthy pause, the judge asked how I obtained the GPS tracking information. I provided a detailed explanation about my new awesome smart phone, the application in use, and how I exported the data. After questioning whether the data was reliable, I mentioned the in progress Sonoma County Superior Court trial regarding the same matter about the credibility of both technologies. # The Big Verdict The judge took a moment and declared that I was not guilty, but he had an unusual statement that followed. To avoid any misinterpretations about his ruling, he chose to clarify his decision by citing the lack of evidence on the officer’s part. He mentioned that he was not familiar enough with GPS technology to make a decision based on my evidence, but I can’t help but imagine that it was an important factor. # What You Should Know Before anyone goes out to try their luck with my story, I should make a few things clear. I have no legal experience what so ever. I also would like to also note that the purpose of this article is to focus on smart phone technology and issues with radar guns. The officer in question was doing his job and did not do anything wrong. I find that internet culture often likes to demonize misbehaving cops, which I hate hearing about. It is important to respect the men and women who put their lives on the line to keep our streets safe every day. With that being said, I hope that this article will be helpful to anyone who was wrongly accused due to inaccurate information from radar guns, which are rather complicated to operate compared to consumer friendly smart phones. **Link: [My Tracks – Android Market](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.google.android.maps.mytracks&feature=search%5Fresult&ref=skatter.com)** ### Stargate Studios: Evolution Of The Green Screen URL: https://www.skatter.com/stargate-studios-evolution-of-the-green-screen/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:04.000Z Everyone knows that studios heavily use green screens in film and television, but I have always wondered how scenes originally looked. My wish recently came through when I stumbled across the [Vimeo Channel for Stargate Studios](http://vimeo.com/stargate/videos?ref=skatter.com) which offers high-definition before and after shots. The company provides both visual effects and “Virtual Backlots” services, which can place actors [in over 30 cities](http://www.stargatestudios.net/vb/?ref=skatter.com) with some pre-filmed content and the power of green screen technology. Stargate Studios works on currently running shows including The Event, Grey’s Anatomy, and The Walking Dead. Their portfolio also includes popular television shows such as 24, Heroes, Monk, and Ugly Betty which are now cancelled. After making my way through a few of these reels, it will probably be hard to watch another TV show again without wondering about when green screens are in use. I simply did not realize the extent of this technology. # Stargate Studios 2010 Virtual Backlot # Stargate Studios Highlight Reel 2011 http://vimeo.com/19190866 Is it just me or is anyone else amazed? If you have seen something similar before or have other similar before and after shots, feel free to share in the comments below! **Links: [Stargate Studios](http://www.stargatestudios.net/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: How To Pick A Strong Password URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-how-to-pick-a-strong-password/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:19.000Z Picking a strong password is no longer as easy as it once was. Using using several web services and multiple devices might make life easier, but it also comes with a price: vulnerabilities. It is especially a concern when it comes to protecting private information such as bank accounts, credit card digits, and social security numbers. Using a single password for everything is a pretty bad choice. If a shady shopping website lets your password fall into the hands of hackers, they wouldn’t even need to break a sweat to get into your banking accounts. Having independent complex passwords with uppercase and lower case letters along with numbers and symbols is very important. Longer passwords are harder to remember, but they are even harder to crack. The following infographic offers great do and don’t tips: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/common-password-infographic.jpg "Common Password Infographic") If you choose to take this advice and create secure passwords, you will run into another problem: remembering them. For website passwords, most modern web browsers offer great password management tools. Mozilla Firefox even offers the option to set a master password so others using your machine can not make their way into your accounts. If you are even more paranoid, [KeePass](http://keepass.info/?ref=skatter.com) is a great open source cross-platform password manager. It even offers two-factor authentication by requiring users to use a flash drive, which works as a key to unlock the database, in addition to a regular password. Steve Gibson’s [secure online password generator](https://www.grc.com/passwords.htm?ref=skatter.com) is also great for creating a random key from any browser. **Links: [Infographic via ZoneAlarm](http://blog.zonealarm.com/2011/01/securing-yourself-from-a-world-of-hackers.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### LogMeIn Ignition For Android (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/logmein-ignition-for-android-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:15.000Z I first got my hands on [LogMeIn Ignition](https://secure.logmein.com/US/products/Ignition/?ref=skatter.com) about a year ago when I was an Apple iPhone 3GS user. The mobile app offered easy access to my Windows 7 machine from just about anywhere. While it was an awesome technology to show off to friends and family, I rarely ever found a need to use it. A low resolution display, a tiny screen, and a slow network did not help either. Although my opinion would have been different with the iPhone 4 due to a high-resolution screen, I really began putting this to use on my HTC EVO 4G over the past few weeks. A large screen with a kick stand and a snappy 4G network undoubtedly makes for a better experience. # Getting Setup As a pretty geeky person, I have actually configured my router for port forwarding and setup [a custom DNS name](https://www.dyndns.com/?ref=skatter.com) for easy access to my computers with the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) technology that Microsoft bundles with Windows 7\. Unfortunately, this is rather complicated for the average person. LogMeIn offers an extremely friendly experience that even got me to switch over. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/logmein-ignition-demo-1.jpg "LogMeIn Ignition Demo 1") After creating a LogMeIn account on their website, I had to download some software for my Windows 7 machine. It took just a few minutes to install without any trial-ware or other gimmicks. Although I did not have a chance to try, there is full support for Mac OS X users as well. Once the client was ready to go on my computer, I headed to the [Android Marketplace](https://market.android.com/details?id=com.logmein.ignitionpro.android&ref=skatter.com) to buy, download, and install the mobile app. I entered my LogMeIn username and password into my phone and a list of my devices appeared within 30 seconds. Another tap and I was already connecting to my computer at home. The whole process took under 15 minutes, which is pretty impressive. # What Can It Do? LogMeIn Ignition essentially turns your smart phone into a wireless mobile terminal for your Macintosh or Windows machine. With an Android v1.5+ device and internet access over 3G, 4G, or WiFi, you have everything you need. Although I was using an year-old smart phone, LogMeIn also added support for tablets such as the [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/) recently. Although this technology is not ideal for enjoying video content remotely, it is an amazing way to control your computer on the go. It even saved me when I recently forgot to send a file to a friend before heading to a conference. I launched LogMeIn Ignition on my phone while waiting for my flight in the airport terminal and connected to my computer. With Wake-on-LAN support, the software forced my Windows 7 laptop to wake up instantly. I now even had access to all the data on an external hard drive which was fortunately plugged into my machine’s USB port at home. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/logmein-ignition-demo-2.jpg "LogMeIn Ignition Demo 2") I could even see the contents on both screens of my dual monitor setup on my phone. Thanks to the pinch-to-zoom and tap controls, the experience is actually bearable on a mobile device. I used the native Android on-screen keyboard to type out the name of the file into the Windows 7 Search tool. Once a folder popped up, I dragged the wanted file into my public Dropbox folder. I copied the public link and emailed it to my friend from the full Gmail interface in Google Chrome in a few minutes. LogMeIn Ignition offers settings to adjust color quality, resolution settings, and network speeds for better performance. I found “black and white” mode extremely responsive when networks speeds were slow. For additional security, users can blank the screen and lock the keyboard during remote sessions to prevent unwanted use by anyone who has physical access to your machine. # The Bottom Line I can not imagine a forseeable time when I would use LogMeIn Ignition to get work done just yet, however it is a lifesaver for quick urgent tasks. For the majority of people, this technology is probably unnecessary. It might be a different story if you work in IT, provide tech support, or are just geeky. Although LogMeIn Pro costs about $70 a year, the company also offers a free desktop client which works perfectly with the mobile app. Unfortunately, consumers can not get away without opening up their wallets. The Android Ignition app will run users a one-time $30 fee. If you need remote mobile access to your computers from time-to-time, LogMeIn Ignition is a great choice. With plenty of security and trusted brand name to back it, you can not go wrong. **Links: [LogMeIn Ignition for Android](https://secure.logmein.com/US/products/Ignition/android/Default.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### MWC 2011: Will The Samsung Galaxy S WiFi Succeed? URL: https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-will-the-samsung-galaxy-s-wifi-succeed/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:49.000Z Looking to buy an Apple iPod Touch? You may want to reconsider. Last month, Samsung revealed their intentions to launch a Galaxy S Player at CES 2011, but they failed to provide any specifics. Things changed yesterday when the company unveiled the Galaxy S WiFi 4.0 and the Galaxy S WiFi 5.0 portable entertainment devices at the [Mobile World Congress](http://www.mobileworldcongress.com/?ref=skatter.com) conference. While both are contract-free and Android-powered, the only varying factor is a 4 inch and a 5 inch display, respectively. > “The Samsung GALAXY S WiFi 4.0 is the perfect product for multimedia enthusiasts who pursue the new trend of smart experience.” said JK Shin, President and Head of Samsung’s Mobile Communications Business. “There is a huge demand for access to applications and rich multimedia on the go. With the Samsung GALAXY S WiFi 4.0 we have created a device that delivers a Samsung GALAXY S Smartphone-like app experience and stunning entertainment features at a reasonable price.” # Why Does It Matter? When it comes to portable media players, it is hard to find a device that outdoes the [iPod Touch](http://apple.com/ipod/?ref=skatter.com). Many competitors have tried to outdo Apple, but none have come close. The reason? The popular iOS platform has over 350,000 apps and there are thousands of vendors who offer compatible hardware accessories. Most competitors attempt to introduce solutions with proprietary software which rarely manages to do anything more than playback media. Samsung is trying to bring change the Apple-dominated market with the Galaxy S WiFi which offers top-notch hardware, a trusted brand name, and the Android Marketplace to back it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/galaxy-s-wifi-4-0.jpg "Galaxy S WiFi 4.0") # Galaxy S WiFi Specifications According to the provided documentation, both models feature a 800-by-480 pixel WVGA LCD display. This means that the Galaxy S WiFi 4.0 has a higher density display while the Galaxy S WiFi 5.0 offers less pixels per inch. When it comes to battery life, the smaller model packs 1200 mAh of power and the larger one has 2500 mAh of juice. Surprisingly, both models remain just 9.9 mm thin. As for the remaining specifications, these two devices are nearly identical. - Operating System: Android v2.2 Froyo - Processor: 1 GHz - Camera: 3.2 megapixel with auto focus - Front Camera: VGA resolution - Video Codecs: MP4/H.264/DivX/XviD/WMV - Audio Codecs: MP3/WMA/OGG/FLAC/AAC - Output: 3.5 mm port and stereo speakers - Extras: FM radio and voice recorder - Wireless: WiFi b/g/n and Bluetooth 3.0 - Sensors: Accelerometer, Compass, GPS - Charging + Data: USB 2.0 cable - Internal Storage: 8 GB or 16 GB or 32 GB - Expansion: Up to 32 GB microSD support # What Can It Do? If the specifications above were not clear enough, the Galaxy S WiFi lets users view photos, watch movies, and hear music, but that is just the start. The Android platform paired with wireless connectivity, a GPS, a touch screen, and two cameras makes more possible. For starters, customers will have access to nearly 230,000 applications from the Android Marketplace. Samsung even highlighted inclusion of VoIP capabilities through the popular Skype service. A future update to the application will probably even bring support for video calls. Although it doesn’t run on the newest Gingerbread v2.3 OS, the older Android v2.2 Froyo offers support for Adobe Flash and HTML5 content through the built-in web browser. Users will have access to social networks such as Twitter and Facebook apps as they would on a smart phone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/galaxy-s-wifi-5-0.jpg "Galaxy S WiFi 5.0") Although there is no 3G connectivity, the Galaxy S WiFi still works as a voice-guided turn-by-turn navigation system with the integrated GPS module and Google Maps which can now pre-fetch data. Qik also comes pre-loaded for letting people share live video streams with friends and family. # Availability and Pricing With great support for playback of a variety of multimedia formats, some of which the Apple iPod Touch doesn’t offer, the Galaxy S WiFi has plenty going for it. The contract-free access to the Android platform and the nearly quarter million apps makes it even more exciting. [Archos](http://www.archos.com/products/ta/index.html?country=us&lang=en&ref=skatter.com) also offers a similar line up of competing Android-powered portable entertainment devices. The fate of the Galaxy S WiFi 4.0 and 5.0 will be pricing. If Samsung fails to match or beat the $229 price-point of the 8 GB iPod Touch, they will have a hard time making a case for their device. According to the press release, the 4 inch model will make its debut in the UK next quarter. Both models will head to other markets following that launch. **Links: [Samsung](http://www.samsung.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### MWC 2011: HTC Unveils The Flyer Tablet URL: https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-htc-unveils-the-flyer-tablet/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:55.000Z As a huge HTC fan, I have eagerly awaited this day. At their press conference during Mobile World Congress, HTC finally announced the Flyer tablet. Unfortunately, the launch was not all good news. Rather than going for the latest Android v3.0 Honeycomb operating system, this tablet runs on the older version 2.3 operating system. In addition, HTC stuck with a smaller 7 inch display while competition such as the new [Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/a-taste-of-android-event-wrap-up/) and [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/) head to a 10 inch screen. # HTC Sense Staying in line with other HTC offerings, the Flyer features a brand new tablet-optimized HTC Sense overlay. The company boasts a custom 3D home screen interface and improvements over the bare Android operating system. Although I love HTC Sense on my [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) smart phone, it might have a hard fit in the tablet world. Google’s new Honeycomb operating system offers a full-tablet optimized interface and most manufacturers intend to ship the native version without any customizations. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/htc-flyer-product-shot.jpg "HTC Flyer Product Shot") # HTC Scribe Setting those issues aside, I should note that the HTC Flyer has one unique feature: pen interaction. In addition to a standard touch experience, this tablet sports the HTC Scribe technology to let users digitally write notes, sign documents, draw pictures, and perform other tasks. It even has a pre-installed application which records audio during meetings in sync with hand written notes for future reference. HTC even mentions official support for the popular [Evernote service](https://www.skatter.com/evernote-review/). # Specifications - Network: HSPA/WCDMA & Quad-Band - Display: 7 inch (1024×600 resolution) - Processor: 1.5 GHz | RAM: 1 GB - Internal Storage: 32GB - Expansion: microSD supported - Rear Camera: 5 megapixel with auto focus - Front Camera: 1.3 megapixel for video calls - Sensors: Light, accelerometer, and compass - Wi-Fi: 802.11 b/g/n compatible - Bluetooth: v3.0 with A2DP stereo - Connectors: 3.5 mm audio jack + microUSB - Battery: 4000 mAh (4 hours video) - Dimensions: 195.4mm x 122mm x 13.2mm - Weight: 420 grams # Other Details The HTC Flyer also comes with a “HTC Watch” app which offers premium video downloads on the go. It is eerily similar to Samsung’s Media Hub offering. This tablet also ships with access to OnLive’s new mobile cloud-based gaming solution, which I have not seen on other tablets yet. > “Clearly, smartphones have transformed our lives but as we observed how people use smartphones, computers and other technologies, we saw an opportunity to create a tablet experience that is different, more personal and productive,” said Peter Chou, CEO of HTC Corporation. “We are progressing down a path as an industry when people will no longer be in a single device paradigm, but have multiple wireless devices for different needs; this is the direction we are moving.” HTC unfortunately did not provide any pricing information. North American cellular carriers will probably distribute the Flyer on contracts. There is no word on a WiFi only model just yet. We can expect this tablet to begin popping up across the world in Q2 of 2011. **Links: [HTC Worldwide](http://www.htc.com/www/?ref=skatter.com)** ### MWC 2011: Sony Ericsson Announces 3 New Android Smart Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-sony-ericsson-announces-3-new-android-smart-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:56.000Z For those that did not catch the news, Sony Ericsson announced three new Android smart phones at the Mobile World Congress 2011 conference in Barcelona. The Xperia Play is the company’s first PlayStation certified mobile device, the Xperia Neo features a slim profile, and the Xperia Pro sports a slide-out keyboard. # Xperia Play After some major leaks and a [cameo during the Super Bowl](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M4lxuoGgbxs&hd=1&ref=skatter.com), Sony finally announced all the details about the Xperia Play. As expected after last month’s announcement of [the PlayStation Suite](https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/), this phone will be the first officially certified device to support the new gaming platform for Android. Verizon Wireless customers are in for a treat since this smart phone is heading their way in Spring 2011\. The press release even boasts that over 50 popular titles will be available at launch. > “This Spring, expect to see a lot of people with their heads down and thumbs up,” said Peter Farmer, Head of Marketing for North America, Sony Ericsson. “Xperia PLAY combined with the power of the Verizon Wireless network gives you everything you need in a smartphone and the one thing you want – the ultimate gaming experience.” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/sony-ericsson-xperia-play.jpg "Sony Ericsson Xperia Play") The Xperia Play runs Android v2.3 on a 1 GHz ARM Scorpion processor and includes 400 MB of internal storage. Sony Ericsson bundles a 8 GB microSD card with the device, but it supports 32 GB cards as well. While not as fancy as Samsung’s Super AMOLED screens, this smart phone features a 480-by-854 pixel capacitive display and a light sensor for power savings. A slide-out panel reveals a traditional PlayStation controls and even features a shoulder triggers on the side. Physical keyboard fans will have to settle for an on-screen version. Although the Xperia Play lacks a front-facing camera, it features a 5.1 megapixel rear-facing camera with auto-focus, flash, geo-tagging, and image stabilization. Owners can enjoy listening to music through a standard 3.5 mm headphone jack, with wireless Bluetooth A2DP headphones, or with the embedded stereo speakers. With DLNA certification sharing content to and from this smart phone should be fairly easy on a home network. As for connectivity, the Xperia Play packs WiFi, a mobile hotspot feature, and a microUSB connector. # Xperia Neo and Xperia Pro Following the launch of the Xperia Arc last month, these new smart phones also pack a punch with the latest Android v2.3 Gingerbread operating system. There’s essentially only one difference between the Xperia Neo and the Xperia Pro, the latter features a slide-out physical keyboard. Both feature a 1 GHz Qualcomm Snapdragon processor and 320 MB of internal storage. Sony ships a 8 GB microSD card, but there is support for up to 32 GB expansion. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/sony-ericsson-xperia-pro.jpg "Sony Ericsson Xperia Pro") Like the Xperia Play, these two also sport a 854-by-480 pixel capacitive touch screen. Bluetooth with A2DP for enjoying tunes with wireless headphones is also possible. Phone calls will likely sound better with an integrated “Noise Shielding” technology. GPS for Google Navigator, DLNA for media sharing, and HDMI for high quality video output works out of the box. A microUSB port doubles as a charging port and for data transfers. And of course, the full lineup of Google Apps and service are available. These two phone offer WiFi connectivity, but there is no mention of a mobile hotspot feature. Sony Ericsson will probably provide specifics when they announce partnerships with cellular carriers. Since they only detail a GSM model so far, a U.S. iteration will definitely head towards AT&T or T-Mobile. **Links: [Sony Ericsson](http://www.sonyericsson.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Introducing Qawker For WordPress URL: https://www.skatter.com/introducing-qawker-for-wordpress/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:19.000Z Last week, Gawker Media launch a full-blown re-design to all their blogs including [Lifehacker](http://lifehacker.com/?ref=skatter.com#!5753509/hello-world-this-is-the-new-lifehacker) and [Gizmodo](http://gizmodo.com/?ref=skatter.com#!5752428/this-is-the-new-gizmodo). Rather than going for a traditional post-above-post blog layout, their designers tried to reinvent the wheel. Although the new layout has received plenty of criticism from readers, I actually found the revamp quite refreshing. A handful of bugs, some compatibility issues, and slow speeds are partially to blame, but I’m sure developers are working to make improvements quickly as possible. I was a little bored and had some free time on my hand this weekend, so I decided to code an equivalent theme for WordPress users. Within about six hours and a few breaks, I had a nearly perfect replica without having to look at a line of their code. Like the original, my template features a two-pane interface with a full article on the left and a list of scrollable recent posts on the right. With a little jQuery magic, I managed to even get all the instant loading features working without having to force users to refresh pages. I also threw in support for comments and search. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/qawker-demo.jpg "Qawker Demo") Although I scrapped most of the code together rather quickly, I managed to get it working with the latest versions of Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera, and Safari. Be warned about bugs since this is only my second venture into building a website aside from [designing Skatter Tech 3.0](https://www.skatter.com/behind-the-scenes-skatter-tech-3-0-in-the-making/) late last year. I released this WordPress template, which I appropriately named Qawker, into the official theme directory. My code is entirely open source, so feel free to make changes or improvements. **Links: [Qawker Demo](http://qawker.linkbouncr.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Download: [qawker.zip](http://skatter.com/files/2011/02/qawker.zip?ref=skatter.com) (v0.1.6)** Notice: I submitted Qawker to the official WordPress Themes Directory and it is awaiting approval. ### MWC 2011: Samsung Announces The Galaxy S II And A 10 Inch Galaxy Tab URL: https://www.skatter.com/mwc-2011-samsung-announces-the-galaxy-s-ii-and-a-10-inch-galaxy-tab/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:56.000Z Earlier today at the [Mobile World Congress 2011](http://www.mobileworldcongress.com/?ref=skatter.com) conference in Barcelona, [Samsung](https://www.skatter.com/tag/samsung/) announced the second-generation Galaxy S II smart phone and a brand new 10 inch Galaxy Tab. These devices run on the latest versions of Android and take a stand against the offerings that came from competitors at [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/). Unfortunately, availability and pricing was not announced, however consumers can expect variations to trickle into the United States in a matter of time. # Samsung Galaxy S II Last year’s Galaxy S series made it to various carriers in the form of the [Epic 4G on Sprint](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/), Vibrant on T-Mobile, Fascinate on Verizon Wireless, and the [Captivate on AT&T](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-captivate-att/). Although some variations from the product line such as the Nexus S made a debut recently, Samsung is back on track with the next-generation Galaxy S II lineup. In addition to stealing the spotlight for the “world’s thinnest smart phone” at just 8.49 mm thin, the new phone also sports a dual-core 1 GHz processor and runs on the latest Android 2.3 Gingerbread operating system. > “In 2011, we will take Samsung’s leadership in Speed, Screen and Content to a whole new level,” said JK Shin, President and Head of Samsung’s Mobile Communications Business. “With the GALAXY S II, Samsung wants to set the new standard of quality viewing on mobile, powerful performance, and slim and modern design.” For connectivity, the Galaxy S II features HSPA+ networks, Bluetooth v3.0, WiFi 802.11 a/b/g/n, a USB port, and DLNA media sharing. Like most new Samsung smart phones, this device also sports a Super AMOLED based 4.27 inch 480×800 pixel display. A 2 megapixel front-facing camera for video calls complements the 8 megapixel rear-facing camera with flash for 1080p video recordings. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/galaxy-s-ii-video.jpg "Galaxy S II Video") Samsung bundles social networking, reading, gaming, and music hubs for easy access to a variety of content. Other great features include a panorama mode, DivX video playback, a 3.5 mm headphone jack, a FM Radio, voice-to-text capabilities, and GPS navigation. The Galaxy S II even packs an accelerometer, ambient light, digital compass, and proximity sensors with gyroscope to top it off. An integrated Near Field Communication (NFC) chip enables the emerging mobile payment technology. Business users can now enjoy data encryption, secure VPN connections, lost phone tracking, Microsoft Exchange, Cisco WebEx, and Mobile Hotspot WiFi sharing. Samsung will offer 16 GB and 32 GB versions with additional support for microSD expansion up to 32 GB. Aside from that, the Galaxy S II weights just 116 grams and features a powerful 1650 mAh battery. And here are the dimensions for those wondering: 125.3 x 66.1 x 8.49mm. # Samsung 10.1″ Galaxy Tab Although last year’s 7 inch Galaxy Tab sold nearly a million units, it ran on an old version of Android. The upcoming 10.1 inch model runs on the tablet-optimized Android v3.0 Honeycomb without any custom TouchWiz additions. Although the initial launch partner is Vodafone, Samsung will likely also partner with American cellular carriers for a future domestic launch. > “As a leader in the Android-powered tablet market, Samsung is committed to providing a variety of feature-rich, always-on devices” said DJ Lee, Executive Vice President and Head of Sales & Marketing. He continued, “The Samsung GALAXY Tab 10.1 is a valuable addition to our expanding portfolio of smart media devices. Sporting a large 10.1 screen and dual surround-sound speakers, it enables users to enjoy multimedia to the maximum extent without having to compromise mobility.” The large display features a 1280 by 800 pixel resolution, a 8 megapixel rear-facing camera with auto focus for 1080p HD recording, and a 2 megapixel front-facing camera for video chat. The new tabbed browser fully supports Adobe Flash content and HTML5 video as well. Like smaller Galaxy S II smart phone sibling, the tablet runs on a dual-core 1 GHz processor. An overly large 6860 mAh battery pack keeps it running for long hours while weighing just 599 grams and remaining just 10.9 mm thick. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/samsung-galaxy-tab-10.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab 10") The new Galaxy Tab supports the high-speed HSPA+ 21 Mbps mobile networks, Bluetooth v2.1, and WiFi 802.11 a/b/g/n connections. It can playback most poplar audio and video formats, has a 3.5 mm headphone jack, all the standard Google Apps, and access to the Android Marketplace. An accelerometer, digital compass, and proximity sensor are inside. Samsung will ship 16 GB and 32 GB models, but there unfortunately no mention of storage expansion. **Links: [Samsung.com](http://www.samsung.com/us/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Introduces Two-Factor Authentication For All URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-introduces-two-factor-authentication-for-all/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:56.000Z Last year, [Google introduced a two-factor authentication system](http://googleenterprise.blogspot.com/2010/09/more-secure-cloud-for-millions-of.html?ref=skatter.com) which requires users to enter a verification code that appears on a mobile device in addition to a regular password while logging in. The extra layer of security makes it harder for hackers to brute force their way into a Google Account, however this feature was only available to Google App Premier, Education, and Government customers. Starting today, the two-step login system is available to all users. To enable this feature, Google users can head to their [Account Settings page](https://www.google.com/accounts/ManageAccount?ref=skatter.com) and proceed through a quick set-up wizard. There is even an option to select a backup phone in case your primary device is lost or stolen. Once ready to go, an additional dialogue prompts users for a verification code while logging in. Google calls or sends an SMS with proper code after entering the proper password. There are also mobile apps for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS devices to avoid wasting minutes or text messages. > It’s an extra step, but it’s one that significantly improves the security of your Google Account because it requires the powerful combination of both something you *know*—your username and password—and something that only you should *have*—your phone. Google offers an option to only require mobile verification every 30 days, however we highly discourage going about that route. Although it might be frustrating to waste a few seconds each time you want to get to your email or calendar, it is even more painful to recover compromised data. I tried to enable this feature on my personal Gmail account and a Google Apps work account, but it was not available for either yet. After heading through some help documentation, I found that Google will push the updates out to all customers over the next 2-3 days. If you have this feature working already or ran into any issues, feel free to let us know in the comments. **Links: [Google Blog](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2011/02/advanced-sign-in-security-for-your.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Adds Secure Browsing Option URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-adds-secure-browsing-option/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:56.000Z Last year Facebook had a big problem making sure that user information was properly secured. However, since then the company has made a lot of changes to its privacy settings. One of the first changes was to prevent third-party applications from accessing personal information without permission. After the [Firesheep vunerablity](http://www.pcworld.com/article/209333/how%5Fto%5Fhijack%5Ffacebook%5Fusing%5Ffiresheep.html?ref=skatter.com) late last year, Facebook decided to plug some more security holes by encrypting all content including passwords over a https connection. Most users do not realize that using an unsecured WiFi network for banking, Facebook, or even checking email is a terrible idea. This isn’t to say that you shouldn’t go to Starbucks and hop on the free WiFi, but it is important to keep connection secure in an unsafe environment. Using the https protocol to keep data transfer between your browser and a website encrypted is essential. Usually this isn’t a problem since most websites automatically use https when it comes time to send and receive personal information, such as a password. Facebook does use this, only during login. Last year many people had problems when Facebook changed privacy settings which allowed third-party applications to gain access to personal information. After plenty of bad PR the company is taking plenty of caution before adding new features without notifying users. With the amount of personal information that users put on Facebook, vulnerabilities becomes a huge privacy issue. Keeping personal information private should be the highest priority for the company. At the moment, the https option is an opt-in feature and the company should consider making it the default option. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/facebook-account-security-https.jpg "Facebook Account Security: https") ## How To Enable Https Browsing 1. Click on th Account Settings link in the Account drop down at the top right. 2. In the Settings tab, click “change” next to Account Security. 3. Check the Secure Browsing (https) box and click Save. 4. Congratulations you are now browsing Facebook securely. There are probably many reasons why Facebook has not switched entirely to https, but it is an important security hole that needs to be plugged. The company could be working to make sure everything is up to par before rolling it out to everyone. Facebook may also be wary of changing default security settings for users without their permission. In any case, this is a much-needed security improvement, and I hope that it rolls out to everyone without the need to opt-in. Check below for instructions on how to enable the https feature. **Links: [Facebook.com](http://www.facebook.com/)** ### HP Veer Hands-On Video Walk-Through URL: https://www.skatter.com/hp-veer-hands-on-video-walk-through/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:05.000Z If you didn’t hear the news, [HP](http://hp.com/?ref=skatter.com) announced two smart phones at their press conference in San Francisco this morning: Pre 3 and Veer. For the geeky, feel free to backtrack through [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/event/hp-palm-webos-2011/?ref=skatter.com) for minute-by-minute coverage of the event. We also just published a [HD video demo of the new TouchPad tablet](https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/), for those interested. I also had a chance to spend some time with the HP Veer and I captured a full walk-through video, which you can watch below: ## HP Veer Specifications: - Powered by HP webOS - Runs on Qualcomm 800 MHz processor - CDMA and GSM models will be available - 2.6 inch multi-touch 320×400 pixel display - Slide-out Qwerty keyboard - Integrated GPS module - 5 megapixel camera with geotagging - Two microphones for noise cancellation - Accelerometer, light, and proximity sensors - WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 2.1 - 8 GB internal storage and USB storage mode - 910 mAh non-removable battery - 5 hours of talk-time or 300 hours standby - Magnetic charging port with USB adapter - Compatible with Touchstone wireless dock - 3.5 mm headphone jack with included adapter - Dimensions 2.15 x 3.31 x 0.59 inches - Weighs just 103 grams (3.63 ounces) The Veer is essentially a micro version of the larger Pre 3\. Rather than heading to a over-sized 4.3 inch display like the majority of the latest Android smart phones, HP headed in the opposite direction. Although it shares a very similar form factor with [the now-defunct Microsoft Kin](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-microsoft-kin-one-kin-two/), a representative stated that it was a full-blown smart phone and that it would not face the same issues. We’re quite excited for this device since the webOS interface works smoothly on the small form factor. The performance was quite speedy and the hardware was definitely attractive. Even [our new Skatter Tech Touch mobile site](https://www.skatter.com/announcing-skatter-tech-touch-for-smart-phones/) worked perfectly on the device. Although the HP Veer will not ship until spring, I’ll publish an in-depth look at this phone soon. **Links: [HP Veer](http://www.palm.com/us/products/phones/veer/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### HP TouchPad Hands-On Video Demo URL: https://www.skatter.com/hp-touchpad-hands-on-video-demo/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:05.000Z Earlier today at a press event in San Francisco, [HP](http://hp.com/?ref=skatter.com) announced the TouchPad tablet. As expected after the acquisition of Palm, this highly anticipated device runs entirely on a new version webOS. Although optimized for a larger display, it retains many elements of the smart phone version such as cards for multitasking and stacks for organizing open applications. I had a chance to get a HP representative to demo the TouchPad on camera, so feel free to watch the embedded video below in full HD 1080p goodness. The walk through shows off the web browser, touch to share smart phone technology, the Touchstone wireless chargers, the adaptable virtual keyboard, and a few more neat features. ## HP TouchPad Specifications: - Powered by HP webOS - Runs on Qualcomm Snapdragon dual-core 1.2 GHz - 9.7 inch XGA (1024×768) capacitive multi-touch display - GPS module inside 3G models only - Front-facing 1.3 megapixel camera for video calls - Light sensor, accelerometer, compass, and gyroscope - WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 2.1 with A2DP - 16 GB or 32 GB internal storage, no expansion - 6300 mAh battery, non-removable - MicroUSB for charging and data - 3.5 mm headphone/microphone/headset jack - Internal stereo speakers with Beats Audio - HP Touchstone wireless charging compatible - 9.45 inches x 7.48 inches x .54 inches - Weighs 1.6 pounds (740 grams) With some hardware that puts it ahead of competitors such as the [Apple iPad, BlackBerry PlayBook, and Motorola Xoom](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/) in certain categories, the TouchPad will appeal to many. The webOS interface also stands out from others. Extra perks such as compatibility with networked HP printers or audio enhancements by Dr. Dre Beats Audio is a plus. While this tablet won’t ship until this Summer, stick around for an in-depth early look and previews of the new HP Veer and HP Pre 3. **Links: [HP TouchPad](http://www.palm.com/us/products/pads/touchpad/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dell Means Business Event Wrap Up URL: https://www.skatter.com/dell-means-business-event-wrap-up/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:56.000Z Earlier today, [Dell](http://dell.com/?ref=skatter.com) introduced 39 new products during their press conference in San Francisco making it the largest launch in the company’s history. Dell kept the focus of the event on mobile computing and stated that nearly one-third of business would operate on these by 2013 according to IDC. Although every announced item was a business-oriented solution, a few new laptops are actually a great fit for consumers. There was even mention of an upcoming Windows 7 tablet. > “As a leader in providing business solutions to organizations around the world, we are proud to announce this new portfolio of products that deliver secure, manageable and reliable solutions along with great new designs,” said Steven Lalla, vice president and general manager of Commercial Client Product Group, Dell. “As the workforce continues to evolve, so will Dell, with the solutions both end-users and IT organizations need to improve efficiency and productivity regardless of the device they choose.” # Dell Latitude E-Family Dell is starting with a brand new fresh look for the Latitude E series laptops. While the predecessors were quite industrial-looking, these go for a friendlier look. The company’s spokesperson claims over 100 new design improvements since the last major update. Dell offers data protection, remote data wiping, and accidental drop safety features on every model. The E6520 and E5520 models feature 15.6 inch screens while the E6420 and E5420 models have smaller 14 inch displays. Dell offers all four versions with configurations for Windows 7 or Ubuntu. These support up to 4 GB of RAM and for storage, some options include a 7200 RPM 500 GB HDD, an encrypted 7200 RPM 320 GB HDD, or a 256 GB SSD. Stereo speakers, a webcam, and a microphone are standard. A 4-cell, 6-cell, and 9-cell removable lithium-ion batteries offer more power on the go, however there are no details on estimated battery life. WiFi, WiMax, GPS, Bluetooth, and 3G are optional. There are four USB ports, eSATA connector, HDMI, a finger print reader, a back-lit keyboard and plenty more. These make great powerhouses for businesses, but these are not great for entertainment or graphics intensive tasks. Consumers looking to play video games, edit high-definition footage, or use for multimedia capabilities should past these models. # Latitude 2120 Netbook ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/dell-latitude-2120-netbook.jpg "Dell Latitude 2120 Netbook") The one laptop that stands out from the other announcements is Dell’s business netbook. It runs on Intel Atom and ships with either Windows 7 or Ubuntu like other Latitude models. An integrated Intel GMA card, up to 2GB of RAM, and a 10.1 inch LED display make it a great offering. In addition to a 7200 RPM 320 GB HDD, Dell also offers an impressive 128 GB SSD. A powerful 54 Wh extended 6-cell battery is an option, however there is once again no mention of battery life. WiFi and Bluetooth are standard goods, however there is also support for 3G and WiMax mobile networks. An Ethernet port, 3 USB ports, a memory card reader, VGA output, webcam, and a combo headphone + microphone jack cover the remaining bases. For extra kicks, Dell also offers a model with a multi-touch enabled display. # Availability and Pricing Dell noted that the E5000 series would start at a $859 price point, but that was about as far as they went. According to the provided documents, the company will release detailed availability and pricing in the coming weeks. We will definitely get our hands on the Latitude Netbook for an in-depth review, so stick around or [subscribe to stay up to date](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/). **Links: [Dell.com](http://dell.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Is The BlackBerry PlayBook Heading To Verizon Wireless? URL: https://www.skatter.com/is-the-blackberry-playbook-heading-to-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:57.000Z During CES 2011, Sprint announced that they would exclusively offer the upcoming [BlackBerry PlayBook on their 4G network](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-sprint-grabs-rims-blackberry-4g-playbook/). However, there was no official word from RIM regarding a possible Verizon Wireless iteration or how long the exclusive would last. Earlier today, one of our readers sent us a web page that offers in-depth specifications about a possible Verizon Wireless PlayBook. The website appears is a now-closed registration portal to let people join a “beta program” to trial a Verizon Wireless PlayBook before launch. I was initially skeptical whether this was real, but a little [WHOIS](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Whois?ref=skatter.com) look up revealed that Marketing Werks was the owner of the domain. Heading to the marketing agency’s website revealed that RIM and Verizon Wireless are clients, further hardening the evidence. As for the hardware specifications, it features all the standards including a 1 GHz dual-core processor, 1 GB of RAM, a 7 inch multi-touch capacitive screen, WiFi a/b/g/n, a 3 mega pixel front-facing camera, and a 5 megapixel rear-facing camera. The document reveals support for 3G access through a BlackBerry smart phone, but there is no mention of support for Verizon’s new 4G LTE network. Sprint’s WiMax network is great, but a Verizon Wireless model would put the PlayBook in the hands of more customers. We are definitely excited and hope this happens. I have included a full screen grab of the web page below incase the website gets taken down: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/verizon-wireless-blackberry-playbook.jpg "Verizon Wireless BlackBerry PlayBook Specifications") We are contacting Verizon Wireless for an official comment shortly, stay tuned for more details. **Links: [PlayBookWithoutLimits.com](http://playbookwithoutlimits.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Announces The Dual Screen Kyocera Echo URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-the-dual-screen-kyocera-echo/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:57.000Z The [Sprint “Industry First” Event](https://www.skatter.com/what-is-sprint-up-to-an-upcoming-event-and-price-hikes/) just wrapped up in New York City and the big announcement was a Android-powered dual screen [Kycoera Echo](http://www.echobykyocera.com/?ref=skatter.com) smart phone. While most companies are focusing on 4G network speeds, tablets, and large smart phones, this new gadget offers an interesting twist. The Echo allows users to run two apps side-by-side simultaneously. > “Sprint is proud to boast the most powerful Android portfolio available today and Echo adds to that legacy with industry-leading technology that will change the way our customers use smartphones,” said Sprint CEO Dan Hesse. “Today’s busy schedules often demand that we do at least two things at once. Kyocera Echo is the first device that allows us to do a different task on each of two screens” # What’s Special? The dual screen configuration is where it all starts. The unique “simul-tasking” capabilities let users run two apps at once. For instance, [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) on one display and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on the other. Kyocera believes that this will let fast-paced owners do more things at once. Unfortunately, there is one major drawback: the dual screen mode is not for all apps. Only seven out of the box apps support side-by-side use. Sprint demoed an email app which shows the inbox on one screen and a message preview on the other. A VueQue pre-loaded app offers the ability to watch YouTube and browse for more videos at once. Even Google Maps and the default web-browser can span across both displays. Kyocera will provide APIs so developers can enable dual screen support for any App. For extra power, Kyocera bundles two 1370 mAh battery packs. An extra charging cradle makes it possible to charge the spare battery without the phone’s presence. # What’s Not Hot Going beyond the two screens, the Kyocera Echo features fairly common hardware. The phone runs on the older Android v2.2 Froyo while most upcoming smart phones are heading to v2.3 Gingerbread. There is no dual core processor, which might make running two apps at once very slow. It is hard to tell whether the 1GB of RAM is enough. If those apps require fast data speeds, the lack of 4G connectivity is even more disappointing. Not to mention the unattractive piece of hardware. # Kycoera Echo Specifications: - **Mobile Network:** 3G EVDO - **CPU:** 1GHz Snapdragon (QSD 8650) - **Operating System:** Android 2.2 - **Screen:** Two capacitive 3.5 inch LCDs - **Resolution:** WVGA (800 x 480 pixel) - **Camera:** 5 megapixel with flash - **Camcorder:** 720p HD video capture - **Bluetooth:** v2.1 with Stereo + EDR - **Memory:** 1GB ROM and 512MB RAM - **Storage:** 8 GB microSD included, up to 32 GB - **Sensors:** Compass, accelerometer, proximity, and light - **Mobile Hotspot:** Support for up to 5 devices - **Wi-Fi Network:** 802.11 b/g - **Battery:** Removable 1370 mAh battery plus spare - **Dimensions:** 115.0 x 56.5 x 17.2 mm - **Weight:** 193g (6.8 oz.) # Availability and Pricing The Kyocera Echo will become available this spring for $199 with a new two-year contract. Existing customers due for upgrade are eligible for the same price after a $100 mail-in-rebate. Sprint will likely provide a solid date closer to launch, but the device will probably be available online and through retail stores as always. With the new monthly pricing plans, customers will have to pay an extra $10 for premium data on top of the regular $69 per month fee. The mobile hotspot will cost an additional $30 per month. We will get our hands on a device in the near future, so say tuned for a full review. **Links: [Sprint – Kyocera Echo](http://www.sprint.com/echo?ref=skatter.com)** ### Announcing Skatter Tech Touch For Smart Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/announcing-skatter-tech-touch-for-smart-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:29.000Z As promised earlier this year [when Skatter Tech 3.0 made its debut](https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/), we are finally offering streamlined mobile interface for smart phones. Rather than going with a standardized mobile template, we now offer a fully custom lightweight HTML5 interface for accessing Skatter Tech from anywhere. # Skatter Tech Touch The new touch iteration is essentially a miniature version of our publication, but it retails familiar elements such as the navigation menu bar, color scheme, and layout. For those wondering, you will not need to deal with special URLs to get to Skatter Tech Touch. Just visit `skatter.com` on your mobile device as you would on your computer and our servers will automatically send you to a perfectly optimized version of our website. Easy huh? # Skatter Tech Lite ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-mobile.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 Mobile") For those who still use feature phones, Skatter Tech Lite has some new enhancements. In addition to performance improvements, we added support for all sorts of old school devices including the Danger Sidekick, LG enV series, Sony Ericsson phones, HP PocketPC, Kyocera handsets, Motorola flip phones, Nintendo DS, PlayStation Portable, Nokia candy bar phones, Palm organizers, and Samsung phones. This version lacks some features, but it offers quick access to what matters most: articles. # We Need Your Help We hope to offer a consistent and quality experience that truly complements Skatter Tech 3.0\. We tested the touch enabled version with Android and iOS devices without any issues, however we would appreciate any feedback from BlackBerry, Maemo, webOS, and Windows Phone 7 owners. If you run into any issues or your device does not properly forward to Skatter Tech Touch, please let us know. If you have a feature phone, please feel free to share you experiences with the lite version as well. ### A Special Thanks To Reddit From Skatter Tech URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-special-thanks-to-reddit-from-skatter-tech/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:30.000Z I [re-launched Skatter Tech a little over a month ago](https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/) and the results have been phenomenal. Google Analytics claims a 95% month-to-month increase in unique visitors between January 2011 and December 2010\. After digging through some data, I surprisingly found that [Reddit](http://reddit.com/?ref=skatter.com) was our third largest referer, ahead of both Facebook and Twitter. As a simple thank you to the ever-growing community, we are disabling all first-click advertisements for an entire month for all incoming Redditors. We are well aware that the tech-savvy users generally use ad-blocking software, but we thought it was the least we could do. Our [massive smart phone and tablet infographics](https://www.skatter.com/tag/infographic/) generated an amazing amount of buzz in the [Gadgets sub-reddit](http://www.reddit.com/r/gadgets?ref=skatter.com). Aside from a few angry trolls, we were happy to see plenty of intellectual discussions about technology without flame wars. One of our stories even made an appearance in the overly patriotic [Colbert Rally sub-reddit](http://www.reddit.com/r/ColbertRally/comments/fefyr/the%5Fdaily%5Fshow%5Fand%5Fthe%5Fcolbert%5Freport%5Freturn%5Fto/?ref=skatter.com). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/reddit-alien-shoots-ads.jpg "Reddit Alien Shoots Ads") Our entire college student editorial team are huge fans of the site and we also would like to congratulate the entire Reddit team for hitting [over 1 billion page views in a month](http://blog.reddit.com/2011/02/reddit-billions-served.html?ref=skatter.com). We are a small start-up we would be more than honored to do a fraction of what Reddit has done for the interwebz. **Links: [Reddit.com](http://reddit.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple iPhone 4 Breaks Verizon Wireless Single Day Sales Record URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-iphone-4-breaks-verizon-wireless-single-day-sales-record/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:57.000Z After [Verizon announced that they would offer iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/the-verizon-iphone-is-real-coming-to-stores-feburary-10th/) a few weeks ago, customers eagerly awaited the February 3rd pre-order date. Yesterday, many flocked to Apple.com and VerizonWireless.com to secure a device quickly since devices were available on a first come, first serve basis. Earlier today, big red announced that the company had hit their largest first day sales record in just two hours. > “This was an exciting day,” said Dan Mead, president and chief executive officer for Verizon Wireless. “In just our first two hours, we had already sold more phones than any first day launch in our history. And, when you consider these initial orders were placed between the hours of 3 a.m. and 5 a.m., it is an incredible success story.” Although Verizon did not provide any specific numbers, the high demand for the iPhone 4 apparently beat all single-day product launches. The influx of visitors even temporarily managed to bring their to nearly come to a halt. Fortunately, Apple’s website ran smoothly for those experiencing issues. Verizon is no longer accepting any more pre-sales at the moment, however the iPhone 4 will be available for purchase online on February 9th at 3 AM (Eastern Time). Customers can also head to Verizon Wireless stores on February 10th at 7 AM (Local Time) to get their hands on a device. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FlN3BgsV1nc&hd=1 After over three years with AT&T, Apple has finally broken exclusivity. Although Verizon Wireless does not offer speeds that are as fast, they offer better coverage and a more reliable network. Customers were clearly dissatisfied with their network, but still truly love the iPhone 4 hardware and software. Although some Apple fans were unhappy with my “[5 Reasons Not To Buy The Verizon iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/5-reasons-not-to-buy-the-verizon-iphone-4/)” article, I still believe holding off for a few months is the best option. If you need a new device immediately, this is an excellent choice. However, be warned that upcoming devices such as the [Droid Bionic and HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) are only another few weeks away. So here is the big question, are you going to get one? Would this be your first smart phone? Are you switching over from AT&T? Feel free to let us know your story in the comments! **Links: [Apple.com](http://apple.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [VerizonWireless.com](http://vzw.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### AT&T Announces Motorola ATRIX 4G Pricing And Availability URL: https://www.skatter.com/att-announces-motorola-atrix-4g-pricing-and-availability/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:57.000Z Yesterday, AT&T released information regarding availability and pricing for the upcoming Motorola Atrix 4G. The phone has been highly anticipated since the announcement in January at CES 2011\. For those of you are not familiar, the Motorola Atrix 4G is the first smart phone to sport the new Tegra 2 dual-core processor with an embedded GPU. Additionally, it packs a few more neat features including a biometric scanner, a HDTV dock, and a laptop dock. According to AT&T, the device will cost $199.99 with a new two-year contract. This is $50 higher than the leaked Amazon prices. Fortunately, the pricing is still competitive with most other smart phones such as the Apple iPhone. Considering that the Atrix 4G is much more powerful with 1 GB of RAM and 9 hours of talk time, it seems like a reasonable price-point. AT&T will offer two bundles for those who intend to also grab accessories. The first package combines the Atrix 4G and the laptop dock for $499.99 with a two-year contract after a $100 mail-in-rebate. However, there is a catch if you’re going for this deal: it requires a special Data Pro smart phone plan and the tethering add-on. The Data Pro plan costs $25 per month for 2 GB of data and tethering tacks on another $20 per month. Requiring these extra fees merely seems like another way for AT&T to gouge customers. The laptop dock uses the phone’s hardware (CPU, RAM, storage, GPU, etc) and it does not provide anything other than a larger screen, keyboard, and mouse. Thankfully, users can purchase the laptop dock separately, but it will still cost $499.99. The Entertainment Access Kit is AT&T’s second bundle offering. This includes the Motorola HD Multimedia Dock, a Bluetooth keyboard, a Bluetooth mouse, and a remote control. It looks as though this bundle is available for purchase to customers at any time without extra monthly fees. Although significantly more affordable than the laptop dock, the HDTV dock still runs at a pricey at $189.99. For those looking to pick one up, AT&T announced that it will begin accepting pre-orders on February 13, 2011, a little over a week away. Customers will begin to receive their devices on March 6th or earlier. The Atrix 4G will also reach AT&T stores and other approved retailers around the same time. Feel free [to subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to find out when we get our hands on the device for a full review. **Links: [ATT.com](http://www.att.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Chrome 9 Offers Hardware-Acceleration And Instant Search URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-chrome-9-offers-hardware-acceleration-and-instant-search/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:58.000Z For those still keeping track, [Google Chrome](http://google.com/chrome?ref=skatter.com) just hit version 9 today. While Mozilla is still hard at work rushing to release [Firefox 4](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/beta/?ref=skatter.com), the latest version of Chrome brings many performance improvements, integrated support for instant search, and the Chrome Web Store. # Hardware-Acceleration With support for WebGL, Chrome now has native support for hardware-accelerated 3D graphics. This makes it possible to experience rich graphical content without any additional plugins. Google even made a [special demo page](http://www.chromeexperiments.com/webgl?ref=skatter.com) available to those looking to test the capabilities. # Chrome Instant Most people have tried Google Instant, which was the company’s major upgrade to the traditional auto-complete technology. Today, the instant feature is now integrated directly into Chrome’s browser URL bar. Frequently visited webpages start loading when you begin typing letters. It even supports fetching queries with custom search engines. Although an additional plugin is not necessary, users will have to enable a setting in the “Basic Tab” of the options window. # Chrome Web Store When Skatter Tech 3.0 made its debut late last year we announced our [very own Chrome Web App](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?ref=skatter.com). Unfortunately not everyone had access to the Chrome Web Store at the time. Starting today, Google’s web app store is open to all Chrome users in the United States. If you are a social media fanatic, give the [TweetDeck for Chrome](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/hbdpomandigafcibbmofojjchbcdagbl?ref=skatter.com) app a spin. [The New York Times](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/ecmphppfkcfflgglcokcbdkofpfegoel?ref=skatter.com) has an app which makes reading their stories especially easy. If you are not familiar with web apps, watch this video: # Time To Update If you are expecting a notification about upgrading to Chrome 9, do not hold your breath. Google automatically pushes updates out to users. You are probably already running the latest version. If you noticed a little orange icon by the settings wrench at the top right, you need to restart your browser for the updates to take effect. You can also head over to the “About Google Chrome” menu to manually check for updates. What are your favorite Chrome Web Apps? If you have not switched over to Chrome yet, what is holding you back? **Links: [Google Chrome Blog](http://chrome.blogspot.com/2011/02/dash-of-speed-3d-and-apps.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Skatter Tech Chrome App](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?ref=skatter.com)** ### OtterBox Commuter Cases For HTC (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/otterbox-commuter-cases-for-htc-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:15.000Z After purchasing an expensive smart phone, people generally want to hold onto any remaining cash. Although saving pennies is a wise choice, there is one thing everyone should buy: a case. The latest generation of gadgets feature large glass displays and are extremely fragile. It is not easy to say goodbye to a brand new device which is worth a few hundred dollars and tied to a cellular contract. I have had a lot of luck with [OtterBox’s Commuter Series Cases](http://www.otterbox.com/commuter-series-cases/commuter-series-cases,default,sc.html?ref=skatter.com) and here is why: Over the past few years, I have waded through many cases that were horrifying. Some were nearly impossible to install and one even managed to scratch my iPhone 3GS last year. After settling on the OtterBox Commuter case for my Apple device, I choose to also go with the same lineup for my current [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). Since I had a temporary courtesy [HTC Droid Incredible](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/) on hand, the OtterBox team was kind enough to provide another sample unit. # Installation ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/otterbox-commuter-case-htc-incredible.jpg "Otterbox Commuter Case HTC Incredible") Commuter Series Cases ship with a semi-hard protective filament which take less than a minute to install. OtterBox generally provides a cleaning cloth and an application card to make life easy. These are dry and self-adhering unlike [Zagg’s wet-install screen protectors](https://www.skatter.com/zagg-invisibleshield-for-iphone-3gs/), which can get messy. Both models perfectly cover the front face of the EVO 4G and the Droid Incredible, respectively. I did not notice any degradation when it comes to touch sensitivity or screen visibility, which is a plus. When it comes to installing the case, the EVO or the Droid Incredible first slip into a soft silicone skin. Once inside, I had to snap a polycarbonate outer shell over each device. Since the silicone skin sometimes does not fit into the outer shell in one shot, some minor adjustments might be necessary. The entire hassle-free process take under five minutes. Even the packaging was easy to open. # Protection ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/otterbox-commuter-series.jpg "OtterBox Commuter Series") While most cases are either silicone or a hard shell, the Commuter Series is a combination of both. The inner layer provides shock protection while the outer polycarbonate shell creates a strong exoskeleton. OtterBox leaves openings for the camera, flash, speaker, and microphone areas. Silicone flaps prevent dust from entering the headphone jack or the microUSB charging ports. The skin even covers power buttons and the volume controls on both HTC devices, but these controls are fully functional through the case. Slipping it in our out of a pocket is easy too. I am fairly careful when it comes to taking care of my gadgets, but I have managed to drop my phone in a few rare occasions. Thanks to the Commuter Case, my HTC EVO 4G survived a five foot fall on hardwood floor without the slightest scratch. The HTC Droid Incredible model is even more robust looking and it offers slightly better protection. Although this review focuses on HTC specific models, OtterBox also makes Commuter Series cases for Apple, BlackBerry, LG, Motorola, Nokia, Palm, Samsung, and Sony smart phones. # The Bottom Line ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/otterbox-commuter-case-htc-evo-front.jpg "OtterBox Commuter Case HTC EVO (Front)") OtterBox offers three lines of cases: Defender Series, Commuter Series, and Impact Series. The Defender Series offers heavy-duty protection for the reckless, but it adds an excessive amount of bulk. The Impact Series is affordable and slim, but it offers minimal protection since it only consists of a slightly hardened silicone skin. This makes the Commuter Series a perfect mix of both with minimal bulk and great protection. With backing from a trustworthy brand name such as OtterBox, I would definitely recommend these cases. Although I have not tested every model, I am confident that other iterations of the Comuter Series for other devices are just as reliable. The [HTC EVO 4G model retails for about $25](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0043GWE1A/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) and the [HTC Droid Incredible model goes for just $20](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0042J8L1A/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). As painful as it is to spend more money after buying an expensive smart phone, these few extra bucks are undoubtedly a worthy investment. **Links: [OtterBox Commuter Series for HTC](http://www.otterbox.com/htc-cases/htc-cases,default,sc.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Daily Show And The Colbert Report Return To Hulu URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-daily-show-and-the-colbert-report-return-to-hulu/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:58.000Z Politics aside, [The Daily Show with Jon Stewart](http://www.thedailyshow.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [The Colbert Report](http://www.colbertnation.com/?ref=skatter.com) generally made their way to the top of the “Most Popular” section of [Hulu](http://hulu.com/?ref=skatter.com) each day. NBC Universal, which owns Hulu, removed these shows in March 2010 due to a disagreement with Viacom, which owns Comedy Central. Although both the Daily Show and Colbert Report offer thorough archives and publish full length episodes daily, Hulu users had to leave a familiar interface and experience to enjoy these shows. Fortunately, Hulu’s CEO Jason Kilar announced that these shows are back and that new episodes would be available the morning after the original air date. Other Comedy Central programing including [Tosh.0](http://www.hulu.com/tosh0?ref=skatter.com) will also be available starting today. Hulu Plus subscribers will have access to full libraries of older programs such as Chappelle’s Show and Reno 911. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/hulu-plus.jpg "Hulu Plus") After some concerns about a troubled business model, Kilar offered his vision for Hulu. He noted that traditional TV had too many ads and that consumers wanted flexibility to access content whenever they want from wherever they want. While advertisers continue to push to define the future of television, he thinks Hulu can offer a convenient limited ad experience. As just a bit of evidence, he mentioned that over one million will be paying for Hulu Plus by the end of this year. Viacom pulled these shows last year since Hulu was not monetizing the content. However, they changed their mind after learning that Hulu would bring in an estimated $200 million in revenue in 2010 with over 30 million users. Bringing these programs back will likely help increase interest in Hulu making partnerships with other television networks easier. That could also help to lead finally filing an IPO sometime this year. Are you considering paying $7.99 a month for Hulu Plus? **Links: [Hulu.com](http://hulu.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### A “Taste Of Android” Event Wrap-Up URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-taste-of-android-event-wrap-up/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:59.000Z Google held an event entitled “A taste of what’s new from Android” at its Mountain View offices earlier today. If you did not have a chance to tune into the official [YouTube Live Stream](http://www.youtube.com/android?ref=skatter.com) or catch our updates on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/event/google-android-honeycomb/?ref=skatter.com), here is the full scoop. The event primarily revolved around Honeycomb, which is the codename for the brand new tablet-optimized Android 3.0 operating system. # Android 3.0 Honeycomb ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/android-3-0-honeycomb-home-screen.jpg "Android 3.0 Honeycomb Home Screen") Although Google let most details loose at CES 2011 last month, the company presented a further in-depth look at the OS today. Widgets are already a large part of the Android 2.0 series, but these will become more powerful and useful in Honeycomb. Rather than presenting a grid of endless icons, interactive widgets offer quick previews. Switching applications is also easier since Android 3.0 now displays thumbnails of running applications over icons. Android is well-respected for a great smart phone notification platform, but Google is revamping the experience again for tablets. Rather than drop down notification bar, there are miniature icons by the clock at the lower left corner of the screen. It is somewhat reminiscent of traditional Windows status icons, but these offer more interaction. For instance, users can accept or deny an incoming call, which includes a person’s name and profile image, from a notification without interrupting their workflow. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/android-3-0-honeycomb-notifications.jpg "Android 3.0 Honeycomb Notifications") Also demoed was a quick access settings popup for controlling wireless networks, orientation, brightness, and alerts. Devices such as the Galaxy Tab and the [Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) already have similar features thanks to Samsung’s custom TouchWiz interface. Last but not least, music notification icon offers the ability to control playback from the task bar. Google claims that all existing Android apps should work on the tablet operating system without forcing developers to make changes. With that in mind, developers can choose to use [the new SDK](http://developer.android.com/sdk/preview/index.html?ref=skatter.com) to take advantage of the larger screen sizes. A completely revamped Gmail app now offers drag and drop organization, priority inbox, labels, starred items, threaded conversations, and much more. CNN also announced a new app which offers instant access to the latest stories, live video streams, and support for iReporters. A cover flow inspired new default music app was also briefly shown. A few other third-party Honeycomb apps include AccuWeather, Disney Mobile, The Economist, Intuit LogMeIn, Pulse News, QuickOffice, Time Magazine, and WeatherBug. Google will announce more new apps at Mobile World Congress in Barcelona on February 14th. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/android-3-0-honeycomb-gmail.jpg "Android 3.0 Honeycomb Gmail") Honeycomb fully supports multi-touch system wide, making it possible to interact with two widgets at once. There are major performance improvements including hardware acceleration for improved graphics capabilities. This makes playing quality games entirely possible. Google Talk now includes video chatting capabilities out of the box, offering some competition to Apple FaceTime. A new set of effects and transitions will let developers easily polish their application too. # Android Marketplace Web Store While Apple iPad, iPhone, and iPod Touch users can choose to browse, purchase, and download apps from iTunes, Android owners had to rely on their mobile Marketplace. While it isn’t problematic, the small interface makes it difficult to discover new applications. Google finally launched a browser-based [Android Marketplace Web Store](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com), which was initially [demoed at Google I/O last year](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/). Android users can install apps to their device wirelessly from any browser over WiFi or a mobile network. Google also makes it easy to share apps with friends through social networks. Like the Apple App Store, the web interface lists featured, top paid, and top free apps as well. **Links: [Android Market](http://market.android.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: BlackBerry PlayBook vs. Dell Streak 7 vs. Apple iPad vs. Motorola Xoom URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-blackberry-playbook-vs-dell-streak-7-vs-apple-ipad-vs-motorola-xoom/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:19.000Z After our in-depth [Droid Bionic vs. iPhone 4 vs. Thunderbolt infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) that made its way across the web, we could not resist making another. Tablets absolutely stole the spotlight at CES 2011, making it an undoubtedly perfect time to compare the latest offerings. After some debate, we settled on these three upcoming tablets: the [BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-sprint-grabs-rims-blackberry-4g-playbook/), the [Dell Streak 7](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-dell-streak-7-heading-to-t-mobile/), and the Motorola Xoom. For some perspective with a familiar face, we threw in the Apple iPad for reference. Even though the hardware is nearly a year old, it has butchered competition selling over 7.33 million units in just Q4 of 2010 making it the best-selling tablet on the market. Without any further ado, here it is: [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/infographic-playbook-vs-streak-vs-ipad-vs-xoom-small.png "Infographic: BlackBerry PlayBook vs. Dell Streak 7 vs. Apple iPad vs. Motorola Xoom")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/infographic-playbook-vs-streak-vs-ipad-vs-xoom-large.png?ref=skatter.com) We hope that this will help you find the tablet that best fits your demands. If you have any questions, feel free to ask below. We will try our best to answer them or find someone who can. If you like this, feel free to share this with friends and family. We even have a convenient share box off to the right. If you found an error or have suggestions for improvements, please let us know. To stay informed about upcoming infographics, just [subscribe to Skatter Tech](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/). ### Behind The Scenes: Skatter Tech 3.0 In The Making URL: https://www.skatter.com/behind-the-scenes-skatter-tech-3-0-in-the-making/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:30.000Z Since [Skatter Tech 3.0 made its debut](https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/) just a few days before at the end of 2010, many have written in asking questions about how the design came together. I spent nearly three months designing and developing the platform before it went live. It has been about a full month of smooth sailing since launch, so I thought it was about time I shared the full story. Here is the full scoop including my notes from the decision process, early sketches, and various mockups: # Say Goodbye To The Traditional Blog Format ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-old-header.jpg "Skatter Tech Old Header") Although Skatter Tech initially started off on [Blogger](http://blogger.com/?ref=skatter.com) and spend a short time on [Movable Type](http://movabletype.com/?ref=skatter.com), I soon settled on [WordPress](http://wordpress.com/?ref=skatter.com). The original layout featured partial articles stacked above one another with “Read More” links to view the full story. While there is nothing wrong with that template, it makes it difficult for readers to quickly view more than a story or two at a time. In addition, the sidebar was an awfully large waste of space. Although a list of popular posts at the top of the column often helps attract a few clicks, additional links were rarely helpful for navigating through the website. Plus, the traditional blog format feels too 2005\. It was definitely time for a refresh. # Deciding On The Best Structure ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-sketch.jpg "Skatter Tech Sketch") Most publications organize posts with two factors: categories and tags. While these help filter a vast amount of content down to sets of posts, I soon realized that these often overlap leading to a confusing experience for readers. Rather than creating hundreds of categories, I decided to keep things simple. I narrowed all articles down to six hubs: News, Reviews, Opinion, Hacks, Media, and Deals. As for tags, I choose to use the feature to label company names and events. Sorting through tons of old articles took a long time, but it helped clean up the chaotic and unusable structure. # Planning For Multiple Custom Layouts ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-white-board.jpg "Skatter Tech White Board") Once I had tided up older stories and settled on a new structure, I decided to create custom layouts for each hub. It was important to represent different types of stories appropriately in each section. News is fast paced, so I went with a [Twitter-inspired](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) streamlined design. For Reviews, I choose to prominently feature an image of a product, making articles easy to identify. Since Opinions are generally lengthy, a short excerpt appears along with the preview of each post. I kept the same thought process going when it came to picking layouts for the Hacks, Media, and Deals hubs as well. I also realized the importance of letting visitors get to each of these hubs easily. I soon came up with an idea to have a “floating menu bar” that hovers at the top of the page at all times. In addition to making switching between hubs fast, it also helps visitors learn where things are. # Heading To Photoshop For Mockups ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/skatter-tech-revamp-coming-soon.jpg "Skatter Tech 3.0 Revamp") After spending a few days attempting to upgrade the existing Skatter Tech template, as seen above, I began to despise the old fashion look. It was time for an even larger revamp. Over the next few days, I experimented with various color schemes and styles for the redesign. The following are just a few of the decent-looking options I managed to create: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-4.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-5.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/02/skatter-tech-mockup-6.jpg) If the mockups did not give it away, the home page portal was an important part of the design process. I wanted an extremely easy way for readers to quickly preview the latest stories from each hub. With some inspiration from [CNN.com](http://cnn.com/?ref=skatter.com) and other magazine style layouts, I created a unique layout which makes plenty of content available at a glance. Selecting clean layouts with proper spacing, appropriate colors, and friendly fonts is critical. Although there are various layouts, I wanted a consistent recognizable style across the entire site. Avoiding too much clutter is important otherwise people will leave if they can not figure out what to look at. I found that removing elements was occasionally necessary, even if it was fancy. # Selecting Features And Development During the design process, I started building a thorough to-do list which soon reached a few hundred items in length. I spent some time prioritizing important features and dumping far-fetched ideas. Some items that made the final cut include threaded comments, support for mobile devices, easy subscription tools, accurate search results, and recent activity widgets. Getting the code working optimally took over a month. Since WordPress has limitations when it comes to certain tasks, I had to develop a custom engine to fill the gaps. I even designed some basic APIs for my “mini platform” to keep things flexible enough for easy upgrades and future expansions. I also tried to avoid making any major changes to the original WordPress code to ensure that I could upgrade to new releases without too much hassle. For optimal performance, I cache and compress all pages. I choose [Rackspace](http://www.rackspace.com/?ref=skatter.com) for hosting along with [Amazon CloudFront](http://aws.amazon.com/cloudfront/?ref=skatter.com) for speeding up access times. To make Skatter Tech search engine friendly, I read through many tutorials and tips. I even used automated tools to track down broken links. # Compatibility For Everyone ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-launches.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 Launches") Another task that stole a chunk of time was guaranteeing compatibility for all major web browser including Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera, and Safari. In addition, I wanted the site to run properly for visitors without JavaScript enabled. Since small-screen netbooks are fairly popular, I even spent an entire day testing Skatter Tech on just about every possible display resolution. When it came to mobile devices, I prioritized offering an optimized version for feature phones which would have no way of rendering the full site. For those wondering, a touch enabled iteration of Skatter Tech for smart phones and tablets is in the works. # Adding Some Polish ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-new-hubs.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 New Hubs") Before launching, I created private password protected invites for letting a handful of people test the site. These users provided plenty of early feedback which was immensely valuable. It also brought up a handful of bug reports, allowing me to fix issues before Skatter Tech 3.0 went live. I also spent time creating quality documentation across Skatter Tech to offer details about who we are, what we do, and how things work. I even designed an extremely simple contact form, which people are actually willing to use. Every little detail matters. # Helpful Resources For those wondering, I am not a professional web designer or developer. This was my first major feat. Although I also built the older version of Skatter Tech, that was over five years ago and based on a robust sandbox theme. I did not buy any books or take any traditional classes, instead I used the internet. There are more tutorials and resources than one can possibly imagine. For those taking a first step into web development, definitely checkout [Google University](http://code.google.com/edu/submissions/html-css-javascript/?ref=skatter.com). For WordPress, the [official Codex](http://codex.wordpress.org/Main%5FPage?ref=skatter.com) and [Support Forums](http://wordpress.org/support/?ref=skatter.com) was a great starting point. I even bugged a few official developers, who were kind enough to help. For jQuery and JavaScript, the community at [StackOverflow](http://stackoverflow.com/?ref=skatter.com) was incredibly helpful. I brushed up on the latest HTML5 standards with the [Dive Into HTML5](http://diveintohtml5.org/?ref=skatter.com) online book. [W3Schools](http://www.w3schools.com/?ref=skatter.com) has plenty of details on CSS3\. [QuirksMode](http://www.quirksmode.org/compatibility.html?ref=skatter.com) offers browser compatibility information. Viewing the source of popular websites to learn how things work is also a great idea. The [Firefox Firebug extension](http://getfirebug.com/?ref=skatter.com) or the built-in inspectors for Chrome, Opera, and Safari makes that easy. **Links: [Skatter Tech](http://skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Giveaway: Wi-Ex zBoost Cell Phone Signal Boosters – $470 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/giveaway-wi-ex-zboost-cell-phone-signal-boosters-470-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:03.000Z Sick of dropped calls or slow speeds on your phone? Fortunately, today is your lucky day. Thanks to the folks at Wi-Ex, we are giving away the [zBoost YX-510 signal booster](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B000J2XZ1K/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) to one lucky reader. It is compatible with just about any cellular network including AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, and Verizon. Just setup the antenna and power up the booster for improved signal across your entire home. For those wondering, this device retails for $330 and we are giving it away for free! We also get to giveaway a [$140 zBoost YX-320](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B0013PKBCI/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) signal booster, keep reading for more details: # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2**: [‘Like’ zBoost](http://www.facebook.com/zBoost) on Facebook or Follow [@wi\_ex](http://twitter.com/wi%5Fex?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 3:** Enter your name and email into the contest entry form below. That’s it, you are in! Just be sure to keep an eye on your inbox for an email from us. # The Deal If we reach 75 entries before midnight on February 7th, 2011, we will also giveaway the zBoost YX-320 signal booster to a randomly selected contestant. If we do not reach the target, we will still giveaway the zBoost YX-510 signal booster to one lucky person. Your chances of winning a prize actually increase when you let your friends and family know about this giveaway. # Some Rules Apply: - 18 years and older only. Must live in the United States. - Winner is randomly selected by a computer program. - Only one entry per person. Duplicates are disqualified. - The chosen winner will be announced on this post. - Winner has 24 hours to respond to our email. - Be sure to agree to our [entire Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). ### Dell Means Business Event, February 8th URL: https://www.skatter.com/dell-means-business-event-february-8th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:59.000Z Although [Dell announced Streak 7 tablet with T-Mobile](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-dell-streak-7-heading-to-t-mobile/) at CES 2011, there were no other product launches at the annual conference. Instead, Dell is hosting an event next week on February 8th in San Francisco. While the invite simply states “Dell Means Business,” there is no telling what plans the company has for the event. It would be great if they announced a WiFi-only Android tablet that is free from any cellular contracts or announced a new Android smart phone. However, the event will likely focus on desktop, laptops, and netbooks since the invite clearly states the following: > **Dell Means Business Invite** – Please join us for an exclusive look at a new generation of business computing solutions designed to meet the evolving needs of IT and end users. We will provide instant updates from the event on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). It starts at 9:30 AM (Pacific Time) on February 8th. For those wondering, this is a day after the upcoming [Sprint event in New York](https://www.skatter.com/what-is-sprint-up-to-an-upcoming-event-and-price-hikes/) and a day before the [HP webOS event](https://www.skatter.com/hp-hosting-webos-event-on-february-9th/) which is also in San Francisco. We will cover all of these, so be sure to [subscribe to stay updated](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) with more details as these dates approach. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/dell-streak-7.jpg "Dell Streak 7") What do you think Dell will announce? Would you buy the Dell Streak 7 over a BlackBerry Playbook or Motorola Xoom? Are you still interested in netbooks or has the trend passed? **Links: [Dell.com](http://dell.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google I/O 2011: What Device Will They Giveaway This Time? URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-io-2011-what-device-will-they-giveaway-this-time/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:49.000Z For the past three years, developers have flocked to the increasingly popular Google I/O conference. The event focuses on technical information about web and mobile applications. Since Android made a debut in 2008, it has become an increasingly large part of the conference in addition to other popular topics such as Google Chrome or Google Apps. While many might be turned down by the fact that attending the conference costs $450, there have been some perks to attending in the past. At Google I/O 2009, each attendee received a HTC Magic smart phone. At last year’s event, attendees received either a [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) or a Nexus One. However, there was a surprise announcement at the end of the [Day 2 Keynote](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/). Google’s VP of Engineering, Vic Gondotra, announced that each attendee would also get a free HTC EVO 4G. **So the big question: what will Google giveaway at this time?** Here are some possibilities: ## Smart Phones There’s a good chance Google will hand out the recently upgraded Nexus One, the Nexus S by Samsung. There are also other possibilities since a handful of powerful Android devices appeared at CES 2011\. For those hoping to pick up a [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/why-the-motorola-atrix-isnt-for-everyone/), chances are slim since the webtop OS isn’t Google-built software. There is a better chance that Google may hand out a [Droid Bionic or a HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/), which run on Verizon’s new 4G LTE network. If Google chooses to stick with Sprint, it might be one of the yet-to-be-announced devices [from the upcoming event in New York](https://www.skatter.com/what-is-sprint-up-to-an-upcoming-event-and-price-hikes/). ## Chrome Notebook In early December 2010, Google announced the [CR-48 Chrome Notebook](http://www.google.com/chromeos/pilot-program-cr48.html?ref=skatter.com) at a press conference. Since then, the company has handed these out at no cost to individuals, businesses, schools, non-profits and developers willing to participate in a pilot program. Some estimates claim that over 60,000 units shipped in December alone. If Google intends to push the Chrome OS platform to the masses in 2011, they might hand these out at this year’s conference to make a big splash. ## Android Tablets While the [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/) hit the market late last year, Google’s tablet-optimized Honeycomb OS did not make an official appearance until a few weeks ago at CES 2011\. While Android smart phones are now dominating the market, Android tablets are not a bit hit just yet. To give Android 3.0 a much-needed push, Google might choose to hand out the flagship Motorola Xoom at the this year’s conference. With Apple domination the market with the iPad and with an iPad 2 in the works, focusing on tablets would be a wise choice. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/google-io-2010-google-tv-eric-schmidt.jpg "Google I/O 2010: Google TV Eric Schmidt") ## Google TV After many disappointing preliminary Google TV reviews, the company may announce some major software upgrades to change the perception. For instance, the Android Marketplace still is not available to Google TV owners. While this product is not as exciting as cutting-edge smart phones and tablets, Google may choose to give Logitech Revue units to attendees. This would push developers to optimize their Android apps for a large screen display. ## We’ll Be There Like last year, Skatter Tech will cover the keynotes and share any other big news. For those looking to attend, the website is now live with a countdown until the event begins, however registration is not open yet. Be sure to follow [@skattertech on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) to know when they open the doors. Early bird registration is $450, but the price will jump to $550 after April 16th, 2011\. Students looking to attend can get into the event for just $150. **Links: [Google I/O 2011](http://www.google.com/events/io/2011/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: Foursqare In 2010 URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-foursqare-in-2010/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:20.000Z A little over a week ago, we published an [infographic about Facebook](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-obsessed-with-facebook/), the world’s largest social network. Today, we are taking a look [Foursquare](http://foursquare.com/?ref=skatter.com), a miniscule in comparison, location-based mobile platform. Since the service launched at South by Southwest in 2009, users have flocked to check into locations they visit. While the notion of sharing locations has not played so well with the mass market, the idea is beginning to pick up steam. With an initial boost from the tech community which began adopting the service quickly, there are now over 6 million registered users. With 3400% growth in 2010, the company officially decided visualize the chaos. Although Facebook debuted the ‘Places’ feature late last year offering some serious competition, Foursquare still managed to process over 381 million check-ins during 2010\. In addition, with over 30 thousand check-ins from just the [Rally To Restore Sanity](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rally%5Fto%5FRestore%5FSanity%5Fand/or%5FFear?ref=skatter.com), the service undoubtedly has a bright future. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/foursquare-2010.jpg "foursquare-2010") So here is the big question: If you are not already using Foursquare, will you? If not, why? If you choose not to play along with location-based services, chances are you will have to eventually. Both Facebook Places and Foursquare are pushing their way into your lives with partnerships with major retailers, restaurants, and local business. Deals and discounts might become too tempting to resist. **Links: [Foursquare.com](http://foursquare.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Verizon Wireless – LG 4G LTE USB Modem (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-lg-4g-lte-usb-modem-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:16.000Z In December 2010, [Verizon Wireless launched their next generation 4G LTE network](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-to-launch-4g-lte-on-december-5th/) in 38 major cities across the country including 60 airports. While coverage is somewhat limited compared to Sprint’s WiMax 4G network, Verizon Wireless announced plans to expand into an additional 140 markets by the end of this year. There were a total of ten 4G devices including smart phones, tablets, and portable hotspots announced at [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/), but none are available just yet. I managed to get my hands on the LG VL600 USB 4G LTE modem and the speeds had my jaw dropping within no time. # Getting Started I had not used a USB modem in over a year since portable WiFi hotspots such as the [3G MiFi](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-mifi-2200-review/) became all the rage. As soon as I snapped it into my Windows 7 laptop, I quickly realized why customers prefer the latter: drivers. Despite the plug-and-play nature of USB devices, I had to manually install software and drivers to get the modem working. Although a CD ships with the packaging, I headed to Verizon’s website to get the latest versions. I was glad to find downloads for the last three iterations of Windows, but there was no support for Mac users yet. The VZAccess Manager and a separate Firmware Upgrade Tool for the modem added up to about 100 megabytes of data. After downloading, it took about 10-15 minutes to install the drivers and upgrade the modem’s firmware. The process was not too confusing or tedious. Once I was setup, I simply launched the VZAccess Manager and hit “Connect WWAN” to get online. Although the program looks somewhat outdated, it got me connected within a few seconds. The application displays signal strength, offers a text messaging tool, and lets you search for nearby WiFi hotspots. A statistics section contains details about bandwidth usage, connection duration, and live graphs for current data transfer speeds. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/verizon-lg-vl600-4g-modem-usb-port.jpg "Verizon LG VL600 4G Modem: USB Port") # Coverage I spent about five days testing Verizon’s 4G LTE with the LG VL600 USB modem and that is not much compared to the eight months I have had with Sprint’s 4G WiMax, which runs on Clearwire’s network. While traveling I managed to find fairly strong 4G LTE signal in Berkeley, Los Gatos, and San Francisco. While Clearwire also covers those areas, signal was very spotty. Even while reviewing the Clearwire Rover Puck in Las Vegas, I often completely lost signal by simply heading indoors or moving a few yards too far in a certain direction. As for Verizon Wireless 4G LTE, I had at least two bars of signal in Los Gatos and Berkeley at all times. When I was in San Francisco attending [Macworld 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/macworld/), I had about 3-4 bars of signal inside the Moscone Center. Verizon Wireless clearly has thorough coverage in these areas even though they do not offer coverage in as many cities as Sprint does. I should note that this device is entirely compatible with Verizon’s extensive nationwide 3G coverage as well. This means there is no harm opting for this modem even if you travel outside of 4G zones. The LG VL600 never had to fall back to 3G during testing, which is good news. # Speed Tests Although I have seen Sprint’s WiMax network spike up to 8.5 Mbps download speeds, the realistic number often hovers around 2 Mbps due to poor coverage. As for Verizon Wireless 4G, I had signal just about everywhere I went, even indoors. Download speeds sometimes even topped 20 Mbps, making it faster than my residential cable Comcast network. As I made my way through a few [San Francisco Bay Area cities](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/San%5FFrancisco%5FBay%5FArea?ref=skatter.com), I ran over ten speed tests in each location. The following bar graph features averaged download and upload rates I collected over the past week. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/verizon-wireless-4g-lte-speeds.jpg "Verizon Wireless 4G LTE Speeds") Even ping response times were impressively fast ranging between 49 and 55 milliseconds. This definitely makes it possible to play video games and even reduces slight delays during video calls. Streaming Hulu at 480p, Netflix in HD, or YouTube at 720p was a seamless experience with no pauses for buffering. For the most part, I have had a better initial experience running on Verizon Wireless 4G LTE than with either the [Clearwire Rover Puck](https://www.skatter.com/clearwire-rover-puck-review/) or the [Sprint Overdrive](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-4g-overdrive-review/). # The Cost As with any exciting new service, there is always a downside. While coverage and data rates are beyond impressive, data caps create a huge barrier. Verizon Wireless charges $50 per month for a 5 GB bucket of data and $80 per month for 10 GB of data. Overages for either plan cost $10 per GB. With blazing speeds reaching 20 Mbps, this means someone could technically use their entire allowance in about 30 minutes. ([See my calculations on WolframAlpha](http://www.wolframalpha.com/input/?i=5+GB+at+20+Mbps&ref=skatter.com).) If it were not for this limitation, it could be entirely possible for many customers to abandon their Cable or DSL subscriptions for 4G LTE. For those wondering, Sprint offers unlimited data on WiMax 4G. In addition to those monthly fees, customers will have to pay a one-time $99 fee for the equipment and sign a new two-year contract. Verizon Wireless also offers an equivalent Pantech UML290 4G USB Modem for the same price. The full retail price for both devices is $249. # The Bottom Line While geeks may argue that the notion of 4G is false marketing since the true specification states a 100 Mbps downlink, Verizon Wireless LTE is still the fastest available at this time. If you are looking to upgrade from 3G, Verizon’s network is the clear choice due to the best speeds and detailed coverage. While the LG VL600 gets the job done, having to deal with installing drivers and software is a mess. Using a USB modem also limits users to just once device at a time. Holding off for either a 4G enabled smart phone such as the [Droid Bionic or HTC Thunderbolt](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) would be a wise choice. Both Novatel and Samsung have dedicated 4G enabled WiFi hotspots slated for launch very soon as well. If you are in a rush to experience 4G or simply need the extra speeds immediately, the LG VL600 will not disappoint, however the rest should wait for one of the ten upcoming 4G LTE enabled devices. **Links: [Verizon Wireless LG VL600 4G LTE USB Modem](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/store/controller?item=phoneFirst&action=viewPhoneDetail&selectedPhoneId=5538&deviceCategoryId=15&ref=skatter.com)** ### Sony Unveils The PlayStation Platform For Android And The Next Generation Portable URL: https://www.skatter.com/sony-unveils-the-playstation-platform-for-android-and-the-next-generation-portable/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:25:59.000Z Earlier this week, Sony Computer Entertainment (SCE) held a press conference in Tokyo about its next generation portable device codenamed NGP. It is the first major revamp to the [PlayStation Portable](http://skatter.com/tag/psp/?ref=skatter.com) since 2005 despite a few minor hardware upgrades and the PSP Go spin-off. While the existing PSP has reached the hands of nearly 64 million fans, it is far behind the 145 million Nintendo DS units in the market. Sony hopes to catch up with the introduction its new handheld towards the end of 2011 and the launch of the “PlayStation Suite,” which will make it possible to enjoy the same content and high quality games on smart phones and tablets. # Next Generation Portable Like most new Sony PlayStation launches, the upcoming NGP features hardware that is a step above and beyond competition. While it may not have 3D capabilities or a second screen like [the just-announced Nintendo 3DS](https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-3ds-availability-and-pricing-finally-announced/), it does offer impressive computing power for graphics intensive games. Before I say any more, here is a detailed list of the hardware specifications: ## NGP Specifications: - Processor and GPU: Quad Core ARM Cortex A9 and SGX543MP4+ - Display: 5 inches (16:9), 960 x 544 pixels, OLED multi-touch capacitive - Cameras: front-facing and rear-facing - Audio: internal stereo speakers and microphone - Sensors: six-axis motion (gyroscope + accelerometer) - Location: GPS module and electronic compass - Network: 3G broadband + WiFi b/g/n + Bluetooth 2.1 - Extras: rear touch pad and dual joysticks - Dimensions: 182.0 x 18.6 x 83.5 mm (approximate) Anyone who knows hardware can clearly tell that these capabilities are no joke. Most were not even expecting dual core processors to hit smart phones until later year, but devices such as the [Motorola Atrix](https://www.skatter.com/why-the-motorola-atrix-isnt-for-everyone/) and the [Droid Bionic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/) popped up at CES 2011\. A quad-core processor and a dedicated GPU equates to unparalleled graphics capabilities. The 5-inch OLED touch display and a rear touch pad offer a smart phone like experience to complement the traditional gaming controls. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/sony-next-generation-portable-back.jpg "Sony Next Generation Portable (Back)") Since one of the major complains about the original PSP was a missing second analog stick, the upcoming NGP features two. This makes it easier and possible to play more sophisticated games traditionally found on full-blown consoles. A 3G broadband enabled device offers gamers more freedom, however a WiFi only model will also be available. With the new PlayStation Network “Near” application, geo-location becomes an aspect of every day gaming. Like the final PSP iteration which dumped the UMD physical media for flash storage, the NGP also switches to a new medium. According to Sony, it will use a new small flash memory card for dedicated games. It is unclear whether they are referring to the existing Sony MemoryStick Pro Duo cards or the widely used SD card standard. However, looking back at Sony’s history, it can only mean an entirely new proprietary storage format, which would be somewhat disappointing. For those wondering about games, some popular titles include Killzone, Uncharted, Wipeout, LittleBigPlanet, Call of Duty, and Resistance. These and a few more will be available this year. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/sony-next-generation-portable-top.jpg "Sony Next Generation Portable (Top)") # The PlayStation Suite While dedicated portable consoles are still very popular when it comes gaming, there is a major shift towards smart phones which offer better all-in-one experience. Sony recognized this market transformation and is making some major strides to enter an entirely new arena. The upcoming PlayStation Suite will bring the gaming platform to Android-based devices. It has never been possible to play PlayStation titles on third-party hardware in the past, making a major change for the company. SCE will even license the “PlayStation Certified” brand to hardware manufacturers who create devices that meet requirements. This is to ensure a consistent quality experience across all supported devices. As for games, both PlayStation 2 and PS one titles will be available for these third-party devices this year. SCE will also open the PlayStation Store to enable access to downloadable content. These titles will also run on the NGP according to Sony, however it is unclear whether new titles built for their quad-core handheld will also run on PlayStation Suite enabled Android devices. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/sony-next-generation-portable-bottom.jpg "Sony Next Generation Portable (Bottom)") # Other Details While the press conference brought plenty of good information about both the next generation portable (aka PSP2) and the PlayStation Suite, there is still much left unsaid. With a power-hungry quad-core processor, buyers will likely want to hear about battery life: some unofficial comments claim a 5 hour battery life. While the WiFi-only iteration will probably sell in retail stores like previous PSP devices, there is no word about whether the 3G model requires a traditional two-year contract. Sony also mentioned two cameras, but did not specify resolution or quality. With 3G networking and powerful hardware, it could make an excellent video chat device for services such as Skype. And most importantly, the company choose not to announce pricing yet. From experience, I can safely say that the initial price will be extremely expensive like all new PlayStation hardware. More details are likely to emerge from E3 later this year in Los Angeles and we will be there to bring you the details. **Links: [PlayStation.com](http://us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Heads Up: Things To Know Before Porting Your Number To Google Voice URL: https://www.skatter.com/heads-up-things-to-know-before-porting-your-number-to-google-voice/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:20.000Z Since Google Voice began accepting number transfers to their service earlier this week, the tech community has erupted in excitement. Freeing your primary phone number from dependence on a traditional telecom service provider is undoubtedly satisfying. If you are not familiar with Google Voice, [definitely watch this video](https://www.skatter.com/google-voice-now-available-for-everyone/) about the free service. In short, it transcribes voicemails, rings multiple devices including a computer at once, conditionally forwards/filters calls, and offers free text messaging. For those considering porting their number over, here are somethings you should know: # The True Cost Grabbing a new Google Voice number is entirely free for new users, but it means having to share new digits with friends, family, and colleagues. To make things easier, [Google now allows porting](http://googlevoiceblog.blogspot.com/2011/01/port-your-existing-mobile-number-to.html?ref=skatter.com) your existing number to their service for $20\. Sounds affordable, right? Unfortunately, porting entails cancelling your existing contract which is not cheap. For instance, [Verizon Wireless has early termination fees](http://www.verizonwireless.com/ReturnPolicy.shtml?ref=skatter.com) that ranges from $175 for feature phone owners to $350 for smart phones owners. The costs do not end there. Since your existing phone will no longer work after porting a number, you will need to get a new device and plan. If you were previously eligible for an upgrade, those bonus discounts are no longer available. Keep in mind most carriers charge activation fees in addition to hardware and taxes. Unless you are in a rush, the best time to switch over to Google Voice is when your contract expires. # Plan For The Switch Porting is not instant. Your phone number will be unavailable for nearly 24 hours during the transfer. Be sure to pick a day when you are not expecting too many calls. A long weekend or a holiday might be a good choice. You should buy a new phone and sign a new contract before porting your current cell phone number. This will make it easy to quickly begin forwarding calls to your new phone once your ported Google Voice number becomes active. Plus, you will also have a device during the down time. # Data Network Needed If you plan to use the Google Voice Android App, you will need a data connection to place a call with your universal number. Recent updates to the app have enabled caching information to make it work in more situations, but it is not perfect. You can also choose to call your Google Voice number directly then input a number to dial, but it is just tedious. Google Voice includes unlimited SMS, but this needs constant data connection to send or receive a message as well. # Other Issues Google Voice offers no support for picture or video messages. This means users will have to still share their phone’s number to receive messages. Having to use two numbers in instances such as this might be even more confusing for others. I have also seen the Gmail Voice integration audio quality drop to unbearable levels at times. There are often a few seconds of additional delay when Google attempts to route calls to other phones. For the most part, the best integration comes with Android devices since users can choose to permanently route all calls through the service in the settings. Even feature phones can use Google Voice, but it requires dialing your own number before dialing the destination number, making it a hassle. Apple iPhone owners now have a Google Voice app available in the App Store, however users must head to that app to initiate a call rather than using the regular dial pad app. # The Bottom Line I use Google Voice each day and I can not live without it. The ability to see transcribed voicemails and share them with others is incredibly easy. I can record calls and listen to them later as well. When someone calls me, I love that my computer and smart phone ring at once. I can even initiate a call from a web browser and answer it on my mobile phone. It is a great service, but those who are not too tech savvy should do their homework before switching to the service. **Links: [Google Voice](http://google.com/voice?ref=skatter.com) | [Porting Information](http://googlevoiceblog.blogspot.com/2011/01/port-your-existing-mobile-number-to.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Macworld 2011: MicroVision ShowWX+ Laser Pico Projector URL: https://www.skatter.com/macworld-2011-microvision-showwx-laser-pico-projector/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:26:00.000Z Last year we reviewed the [3M MPro120 Pico Projector](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/) which enables sharing content from portable devices on a larger screen. It was a great LED based technology, however MicroVision was showing of their laser powered ShowWX+ at Macworld 2011\. Although originally announced late last year, this pico projector offers one main advantage over competition: infinite auto focus for a crisp picture. > “We’re on a mission to eliminate the squinting and huddling that occurs when mobile device users share content,” said Alexander Tokman, president and CEO of MicroVision. “SHOWWX+ is designed to simply and quickly connect to today’s hottest new portable devices so users can display and share large vibrant images and video with ease.” The ShowWX+ projects at a 16:9 widescreen WVGA 848 x 480 pixel resolution and supports VGA, composite, and component inputs. Support for HDMI or HD resolutions is notably missing. Some of the latest pico projectors from [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) already had 720p capabilities. MicroVision offers adapters to ensure compatibility with iPads, iPods, and iPhones. They even list apps such as Netflix and YouTube which support outputting video. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yHza7XsvTx4&hd=1 According to a MicroVision representative, the ShowWX+ should last about two hours on a single charge. The battery is user-replaceable, making carrying spares an easy solution for extended run time. The projector can reach up to 100 inches in diagonal size. Unlike most projectors which offer a small dial for adjusting focus, the laser scanning display technology automatically ensures a crisp picture. The internal 15 lumens laser boasts a bright uniform picture, but we would need to test those claims. Pico projectors generally suffer from dull images. The ShowWX+ is available in stores for a MSRP of $449, making it more expensive than most alternative solutions. The high price is mainly due to the expensive laser projection technology. Traditional LED and DLP pico projectors are generally more affordable to manufacture. For those looking to buy one of these, we suggest shopping around: [Amazon offers it for $385](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B004EKM5B4/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). **Link: [MicroVision ShowWX+](http://www.microvision.com/showwxplus/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Macworld 2011: Kensington PowerLift Battery Backup Dock For iPhone URL: https://www.skatter.com/macworld-2011-kensington-powerlift-battery-backup-dock-for-iphone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:23.000Z While the iPhone 4 offers impressive battery life especially versus other smart phones on the market, there are still plenty of people looking for an extra power boost while on the go. We have featured portable battery packs such as the [Zagg Sparq](https://www.skatter.com/zagg-sparq-review/) in the past, but it was an awfully bulky device. Fortunately, Kensington’s recently announced PowerLift Backup Battery Dock and Stand is a fairly compact solution. I had a chance to meet up with a Kensington representative and here is what I found: The PowerLift sports a 1200 mAh battery pack and offers an internal USB cable for easy recharging. It can offer an additional 20 hours of music playback, 5 hours of video, and 3.5 hours of talk time, which is plenty for many. Unfortunately, the PowerLift can not fully charge a completely depleted iPhone 4\. While some competing solutions offer a more powerful internal battery, this is still a decent solution for a quick partial recharge if you can not find a power outlet. In addition to recharging capabilities, the stand keeps the phone upright for use as an alarm clock, photo slide show, watching movies, or FaceTime video calls. It also folds up into a smaller form factor for in-hand use. It is hard to tell where people will want an extended battery pack in this form factor, but it is at least an option. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/kensington-powerlift-product-shot1.jpg "Kensington PowerLift Power Shot") For those looking for a portable stand and battery pack, this is definitely a unique solution. However if you are simply looking for extra power while on the go, I would definitely recommend the [Mophie Juice Pack Air](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-mophie-doubles-iphone-4-battery-life/) which is a case with an embedded battery. For those looking to pick one up, the PowerLift is available for pre-order online for $49\. Kensington did not provide n availability time frame. **Links: [Kensington.com PowerLift](http://us.kensington.com/html/17866.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Macworld 2011: AltiGen iFusion Dock For iPhone URL: https://www.skatter.com/macworld-2011-altigen-ifusion-dock-for-iphone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:23.000Z The environment at the Macworld 2011 Media Preview Reception was fairly dull. Only a handful of companies choose to attend and even fewer had something new to offer. Fortunately, at least one gizmo caught my eye. The folks at AltiGen launched a brand new Apple iPhone docking solution for a traditional calling experience at the show. While most consumers are switching over to Bluetooth headsets, some business users still prefer office-like phones for making calls. The iFusion lets users dock an iPhone for calls and charging. A pass-through USB port makes it possible to sync with iTunes easily. > “This breakthrough device provides the ultimate desktop experience,” said Niel Levonius, AltiGen’s Director of Corporate Strategy. “Offering optimal comfort, convenience and style, the iFusion has been designed to complement the look and feel of Apple products, while meeting the demanding requirements of today’s iPhone users.” The iFusion connects to the iPhone over a Bluetooth connection for audio. Picking up the handset answers a call and putting it down ends one. The dock also includes a speaker phone for hands free-calling. There is even an audio out jack for connecting the iFusion to a set of stereo speakers. Since the dock supports A2DP streaming, users can play music on the iFusion as well. A few buttons on the front face offer quick access to mute and volume controls. According to the company spokesperson, a dock for Android devices such as the HTC EVO should also be available soon. The current iPhone model will be available in April 2011 for $169 in glossy white and black colors. AltiGen is also accepting pre-orders on their websites starting today. This is definitely on the pricey side of things, would you buy one? **Links: [iFusion Smart Station](http://www.thefusionphone.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Qwiki: Information Experience Available To All URL: https://www.skatter.com/qwiki-information-experience-available-to-all/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:24.000Z Last year at TechCrunch Disrupt, a little company named [Qwiki](http://qwiki.com/?ref=skatter.com) made their debut. The web service instantly visualizes search queries into unique informational videos. For instance a search for “Skatter Tech” will readout information from our Wikipedia pages with collages of photos floating across the screen. Searching for a more common term such as “New York City” even brings up complementary animations, maps, and videos of the city during narrations. Qwiki describes themselves as an “information experience” and that is definitely an appropriate fit. The current alpha includes nearly 3 million reference terms including famous people and places. Buzz about the company skyrocketed last week as news about an [$8 million round in funding](http://techcrunch.com/2011/01/20/qwiki-8-million-saverin/?ref=skatter.com) from Facebook co-founder Eduardo Saverin and YouTube founder Jawed Karim hit the web. Viewers can pause, play, and resume generated videos at their own pace. The latest alpha brought the ability to embed, email, and share Qwiki content. Related terms appear once a video finishes playing. Qwiki even makes it easy to get additional information about the context or source of any part of an “informational video” by simply clicking on a visual. Qwiki lets users manually improve video by accepting suggestions for improvements. The company also boasts that Qwiki will soon offer a way to turn data about your Facebook friends into informational videos as well. I am also excited to see this technology to make its way into mobile devices. As mentioned during the initial Disrupt demo, this would be a great technology for daily briefings about calendar appointments, news, weather, and much more. Hopefully some improvements to the existing voice engine will make things sound more natural by then. **Links: [Qwiki.com](http://qwiki.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Public Alpha Details](http://blog.qwiki.com/2011/01/24/welcome-to-our-public-alpha/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Macworld 2011 Coverage Starts Today URL: https://www.skatter.com/macworld-2011-coverage-starts-today/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:24.000Z Although Macworld has lost some excitement since [Apple](https://www.skatter.com/tag/apple/) stopped attending after the 2009 expo, this year’s show is underway and it all starts today. [Skatter Tech](http://skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) will be attending the media preview event tonight and more coverage will follow straight from the show floor tomorrow (January 27th) at 10 AM. Macintosh enthusiasts will still flock to San Francisco each year to get their hands on the latest software and accessories, but the spirit is still not the same without the legendary Steve Jobs keynote speech. With Apple’s beyond-excellent financial results, I am confident that Macworld will kick off to a good start regardless. As always there will be tons of iPad, iPhone, and iPod accessories. A few such as the [iPad Cinemin Pico Projector](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-cinemin-slice-an-ipad-pico-projector/) or the [iPhone Griffin Tech CarTrip](https://www.skatter.com/griffin-cartrip-lets-you-monitor-vehicle-efficiency-from-a-smart-phone/), which we saw at CES 2011, will always stand out. We will publish instant updates from the show floor to [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) about the most interesting things we find, so head over there for more details. For those looking to attend, the show floor will be open from Thursday to Saturday. Since it is too late for the early pricing discounts, on-site registration costs $45. **Links: [Macworld 2011](http://www.macworldexpo.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Jawbone Icon (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/jawbone-icon-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:17.000Z While there are thousands of Bluetooth headsets on the market, only a few stand out from the rest. The Jawbone’s Icon headset offers a fashion-oriented premium solution for those looking for excellent audio quality and some style. For those not familiar with [Jawbone](http://jawbone.com/?ref=skatter.com), the headset initially stole the spotlight a few years ago as their NoiseAssassin technology offered unparalleled noise cancellation capabilities. While competitors including [BlueAnt](https://www.skatter.com/blueant-q1-bluetooth-headset-review/), Jabra, and [Plantronics](https://www.skatter.com/plantronics-explorer-395-review/) now offer similar solutions, the new Jawbone Icon claims to have even more to offer with downloadable apps to customize the entire experience. Jawbone tries to entice buyers right from the beginning with some impressive packaging. Unlike some gadgets which arrive in impossible-to-open plastic cages, Jawbone ships the headset in one of the fanciest boxes I have come across. A showcase features the headset prominently at the top while accessories are hidden in the base. Instructions printed directly on the packaging explain each accessory’s purpose. There are multiple ear buds, an ear loop, a USB cable, and an AC wall charger inside. As a bonus for eco-friendly shoppers, the packaging is entirely recyclable. # Design Jawbone offers the Icon in ten styles which vary in color and texture. Just about each style offers a unique look that will make a fashion statement. Some might be searching for a unique look, but business professionals may have a hard time selecting a subtle Icon style. In addition, “The Rogue” version that Skatter Tech received was a definite finger print magnet, which attracts dust and grime quickly. I had to wipe it down with a soft cloth each day to keep it looking pristine. I should note that our review unit was also slightly chipped, which hopefully is not a common flaw. # Comfort As someone who often finds discomfort with some in-ear headphones and Bluetoothheadsets, I was glad to find that Jawbone includes various ear bud sizes to ensure a proper fit. There are three sizes for the standalone ear bud style which features an extended fin to stay in place. I prefer this option since it offers a clean-cut look without having to use an ear loop that goes above and around my ear. For the most part, the Jawbone stays secure and the silicone bud is fairly comfortable. However, the Icon will probably fall out during rigorous activities. To solve that issue, Jawbone also includes an ear loop and four sizes of round fin-less buds as an alternative. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/jawbone-icon-accessories.jpg "Jawbone Icon Accessories") # Features To avoid clutter, the Jawbone Icon only features a power button under the belly and a multi-function key. The built-in software dynamically adjusts volume levels depending on the surrounding sound levels. For those concerned, I noticed that my Android smart phone also let me manually increase or decrease the volume. The multi-function key lets users quickly answer or end a call with a single click. A double-tap even initiates a instant redial. The Bluetooth (v2.1) module was also strong enough to support a steady connection from over 15 feet away from my device. I was glad to learn that the Icon can remember up to eight paired devices and simultaneously stay connected to two at once. For instance, this makes it possible to seamlessly toggle between a Skype call on your computer and an incoming call on your mobile device without having to switch headsets. Charging the Icon is also easy since Jawbone includes a Micro USB cable which works with either a computer’s USB port or the provided AC adapter. The company claims 4.5 hours of talk time and 10 days of standby which fit appropriately with my findings. # Audio Quality While the brand new [Jawbone Era](http://www.jawbone.com/headsets/era/overview?ref=skatter.com) sports the latest NoiseAssassin 3.0 technology, the Icon still runs on NoiseAssassin 2.5\. I had a chance to throughly test the headset in various environments and found impressive results. During a call, the other party could not hear any unwanted background noises while I was not speaking. I happened to walk by a bus and a construction site in downtown Berkeley during a call without the person on the other end hearing a sound. However, the noise cancellation capabilities began to vary as I began talking. I found that some minor background noises, which are very much suppressed, still make it through. Fortunately, those sounds are nearly undistinguishable to the other party. It would be nearly impossible for some one to tell whether you are in front of your TV, in a car, or at a party. At first I did not think the NoiseAssassin was doing enough, however after comparing it to the regular microphone on my HTC EVO 4G, I was very impressed. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/jawbone-icon-back.jpg "Jawbone Icon Back") # Downloadable Apps Much like a smart phone, Jawbone offers a web-based app store for the Icon. Since the headset does not have a display, you need to connect it to your computer with the included USB cable to get started. Jawbone provides a small application and drives which install fairly quickly, but requires restarting all open web browsers. The MyTalk app store offers six free voice packs to replace the default narration. There are even language packs for Spanish, French, German, Japanese, Mandarin, and Cantonese speakers. Additional apps offer quick access to frequently dialed numbers, extra voice dial features, and even note-taking tools. A “Voice on the Go” app even reads emails out to you over Bluetooth. While the value of MyTalk apps might be little for those with smart phones, it will prove very handy to the vast majority of buyers who still use feature phones. I should note that I found installing apps painfully slow as it took over five minutes in some instances. The buggy software manged to crash my browser twice, but a third attempt was a charm. # The Bottom Line If you are looking for a premium Bluetooth headset that offers impressive noise cancellation capabilities and do not mind the rather unique styles, the Jawbone Icon could be the answer. The headset will undoubtedly stand our from the ones your friends and family use and the MyTalk apps are a definite plus. Even if you do not need apps, the bonus voice packs are a fun addition. However the most important fact remains: the NoiseAssassin technology once again went above and beyond competition. The Icon retails for [$99 on Jawbone’s website](http://store.jawbone.com/store/aliphcom/DisplayHomePage?ref=skatter.com), however other retailers such as Amazon offer it for as little as $70\. While this might be a bit over the top for some, those who take the plunge will realize that the Jawbone Icon offers presentation and performance which will not disappoint. **Buy: [$70 for Jawbone Icon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00377QZX4?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B00377QZX4&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Jawbone Icon](http://www.jawbone.com/headsets/icon/overview?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: 10 Years Of Wikipedia URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-10-years-of-wikipedia/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:20.000Z About a week ago, [Wikipedia](http://www.wikipedia.org/?ref=skatter.com) celebrated its 10th anniversary. As an homage to the milestone, the folks at Jess3 created an infographic timeline and an animated video documenting the history of Wikipedia, narrated by Wikipedia CEO Jimmy Wales. For those looking for an official definition of Wikipedia, here is how the website defines itself: > **Wikipedia** (pronounced /ˌwÉȘkɚˈpiːdi.ə/ *WIK-i-PEE-dee-ə*) is a multilingual, web-based, free-content encyclopedia project based on an openly editable model. The name “Wikipedia” is a portmanteau of the words *wiki* (a technology for creating collaborative websites, from the Hawaiian word *wiki*, meaning “quick”) and *encyclopedia*. Since the site made its debut in 2000, traffic has soared letting it steal seventh place for the most visited websites on the internet [according to Alexa](http://www.alexa.com/topsites?ref=skatter.com). There are over 17 million articles in over 270 languages making an endless source for information. According to Wales, over 400 million visitors access the site each month. If that is not impressive enough, over 1.2 million people have contributed to Wikipedia at some point and 11 million edits take place each month. Wales acknowledges that some articles lack quality and he hopes to help increase credibility with more citations as the sites moves into its second decade. Wikipedia has also been criticized for editors who decide on which changes, edits, and viewpoints are kept or not. Despite those issues, popularity continues to grow and independent research firms such as [Pew Internet](http://pewinternet.org/Reports/2011/Wikipedia.aspx?ref=skatter.com) verify that claim: “the percentage of all American adults who use Wikipedia to look for information has increased from 25% in February 2007 to 42% in May 2010.” Pew even mentions that nearly 69% of users have a college degree according to their data. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wikipedia-infographic.jpg "Wikipedia Infographic") In the nature of Wikipedia’s openness, both the infographic and video are under a Creative Commons license, making it possible to copy, share and distribute the visuals with adequate attribution. Also a quick question to our college readers, does your school let you cite Wikipedia as a credible source? And on that note, feel free to upgrade our [Skatter Tech wiki page](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skatter%5FTech?ref=skatter.com) if you have a chance. **Links: [Wikipedia.org](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skatter%5FTech?ref=skatter.com) | [StateOfWikipedia.com](http://www.thestateofwikipedia.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Wilson Electronics MobilePro Signal Booster (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/wilson-electronics-mobilepro-signal-booster-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:17.000Z While cellular carriers are beginning to focus on 4G networks, many still suffer with poor signal on existing 3G networks. Networks including AT&T and Verizon Wireless offer range extenders which plug into a home broadband connection, but using these adds a few extra bucks to each monthly bill. Fortunately, Wilson Electronics offers cost-effective signal booster solutions to solve this issue. Last year [we reviewed the Wilson Electronics SignalBoost DT](https://www.skatter.com/wilson-electronics-signalboost-dt-review/), a powerful amplifier for increasing coverage across an entire household. While it makes a great addition to homes with poor signal, it did not offer any mobility. The MobilePro Signal Booster, which has been around for at least two years, offers the same technology in a compact package and helps improve signal in smaller areas such as a single room or a vehicle. # Configuration and Setup Like most Wilson Electronics signal boosters, this device works by utilizing two antennas. One receives signal from a cell tower site just as your cell phone would, but with a larger antenna. The booster then amplifies that signal indoors with the second antenna embedded in the base for better performance. Wilson Electronics ships an AC power supply, a car charger, a USB cable, a 4 inch magnetic antenna, a suction cup window mount, and a carrying case with the MobilePro booster. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wilson-electronics-mobilepro-case.jpg "Wilson Electronics MobilePro Case") While the setup is not too difficult, it can get messy with multiple cables. The first step is to mount the external magnetic antenna. If in a hotel, bedroom, or office space, the suction-cup bracket easily attaches to any window. If in a vehicle, the best place is above the roof. The strong magnet keeps the antenna secure even with rough driving or poor weather. Both option fasten the antenna into place without any adhesives, which is a plus. Keep in mind that positioning is critical. Any obstructions can diminish signal quality quickly. A cable runs from that antenna to the base unit which should reside inside your vehicle or near your wireless device. There must also be at least eight feet of spacing between the external antenna and the base unit to avoid oscillation which can interfere the amplification. The base units needs power from a computer’s USB port, a wall outlet, or a car cigarette slot. Once properly configured and powered on, a LED light indicates status: green means good and orange means something is wrong. # Test Results To tell whether this MobilePro is working, I enabled the “field test” mode on my Sprint HTC EVO. Most phones offer a hidden section which include numerical signal strength information. I kept my phone about 2-3 feet away from the MobilePro to check if data speeds and signal strength would improve. Here is what I found after averaging nearly 10 repeated tests: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wilson-electronics-data-test-1.jpg "Wilson Electronics Data Test 1") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wilson-electronics-signal-test-1.jpg "Wilson Electronics Signal Test 1") A lower ping time is better while higher download and upload speeds are better. As the collected data shows, response time improved slightly at the cost of slower data rates which was disappointing. As for signal strength, a higher decibel value means stronger signal. While data rates did not improve, the signal strength clearly did increase from -73.50 dB to -69.50 dB. Since these results were not too convincing, I decided to repeat the same tests in another location. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wilson-electronics-data-test-2.jpg "Wilson Electronics Data Test 2") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/wilson-electronics-signal-test-2.jpg "Wilson Electronics Signal Test 2") The differences between my phone’s regular 3G antenna and with assistance the signal booster were clear-cut. With the MobilePro enabled, signal strength got a major boost, however data tests still were a mixed bag of results. Upload speeds suffered greatly and ping times took a slight hit with the signal booster in use, however download speeds improved slightly. This demonstrates that the effects of the signal booster can vary greatly depending on signal strength in your location. Properly setting up the device to avoid interference and any obstructions is also a major factor. The MobilePro definitely reduces the changes of dropped calls, however data rates did suffer in most cases. Also, the improvements that the booster offers diminishes quickly if you walk more than a few feet away from the booster. # The Bottom Line While the [Wilson Electronics SignalBoost DT](https://www.skatter.com/wilson-electronics-signalboost-dt-review/) offered major improvements across the board, the MobilePro was not as helpful. Signal strength will improve, but smart phone users will likely experience slower data rates. If you do not have a data-enabled device, the MobilePro should only bring improvements if configured properly. Since the booster helps maintain a steady signal, your mobile phone will also last longer on batteries since it spends less time searching for cell towers. I was glad to find that the MobilePro includes a modular USB cable that plugs into a laptop or the included car or wall outlet. The carrying case which can store main device and the accessories is also a plus. Wilson Electronics also makes it easy to mount the device at home or in a car. The only downsides are the cables which will easy get tangled if you do not tie them down properly. If you own a basic feature phone, the MobilePro will offer noticeable signal improvements, however smart phone owners should hold off. We will also be reviewing the Wilson Electronics Sleek, which showed better results when it comes to data-hungry devices. If you are suffering with poor signal with your AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, or Verizon Wireless network, I would definitely recommend a signal booster over a carrier-provided “[femtocell](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Femtocell?ref=skatter.com).” For those concerned with configuration difficulty, Wilson Electronics provides phone tech support, a 30-day money back guaranty, and a one-year warranty. **Buy: [MobilePro for $180 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B001JT1E5G/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Wilson Electronics MobilePro](http://www.wilsonelectronics.com/ViewProduct.php?ID=132&ref=skatter.com)** ### Jansport Tarmack TST1 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/jansport-tarmack-tst1-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:17.000Z As someone who always uses a backpack, I wasn’t too excited when it came time to reviewing Jansport’s Tarmack TST1 messenger back for laptops. I generally prefer backpacks because they are spacious and comfortable. One the other hand, messenger bags fit into a work environment better, making a viable solution in different situations. The Tarmack is a part of Jansport’s professional lineup of bags for carrying expensive gear. It perfectly complements the [Hookey backpack](https://www.skatter.com/jansport-hookey-review/) we reviewed last year. # Design While a single zipper offers instant access to the main compartment on most backpacks, messenger bags generally have an extra flap and belt to secure things into place. While it may offer some additional protection, it is often a hassle especially if in a hurry. Fortunately, the Tarmack features only a single belt clip and a magnetic strip for easy access. The bag can expand quite easily and even offers a pouch on the side for a water bottle. Jansport claims enough room to hold a 17 inch laptop and a few 3-ring binders. I was able to fit a 15.4 inch laptop, a 10 inch netbook, two charging adapters, a 200 page novel, and two slim notebooks inside. The inner compartments make it easy to keep things organized and separated. The laptop pouch offers some padding and prevents other sharp objects from scratching your computer. There are also several other small pockets to store items such as a wallet, MP3 player, headphones, or pens. My only disappointment came with the shoulder strap. Despite the adjustable nature, there was often too much excess which would not tuck away easily. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/jansport-tarmack-laptop.jpg "Jansport Tarmack: Laptop") # Style Unlike most messenger bags which are fairly monotone, the Tarmack I received came in a optimus grey color scheme. However for the more traditional, the bag is also available in all black. While the grey colors were somewhat dull, it will probably fit well for commuters, students, or travel. Business professionals on the other hand should probably opt for the black mode. For those concerned with susceptibility to dirt and stains, I was impressed to how resistant it was despite the light colors. I also like Jansport’s style which I find quite contemporary and modern. For instance, it features a bright red inside that will definitely attract some eyes. # Comfort Unlike backpacks, messenger bags do not evenly distribute weight across both shoulders. If you are someone like me, you may have a hard time getting used to this. While the shoulder strap offers some minimal padding, a heavy bag will get painful very quickly. However if you are a light traveler, it should not be much of an issue. I should note that backpacks are probably better for posture and to avoid back problems over messenger bags. This bag is great for simply getting stuff from the car in your parking lot to your office, but not for long commutes or trips. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/jansport-tarmack-inside.jpg "Jansport Tarmack: Inside") # Bottom Line After completely switching to the Jansport Tarmack for a few weeks, I can safely say that it was better than most messenger bags I have tried. The design felt different, the inside compartments were well-organized, and it offered decent laptop protection. I would love to have one of these for carrying stuff to meetings, interviews, or presentations. However the price tag was a bit shocking. Most retailers charge over a $100 for the bag. At that price, I am fairly positive I can find a pretty impressive back pack. Even the Jansport Hookey would be a better solution, if it could serve your needs. However I should note that the build quality was impressive and that this bag will not fall apart even after some heavy use. If you do go with this bag, you probably not be disappointed. **Links: [Jansport.com](www.jansport.com)** **Buy: [Jansport Tarmack TST1 for $80](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B002Y2XZ4A/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Notice:** This article was originally contributed by Akshay Aanabathula and edited by Sahas Katta. ### In Photos: Nokia N8 URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-nokia-n8/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:05.000Z While most of the buzz across the United States is for devices such as the Apple iPhone 4, Motorola Droid Bionic, and HTC Thunderbolt, Nokia’s impressive N8 smart phone that blasts some of these devices out of the water when it comes to certain features. While there is no domestic carrier that offers the phone, the Nokia N8 is [available unlocked through retailers such as Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B003ZX7RL4/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com). ## Nokia N8 Specifications: - Operating System: Symbian^3 - Networks: WCDMA and GSM/EDGE - Display: 3.5 inch widescreen capacitive touch - Screen Resolution: 640 x 360 pixels - Camera: 12 megapixels and 720p video - Connectivity: HDMI output and Micro USB - Wireless: WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth 3.0 - Radio: FM radio and FM transmitter - Storage: 16GB Internal and up to 32GB Micro SD - Battery: 1200 mAh - Dimensions: 113.5 x 59.12 x 12.9 mm - Weight: 135 grams ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-top.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-sim-and-microsd.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-home-key.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nokia-n8-accessories.jpg) For anyone know knows their smart phone hardware, this phone packs plenty of heat. Unfortunately some may not like the fact that it runs on Nokia’s latest Symbian^3 platform, which deviates from the Maemo we saw on the N900\. It is clear that Nokia still knows what it is doing when it comes to aesthetics, hardware, and style. However, a switch over to Android or Windows Phone 7 might be necessary to grab more attention in the United States. Keep in mind we should not forget that Symbian takes first place with 36.6% of the worldwide smart phone operating system market share [according to Gartner](http://www.gartner.com/it/page.jsp?id=1466313&ref=skatter.com). Although those numbers are from Q3 of 2010, Symbian is probably still number one despite the impressive Android growth rates. We are working on a full review on the Nokia N8, so stick around or [subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) for the full scoop. **Links: [Nokia N8](http://europe.nokia.com/find-products/devices/nokia-n8?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: Obsessed With Facebook URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-obsessed-with-facebook/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:21.000Z Since Mark Zuckerberg launched [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) in 2004, it has become an internet phenomenon. The social network has over a half billion active users, an estimated valuation of about $50 billion, and nearly two thousand employees. It has become a part of our culture and just about everyone accesses the website from just about any internet connected device that supports it. Online Schools created an impressive infographic that visualizes many interesting Facebook statistics from 2010. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/obsessed-with-facebook-infographic.jpg "Obsessed with Facebook Infographic") Do you think Facebook still has potential in 2011 or will it become irrelevant like MySpace did just a few years earlier? If you think the site is heading downhill, what do you think is the replacement? **Links: OnlineSchools.org** ### Concept Android Phone Features Three Displays URL: https://www.skatter.com/concept-android-phone-features-three-displays/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:05.000Z Over the past few years, smart phones have evolved to a point where they now have more processing power than computers from just a decade ago. However, design has not changed much. Every single Android device launched at the [Verizon Wireless CES 2011 press event](http://live.skatter.com/event/verizon-ces-2011/?ref=skatter.com) looked exactly the same: a single-piece black-colored slab. In fact, this design has become so popular that it has become rather difficult for many to visually identify one smart phone from another. Even the simple and extremely thin Apple iPhone 4 shares the same form factor. While the design may work, it will eventually get boring and overused. This is exactly why I was glad to see this innovative concept design entitled “flip” from a designer named [Kristian Ulrich Larsen](http://vimeo.com/user3261103?ref=skatter.com). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/concept-android-flip-phone-extras.jpg "Concept Android Flip Phone Extras") Even if the design is impractical, there are definitely creative elements that could easily make it into production in the near future. The concept demoed in the video below shows off a three flexible screen design. There are clearly elements from Android and iOS in the mockup, but the mashup is still absolutely unique. There is also a front-facing camera for video chat, a side-by-side screens form factor for reading a book, and even customizable LED lights for personalization. I could go on all day about the possibilities, but it is better to simply watch the video yourself. The prototype is as imaginary as things can get. I am sure geeks would die to own one of these. If I were at a company like Apple or HTC, I would probably hire this designer quickly. Do you think this would be too complicated? If this was real, would you buy one? Let us know in the comments! **Link: [Idkul Flip Phone](http://idkul.com/flipphone.htm?ref=skatter.com)** ### HP Hosting webOS Event On February 9th URL: https://www.skatter.com/hp-hosting-webos-event-on-february-9th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:24.000Z When webOS made its debut at CES 2009, Palm was back in business after becoming irrelevant as competition such as the Apple iPhone dominated the market. While device such as the [Palm Pre](https://www.skatter.com/palm-pre-plus-verizon-wireless-review/) kept the company going, the company’s stock price was suffering. HP bought the company in April 2010 for $1.2 billion with intentions to keep the young webOS platform alive. Although HP announced the [Palm Pre 2](http://www.palm.com/us/products/phones/pre2/index.html?ref=skatter.com) with many performance improvements and an updated version of webOS late last year, it went largely unnoticed again due to the rapid evolution of Android smart phones on the market. Fortunately, it looks like things are about to change next month. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/hp-webos-2011-event.jpg "HP webOS 2011 Event") HP is hosting a webOS event on February 9th in San Francisco. While there are no official details yet, [Engadget](http://www.engadget.com/2011/01/18/exclusive-hp-palms-webos-tablets-pictures-plans-and-mor/?ref=skatter.com) leaked details about upcoming tablets that made their way across the internet. It is also likely that HP will introduce another revamp to webOS and compatibility for the slate form factor. While the number of tablets that came out of CES 2011 are nearly uncountable, premium devices such as this one has potential to stand out from the rest. However there is no doubt that a Palm tablet will face stiff competition from the Apple iPad 2, the [BlackBerry PlayBook](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-sprint-grabs-rims-blackberry-4g-playbook/), the Motorola Xoom, and the [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/). We are hoping for some exciting news and we will be at the event providing instant text and image updates through [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). We will also attempt to live stream the event assuming that there is enough bandwidth and we get permission. **Links: [HP.com](http://hp.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Palm.com](http://palm.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nintendo 3DS Availability And Pricing Finally Announced URL: https://www.skatter.com/nintendo-3ds-availability-and-pricing-finally-announced/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:24.000Z At Nintendo’s press conference in New York yesterday, President Reggie Fils-Aime announced that the 3DS would hit stores in the United States on March 27th for $250\. Customers will have the choice of two colors as well: *Cosmo Black* and *Aqua Blue*. We first brought news about the next generation 3DS to you [from the Nintendo press event at E3 2010](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2010-nintendo-press-conference-semi-live/). We had a chance to get our [hands on the pre-production unit](https://www.skatter.com/hands-on-nintendo-3ds/) as well. Aside from a few minor visual changes, the hardware looks nearly identical. > “Nintendo 3DS is a category of one – the experience simply doesn’t exist anywhere else,” said Nintendo of America President Reggie Fils-Aime. “You have to see Nintendo 3DS to believe it. And it’s like nothing you’ve ever seen before.” For those not familiar with the [Nintendo 3DS](https://www.skatter.com/tag/nintendo/), it essentially a 3D version of the existing [Nintendo DSi](https://www.skatter.com/dsi-xl-93-worth-it/). The lower screen is touch enabled for use with a stylus and the upper screen offers three-dimensional visuals (no glasses needed). There is a depth slider to adjust the level of 3D since appearance may vary from person to person. Nintendo also makes it easy to switch off 3D entirely to offer compatibility with older two-dimensional titles. A new circular pad provides better control over a game with 360 degree navigation. Like many of the latest smart phones on the market, the Nintendo 3DS also features a motion sensor and a gyroscope for additional ways to interact with a game. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/nintendo-3ds-final-hardware.jpg "Nintendo 3DS Final Hardware") Nintendo expects over 30 new games to become available for the 3DS after launch and before E3 2011, which we will be attending. While some of these titles are mini games, popular games including *The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time 3D*, *Star Fox 64 3D*, and *Kid Icarus: Uprising* will also be available. The Nintendo 3DS also ships with a 2GB SD card for storing game information and pictures. A Nintendo eShop will offer access to downloadable full games, DSiWare games, and new titles with 3D support. Like the Virtual Console on the Wii, retro games from the Game Boy and Game Boy Color will run on the upcoming 3DS. In addition to gaming, the 3DS also features three cameras: one on the inside for video chat and another two on the outside for snapping 3D pictures. This will likely be the first piece of consumer hardware that will bring 3D imaging and viewing capabilities to the masses. In addition, Nintendo states that the device will support playback of MP3s and have an integrated web browser. **Links: [Nintendo 3DS](http://www.nintendo.com/3ds?ref=skatter.com)** ### How To Properly Hide The WordPress Version Number URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-to-properly-hide-the-wordpress-version-number/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:21.000Z While [developing Skatter Tech 3.0](https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/), I came across many tutorials which offered simple snippets of code to make WordPress safer by hiding the version number. Unfortunately, most of these articles failed to go beyond hiding the version number in the public HTML. For instance, it is fairly easy to find the version number of a WordPress install by viewing the source of an RSS feed. While many developers claim that “[security through obscurity](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Security%5Fthrough%5Fobscurity?ref=skatter.com)” is not a great idea, you should at least obscure the information correctly if you decide to use this method. The first line below stops [WordPress](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com) from automatically adding a `generator` meta tag to the `` of each page. The `foreach` loop removes the version number from each feed WordPress creates. Simply add the following code to your theme’s `functions.php`: remove\_action('wp\_head', 'wp\_generator'); foreach(array('rss2\_head', 'commentsrss2\_head', 'rss\_head', 'rdf\_header', 'atom\_head', 'comments\_atom\_head', 'opml\_head', 'app\_head') as $action) { remove\_action($action,'the\_generator'); } That’s not all, there is actually one more thing that most WordPress users often forget to delete: `readme.html`. It may seem harmless, but it contains the version number in fairly large text at the top. It is easy to remove, but the file comes back after each automatic upgrade. The best way to prevent letting others from viewing this file is to add the following code to your `.htaccess` file. order allow,deny deny from all I also want to leave everyone with this warning: this by no means guarantees that your WordPress install will remain safe. I am not a security expert and the code above is something I put together after reading various tutorials over the past few months. Obscuring the WordPress version number may turn away some bots, but it will not stop someone who knows what they are doing from tampering with your website. Even checking the `wp-includes` folder reveals the versions of `javascript` files that ship with WordPress which can also make it easy to identify the same information. Using strong passwords, SSL encryption, and backing up on a regular basis is also key. Picking a reliable and secure hosting provider also helps a lot. If you have had prior run-ins with WordPress disasters, you may also want to consider [Automattic’s VaultPress service](https://vaultpress.com/?ref=skatter.com) which offers security monitoring and backups in a single package. **Links: [Hardening WordPress](http://codex.wordpress.org/Hardening%5FWordPress?ref=skatter.com)** ### What Is Sprint Up To? An Upcoming Event And Price Hikes? URL: https://www.skatter.com/what-is-sprint-up-to-an-upcoming-event-and-price-hikes/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:24.000Z About a week ago, Sprint sent us an invitation for an upcoming event in New York. The email, which is entitled “Making the Impossible Possible,” claims “yet another industry first.” While we can not wait to hear about some new gizmos, we were sad to see them notably missing from [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) where CEO Dan Hesse put on a big show as he announced the [4G OverDrive mobile hotspot](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-overdrive-preview/) only a year earlier. The upcoming event, which features [David Blaine](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/David%5FBlaine?ref=skatter.com), takes place just a week before the Mobile World Congress in Barcelona where manufacturers usually announce new smart phones. It is also a month before CTIA, where Sprint launched the revolutionary [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2010-sprint-htc-evo-4g/) in 2010. In addition to the invite, things got interesting after the press release Sprint published yesterday. According to the document, the company plans to add a $10 per month “Premium Data” charge to all new customers that purchase a smart phone on or after January 30th. Fortunately, the changes will not affect existing customers unless they choose to upgrade a device or change plans. Customers with 4G enabled smart phones are already paying the $10 premium, but the fee is now applicable to all smart phones users even if their device only supports 3G networks. Sprint clearly has some motives for raising the price. They are probably anticipating a major data usage increase after the launch of a new mystery device next month. There is a slim chance that it could be the iPhone 4 since Apple already built a CDMA model for Verizon Wireless. However, there is a better chance that the announcement will bring a dual-core packing Android smart phone to the market. Although Sprint focused on launching three low-end Android devices late last year, Sprint will definitely launch a powerful 4G device next month. If Sprint does not announce any truly tempting hardware next month, the new price hike could truly hurt subscriber numbers. Until now, Sprint’s $69 per month plan was a major incentive for potential customers as it distinguished them from other carriers. Who else offers unlimited data, unlimited text messages, unlimited mobile-to-mobile calls to any carrier, and unlimited night/weekend calls? Even with the new rates, Sprint still offers more perks at $80 per month than competitors. An equivalent plan on Verizon Wireless costs about $90. Anyways, we are hoping for some good news and we will try to liveblog the upcoming event on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com), so stick around for more details. **Link: [Sprint.com](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Trillian For Android (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/trillian-for-android-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:18.000Z Instant messaging is no longer a fad as the masses are heading to social networks, but many still rely on chat for communicating with others. If you are anything like me, you probably still have a handful of accounts with various services. [Trillian](http://trillian.im/?ref=skatter.com) for Windows, which has been around for over ten years, makes life easy since it handles just about all the popular chat networks within a single program. In late 2009 [we reviewed Trillian for iPhone](https://www.skatter.com/trillian-for-iphone-review/), which Cerulean Studios managed to launch after some struggles with the Apple App Store approval process. Fast forward to December 2010, the company just pushed Trillian into the quickly growing Android Marketplace. After a few months in public beta, Trillian fans can now chat on AIM, Facebook, Google Talk, ICQ, Jabber, Live Messenger, MySpace, and Yahoo on their Android device. Unlike other mobile chatting solutions, Trillian syncs contact lists across all your devices. If you add or rename a contact on your phone, the additions or changes will reflect in the buddy list on your computer. Rather than porting an existing mobile app from platform to platform, Cerulean Studios designed this App from scratch. As a result, users get a truly native Android-like experience. The app blends into the Operating System and works so smoothly that if feels like a Google-built product. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/trillian-for-android-simulation.jpg "Trillian for Android Simulation") The main screen displays ongoing conversations at the top while collapsible sections contain sets of contacts along with avatars below. Users have full control over grouping and sorting the buddy list. The app even hides offline contacts by default to reduce clutter. Unlike the iOS iteration which relied on push notifications to simulate multitasking, Trillian for Android can actually run in the background. Users can even enable audible, vibration, and LED light notifications for incoming messages. I had it running on my [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and a [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/) without any issues. The app handles multiple conversations efficiently with a tabbed interface for quick switching. It is also easy to send photos to friends from within the Trillian App. For those wondering, Trillian runs on both 3G and WiFi networks seamlessly. However there are some features that are missing. For instance, there is no support for transferring files which are not images. In addition it lacks support for video chat even though quite a few mobile apps are beginning to offer the feature. There is also no support for FourSquare, LinkedIn, and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com), which the desktop version offers. If you have an Android phone and still rely on instant messaging, Trillian is definitely worth considering. It offers excellent integration with the web-based [Trillian.im](http://trillian.im/?ref=skatter.com), the Windows 7 version, and the [Macintosh edition](http://blog.ceruleanstudios.com/?p=1874&ref=skatter.com). Cerulean Studios is also working on a way to offer paid customers the mobile app for free. This would be great since users like me have already paid for the “Pro” desktop client and the iOS App. As for new users, Trillian for Android is available for $5 in the Android Marketplace. If you only chat occasionally and are looking for a free alternative, I definitely recommend trying eBuddy Messenger. **Link: [Trillian for Android by Cerulean Studios](http://www.trillian.im/learn/tour-android.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Put An End To WiFi Dead Zones With The Netgear Range Extender URL: https://www.skatter.com/put-an-end-to-wifi-dead-zones-with-the-netgear-range-extender/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:25.000Z While [Netgear’s CES 2011 Press Conference](http://live.skatter.com/event/netgear-ces-2011/?ref=skatter.com) was definitely not the largest magnet for reporters, the company actually announced a handful of impressive new products. The one that definitely caught my eye was the Universal WiFi Range Extender. Despite the thousands of wireless routers on the market, even the most powerful fail to offer perfect coverage. I am fairly confident that there is a “dead zone” in just about any home. I happen to have a second WiFi router in my home to solve this issue. Unfortunately, my solution was not too easy since I had to run an Ethernet cable between the primary and secondary router. I configured it with the same network settings so that my wireless devices could switch between networks seamlessly. Despite doubling my coverage, I still manage to find places without any WiFi. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/netgear-universal-wifi-range-extender.jpg "Netgear Universal WiFi Range Extender") Since my solution isn’t practical for everyone, I was glad to see that Netgear’s accessory offers a simple setup process without any messy wiring. The [Universal WiFi Range Extender](http://www.netgear.com/home/products/wireless-range-extenders/wireless-range-extenders/wn3000rp.aspx?ref=skatter.com) looks like an oversized AC wall adapter and plugs straight into a socket for power. To get it working, just place it about halfway between your router and the spot that lacks wireless coverage. After going through a few basic settings, the range extender will replicate and rebroadcast a selected WiFi 802.11 b/g/n network. It even supports secure connections including WEP, WPA, and WPA2. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/netgear-range-extender-diagram.jpg "Netgear Range Extender Diagram") For those wondering, this is not a [powerline extender](http://www.netgear.com/home/products/powerline-and-coax/default.aspx?ref=skatter.com), which Netgear also happens to offer. The range extender grabs a network connection wirelessly from your existing router and simply extends it further. According to a company spokesperson, the device is entirely plug-and-play. Users can move the range extender to different outlets if they happen to need better signal in a different room. As a bonus, there is even an Ethernet port on the gizmo for wiring up devices without WiFi. The Universal WiFi Range Extender (WN3000RP) will be available in March 2011 for about $100\. We will definitely get our hands on a unit for a full review. Feel free to [subscribe](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to stay updated. **Links: [Netgear Universal WiFi Range Extender](http://www.netgear.com/home/products/wireless-range-extenders/wireless-range-extenders/wn3000rp.aspx?ref=skatter.com)** ### Giveaway: Swann Spy PenCam – $60 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/giveaway-swann-spy-pencam-60-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:03.000Z Last year, we published a [review of Swann’s discrete spy PenCam](https://www.skatter.com/swann-pencam-review/). Although somewhat oversized for a pen, it can record nearly 1.5 hours of 640 x 480 pixel video and capture pictures on the 2 GB internal storage. It even has a regular USB port under the cap for quickly transferring files to your computer and recharging. And yes, we are giving away this $60 gizmo for free! # How To Enter - **Step 1:** [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook or Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter. - **Step 2:** Provide us your name and email using the contest entry form below. - **Step 3:** You are done! Just be sure to keep an eye on your email inbox. # The Deal We will also giveaway a “bag of crap from CES 2011” to the same pool of contestants if we reach at least 75 entries before midnight on January 21st, 2011\. The bag includes flash drives, lanyards, a portable USB battery pack charger, and other odd swag. If we do not reach the target, we will still giveaway the [$60 Swann PenCam](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B002BDU8RO/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) to one lucky person. # Some Rules Apply: - 18 years and older only. Must live in the United States. - Winner is randomly selected by a computer program. - Only one entry allowed per person. Duplicates disqualified. - The winner will be announced on this post. - Winner has 24 hrs to respond to our email. - Be sure to agree to our [entire Contest Policy](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). **Announcement:** Congrats to Steven from Michigan. ### Why The Motorola Atrix Isn’t For Everyone URL: https://www.skatter.com/why-the-motorola-atrix-isnt-for-everyone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:51.000Z During the [Motorola Mobility event at CES 2011](http://live.skatter.com/event/motorola-ces-2011/?ref=skatter.com), CEO Sanjay Jha, announced an overpowered smart phone: the Motorola Atrix. For those not familiar, it sports a dual-core Nvidia Tegra 2 processor with GPU, 1 GB of RAM, a biometric fingerprint scanner, and 9 hours of talk time. In addition, the Atrix docs into a laptop for access to a large-screen optimized OS or into a HDTV dock for a media center interface. Our friends at [Android And Me](http://androidandme.com/2011/01/phones/7-reasons-why-im-switching-to-att-and-buying-the-motorola-atrix-4g/?ref=skatter.com) recently published a list of 7 reasons why the Atrix rocks. Unfortunately, I do not completely agree. While these features are absolutely irresistible for geeks, it is an almost guaranteed disaster for the average user. # Additional Hardware Costs Extra The Atrix ships and functions as a standalone device, but Motorola also offers two accessories: a laptop dock and a HDTV dock. Unlike a regular computer, the Atrix laptop dock lacks a CPU and storage. Instead, it sports a large battery pack, a full keyboard, a touchpad, stereo speakers, and a 11.6 inch display. It weighs just 2.4 pounds, but the additional batteries can keep the Atrix running for nearly eight hours according to Motorola. The HDTV dock has a HDMI output and USB ports for a keyboard and mouse. When docked, it offers users access to either the webtop or media center interface. Motorola even includes an infrared remote control with the dock to control media playback. Despite the docking accessory in use, all the processing, network connections, and data storage happens on the Atrix handheld. While the hardware specs of the Atrix are impressive alone, these two accessories truly highlight the full potential. Unfortunately, neither AT&T or Motorola bundle these along with the phone, which makes it unlikely that customers will go out of their way to make a separate purchase. While having the option to choose which accessories to buy is technically more freedom, much of the hardware and software on the Atrix will go unused without it. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5G94JAtuQXY In addition, AT&T and Motorola have not disclosed the price. If the laptop dock is too expensive, it could begin entering the territory of a netbook, which would be a better investment since it is also a full dedicated computer. Also, while the idea of having a single device capable of doing anything is tempting, people will probably still want a dedicated Apple TV, [Boxee](https://www.skatter.com/tag/boxee/), or Google TV for their HDTV. # Lacks A Seamless Interface While Apple’s iOS is known for it’s extremely polished and intuitive interface, Android still struggles in this area. Fortunately, Google’s upcoming version 2.3 code-name “Gingerbread” OS adds some much-needed user experience refinements. However, it is too early for Motorola to introduce additional webtop software into the mix. The company was still deciding on the reliance of their custom Moto Blur overlay even when the [Droid 2 was announced](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-announces-the-motorola-droid-2/) last year. While the technologically savvy will not mind, multiple interfaces for a single device adds complication. The Atrix has both a full Firefox and standard Android web browser. Motorola’s extra software keeps tabs synced between both. However, this can be confusing since webpages will render differently in each. Then there’s this question: will users need to close Firefox browser tabs in webtop to avoid battery drain or free up memory? ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/motorola-atrix-ces-2011.jpg "Motorola Atrix CES 2011") When in the laptop dock, Motorola lets users interact with Android through a window in webtop with a mouse and keyboard. Aside from accessibility reasons, offering two ways to interact with the same interface is confusing. Then there’s also the media center view for the HDTV dock, a third interface for the Atrix. Motorola lets users lean back and browse through their multimedia library with remote control. Although the software demoed was quite responsive and seemed polished, it’s hard to tell whether the final product will be as user-friendly and reliable. # Bottom Line Let’s make one thing clear: I do not want to argue against innovation. This phone is undoubtedly powerful and unique. It has all the latest tech including a 4 inch qHD display, Android 2.2, WiFi, 5 person hotspot, Bluetooth, a 5 megapixel camera, a front-facing VGA camera for video chat, 16 GB of internal storage, microSD expansion, and much more. The Atrix definitely is a milestone of how far smart phones have come and how close they are to replacing low-powered computers. However, this is merely the first step. Those who buy one of these will be early adopters, meaning there is always a good chance that Motorola may scrap it, drop support, or release a next generation device that runs entirely different software. I think this is an interesting step into the future of mobile computing, but I also think Motorola needs to proceed cautiously. While Android is still maturing, it is to early to simply load a device with powerful hardware for the sole-sake of boasting hardware capabilities. This trend can be harmful and average customers will end up with overcomplicated and unreliable gadgets. That said, the Atrix is probably an amazing smart phone, but it will not replace a netbook or set-top box anytime soon. **Links: [Motorola Atrix](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/Motorola-ATRIX-US-EN?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: Motorola Droid Bionic vs. Apple iPhone 4 vs. HTC Thunderbolt URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-motorola-droid-bionic-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-htc-thunderbolt/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:21.000Z January 2011 is an awfully exciting month for Verizon Wireless employees and customers. At [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/), the company announced several 4G LTE phones including the Motorola Droid Bionic and the HTC Thunderbolt. Just a few days after the largest tech week of the year, [Verizon Wireless announced details](https://www.skatter.com/the-verizon-iphone-is-real-coming-to-stores-feburary-10th/) about the Apple iPhone 4\. With many great choices, selecting the phone that works best for you can get awfully overwhelming. Fortunately, we’re back with yet another infographic with an in-depth look at three of our favorite upcoming Verizon Wireless smart phones. [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/infographic-droid-bionic-vs-iphone-4-vs-thunderbolt-small.png "Infographic: Droid Bionic vs. iPhone 4 vs. Thunderbolt (Small)")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/infographic-droid-bionic-vs-iphone-4-vs-thunderbolt-large.png?ref=skatter.com) We hope that this will help you find the device that best fits your daily needs. If you have any questions, feel free to ask below and we will try to answer them the best we can. If you like this, feel free to share this with friends and family. We even have a convenient share box off to the right. If you found an error or have suggestions for improvements, feel free to let us know. ### Google Adds Conversation Mode To Translate for Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-adds-conversion-mode-to-translate-for-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:25.000Z When Google released Translate for Android last January, it brought the web-based translation service to the mobile platform with a few additional features. For instance, it translates voice-dictated sentences and text messages. Yesterday, Google revamped the translation app with several new features including the ability to archive conversations. The Conversation Mode offers speech translation in real-time. This means that you can talk to people in other languages extremely easily, without the arduous task of typing it in. Two people can speak to the same device in different languages and the app will continuously read out translations in the respective languages. Since this feature is still in the “alpha” stage according to Google, it only supports translating between English and Spanish. Although I suspect Google will be adding additional languages fairly quickly. Keep in mind that while the Conversation Mode doesn’t support all languages, the app still supports 15 languages for voice input and 53 languages for text translations. The remaining changes to the app consist primarily of graphical tweaks to make the layout and icons look cleaner. I think that the new Conversation Mode is a huge step forward to help people to communicate more effectively. And seems handy for both frequent travelers and tourists. Although it won’t replace actually learning different languages, it does make communicating easier than memorizing basic phrases in other languages. While the new version still requires a click before dictating each phrase, future version will hopefully offer an automated experience. You can download the app by searching the Android Marketplace for “Google Translate.” **Links: [GoogleBlog](http://googletranslate.blogspot.com/2011/01/new-look-for-google-translate-for.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Audio-Technica Refreshes Noise-Cancelling Headphones Lineup URL: https://www.skatter.com/audio-technica-refreshes-noise-cancelling-headphones-lineup/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:25.000Z Although a quality pair of headphones with properly fitting earbuds should eliminate most external noises, they aren’t too helpful when combating loud environments such as a car, plane, or train. Fortunately there are solutions: [Audio-Technica](http://audio-technica.com/?ref=skatter.com) claims that their active noise-canceling (ANC) technology eliminates nearly 90% of all background noise. At CES 2011 last week, the company introduced the ATH-ANC23 headphones, an upgrade to [the model we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/audio-technica-ath-anc3-earphones/). For those who aren’t familiar with how active noise-cancelling works, these headphones feature small microphones in each earpiece which detect external noise and produce counter sound-canceling waves. Hence, the only sound a user should hear is the audio from their device. Although the ANC technology needs batteries to work, the ATH-ANC23 still work as a regular pair of headphones when out of power. Audio-Technica also includes Comply memory foam ear tips, which help bring addition noise reduction. The company also claims that these are much more comfortable than standard silicon ear tips. To ensure a good fit, multiple sizes of both Comply foam and silicon ear tips come with the headphones. Since the ATH-ANC23 features a standard 3.5 mm headphone jack, it is compatible with most devices including tablets, smart phones, and computers. Audi0-Technica also includes an airline adapter, a AAA battery, and a soft case in the packaging. While the older model started at a $169.95 price point, the new edition retails for just $100\. As always, those who shop around will probably find these for even lower prices. Audio-Technica is clearly trying to bring the ANC technology to a more affordable price for the masses. This can only be a good thing as long as they do not compromise audio quality. These headphones will be available next month (February 2011) and we will publish an in-depth review as soon as we get our review unit. **Links: [Audio-Technica ATH-ANC23](http://www.audio-technica.com/cms/headphones/b8f997425a783390/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### 5 Reasons Not To Buy The Verizon iPhone 4 URL: https://www.skatter.com/5-reasons-not-to-buy-the-verizon-iphone-4/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:51.000Z Since Verizon Wireless announced that the [iPhone 4 was heading to their network](https://www.skatter.com/the-verizon-iphone-is-real-coming-to-stores-feburary-10th/) yesterday, the media went on a publishing spree. Just about every article mentions the advantages of switching from AT&T, but there are many things left unsaid. If you plan to buy your first iPhone 4 or switch networks for the same phone when it become available next month, here are somethings you should consider first. # 1) The Verizon iPhone is old Aside from the switch to CDMA, the Verizon iPhone 4 only has one new feature: an integrated mobile hotspot. The AT&T iPhone 4 doesn’t officially support this feature yet, but recent reports indicate that the next Apple iOS update will bring that feature to everyone. For those wondering, the mobile hotspot feature enables 5 WiFi enabled devices to get online through your iPhone’s internet connection. While a great addition, it isn’t unique to the iPhone 4\. Just about every carrier from AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, and Verizon Wireless offer both dedicated hotspots and smart phones with the same feature. # 2) A new iPhone is around the corner Since [the original iPhone first became available in 2007](https://www.skatter.com/the-apple-iphone-more/), Apple has introduced a new model each year for the past four years. Unless the company oddly deviates from their release cycle, a new iPhone should become available within the next five months. It is hard to tell whether it will be the iPhone 5 or merely upgrades to the existing model, but Apple will definitely announce something new. The Verizon Wireless iPhone 4 is only a slightly tweaked iteration of the existing phone. If you buy one next month, you will get stuck with a last-generation model and a two-year contract. Leaving isn’t easy since early termination fees are generally expensive and Verizon Wireless doesn’t offer early upgrades like AT&T. # 3) The Verizon iPhone is not 4G While paying for a reliable network that can handle calls might be a major improvement for many, this phone doesn’t support 4G LTE. For those unfamiliar with the new network, it offers up to 12 Mbps download speeds and 5 Mbps upload speeds. Verizon’s own 3G network, in comparison, only reaches about 1.5 Mbps for downloads and 0.8 Mbps for uploads. While 4G coverage is still limited, nearly a third of the country has access to the [new network after last month’s launch](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-to-launch-4g-lte-on-december-5th/). Verizon announced four new 4G-enabled smart phones at CES 2011 which will be available in the coming months. # 4) No simultaneous data and voice AT&T’s GSM technology lets customers browse the web or other apps during a phone call. This makes looking for directions, checking an email, or other data-driven tasks possible while on a call. Unfortunately, the limitations of Verizon’s CDMA technology only allows one at time. Sure, you can do both at once if you are on WiFi, but if you are not at home or at work, you are out of luck. Having a 4G enabled device solves this problem because voice calls can go through 3G while data transfers occur on 4G. # **5) The iPhone isn’t the best phone** Although this issue is still debatable to some, both the hardware and software capabilities of competition are major steps ahead. With phones such as the Droid Bionic and HTC Thunderbolt heading to Verizon Wireless, the iPhone 4 seems quite primitive. For instance, take a look at our infographics comparing the iPhone 4 to older devices such as the [Samsung Epic 4G and Motorola Droid 2](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-epic-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-2/) or the even older [HTC EVO 4G and Motorola Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x/). # The Bottom Line If you are an Apple aficionado or absolutely need a feature that only the iPhone 4 offers, the Verizon model is an acceptable upgrade. If you already have an AT&T iPhone 4, you probably should wait until Apple launches the next iPhone model unless you are having major network issues. For the rest looking for a new smart phone or considering their first iPhone, check back soon for an in-depth infographic comparing the latest Verizon Wireless offerings. **Links: [Apple.com](http://apple.com/iphone?ref=skatter.com) | [VerizonWireless.com](http://www.verizonwireless.com/iphone/?ref=skatter.com)** ### MyFord Mobile App Connects Owners To Focus Electric URL: https://www.skatter.com/myford-mobile-app-connects-owners-to-focus-electric/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:26.000Z During the [Consumer Electronics Show](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) last week, Ford announced the upcoming 2012 Focus Electric, which will be the company’s first all-electric vehicle. While details regarding driving range per charge were not announced, Ford revealed plenty about the in-car tech. This news isn’t great just for the environmentally friendly, but also for the geeky. While people generally have paid premiums for luxurious BMW or Mercedes to get their hands on the latest gadgetry, that is a thing of the past since Ford makes these features affordable. When the [Focus Electric](http://www.ford.com/electric/focuselectric/2012/?ref=skatter.com) becomes available, owners will have the option to download and install the MyFord Mobile app to stay connected, monitor, and control their vehicle at all times. The mobile app provides current charge information, estimated travel range, and amount of charge time necessary for additional distances which can greatly alleviate the concerns many have of driving an electric car. The MyFord Touch app isn’t just a convince, it will also help owners save money. For instance, the car will use your mobile device’s network to grab the latest variable electricity pricing information and automatically charge your car when prices are lowest. The technology will even project travel distance costs and the electrical demands for extras such as air conditioning. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/myford-touch-app.jpg "MyFord Touch App") For those wondering where to re-charge on a long trip, integrated MapQuest features make it easy to locate the nearest charging stations and get directions sent directly to the vehicle. The app can calculate whether there is enough power to reach a certain destination or the next charging station. Instant alerts will also notify drivers when their vehicle fails to charge, there is a power outage, or when the charge reaches a target level. > “We’re putting battery charge and vehicle range information, along with an interactive, data-driven trip planning app right at customers’ fingertips,” said Ed Pleet, Ford Connected Services manager. “That’s going to get drivers involved and excited about the electric car ownership experience.” Other bonus features include controls to remotely pre-heat or cool the interior, lock or unlock doors, and even locate the vehicle if you can not remember where you parked. Number crunchers can also download performance and system data for mobile viewing. At launch, apps will be available for [Android](https://www.skatter.com/tag/android/), BlackBerry, and iOS along with a web interface for phones with either HTML 5 or WAP 2 browsers. Those without a mobile device can also manage most vehicle settings by visiting Ford’s website from any computer’s web browser. The technology in upcoming Ford vehicles is far more feature-packed than the offerings from any competitors we have seen. We are quite excited for these advancements and we will be working with Ford in the near future to get an in-depth look at their latest in-car technology. **Links: [Ford.com Focus Electric](http://www.ford.com/electric/focuselectric/2012/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Griffin CarTrip Lets You Monitor Vehicle Efficiency From A Smart Phone URL: https://www.skatter.com/griffin-cartrip-lets-you-monitor-vehicle-efficiency-from-a-smart-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:26.000Z If you have ever wondered what the archaic “check engine” light on your car’s dash means or how fuel-efficient your car actually is, Griffin has an app for that. The company, which is famous for cases and accessories, is now venturing into car technology with the CarTrip. Griffin’s solution includes a free smart phone application and a CarTrip adapter that plugs into your car’s on-board diagnostic connector. For those not familiar, the connector is a port installed in all cars sold in the United States since 1996\. It is usually located under the driver’s side dash near the brake pedals. The CarTrip is easy enough to install without help from a mechanic or auto service center. In the past this port was only by service technicians, but anyone with a smart phone can now connect to their car to record information such as fuel consumption, acceleration, top speed, and engine diagnostic codes. Griffin’s mobile application, CleanDrive, analyzes numerous diagnostics to calculate a “Carbon Score” which indicates the environmental impact of your driving. The application visualizes data with graphics rather than raw numbers, making it easy to understand. The Bluetooth-enabled CarTrip wirelessly connects to smart phones so your car can remain cable-free. Also, this makes it possible to mount a phone to your dash to constantly monitor fuel efficiency while driving. Griffin hopes this product will help drives save money and make them more environmentally friendly. The CarTrip will be available along with a companion iPhone app in the first quarter of this year for $90\. An Android version of the app will be available in the second quarter. **Links: [Griffin CarTrip](http://www.griffintechnology.com/products/cartrip?ref=skatter.com) | [Griffin Technology](http://www.griffintechnology.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Verizon iPhone Is Real, Coming To Stores Feburary 10th URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-verizon-iphone-is-real-coming-to-stores-feburary-10th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:26.000Z After rumor after rumor, Verizon Wireless officially a CDMA iteration of the iPhone 4 this morning. While [Apple](https://www.skatter.com/tag/apple/) traditionally hosts events in Cupertino with CEO Steve Jobs, Verizon handled this press conference since there were fairly minimal changes aside from the new network. For those waiting to pick one up, devices will be available for online pre-order on February 3rd. Devices will be available for purchase in stores and through Verizon’s website starting on Thursday, February 10th. > “Verizon Wireless customers have told us they can’t wait to get their hands on iPhone 4, and we think they are going to love it,” said Tim Cook, Apple’s chief operating officer. “We have enormous respect for the company Verizon has built and the loyalty they have earned from their customers.” The Verizon iPhone 4 features all the standard features including a high-resolution retina display, HD video recording, FaceTime video calls, and over 300k apps. Unlike the AT&T iPhone, the newly announced model includes a personal hotspot feature for up to 5 devices at a time. However the Verizon Wireless model does lack one feature: simultaneous data and voice. Fortunately, it is something customers are willing to forge for better coverage and a more reliable network. For those wondering, the iPhone 4 will not feature Verizon’s 4G LTE network heavily touted at the [Consumer Electronics Show](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) last week. According to Apple, the 16 GB version will retail for $199 while a 32 GB version will cost $299\. A new two-year contract is mandatory for the discounted price. **Links: [Apple.com iPhone 4](http://www.apple.com/iphone/notify-me/?ref=skatter.com) | [VerizonWireless.com iPhone 4](http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/splash/iphone.jsp?ref=skatter.com)** ### Quick Tip: Use A QR Code To Share WiFi Passwords With Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/quick-tip-use-a-qr-code-to-share-wifi-passwords-with-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:22.000Z I recently had guests over for the holidays and since my home has fairly poor cellular reception, some asked for a network key to get their Android smart phone onto my WiFi network. Like many people, I have a guest zone enabled on my WiFi router for when friends, neighbors, or relatives need to get online. It is a great feature, but having an extra password to remember is a hassle. In addition, having to repeat a obscure key to person after person is simply frustrating. Fortunately, there is a quick solution to make sharing WiFi network keys easy for those with Android smart phones: QR codes. **Here’s what you should do:** 1. Visit this online [QR Code Generator](http://zxing.appspot.com/generator/?ref=skatter.com) 2. Choose “WiFi Network” from the drop down 3. Enter your network name and password 4. Select the security type of your router 5. Click “generate” and print out the QR code The next time a guest wants to get their smart phone online, just ask them to scan the QR code you printed out. Maybe even pin it to the refrigerator so it never gets lost. Apps including Google Goggles support scanning these QR codes, however I have found great results with the popular Barcode Scanner app. If you don’t use Android, there are alternative QR code scanning apps for platforms including BlackBerry, iOS, and webOS. ### Clearwire Rover Puck (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/clearwire-rover-puck-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:18.000Z As of January 2011, [Clearwire](http://clearwire.com/?ref=skatter.com) offers WiMax-based 4G connectivity in nearly 71 cities across the United States. As a resident of the San Francisco Bay Area, I did not have reliable coverage until Clearwire turned on the lights towards the end of December 2010\. Since then, I have had a chance to put the Rover Puck, an eight person mobile 4G hotspot, to the test. I even took it with me for my four-day long trip to the [2011 Consumer Electronics Show](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) in Las Vegas, which is also a 4G zone. Although the Clearwire network and the Rover Puck are relatively unknown to the mass market, I found impressive results after a few days of use. # Initial Setup While advancement of mobile hotspots eased the hassle of having to download and install drivers for USB mobile broadband modems, configuration was still confusing for many. After a few years of maturing, getting started on devices such as the Rover Puck has become incredibly easy. The packaging includes an AC wall adapter and a car charger. The hotspot uses a standard micro USB port for recharging and the bundled cable plugs into either of those power sources or even into a laptop’s USB port. There’s a power button at the top left to start-up the device and another button to check signal strength check on the top right. Once booted up, a `((PUCK * ROVER))` network should pop-up on your WiFi-enabled laptop’s list of available networks. The default password is on the back of the device and can easily be changed later. Once connected, just open a browser window and you will automatically be directed to an activation page. After creating an account and logging in, you will be browsing the web in just a few minutes. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/rover-puck-setup.jpg "Rover Puck (Setup)") # Advance Configuration While most people can get started with the Puck right away, the tech savvy geeks may choose to head over to the advance web interface for customizing their device further. The Rover Puck is essentially a full-blown router with an incredibly good-looking web interface. Even some high-end home routers don’t have configuration pages that are as intuitive and well-organized. Typing `http://puck` into a web browser, when connected to the hotspot, brings up the router configuration page. In just a few minutes, you can set a stronger router password, pick a new time zone, select a new network name, change the security type (WEP, WPA, or WPA2), set a new password, or even enable MAC address filtering. Unlike other mobile hotspots I’ve used, the Rover Puck supports 802.11 ‘n’ in addition to ‘b’ and ‘g’ protocols. Like the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), the Rover Puck allows a total of eight users to simultaneously connect. For the paranoid who do not want to share their main hotspot password with others, there is a Guest Zone mode which can either have a different password or left open to everyone. The web interface also offers live statistics about incoming and outgoing traffic, signal strength, data consumption, and battery life. If you would like to throttle certain computers or types of data, there are even built-in Quality of Service and Traffic Shaping controls. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/rover-puck-side.jpg "Rover Puck (Side)") # Design and Hardware While some mobile hotspots are nothing more than a simple black box, the Rover Puck looks absolutely stunning. As the name implies, it looks just like a hockey puck. The body is quite glossy, which unfortunately makes it a fingerprint magnet. Scuff marks are also somewhat visible, but if maintained carefully, it will always standout. When I had it out on a table at conferences or at coffee shops, people would just about always ask what it was. In addition, it seems robust enough to last through a few years of wear or tear, which is about when you will upgrade to a new technology anyways. As for battery life, since the Puck is a dedicated hotspot with no other extra features that drain power, it lasts up to 4 hours on a single charge. I mainly used it for casual web browsing, blogging, uploading some photos, checking emails, and chatting. However, the lifespan can greatly vary if coverage is spotty or if there’s heavy data transfer. I also noticed that the Rover Puck getting fairly warm at times, but that issue is common to most mobile hotspots. While I was happy with the Puck for the most part, there was one thing that was missing: a display. The [Sprint 4G Overdrive](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-4g-overdrive-review/), which also runs on Clearwire 4G, offers a neat little LCD display that shows off the current network name and password. On the other hand, the Rover Puck has a default password printed on a sticker underneath. While visiting the web interface for information about the Rover Puck isn’t too difficult, having a display that shows off details such as the amount of credit left in your account could be quite handy. # **Coverage and Network Speeds** I used this device for about three days in San Jose, CA and four days in Las Vegas, NV. Although these are both 4G (WiMax) cities, coverage was still quite spotty. Simply moving forward a few yards in San Jose would completely drop all signal. In Las Vegas, tall buildings posed a major issue. I also found that 4G didn’t fair too well indoors compared to older 3G networks. Whenever I picked up at least 3-4 bars of signal, I quickly ran some speed tests and saved the results. After a total of nearly 20 runs in both cities to a nearby test server, here’s what I found: - Download Speed: \~8.5 mbps - Upload Speed: \~1.0 mbps - Ping Response: \~55 ms While those sudden bursts of speed were great when I had a strong connection, here are more realistic speeds when I only had 1-2 bars of 4G signal: - Download Speed: \~1.6 mbps - Upload Speed: \~0.7 mbps - Ping Response: \~78 ms There’s also another very important feature that the Overdrive lacks: 3G backwards compatibility. While most 4G devices such as the [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/) or the Sprint 4G Overdrive have backwards compatibility for 3G networks, the Rover Puck only runs on Clearwire WiMax. This means that the Rover Puck will be entirely useless if you are in an area with spotty coverage or a city that doesn’t have 4G yet. If you constantly travel to new cities, be sure to check whether there’s 4G coverage before you pay to enable your device for the day or week. Also, for those wondering, Sprint’s 4G network runs on Clearwire. Therefore you should have nearly identical speeds whether you are using a Rover Puck, [Rover Stick](http://rover.com/home.htm?productId=roverPulse&moduleName=PulseModule&%5FtargetStateId=product1&ref=skatter.com), or a Sprint 4G device. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/rover-puck-back.jpg "Rover Puck (Back)") # Contracts and Pricing Plans Unlike traditional carriers such as AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile, or Verizon Wireless, Clearwire offers the Rover Puck with a “pay-as-you-go” model. There are no required two-year contracts or any other type of commitment. Instead of paying per an amount of data, users pay for usage time. There’s a $5 per day, a $20 per week, and a $50 per month package. All packages include unlimited data. Once you get a device, you will need to “re-up” (aka. reload) your account with credit to get online. In comparison, Verizon Wireless requires a contract and charges $50 a month for 5 GB and about $80 a month for 10 GB of data. Even Sprint requires a contract to pick up a 4G Overdrive and charges $60 a month for unlimited 4G data and 5 GB of 3G data. The Rover Puck offers more flexibility and freedom for those that don’t need to use the device every day. If you are anything like me, I may only need mobile broadband for a handful of times each month. I would rather pay $5 a few times when needed over an expensive reoccurring monthly charge. Since the Rover Puck is not subsidized with a contract, customers will need to pay the full $150 for the hardware. In my opinion, that’s better than having the weight of a two-year commitment on my back. It’s also better than having to pay an early termination fee to cancel before the contract ends. # The Bottom Line When it comes down to deciding between the Rover Puck and another mobile hotspot, there is essentially only one question you need to answer. Will you always be in a Clearwire 4G area? If the answer is ‘no,’ you probably want a device that also supports 3G networks. Considering that most new Android smart phones offer a mobile hotspot feature, there is a good chance you may not even need one of these. Both Sprint and Verizon only charge an extra $30 per month to enable the feature on devices such as the [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) or HTC EVO. For those without a 4G-enabled smart phone, the Rover Puck makes for a great buy, especially since it offers the flexibility to pay only when needed. **Links: [Rover.com](http://rover.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Check Coverage](http://rover.com/home.htm?%5FtargetStateId=coverage1&ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Eye-Fi Enables Wireless Transfers To Smart Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-eye-fi-enables-wireless-transfers-to-smart-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:27.000Z Almost every smart phone on the market can easily upload media to social networks and photo sharing sites. However, the cameras on these devices are often mediocre at best. As a result, most people still prefer dedicated point-and-shoot or DSLR cameras for quality photography. Unfortunately, these lack networking capabilities, making it difficult to share captured photos while on the go. Eye-Fi solves this issue by letting users upload images from their camera through their phone’s 3G connection. For those not familiar, Eye-Fi makes Wi-Fi enabled SD memory cards for regular cameras to wirelessly transfer images to their computers and social media sites. While we liked the concept of transferring images without cables, we found quite a few issues when reviewing the older [Eye-Fi Explore Video](https://www.skatter.com/eye-fi-wireless-sd-card-review/) last year. Setting up a Wi-Fi network required a computer and the card was nothing more than a storage device when no wireless access points were available. Furthermore their mobile application did no more than view the progress of uploads. Eye-Fi fixes these issues with a new mobile and tablet application. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/eye-fi-direct.jpg "Eye-Fi Direct Mode") The Eye-Fi direct mode feature converts the SD card into a wireless hotspot which enables smart phones to connect to the card and download any media files. Users can easily share images and videos with friends and family online even without a Wi-Fi connection nearby. The feature also makes it easy to view images on a large tablet or smart phone display, instead of having to squint at a small camera screen. Users can also backup media from the card to save space and eliminate the need to carry around multiple memory cards. > “New technology in the card combined with a free Eye-Fi app on a mobile device means consumers no longer have to compromise between rich, lifelike memories and saving or sharing those memories from anywhere.” – Jef Holove, CEO of Eye-Fi Eye-Fi offers four models ranging from $50 to $150, but with a little shopping around we found them on sites like Amazon for as little as $45\. Representatives told us that the direct mode feature will be available as a free update for all current models later this year. **Buy: [Eye-Fi Connect X2 ($45)](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B003DV4234/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com) | [Eye-Fi Explore X2 ($81)](http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/B003DX3O6I/skattercom-20?ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [EyeFi Comparison Chart](http://www.eye.fi/products/compare-cards?ref=skatter.com) | [Eye.Fi](http://www.eye.fi/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Cheap Android Tablets Flood The CES 2011 Show Floor URL: https://www.skatter.com/cheap-android-tablets-flood-the-ces-2011-show-floor/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:52.000Z Tablets absolutely stole the show at CES 2011\. Just about every company had one. While the idea of a tablet may sound exciting, the majority of these were unfortunately poorly put together Android tablets. I shouldn’t discredit premium tablets such as the [Dell Streak 7](https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-dell-streak-7-heading-to-t-mobile/), the Samsung Galaxy Tab, and the Motorola Xoom, but the rest were an utter disaster. It felt as though some companies had merely glued a screen, a battery back, a processor, and some memory together and loaded Android onto it thinking it would sell. Aside from a few brand-name tablets, the majority on the show floor were still running Android 2.0, 2.1, or 2.2\. While those versions of Android aren’t necessarily bad, the OS was built for a phone unlike the upcoming tablet-optimized Honeycomb 3.0 which offers significant improvements. That caveat alone is the first reason not to buy a cheap Android tablet. The next major issue I noticed was the lack of the official Google Marketplace on these tablets. Just about every company we ran into on the show floor, including [Creative](http://creative.com/?ref=skatter.com), admitted that their Android device was not yet approved for access to the Marketplace. Although most company spokespersons seemed optimistic that their device would get approved, I would not be surprised if it did not. There are many alternative ways to download Android apps, but the lack of an official central store makes for a confusing experience. I can only image customers buying an Android tablet and wondering why they can not access the Marketplace when their friends with a Galaxy Tab or Xoom can. When I said the word “glued” to describe the build quality, I wasn’t kidding. Most of these tablets had cheap brittle plastic frames. Even an [Etch-A-Sketch](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Etch%5FA%5FSketch?ref=skatter.com) seems more durable in comparison to a few of these. On the other hand, the Apple iPad is a perfect mix of design and engineering. As for the software, people who end up with one of these will immediately realize that just because something runs on Android does not mean it is a quality product. The displays on these tablets looked horrible and the touch screens were incredibly unresponsive. Simply trying to drag down the notable Android notification bar or open the App drawer would take several attempts, often resulting in a crash. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/creative-ziio-android-tablet.jpg "Creative Ziio Android Tablet") At this rate, I would not be surprised if fast-food joints began selling their own [Android](https://www.skatter.com/tag/android/) tablets. I was honestly disgusted and frustrated to see the number of poorly designed offerings. I began to feel as though that these will truly hurt the Android brand. It was also more apparent than ever that these cheaper tablets, which probably do not follow Google’s guidelines, will further fragment the Android market. This issue annoys both companies and developers since it takes often takes extra code to ensure compatibility with each device. While some of those concerns are valid, I soon realized that these issues probably won’t pose too much of an issue in the long run. The majority of consumers will always purchase tablets from reputable companies. For instance, there are thousands of MP3 players on the market, but most people buy the famous Apple iPod. Also, take a look at Microsoft’s famous Windows operating system. There are many high-end laptops and desktops available from companies like [Dell Alienware](https://www.skatter.com/a-quick-look-at-the-new-alienware-m11x/), however there are an uncountable number of Windows machines from obscure companies. Some people will buy cheaper alternatives and some of those buyers will likely face odd software or hardware issues with their device. However those buyers only account for a small percentage of the Windows machines sold each year. Looking forward, it is clear that companies such as [Motorola](https://www.skatter.com/tag/motorola/) and Samsung will only further accelerate innovation to distinguish their tablets from the cheaper alternatives. In addition, tablets tied to cellular contracts will almost always be of quality since carriers like Verizon put devices through rigorous testing before offering them to customers. As price points continue to drop and Google’s mobile OS continues to improve, I believe Android will eventually dominate the tablet market. As for the cheaper alternatives, there will always be a market for them, but you don’t have to buy one. ### CES 2011: ContourGPS Sports Camcorder Streams Video To Smartphones URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-contourgps-sports-camcorder-streams-video-to-smartphones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:27.000Z Contour has always been known for their durable action sports camcorders. When we first saw their devices [last year at CES 2010](https://www.skatter.com/contourhd-wearable-camcorder-preview/), we were impressed with the wearable camera’s 1080p video quality and its unique laser alignment system. This year, Contour is changing the game again with the new ContourGPS model. The company’s new wearable camcorder goes above and beyond most alternatives. It features four different tall and standard video resolutions as well as still camera mode. While even previous models offered great quality, having to position the image blindly was often an issue. To solve that problem, Contour added the capability to stream a live video feed to smart phones over Bluetooth. The mobile application also allows browsing through previously recorded clips and even delete unwanted videos to save space. This feature alone puts the ContourGPS ahead of most competing solutions. The app is currently awaiting approval from the Apple App Store. Contour representatives also told us they are working on an Android app, which should be available this spring. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/contour-gps-angles.jpg "contour-gps-angles") In addition to their amazing mobile application, Contour also features a GPS module to track routes. Once a video is uploaded to the Contour website using the included software, users can seek through their videos by selecting a position on a map. Similar to apps such as [RunKeeper](http://runkeeper.com/?ref=skatter.com), the GPS module will also track statistics such as speed and elevation. Contour’s software also makes it easy to make simple video edits to feature the best parts of your videos. The ContourGPS is now available for $350 while the original ContourHD is also available for a lower $280 without the GPS tracking or live smartphone monitoring features. For those running out to get the new ContourGPS, keep in mind that the live view application is still awaiting approval, but should hopefully be available soon. **Buy: [$350 for ContourGPS](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00426DQ2W?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B00426DQ2W&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Contour.com](http://contour.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Hulu For Android Announced At The Samsung Press Event URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-hulu-for-android-announced-at-the-samsung-press-event/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:28.000Z To be clear, the upcoming app is not for all Android devices. It will only work on “select Android phones” that run on v2.2 (Froyo). Kilar did demo the app working on a Samsung Galaxy S device during the event. As for the official launch date, he merely stated that it would be available in the coming months. According to Hulu’s press release, an official launch date and a complete list of supported Android devices will be published closer to launch. Android’s fragmentation is clearly an issue for Hulu. Although I’m sure the company would be happy to support as many devices as possible, it is likely that a good number of older Android phones may simply not have enough hardware capabilities to run the Hulu app up to their expectations. Like many other services, Hulu is focusing on supporting fairly recent and upcoming Android devices. While there was no mention of a tablet iteration of Hulu for Android, it’s a possibility since an iPad optimized version complements the iPhone edition. However, Hulu may choose to wait until the upcoming Android 3.0 Honeycomb goes mainstream before releasing such an app. For those looking to use Hulu Plus on their Android device, be prepared to shell out $7.99 each month for access. **Links: [Hulu.com](http://hulu.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Wilson Electronics Introduces New 4G Signal Boosters URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-wilson-electronics-introduces-new-4g-signal-boosters/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:05.000Z Over just the past month, Verizon Wireless launched their 4G LTE network [in 38 major cities last month](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-to-launch-4g-lte-on-december-5th/) as Sprint reached nearly 71 cities including San Francisco and New York City. However, despite the strides these cellular carriers have taken, much of the United States is still left uncovered. Even for those who live in a 4G city, coverage is still spotty. In addition 4G networks don’t work too well inside buildings. To help ease the issue, Wilson Electronics announced a few new 4G signal boosters at Consumer Electronics Show, much like their 3G signal booster [we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/wilson-electronics-signalboost-dt-review/). The company offers three versions of 4G signal boosters for LTE, WiMax, and AWS frequencies which are for Verizon Wireless, Sprint, and T-Mobile, respectively. For those unfamiliar with signal boosters, keep in mind that these don’t magically create signal if you don’t have any coverage. These gizmos pick up and strengthen weak signals to improve speeds and quality. The AWS 4G booster designed for T-Mobile’s HSPA+ network will ship sometime next month and will retail for about $400\. As for the LTE booster, a Wilson Electronics representative stated that further refining and testing is needed since Verizon’s 4G network is still fairly new. Other models including the Sprint WiMax edition will become available later this year. **Links: [Wilson Electronics](http://www.wilsonelectronics.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Iomega Shows Off Boxee Device With Internal Storage URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-iomega-shows-off-boxee-device-with-internal-storage/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:28.000Z Boxee’s impressive media center software first appeared in the dedicated D-Link [Boxee Box](https://www.skatter.com/boxee-box-available-for-pre-order-intel-inside/) last year. Although the application had been available to download for ages, the integrated hardware solution brought serious competition to the set-top wars as it had more capabilities than offerings from [Roku](http://www.roku.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Apple](http://www.apple.com/appletv/?ref=skatter.com) but was more affordable than a [Google TV](http://www.google.com/tv/getit.html?ref=skatter.com). Boxee’s success continued to grow at CES 2011 as Iomega announced their own Boxee enabled device. While the software on both devices is nearly identical, the hardware is quite different. Unlike D-Link’s unique chopped box style, [Iomega’s iteration](http://iomega.com/iomegatv-media-center/?ref=skatter.com) has a traditional rectangular box shape. While this design eliminates one of the most distinctive aspects of the original box, users can easily stack it with other equipment in tight spaces. Its nondescript style will draw little attention in any set up. Inside lies the biggest difference between the devices. The Iomega Boxee has a large 1-2 terabyte hard drive for storing media unlike the storage-less Boxee Box. In addition to being a media playback device, it will also act as a network attached storage device allowing any computer to use it to fetch or store files. Even without a network connection, this Boxee can still play all your locally stored content. Iomega representatives told us that there will also be a hard disk free version for a lower price. For those not on the HDTV bandwagon, the Iomega Boxee features Composite outputs in addition to HDMI. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/iomega-boxee-remote.jpg "Iomega Boxee Remote Comparison") D-Link’s Boxee remote was highly regarded for its innovative two-sided design. With a simple direction pad on one side and a rubberized keyboard on the other, users could get the best of both worlds. However, this layout made it painstakingly difficult to navigate web pages. Also, while its RF technology allowed users the freedom to place the Boxee anywhere, it was incompatible most IR-based universal remotes. Iomega aims to solve these issues with their bigger, slightly clunky remote. The new directional pad doubles as a touch pad when browsing web sites and uses IR technology. When I had a chance to try the remote at CES 2011, it felt buggy and unresponsive, however we were assured it would a polished experience before launch. The Iomega Boxee will be released in Feburary and come in three versions: no-disk, 1 terabyte, and 2 terabyte. They will be priced at $230, $300, and $350 respectively. All three versions are priced higher than D-Link’s $200 model. Potential buyers will need to decide whether the extra money is worth the local storage capabilities. **Links: [Iomega Boxee](http://iomega.com/iomegatv-media-center/?ref=skatter.com) | [Boxee](http://www.boxee.tv/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Victorinox Previews 512 GB Secure SDD Flash Drive URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-victorinox-previews-512-gb-secure-sdd-flash-drive/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:28.000Z While most may think of the famous Swiss Army Knife when they hear Victorinox, the company has also made major strides when it comes to secure flash drives. At the Pepcom Digital Experience event at [CES 2011](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/), Skatter Tech had a chance to see the Victorinox Slim, Slim Duo, and Secure SSD. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/victorinox-secure-ssd.jpg "Victorinox Secure SSD") ## Victorinox Secure SSD While many may find the company’s 256 GB slim solid-state drive that includes a Swiss Army Knife quite impressive, Skatter Tech also got a quick preview of a prototype that was still in the works. The team from Victorinox also briefly let us take a look at an upcoming 512 GB SSD flash drive that featured a mini e-Paper display which shows the owner’s name and available free disk space. Due to the eInk technology, the screen is “always-on” and doesn’t require any power. Like the already-available 256 GB SSD drive, the upcoming 512 GB model will also feature hardware data encryption and read/write speeds a few times faster than most flash drives on the market. While most flash drives merely work with a standard USB 2.0 port, the Secure SSD also fits into a eSATA II port for even faster data transfer rates. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/victorinox-slim-flash-drive.jpg "Victorinox Slim Flash Drive") ## Victorinox Slim and Slim Duo Although the Secure SSD is an amazing piece of technology, it’s a bit too expensive for the average person. Fortunately, the Slim and Slim Duo models offer a more-affordable solution. To keep in line with the Victorinox Swiss Army brand, both models feature a standard pocket knife features such as blades, nail files, and scissors. As a bonus, these also feature an LED white light, a ball point pen, and a screw driver. These are also waterproof, shock resistant, and available in various colors: red, silver, blue, pink, green, and orange. Victorinox offers the Slim in capacities reaching 64 GB while the Slim Duo can hold up to 128 GB. ## Included Software Like the [IronKey we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/ironkey-s200-review/), Victorinox also includes a set of portable applications on board both the Secure SSD and Slim models. These include an automatic backup tool, an anonymous web browser, bookmark organizer, and a password manager. These flash drives can even synchronize backups of Microsoft Outlook and other files and folders. Unlike an off-the-counter flash drive, there’s no need to worry if one of these get lost or stolen since all data is completely encrypted. ## Availability and Pricing For those looking to grab either the Secure SSD or Slim model, be patient. The newly announced items won’t be available until at least March or April 2011\. As for pricing, the Victorinox representatives that we spoke to stated that details had not been finalized just yet. **Links: [Victorinox.com](http://www.victorinox.com/category/1/100/1007?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Casio Unveils The TRYX Camera URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-casio-unveils-the-tryx-camera/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:28.000Z Each year camera manufacturers release new point-and-shoot models at the [Consumer Electronics Show](https://www.skatter.com/tag/ces-2011/) with more megapixels, thinner frames, and larger screens. While some may consider those major improvements, it begins to get repetitive for gadget enthusiasts. And that’s exactly why I find Casio’s new Tryx camera exciting. Unlike the majority of new sleek point-and-shoot cameras that are incredible difficult to hold, the Tryx changes the game with a new twist and turn exoskeleton. The external frame hinges onto just one end of the Tryx camera and can rotate a full 360 degrees. This lets users hold and aim at just about any spot from almost any angle. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/casio-tryx-positions.jpg "Casio TRYX Stand and Swivel Screen") As for the technical specs, it features a 12 megapixel image sensor and can record 1080p videos. For storage, the camera supports the standard SD and SDHC memory cards. The standard goodies found on most recent digital cameras including auto focus, macro mode, spot metering, white balance settings, ISO settings, self timer, flash configuration, and a USB connector are available. The Casio Tryx even offers a HDR mode, which is becoming quite popular with photographers. The 2x zoom is the only noticeably lacking feature. The TRYX also includes some neat features such as a motion activated timer mode. After configuring the camera to monitor for movement in a certain area of the LCD, groups can position themselves for the best shot without frantically trying to beat a timer. A simple wave of a hand or foot in the marked area will trigger the camera. [Casio](https://www.skatter.com/tag/casio/) also allows users to select images and videos for posting on social media networks straight from the camera interface. Once connected to a computer, the camera will automatically upload images to compatible services such as [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech), Flickr, or YouTube with no additional software. Casio is clearly targeting a youth-oriented demographic with this new camera. With a premium $250 price, the twisting frame may seem confusing and unnecessary for many. However, I see the TRYX as a perfect fit for those with an active lifestyle who always want to snap photos or record a HD video in suboptimal settings. For those looking to buy one, the TRYX will be available this April. **Links: [Casio TRYX](http://www.casio.com/products/Cameras/TRYX/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Sprint Grabs RIM’s BlackBerry 4G PlayBook URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-sprint-grabs-rims-blackberry-4g-playbook/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:29.000Z Although CES 2011 was filled with one tablet after another, one our favorites was the [BlackBerry PlayBook](http://us.blackberry.com/playbook-tablet/?ref=skatter.com). RIM and Sprint announced plans to launch a 4G iteration of the PlayBook at the conference. While the majority of tablets on the show floor ran on Android, the PlayBook features RIM’s new operating system and has some hardware that will impress just about anyone. For those unfamiliar with the BlackBerry PlayBook tablet, it features a 7 inch multi-touch LCD screen, a 1 GHz dual-core processor, 1 GB of RAM, an HTML 5 compatible browser with Adobe Flash support, WiFi a/b/g/n, Bluetooth 2.1, a micro USB connector, and micro HDMI output. Although labeled a “professional-grade” tablet for business users, it also includes a 3 megapixel front-facing camera for video chat and a 5 megapixel rear-facing camera for great photos and HD video. And unlike the Apple iPad, it even offers a set of stereo speakers for optimal audio quality. > “RIM believes a significant portion of the tablet market will want a higher performing, multitasking, professional-grade tablet and that is why we chose to design the BlackBerry PlayBook for premium performance with a powerful dual-core processor and multitasking OS. Together with Sprint, we are now building on that performance advantage with 4G and providing an unparalleled mobile experience for users,” – Mike Lazaridis, President and Co-CEO at Research In Motion. For those wondering, the PlayBook doesn’t use the traditional BlackBerry 6 OS that’s featured on devices such as the [Torch](https://www.skatter.com/rim-launches-the-blackberry-torch/). RIM started fresh with an entirely new operating system entitled BlackBerry Tablet OS. While RIM has clearly spent time on providing a quality entertainment and multimedia experience, they are not taking any steps backwards when it comes to getting real work done. The PlayBook offers one of the best tablet multi-tasking experience, some excellent security features, and full support for enterprise users. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/blackberry-playbook-ces-2011.jpg "BlackBerry PlayBook CES 2011") While most details about the BlackBerry PlayBook are widely available, such as the exclusive summer launch with Sprint, pricing is still a mystery. However, last year in an interview with [Bloomberg Businessweek](http://www.businessweek.com/news/2010-11-16/rim-says-playbook-three-times-faster-than-ipad.html?ref=skatter.com), Jim Balsillie, the Co-CEO of RIM stated that the device would sell for under $500. As for the PlayBook, I was quite impressed after getting a chance to try it out. The hardware was quite robust and it felt like a premium product. The software was absolutely refreshing and the interface was very responsive. While the network was quite slow in the Las Vegas Convention Center, I’m sure that PlayBook will blaze through web pages on a normal home WiFi network or [Sprint’s 4G broadband](http://sprint.com/4g?ref=skatter.com). As it’s an entirely new OS, it’s likely that it will take time for quality applications to become available for the platform. It could somewhat impede immediate adoption by some users. We will absolutely get our hands on a unit for a full in-depth review closer to launch. So stay tuned for more details. Feel free to [subscribe to Skatter Tech](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to keep updated. **Links: [BlackBerry.com/playbook](http://us.blackberry.com/playbook-tablet/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Lenovo Announces The IdeaPad U1 Hybrid, Yet Again URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-lenovo-announces-the-ideapad-u1-hybrid-yet-again/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:29.000Z > “Our IdeaPad U1 and LePad truly fit today’s mobile lifestyle,” said Liu Jun, senior vice president, Idea Product Group, Lenovo. “Use the light-weight slate when you’re mobile, and then simply slide it into the U1 base when you need to create and edit content. Consumers shouldn’t have to adapt their lifestyle to technology, and this product definitely delivers twice the functionality and fun in one device.” For those wondering, the LePad Slate sells independently of the IdeaPad U1 laptop, however the latter won’t be much of use on its own since lacks a display. ## LePad Slate The tablet runs on a Qualcomm Snapdragon processor, weighs under two pounds, is about a half-inch thick, and lasts nearly 8 hours on a single charge. It sports a 10.1 inch display and a front-facing camera for video chat. Although the tablet only runs on Android 2.2, Lenovo’s representatives assured us that they would fully support Android 3.0 when it becomes available. In fact, the tablet will not even be available to North America until Google releases the tablet-optimized Honeycomb operating system. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/lenovo-ideapad-u1-hybrid-ces-unveiled-1.jpg "Lenovo IdeaPad U1 Hybrid at CES Unveiled (1)") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/lenovo-ideapad-u1-hybrid-ces-unveiled-2.jpg "Lenovo IdeaPad U1 Hybrid at CES Unveiled (2)") ## IdeaPad U1 Laptop To complement the LePad Slate, users can also buy the IdeaPad U1 laptop base for more bells and whistles. When docked into the base, the combination offers users access to a full keyboard, a larger battery pack, the Windows 7 operating system, and a faster Intel CULV processor. There’s an instant switch to toggle between the operating systems on the fly. Lenovo’s technology will even let users access the file system of the tablet through Windows 7 to manage data. The integrated software also automatically syncs browsing sessions between the browsers of both devices to let users pick up where they left off. ## Pricing and availability The Lenovo LePad and complementary IdeaPad U1 will hit stores in the first quarter of 2011 in China. There’s no mention of availability for the United States. The LePad Slate will retail for about $520 (RMB 3,499), while the IdePad U1 + LePad Slate package will start at about $1,300 (RMB 8,888). It’s rather pricey compared to alternative tablets or even laptops for that matter. However, it’s likely that Lenovo will bring it to a reasonable price when introduced in the United States. **Links: [Lenovo.com](http://lenovo.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Announces Netflix And Hulu For Kinect URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-announces-netflix-and-hulu-for-kinect/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:29.000Z Since Microsoft announced the Xbox Kinect, traditional game play has truly changed. Without the need for physical controllers, the Kinect opens the doors to a whole new market of casual gamers. With 8 million units sold since launch, the Xbox has finally started to invade Nintendo Wii sales. As the Xbox 360 becomes the “go to place” for movies and music, Microsoft found that many customers often dreaded having to use the gaming controller to browse and navigate their TV. While it probably wasn’t an issue for gamers, others generally found the overwhelming number of buttons confusing. To solve that problem entirely, Microsoft now simplifies the entire experience with Kinect. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/kinect-sensor-box.jpg "Kinect Sensor") During the company’s CES 2011 keynote, Microsoft announced that users can now will soon be able to use the Kinect’s motion capabilities to control Zune, [Netflix](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com), [Hulu Plus](http://www.hulu.com/plus?ref=skatter.com), and ESPN without a controller. With simple hand gestures and voice commands users can browse through libraries of content and access full media playback controls. For example a user can say “Xbox, play song” or wave their hand in swiping motions to scan through a list of movies. This feature is not important for just the less technically savvy, but also for the disabled or physically impaired. In fact, the motion and voice controls even make it easy to control the Xbox when your hands are occupied. The Kinect would be one of the first accessibility tools for the TV. Microsoft says these new features will be available for existing and new customers as an update this spring. It is important to note that Netflix, Hulu Plus, and ESPN are only available to Xbox LIVE subscribers. Which means an additional $50 per year to access premium content. For someone who does not game online or use the many other features of Xbox LIVE, the monthly cost can get quite pricey. In comparison, the [PlayStation 3](https://www.skatter.com/tag/playstation/) and [Wii](https://www.skatter.com/tag/wii/) charge no extra fees for online access. Until Microsoft waives Xbox LIVE fees accessing entertainment content, it’s hard to tell whether casual users will be willing to shell out the extra cash on top of Netflix and Hulu Plus subscription costs. **Links: [Microsoft Xbox Kinect](http://www.xbox.com/en-US/kinect?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Dell Streak 7 Heading To T-Mobile URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-dell-streak-7-heading-to-t-mobile/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:29.000Z At T-Mobile’s CES 2011 Press Conference, [Dell](http://dell.com/?ref=skatter.com) unveiled a brand new 7-inch Android tablet, the Streak 7\. Although a follow-up to their existing 5-inch Streak, the new larger model features 4G mobile broadband through [T-Mobile’s network](http://t-mobile.com/?ref=skatter.com). The Streak 7 sports Gorilla Glass, runs on Android 2.2, and features a dual-core 1 GHz Nvidia Tegra 2 processor. It has full access to the Android Marketplace, which features over 100,000 applications. A rear-facing 5 megapixel camera enables high-definition video recording, while the front-facing 1.3 megapixel camera offers video chat through Qik. Unlike Apple’s FaceTime, video calls work over T-Mobile’s 3G and 4G networks in addition to WiFi. As for storage, there’s 16GB of internal memory and a SD card slot (not microSD). > “Dell is continuing to create the very best in entertainment, mobile and gaming experiences,” said Steve Felice, president of Dell’s Consumer, Small and Medium Business unit. “With Streak 7 on the blazingly fast T-Mobile network, families, students and mobile professionals will gather, share, and find new ways to interact and keep in touch.” Dell also includes a new Stage user interface which provides the native Android interface for the tablet form factor. It also will let users sync photos, contacts, calendars, and other data across other Dell Stage enabled devices. T-Mobile will also pre-load their on-demand TV service, Adobe Flash, BrainPOP, Zinio, Blockbuster, Kindle, Let’s Golf demo, Slacker Radio, Swype, and Zoodles. It’s unclear whether customers will be able to remove or uninstall without tampering with the original installation. According to T-Mobile, the Dell Streak 7 will be available in the United States “in the coming weeks.” There’s no mention of pricing yet. Also left unanswered was whether the Streak 7 would get an update to support the newly announced Android 3.0 Honeycomb. We’ll try to get our hands on a unit for a full review in the near future, so stay tuned. Feel free to [follow us on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) or [like our page on Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech). **Links: [Dell Streak 7](http://www.dell.com/us/p/mobile-streak-7/pd?ref=skatter.com)** ### Giveaway: Mophie Juice Pack Air – $80 Value URL: https://www.skatter.com/giveaway-mophie-juice-pack-air-80-value/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:03.000Z During CES 2011 Unveiled, Skatter Tech had a chance to meet up with Mophie. Their representatives were kind enough to hand us a Juice Pack Air for the iPhone 4 to giveaway to our readers. However, here’s the twist. If we reach our target of 200 entires, we will also giveaway a [Mophie Juice Pack Air for the iPhone 3GS](https://www.skatter.com/mophie-juice-pack-air-review/), to another lucky reader from the same pool of entries. So yes, your chances of winning a battery-powered case actually increase if you get your friends and family to signup as well. Feel free to use our handy share widget on the right column. And, of course, if we don’t reach our goal, we will still giveaway just the iPhone 4 Juice Pack Air. To sign up for a chance to win, complete either of the options below: ## Option 1: 1. [‘Like’ Skatter Tech](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) on Facebook 2. Leave a comment below ## Option 2: 1. Follow [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) on Twitter 2. Leave a comment below ## Some Rules Apply: - 18 years and older only. Must live in the United States. - Winner is randomly selected by a computer program. - Only one entry allowed per person. Duplicates disqualified. - The winner will be announced on this post. - Winner has 24 hrs to respond to our email. - Read our [full Comment Policy here](https://www.skatter.com/contest-policy/). That’s pretty much it. This contest will remain open until midnight (Pacific Time) on January 12th, 2011. **Winner Selected:** Congratulations to Andrew Hall from Texas! ### CES 2011: Cobra Announces iRadar Detector For Android And iOS URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-cobra-announces-iradar-detector-for-android-and-ios/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:30.000Z Cobra, well renowned for its radar detectors, is showing off their latest Android and iOS enabled accessories that were originally announced at CTIA last year. For those unfamiliar with radar detectors, drivers use these gadgets to avoid speeding tickets when being monitored. While most common radar detectors are standalone devices, Cobra takes the technology to a whole new level by taking advantage of today’s generation of smart phones. When the iRadar gets paired with a smart phone via Bluetooth, the touch screen interface becomes the control center for configuring the device and viewing alerts. Although Cobra charges for the hardware, the app for iOS and Android devices is entirely free. For those wondering, the iRadar also works as a standalone device, but with limited functionality. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/cobra-iradar-for-android.jpg "Cobra iRadar for Android") Unlike older radar detectors which solely rely on detecting laser signals are in its line of sight, the iRadar sports a comprehensive daily updated list of hazard locations. Your smart phone’s 3G data connection delivers these updates constantly. Cobra allows users to flag locations to help improve their ever-growing database. For those looking to replace their last generation radar detector, the iRadar retails for $169\. While the Android iteration won’t hit store shelves until March, the iOS version is already available. We will try to get our hands on a unit for a full review after we are back from CES 2011, so stay tuned. **Links: [Cobra.com iRadar](https://cobra.com/detail/cobra-iradar-radar-laser-safety-camera-detection-for-iphone-ipod-touch.cfm?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Mophie Doubles iPhone 4 Battery Life URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-mophie-doubles-iphone-4-battery-life/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:30.000Z Last year at CTIA 2010, we had a chance to take a look at Mophie’s Juice Pack Air for the iPhone 4\. We were quite excited to see the new model given how much we liked the iPhone 3GS version which we [reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/mophie-juice-pack-air-review/). Their latest product, the Juice Pack Plus aims to outdo its predecessor. At full charge, it has enough power to more than double the battery life of the iPhone 4\. Surprisingly, the Air and Plus have the almost the same dimensions and weight. The Plus model also features a rubberized shock proof band over the hard shell case for additional protection. The Air and Plus are available for $80 and $100, respectively. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2011/01/mophie-marketplace-ces-2011.jpg "Mophie Marketplace at CES 2011") Mophie also showed off its Marketplace mobile payment solution, which utilizes [Intuit’s GoPayment](http://gopayment.com/?ref=skatter.com) service. Similar to [Square](https://squareup.com/?ref=skatter.com), the Marketplace allows users to accept credit card payments with an iPhone 4\. The device’s slim rubberized case looks great and adds little bulk to the iPhone. It’s a revamped version of the credit card reader that was originally available for the iPhone 3GS. However, unlike Square, which ships a free reader to all customers, the Mophie Marketplace costs a whopping $180. **Links: [Mophie.com](http://www.mophie.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CES 2011: Cinemin Slice, An iPad Pico Projector URL: https://www.skatter.com/ces-2011-cinemin-slice-an-ipad-pico-projector/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:30.000Z At the CES 2011 Unveiled event, we had a chance to meet with [WowWee](http://wowwee.com/?ref=skatter.com), the makers of the Cinemin Slice. At first glance, it may appear like just another iPad docking solution, however this gizmo goes above and beyond. The $429 dock features an integrated DLP pico projector and speakers, making it a full entertainment system. Although clearly marketed toward iPad users, the Cinemin Slice dock is also compatible with the iPhone and iPod Touch. In addition, it also offers mini-HDMI and VGA inputs for those looking to use the projector with other devices. Unfortunately, the dock only projects at a WVGA (854 x480 pixel) resolution when most content is now at least 720p. While our experience with other pico projectors, such as the [3M MPro120](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/), was somewhat disappointing due minimal picture visibility in normally lit rooms, the Slice was impressively bright enough to use on the well-lit show floor. Although we didn’t have enough time to observe image quality in detail, WowWee’s representatives claim that it can project up to 10 feet away with 60-inch diagonal image. Although a bit pricey, for those interested, the Cinemin Slice is now available for pre-order. **Links: [WowWee.com Cinemin Slice](http://www.wowwee.com/en/products/tech/projection/cinemin/slice?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Announces Two New 4G Devices URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-two-new-4g-devices/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:30.000Z The EVO Shift has quite a few changes from its predecessor, for one, it now has a slide-out QWERTY keyboard. Honestly, I do not think this was a good idea. The phone looks clunkier and I’m someone who finds Swype as a superior alternative to the physical keyboard. In addition, the Shift’s screen size has been cut down to 3.6 inches from the 4.3 inch EVO. Unlike the original, the Shift does not have a front facing camera and has a lower 5 megapixel camera on the back, however it still maintains the 720p video capture resolution. Even the processor is a step down from the original with the Shift as it sports a 800 MHz processor when most smartphones now come with the standard 1 GHz. Finally, the device will come with Android 2.2 pre-installed, however since Android 2.3 was recently released, the phone will likely get that update as well. I am quite disappointed with the HTC EVO Shift 4G as it has been nearly a year since the original EVO 4G was announced and yet there has been a loss in features in almost every aspect of this phone. Perhaps Sprint is trying to market it to a different audience, but it would have been great to at least keep some of the notable features of the EVO 4G instead of trying to just ride its coattails. The second announcement, the MiFi 3G/4G Mobile Hotspot, is the next iteration of the [MiFi 2200 Mobile Hotspot](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-mifi-2200-review/) with a few new features. For starters, the device now sports an eInk display with indicators for battery life, signal strength, and number of connected devices. Since it now works on 4G, the device is capable of receiving up to 10 Mbps download speed (average 3-6 Mbps) which is significantly faster than its predecessor. Additionally, it sports location-based services such as GPSOne, xTRA, and a standalone GPS as well as a microSD slot with support up to 32GB. However, it can still only support five connected devices simultaneously, which is unfortunate since some phones can do more than that. We are hoping to get out hands on both of these units and will bring you a review as soon as we can. In the meantime, visit [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com) for more up to date information from CES 2011. **Links: [Sprint.com](sprint.com)** ### Skatter Tech Goes LIVE For CES 2011 URL: https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-goes-live-for-ces-2011/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:31.000Z It is January, which means it is time for CES 2011\. Skatter Tech is heading to Las Vegas for the entire week. We will provide up to the minute coverage of just about every major event and previews of the latest gadgets from the show floor. Unlike previous years, we now have an entirely new live blogging platform, which was part of the [Skatter Tech 3.0 revamp](https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/). To get instant updates, just visit our Live Hub at [live.skatter.com](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). When we say live, we mean LIVE. Don’t worry about refreshing, status updates, photos, and videos get pushed to your browser automatically. **Here is a schedule of press conferences Skatter Tech will attend:** (All events are Pacific Time) **January 5th, 2011** - LG @ 8 AM - Netgear @ 9 AM - Intel @ 10 AM - Audiovox @ 11 AM - Pioneer @ 11 AM - Nvidia @ 12 PM - Sharp @ 12 PM - Casio @ 1 PM - Samsung @ 2 PM - Panasonic @ 3 PM - Motorola @ 4 PM - Sony @ 5 PM - Microsoft @ 6:30 PM **January 6th, 2011** - State of the Industry @ 8:30 AM - Skype @ 10:30 AM - Verizon Wireless @ 1 PM Skatter Tech will also be attending numerous other events, meeting with various companies, and reporting from the show floor. In depth coverage will appear on [skatter.com](http://skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com), while all instant coverage will appear on [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). Feel free to also follow us on Twitter ([@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com)) or like our Facebook page ([facebook.com/skattertech](http://facebook.com/skattertech)). **Links: [Skatter Tech LIVE](http://live.skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Steam Holiday Sale URL: https://www.skatter.com/steam-holiday-sale/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:04.000Z If you didn’t get the perfect Christmas gift or didn’t have a chance to grab the game you wanted, it’s not too late. [Steam](http://store.steampowered.com/?ref=skatter.com), the popular gaming service, is having a huge holiday sale. The discounts started a few days before Christmas and will continue through January 2, 2011. The sale covers over 1000 games, with discounts up to 90 percent. These aren’t necessarily old games, new titles including Batman: Arkham Asylum, Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2, Sid Meier’s Civilization V, and Dragon Age: Origins, are available. Whether a casual or a hardcore gamer, you are really missing out if you are not using Steam. Valve’s online service is not just a store, the platform lets users connect and play games with friends. For instance, the Friends list feature allows users to see what games friends are playing. If you do not own too many Steam games, the service lets you add “Non-Steam” games to the library. In addition, the platform allow friends to see what you are playing, it also grants the ability to launch games directly from Steam. Every game linked through Steam has a neat overlay feature that lets users chat and browse the web without having to leave a game. A quick keyboard shortcut, Shift + Tab, brings up the overlay instantly. During the sale, Steam has new deals every day, so keep checking to see if your favorite games are available. In addition to daily deals, video game publishers have arrangements with Steam to offer users larger discounts on bundles. For example, the [Bethesda Mega Pack](http://store.steampowered.com/sub/6942/?ref=skatter.com) which includes Fallout New Vegas and Oblivion, is discounted 55 percent. And perhaps one of the best deals, [Valve’s Complete Package](http://store.steampowered.com/sub/2546/?ref=skatter.com), includes all Valve games for just $49.99. **Links: [Steam Store](http://store.steampowered.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Install Steam](http://store.steampowered.com/about/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Welcome To Skatter Tech 3.0 URL: https://www.skatter.com/welcome-to-skatter-tech-3-0/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:31.000Z Welcome to the new and improved [Skatter Tech](http://skatter.com/?ref=skatter.com). After five years of blogging, we have taken the next step to go beyond the traditional blog. Our vision was for an amazing clean-cut browsing experience and unparalleled quality content. Today, we proud to launch Skatter Tech 3.0 after nearly three months of design and development. To our long-time readers, don’t panic. Although we are just took a huge leap with a new look, all our exiting content is here to stay and core purpose remains the same: providing you with the best coverage of all things tech. For those making their way to Skatter Tech for the first time, we’re glad to have you. And if you are wondering, here’s what’s new: # What’s New? ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-new-hubs.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 New Hub") ## The Hubs All stories aren’t the same. News, Reviews, Opinion, Hacks, Media, and Deals have long deserved their own Hubs. We now offer a better way explore each section in a manner that is appropriate to nature of the content. And for those that hate the dreaded “next page” link, every Hub features a snappy “load more” button. You can visit a Hub at anytime through the floating menu above. ## Discussion Although Skatter Tech has always had comments, our new layout is something you have not seen before. We now offer five levels of threading to better organize conversations. The comment input field even snaps below the comment you are replying to. To save every extra pixel, comments now extend to the full width of every page. When discussions get too lengthy, browsing through old threads is easy with instant page navigation. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-mobile.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 Mobile") ## Mobile Theme To complement our full-blown revamp, Skatter Tech now also supports a mobile interface for feature phones. While all features aren’t available through the mobile portal, users can still read any article on Skatter Tech. If you own a feature phone and have a mobile web access, just visit `skatter.com` in your browser. As for smart phone users, another touch-optimized revamp is in the works. ## Deals After a few highly popular giveaway contests, we decided to dedicate the entire Deals Hub for getting free gadgets into your hands. Unlike a traditional contest, your chances of winning increase as more people enter a Deal. With our unique contest model, we get to handout more gadgets per contest when we reach a certain number of entries. For a better chance to get your hands on the latest gadgetry, be sure to have your friends and family participate. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/skatter-tech-3-widgets.jpg "Skatter Tech 3 Widgets") ## Interactive Widgets To make following, reading, and sharing Skatter Tech easier, we now offer interactive widgets site-wide. Whether you are looking for an RSS Feed or want to email a friend a story, widgets are always nearby. Live streams from Facebook and Twitter even allow keeping an eye on trending stories. ## A New Homepage As Skatter Tech leaves the common blog layout, our new home page becomes the best destination for a quick preview of the latest headlines. With a featured gallery and the latest stories from each Hub, there’s never a story that will fall under your radar. # A Special Thanks I should note that the Skatter Tech revamp wouldn’t have been possible if it weren’t for some people. Thanks to [Sharath Shroff](https://www.skatter.com/author/sharathshroff/), [Ian Thackston](https://www.skatter.com/author/ianthackston/), and [Sanketh Katta](https://www.skatter.com/author/sankethkatta/) for assisting me through the design and development process. I would also like to thank the amazing folks at [WordPress](http://wordpress.org/?ref=skatter.com) for creating such an awesome open platform. And finally, the helpful community at [StackOverflow](http://stackoverflow.com/?ref=skatter.com) can answer just about any question. # What’s Next While these were just a few highlights, there’s a lot more to see. Feel free to jump right in and make your way through the site. Although we beta tested prior to launch, if you do find any bugs, please report them on the [Contact page](https://www.skatter.com/contact/). If you are running Google Chrome, which we definitely recommend, be sure to [checkout our new web app](https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/clmfglglicafniebckcjjijlncdemiod?hl=en-us&ref=skatter.com). And if you have not already done so, head over to our [Subscribe page](https://www.skatter.com/subscribe/) to sign up for updates. We hope that you enjoy reading Skatter Tech as much as we enjoy writing for it. There are even more features coming down the pipeline, so keep an eye out for them. **Links: [About Skatter Tech](https://www.skatter.com/about/)** ### Yahoo Draws “Sunset” On Delicious URL: https://www.skatter.com/yahoo-draws-sunset-on-delicious/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:52.000Z Looking back at 2003, a time before [Digg ](http://digg.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com)and [Reddit](http://www.reddit.com/r/skattertech?ref=skatter.com), the idea of sharing links was relatively new. [Delicious](http://delicious.com/?ref=skatter.com) offered an innovative solution to save and share bookmarks with friends. Fast forward seven years, Yahoo has shown signs of wanting to sell the service five years after its acquisition. The tech community is actively discussing the future of Delicious after a leaked slide from a Yahoo meeting enraged many users. When Delicious launched, the concept of having users share bookmarks with one another and store links online was still new and revolutionary. Today with the vast offerings out there, Delicious has lost the fresh appeal it once had. Sites like [StumbleUpon ](http://www.stumbleupon.com/?ref=skatter.com)offer a fun experience to browse and discover new links. Other services such as [Springpad](http://springpadit.com/?ref=skatter.com) help organize and sort everything from tasks to restaurant reviews to miscellaneous thoughts. Delicious seems rather rudimentary in comparison, it does not categorize links by anything more than simple tags, which have lost relevance. Even after many years, Yahoo failed to integrate a commenting system to engage users in discussion. Yahoo’s decision to sell Delicious is not unwarranted given its decreasing significance over the years. Yahoo is partly to blame for this, as Delicious has always remained an outsider at the company. Since the acquisition, there have been few features added to the service and very little integration with the rest of Yahoo. For instance, there are no “share on Delicious” buttons anywhere on Yahoo properties. In addition, with similar services including [Yahoo Bookmarks](http://bookmarks.yahoo.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Yahoo Buzz](http://buzz.yahoo.com/?ref=skatter.com) simply added to the loss of focus and confusion for users. In fact, Yahoo listed both for “Sunset” as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/delicious-screen.jpg "Delicious Homepage") In response to Yahoo’s news, some have taken it upon themselves to make their own Delicious clone: [1r7](http://1r7.net/?ref=skatter.com). Remarkably, that clone was created in a mere ten hours, demonstrating the bare-bone nature of the service. Had Yahoo innovated the Delicious brand and tightly integrated it with the rest of the Yahoo network, it would not have been so easily replaceable. This sunset has possibly caused a loss in customer confidence in all of Yahoo. Many tech pundits have even expressed concern to continue storing images in [Flickr](http://flickr.com/?ref=skatter.com). While it is unfortunate that Delicious may now have to shut down, it is hard to tell how long the site would have survived with its dwindling user base. For now, Delicious users can only hope that the service can find a new home. **Links: [Delicious.com ](http://www.delicious.com/?ref=skatter.com)| [Delicious Blog Response](http://blog.delicious.com/index.htm?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dropbox Releases Version 1.0 URL: https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-releases-version-1-0/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:31.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/dropbox-logo.jpg "Dropbox Logo") Although I’ve been using [Dropbox](https://www.dropbox.com/referrals/NTMyOTQ1OTI5??ref=skatter.com) for over a year, the popular cloud-based file syncing service only reached version 1.0 two days ago. The version 1.0 update includes many performance upgrades, bug fixes, and even some new features. For those who haven’t heard of Dropbox yet, [head over here to read our full review](https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-file-syncing-made-easy/). If you are already a user, keep reading for details on the latest release. To stay true to the product’s minimalist nature, the developers rebuilt the entire framework to improve efficiency. For instance, Dropbox claims a reduction in memory usage by up to 50%, however I didn’t notice any change in RAM consumption on my Windows 7 laptop. The service hovered around 30 MB before and after the update. In addition the installer size for Mac OS is now 20% smaller because Dropbox runs solely on Cocoa, Apple’s native programming API, allowing for a seamless experience. Another big new feature is selective sync. This tool will come in handy for customers that use Dropbox with devices that have limited storage space. Users can now exclude syncing of specific folders in their Dropbox. For instance, a 5 GB folder can remain on the Dropbox cloud without having to reside on your machine. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/dropbox-selective.jpg "Selective Sync") One thing notably lacking is the option to sync multiple folder locations. Competing services, such as [SugarSync ](https://www.sugarsync.com/?ref=skatter.com) let users sync any folder on their computer. Dropbox unfortunately limits users to a single folder. Thankfully Dropbox has acknowledged this limitation and is working on a solution since it was the most requested feature on their user-submitted feedback site, [Votebox](http://www.dropbox.com/help/136?ref=skatter.com). Although there is no mention of a release date, we can only hope that it will be available soon. Also highly requested on Votebox is file sharing permissions. Currently, every member of a shared folder has complete control over adding, modifying, or removing data. This feature would let the folder’s owner to limit certain members to “read-only” privileges. This tool is a necessity for business users or large groups who want to prevent accidental modifications or tampering. This feature is also in the pipeline. While this is a major milestone for Dropbox, the company needs to continue to innovate to stay ahead of advancing competitors such as Box.net, SugarSync, and Windows Live Mesh. With a small footprint and a simple intuitive experience, Dropbox is still a favorite. Older versions of Dropbox will eventually auto-update to the latest version. However if you want to upgrade right away follow the link below. Version 1.0 will not disappoint. **Links: [Dropbox.com](https://www.dropbox.com/referrals/NTMyOTQ1OTI5?src=global0&ref=skatter.com) | [Blog Annoucement](http://blog.dropbox.com/?p=581&ref=skatter.com)** ### Verizon Wireless To Launch 4G LTE On December 5th URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-wireless-to-launch-4g-lte-on-december-5th/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:31.000Z The long wait is finally over. Verizon Wireless just revealed the details regarding their next-generation 4G (LTE) network at a press event earlier today. Starting on December 5th, the new high-speed wireless network will be available in 38 major cities and over 60 airports. Verizon claims that their new 4G LTE speeds are over 10x faster than their existing 3G network. Also at the press conference was the introduction of two new 4G-enabled USB modems. Unfortunately, no smartphones will offer access to the new high-speed network until mid-2011\. (Expect demos and early prototypes at CES 2011 in January.) For those looking to get onto the new network immediately, the LG VL600 and the Pantech ML290 will be available soon. Each will cost $99 after signing a new two-year contract and sending in a $50 mail-in-rebate. Pricing for 4G LTE Mobile broadband will start at $50 for 5GB of monthly bandwidth. A 10GB plan is also available for $80 a month. As for overage, Verizon charges an extra $10 per gigabyte. Those in a 4G-enabled area will have download speeds ranging from 5-12 Mbps and upload speeds ranging from 2-5 Mbps. The two USB dongles support falling back to 3G networks when 4G signal isn’t available. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/12/verizon-wireless-4g-usb-modems.jpg "Verizon Wireless 4G USB Modems") > “Beginning Sunday, Verizon Wireless is making the best network even better. Our initial 4G LTE launch gives customers access to the fastest and most advanced mobile network in America and immediately reaches more than one-third of all Americans, right where they live. That’s just the start. We will quickly expand 4G LTE, and by 2013 will reach the existing Verizon Wireless 3G coverage area.” – Dan Mead, President and CEO of Verizon Wireless Prospective customers can visit [verizonwireless.com/4Glte](http://www.verizonwireless.com/4Glte?ref=skatter.com) to check if their address is in the 4G LTE coverage area. Flagship metropolitan areas such as New York City and San Francisco will have high-speed coverage unlike Sprint’s 4G WiMax network. Starting on December 5th, a street-specific map will also be available, offering detailed coverage information. Since we are in the San Jose area, which will have coverage, we will try to get our hands on a unit and publish some preliminary speed reports soon. **Links: [VerizonWireless.com](http://verizonwireless.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Facebook Mobile Event Liveblog URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-mobile-event-liveblog/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:31.000Z I just got seated at the Facebook Mobile event in Palo Alto, CA. Stay tuned for live updates about what Facebook is about to unveil. **10:37 AM** – Mark Zuckerberg just took the stage! **10:38 AM** – 200 million Facebook users use the service on a mobile device. User base tripled in the last year. **10:40 AM** – Facebook will be updating apps for iOS and Android (major refresh). Making it easier to let people tag people at Places locations. Making it easy to upload photos as you check-into locations. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/facebook-campus.jpg "Facebook Campus") **10:41 AM** – Facebook was getting ready to launch a major app, but Google had bought the company making it right before. The upcoming update for Android will included features such as Places. **10:43 AM** – Facebook is NOT building their own phone. Zuckerberg called it a “novelty idea.” ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/mark-zuckerberg-facebook-hq.jpg "Mark Zuckerberg Facebook HQ") **10:44 AM** – Three new features: 1) Single Sign-on feature making it easy to log into any app on a phone once you’ve signed into Facebook. 2) Location APIs 3) Deals Platform **10:46 AM** – The READ API was available for Facebook Places, but the WRITE API was closed. Facebook is now opening that up for developers. The deals platform is to let brands and business offer discounts to customers. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/facebook-single-signon-demo.jpg "Facebook Single SignOn Demo") **10:51 AM** – Facebook’s goal with Single Signon is to make it easy to register/login to any app already on a phone. A person from Groupon is demoing how to make it easy to use their app with the Facebook Signon API. **10:55 AM** – Zynga’s mobile General Manager just took the stage. The company re-releasing a Live Poker app enabled with Facebook Single Signon API. **10:58 AM** – Facebook is launching a major update to the Android SDK today which will include the APIs to let developers use the Single SignOn feature. **11:01 AM** – Correction, it’s not just the Read and Write APIs that Facebook is opening up. They are also enabling access to the Search API. **11:03 AM** – Gowalla, Foursquare, and a handful of other partners now can write check-ins from their services into Facebook Places. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/facebook-open-graph.jpg "Facebook Open Graph") **11:05 AM** – Loopt is also enabling single sign-on with their service. Checking into their service also automatically checks them into Facebook Places. **NOTICE**: I apologize, the network here is quite slow. Nothing can handle a room full of reporters live blogging an event. Images will get uploaded shortly after the event. **11:10 AM** – A DEMO of Facebook Deals: Bringing up the Deals page will bring up list of local near-by business. The ones will Facebook Deals available will show an icon besides the business. To redeem a deal, a user can check-in to that location. (So it’s pretty much FourSquare?) **11:14 AM** – Business and brands can target check-ins for multiple people as well. This motivates people to bring more people into a business to be eligible for a deal **11:17 AM** – GAP giving away 10k pairs of blue jeans for the first 10k checkins. Afterwards customers can still get 40% discounts. Palms in Las Vegas is offering a 3rd night check-in for free (if booked for two nights already! ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/11/mark-zuckerberg-facebook-mobile-approach.jpg "Mark Zuckerberg Facebook Mobile Approach") **11:21 AM** – Mark Zuckerberg just took the stage again. He’s making it clear that the Facebook values Mobile. They plan to plan an important role in continuing to expand into the mobile arena. **11:27 AM** – A reporter from CBS News asked about the privacy issues since 3rd parties will now have access to let people use Facebook sign on credentials. Zuckerberg said the same privacy policies will remain active. **11:29 AM** – Ben Parr from Mashable asked whether an iPad App would be available and if so when. Zuckerberg stated that “the iPad isn’t a mobile device.” Ouch. Apple’s not going to be happy to hear that. **11:31 AM** – A reporter from BBC just asked how Single Signon will change the mobile environment. Response? Getting users to register is one of the hardest issues for developers. Users don’t like registering for apps each and every time. Facebook is making it easy to do that. A quick app switch will authenticate any app through Facebook. **11:35 AM** – The Facebook Android app will be available NOW in the Android Marketplace. Facebook Deals will only be available the United States. Other countries will eventually come later onwards. And that wraps up our coverage of the Facebook Mobile event. Be sure to grab the update for your Android and iPhone devices. ### CCleaner Releases Version 3 URL: https://www.skatter.com/ccleaner-releases-version-3/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:31.000Z **Here’s the full list of changes:** - New CCleaner 64-bit native EXE. - New UI graphics and icons. - New internal scanning architecture. - New Drive Wiper tool screen under Tools section. - New Intelligent cookie keeping functionality. - Improved support for IE9. - Improved support for Google Chrome. - Improved HTML5 Database Storage cleaning. - Added support to clean Microsoft Silverlight Isolated Storage. - Added support for AVG AntiVirus 10.0, Audacity, LogMeIn Hamachi, BitTorrent and Windows Game Explorer. - Improved support for Vuze. - Added new environment variables: %SystemDirectory%, %SystemDirectory32% and %SystemDirectory64%. - Improved Registry backup to address problems when saving values. - Improved cleaning Windows Log Files for 64-bit OSs. - Many UI improvements and bug fixes. While the previous versions of CCcleaner were great, it was sorely lacked 64-bit support. As most new computers are making the switch away from 32-bit operating systems, supporting 64-bit becomes increasingly important. The HTML5 database cleaning comes at a perfect time as people are spending less time with desktop apps and more time in their browsers. It will work well with modern web apps such as the Google Chrone Web Store. When you first open up the program, it will ask permission to intelligently scan cookies. This is quite useful since it won’t remove important cookies for websites you regularly use such as Facebook and Gmail when cleaning your system. Users would previously have to log back into websites after CCleaner ran. The 3.0 update clearly eliminates the hassles. Finally, the feature that I thought was most interesting: the drive wiper tool. This included feature can securely erase an entire drive or just the free space. This prevents hackers from attempting to recover or restore data from those parts of the hard drive. This is a perfect solution for those protecting their data before selling a machine. CCleaner is one of my favorite system tools and one of the best PC system cleaners out there, definitely check it out. **Links:** [**Download CCleaner**](http://www.piriform.com/ccleaner?ref=skatter.com) ### Facebook Introduces New Features URL: https://www.skatter.com/facebook-introduces-new-features/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:32.000Z The first and perhaps the most important new feature is the ability to download your information from Facebook. This means that users’ data will no longer be trapped. I think the company has implemented this feature in a pretty cool way. The file is downloaded in a .zip format, so after unzipping it, users can open the “index.html” file in a web browser and access all their information. This includes status updates, wall posts, photos, etc from an interface remarkably similar to your profile page. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8r0egO0x07g](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8r0egO0x07g&ref=skatter.com) When asked if users would be able to download data from Facebook and reupload it to another site, Zuckerberg answered, > “At a high level we’ve built two different things, Facebook Connect — which is our real effort to bring our sites to other sites, and “Download Your Information” where you can download your information and upload it to another site. Stuff that you put into the site, you should be able to take out.” Next is the new app dashboard which shows each of the apps you’ve installed and what data those apps are accessing. In addition, users can change what information each app is able to access. This is definitely a much needed privacy feature since it was quite difficult to change application settings. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=upgL1KgOP9c](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=upgL1KgOP9c&ref=skatter.com) Finally, the new Groups feature seems to be quite promising. I use Facebook very infrequently because I don’t want all my status updates going to every single one of my friends. Sure I was able to manage this using lists, but that was extremely time consuming, however, if I can create a group for my closest friends, I may actually start using Facebook more often. This seems to be exactly what the company was thinking as Zuckerberg stated that the whole point of having groups was to mirror the social groups that we have in real life and how the lists feature did not do that very well. For those of you who have spent a lot of time setting up lists and tweaking them to your liking, don’t worry. Groups will not be in place or lists, rather in addition, meaning that all that hard work wasn’t wasted. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I6ud\_SZARCs](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I6ud%5FSZARCs&ref=skatter.com) Facebook talked about some pretty important things today and presented quite a few solutions. Many people, including myself, have been complaining about the lack of privacy and difficulty of saving data from Facebook. Hopefully, the ability to download all your personal data, as well as being able to control the information apps can view on an individual level will bring us closer to having a more safe, secure and more accessible Facebook. **Links: [Facebook.com](http://www.facebook.com/) | [Facebook Blog](http://blog.facebook.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### CTIA 2010: Sprint LiveBlog URL: https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2010-sprint-liveblog/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:32.000Z [http://qik.com/video/14941537](http://qik.com/video/14941537?ref=skatter.com) **Updates will continue below here:** 2:09 PM – Dan Hesse took the stage. States that people didn’t know what Mobile Apps were just a few years ago, but downloads of these are increasing “7 fold” over the next few years. Claims that Smartphones are still confusing too many customers. His solution is a new technology called Sprint ID (for Android). 2:11 PM – The new interface lets people download packs of apps, widgets, ringtones, wallpapers, etc. The interface allows holding onto 5 of these packages at once. 2:12 PM – Three new Android phones announced: Samsung Transform, Sanyo Zio, and LG Optimus S. All will have the new Sprint ID. Example is E!, they are showing a video demo of it’s features. Also are eBay, Oprah, ESPN, Amazon, and many more. 2:14 PM – There are quite a few first-party partners creating quality ID packs for customers. 2:20 PM – Sprint had videos of execs from companies that create apps say why they partnered with Sprint on-screen. Nothing too interesting, MTV also has a ID pack. 2:25 PM – LatCel, a Latino cellular provider, will also be using this to target content to their customers. 2:27 PM – A random car towing company claims this will greatly help them with their business
 2:30 PM – Finally something interesting, Radio Shack’s CEO is on stage. They are an official distributor of Sprint devices. Sprint ID devices will be available in over 4,000 Radio Shack stores. 2:35 PM – That’s apparently it, no other big news here. **Links:** [**Sprint.com**](http://sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) ### Verizon To Launch 4G LTE In 38 Cities This Year URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-to-launch-4g-lte-in-38-cities-this-year/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:32.000Z > McAdam said, “We are driven by the vision to provide ubiquitous wireless broadband connectivity and mobility to rural and urban Americans alike. With our initial 4G LTE launch, we will immediately reach more than one-third of all Americans where they live, right from the start. And, we will quickly introduce 4G LTE throughout the Verizon coverage area.” To offer a competitive edge over ClearWire’s WiMax, Verizon’s 4G LTE will offer download rates of 5-12 Mbps and upload rates of 2-5Mbps. Their upcoming devices will run on the 700MHz spectrum deployed in the United States. In addition to the 38 LTE cities coming this year, Verizon Wireless is experimenting their technology with Perdue University. The company is making 4G available to the entire West Lafayette campus. They are working closely with the college to build applications and technologies that can run better utilize high-speed 4G networks. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/10/verizon-wireless-4g-lte-coverage-areas.jpg "Verizon Wireless 4G LTE Coverage Areas") During a Q&A session after the press event, McAdam answered a few questions from the press. Here are few details he let loose: **Post-2010 Expansion Plans** According to McAdam, Verizon’s 4G LTE speeds will reach nearly 200 million customers 18 months from today. And by the end of 2013, he expects 4G to become available in all areas that currently has 3G coverage. **Expanding Into Un-covered Verizon Areas** Since Verizon currently still lacks coverage in many rural areas despite being the largest network in the country, McAdam revealed plans to expand into those areas. He said conversations with about 200 small cellular carriers across the country have begun. Verizon will offer those small providers access to the 700 MHz spectrum in exchange for building a network infrastructure for them. They’ll also make roaming agreements to let more consumers have signal in those areas. **Upcoming 4G (LTE) Devices** Unfortunately, Verizon didn’t announce any upcoming consumer devices just yet. McAdam stated that all device announcements would be made at CES. (He’s also taking the stage at the official CES keynote, likely with a major announcement.) However, as for the category of devices, McAdam stated that the first ones would be USB modems followed by handsets, tablets, and MiFi gadgets. **Data Pricing Schemes** Those familiar with McAdam’s comments from earlier this year won’t be surprised with what he said today. Unlimited is likely not going to be a viable solution in the 4G LTE market according to him. He claims that it is because the spectrum is heavily limited. Pricing plans will likely be pay-as-you-go for “buckets” worth of data at a time. **Verizon Wireless iPhone?** A reporter asked whether it’s happening. Obligatory. As expected, he refused to make a comment. However he did say that both Apple’s and Verizon’s interests should align eventually. He claimed that iPhones and the iPad on LTE should be a possibility at some point, but didn’t comment any further. **Simultaneous Voice & Data on 4G** While Sprint allows simultaneous voice and data connections on their WiMax network, Verizon’s 4G LTE won’t support it. According to McAdam, their infrastructure will be data-only in most areas. They aren’t building a traditional voice service on the new spectrum. However, he claims that VoIP calls over data connections won’t be an issue. Another Verizon Wireless spokesperson clarified that since their upcoming devices are 3G and 4G enabled, voice calls would happen on 3G and data transfers would happen on 4G. **Links: [VerizonWireless.com/LTE](http://www.verizonwireless.com/LTE?ref=skatter.com)** ### ShowStoppers 2010: Aisle411 iOS App URL: https://www.skatter.com/showstoppers-2010-aisle411-ios-app/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:32.000Z Yesterday, I had a chance to meet up with the folks at Aisle411 at ShowStoppers 2010 before CTIA 2010 kicks off in San Francisco. While most people are familiar with location-based services such as FourSquare and Gowalla, the Aisle411 iOS app tries to mix some extra discounts and deals elements into to mix. With the app installed, the geo-location feature detects your presence at a store and brings up a floor plan map. While Google Navigator only brings you to the store, Aisle411 helps get around once inside. The app currently only supports about 1000 retail stores across the country, but a company representative claims that will increase over time. In addition, once a person arrives at a store, they can choose to check-in and let their friends know where they are through existing social networking services. The app also includes a barcode scanner to check prices and read reviews on items from Amazon.com. Aisle411 will also let companies tap into their app to offer deals, discounts, and rewards through their service. Although the demo shown in the video above was merely a simulation, the company’s PR folks assured us that the full app was nearly complete. It’s a hard sell considering that there are many services that offer check-in capabilities and many more that offer deals and discounts already. However, if they come up with something creative, it isn’t too hard to make room for another app on your home screen. **Links:** [**Aisle411.com**](http://aisle411.com/?ref=skatter.com) ### Skype Now Available For All Android Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/skype-now-available-for-all-android-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:32.000Z While Skype services for desktop computers offer free Internet-based PC-to-PC calls and discounted PC-to-Phone rates, options for mobile Skype users has been fairly restricted. Fortunately, the new Skype for Android app enables free Skype-to-Skype calling anywhere there is a 3G or Wi-Fi connection. Unfortunately to call non-Skype users, U.S. customers can only do so over Wi-Fi. The app could have a huge impact on the mobile phone industry as carriers could be edged out by affordable Skype calling plans. With Skype’s subscription plans, users can make unlimited phone calls to anyone, for as little as $3 per month. In addition, the company has some pretty good deals on international calls. Skype says that it’s tested the Android app on HTC and Motorola phones but acknowledge that there are some problems with Samsung Galaxy S devices. The app can sync your Skype contact data with your phone’s address book, allowing you to make SkypeOut calls easily. My biggest problem is the lack of 3G support, which seems to be only in the US. It is a bit strange since iPhone users on AT&T are able to call using 3G. Hopefully this feature will be implemented soon since it could have quite a big impact as more and more people are beginning to migrate to Android phones. To download the app for free, go to [skype.com/m](http://skype.com/m?cm%5Fmmc=m176&ref=skatter.com) on your phone or visit the Android Marketplace. **Links: [Skype.com](www.skype.com) | [Skype Blog](http://blogs.skype.com/en/2010/10/android.html?ref=skatter.com)** *Update: We were finally able to test it and were unable to make either Skype-to-Skype or SkypeOut calls over 3G.* ### Tin Eye Offers Reverse Image Search URL: https://www.skatter.com/tin-eye-offers-reverse-image-search/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:33.000Z A plugin has been available for [Firefox users](https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/addon/8922/?ref=skatter.com) for sometime, but an extension for Google Chrome is finally available. The add-on incorporates a “Search Similar” context menu item when right-clicking on an image. Clicking that option will launch Tin Eye’s search page, offering results in a new tab. The page includes some useful stats such as number of images searched, time it took, and even makes it easy to return to the original image. The search page also offers a few sorting options to make finding the image you want easier. The default sort organizes items to feature the largest images first, but sort options for “Best Match” or “Most Changed” are also available. There are also sharing features built-in for sending results to Twitter, Facebook, and Email. Tin Eye also offers image comparisons, meaning users can compare images that look similar, but may have some changes made. The implementation is fairly neat: hovering over an image toggles between the original and the result. There are also details such as source, file name, and links to the original file associated with each image, simplifying the experience. While the service offers a great start, I’d like to a grid layout similar to Google Image Search. While the current list layout works, it isn’t easy to browse through numerous results at once. This can get somewhat annoying for users since the original image takes up a lot of room at the top of the page, forcing users to scroll down to reach results below. A grid layout would be far more efficient, with slightly bigger images (or at least the option scale). However, the service is pretty handy for people like me who are constantly looking for better quality or higher resolution images. The addition of the [Chrome extension](https://chrome.google.com/extensions/detail/haebnnbpedcbhciplfhjjkbafijpncjl?ref=skatter.com) makes the service even easier to use. Hopefully it will continue to improve. **Links: [TinEye.com](http://www.tineye.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### StreamTV’s Android Tablet Available For Pre-Order URL: https://www.skatter.com/streamtvs-android-tablet-available-for-pre-order/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:33.000Z Although much isn’t really known about the actual company StreamTV, what has attracted attention from consumers and analysts alike are the Elocity’s specifications. The Elocity is definitely no run-of-the-mill tablet. It comes equipped with Nvidia’s 1 GHz Tegra-II dual-core processor, an 8.2-by-4.8 inch capacitive multi-touch screen, Wi-Fi connectivity, USB ports, an SD card slot, and a front-facing 1.3 megapixel camera. Since StreamTV does not have any carrier relationships, the Elocity doesn’t have support for 3G networks. Also, it only runs on 802.11 b/g as as opposed to including support for the newer 802.11 n technology meaning WiFi will be somewhat slower. For the operating system, the Elocity will run the newest version of Android (Froyo v2.2). While the Elocity is not intended for actual content creation, it is capable of being used as an e-reader, running applications, playing games, and browsing the web. Also, the Elocity supports Adobe Flash Player unlike the iPad. The feature that probably stands out the most, however, is the device’s support for HDMI output (1080p). The Nvidia Tegra-II “System On a Chip” (SoC) in the Elocity handles graphically intensive applications like games and video in 1080p. Of course, it’s expected that a screen that small wouldn’t really maximize the HD experience, so that’s why the Elocity actually comes with HDMI output and cables for hooking it up to an external screen. Users can easily playback HD content on larger displays. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/streamtv-elocity-bottom.jpg "StreamTV Elocity (Bottom)") Despite its solid list of features, the Elocity is really meant to fill a niche market by essentially being a portable media player. Interestingly enough, that might not actually be a bad thing. By focusing on making specific applications run better, the device has the potential to be a formidable contender against similar devices like the iPad. This is a trend we’re probably going to continue to see. Like StreamTV, smaller companies are only just dipping their feet into the market. We will likely see more application specific tablets as opposed to competing with more expensive, all-in-one tablets. Ultimately though, such application specific tablets will have to drop in price to complete with high-end models. As of now, the Elocity looks fairly promising and has had a positive reception among those who’ve managed to get an early glimpse of it. I should note that due to Google’s current Android Marketplace restrictions on non-phone devices, the Elocity will ship with an alternative app store called GetJar. The Elocity is currently available for [pre-order on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003Z6QH5S?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003Z6QH5S&ref=skatter.com) and retails for $369. **Link:** [**ElocityNow** ](http://www.elocitynow.com/?ref=skatter.com) **Pre-Order: [StreamTV Elocity Tablet](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003Z6QH5S?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003Z6QH5S&ref=skatter.com)** ### Type In The Dark With Logitech’s New Keyboard URL: https://www.skatter.com/type-in-the-dark-with-logitechs-new-keyboard/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:33.000Z While it’s great that back-lit keyboards are becoming common additions to the latest generation of laptops, finding a full-sized external keyboard with the same feature is rare. The K800 is an exception. The keyboard even uses Logitech’s standard “Unifying” pairing system making it possible to use a single micro-receiver for multiple compatible accessories. I was a bit worried about battery life since the wireless aspect and the lighting will consume power quickly, but Logitech offers some extra features to mitigate the issue. An ambient light sensor automatically adjusts the back-lit brightness to appropriate levels only when dark. A motion sensor checks for proximity of your hands and only enables lighting when approaching. Despite those power-saving techniques, Logitech’s website claims a battery life of only 10 days. That’s a fairly short time frame considering that other wireless keyboards last up to months on a single set of batteries. Fortunately, having to go through boxes of batteries isn’t an issue. The K800 features a microUSB port and comes with a cable for recharging an internal battery. According to Logitech, the Wireless Illuminated Keyboard K800 hasn’t started shipping yet. However, it is [available for pre-order from Amazon.com](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003VAGXWK?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003VAGXWK&ref=skatter.com) and Logitech’s website. The MSRP places it at $99\. We’ll try to get our hands on a unit for a full review, so stay tuned. **Links:** [**Logitech.com Wireless Illuminated Keyboard**](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/keyboards/keyboard/devices/7288?ref=skatter.com) ### Skatter Tech 3.0 Revamp Coming Soon URL: https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-3-0-revamp-coming-soon/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:32.000Z Skatter Tech 3.0 will bring many improvements including improved search, galleries, comments, page load times, and cross-browser compatibility. (Optimized mobile versions for Android, BlackBerry, and iOS also coming soon.) In addition to those enhancements, the entire user interface will get a major face-lift with tons of new features. We’ll have media-rich hubs for keep tracking of the latest news, reading in-depth reviews, and discussing technology. That’s just a quick glimpse into what is coming soon. The screen grab at the top isn’t a finalized design and for those who are bound to ask, we haven’t set a date for relaunch. If you want to help us test the beta version, feel free to leave a comment below. Otherwise stay tuned for more updates. ### Samsung Launches Galaxy Tab On Four Networks URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-launches-galaxy-tab-on-four-networks/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:34.000Z For those that haven’t heard, the Galaxy Tab sports a 7 inch 1024-by-600 pixel TFT display, a 1GHz Hummingbird processor, front/rear cameras, Android 2.2, Wi-Fi n, and much more. The web browser supports Adoble Flash content and extras such as Samsung’s Social Hub and Media Hub enable access to social networks and movie rentals, respectively. Users can add up to 32GB of external memory through microSD expansion and enjoy content for hours on a 4,000 mAh battery. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-galaxy-tab-front-and-back.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab (Front and Back)") The TouchWiz interface overlay will offer landscape split screen views generally not available with the stock Android OS. This enables viewing more information on a single screen with customized applications such as Email, Calendar, and Contacts. Since many Android Marketplace Apps aren’t optimized for a tablet screen, like the Apple iPad they will appear framed in the center. Video chat is no longer a far-fetched idea since the Galaxy Tab sports a front-facing camera. According to Samsung, it will support existing services such as Qik and Fring. There’s also a 3 megapixel rear-facing camera for capturing pictures and recording videos. Despite customized software, the Galaxy Tab will include all the essential Google services such as Gmail, Maps, Navigation, Goggles, and more. A Daily Briefing widget, also found on Galaxy S smartphones, will offer quick access to weather, news, stock, and calendar information. The custom OS comes DLNA AllShare enabled and even includes a Document Viewer and Editor. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JmOESaEcTdA&hd=1](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JmOESaEcTdA&hd=1&ref=skatter.com) Press releases from the four carriers revealed some extra details. For instance, Sprint and Verizon models will feature a 5 person mobile hotspot. The same two carriers will include a 16GB microSD card to complement the 2GB of on-board memory. AT&T will include a connection manager to enable free access to their 20,000 WiFi hotspots nationwide. Verizon will include access to services such as V CAST Music, Video On Demand, VZ Navigator, and other tools. Samsung will also make a keyboard dock available for $99, a desktop dock for $49, and a card dock for $99\. Notably missing from the lineup is any mention of a 4G model for either a WiMax or LTE network. Although unofficial, multiple sources are reporting that Samsung also mentioned that they plan to launch a WiFi only model that doesn’t require a contract. While the news is exciting, no carrier mentioned an exact date, unit price, or data plan structures. We’re working to get our hands on at least one or two of these models, so stay tuned for more coverage. **Related:** [**Galaxy Tab vs. Apple iPad INFOGRAPHIC**](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-samsung-galaxy-tab-vs-apple-ipad/) ### Pico 4GB Flash Drive Giveaway Contest URL: https://www.skatter.com/pico-4gb-flash-drive-giveaway-contest/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:04.000Z **Method 1:** 1. [**‘Like’ Skatter Tech**](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) **on Facebook** 2. **Use Facebook Connect to** [**leave a comment below**](http://skatter.com/?p=9862&ref=skatter.com#respond) **Method 2:** 1. **Follow** [**@skattertech**](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) **on Twitter** 2. **Retweet the following message [by clicking here](http://twitter.com/skattertech/status/24711918609?ref=skatter.com)** **Some Rules Apply:** - Don’t try to enter more than once. (We have robots!) - Must live in the United States. 13 and older only. - Winner is randomly chosen by an automated program. - Entries close after Tuesday 09/23/2010 11:59 PM (PST). - We will announce the winner on this post the following day. - Winner has 24 hrs to respond to Facebook mail or Twitter DM That’s pretty much it. If you don’t know what Facebook Connect or Twitter Connect is, it’s simple. Just click on the Facebook or Twitter icon next to the comment box below and login with the respective account. Your profile picture and name should appear once logged in properly. It’s quick and easy. Be sure to let your friends know. And that’s where the bonus comes in. If 100 people signup for this contest, we will giveaway another three 1GB flash drives to the same pool of users. If not, no need to worry, there’s still going to be one lucky winner. Update: Sorry for the delay, but the randomly-selected winner of this contest is: Sally Appleby Stevens. Congratulations! For those that didn’t win, we’ll have more contests coming up soon! ### ASUS Eee PC 1005HA Netbook (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-netbook-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:19.000Z **ASUS 1005 HAB Specifications:** - Processor: 1.6GHz Intel Atom N270 - OS: Windows 7 Starter - RAM: 1GB DDR2 SDRAM at5 533MHz - Screen: 10.1-inch LED Glossy 1024×768 - HDD: 250GB at 5400RPM - Video: Intel GMA 950 - Wireless: WiFi 802.11b/g/n - Battery: 3-cell Lithium-Ion - Card Reader: 3-in-1Ports: 3x USB, VGA, Ethernet - Weight: 2.5 lbs with 3-cell **Asthetics:** 4.5/5 stars I choose this netbook since the simple design caught my attention. Unlike glossy netbooks such as the Dell Mini 10, the ASUS 1005 features a soft black matte finish. The entire unit has rounded edges, making it comfortable to handle. The inside unfortunately has a glossy coat which attracts plenty of fingerprints and grime. Although easy to clean with a damp cloth, it was rather annoying. The hinge mechanism between the lower portion and display was fairly durable. The silver Eee branding, power button, and mouse key offer some contrast amongst an almost entirely black body. Aside from the glossy internals, the ASUS 1005 offers an excellent design. It looks and feels better than most netbooks I’ve come across. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-inside.jpg "ASUS Eee PC 1005HA - Inside") **Body:** 4/5 stars With limited space, it’s often hard for netbook makers find the right places for ports. This often results in cramped designs and oddly placed features. Fortunately, the configuration on the 1005HA netbook was just right. There is a VGA and power connectors on the left side while the right side features an Ethernet port, headphone/microphone jacks, and a 3-in-1 card reader. ASUS threw two USB ports on the on the right side leaving a single port on the left. There’s enough room to have cables, flash drives, and accessories plugged into most items. While this Eee does weigh a little bit more than some other netbooks, such as the [Ideapad S10-2](https://www.skatter.com/lenovo-ideapad-s10-2-netbook-review/) , you quickly cease to notice this extra weight. The bulk of the weight stems from the actual netbook, not the battery. Then again, my unit only came with a 3-cell battery while ASUS also offers 6-cell and 9-cell options. While the latter batteries bulge out from the streamlined design, the 3-cell model fits easily into a sleeve, briefcase, or backpack. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-keyboard.jpg "ASUS Eee PC 1005HA - Keyboard") **Keyboard & Trackpad:** 5/5 stars Although people often don’t pay attention to a keyboard and mouse when picking a laptop, it’s an important aspect. If it’s too small, cramped, or features an odd layout, productivity can quickly diminish. Those issues are especially common on netbooks due to their small size. The Dell Mini 9, for instance, was entirely missing a F1-F10 key row. Fortunately, the keyboard on this ASUS netbook was fairly well designed. The keys run nearly to the ends of chassis for maximizing available space. Keys are well spaced out and offer impressively good tactile feedback. My only issue was with the condensed UP and DOWN arrow keys, which are merged into the size of a single element. The trackpad also had some interesting features. Like the Apple MacBook lineup, this netbook also features multi-touch capabilities. While not nearly as responsive, it offers pinch to zoom and two finger scrolling for faster navigation. The trackpad also has a “bumpy grade” for distinguishing it from the rest of the palm rest. However there was one major downside: ASUS combined the left and right click buttons into a single item. While pressing the far left and far right sides offer the expected results, it isn’t as quick to use. **Display:** 4/5 stars While most netbooks I’ve used have a 1024 by 600 display resolution, the ASUS 1005HA offers 1024 by 768 pixels, which is a decent count for a 10.1 inch screen. While glossy screens look fancy, reading under bright lights or out doors is very difficult on this netbook. It also makes it easier to see fingerprints and dust. I also found that the screen on this Eee laptop tends to trap dust between the display and surrounding bezel. Featuring an edge-to-edge display could have solved this problem entirely. Colors, brightness, and viewing angles aren’t particularly astonishing, but they get the job done. **Speakers:** 2.5/5 stars Although I didn’t buy a netbook expecting impressive audio quality, the integrated stereo speakers weren’t exactly the greatest. For starters, the speakers are on the bottom of the device almost always producing a muffled effect. While placing it on a flat desk helps, there’s a hint of echoing. I should also note that these didn’t get loud enough for most situations either. While it isn’t a problem in a completely quite room, I found that some smartphones were even louder. Bumping the volume to the max began causing some static as well. Fortunately, plugging a decent pair of headphones into the 3.5 mm jack solves the problem. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-right.jpg "ASUS Eee PC 1005HA - Right") **Webcam & Microphone:** 4.5/5 stars While the Lenovo S10-2 only features a 0.3 megapixel camera, the Eee 1005HA sports a 1.3 megapixel sensor. While it isn’t the best looking, quality was decent enough for making otu objects and faces with video chatting software like Skype. The internal microphone also makes it possible to have conversations without additional accessories. People on the other end said they could hear me fairly clearly without any odd sounds. While the internals get the job done, purchasing a dedicated USB webcam and USB microphone can easily help improve quality. **Operating System:** 3/5 stars Due to recent hardware restrictions imposed by Microsoft, most new netbooks come with Windows 7 Starter Edition. For those who like getting the most out of their netbook, the OS is heavily limiting. For instance, users can no longer change the default background, color scheme, or sound settings. Simply downgrading to XP offers more features in certain instances. Support for multi-monitors, DVD playback, Windows Media Center, and Aero transparency are all missing as well. If you do end up with this netbook, I would highly recommend upgrading to Windows 7 Home Edition or Professional. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-left.jpg "ASUS Eee PC 1005HA - Left") **Performance:** 3/5 stars Although the operating system is somewhat limiting, getting things done on this netbook is quite easy. I was able to run a web browser, word processor, and chat program without any issues. However, performing intensive tasks such as playing a large video file or flash content in a browser often causes the sluggish performance. I was also especially frustrated to find streaming content from Hulu or YouTube was far from smooth. Content will continuously buffer, pause, and jitter, making the entire experience horrible. While the Intel N270 Atom processor isn’t a problem, newer 2010 versions offer better performance and improved battery savings. The biggest easy upgrade for this laptop would be adding an extra 1GB of RAM, bringing the total to 2GB. **Battery Life:** 4/5 stars Although the advertised battery life is 4 hours and 18 minutes, the 3-cell battery rarely lasted as long. I was often out of power within 3 hours and 30 minutes. For those wondering, I wasn’t doing anything processor intensive aside from typing a document and browsing the web. I also had the brightness down to about half, but left the WiFi on at all times. Opting for the 6 cell battery might be a wise choice, but keep in mind that the size might be obtrusive. I should note that tablets and newer netbooks offer nearly 10 hours of batter life. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/asus-eee-pc-1005ha-bottom.jpg "ASUS Eee PC 1005HA - Bottom") **Conclusion:** While this netbook can’t replace a full laptop in terms of power and functionality, it offers portability. I find my self carrying a computer with me at all times simply because it is so small. I wouldn’t have done the same with a 15 inch laptop. Also, there’s less concern to worry about losing or damage since it isn’t too expensive. Amazon sells it for $250-300\. With a decent keyboard, a web cam, multi-card reader, and much more, the ASUS Eee PC 1005HA should have most bases covered for the average person. Whether it’s for taking notes in class or checking emails on a business trip, this netbook offers a great experience. For those looking for a netbook with better battery life and faster performance, checkout the ASUS Seashell lineup. **Links:** [**ASUS Eee PC 1005 HA**](http://promos.asus.com/US/eeepc1005/preorder.html?ref=skatter.com) *Editor’s Note: This article was written by Akshay Aanabathula and edited by Sahas Katta.* ### Sony’s Upcoming Bloggie Touch 1080p Camera URL: https://www.skatter.com/sonys-upcoming-bloggie-touch-1080p-camera/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:34.000Z Unlike the older propriety Sony products, the Bloggie Touch saves recordings in a standard MP4 format. The camera is available in 4GB and 8GB capacities offering two hours and four hours of HD video storage, respectively. Despite the “pocket video camera” branding, the Bloggie Touch supports snapping 12.8-megapixel photos too. Rather than an old fashion directional pad for controlling the interface, the camera sports a 3 inch capacitive touch screen. A built-in accelerometer auto-detects horizontal and vertical recording modes. The built-in software allows for recording video and capturing photos simultaneously too. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/sony-bloggie-touch-back.jpg "Sony Bloggie Touch (Back)") While I can’t testify to image quality, Sony boasts the capability of the Exmor CMOS sensor. While likely not comparable to HD video from a DSLR like the Canon T2i, it should offer decent quality for amateurs with built-in auto-focus. A macro mode also enables close-up recordings. Getting content off the Bloggie Touch looks easy as well. There’s a USB interface and HDMI output, making it easy to connect to a computer or HDTV, respectively. Sony also includes software for managing images and recordings with support for uploads to web services such as Facebook, Flickr, Picasa and YouTube. While I wish it featured WiFi for easier file transfers and sharing with social networks, the Bloggie Touch should still get the job done. The 4GB and 8GB models are available in October for $180 and $200, respectively. (Comes in silver and black.) At just a $20 price difference for double the recording limit, I can’t possibly see why anyone would go for the cheaper model. I’m also fairly impressed that the Bloggie Touch isn’t heavily overpriced like other Sony products. Unfortunately, with gizmos like the [Apple iPod Touch](http://www.apple.com/ipodtouch/?ref=skatter.com) offering a 720p video camera with tons of other capabilities for just a few bucks more, it’s hard to tell whether anyone would buy one of these. **Links:** [**SonyStyle.com Bloggie Touch**](http://www.sonystyle.com/webapp/wcs/stores/servlet/ProductDisplay?storeId=10151&catalogId=10551&langId=-1&productId=8198552921666255333&ref=skatter.com) ### 3M Launches Two New Pico Projectors URL: https://www.skatter.com/3m-launches-two-new-pico-projectors/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:34.000Z **3M MP180** Unlike most simple handheld projectors, the MP180 offers WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity to enable web browsing and file transfers from laptops and smart phones. It also has a touch screen interface for navigating through office documents, music, photos, and videos. There is 4GB of internal storage and support microSD expansion. A standard USB interface makes it easy to transfer files back and forth. If that wasn’t enough, it turns out that the MP180 also has an integrated MP3 player. **3M MP160** If the high-end model is overkill, the MP160 offers a simpler solution. While it doesn’t have a built-in display, wireless connectivity, or internal storage, it still features the same projector technology and stereo speakers. There’s no on-board software for displaying content, but it can project just about anything with the included VGA and Composite Video cables. Both pocket projectors feature an integrated stand, a tripod, and come with common input cables. **My Thoughts** I’ve been a huge fan of this technology for one simple reason: it makes it possible to put content on a large screen just about anywhere. These are great for college dorms or even business men and women who travel. While the previous models were nearly impossible to see in a brightly lit room, let’s hope that the brighter lamp will solve that issue. For those interested, both models are available for pre-order starting now and will ship in early October. The MP160 sells for $350 while the MP180 goes for $400\. We’ll definitely get our hands on these for a full review, so stay tuned. Feel free to [follow us on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) or [like us on Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) in the meantime. **Links: [3M Pocket Projectors](http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en%5FUS/Pocket/Projector/?ref=skatter.com) | [MP180 vs. MP160 Comparison](http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en%5FUS/Pocket/Projector/Main/Products/TechnicalComparisons/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [MPro120 3M Projector Review](https://www.skatter.com/3m-m120pro-pico-projector-review/)** ### HTC Announces The Desire HD, New Sense UI URL: https://www.skatter.com/htc-announces-the-desire-hd-new-sense-ui/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:35.000Z **HTC Sense** While the Desire HD runs on Android, it also features the Sense interface just like every other HTC smart phone. Although some may not like it, I’ve found that the user interface improves the Android experience with visuals, consistent interface elements, stunning widgets, and other bonuses. The new version brings features such as DLNA for streaming content multimedia over a home network. Although late to the game, it’s great that HTC is adding this feature since competitors such as Motorola and Samsung already offer it through custom MotoBlur and TouchWiz interfaces, respectively. While smartphones such as the EVO already can record in 720p, customers running the new Sense will have the ability to edit videos as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/htc-desire-hd.jpg "HTC Desire HD") HTC Locations, another new addition, will bring navigation software that doesn’t need a network connection. (It seems like an add-on to Google Maps.) And with a partnership with [Kobo](https://www.skatter.com/borders-kobo-ebook-hits-stores-in-june/), customers can read eBooks at anytime since the application comes pre-installed. The complementary HTCSense.com service offers some valuable backup and security features. Customers can make a lost phone ring loudly, locate a stolen phone on a map, remotely lock a phone, forward calls/texts to another number, send an on-screen message to a handheld, and remotely wipe all personal information from any browser. The website will also store archives of contacts, text messages, and call history. **HTC Desire HD** Like the HTC EVO, the Desire HD sports a 4.3 inch LCD display, but it also sports Dolby Mobile audio with SRS virtual sound. It runs on a newer 1GHz Qualcomm 8225 Snapdragon processor, has 768 MB of RAM, and 1.5GB of ROM for applications. A 8 megapixel camera, along with dual LED flash, makes 720p HD video recordings possible. Also, unlike the plastic EVO, the Desire features a stronger aluminum unibody design for added durability. A new HTC Fast Boot technology speeds up the often-lengthy power-up sequence duration making it possible to place urgent phone calls faster. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/htc-sense-com.jpg "HTCSense.com") Although the features sound great, there are some noteworthy features missing. For instance, the Desire only has a 1230 mAh battery while the EVO uses a slightly more powerful 1500 mAh battery. The HTC Desire also lacks a kickstand, probably since there wasn’t enough room for both CDMA and GSM radios inside. There’s no word on whether it will support 4G networks (WiMax or LTE). **Some Thoughts** For those that got their hopes up, I have some disappointing news. The Desire HD isn’t coming to North America, it’s for Asia and Europe only. However, there’s a good chance that HTC may release the new Sense UI as an update for Froyo 2.2 or even bundle it along with Android 3.0 which may launch by the end of this year. I’ll have my eye on this for sometime considering that HTC Sense is my favorite Android interface over Samsung TouchWiz and Motorola Blur. As for those living in respective markets, the Desire HD will be available through cellular carriers and retailers starting October 2010. **Links:** [**HTC.com Desire HD (UK)**](http://www.htc.com/uk/product/desirehd/overview.html?ref=skatter.com) ### Twitter.com Gets A New Interface URL: https://www.skatter.com/twitter-com-gets-a-new-interface/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:35.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/new-twitter-features.jpg "New Twitter Features") The new web interface features an improved two column design. The left side features a stream of the latest tweets while the right side offers an in-depth look at individual items. For instance, if a user were to share a link to music, photos, or videos from a “partner site” such as Flickr, TwitPic, Vimeo, or YouTube, the embedded items are viewable on the right side. This let’s people enjoy rich multimedia without having to leave Twitter. The new Twitter.com also makes it easier to view another user’s tweets, @replies, and geo-tagged locations. If there isn’t anything to display, the default view displays ‘following’ and ‘follower’ counts for your profile along with your latest tweets, lists, the top trends, and user suggestions. Other mentioned items include “mini profiles” to view detailed information about users without having to leave a page. The upper menu bar also seems to have undergone a face-lift: it now prominently features the search bar. [http://youtu.be/rIpD7hfffQo?hd=1](http://youtu.be/rIpD7hfffQo?hd=1&ref=skatter.com) Although I’ve been a long-time Twitter.com user, I have recently started using 3rd party programs: [Seesmic 2](http://seesmic.com/?ref=skatter.com). However, since I saw that amazing teaser video and a few screen grabs of the new interface, there’s a good chance I may entirely go back to the browser-based experience. Twitter is slowly evolving into something larger than a simple “status update” website. With official native applications for mobile platforms such as Apple iOS, RIM BlackBerry, and Google Android, it is easy to access the service from just about anywhere. Be sure to follow [@twitter](http://twitter.com/twitter?ref=skatter.com) to know when the new website goes live for everyone. **Links: [Twitter.com/newtwitter](http://twitter.com/newtwitter?ref=skatter.com) | [@skattertech](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com)** ### Boxee Box Available For Pre-Order, Intel Inside URL: https://www.skatter.com/boxee-box-available-for-pre-order-intel-inside/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:35.000Z - Play network shared content and web content on a HDTV - Internet experience is optimized for a HDTV set - Video playback supports full HD (1080p) with 5.1 surround - Share content with friends and see what they’re watching - Use a simple remote rather than a keyboard and mouse Although those features may sound enticing, a lot has changed since the Boxee Box first made it’s debut. In May, [Google announced Google TV at I/O 2010.](https://www.skatter.com/google-tv-web-and-tv-meet/) Google’s solution brings the web to a HDTV as well. Some HDTV sets will even come with the technology built-in while older TVs can take advantage of an add-on box. It also offers supports accessing a variety of internet music and movie services such as Pandora and Netflix. And with an Android platform, it brings access to Apps in the Marketplace and connectivity with Android handhelds. Google TV isn’t the only threat to Boxee, there’s also the [new Apple TV](http://www.apple.com/appletv/?ref=skatter.com), which was announced just two weeks ago. With a $99 price tag, half that of Boxee, it is possibly a lot more attractive to potential buyers. Apple TV also brings access to services such as Netflix and YouTube, but also has full integration with the ever-so-popular iTunes. And for iPhone, iPod Touch, and iPad owners, the Apple TV can also interact with those devices for a richer experience. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/boxee-box-back.jpg "Boxee Box (Back)") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/boxee-box-remote.jpg "Boxee Box (Remote)") At CES 2010, the Boxee Box ran on Nvidia Tegra 2, but the company has since switched to Intel Atom. According to Boxee, the new processor offers better video decoding and smoother 1080p playback. (Apple TV only supports 720p video.) With a few advantages such as that, the Boxee Box has plenty of potential. We’ll be getting our hands on a unit for review, so stay tuned. **Pre-Order: [$199 for Boxee Box](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0038JE07O?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B0038JE07O&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Boxee.com Box](http://www.boxee.tv/box?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infographic: Samsung Galaxy Tab vs. Apple iPad URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-samsung-galaxy-tab-vs-apple-ipad/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:22.000Z While we haven’t managed to get our hands on the Galaxy Tab yet, here is my in-depth rundown comparison of the specifications and features. Feel free to blog, tweet, or share this, but please credit our hard work. Also, for an enlarged view, just click on the infographic. [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-galaxy-tab-vs-apple-ipad-infographic-small.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab vs Apple iPad Infographic")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-galaxy-tab-vs-apple-ipad-infographic-large.jpg?ref=skatter.com) What are your thoughts about these two tablets? Which one will you be buying? Did we miss anything in our infographic? Please let us know in the comments! **Links: [Samsung Galaxy Tab](http://galaxytab.samsungmobile.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Apple iPad](http://www.apple.com/ipad?ref=skatter.com)** ### College Tip: Make Free Calls Home URL: https://www.skatter.com/college-tip-make-free-calls-home/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:22.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/gmail-phone-calls.jpg "Gmail Phone Calls") **Google Voice + Gmail Phone Calls** If you haven’t heard, late last month, Google launched a new service enabling unlimited VoIP calls from within Gmail to any phone number in the United States and Canada. Getting started is quite easy. Just login to your Gmail inbox and look for the “Chat box” at the lower left hand column. Clicking on the “Call Phone” button, shown above, will launch a dial pad. If you have not installed the [Voice and Video Plugin](http://www.google.com/chat/voice/?ref=skatter.com), you will need to do so. Once configured, assuming your computer is equipped with a microphone and speaker, you’ll be able to make free calls for the rest of the year. If you also have a [free Google Voice account](https://www.skatter.com/free-google-voice-invites-for-students/), you can connect it with Gmail to accept incoming calls and display your number for outgoing Caller ID. And if you have all your phone numbers stored in [Google Contacts](http://google.com/contacts?ref=skatter.com), the dialer auto-fetches the associated names for faster dialing. I should note that Google hasn’t announced pricing for domestic calls after 2010, but we’re hoping it’s going to be affordable. Also, those using University-branded Google Apps won’t have access to the service just yet. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/skype-v4-call-window.png "Skype v4 Call Window") **Skype Out Calls** If Google’s pricing turns out a bit too expensive after the promotional period ends, there’s always [Skype Out](http://buy.skype.com/paymonthly/?ref=skatter.com). Although PC-to-PC and calls to Skype-enabled devices are free, there are charges for connecting to a cell phone or landline. Fortunately, pricing for unlimited calls to the United States and Canada is as little as $3/month. Skype even offers a 20% discount if you choose to pay up front for a full year of service. That’s significantly cheaper than paying high rates to upgrade a cellular calling plan. Also, if you own a iPhone, [the Skype app](https://www.skatter.com/skype-2-0-for-iphone-brings-3g-support/) allows placing unlimited outgoing calls without paying a penny. And if you are on WiFi, it won’t count against your monthly data cap either. **Links:** [**Skype.com**](http://www.skype.com/?ref=skatter.com) **|** [**Gmail.com**](http://gmail.com/?ref=skatter.com) ### SanDisk Introduces The Sansa Fuze+ MP3 Player URL: https://www.skatter.com/sandisk-introduces-the-sansa-fuze-mp3-player/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:36.000Z > “We developed an entirely new product to provide consumers with a stylish, affordable device that performs exactly as a sophisticated yet easy to use player should.” – Tom Bailey, Senior Director, AV Retail, SanDisk **Some Specs** The redesigned Fuze+ offers plenty of capacity for multimedia storage. While the device is available in 4GB, 8GB, and 16GB capacities, it also supports microSD expansion for additional storage. There’s a 2.4 inch 320-by-240 pixel (QVGA) LCD screen and a capacitive touch control to navigate the new “Film Strip” interface. A few featured icons are Music, Video, Podcasts, FM Radio, and Photos. Simple swipes offer directional controls and double taps perform actions. **Compatible Formats** While the Apple iPod Touch supports a variety of formats, it lacks the ability to playback FLAC, OOG, and WMA. The Sansa Fuze+ supports the those in addition to MP3, WAV, and even AAC. When it comes to video, like the iPod Touch, SanDisk offers support for H.264 and MP4\. (Plays WMV too.) And for those who care to store photos on the Sansa, it can render populate image formats including JPG, PNG, BMP, and GIF. **Added Bonuses** The rechargeable battery enables 24 hours of audio playback and 5 hours for video. There’s also a built-in FM Radio and a microphone for use as a voice recorder. According to SanDisk, the unit will be available in red, white, black, blue, and purple. **Pricing and Availability** While the Sansa Fuze+ doesn’t offer video chat, cameras, thousands of applications, a high-resolution screen, WiFi, or simplistic design of the iPod Touch, it’s still gets the job done when it comes to basic media playback. Although the MSRP is $79 for 4GB, $89 for 8GB, and $119 for 16GB, pricing in retail stores is likely to be much cheaper. Since it’s 2010, I’d highly recommend saving up to purchase a robust all-in-one smart phone, however for those on a tight budget, the SanDisk Sansa Fuze+ is a great alternative. **Pre-Order: [Fuze+ on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fs%3Fie%3DUTF8%26x%3D0%26ref%5F%3Dnb%5Fsb%5Fnoss%26y%3D0%26field-keywords%3Dsansa%2520fuze%252B%26url%3Dsearch-alias%253Daps&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [SanDisk.com Sansa Fuze Plus](http://www.sandisk.com/microsites/sansafuzeplus/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft’s New LifeCam Studio Offers 1080p Video URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsofts-new-lifecam-studio-offers-1080p-video/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:36.000Z Like it’s predecessor, the LifeCam Studio also features TrueColor and ClearFrame technology to enhance image color and offer smooth video playback. Microsoft also claims that the webcam will perform well in low-lighting conditions, which is often a problem with cheaper alternatives. The webcam rests on a built-in flexible stand that can mount onto a standalone monitor or a laptop screen. Although the stand folds to accommodate placement on a flat surface, there’s also threading for a tripod stand. This makes it easy to properly position the LifeCam Sudio in any direction. According to Microsoft, the upcoming version of Live Messenger 2011 will HD 16:9 video calls. (Expected to become available this fall.) While Microsoft doesn’t mention Skype, the older LifeCam Cinema was completely compatible with the application. For those ready to pick one up, the LifeCam Studio will hit Best Buy stores later this month and is available online at BestBuy.com starting today for $99\. If that sounds a bit too pricey, the [LifeCam Cinema ($50)](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00359F1G6?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B00359F1G6&ref=skatter.com) will likely drop in price quickly. And for those looking an even more affordable solution, check out [the LifeCam HD-5000 and HD-6000 we reviewed earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-lifecam-hd-5000-hd-6000-review/). ### Android Downfall: Carrier Exclusive Apps URL: https://www.skatter.com/android-downfall-carrier-exclusive-apps/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:53.000Z While it isn’t too problematic just yet, it could spur a downward trend. It will be a very disappointing if the option to grab *any App* from the Marketplace from *any Android device* is no longer possible. While geekier users will find ways to root devices and side-load apps, it’s not a practical solution for the average person. Let’s not forget the confusion exclusive apps will cause. I know many people who have purchased a phone in hopes to place affordable VoIP Skype calls only to learn that the app isn’t available for their device. Purchasing an Android device in the future may require researching App availability in addition to hardware capabilities, which is already a complicated feat for the norm. Let’s take a look at a few examples. The previously mentioned Skype app only runs on Verizon Wireless devices. It doesn’t appear in the Android Marketplace for Android devices on other cellular carriers. Fortunately, [Skype’s representatives told us](https://www.skatter.com/skype-mobile-coming-to-sprint-htc-evo-4g/) that a standard App would become available in the Android Marketplace later this year, but there’s no full confirmation on the features it will offer. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/blockbuster-qik-bing-skype.jpg "Blockbuster, Qik, Bing, and Skype") While Qik live streaming is available in the Android Marketplace, the “video chat” feature is exclusive to just Sprint customers. While hardware capabilities should easily allow for two-way communications using the rear cameras on devices that don’t sport front-facing cameras, the glory of video calls is only possible on the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/). These restrictions will also be apparent on upcoming tablets such as the [Samsung Galaxy Tab](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-announces-the-galaxy-tab-at-ifa/) which may not support Qik Video Calls on non-Sprint variants. The Blockbuster Android App, [although not the greatest](https://www.skatter.com/blockbuster-android-app-for-droid-x-fails/), is also only available Verizon Wireless devices. Samsung’s competing MediaHub movie rental service will naturally only appear on their own Galaxy S Android devices. Exclusive partnerships have even gone as far as to [replace the default Google search engine on Samsung Fascinate](http://www.engadget.com/2010/09/07/samsung-fascinate-review/?ref=skatter.com), also a Galaxy S device, to Bing due to Microsoft-Verizon deal. This practice needs to go away and it’s that simple. While it is not a big deal if HTC, Motorola, or Samsung lock down their self-created “bonus Apps” such as alarm clocks, calculators, flashlights, to do lists, or note-taking tools to their own devices, it is a major problem when carriers restrict popular services. Imagine being unable to install Adobe Photoshop or watch Hulu on your laptop just because your internet service provider is AT&T and not Verizon. Would you settle for that? These restrictions are simply a way for carriers to draw in new customers that need certain Apps. If this practice continues to grow, I can only foresee a revolt of enraged Android customers across all carriers. ### Samsung Announces The Galaxy Tab At IFA URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-announces-the-galaxy-tab-at-ifa/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:36.000Z **Some Specs** The Galaxy Tab runs Android Froyo 2.2 on a snappy 1GHz Cortex A8 processor that rivals iOS on the iPad. While most Android devices generally sport a 3 to 5 inch screen, the Tab sports a larger 7 inch capacitive multi-touch enabled LCD display. It is interesting that the Tab doesn’t use Samsung’s flagship Super AMOLED screen technology, which is featured on their [Galaxy S phones](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/). However, users probably won’t be complaining since the WSVGA 1024-by-600 pixel resolution offers a higher pixel density than the Apple iPad. Although Android isn’t natively optimized for a tablet in terms of technical capabilities, interface design, or intuitiveness, Samsung’s TouchWiz customizations fills the gaps. Handling the device with a single hand should be easy since the Tab is only 7.5 inches tall, 4.7 inches wide, and a half-inch thick. It also weighs just .84 pounds, making it nearly half as light as the 1.6 pound iPad 3G. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-galaxy-tab-front-and-back.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab (Front and Back)") **Connectivity** While specifics on an U.S. model aren’t available yet, we do know that the Samsung Tab supports 3G connectivity meaning there’s good chance of seeing a cellular carrier branded and subsidized model. Fortunately, for those that don’t want to deal with contracts, Samsung will also ship a WiFi-only model (802.11 a/b/g/n supported). In addition to a 3.5 mm jack, the Tab also has Bluetooth 3.0 for use with wireless speakers, headsets, and stereo headphones. Google Maps with Navigation comes preloaded and will take advantage of the integrated A-GPS module. Samsung also offers a windshield/dashboard mount for use as an in-car navigation and entertainment device. **Video Calls + Cameras** While many Apple fans are eagerly awaiting an iPad refresh that supports a front-facing camera for FaceTime calls, the Samsung Tab already supports that feature. A pre-installed service will let customers take advantage of the 1.3 megapixel front-facing camera to place video calls over 3G or WiFi networks. There is even a 3 megapixel camera with auto-focus and a LED flash on the back for capturing images and recording 720p video. The interface will even let customers edit and upload media to social networking services. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-galaxy-tab-angle.jpg "Samsung Galaxy Tab (Angle)") **Multimedia** While Android 2.2 is fairly lacking when it comes to handling multimedia, the Samsung Tab includes some TouchWiz enhancements to solve that problem. A Music Hub offers a powerful interface for browsing through large libraries of content and the Media Hub brings on-demand movie rentals and purchases directly to the tablet. There’s even support for 1080p video playback with DivX certification (XviD works too). For audio enthusiasts, the Tab can play lossless audio codecs such as FLAC. According to the official documentation, the 4,000 mAh battery will provide nearly 7 hours of video playback. The Samsung Tab comes in 16GB and 32GB capacities, but there’s also support for MicroSD expansion (32GB card max). **Browser, Social Networking, and eReader** While the iPad touts a robust HTML5 browser, it controversially lacks Adobe Flash 10.1\. With Android 2.2, the Samsung Tab works with Flash-based sites, videos, and content right out of the box. The multi-touch browser even includes an RSS reader built-in. For those that enjoy reading, Samsung offers access to Newspapers, Books, and Magazines through partners such as Kobo and Zinio. And social networking addicts can interact with a news streams from a single streamlined interface. A Samsung App Store will even provide additional Tab-optimized applications to complement the thousands of apps from the Android Marketplace. **Productivity** While the Apple offers document, spreadsheet, and presentation editing programs with Pages, Numbers, and Keynote, these iWorks apps cost extra. While probably not nearly as fancy or innovative, Samsung includes ThinkFree Office with the Tab. To make typing easier and faster, the [Swype keyboard](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) comes pre-loaded. For those that prefer a tactile experience, Samsung will offer a keyboard dock accessory as well. I should note that Android should also be compatible with most Bluetooth keyboards. There’s also mention of a capacitive stylus, but I don’t know if anyone would consider using it. [http://youtu.be/KTOASwRl3bY](http://youtu.be/KTOASwRl3bY?ref=skatter.com) **My Thoughts** When I reviewed the [Apple iPad earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/apple-ipad-review/), I was very critical. While sales figures indicate success, I still stand by what was my biggest concern: the iPad was too expensive and it did too little. With the recent announcement of iOS 4.2 that brings multitasking and other features, the iPad now has a lot more to offer. Let’s not forget that many developers have also embraced the platform brining plenty of quality applications. When it comes to the Samsung Galaxy Tab, I already see some major issues. If the Tab is more expensive than the iPad, people aren’t going to consider it even if it is a better product. The iPad has become a part of social culture and even gets mentions on TV Shows and News Stations. While Google is still working hard to solve user experience issues on Android phones, tablets will be a whole new issue. Aside from Samsung’s pre-loaded apps, most Android Marketplace downloads probably won’t work so well on a high resolution display. But let’s keep in mind that the Galaxy Tab already offers a fast operating system with support for multitasking, cameras for video chat, and a browser that supports flash content giving it a good head start. However, it will be hard to tell whether this will sell until it hits the market. Skatter Tech will be getting our hands on a review unit as soon as we can, so stay tuned for our thoughts and a full review. **Links:** [**Samsung Galaxy Tab**](http://galaxytab.samsungmobile.com/?ref=skatter.com) ### Microsoft Launches The Arc Touch Mouse URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-launches-the-arc-touch-mouse/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:36.000Z Earlier this year, thanks to our friends at Microsoft, we had a chance to review the [Arc Mouse](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-mouse-review/) and [Arc Keyboard](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-arc-keyboard-review/). While neither of those devices had any revolutionary features, the Arc lineup still offered a minimalistic design that many appreciated. On Wednesday, Microsoft’s hardware team announced the Arc Touch Mouse. As the title implies, the new gizmo sports some touch enabled features. While the new mouse isn’t entirely touch based, a capacitive scroll strip will enable easier navigation. Running a finger across the strip slowly allows for controlled scrolling, but it supports flicks work for speedy scrolling as well. While many consider this a direct take on [Apple’s Magic Trackpad](http://www.apple.com/magictrackpad/?ref=skatter.com) mouse, it’s actually quite different. Microsoft’s Arc Touch still sports the shape and style of the older Arc Mouse. It still has two physical buttons for left and right click buttons too. On the other hand, Apple’s solution is a stationary navigation device that relies entirely on touch for everything from movement to clicks to scrolling. While the Bluetooth-enabled Magic Trackpad offers some very intuitive multi-touch gestures, the Arc Touch is a more traditional take on a mouse with a hit of “touch.” The scroll strip even offers three virtual buttons for page up, page down and a customizable center button. There’s also haptic (viberating) feedback, which the Magic Trackpad lacks. The Arc Touch mouse sports Microsoft’s BlueTrack Technology and connects to computers with a USB nano transceiver. Microsoft claims that two AAA batteries offer nearly 6 months of battery life. A two-color battery indicator will even warn users when running low on power. For those interested, the Arc Touch Mouse will retail for $69\. Retailers such as BestBuy.com, Buy.com, and [Amazon.com are already taking pre-orders](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003UT6C9G?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003UT6C9G&ref=skatter.com). Unfortunately, this gizmo won’t ship until December. Microsoft claims that the mouse will be available in more online and retail stores starting in January 2011\. We’ll be getting our hands on a review unit shortly, so stay tuned for a full review. **Links:** [**Microsoft Hardware – Arc Touch Mouse**](http://www.microsoft.com/hardware/mouseandkeyboard/ProductDetails.aspx?pid=123&ref=skatter.com) **Pre-Order:** [**$69 for Arc Touch Mouse**](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003UT6C9G?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003UT6C9G&ref=skatter.com) ### Samsung Epic 4G – Sprint (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-sprint-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:19.000Z **Hardware, Aesthetics, & Design** While many admire Apple’s simplistic [iPhone 4 design](https://www.skatter.com/iphone-4-vs-intelligent-design/), others appreciate Motorola’s robust robotic build quality. Then comes Samsung’s Epic 4G which offers a clean-cut design while it still packs a punch. Starting with specs, this smart phone sports a 1GHz Cortex A8 Hummingbird Processor, Android 2.1 (Froyo soon), TouchWiz 2.5, 512 MB of RAM, 1 GB of ROM, WiFi b/g/n, Bluetooth 2.1, GPS, and much more. For those wondering, despite the ‘4G’ branding, this phone is completely compatible with 3G networks. While devices such as the [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) and EVO 4G feature overly large 4.3 inch screens, the Epic 4G offers a more-reasonable 4-inch display. Although that may imply a smaller body, the phone is actually roughly the same height and thicker than the previously mentioned devices. (4.90 x 2.54 x 0.56 inches) Fortunately, the Epic 4G is lighter than most phones with slide-out physical keyboards. It weighs just 5.5 ounces, which is nearly a half ounce lighter than the EVO 4G and [Droid 2](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-side.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Side)") When it comes to looks, the Epic 4G is by no means ugly, unlike many other Android devices. While the iPhone 4, EVO 4G, and Droid X all have sharp edges, the Epic 4G features a curved design, making it comfortable to hold for extended periods of time. The front side of the phone is a single slab of glass with silver linings for the Samsung and Sprint logos. The Menu, Home, Back, and Search touch sensitive keys are only visible when LED lights underneath turn on, making them somewhat difficult to find. I should note that these keys were fairly unresponsive at times as well. Also beneath the front glass is a VGA front-facing camera, the Super AMOLED display, and a notification LED. Careful observation also reveals an ambient light and proximity sensor. The device also packs a Six-Axis accelerometer inside. The back of the Epic 4G features a dark gray matte finish with a narrow silver bezel for contrast along the edges. The 5 megapixel camera, which has a LED flash directly below it, also has a shiny silver outline. A volume rocker is on the left side of the phone while a camera trigger is on the lower portion of the right side. Unlike most phones that have a power button on top, Samsung positions it on the upper right side of the Epic 4G. That isn’t the only oddity either. The microUSB charger/data port, which is generally found on the bottom of the phone, is on top. This makes it awkward to hold during a call while charging. Fortunately, using a Bluetooth headset, speakerphone, or a pair of wired headphones (3.5 mm jack on top) solves that problem. Removing the real plate, which is somewhat cumbersome to pry open, reveals a 1500 mAh battery pack and a microSD card slot (16 GB card included). Sliding the phone open to access the keyboard is an effortless task as it has an assisted spring-loaded mechanism. In terms of durability, the Epic 4G is robust enough to last through a few years of reasonable wear and tear. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-touch-keys.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Touch Keys)") **The Display** Although I had used an AMOLED display before, I hadn’t spent much time with a Super AMOLED screen until I got my hands on the Epic 4G. With a 480-by-800 pixel resolution on a 4-inch screen, it offers more pixels per inch (PPI) than the EVO which has the same resolution on a larger display. Within just a few minutes of use, I was extremely impressed with the rich colors and dark blacks it offered. The screen has such miniscule light leakage that I thought the white Samsung logo on the black start-up screen was a sticker I hadn’t removed. While [Droid Incredible, which we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/), suffered visibility under direct sunlight due to a AMOLED screen, the Epic 4G is definitely easier to see due to Samsung’s screen technology. Unlike the average smart phone screen that generally has poor viewing angles, the Epic 4G looks incredible at even the most extreme angles. It is just as good, if not better than Apple’s IPS Retina display. The Super AMOLED displays performs best for viewing images and movies. It creates a sense of depth and makes the picture quality appear more natural. In comparison, the HTC EVO and especially the Motorola Droid X appear faded. However my biggest gripe comes with reading text: font rendering is horrible. Despite a decent PPI, text isn’t nearly as smooth as an iPhone 4 or even the HTC EVO for that matter. Zooming into text helps a bit, but not by much. Edges of characters are abrupt, choppy, and jagged, offering a unpleasing experience. It’s by no means difficult or necessarily hard to read text, but it could be a lot better. I should also note that when placed besides the Droid 2, colors on web pages on the Epic 4G were “blue-ish.” But for the most part, most people won’t even notice until someone points out these issues to them. **OS and Interface** ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-angle.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G Angle") The software on the Epic 4G is a tad hit or miss. While Android Froyo 2.2 is the latest version of Google’s mobile OS, the Epic 4G still runs on Android v2.1\. [A few weeks ago](https://www.skatter.com/things-you-didnt-know-about-the-epic-4g/), Sprint’s corporate communications team told Skatter Tech that they were working closely with Samsung to deliver the upgrade over-the-air within a 7-8 week period. Despite that, there have been no official confirmations on a finalized date. The EVO 4G and Droid 2 already run on Android 2.2. In addition to all the standard Android goodies, the Epic 4G features Samsung’s special TouchWiz 2.5 interface. Much like HTC Sense UI and Motorola MotoBlur, the overlay offers some additions and enhancements to the stock operating system. While some may despise it, I found TouchWiz less intrusive than Sense UI and better-looking than MotoBlur. TouchWiz is also well polished, smoother, and snappier than most other overlays. Samsung also added an impressive “inertia” experience, which I haven’t seen on an Android device until now. It is the same feature that stuns any first-time Apple iOS user. Scrolling through pages or menus is extremely responsive and sensitive. Despite those advantages, the Epic 4G lacks some TouchWiz features that other Samsung Galaxy S variants such as the [AT&T Captivate](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-captivate-att/) offer. Missing items include an interactive music player, a daily briefing widget, and a puzzle lock mode. The dock isn’t customizable forcing users to stick with the default Phone, Contacts, Messenger, and Application Launcher icons. Unlike the native Android infinite scroll application list, the Epic 4G offers left-to-right side-scrolling pages. Unfortunately, users can’t rearrange items on these pages either. However, Samsung didn’t strip out the quick-setting feature for enabling or disabling WiFi, GPS, 4G, and Blueooth from the drop down notification bar. Although Google doesn’t recommend using a task killer with Android 2.2, it’s commonly used on Android 2.1\. Since Samsung didn’t want customers dealing with poorly developed solutions from the Marketplace, they bundled their very own Task Killer. Holding down the home key brings up the application switcher with a button for accessing the task manager. The program makes it easy to kill rouge processes and to remove unwanted apps. It is a great way for geeks to manage Android, but it might be too complicated or may add unnecessary confusion for the average user. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-epic-4g-by-sprint.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G - Sprint") **Social Networking, Office Apps, & Bloatware** While many users complained about the fact that HTC Sense UI includes duplicated functionality with sub-par clients for social networks, Samsung took some hints and avoids that issue with TouchWiz. There is native integration for contact syncing with Facebook, Twitter, and MySpace, but that’s it. TouchWiz leaves room for installing official social networking apps such as Facebook and Twitter or even choosing 3rd party solutions such as Seesmic or TweetDeck. While most Android phones come pre-installed with a document viewer for PDFs and office documents, most lack the ability to edit files. Although there are many 3rd party solutions in the marketplace, the good ones aren’t free. To solve that problem, Samsung bundles a full version of ThinkFree Office with the phone. It’s a clean well-integrated experience that every user will appreciate. Editing documents with a physical keyboard only makes the experience easier and faster. Unfortunately, my complements only go so far. I soon found a set of pre-installed applications which weren’t removable. While I didn’t mind AllShare (for DLNA Media Sharing), Amazon Mp3, Qik (for Video Chat), Sprint Hotspot, and ThinkFree Office, others such as Asphalt 5, MediaHub, Sprint Nascar, Sprint Football, Sprint Navigation, Sprint TV, and Sprint Zone are apps I never use. Drawing a parallel to bloatware on Windows computers, pre-installed programs aren’t hard to remove. On the other hand, these Android apps are a part of the ROM, meaning that they are here to stay. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-keyboard.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Keyboard)") **Keyboards and Voice Input** Believe it or not, the Epic 4G technically comes with four methods of text input: a physical keyboard, an Android keyboard, [Swype](https://www.skatter.com/impressions-swype-on-the-droid-x/), and voice-to-text. The slide-out physical keyboard is extremely large and keys are well spaced out. The design is reminiscent of the layout on the [Windows Mobile based HTC Touch Pro 2](https://www.skatter.com/htc-touch-pro2-sprint-review/). There are 5 rows of keys with a dedicated row for numbers. The keys are rectangular, flat, and smooth. There is even a D-pad and dedicated buttons for Menu, Back, Home, and Search on the keyboard. The function command offers quick access to secondary characters such as punctuation as well. There are even customizable built-in keyboard shortcuts. For instance, holding down the Search key and a letter will launch an application. Although I found typing with the Epic 4G more comfortable than with the slightly cramped keyboard on the Droid 2, there was one major issue. Unlike regular keyboards that have a somewhat angled layout, the keys on the Epic 4G are arranged in a perfect grid, making it awkward to use at first. As for the virtual keyboards, I found myself using them more often than not, despite a built-in physical keyboard. Typing with Swype for sending a quick text message or search the web is much faster than having slide out the keyboard each time. However, when it comes to typing out lengthy emails, the physical keyboard is well appreciated. The original Android keyboard also comes bundled in, but with Swype, there’s no real reason to use it. However, Google’s Voice-to-Text input, is an impressive feature. While it isn’t perfect, it’s amazingly accurate. Using it to dictate a quick phrase of text while multitasking or your hands are full is surprisingly practical. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-top.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Top)") **Camera and HD Video** The Epic 4G houses a 5 megapixel camera and a VGA front-facing camera, both of which are a step down from the 8 megapixel camera and the 1.3 megapixel front-facing camera on the HTC EVO 4G. Considering that megapixels don’t necessarily correlate with better image quality, I thought I’d give it a chance. Unfortunately, I wasn’t impressed with either camera. Starting with the main 5 megapixel camera, images were fairly good-looking in bright out-door conditions. But when it came to low-light conditions, photos quickly began to discolor and appear “grainy.” The built-in LED flash, which is missing on other Galaxy S variants, helped improve image quality, but not by much. The image quality in dark environments on the Droid X and EVO 4G which sport dual LED flashes is better. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/epic-4g-camera-demo.jpg "Epic 4G Camera ") The TouchWiz camera launcher starts up in just a second or two. Samsung includes plenty of extra features including adjustments for exposure levels, white balance, ISO, and metering. There are also custom photography modes for Self Shot, Beauty, Smile Shot, Continuous, Panorama, Vintage, Add Me, Action Shot, and Cartoon. Image stabilization, guidelines, auto-focus, face detection, macro mode, a countdown timer, and blink detection are just a few of the other added extras. The quality of the front front-facing camera was another letdown. The iPhone 4, which houses a same VGA resolution front-facing camera, looks significantly better. The software also doesn’t appear to support video recording, limiting users to stills in self-portrait mode. And when it comes to video calls, faces are blurry, discolored, and stretched. On the other hand, EVO to EVO video calls are much clearer, making for a more practical solution. When it came to 720p video recording with the main camera, quality wasn’t nearly as great as the EVO 4G or Droid X. But for a gadget that will be with you at just about all times, image and video quality is by no means disappointing. The inclusion of a physical shutter button is a nice touch and is something the EVO lacks, but the Epic 4G won’t be replacing a dedicated point-and-shoot camera anytime soon. **Mobile Video Chat** ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-and-htc-evo-4g-qik-video-chat.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G and HTC Evo 4G Qik Video Chat") Just like the HTC EVO, the Epic 4G also comes bundled with Qik for video calls. Unlike the iPhone 4 that can only place FaceTime calls on WiFi networks, the Qik works on 3G and 4G networks as well. I was also glad to find that the Epic 4G could seamlessly connect with EVO 4G devices for video calls. Unfortunately, there are still some underlying issues. Unlike FaceTime which can initiate video calls with any iPhone 4 with no additional configuration or setup, Qik requires registering for a user name. In addition, I found that dialing a phone number to connect with another Qik user didn’t always work. It turns out that users need to manually associate phone numbers with their account on Qik.com, the mobile app doesn’t offer a setting to make that happen. Unfortunately, since most users are unaware of that option, the only way for Epic and EVO owners to connect with one another is by sharing their Qik user name which is a nuisance. It’s especially annoying considering that the main Video Chat page in the Qik App displays a list of phone numbers imported from the phone’s contact list. Further frustrating is the fact that there’s no way to save Qik user names to existing contacts or to even create a favorites list. If you thought the experience would be better once in a call, you are wrong. For some odd reason, Qik requires the recipient of a video call to hold down a “talk” button when speaking. Interestingly enough, the person who places the call gets a hands free experience. Unfortunately, the recipient will always feel as though they are using Walkie Talkie or Yahoo Messenger voice chat in the early days. Aside from those complains, the rest of the experience is actually decent. The interface allows for seamlessly transitioning between the front-facing and the rear cameras. Tapping the preview thumbnail also tells the camera to re-focus the image. Video calls were a bit pixelated when on 3G with weak signal, but the quality was excellent on 4G and WiFi networks. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-front-camera.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Front Camera)") **Multimedia** When it comes to dealing with music, movies, and photos, the Epic 4G doesn’t stutter. While it lacks the interactive Samsung Music Player featured on other Galaxy S devices, the default Android app still gets the job done. While it could use many improvements, the stock version has four simple tabs for browsing by Artists, Albums, Songs, and Playlists. There’s also a Party Shuffle, Shuffle All, and Repeat mode, but that’s about the full extent of the interface. As for pictures and videos, the Epic 4G sports a fairly impressive interface. Sets of “stacks” display images and videos from different folders and sources. Selecting a stack spreads out the items within it for easier viewing. There’s a built in slideshow mode, pinch to zoom, an option to rotate images, and built in sharing options. It’s rather one of the better gallery apps I’ve come across on an Android device. I should also credit Samsung for embedding an amazing DLNA client. It supports streaming content from other devices, sharing local content with other devices, and controlling playback on networked devices. While the Droid 2 and Droid X also support DLNA, the Epic 4G adds support for additional codecs such as as XVID and DIVX. After just a few seconds of buffering, a 720p movie trailer started playing on my Epic 4G over my 802.11 n WiFi network. Samsung even goes an extra mile and includes a microSD to SD Card Adapter, a modular USB cable, and a pair of headphones with interchangeable buds in the packaging. Although currently unavailable, Samsung’s very own Media Hub will bring movie downloads and rentals to the Epic 4G over. The app even even supports progressive viewing so that users won’t have to wait for file to fully download to begin watching. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/09/samsung-epic-4g-phone-dial-pad.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Phone Dial Pad)") **Call Quality** When it comes to placing calls, the Epic 4G is by no means extraordinary. For instance, the Motorola Droid 2 and Droid X offer impressive crystal clear audio quality and noise cancellation, which can’t be said about this phone. While audio quality isn’t problematic, it could definitely use a second microphone for noise reduction. As for dropped calls, Sprint’s network didn’t fail even once in the same areas that AT&T repeatedly lost signal (San Francisco Bay Area). The dial pad on the Epic 4G is fairly simple. There’s a alphanumeric keypad that brings up results of a name or number from the contact list. A confirmation and click of the talk button initiates a call. It’s not nearly as impressive as the search feature built into the dial pad that comes with HTC Sense. However one neat addition was a drag and drop feature that appears to interact with an incoming call. Users need to drag a button from the center of the screen onto the intended action instead of clicking on an Answer or End Call button. Other than that, Sprint includes a visual voice mail app, but Google Voice works great as well. **Mobile Hotspot** I spent a few hours testing the Mobile Hotspot on the Samsung Epic on both 3G and 4G networks. The phone can handle up to 5 users at any given time. The software allows for renaming the SSID or even hiding it. Users can pick a WPA password or leave the hotspot open as well. There’s also an option to select a channel and to limit the maximum number users. An auto shut-off mode turns off the hotspot at a selected time interval to preserve battery life, but an always-on mode is also available. I should note that the EVO 4G offers a maximum of 8 simultaneous users and MAC address filtering, which the Epic 4G lacks. As for speeds, I maintained about 1 Mbps for download speeds and 700 kbps for upload on average. However in 4G areas in the San Francisco Bay Area, I hit speeds of nearly 4.9 Mbps for download and 999 kbps for upload. I even placed a Skype video call my laptop without even realizing I was running on a mobile hotspot and it worked seamlessly. I should also note that unlike AT&T and Verizon Wireless, Sprint doesn’t have any data caps for 3G or 4G networks. While unlimited mobile data is included for services on the phone, enabling the mobile hotspot feature costs an additional $30 per month. Considering that it is cheaper than the $60 per month plan for the [Sprint Overdrive 4G](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-4g-overdrive-review/), it isn’t necessarily a bad deal. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-vs-htc-evo-4g.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G vs. HTC EVO 4G") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-vs-samsung-epic-4g-front.jpg "Samsung Captivate vs. Samsung Epic 4G (Front)") **Battery Life** While many critics denounced the HTC EVO 4G for a subpar battery life, the Epic 4G offers some improvements. While Sprint doesn’t disclose any official estimates, a representative said that this phone was a “6:00 pm phone,” while the HTC EVO was a “3:00 pm” phone. From my testing, my Epic 4G easily lasted over 12 hours before full depletion. My usage generally consists of checking emails, sending text messages, browsing the web, listening to music, streaming Pandora, quick tests of the Mobile Hotspot, placing short Qik video calls, getting directions, and snapping a few photos. I should note that most of my testing was in a 3G area. According to most reports leaving the 4G radio on depletes battery life even faster, but it is a sacrifice you may want to make if you want faster speeds or the ability to use data during a phone call. While the Mobile Hotspot feature is great, keeping a charger around on hand is important. It will fully deplete the Epic’s battery in just a little over 3 hours. The same goes for Google Navigator, making it vital to own a car charger for long commutes or trips. Samsung claims that the Super AMOLED screen technology saves battery life, however our Android battery manager indicates that the scree accounts for nearly 50% of battery consumption. Heavy users will be glad to hear that the internal battery is replaceable. Samsung even sells a standalone battery charger. For the most part, the battery life is long enough to last through a day for the average user. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-back.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G (Back)") **The Bottom Line** When it comes to selecting a phone, recommending the Samsung Epic 4G over the HTC EVO 4G is a hard call. It offers some advantages, but has some drawbacks as well. It comes down to user preference for features such as a physical keyboard or DLNA on the Epic 4G or a kickstand and micro HDMI on the EVO 4G. From Sprint’s lineup over just the past few months it’s clear that these are the first of many upcoming powerful 4G smart phones. While it is somewhat disappointing that this phone doesn’t have Android 2.2 just yet, the update should reach the phone this month bringing Adobe Flash, performance improvements, Chrome to Phone, and many other features. With Swype pre-installed, a Mobile Hotspot, Video Calls, 720p video recording, an impressive Super AMOLED display, DLNA media sharing, and more, the Epic 4G won’t disappoint. The Epic 4G is now available for $250 after a $100 rebate and signing a new two-year contract. **Buy: [$199 for Epic 4G on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003ZDO2H6?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003ZDO2H6&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Sprint.com](http://now.sprint.com/epic4g/?ECID=vanity:epic&ref=skatter.com) | [Samsung Epic 4G](http://www.samsungmobileusa.com/GalaxyS/?ref=skatter.com#/epic)** ### Apple Press Event: Liveblog URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-press-event-liveblog/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:37.000Z **10:01am:** Steve Jobs is on stage and talking about the new Apple Stores. **10:06am:** Apple states that 120 million iOS devices have been shipped since it’s launched, this includes iPod Touch, iPhone, and iPad. **10:08am:** iOS 4.1 will fix a lot of bugs such as proximity sensor, Bluetooth, and iPhone 3G performance. **10:09am:** With the new version of iOS, there will be an HDR function in the camera app. **10:11am:** Game Center, announced during the iOS 4 event, will finally be available in the new iOS 4.1\. Game Center brings together all your games, to check leaderboards, challenge others and even earn achievements. **10:15am:** iOS 4.1 will be available sometime next week for iPod Touch and iPhone. **10:16am:** A sneak peek at iOS 4.2, it will bring everything from the iPhone/iPod Touch to the iPad. It will be available in November of this year. It will have a few new features such as printing and AirPlay. AirPlay is AirTunes, renamed, allowing users to stream content from/to their devices. **10:17am:** Steve Jobs is demonstrating iOS 4.2 right now. **10:20am:** Jobs is now quoting sales figures for iPods, 275 million devices sold. **10:21am:** New designs for all the iPod this year. **10:22am:** Unlike the previous generation of the Shuffle, the new model actually has buttons! Very similar to the 2nd generation shuffle. It includes VoiceOver for songs, playlists, and even when the battery needs charging. Has a battery life of 15 hours and the 2GB version will be available for $49. **10:24am:** The new Nano is going to have multitouch. It’s very small, it even comes with a clip, similar to the Shuffle. Also, nearly half as small with 24 hour audio playback. **10:27am:** Jobs is demoing the Nano right now. **10:32am:** New iPod Touch is even thinner and includes the same retina display as the new iPhone 4\. It also includes the Apple A4 chip, 3 axis gaming, and FaceTime as well. Additionally a rear facing camera with HD video recording and it has 40 hours of video playback. **10:35am:** All the new iPods will be available starting today, but pre-orders will begin today. **10:36am:** Steve is now showing off the new iPod commercials. **10:38am:** On to iTunes, more stats: 11.7 billion songs, 450 million TV episodes, 100 million movies and 35 million books. **10:39am:** iTunes 10 will have a new logo, a few tweaks to the interface. **10:41am:** iTunes 10 will have Ping, a social network for music discovery. This will allow users to see what people they follow are listening to. Artists can also be followed through Ping, so when the artist has upcoming events or new songs, it will automatically be available to followers. **10:44am:** With Ping, users can be as public or private as they want, meaning they can choose to approve every single person that wants to follow them, or just be public and let anyone follow without the need for approval. **10:46am:** Steve is demoing Ping for iTunes 10. **10:50am:** Ping will not only be available for the computer, but for the iPod Touch and iPhone as well. “Ping is a social network for music.” **10:51am:** And now the obligatory “One more thing
” **10:51am:** This is all about the Apple TV. Jobs admits that the product was not the hit that everyone wanted it to be, but customers who used it were really happy. **10:54am:** Introducing a new Apple TV for today, it’s a quarter the size of the original. On the back it has HDMI, Wi-Fi and a power slot. **10:55am:** No more storage or purchasing on the Apple TV. Users can only rent movies and TV shows. **10:56am:** For first run movies, the HD version will be $4.99\. To rent TV shows, it’ll be $0.99 per show. As of now, only ABC and Fox have gotten onboard. **10:58am:** Netflix users can stream movies through the device for free, can also stream content from the computer, YouTube or Flickr. **11:00am:** Jobs is now Demoing the new Apple TV. **11.08am:** The new Apple TV will be cut from $299 to $99 and will be available in the next 4 weeks. **11:13am:** Chris Martin from Coldplay is now on stage and performing. ### Plants vs Zombies Announced for Nintendo DS URL: https://www.skatter.com/plants-vs-zombies-announced-for-nintendo-ds/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:37.000Z For those who are not familiar, Plants vs Zombies is a tower defense-esque game. Players defend their home by placing down a variety of plants to ward off incoming waves of zombies. As with any tower defense game, progressing through the game will provide stronger plants as well different enemies. A variety of zombies attack including football players, Zamboni drivers, and pole-vaulters are challenges. To complete the game, one must defend all parts of the home. Progressing from the front yard, to the backyard, and finally, to the roof. Popcap states that the DS adaptation will feature gameplay from the original, including Adventure, Survival, Puzzle modes, and even mini-games. In addition, the company states that it will also have some exclusive game content as well. Gamestop is now taking pre-orders for the game, which will retail for $19.99. Although Plants vs Zombies is quite popular on iOS devices, I don’t believe that creating a DS version will yield the same results. The allure of the game was being able to play for 5-10 minutes such as when standing in line or riding the bus. Additionally, a game on a mobile device, ensures that the owner will have it with him at all times, making the $2.99 investment more tolerable. The price increase to $19.99 may be the downfall of the game, unless a significant amount of new content is added. **Links: [Popcap Games](http://www.popcap.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### In Photos: Samsung Captivate (AT&T) URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-captivate-att/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:06.000Z The Captivate also comes packed with 16GB of storage with support for microSD card expansion. With a 32GB microSD card, users can have nearly 48GB of total storage. On the other hand, the Epic 4G only offers 1GB of internal storage, bringing the total to just a mere 33GB with a 32GB microSD card. Other embedded features include a panorama mode, Bluetooth 3.0, microUSB, WiFi, and TV Output. We have a full in-depth review in the works, so stay tuned. Also, check out our [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) reviews if you haven’t already. But for now, enjoy our high-res Captivate product shot gallery: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-touch-keys.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-top.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-att.jpg) As always, we have a bonus. This time around, we lined up the Samsung Captivate with the Samsung Epic 4G, both of which are Galaxy S devices. While the Epic 4G looks great, is lightweight, and feels great to hold, the Captivate offers a sharper, slimmer look. Naturally, that’s mainly due to the lack of a slide-out physical keyboard. We’ll also line these devices up with Verizon’s Fascinate, another Galaxy S device, as soon as we get our hands on it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-vs-samsung-epic-4g-front.jpg "Samsung Captivate vs. Samsung Epic 4G (Front)") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-captivate-vs-samsung-epic-4g-back.jpg "Samsung Captivate vs. Samsung Epic 4G (Back)") While you are waiting for Samsung Captivate review, please feel free to subscribe to our [RSS Feed](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/feed.xml) or subscribe to [Email Notifications](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). And if you are wondering, we’re also on [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) and [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech). **Links:** [**ATT.com**](http://www.wireless.att.com/cell-phone-service/cell-phone-details/?device=Samsung+Captivate+%28TM%29+-+Black&q%5Fsku=sku4760319&ref=skatter.com) **|** [**Samsung.com**](http://www.samsung.com/us/consumer/mobile/mobile-phones/at-t-phones/SGH-I897ZKAATT/index.idx?pagetype=prd%5Fdetail&tab=spec&ref=skatter.com) ### Thoughts On The Starcraft II Battle.Net URL: https://www.skatter.com/thoughts-on-the-starcraft-ii-battle-net/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:54.000Z Blizzard’s Battle.Net service matches you up to someone of comparable skills, similar to Xbox Live. To get started, players need to take a series of five placement matches against various foes. These matches determine your league: Bronze, Silver, Gold, Platinum and Diamond. (“Pro” league to come sometime in the future). Players can rise in ranks and progress to higher leagues over time. For example, if you start in bronze, you can eventually work your way to the diamond league. While the game follows the same system for one, two, three, and four players games (1v1, 2v2, 3v3, and 4v4) those who wish to play with a different group must take more placement matches.Thankfully, Battle.Net saves your teams, so players can have multiple 2v2, 3v3, and 4v4 groups, even if they are in different leagues. This is extremely useful since players are no longer limited to playing with the same set of friends. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/starcraft-2-protoss-colossus-zerg.jpg "Starcraft 2: Protoss Colossus vs Zerg") Game statistics, which are saved on Battle.Net, offer insights into build orders, economic breakdown, units created, units killed, building created, etc. For those interested, the stats are also available in graph form. Perhaps the best feature of Battle.Net is the ability to save and replay games. During replays, users can pause, fast forward, rewind, and slow down playback. Replays also provide various statistics such as actions per minute (APM) and viewing play styles of opponents and friends. As a newbie, this is perhaps one of most useful tools. Unfortunately, Starcraft player cannot play a game on a local area network (LAN). Instead playing with friend requires the Battle.Net service. However, Blizzard allows playing single player missions and against AI when without Internet.Unlike most MMOs there is no monthly fee associated with the Battle.Net service. Regardless of skill level or expertise, the game is enjoyable for just about anyone. If you don’t quite feel up to the challenge of playing others, the campaign and AI modes are great ways to get started. Starcraft II, like its predecessor, will be around for a long time to come. Blizzard will assuredly patch and improve the overall experience of both the game and the Battle.Net service over time. **Buy:** [**Starcraft II for $57.99**](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B000ZKA0J6/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) **Links:** [**Starcraft II**](http://us.battle.net/sc2/en/buynow?ref=/sc2/index) **|** [**Blizzard.com**](http://us.blizzard.com/en-us/?ref=skatter.com) ### FM Radios To Become Standard In Mobile Devices? URL: https://www.skatter.com/fm-radios-to-become-standard-in-mobile-devices/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:38.000Z These groups hope to increase their revenue by raising the fees FM radio stations pay to broadcast content. By also creating legislation that requires smart phones to come equipped with FM radios, the amount of potential listeners will increase, bringing in more money to these organizations. Naturally, the cell phone industry is strongly opposed to the idea because embedding an additional FM tuner module costs more and requires a considerable amount of testing. These manufacturers have some legitimate complaints regarding the proposal. First, an FM module effects power consumption in phones, a constraint that is already considerably restrictive. Second, there are concerns that a government mandate, which requires FM equipment, is not the right way to address the issue. Finally, manufacturers argue that introducing new hardware is not profitable and forces them to add features that most consumers don’t demand anyway. On the other hand, there are some good reasons for the inclusion of FM receivers on mobile devices. One such use would be for emergency broadcasting or situations where local governments would need to send out warnings to the public. This could be particularly effective in the event of a hurricane tornado warning. The situation is somewhat analogous to how emergency broadcasts work on TV. Local governments can suspend cable broadcasts temporarily to make important public announcement. Similarly, on mobile phones, FM Radios is a potential medium for emergency service broadcasts for the public. FM broadcasting is also accessible in more locations than 3G networks, making it a safer medium as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/retro-radio.jpg "Retro Radio") FM broadcasters would likely experience a significant increase in their audience, meaning more advertising revenue. However, the benefits are not enough for cell phone companies to readily accept a mandate due to the costs involved. As a compromise, some have proposed to make some of the extra royalty money paid by FM broadcasters available to compensate manufacturers for new costs. Such a compromise could solve the cost issue, however, it’s still hard to say as there are other various factors. Problems such as device performance, power consumption, and financial resources are still issues. As with most debates, the parties involved have conflicting interests. A winning proposal needs to ensure that competitive business practices are preserved and FM radio reaches more mobile devices. Whether it involves compensating manufacturers or restructuring the royalty system, legislators must make sure there isn’t simply a mandate to equip devices. It will definitely be interesting to see how the situation plays out. If so, FM radio could become a standard in phones in the near future. **Links:** [**National Association of Broadcasters**](http://www.nab.org/?ref=skatter.com) *Image Courtesy [Morberg](http://www.flickr.com/photos/morberg/3269308813/?ref=skatter.com) (via flickr)* ### AKG Perception 120 USB Microphone (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/akg-perception-120-usb-microphone-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:20.000Z **Setup and Configuration** Getting started with AKG’s Perception 120 USB couldn’t be easier since it requires barely any experience with audio equipment and minimal computer skills for that matter. The packaging includes a few items in addition to the microphone: a mini desk tripod stand, a swivel mount, a lengthy USB cable, and an instruction manual. Competing solutions such as Shure’s PG-27USB, [which we wrote about recently](https://www.skatter.com/shure-pg-27usb-microphone-review/), fails to include a stand or mounting bracket. Assembling the microphon takes just less than a minute or two. While the tripod isn’t exactly the most robust of stands, it’s still a welcome inclusion. Fortunately, since the Perception 120 USB is compatible with any standard mount, finding alternate solutions isn’t an issue. As for software configuration, setup also took a mere minute or two. After plugging the included USB cable from the microphone into my Windows 7 laptop, my machine automatically detected and installed the necessary drivers. I didn’t need to install programs from a CD or download anything from the web. It was nearly instantaneous. Unfortunately, after launching applications like Audacity for a test recording or Skype for a video call, I found that my internal laptop microphones were still set as the default device. The issue was easily fixed once I set the AKG Perception device as the “default recording device” in the Sound section of the Windows Control Panel. Programs including Audacity and Skype also include the option to manually select a recording device as well, but tweaking the setting in the Control Panel makes the changes go into effect system-wide. I should note that the Perception 120 USB is entirely compatible with Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Mac OS X as well. I didn’t try it on all the mentioned operating systems, but it did work with my XP netbook and I probably wouldn’t be surprised to find it working with Ubuntu either. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/akg-perception-120-usb-internals.jpg "AKG Perception 120 USB Internals") **How Does It Work?** For those wondering, the technology inside the Perception 120 USB is actually fairly impressive. AKG has long offered a standard condenser [Perception 120 microphone](http://www.akg.com/site/products/powerslave,id,1054,pid,1054,nodeid,2,%5Flanguage,EN.html?ref=skatter.com), but it differs from the USB model in a few ways. The original model, just like any condenser microphone on the market, is analog technology. It sports a 3-pin XLR connector and requires a powered mixer for use. Getting audio onto a computer requires an RCA to 3.5mm cable or a [XLR-to-USB solution such as the one Shure offers](http://www.shure.com/americas/products/accessories/microphone-accessories/problem-solvers/x2u-xlr-to-usb-signal-adapter?ref=skatter.com). On the other hand, the Perception 120 USB model features an analog-to-digital converter inside. While the extra components do make the body somewhat heavier, it offers a few advantages for those trying to cut costs and simplify their setup. Without the need of any extra equipment, the Perception 120 USB connects directly to a computer’s USB port for power and transmits audio back simultaneously. And for those wondering, it’s quite similar to the concept behind the [Blue Microphones Snowball, we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/blue-microphones-snowball-review/). This is AKG’s first digital USB-enabled micophone, but it is already pretty impressive. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/akg-perception-120-usb-closeup.jpg "AKG Perception 120 USB (Closeup)") ****Audio Quality** **When it comes to talking about audio quality, I should disclose something quite important: I’m not an expert. But here’s what I can tell you. As someone who creates video and audio recordings from time to time, I’ve used many microphones. Just for reference, this includes everything from the one that comes built-into a laptop’s bezel, a cheap 3.5 mm solution, a wired headset, a wireless Bluetooth one, and even ones inside external webcams. But more importantly, for a comparison, I’ve also heavily used the Snowball and PG-27USB. After extensive use, one thing is clear, this is one of the best microphones I’ve used. While this might be fairly entry-level for some professionals, this is probably better than anything you already own.** Finding the appropriate levels for optimal quality isn’t difficult. There are only two switches on the front to enable a bass-cut filter and an attenuation pad. The bass-cut filter reduces disturbances from mechanical vibrations and wind noise while the attenuation pad drops gain for close-up use and instruments. In a fairly quiet room with minimal audible disturbances, I found the microphone sounding the best from about 2 feet away with both the extra settings disabled. I recorded bits of audio from the Snowball and this microphone to find the results astounding. While the Snowball was my favorite USB microphone of choice for sometime, it too picks up a hint of background noise and rumbling sounds from my computer. I also found the Snowball chopping off at highs quicker, turning them into faint hisses. On the other hand, the AKG Perception was immune to breathing sounds, static, pops, and vibrations. After playing back just a few seconds of recordings, the differences were clear: AKG’s microphone sounded significantly better. To further put my claims to the test, I had a few others blindly pick when I sounded best by switching between microphones during a Skype conference call. They all picked the AKG for the best sounding audio every time. Considering that it managed to isolate and eliminate just about any background noise aside from my voice, it’s pretty impressive. Although above the price range of a microphone that the average person would consider, this is great for those taking their first step into professional audio. However, there’s one thing this microphone lacks: a built-in monitor. Shure’s PG27-USB, while not too much more expensive, lets users directly plug a pair of earphones into the microphone. While it’s not something everyone needs, a zero-latency monitor is simply one of the easiest ways to fine tune a microphone to make sure that everything sounds right without having to check the output from another source. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/akg-perception-120-usb-model.jpg "AKG Perception 120 USB Model") **The Bottom Line** For those taking the leap into the realm of professional microphones, the AKG Perception 120 USB is a great place to start. It offers the convenience of a plug-and-play device that requires no additional equipment without sacrificing any quality. The packaging even includes all the essentials from a tripod to a USB cable to get started. But let’s make one thing clear: this isn’t for everyone. If you only intend to make a Skype once in a blue moon, you probably don’t need this. However if you place important VoIP business calls along with a HD camera, this is an excellent solution. Even if you are a professional, the Perception 120 USB is a great all-in-one travel solution. You won’t need to carry an extra XLR-to-USB converter, an amplifier, or a mixer with you. While there are numerous USB microphones on the market now, picking a brand-name item is quite important. AKG has a long-established reputation that’s synonymous with professional audio. While I don’t have the expertise to distinguish the quality differences between this microphone and the Shure PG-27USB, I can say that picking a brand name like AKG is a great decision. For those ready to make a purchase, the Perception 120 USB has a MSRP of $199, but it goes for as little as $135 through retailers such as Amazon if you shop around. With a great all-in-one package, this microphone won’t disappoint. **Buy: [$135 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003DSI62U?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003DSI62U&ref=skatter.com) (no tax + ships free)** **Links: [AKG.com Perception 120 USB](http://www.akg.com/site/products/powerslave,id,1162,pid,1162,nodeid,2,%5Flanguage,EN.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### SanDisk Announces Smallest 64GB Embedded SSD URL: https://www.skatter.com/sandisk-announces-smallest-64gb-embedded-solid-state-drive/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:38.000Z Just how small is the SSD? With dimensions of 16 x 20 x 1.85 mm and weighing in at less than a gram, it is roughly the size of a postage stamp. Using conventional Serial ATA (SATA), the SSD is actually an Integrated SSD (ISSD) that can be embedded into other devices. Therefore, it’s not an external drive or a flash memory card, but is an actual integrated circuit (IC) that can be soldered directly onto a motherboard. It should be noted that you won’t actually be able to go out and buy one of these, however, this same technology might soon be introduced into many different types of devices. Some of those devices include smartphones, tablet computers, netbooks, and even routers. In terms of capacity, the drive ranges from 4GB all the way to 64GB. Taking a step away from conventional drives, the embedded drive approach seems more promising, especially in mobile applications. The tradeoff between capacity and size is really unbeatable. Normally, 64GB SSD drives come in lengths between 50-76 mm long. In comparison, the ISSD has a length of only 16mm, making it almost 4 times smaller. Of course, when comparing disk drive sizes, there’s absolutely no contest. A 64GB hard-disk would dwarf an ISSD. Not to mention, there is a significant weight reduction as well compared to other drives making ISSD a perfect replacement. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/sandisk-issd-64gb1.gif "SanDisk iSSD 64GB") Apart from size, SSD drives are also known for their speed. An advantage of using a SSD as opposed to a regular disk drive is the startup time. In addition to better overall performance, a device using a SSD will boot much faster than one that uses a disk drive. SanDisk’s new drive boasts 160MB/second and 100MB/second sequential read/write speeds respectively, both of which are very close to full size SSD speeds. It’s nice to see that the drive hasn’t taken too much of a performance hit being so small, however, the numbers SanDisk has claimed are always subject to change. As of now, SanDisk has released the ISSD’s for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) to evaluate. That means that manufacturers are currently testing out the SSDs in order to see how well they work in potential devices. No OEMs have picked up the device so far, however, that may change soon. Hopefully, before we see the SSDs in other devices, it would be nice if they were offered as external drives manufactured by SanDisk itself. If not, we’ll just have to wait until they start making their way into many mobile devices. **Link: [SanDisk.com](http://www.sandisk.com/homepage?ref=skatter.com)** ### Is Jailbreaking A PS3 Reality? URL: https://www.skatter.com/is-jailbreaking-a-ps3-reality/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:54.000Z Ozmodchips USB drive claims to do many of the things that Sony has been trying to prevent ever since modchipping first began back in 1994, when the Playstation first hit markets. All you have to do is put the USB drive into one of the Playstation 3’s available USB ports and *voila* you have a PS3 that can now duplicate games onto the hard drive, play games from the hard drive, make and run Homebrew applications, and it can STILL play games online. And looking at the above video, it seems that it actually can do what it’s advertising. The person in the video has the USB drive plugged in with God of War 3 in the disk drive; however, he boots the system up from some sort of root and chooses InFamous that is apparently on the hard drive. Then the PS3 reads InFamous and runs it perfectly fine. The device seems like the Playstation hacker’s gift from the gods. But the device does have a few limitations. On the Ozmodchips Q&A, the device only allows Playstation 3 games to be dumped onto the hard drive, which means that your old PS2, PS1, or even your Blu-rays won’t be able to be as convenient to access as your Ps3 games. The USB drive also works on existing firmwares, and if this is in fact real, you can bet that Sony will be releasing a quick 3.42+ firmware that will find whatever exploit the device is using and shut it down. Skatter Tech cannot confirm whether or not this is in fact the real thing, and only those that really really want to be the pioneers for a jailbroken PS3 should pay the $169.99 sticker price. But if it is in fact the real thing, then it is a major win for consumers who want more out of their PS3. **Links: [Ozmodchips ](http://www.ozmodchips.com/ps-jailbreak-worlds-first-ps3-modchip-plug-and-play-p-68.html?ref=skatter.com)| [Sony Playstation](http://us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Thoughts on the Nintendo Wii URL: https://www.skatter.com/thoughts-on-the-nintendo-wii/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:54.000Z In Nintendo’s press release, the company stated that the Wii was able to open its market to a brand new audience and made gamers out of people that never picked up a controller. > Kids started playing with their parents and grandparents, people got up off the couch and got active, and seniors and baby boomers formed virtual bowling leagues. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/08/sony-playstation3-slim.jpg "Sony PlayStation 3 Slim") You may have seen those hokey Wii commercials of grandparents skiing down a virtual slope with their grandkids next to them, but you have to admit that because of the Wii, parents and grandparents are now gamers. This is due in large part to a controller that is more intuitive than any before it. Built with an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and paired with a more traditional joystick, the controller plus nunchuck combo just makes sense to new gamers. Instead of having to move the analog stick to control your car, all users have to do is turn their remote, and the car turns with them. It made teaching someone how to play, easier than ever before, at the same time making it more fun to play with someone else. Racing against your friend or having a cook off became an entirely different experience with the Wiimote because you felt like you were actually controlling the character. In doing so, Nintendo was able to do the something that every video game system aspires to do—it made you feel like you were in the game. It’s these notions of making you be a part of the game along with making the game as easy as possible to play for new and old gamers became essential building blocks for Nintendo to compete against Sony and Microsoft. Moreover, with the release of Wii Fit, the Wii’s intuitive motion controls became even better. Up until that point, developers and consumers were beginning to discover how much movement the Wii demanded. People were beginning to look at the system as an all in one machine for entertainment and exercise, and once the Wii Balance Board was released, the system solidified its self as the all in one machine. In fact, system sales boomed once the Wii Fit was released and reinvigorated sales at a relatively low point in the console’s history. On top of that, Wii Fit has now gone on to become the third best selling console game in history with 22.61 million copies sold. It’s a testament not only to the wishes of Wii users to exercise and be entertained but also to Wii for choosing to develop a system that innovated new ways of playing rather than build on the old ones. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/microsoft-xbox-360-kinect-adventures.jpg "Microsoft Xbox 360 Kinect Adventures") However, with both Microsoft Kinect and Playstation Move are on the horizon, the next 4 years could be very different for Nintendo. It would seem that both Microsoft and Sony have finally realized that motion controls are a legitimate aspect of gaming, and both company’s attempts at breaching that market have been minimal at best. However, both Kinect and Move seem to have quite a bit of potential, and since both are paired with machines that can run circles around the Wii, the question that I can’t help but ask is what will Nintendo do next? The Wii is marketed as a gaming machine that got people “off the couch”, but what happens when Kinect and Move can do that too? It’s a question that I don’t have the answers to, but upcoming games including a new Metroid game and a rerelease of the classic FPS Goldeneye, Nintendo is certainly covered for the foreseeable future. However, if Kinect connects and Move moves audiences to buy one of the newly price reduces PS3’s, Nintendo will have to develop something new and original once again in order to continue their market domination. **Buy: [Wii ](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003EH0BQ4/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)| [Xbox 360](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003O6JJKY/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) | [PlayStation 3](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003VUO6H4/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Nintendo ](http://www.nintendo.com/wii?ref=skatter.com)| [Xbox 360](http://www.xbox.com/en-US/?ref=skatter.com) | [PlayStation 3](http://us.playstation.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Skype Mobile Reaches Verizon Feature Phones URL: https://www.skatter.com/skype-mobile-reaches-verizon-feature-phones/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:38.000Z The first set of Verizon Wireless 3G phones to support the Skype app will be the LG Chocolate Touch, Samsung Reality, and [LG enV TOUCH, which we reviewed last year](https://www.skatter.com/lg-env-touch-vx-11000-review/). While some Skype mobile iterations run on WiFi networks, the new BREW version runs entirely on Verizon’s 3G network. And that’s because those feature phones don’t have WiFi built in. Unfortunately, Verizon customers with only a calling and texting plan aren’t eligible for using Skype. Using the app requires either the 25MB / month data plan which goes for $10 / month or the unlimited $30 / month option. (We’re still awaiting word from Skype on whether using the app will drain the few megabytes of data offered to customers on the $10 monthly plan and we will post an update soon.) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/skype-mobile-compatible-devices.jpg "skype-mobile-compatible-devices") For those that have one of the mentioned devices and a data plan, Skype will offer a few benefits. For instance, Skype-to-Skype calls are entirely free and customers can take advantage of discounted international call rates. Skype users with the BREW app can call Skype users whether they are on their PC, Mac, iPhone, Android, or another platform. Unfortunately, domestic calls to other mobile phones or landlines will continue to knock minutes off your calling plan. For smartphones users, this news is pretty irrelevant, but LG enV TOUCH, LG Chocolate Touch, Samsung Reality are likely rejoicing. It’s probably only a matter of time before other BREW devices also get support for the app. And for those wondering, the app is entirely free. While these phones don’t have the bells and whistles of a smartphone, small additions that come around from time to time like these make a purchase worthwhile. **Links: [Skype.com](http://www.skype.com/intl/en-us/home?ref=skatter.com) |** [**Official Announcement**](http://blogs.skype.com/mobile/2010/08/skype%5Fmobile.html?ref=skatter.com) **Related:** [**Skype Mobile Launches for Verizon**](https://www.skatter.com/skype-launches-for-verizon-tomorrow/) *Editors Note: This article was co-written by Chris Tung and Sahas Katta* **Update 8/19:** We reached out to our friends at Skype for a comment on exactly how the app uses data. According to their spokesperson, voice calls will not consume any data. It is channeled through Verizon’s voice network. However, a data plan is required for the app because downloading the BREW app, loading the contact list, and sending/receiving chat messages will consume data. Fortunately, due to the partnership the consumed data is “zero rated” according to Skype’s representative. That means, despite a 25MB transfer cap for the $10 per monthly plan, Skype won’t eat up any extra data. ### Xbox Live Comes To Windows Phone 7 URL: https://www.skatter.com/xbox-live-comes-to-windows-phone-7/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:38.000Z > “We’re really approaching this as we would a console, so we have to deliver the breadth of games and the quality people expect from Xbox,” – Kevin Unangst, senior director of PC & mobile gaming. Early games for the platform includes titles such as “Uno” and “Bejeweled,” but better graphics intensive games are expected soon after. The initial set of title offerings might be somewhat humoring to iPhone owners who have first person shooter games such as Call of Duty: World at War: Zombies available for sometime. Microsoft also plans to release companions to Xbox 360 games such as Halo: Waypoint, a Xbox Live hub where users can view Halo videos and get involved with the community. Hardcore fans will find games such as these a great way to stay update while away from their console. Unfortunately, that companion title won’t do much for game play. This is where other titles such as Crackdown 2: Project Sunburst comes in. Unlike the limited mobile Halo experience, this game will offer additional game play. While the type of game play will be entirely different, it will still be related. Other popular Xbox Live Arcade games such as Rocket Riot will also debut on the Windows Phone 7 platform. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/microsoft-xbox-live-for-windows-phone-7.jpg "Microsoft Xbox Live for Windows Phone 7") While the Xbox Live integration is great, Microsoft also plans to leave the Windows Phone 7 platform open to games that have never been on the Xbox before. This is to ensure that those who don’t own Xbox 360 consoles won’t feel left in the dark. This opens up the possibilities for titles such as Angry Birds or Plants and Zombies, which are popular iOS titles, to reach the Windows Phone 7 platform. Microsoft is working closely with third-party developers to make ensure a set of quality games by the time the gizmo debuts later this year. As Apple’s App Store has proven, mobile games are very popular. Microsoft’s choice to integrate Xbox Live functionality into the phone is clearly a wise decision. Although Windows Phone 7 does not have a user base to support it yet, loyal Xbox Live users and fans will likely adopt the platform quickly. If Microsoft wants to overtake Apple when it comes to mobile gaming, it needs to think outside the box. Implementing ideas such as companion games is a step in the right direction to regain a foothold in the market. Hopefully, it won’t turn out the way [the Sony PocketStation did](https://www.skatter.com/the-sony-pocketstation/) when they tried to add a mobile element to console gaming. **Links: [Windows Phone 7](http://www.windowsphone7.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Things You Didn’t Know About The Epic 4G URL: https://www.skatter.com/things-you-didnt-know-about-the-epic-4g/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:38.000Z Last week, Sharath Shroff and I had a chance to sit down with Sprint’s Trevor Van Normal of Handset Product Marketing and Caroline Semerdjian from Corporate Communications. We were lucky enough to get an early hands-on preview of the Epic 4G and had managed to get some questions answered. **Samsung Media Hub** Much like the [Blockbuster App on the Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/blockbuster-android-app-for-droid-x-fails/) (and Droid 2), Samsung’s pre-installed Media Hub application brings movies to the Epic over the air. The service offers the option to both purchase and rent movies at fairly reasonable prices. Rentals were as affordable as $3 for a 24 hour licence and pricing for purchases reach up to $20\. Unlike Blockbuster’s app, the Samsung Media Hub offers progressive viewing, meaning that you can begin watching a show while it is still downloading. There are indicators to show the amount downloaded and the current position of playback. While the progressive viewing feature may lead some to believe that it has advantageous over Netflix and Hulu technologies, which require a constant internet connection, there are still a few drawbacks. Even if a movie is completely downloaded onto the phone’s storage, the DRM technology requires momentary internet access to initiate playback of a file. This means if you are in a dead zone, in another country, or on a plane, the Samsung Media Hub movies won’t work even if already saved. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-media-hub.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G Media Hub") **Android v2.1 to v2.2 Upgrade** While the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) already received the long-awaited Froyo update earlier this month, the Epic 4G will ship with v2.1 on August 31st. According the Sprint representatives we spoke with, they expect a 7-8 week turn around time to release the update. That’s also the same amount of time it took Sprint, collaborating with HTC, to distribute the [update for the EVO](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-android-v2-2-for-htc-evo-4g/). Sprint also stated that software updates spend nearly 30 days in their test labs to ensure a bug free product. And of course, when it’s ready, Sprint will push it to devices over the air. They are working closely with Samsung to ensure a fast release. **Touch Wiz 2.5 Interface** While I walked into our meeting assuming that the Epic 4G was running Touch Wiz 3.0 interface, which appears on other Samsung devices, it turns out that this smart phone is running something older. According to Trevor Van Norman, the Touch Wiz interface isn’t the older v2.0, but he also said it wasn’t v3.0 either. It’s apparently an “in between version,” which he labeled v2.5\. I asked whether the upcoming Froyo update would include Samsung’s new Touch Wiz 3.0 interface, but he wasn’t entirely sure (or wasn’t allowed to tell us). Despite the lack of the latest Touch Wiz interface, according to Sprint, the interface is faster and less obtrusive compared to HTC Sense. As some who’s used both a stock install of Android as well as the EVO, which sports HTC Sense, there are quite a few differences. A less integrated interface, like Touch Wiz, might just be something certain customers may prefer due to a more-simplistic nature anyways. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-and-htc-evo-4g-qik-video-chat.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G and HTC Evo 4G Qik Video Chat") **Qik Video Chat** Since the Epic 4G sports a front-facing camera like the HTC EVO 4G, we wanted to double-check cross-device compatibility for video calls. We were glad to hear that calls placed with the pre-installed Qik app would work perfectly across both devices whether on a 3G, 4G, or WiFi network. While that’s great, I should note that the Epic 4G only has a 0.3 megapixel front facing camera versus the 1.3 megapixel camera featured on the EVO 4G. We’ll be publishing a video demo of video calls in action, so stick around for that. But as a heads up, video quality coming from the EVO 4G looked significantly clearer and more colorful than the front-facing camera on the Epic 4G. Also, we don’t know if this is a temporary bug, but video from the Epic 4G was also “squished” as you can see in the image above. Hopefully, a “Qik for Epic 4G” app in the Android Marketplace will fix that. **Mobile Hotspot App** Like the HTC EVO 4G, the Samsung Epic 4G also sports an integrated mobile hotspot. Whether on a 3G or 4G network, the smart phone will offer the ability to share a WiFi internet connection with up to 5 devices. We asked Sprint why this phone didn’t support up to 8 users like the EVO and received an interesting response. According to the representative, Sprint’s research has apparently shown that the majority of their customers who subscribe to the $30 / month tethering data plan only use the hotspot with a single device at a time. And the number of customers that use it with two, three, or more devices exponentially decreases. While that’s no excuse for limiting features, I’m guessing it won’t be a problem for most customers either. **Other Notes** - Epic 4G isn’t locked down to the 30 FPS limit like the EVO 4G. A video game he demonstrated to us reached over 60 FPS and remained over 50 FPS for the most part. - San Francisco Bay Area will have 4G by the end of this year. Some people in the area may get signal already due to extensive tests being conducted in the area. - There is a currently a 1 Mbps upload speed cap on 4G networks. Sprint is working with Clearwire to, hopefully, lift the cap in the near future. - Also another odd finding? The 4G radio won’t stay on when WiFi is on. It’s one or the other. The EVO allows for both radios to be on simultaneously. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-desk-charger.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G Desk Charger") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-galaxy-s-case.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G Galaxy S Case") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-external-charger.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G External Charger") **Samsung Galaxy S Accessories** Sprint also showed off 3 official Galaxy S branded accessories for the Epic 4G that will go on sale through their retail and online stores. The first was a desk stand which charges the phone with a microUSB port. There’s a line out audio jack in the back for connecting to a set of speakers. Sprint will also offer an external Samsung battery pack charger. While you can recharge a second battery by swapping it out with the one in the phone, this can help speed up the process for heavy users. Finally, there was also a neat little leather holster case for the phone. There’s not much more to say about the latter, but it’s a welcome option for those who want an non-3rd-party case. **Links: [Sprint.com Epic 4G](http://www.sprint.com/epic4g?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Droid 2 vs. Epic 4G Infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-epic-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-2/)** **Update 8/18:** Sprint’s Corporate Communications team was kind enough to answer some of the questions you folks had for us. According to him, there will be an update to the Qik App which will solve the issues mentioned previously. The Epic 4G sports 1GB of ROM, not 512 MB. The phone runs TouchWiz 2.5, not version 3.0 because “There were some changes to allow for support of the portrait to landscape transitions on Epic, which is the reason for the different version number.” ### In Photos: Samsung Epic 4G (Sprint) URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-epic-4g-sprint/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:06.000Z While we aren’t done with our review yet, here’s a set of our very own product shots. If you weren’t around yesterday, be sure to check out [our set of Motorola Droid 2 photos](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless/) as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-keyboard.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-top.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-touch-keys.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-front-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-back.jpg) And as an added bonus, I lined it up besides the HTC EVO 4G. While I thought the Epic 4G would be significantly thicker, the difference wasn’t too noticeable. However, the EVO was surprisingly shorter. And that struck me as odd, considering that the Epic only has a 4-inch display, while the EVO sports a 4.3-inch screen. On that note, viewing angles, colors, black levels, pixel density, and depth of the Super AMOLED screen on the Epic 4G is significantly better than the EVO 4G. Samsung’s build quality is also strikingly good and the slider mechanism feels very solid. I was disappointed to find the power button off to the side and the microUSB port on the top. Both are oddly positioned compared to recent flood smartphones. Aside from that, the OS is very responsive and the TouchWiz 2.5 interface doesn’t appear to slow things down. According to Sprint, Froyo v2.2 is estimated to be about 7-8 weeks away. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-vs-htc-evo-4g.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G vs. HTC EVO 4G") That’s about all I have for now. Stay tuned by subscribing to our [RSS Feed](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed.xml) or sign up for [Email Notifications](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). You can find us [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) as well! **Links:** [**Sprint.com Epic 4G**](http://now.sprint.com/epic4g/?ECID=vanity:epic4g&ref=skatter.com) ### Chuck Lorre on iPhone 4: “it’s a s#*tty phone” URL: https://www.skatter.com/chuck-lorre-on-iphone-4-its-a-stty-phone/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:06.000Z Getting back to the interesting part, as our interview wrapped up, we asked Chuck Lorre how he liked his iPhone 4\. He said the following: “It’s a lot of fun, it’s a shitty phone.” – Chuck Lorre For The Big Bang Theory fans, Wozniak will make his appearance [on the second episode of the upcoming fourth season](http://twitter.com/billprady/status/21359924155?ref=skatter.com). So be sure to schedule your TiVos in time. **Links:** [**CBS.com The Big Bang Theory**](http://www.cbs.com/primetime/big%5Fbang%5Ftheory/?ref=skatter.com) ### In Photos: Motorola Droid 2 (Verizon Wireless) URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:06.000Z If you haven’t seen our [Droid 2 vs Epic 4G infographic](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-epic-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-2/), that’s worth a glance. We also have a full in-depth review in the works, but in the meantime, check out the Motorola Droid 2 gallery: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-angle.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-back.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-keyboard.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-usb-port.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-verizon-wireless.jpg) And as an added bonus, here are a few shots of the Droid 2 lined up besides the Droid X. This phone’s metal rim makes it feel heavier and more robust than the Droid X. While the plastic and rubber casing makes the Droid X feel somewhat cheaper, the Droid 2 clearly offers a expensive-looking quality build. As for size comparison, the Droid X is significantly thinner except for the hump at the top which brings it to approximately the same thickness. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-vs-motorola-droid-x-front.jpg "Motorola Droid 2 vs. Motorola Droid X (Front)") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/motorola-droid-2-vs-motorola-droid-x-back.jpg "Motorola Droid 2 vs. Motorola Droid X (Back)") Waiting for our in-depth review? Feel free to subscribe to our [RSS Feed](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed.xml) or sign up for [Email Notifications](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). You can find us [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) as well! **Links: [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/Motorola-DROID-2-US-EN?WT.mc%5Fid=GLP-DROID-2&WT.mc%5Fev=click&ref=skatter.com) | [VerizonWireless.com](http://www.droiddoes.com/?ref=skatter.com)** *Editor’s Note: Photography by Sahas Katta* ### Infographic: Epic 4G vs. iPhone 4 vs. Droid 2 URL: https://www.skatter.com/infographic-epic-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-2/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:22.000Z (Click to enlarge infographic. Feel free to blog or share with friends, but please credit our hard work.) [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-motorola-droid-2-small.png "Samsung Epic 4G vs. Apple iPhone 4 vs. Motorola Droid 2 (Small)")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-vs-apple-iphone-4-vs-motorola-droid-2-large.png?ref=skatter.com) What are your thoughts on these devices? Which one will you buy? Did we miss anything in our infographic? Corrections, errors, or suggestions? Let us know in the comments! Our in-depth reviews of the Epic 4G and Droid 2 are on their way. Feel free to read our [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) reviews in the meantime. If you want to stay updated, we offer [RSS Feeds](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/2010/06/2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed.xml) and daily [Email Subscriptions](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/2010/06/2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed.xml). And of course, you can find us on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) as well. **Links: [SamsungMobileUSA.com](http://www.samsungmobileusa.com/galaxys/?ref=skatter.com) | [Apple.com](http://www.apple.com/iphone?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/Motorola-DROID-2-US-EN?ref=skatter.com)** *Editor’s note: Sahas Katta and Sharath Shroff also contributed to this infographic.* **Update 8/16/2010 12:23 PM**: Infographic has been updated to add Talk Time for Epic 4G and fix the FM Radio error for the Droid 2\. **Update 8/18/2010 1:46 PM**: Infographic has been modified again to fix the error for FM Radio category for the Epic 4G. We are still awaiting confirmation on Standby Time. ### How Google Is Trying To Redefine Net Neutrality URL: https://www.skatter.com/how-google-is-trying-to-redefine-net-neutrality/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:55.000Z The fight over net neutrality legislation currently being waged has many key players, of those, Google has on numerous occasions come out in support of [net neutrality](https://www.skatter.com/the-future-of-the-internet-net-neutrality/). On the other hand, Verizon, as well as other telecom companies, oppose the regulations. Now, in a surprising turn of events, both Google and Verizon have negotiated an agreement on broadband policy that undermines efforts from net neutrality advocates to keep the Internet fair. Over the past several years, Google has been one of the main advocates for net neutrality on the business front. The company has played a significant role in helping the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) gather support for strong net neutrality policy. The reported dealings with Verizon, however, now undermine any efforts from FCC chairman Julius Genachowski to issue tough new regulations of the broadband industry. That said, the manner in which Genachowski has responded to the situation is weak to say the least. Though he has expressed support, meaning strong net neutrality legislation, his forcefulness in the negotiation process has been non-existent. Therefore, Google and Verizon have been able to set the agenda by having conversations before a plan from the FCC is released. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/google-logo.jpg "Google Logo") Before Google and Verizon released their set of proposals, Google CEO Eric Schmidt had made an important distinction between Google’s and most other advocate’s views on net neutrality. According to Schmidt, net neutrality laws should not allow providers to prioritize websites based on economic advantage, however, content should be prioritized based on the type of service. This means that it’s ok for a provider to prioritize video content over email content, at the same time not prioritizing a specific video services over one another. Most net neutrality advocates would argue against such a view because there is no clear way to distinguish between necessary prioritization and that based on economic interests. Initially, there was much speculation as to whether Google was formulating its agreement based on this subtly distinct view of net neutrality or simply through the notion of tiered Internet. However, it is pretty clear that Google is leaning towards the latter, a position that isn’t even justifiable by the company’s initial nuanced view of net neutrality. In it’s [public policy blog](http://googlepublicpolicy.blogspot.com/2010/08/joint-policy-proposal-for-open-internet.html?ref=skatter.com), Google has outlined the main aspects of its discussions with Verizon which are laid out as legislative framework for the FCC to follow. At first glance the goals stated seem true to the idea of a neutral Internet, but on closer inspection, they are riddled with obvious loopholes. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2007/09/verizon-wireless.jpg) First, Google takes the position of supporting FCC enforceability of regular wire line networks, however, it does not support the same for wireless networks. Therefore, as smart phones and mobile Internet devices become prevalent, net neutrality will not be enforceable on them. Wireless providers would be free to control content as they wished. Take a device like the iPhone that is already subject to a fair amount of control by Apple. Now imagine your Apple device being subject to even more control as the Internet on it is no longer an unrestricted medium as well. That goes for Android based devices as well, which are grounded by many open source principles. As a consolation, Google and Verizon have proposed transparency rules for wireless networks. Transparency rules, however, delegate little authority to even the FCC to respond to potential abuses. So, when we see bigger players paying for better services from carriers, consumers can watch it all play out in the open and be able to do nothing about it. Also, as the Internet shifts to mobile platforms, providers have more incentives to move key services to wireless networks, making it harder for regulatory agencies to have a say. Probably one of the most dangerous propositions in Google and Verizon’s deal is the differentiation by both companies of “new services,” from “the public Internet.” In the spirit of so-called ‘innovation,’ the proposal would allow the creation of new broadband services to be differentiated from conventional online services. Essentially, service providers would be able to initiate contracts with other big companies to provide the next big product. Of course, Google has no self-interests in formulating such a proposal, right? Right. What we have here is a classic case of big corporations scratching the backs of other big corporations. It’s pretty easy to see how Google might take advantage of such a proposal by partnering up with Verizon to monopolize certain services. Also, how do we know providers won’t take services that are free to the public now, and sell them later to consumers as “differentiated services?” For example, Youtube might be free for users now, but what’s going to stop Verizon from partnering up with Google to offer Youtube at a price, and under the pretense that it is a “differentiated service?” Therefore, this proposal is nothing but a wolf in sheep’s clothing in favor of prioritization. The sheer size and weight that Google carries makes its dealings with Verizon worrisome. In some sense, Google is already a gatekeeper of the Internet. It’s search engine is the most widely used in the world and has helped the company amass vast amounts of data. The company’s financial strength is in many ways unparalleled giving it the ability to shape and influence public policy. The fact that it has been a key figure in the fight for net neutrality makes the company’s negotiations with Verizon an underhanded blow to net neutrality advocates and consumers. Having Google on the side of the consumer is essential because ultimately, money speaks in Washington. That fact has been made more evident after Genachowski’s response to the deal. It is not up to the FCC and only a strong push from consumers and net neutrality advocates will get the agency to be more forceful with its position. If Google and Verizon are allowed to set the terms of the debate, however, we can kiss strong net neutrality legislation goodbye. **Related: [Net Neutrality](https://www.skatter.com/the-future-of-the-internet-net-neutrality/) | [New Rulings on DMCA](https://www.skatter.com/new-rulings-on-dmca-exempt-several-copyright-violations/)** **Link: [Google And Verizon Deal](http://googlepublicpolicy.blogspot.com/2010/08/joint-policy-proposal-for-open-internet.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Save The Internet Campaign](http://www.savetheinternet.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Thoughts On Facebook For Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/thoughts-on-facebook-for-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:55.000Z According to Facebook’s change log, version 1.3 brings new features including “video playback, the ability to view and RSVP for events, respond to friend requests without leaving the app, and an updated homepage.” Much like the famous notification drawer on Android devices, the Facebook app adds another draggable “Notifications” bar at the bottom. Oddly, clicking on a notification redirect users to [http://touch.facebook.com](http://touch.facebook.com/?ref=skatter.com) in Android’s native web browser. There’s also a photo reel at the bottom of the app’s home screen, which displays newly uploaded images. The updated app also makes it easier to update your status and search for friends. While Android users initially welcomed these new features, forums were soon filled with complains. Due to a bug, the application began causing rapid battery drain. Many users resorted to uninstalling the app entirely. Three days later, Facebook officially recognized the issue and released an update (version 1.3.1) to solve the problem. And within a week, Facebook released yet another update, this time adding support for Android OS 1.5 devices and claiming to fix other bugs. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/facebook-for-android-events.jpg "Facebook for Android Events") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/facebook-for-android-rsvp.jpg "Facebook for Android RSVP") I’ve been using Facebook for Android on my HTC EVO 4G for the past few months and while I appreciate the recent improvements, there are still some things worth mentioning. First, although I prefer the Android platform over iOS, I still found the Facebook app on my iPhone 3GS better. The user interface isn’t consistent and doesn’t look like other native apps. While Facebook for iOS has instantaneous push notifications, the Android app only checks at specified time intervals. Despite setting the refresh interval to 30 minutes, notifications for comments, new messages, and requests rarely get delivered on time, if at all. As for the newly added Contact Sync, which I was initially excited to use as a replacement for HTC’s Facebook Sync, it caused more problems than I could possibly imagine. My contacts suddenly had 3-4 duplicated entires for the same numbers retrieved from Facebook and the phone began responding very slowly. After disabling the feature, the issues went away. While I still have the app installed, I’ve found [Facebook Touch](http://touch.facebook.com/?ref=skatter.com), which runs in the browser, a whole lot better. The interface is consistent, it’s fast, and clean. The mobile version, hilariously, provides more information than the app from the Android Marketplace. For those who own smartphones with 4.3 inch displays such as the Droid X or EVO 4G, viewing the full-fledged web page isn’t too difficult either. While I’ll trust that Facebook is working on a much-needed major revamp for Android users, I’ll stick to using Facebook from my web browser until then. **Links:** [**Facebook.com/skattertech**](http://www.facebook.com/skattertech) ### A Look at Trillian 5 for Windows URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-look-at-trillian-5-for-windows/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:39.000Z Although designed and optimized for Windows 7, Trillian 5 also runs on XP and Vista. The new interface is highly scalable to accommodate different screen sizes whether it’s a low resolution netbook or a high resolution monitor. And for those that enjoy tweaking the application, Trillian 5 is highly customizable with tons of custom settings, themes, and more. And if you don’t run Windows, Cerulean Studios is also working on a Mac version, which is still in beta. And for smartphone users, a mobile iteration of Trillian is available for iOS devices: iPhone and iPod Touch. The company has apps for Android and BlackBerry phones in the works as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/trillian-5-theme-adaption.jpg "Trillian 5 Theme Adaption") While Trillian has offered support for AIM, Windows Live, Yahoo!, Google, Facebook Chat, Jabber, and Skype for sometime, the upcoming release adds integration for Foursquare and LinkedIn. (Facebook chat protocols are revamped to use XMPP too.) The new Foursquare plugin isn’t limited to viewing activities of friends, but rather lets users check-in to locations using the native GPS support in Windows 7\. While this doesn’t necessarily fall into the category of “chat,” it’s a mobile location-based social networking service that has grown tremendously. And that goes hand-in-hand with revamped versions Facebook and Twitter news streams that Trillian 5 brings. As for the LinkedIn plugin, it lets users view their Network Activity and share updates with their connections. While Trillian’s Chat History feature is an amazing addition for referencing previous conversations, it had one major issue. For those with multiple machines or mobile phones running a second or third instance of the application, chat logs at every location were unsynchronized. The text of a conversation that took place on a laptop wouldn’t appear on you desktop. Trillian 5 links and maintains consistent copies of conversations on every machine using the company’s network infrastructure. This feature conveniently allows for beginning a conversation on your mobile phone and continuing it, undisrupted, on another machine. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/trillian-5-chat-windows.jpg "Trillian 5 Chat Windows") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/trillian-5-foursquare-badges.jpg "Trillian 5 Foursquare Badges") For those that get exhausted checking various social networks in their browser and having to install multiple chat clients to communicate with different sets of friends, I’d highly recommend giving Trillian 5 a test run. While it’s still in beta, even the older Trillian 4 series has a lot to offer. And if it’s something you are considering purchasing, Cerulean Studios currently offers Trillian Pro for just $15. **Links: [Trillian 5 Tour](http://www.trillian.im/learn/tour-trillian5.html?ref=skatter.com) | [Download Trillian 5 Beta](http://www.trillian.im/get/windows/beta/?ref=skatter.com)** *Editors Note: This article was co-written and edited by Sahas Katta.* ### A Look at NOOKstudy URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-look-at-nookstudy/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:40.000Z The feature packed application serves as a platform that allows students to manage all of their eTextBooks, class materials, and even notes. NOOKstudy, available for both Mac and PC, is primarily aimed at college students. According to Barnes and Noble, it was developed in collaboration with students and professors to help suit the needs of today’s students. The revolutionary NOOKstudy allows users to view multiple books simultaneously. Take the scenario of a college research paper. Students will now be able to open and read through multiple books regarding the topic rather than having to close one before opening another. The platform even allows students to highlight and take notes on top of the content they are reading, which may come in handy for students. Better yet, the NOOKstudy organizes and makes notes searchable for future reference. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/barnes-and-noble-nookstudy-screen-highlight.jpg "Barnes and Noble NOOK Study Screen Highlight") Barnes and Noble stated that NOOKstudy will be compatible with the company’s entire digital catalog. Given the fact that the company already has contracts with many college campuses to distribute educational material, the service already has a huge base to tap into. The NOOKstudy might appealing to students since it can potentially save them up to 40% on textbooks. As a college student , I have to say, that sounds pretty enticing. While I originally despised the entire digital media trend because I was unable to take notes and make comments while reading, the NOOKstudy now offers a solution. For penny saving college students, the NOOKstudy may help drive down the prices on textbooks. Even if Barnes and Noble fails to revolutionize the digital textbook industry on it’s own, existing and emerging competitors will surely bridge the gap with affordable pricing structures. Study smarter, not harder? Sounds like something every single student out there wants. Since Barnes and Nobles is already a part of so many universities, the NOOKstudy definitely has potential. **Links: [BarnesandNoble.com/NookStudy](http://www.barnesandnoble.com/nookstudy/download/index.asp?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Drops Epic 4G Availability and Pricing URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-drops-epic-4g-availability-and-pricing/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:40.000Z To make the purchase process easier for new and existing Sprint customers, a special web page ([www.sprint.com/epic4g](http://www.sprint.com/epic4g?ref=skatter.com)) will allow reserving the device beginning this Friday (August, 13th). That should make finding a device easier, especially after the chaos that ensued with limited quantities of HTC EVO 4G units, which are still sold out in most stores. Customers to reserve a unit will have to complete their purchase by 6 P.M. on September 1st to avoid loosing their spot in line. Customers can choose to pick up the device in a local Sprint retail store as well. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/samsung-epic-4g-angle.jpg "Samsung Epic 4G Angle") And on a related note, Skatter Tech had a chance to meet with the folks at Sprint in their San Francisco offices yesterday. We had some hands on time with the Epic 4G, but we can’t say any more due at this time aside from the fact that it’s a good-looking device and we can’t wait to get more time with it. For those that don’t know much about the Epic 4G, it sports a 1GHz Cortex A8 Hummingbird processor, 1GB ROM, 512MB RAM, a 4 inch Capacitive Super AMOLED display, runs on Android v2.1 (Froyo coming soon), and Mobile Hotspot tethering for 5 devices. There’s a 5 megapixel camera, capable of 720p video, with a LED flash on the back and a VGA camera on the front. Epic 4G users can use Qik video chat with EVO 4G devices as well. And if you didn’t guess from the name, it runs on 4G , but is completely backwards compatible with 3G networks. And if that’s not enough, there’s a WiFi 802.11 b/g/n and Bluetooth v2.1 inside too. The devices ships with a 16GB microSD card pre-installed and supports up to 32GB ones. That’s all we have for now, but stay tuned for more details soon. We’ll hopefully have a full unboxing and an in-depth review coming in the next week or so. Feel free to [subscribe to our RSS Feed](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/feed.xml), [follow us on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com), or [like us on Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) to stay updated. Let us know if you have any questions in the comments! **Links: [Sprint.com/Epic4G](http://www.sprint.com/epic4g?ref=skatter.com)** ### Verizon Announces The Motorola Droid 2 URL: https://www.skatter.com/verizon-announces-the-motorola-droid-2/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:41.000Z **On The Surface** In terms of out of the box features, the Droid 2 is arguably the latest and greatest of the Android family. Looking at phone, the first thing consumers will quickly notice is the physical QWERTY keyboard that slides out from under the screen. Following [in the footsteps of its predecessor](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/), the Droid 2 design is a huge bonus for consumers that prefer typing on a real keyboard over the touch screens that have become the norm for the latest generation of smartphones. But the new keyboard also addresses a problem that many [Motorola Droid users](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/) expressed: the lack of raised keys. From my own experience, typing on the Droid was somewhat frustrating since there was some uncertainty as to whether every key press is registered. Fortunately, Motorola is responding our complaints with a new and improved keyboard, which we’ll definitely be putting to the test. I’m also glad to see that the company isn’t alienating touch screen fans either with the inclusion of Swype, [which we discussed earlier](https://www.skatter.com/impressions-swype-on-the-droid-x/). ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/droid-2-front.jpg "Droid 2: Front") However, some surface features are not as sharp as other competitors. The screen size is still 3.7 inches, which is the same as the original Droid, making it significantly smaller than both the [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and the [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/). In addition, the camera is only 5 megapixels, which is also a step down from the 8 megapixel ones on the EVO 4G and Droid X. And considering the front-facing camera prominently featured on the iPhone 4, EVO 4G, and the upcoming Epic 4G, it’s disappointing to see it missing on the Droid 2. **Under the Hood** Like any good sequel, the Droid 2 has improved the existing hardware. With a 1GHz processor and 512MB of RAM, these specs clock the smartphone in at almost twice the speed of the previous Droid. The phone sports 8GB of internal storage with a 8GB microSD card pre-installed for additional storage. For those looking for more room, the Droid 2 supports replacing the included 8GB microSD card with a 32GB one for a grand total of 40GB of memory. But what makes the Droid 2 truly a notch above the rest is the inclusion of Android 2.2—or FroYo—running out of the box. Although the HTC EVO now officially has the latest Android version as well, customers still have to manually upgrade their device. This advantage enables support for Adobe Flash from the moment you unbox it. Even the Droid X, which touted support for the 2.2 update, may not receive it until next month. As for soon-to-be Droid 2 owners, features including a 3G Mobile Hotspot, full push corporate email, and much more will be available from day one. Although, it’s important to note that Verizon does charge additional data fees for the WiFi Hotspot feature. For an additional $20 a month, customers will get an additional 2GB bucket for wireless tethering. And unlike the iPhone 4, which only tethers with a single device, the WiFi hotspot feature supports up to 5 users at a single time. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/droid-2-front-open-angled.jpg "Droid 2: Front, Open, Angled") **Pricing and Availability** The Droid 2 will be available for pre-sale beginning tomorrow August 11th. The phone goes for $199.99 after a $100 rebate with a new two-year customer agreement. However, if you can hold off till September, Verizon is also releasing an special edition Droid in celebration of its namesake—R2-D2\. This limited edition Star Wars inspired model will only be available online come next month and will include “exclusive Star Wars content and external hardware designed to look like the trusty Droid,” which is perfect way to feed that inner geek. Unfortunately, there’s no pricing for the R2-D2 model. Verizon Wireless should get a unit out to us by the end of this week, so stay tuned for unboxing, product shots, and a full in-depth review. (Sprint’s Epic 4G is on it’s way in soon as well). Feel free to follow us [on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) or like us [on Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) too. **Links: [DroidDoes.com (Droid 2)](http://www.droiddoes.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft LifeCam Cinema (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-lifecam-cinema-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:20.000Z **Hardware, Design, and Style** Unlike the glossy plastic design featured on the LifeCam HD-5000 and HD-6000, the Cinema sports a cylindrically shaped aluminum body with a dark gray matte finish. The camera rests on a flexible rubber-enclosed stand which allows for 360 degree panning and some tilting. The stand can support the unit when resting on a flat surface or affixed on a monitor. A blue LED on the front below the lens indicates activity and a microphone on top enclosed in a metal grille captures audio. A dedicated button, also on top, initiates Windows Live Messenger for placing video calls. The USB 2.0 cable extends out of the back of cylindrical body, is reasonably lengthy, and even comes with a cable management clip. Although images of the LifeCam Cinema HD from Microsoft’s website led me to believe a large body, the camera is rather tiny. It stands just two inches tall and is less than an inch wide. After handling both the newer LifeCam models and the Cinema, it’s clear that the latter is more durable. This camera isn’t as vulnerable to scratches as its glossy plastic counterparts and has a subtle clean design. Unless the Cinema goes through excessive physical handling, it should withstand years and years of use. On that note, while Microsoft doesn’t advertise this camera for travelers, it would have been nice to see a soft case thrown into the package. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/microsoft-lifecam-cinema-product-shot.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam Cinema Product Shot") **Installation, Setup, and Configuration** I still remember the days when installing a new Logitech webcam took about a half hour and often required a system reboot. While that situation probably isn’t applicable to Logitech products anymore, the configuration process for Microsoft’s LifeCam couldn’t be easier. On my dual-core Dell XPS M1530 running Windows 7 Professional, setup was easy as plugging in the webcam into my laptop’s USB port. Within a minute or so, my computer found and installed the necessary drivers. Windows Update even immediately prompted me to download additional software for extra features. Microsoft recommends a system configuration with an Intel Dual-Core 3.0 GHz or higher and 2GB of RAM. My test system has 4GB of RAM but only a 2.5 GHz dual-core processor. Despite the lacking, I ran into no noticeable issues when in use. In fact, the minimal requirements are a 1.6 GHz dual-core processor and just 1GB of ram. However, let’s be clear that this eliminates compatibility with older computers and netbooks. As for Mac OS X users, Microsoft’s compatibility page doesn’t mention any support. **Video Quality** Just about every laptop I’ve come across over the past few years sports a 1.3 megapixel webcam embedded above the display in the bezel. While the addition of built-in webcams were revolutionary just a few years ago, not much has changed since. Although convenient for placing video calls on the go, just about all laptop webcams suffer similar issues: fixed-focus, low frame rates, poor colors, and bad quality in low-lighting. Fortunately, the LifeCam Cinema solves just about all those issues. After initiating my first video call, the improvements were clearly noticeable. For one, the LifeCam Cinema sports a wide angle lens, capturing more of your surroundings. And that’s a great addition considering that just about every 2010 laptop display has an aspect ratio of 16:9 display over 4:3\. When it comes to poorly-lit areas, ClearFrame technology significantly helps improve image quality. Colors are more naturally represented over other webcams I’ve tested. Videos always remain sharp-looking since the webcam’s auto-focus continuously readjusts on the subject. I also found great frame rates nearing the advertised 30 FPS and lag was fairly minimal. **Audio Quality** Much like embedded webcams in laptops, internal microphones often also suffer from poor audio quality due to hard drive grumbling and buzzing fans. While some newer laptops now feature dual microphones, dedicated external microphones are generally the best solution. The LifeCam offers a large digital microphone with Noise Canceling technology. After some use, it was clear that the microphone offered a major improvement over the one built into my laptop. People on the other end of the [Skype](https://www.skatter.com/tag/skype/) call immediately noted that background sounds were eliminated and that I sounded closer to them. Speech was more articulate and natural as well. However, when I switched over to my AKG Perception 120 USB microphone, they immediately revised their comments in favor of the dedicated solution. While an expensive standalone microphone is probably unnecessary for day-to-day Skype users, the Cinema webcam’s microphone offers a major upgrade over most internal laptop microphones. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/microsoft-cinema-working.jpg "Microsoft Cinema Working") Special Additions While Windows 7 automatically offers drivers for basic audio and video functionality, installing the Microsoft LifeCam application adds a set of extra features. The program offers tools to capture 5 megapixel images and record 720p video. (Audio recording support too.) Custom settings offer microphone volume adjustments, brightness controls, and resolution settings. Gamma levels, color intensity, and flicker reduction are added bonuses. However the real treat comes with a set of fun effects. While I was quick to blow these off at first, when I decided to give them a shot, I was quite surprised. Unlike low quality effects that I’ve seen over the years, these were actually very impressive. While retaining video quality, the effects can tweak the video in a variety of ways. There’s even accessories to wear such as a hat, eye glasses, and much more. The LifeCam’s face tracking was rather impressive, keeping these effects targeted on a person even with movement. While it’s not something that people will use each time they place a video call, it’s nonetheless a fun inclusion that will provide entertainment for some time. I just wish they also had some audio effects as well. **The Bottom Line** If you spend time placing video calls on your computer through services like Skype each day, you should consider upgrading to a quality webcam. However, it’s important to keep a few things in mind. HD video quality is only possible if a few conditions are met. First, both callers need to have a quality high speed internet connection. Just because you have broadband internet, it doesn’t equate to instant HD quality. Second, if the hardware requirements don’t meet the recommended specifications, video quality won’t be great. For those that meet those requirements, the LifeCam Cinema is definitely worth considering. Despite a $80 MSRP, the webcam sells for [as little as $50 through retailers such as Amazon.com](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002MCZJ78?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B002MCZJ78&ref=skatter.com). For those looking for quality video and a decent microphone, Microsoft’s LifeCam Cinema won’t disappoint. It offers a better image sensor compared to the [LifeCam HD-5000 and HD-6000 we reviewed](https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-lifecam-hd-5000-hd-6000-review/). While it might not capture 1080p video like the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C910, it still has plenty to offer at a reasonable price tag. **Links: [Microsoft Hardware – LifeCam Cinema](http://www.microsoft.com/hardware/digitalcommunication/productdetails.aspx?pid=008&ref=skatter.com)** **Buy: [$50 for LifeCam Cinema on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B002MCZJ78?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B002MCZJ78&ref=skatter.com)** ### Star Wars: The Force Unleashed 2 (Preview) URL: https://www.skatter.com/star-wars-the-force-unleashed-2-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:42.000Z Since TFU was released on next generation consoles, the developer had the ability to introduce many new graphical and gameplay based elements. Perhaps the most significant aspects of gameplay were the phenomenal physics and AI engine. In TFU2, the physics have undergone some comedic changes. Apart from molecular matter where objects from the environment behave according to their physical properties, TFU2 now allows dismemberment. Yup, that’s right, dismemberment. With the swing of a light saber players will be able to slice and dice through enemy limbs in the old-fashioned Jedi form. Of course, it wouldn’t be fun if we still were limited to one light saber so TFU2 features the ability to dual-wield. The addition of both dual-wield and dismemberment makes combat open to interpretation so in other words, let hilarity ensue. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs\_kkJRNbf0](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xs%5FkkJRNbf0&ref=skatter.com) Not only will players be able to chop stormtroopers to pieces, but they’ll be able to blast their way through enemy ranks with newly introduced force powers. Two of the main new powers are Mind Trick and Force Fury. Mind Trick turns enemies against their allies so we’ll get to see troopers attacking other troopers. Force Fury was actually revealed towards the end of the first game, but only for a limited time. Now, players will be able to use the attack in short bursts at regular intervals. Not only are the new powers more powerful, but they will also be more precise as well because of improvements to the targeting system. While it may not seem like much, the added precision will actually have a reasonable impact on some aspects of game play. For example, it opens up many possible puzzle scenarios as players will have to use force powers to solve them. In the first game this was not entirely possible as the powers were more combat oriented and could not be controlled as precisely to interact explicitly with the environment. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/star-wars-the-force-unleashed-2-starkiller-puzzle.jpg "Star Wars: The Force Unleashed 2, Starkiller Puzzle") The Force Unleashed was all about empowering the player. It is no surprise then that TFU2 is designed to expand on that with added abilities as well as a greater degree of control. The idea that you can pick up an enemy with force powers and they’ll react accordingly speaks to a lot of Star Wars fans. It’s important, however, that the power is not diluted by repetitiveness. That was one of the major problems with the original game that TFU2 hopes to solve. Since merely adding new skill set’s is not enough, developers have changed some of the enemy types to make combat a more strategic affair. Players will now have to actually think about methods to defeat different enemies; this means that the typical hack and slash mentality won’t suffice. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/star-wars-the-force-unleashed-2-starkiller-stormtroopers.jpg "Star Wars: The Force Unleashed 2, Starkiller vs Stormtroopers") As far as story is concerned, gamers will be playing in the shoes of Starkiller, the protagonist from the first game. The game takes place between Episode III and Episode IV so like TFU, players will be taking on the Republic, a precursor to the Galactic Empire and the rise of Darth Vader. The writers wanted to focus more on developing Starkiller’s character so the story will be narrated on a more personal level. In terms of the different settings, the game will take place on various planets, each with distinct environments players can interact with. Like in the first game, the environments look stunning and promise to add a Star Wars-like feel. Hopefully, these improvements along with the improvements to game-play will lead to a sequel worthy of hype. As of now we’ll just have to wait a little longer to get our game on as The Force Unleashed 2 is set for release October 26th this year. **Buy: [Pre-Order from Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B0030EU3TG/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Link: [The Force Unleashed 2](http://www.lucasarts.com/games/theforceunleashed2/game/index.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Vonage Offers Free VoIP Calls For Facebook Users URL: https://www.skatter.com/vonage-offers-free-voip-calls-for-facebook-users/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:42.000Z Getting the application installed is easy as a click. Users can download the app from the Android Marketplace or the iTunes App Store on the respective devices. Vonage’s website and [Facebook Fan Page](http://www.facebook.com/vonage) offers links to downloading the app as well. Unlike some mobile VoIP services that require a WiFi network, Vonage Mobile works over 3G and 4G as well. While that’s a huge bonus for smartphone users, it will eat up mobile data, which might be an issue for those with capped data plans. However, it still offers an alternatives for those running low on traditional monthly minutes. The app is fairly easy to use as well. Once a user registers for the service with their Facebook credentials, they are good to go. Since both Android and iOS 4 support multitasking, the app can receive incoming calls even when it’s not running in the foreground. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/vonage-iphone-app.jpg "Vonage iPhone App") A list of online Facebook friends appears on the application’s main tab and a Vonage icon pops up besides users that also have the same app installed. While it’s not exactly possible to call friends who don’t own smartphones running the Vonage Mobile app, it is still possible to communicate with them on Facebook Chat. Unfortunately, until this application becomes more popular, there might not be too many registered users just yet. Skatter Tech’s Sahas Katta only found a friend or two with the app on his Android phone. While Vonage brought affordable internet-based residential calling to homes across the country, it’s hard to tell whether Vonage Mobile will catch on. The tech savvy and the younger generation prefer to text over call these days. However, for those running low on minutes with bandwidth to spare, this service makes for a great alternative. Especially considering that it works across various mobile platforms, through different cellular carriers, and beyond international borders at no additional cost. Is this an app you would use? Let us know in the comments! **Links: [Vonage Talk Free](http://apps.facebook.com/vonage-talkfree/?ref=skatter.com) | [Facebook.com/Vonage](http://www.facebook.com/vonage)** ### New Rulings on DMCA Exempt Several Copyright Violations URL: https://www.skatter.com/new-rulings-on-dmca-exempt-several-copyright-violations/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:42.000Z The first exemption from the DMCA is one that most people can probably relate to. Under the exemption, it is now legal to bypass content scrambling systems on DVD movies and incorporate portions of films into Youtube clips, documentaries, etc. In the official definition, media that utilize film content must be for educational purposes, documentary filmmaking, or noncommercial videos. Incorporating short portions of films into personal works must be done so for the purpose of critiquing or commenting on said films. Allowing such an exemption has many positive consequences, especially in the realm of academia, where criticism and commentary on various media serves only to educate and open up insightful conversation. On the consumer side, the impact will be apparent on services like Youtube where copyright issues have led to the removal of many videos. As a result, Google will be less obligated to go through Youtube and remove videos that appear to violate previous copyright law. The new law will also affect a large amount of other online media services also troubled by copyright issues. Those who will certainly feel the full impact of the exemption are of course the content creators themselves. Garnering the most attention, the second exemption from the Copyright Office makes it ok to jailbreak your iPhone. In its entirety, the new law covers any computer programs that enable wireless telephone handsets to execute software applications. That means it’s ok to install any legally acquired software on your phone that is not native to the device. Part of the reasoning behind this is that you’ve already paid for your phone, meaning you should be given the freedom to make modifications and improve the user experience. The notion of user freedom pertains particularly to the closed business model that the iPhone’s app store uses. Since jail-breaking an iPhone is financially risky from the consumer’s standpoint due to device problems that might follow, the case that consumers should have a choice as to what application software they run on their device becomes stronger. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/us-seal.jpg "US Seal") It should be noted, however, that the ruling does not necessarily make jail-breaking legal, but instead means that jail-breaking a phone is not a violation of copyright law. Based on that conclusion, voiding the warranties of jail-broken iPhones is well within Apple’s rights because copyright law is not the only way the company can keep its users in check. While many Apple products like the iPhone offer a relatively seamless user experience, they are also isolated from many 3rd party applications and services.In this specific case, Apple’s legal power over jail-breaking has been greatly diminished because as stated by the Copyright Office, “while a copyright owner might try to restrict the programs that can be run on a particular operating system, copyright law is not the vehicle for imposition of such restrictions.” Alternatively, Apple has the right to deny the legitimacy of 3rd party software or firmware on their platform through means like voiding warranties or disallowing certain apps. However, even that right is actively subject to investigation by the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) due to signs that Apple could be violating anti-trust policy through monopolistic business practices. The third exemption makes it legal for individuals to unlock a phone using non-proprietary software and use it on another network. Often times cell phone users may want to use the same phone but with a different provider. Since providers like AT&T operate on GSM, customers can travel internationally with their phones and change sim-cards. However, this can only be done by unlocking the phone from AT&T’s network with their permission and at a cost. Certain other providers that operate on CDMA lock their phones as well but don’t give customers the option to unlock them, effectively tying the user to their network. As a result, using non-proprietary software to unlock a phone from a network is a common practice, even though it previously violated the DMCA. The new ruling from the Copyright Office now legitimizes this practice, giving customers the freedom to choose their phone’s network. Of the other three exemptions, the first allows users to crack video game digital rights management controls to probe security flaws, the second allows users to bypass broken or irreplaceable dongles used to access certain computer programs, and the last lets users circumvent locks on eBook readers if they don’t support screen reader use. While these exemptions are significant in their own right, they do not bear the same importance as the ones discussed earlier. Part of the reason they aren’t as important is because of the limited number of people they will affect. In contrast, copyright issues involving motion pictures affect a diverse group of interests and services. Similarly, letting users jail-break and unlock their phones legitimizes both practices for the mobile phone market. While copyright law may have not have stopped many individuals from jail-breaking or unlocking anyway, those who previously didn’t due to the illegality of both may reconsider the idea. That though doesn’t necessarily mean that a vast number of people will start modifying their phones. For the most part, the average consumer won’t notice a difference and Apple will continue with its usual policies. The new exemptions from the DMCA undoubtedly take a step towards giving the average consumer more freedom. The case was made that none of the activities in any way violate copyright law. Some of the exemptions will have tangible effects while others are symbolic and make things more official. More than anything, they set a precedent for future decisions involving copyright issues. Hopefully in the future we’ll see more decisions like this that level the playing field between consumers and copyright owners. **Related: [The Future of the Internet: Net Neutrality](https://www.skatter.com/the-future-of-the-internet-net-neutrality/)** **Links: [New DMCA Rulings](http://www.copyright.gov/1201/?ref=skatter.com)** *Note: Image Courtesy [MikeBlogs](http://www.flickr.com/photos/mikeblogs/?ref=skatter.com)* ### August 2010 Game Releases URL: https://www.skatter.com/august-2010-game-releases/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:43.000Z __**Upcoming: August 2010**__ | Date | Game Title | Console | | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------- | | Aug. 10 | **[Scott Pilgrim vs. The World](http://www.ubi.com/US/Games/Info.aspx?pId=8847&ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360 | | Aug. 10 | **[Madden NFL 2011](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002I0J4FW/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360, Wii | | Aug. 11 | **[Monday Night Combat](http://www.uberent.com/?ref=skatter.com)** | 360 | | Aug. 17 | **[Toy Story Collector’s Edition](http://www.buy.com/prod/toy-story-3-blu-ray-hybrid-toy-story-3-the-video-game-plus-blu-ray/q/loc/108/215919383.html?listingid=-1&ref=skatter.com)** | PS3 | | Aug. 17 | **[Kane & Lynch 2: The Dog Days](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B0023CBY4E/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360, PC | | Aug. 18 | **[Lara Croft and the Guardian of Light ](http://www.laracroftandtheguardianoflight.com/?ref=skatter.com)** | 360 | | Aug. 24 | **[Mafia II](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B000ZK698C/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360, PC | | Aug. 24 | **[Shank](http://kleientertainment.com/games/shank/?ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360 | | Aug. 24 | **[NHL 2K11](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003FVMQWQ/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | Wii | | Aug. 30 | **[Red Dead Redemption: Legends and Killers (DLC)](http://www.rockstargames.com/newswire/article/7441/red%5Fdead%5Fredemption%5Flegends%5Fand%5Fkillers%5Fpack%5Favailable%5Ffor%5Fdownload%5Fon%5Faugust%5F10th.article?ref=skatter.com)** | PS3, 360 | | Aug. 31 | **[Dead Rising: Case Zero (DLC)](http://www.planetxbox360.com/article%5F9674/The%5FDead%5FRising%5FCASE%5FZERO%5FDemo%5Fis%5FExclusive%5Fto%5FXbox%5F360?ref=skatter.com)** | 360 | | Aug. 31 | **[Meteroid: Other M](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002BSC4ZS/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | Wii | | Aug. 31 | **[Combat Wings: The Great Battles of WWII](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002KASJCO/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | Wii | ### Google Wave Development Stops URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-wave-development-stops/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:44.000Z Google Wave presented some revolutionary ideas in terms of web communication and conferencing. Although Google has no plans to continue development for Wave, Urs Hölzle, Senior Vice President, Operations & Google Fellow wrote, “the central parts of the code, as well as the protocols that have driven many of Wave’s innovation
are already available as open source, so customers and partners can continue the innovation we began”. Therefore, even though Wave will be sitting on the sidelines for the foreseeable future, Google still believes in the product they made even if the wide majority of users never fully supported Wave in the first place. Moreover, it’s really a no brainer why people didn’t adopt Wave when tools like Google Talk work extraordinarily well. Users tend to stick with things that works well, and few make the switch to another service, even if it is technically better. On top of that, most people don’t need to see live character-by-character display so most just stuck with what they knew. [![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/google-io-wave.png "Google I/O: Wave")](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/google-io-wave-e1274360953660.png?ref=skatter.com) Even though Wave will reach its end a bit prematurely, many of the communication breakthroughs it ushered in will not be forgotten. In fact, I would go so far as to say that we could see character-by-character display, full history, and drag-and-drop files in Google Talk in the very near future. On the plus side, with the development team shifting gears away from Google Wave, the minds at Google can now focus their time on creating another innovative application. **Related: [Google I/O: Day 1](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-1/) | [Google I/O: Day 2](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/)** **Links: [Google Wave Development Stopped](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2010/08/update-on-google-wave.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Firefox Tab Candy (Preview) URL: https://www.skatter.com/firefox-tab-candy-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:44.000Z More often than I’d like, I’ve had to spend some time scrolling through a long list of tabs to find the one I want. With Tab Candy, users can now easily zoom out and view all active tabs. Tab Candy also allows users to create, edit, and personalize groups by dragging two tabs onto each other. These groups can even be named to take organization to a whole new level. Previously, it wasn’t practical to have more than 15 tabs open in one window. However, thanks to the convenient spacing of groups, users can now easily fit 30 or so tabs in a relatively tiny screen. Groups and tabs can easily be moved around and edited much like the famous Expose and Spaces feature on Mac’s. Say that you’re in the “zoomed out mode” and you decide to work on a specific tab that is part of a specific group. Clicking on that group and tab will pull up the browser that only contains the tabs from the selected group. The idea here is to keep the tab bar clutter-free by only including relevant tabs. However, I think that this feature of Tab Candy can potentially be cumbersome at times; it’s not always the case that I only want to work with tabs from one specific group. Other than that one gripe, I think that Tab Candy is exactly what will organize and facilitate a better online browsing experience. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/firefox-tab-candy.jpg "Firefox Tab Candy") While the current version of does not support a whole lot other than tabs and groups, the Tab Candy team is working to bring some new powerful and convenient features into play. The most powerful such feature is the ability to search. Even if things are organized, it might take you a while to find something. The search feature will instantly bring up relevant tabs based on the keywords you type in. Currently, Tab Candy is still in early trial stages. The alpha version is still a very alpha build of Firefox itself with Tab Candy enabled. It’s not a Firefox extension that can quickly be installed. At this point, the Tab Candy team is avidly running tests, optimizing performance, and trying to fix bugs. All in all, Tab Candy is the next step into a future beyond tabbed browsing. With the amount of information that we have at our fingertips its easy to get lost in the multitude of tabs. We need an easy and convenient way for us to organize information, which is exactly what Tab Candy promises. It might be too early to say anything for sure, but all we can do for now is sit tight and eagerly wait for a stable release. **Related: [Firefox 4 Beta 1 Arrives](https://www.skatter.com/firefox-4-beta-1-arrives/)** **Links: [Tab Candy](http://www.azarask.in/blog/post/tabcandy/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Zombrex Dead Rising Sun Hits Xbox LIVE URL: https://www.skatter.com/zombrex-dead-rising-sun-hits-xbox-live/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:45.000Z Zombrex Dead Rising Sun is a side project of Keiji’s which he hopes will excite fans and invoke enthusiasm for the upcoming game. Keiji spent his time at Comic-Con talking about how he had just as much fun shooting it as he hopes we will have watching. His intentions are comical in mocking the infamous “bad movie” style in producing this soon to be classic zombie flick. The investigation into the development of Zombrex itself, a medicinal treatment for the infected, is just one part of Keiji’s process of growing the Dead Rising universe and detailing a back story. If you would like to watch these webisodes, simply connect to Xbox LIVE, go to Game Marketplace, then finally to New Arrivals in Game Videos. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/zombrex-two-brothers.jpg "Zombrex DRS Confrontation ") For those out there who are unfamiliar with the name, Keiji is the father of Rockman (a.k.a. Mega Man) and the producer behind the Dead Rising series. The Dead Rising universe is one that gives players the ability to do whatever is necessary to survive a zombie outbreak with whatever they can get their hands on. The first game followed Frank West, a reporter stranded at the scene of an outbreak in a mall, a location that gave the player the ability to use anything from guitars to mall benches to lawn mowers to fight against the zombies. The upcoming sequel, Dead Rising 2, takes on the point of view of Chuck Greene in Las Vegas, a loving father doing whatever he can to earn money and buy the temporary cure his infected daughter needs– Zombrex. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/zombrex-shooting-night.jpg "Zombrex DRS Night Scene ") Zombrex is not just the topic that bridges into this movie, but is also an interesting twist in the zombie-ridden Dead Rising universe. Whereas in the previous title Frank West had no objective besides surviving, Chuck Greene is now motivated to actually stay in infected zones in order to earn money and purchase the new suppressant to keep his daughter alive and you know, non-zombie. Chuck will earn cash through a series of unique, ridiculous challenges that one can only imagine in a post-apocolyptic Vegas gameshow called “Terror is Reality.” In the previous game, photography was a vital gameplay element for Frank to progress through the game. Chuck changes things up and replaces skill with a camera with one that allows him to combine unique weapons like a TNT teddy bear or dual chainsaw spear. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/dead-rising-co-op.jpg "Dead Rising 2 Snowflake ") There is a significantly larger amount of thought and development going into the production of Dead Rising 2 compared to its predecessor. During the Dead Rising 2 Panel at Comic-Con 2010, Keiji emphasized just how much “bigger and better” this sequel is going to be. Some of the big announcements and confirmations included the addition of online multiplayer and prologue DLC. The terms of multiplayer are still unclear, although images of co-op and mini-game style versus were shown at the panel. The DLC is coming out by the end of this August (almost a month before the actual game is released) and is called DR2: Case Zero. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/dr2-case-zero-truck-top.jpg "Dead Rising 2 Case Zero") Dead Rising 2: Case Zero is the story of how Chuck’s daughter becomes infected, thus beginning his fight for survival. The events of Case Zero take place three years before those of Dead Rising 2, and open Chuck up to the world of zombies as well as his talents of item-combination. At the panel, Keiji mentioned how players can earn achievements and learn skills in the prologue which will carry over into the actual game. It will cost 400 Microsoft Points, which Keiji assures us is half of what his production team asked for. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ARP88JzbsEI](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ARP88JzbsEI&ref=skatter.com) With early DLC, confirmed multiplayer, and an entire free movie dedicated to the Dead Rising 2 universe, Blue Castle and the Dead Rising Team are playing all their cards to make this title hit big with fans. Keiji Inafune talked about Zombrex Dead Rising Sun and how much fun it was to create an openly cheesey zombie film. Zombrex DRS is going to open up a whole new chapter in the Dead Rising universe for fans by following a handicapped protagonist in a zombie outbreak. While he may be confined to his wheelchair, he is certainly not helpless, considering just how creative his weapons and means of survival can get. Those of you with an Xbox LIVE membership should go download the first three episodes today! And for the rest of you eager to dive into the Dead Rising 2 story, just hang tight till August 11th for your chance to see the first three episodes on[ Dead Rising Sun’s website.](http://www.deadrisingsun.com/?ref=skatter.com#/home) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/release-dates.png "Zombrex Dead Rising Sun Release Dates") **Links: [Capcom Unity](http://www.capcom-unity.com/jgonzo/blog/2010/08/03/zombrex%5Fdead%5Frising%5Fsun%5Fmovie%5Fepisodes%5F1-3%5Fnow%5Favailable%5Fon%5Fxbox%5Flive?ref=skatter.com) | [Dead Rising Sun](http://www.deadrisingsun.com/?ref=skatter.com#/home)** ### YouTube Adds New Features URL: https://www.skatter.com/youtube-adds-new-features/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:46.000Z **4K Quality Videos** Announced at VidCon 2010, the ability to view videos in 4K illustrates the fact that YouTube really is on the cutting edge of video streaming. Back in in November 2009, the company announced that videos could be uploaded and watched in 1080p or Full HD, and less than a year later, YouTube has kicked it up a notch with 4K video. At 4096 x 2304, 4K video is roughly four times the resolution of a 1080p, which means the video will be much sharper
for the people that can actually stream it. YouTube’s blog gave a friendly reminder to reader’s that 4K video, although great, is most certainly not for everyone. The fact that the video quality will be so much clearer also means that the file “will require ultra-fast high-speed broadband connections” in order to stream them. However, if you do have a ridiculously fast connection, then by simply clicking the “Original” button under the settings tab will allow you to view any video in its intended format. As of now, it’s safe to say that most users will stick with stream their videos in 1080p since Full HD already produces a very clear picture and most consumers do not have fiber optic cable to their houses. Nevertheless, this is still exciting stuff for users, and it’s one step further in evolution of video streaming. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/youtube-leanback.jpg "YouTube Leanback") ****YouTube Leanback** **Although the 4K update won’t be used by as many users right away, [YouTube Leanback](http://www.youtube.com/leanback?ref=skatter.com) is a beta that anyone can try out right now and is meant to change the way we understand streamed video. Kuan Young, Senior Product Manager, wrote in [YouTube’s blog](http://youtube-global.blogspot.com/2010/07/youtube-leanback-offers-effortless.html?ref=skatter.com) that Leanback is “all about letting you sit back, relax and be entertained” allowing users to lean back and enjoy their content. Simply sign on to Leanback and YouTube will play videos according to your preferences and previously viewed videos. The feature automatically loads in fullscreen, and if you click on the video, it brings up the controls where you can play, skip, fast forward, rewind, rate the video or cycle through other videos that YouTube recommends. Once you load up Leanback, your mouse can take a much needed break. Like 4K videos, I find Leanback to be another one of YouTube’s many innovations in video watching, and it’s great for when I just want to watch fight clips of Tekken 6 or a T.V show that has been divided into segments. In conjunction with 4K videos, Leanback could be a feature that many other streaming websites will eventually offer to browsers because what Young says is very true: “Watching YouTube becomes as easy as watching TV.”** ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/youtube-upload-limit-increased.jpg "YouTube Upload Limit Increased") ****Upload Limit Increases to 15 Minutes** **Finally, Joshua Siegel, Production Manager, Upload and Video Mangement, announced that YouTube would finally address the “number one requested feature by our creators,” the upload limit of 10 minutes on videos. On July 27th, YouTube officially increased the upload limit from 10 minutes to 15 minutes. Siegel went on to address the fact that it has taken quite a bit of time for YouTube to expand the minute cap, but “all of the major U.S. movie studios, music labels and over 1,000 other global partners use Content ID” increasing the minute cap is finally possible. Looking through the comments, some YouTubers were upset that the increase was only in an increment of five minutes, but I would argue that five minutes is a good enough amount for now. My personal video streaming habits involve watching the World Series of Poker online, which are usually spliced into five parts because of the previous 10 minute cap. With the additional five minutes, I can now shorten the number of videos from five to three more convenient segments, but if I could shorten it down to two or even one 50 minute long video then I would be a very happy subscriber. However, it would be extremely expensive for YouTube to grow from 10 minutes to 50 minutes in such a short period of time. As YouTube grows and technology progresses, the time limit should be increased accordingly. I suspect that we will begin seeing an increase once every year or so in the time limit for videos.** **Links: [YouTube Blog](http://youtube-global.blogspot.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [YouTube.com](http://www.youtube.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### RIM Launches The BlackBerry Torch URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-launches-the-blackberry-torch/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:47.000Z [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plWOkI\_Urwo&hd=1](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plWOkI%5FUrwo&hd=1&ref=skatter.com) **BlackBerry 6** With the debut of iOS 4 and Android 2.2, it wouldn’t have made sense for RIM to hold onto their next generation BlackBerry OS for any longer. Version 6.0 brings plenty 2010 features to the mobile operating system. For starters, RIM entirely revamped the home screen interface bringing more user personalization and faster ways to find the most used apps. Also prominently featured is a native Universal Search tool which lets users bring up results from within applications whether it’s an address book, an email inbox, a calendar, or a 3rd party app right from the home screen. A new notification drop down, much like Android, consolidates the latest alerts and reminders from instant messaging, email, and other apps. With an ever-growing dependence on social networks, the BlackBerry 6 Social Feeds feature adds support for RSS, BB Messenger, Facebook, and Twitter. The interface even allows updating status messages for multiple accounts from a single location. Heavy email users can continue to a further improved universal inbox as well. The last generation of BlackBerry devices suffered when it came to web browsing due to a lackluster rendering engine. Fortunately, the new OS sports a webkit-based HTML5 browser with tabbed browsing. Since RIM’s initial concentration was business users, the company never pushed to improve multimedia capabilities. As competing smartphones brought well-polished entertainment features, BlackBerry devices were somewhat left in the dark. However, BlackBerry 6 brings a revamped music, photo, and video capabilities. For instance, the platform supports native playback of the popular FLAC file format, which is popular amongst audiophiles, giving it an edge over iPods, Zunes, iPhones, and Android devices. It of course also supports widely-used MP3s, AAC, WMA, OGG, and a few other formats. And for video, it includes codecs for MP4, H.264, WMV and more. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/blackberry-torch-specs.jpg "Blackberry Torch Specs") **BlackBerry Torch** As for RIM’s flagship device, it’s somewhat of a mix bag. There’s nothing astonishing about the design or hardware. The slider form factor, which reveals a QWERTY keyboard under a touch screen, is almost exactly the same layout as the now-defunct [Palm Pre](https://www.skatter.com/palm-pre-plus-verizon-wireless-review/). It’s a new design for the company, which deviates from their standard candybar layout. However the reasoning for this layout is clear. The touch-only BlackBerry Storm didn’t suite business users too well and making a multimedia device for the average consumer without a touch screen isn’t possible in 2010\. As a result, we have the Torch, a mashup of the best of both worlds. A touch screen offers an intuitive refreshing experience, however long-time BlackBerry users can always resort to the optical trackpad and physical QWERTY keyboard. There are even dedicated keys for Send, Menu, Back, and End. As for hardware specs, there are a few lackings. While the [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) and the [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) sport TI 1GHz OMAP and SnapDragon 1GHz processors, respectively, the Torch relies on a 624 Mhz processor. And in a market with a high pixel density iPhone 4 Retina display and monstrous 4.3 inch screens of the aforementioned Android devices, the Torch falls short again. A 3.2 inch screen is a bit too small and the HVGA 480-by-360 pixel resolution isn’t particularly astonishing. As for other specs, the Torch sports WiFi 802.11 b/g/n, GPS, 3G, light detectors, proximity sensors, and more. There’s 4GB of on-board storage and the device comes with a 4GB microSD (supports 32GB cards). The Torch also sports a 5 megapixel camera with auto-focus, image stabilization, flash, VGA video recording, and geo-tagging. Aside from that, there’s a 3.5 mm headphone jack, speaker phone, Bluetooth, and a few other essentials. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/blackberry-torch-side-att.jpg "Blackberry Torch Side AT&T") **Availability and Pricing** For those considering the BlackBerry Torch, the device will be available exclusively for AT&T customers on August 12th in retail stores and online. Best Buy, Wal-Mart, and Radio Shack will also carry the device initially. As for pricing, the Torch will run customers $199 after signing a new two-year contract. As for data plans, which are required, AT&T offers a $15 option for 200 MB and a $25 option for 2GB of bandwidth. **Links: [AT&T.com BlackBerry Torch](http://www.att.com/blackberrytorch?ref=skatter.com) | [BlackBerry.com Torch](http://www.att.com/blackberrytorch?ref=skatter.com)** ### Logitech Alert 750i and 750e System URL: https://www.skatter.com/logitech-alert-750i-and-750e-system/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:47.000Z Logitech states that both cameras are “Logitech Alert smart cameras” which means that they will have a built-in DVR and “automatically record video when motion is detected”. Included with the camera will be the Logitech Alert software, which is necessary to configure, record, and review your video. Once the computer is connected to the network and the camera is plugged in, you can immediately begin recording. It might not be as easy as easy as “plugging in a toaster”, as the press release might lead you to believe, but it’s a far superior install process compared to rewiring your house or business. All of these features will be available on both the 750i and 750e; in addition, the 750e is completely weatherproof and has night vision recording for additional security. If you’re in need of multiple cameras, Logitech is also releasing the 700i and 700e add on cameras priced at $229.99 and $279.99, respectively. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/logitech-alert-750i-750e-2.jpg "Logitech Alert 750i, 750e") Finally, the coolest feature of this system is the ability to connect the Alert system to your smartphone or laptop so that you can check on your house or business anywhere at any time. The included Logitech Alert Commander software will allow free remote viewing on a computer or smartphone, but if you are a frequent traveler or security nut, Logitech is also releasing the Logitech Alert Web and Mobile Commander service which allows users to use all the features of their main system on their laptop or mobile device. This means that as long as you are connected to the internet you can “configure your video security system, watch live video, archive recorded video on your PC and review the recordings captured by your camera”. These features are normally only available on the computer that has the original Logitech Alert software installed, but if you subscribe to the $79.99 per year Web and Mobile Commander service then all those services will become available with you wherever you go. Although the Logitech website is currently sold out of both systems, you can pre-order now and the company will ship it as soon as possible. Although Skatter Tech, cannot confirm or deny the quality of these new Logitech camera’s, I have had excellent experience with many Logitech products including their webcams, and these options are much cheaper than the alternatives. As of this time, buy at your own accord. The video security market is characterized by expensive, hard-to-install and hard-to-use security systems, as well as poor-quality monitoring cameras,” said Eric Kintz, vice president and general manager of Logitech’s video business.“ As part of our vision to bring HD video to anyone, anywhere, Logitech is thrilled to introduce a completely new video security solution to consumers and small businesses, which offers HD video quality and motion-triggered live viewing and recording at attractive price points.” Logitech also plans to bring Logitech Alert to the TV later this year, by enabling Logitech Revueℱ with Google TV customers to view who is at their front door or check in on the baby in the crib, without leaving their couch. Although there are DIY ways of making security cameras, these usually involve a significant amount of time, and effort and use traditional webcams. Although the Alert System isn’t for larger companies, it will greatly cut costs for startups, small businesses and even paranoid individuals. **Buy: [Logitech 750i for $300](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003X26LYG/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** | [**Logitech 750e for $350**](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003X26LXW/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) **Links: [Logitech 750i](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/webcam-communications/video-security-systems/master-systems/devices/7251?ref=skatter.com) | [Logitech 750e](http://www.logitech.com/en-us/webcam-communications/video-security-systems/master-systems/devices/7252?ref=skatter.com)** ### Infinitec Opens Up Its ‘Infinite’ USB Drive For Pre-Order URL: https://www.skatter.com/infinitec-opens-up-its-infinite-usb-drive-for-pre-order/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:47.000Z What makes Infinitec’s new drive ‘infinite’ is it’s ability to utilize local wireless networks for the transfer of data. That’s right. It’s essentially a USB drive that’s wirelessly enabled. All you need to do is install the software and pair the device with your computer, which it recognizes as the host. From there on, the device uses your computer’s hard disk space as its own, in other word making ‘infinite.’ Two devices on the same local network can share and stream content with each other without worrying about drive capacity. All this is done through the software provided with the device called Infinite Portal which lets users adjust settings like maximum drive capacity, file system type, etc. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/08/ium-connected-laptops1.jpg "Infinitec IUM Connected Laptops") What’s even more interesting about Infinitec’s new IUM device is its dual Wi-Fi capabilities. What that means is that a IUM-enabled device can connect to another device while still being connected to the Web via a different network. This feature is incredibly useful as you don’t need to stop general web browsing in order to enable the IUM wireless bridge. While being connected to two networks seems inefficient, it’s certainly more useful than only being able to use the USB device to keep two devices connected. In addition to dual-Wi-Fi capability, the IUM device is supported by a wide variety of platforms and different types of devices. That includes the ability to pair and stream media with video game consoles, printers, TVs and a whole host of other media devices. For example, users can stream photos on an LCD TV from their computer or stream media through an Xbox or PS3. The ‘infinite’ USB drive is a device that offers an innovative solution for individuals data storage needs. It’s hard to point out any obvious flaws with the concept of wirelessly accessing a large amount of data via a thumb drive. That combined with the dual-Wi-Fi feature and the general compatibility of the IUM device make it even more appealing. As someone who loves collecting and sending music, I’ve long been on the lookout for the perfect solution. Instead of shuffling back and forth with small amounts out of hundreds of GBs of files, the ‘infinite’ USB drive might just be the savior someone like me has been looking for. We’ll just have to wait and see if it makes file transfer as efficient as Infinitec makes it out to be. Right now pre-ordering a device will cost you $129 and delivery will start August 31st. **Link: [IUM Drive](http://www.infinitec.com/ium%5Fdrive/features.php?ref=skatter.com)** ### Casio Exilim EX-S7 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/casio-exilim-ex-s7-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:21.000Z **EX-S7 Specifications:** - Sensor Resolution: 12.1 megapixels - Max Video Resolution: 1280 x 720 pixels - Screen Size: 2.7 inch TFT LCD (960 x 240) - Optical Zoom: 3x | Digital Zoom: 4x - Dimensions: 3.8 x 2.2 x 0.78 inches - Weight: 4 oz. - Connectivity: USB and AV out - Battery: Rechargeable lithium-ion battery (NP-80) - Storage: SDHC/SD Memory Card, 35.2MB Internal **Design and Ergonomics:** Casio’s compact and lightweight design for the EX-S7 is clean, practical, and stylish for a point-and-shoot camera. Although almost entirely plastic, the camera feels robust. The charcoal grey design with silver borders offers a great contrast. It doesn’t look as bland or dull as the silver EX-Z35 either. One nuisance is the lack of a dedicated macro button, which is generally standard for most point-and-shoot cameras I’ve come across. A few other essentials, which should be easily accessible, require digging into the menu interface. I also found it an oddity that the camera shutter key was independent from the video record button. For instance, clicking the capture button when in “YouTube mode” brings up a warning. While this is more of a preference, the overall layout makes for an easy-to-use design. It’s fairly user-friendly, however it could definitely use some user interface improvements. As for the hardware, the Exilim S7 has a fairly common layout. The back sports the LCD screen with those previously-mentioned controls on the right. The power button, zoom controls, and shutter key are on top. The front face has a larger Exilim emblem and the 3x optical lens besides it. A speaker, tripod mount, and a slide out cover which reveals the battery pack and SD card slot are on the bottom. It’s light enough to slide into a pocket or store in a purse. While this camera isn’t bulletproof, it should last through a few years of use. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/casio-exilim-ex-s7-lens.jpg "Casio Exilim EX-S7: Lens") **Features:** The EX-S7 sports plenty of helpful features such as face detection which automatically focuses the lens to hone in on people. A best shot mode automatically makes a decision based of lighting and other situational factors for the necessary settings for a clear image. YouTube mode creates an optimized video for easy uploads and a eBay mode helps with product shots. There’s also a “dumbed-down” easy mode which locks up access to most settings and configuration options. While it’s not ideal for real photographers or even those willing to dig into the settings, it’s a great feature for technology inadequate persons such as grandparents or young children. It’s essentially foolproof in some regards. The inclusion of that feature should definitely be appealing to certain market segments as it lowers the learning curve and prevents accidental changes. From these features, one thing is clear: the EX-S7 is intended for inexperienced or first time digital camera users. However, Casio had some surprises in store. After finding my way through some menu settings, I found extra options such as ISO settings, exposure adjustments, manual focus, and even the ability to select an autofocus region. While these features try to emulate a DSLR camera, they aren’t comparable. However, with that in mind, it’s still a neat addition which shows that affordable cameras are becoming better with every iteration. As those first time users become more familiar with this camera, it’s easy for them to explore some “advance features” which will open the door into slightly more professional cameras. **Image Quality:** Although companies including Casio are pumping more and more pixels into sensors each year, it doesn’t necessarily equate to improved image quality. The image quality from 12.1 megapixel sensor, which captures images at a max resolution of 4000-by-3000 pixels, varies significantly on various conditions. For instance, bright outdoor conditions make for accurately exposed and noise free images. Colors are rich and focus is sharp too. Unfortunately, Casio’s technology in the EX-S7 suffers in low-light situations. The flash helps in some regards, however it still leads to loss of detail. It also often fails to focus properly in darker environments. I found image quality to be a slight step up from the EX-Z35, but not by much. At times, I felt image quality on my three-year old Sony CyberShot DSC-T100 was better. For the most part, at an affordable price point, it performed quite well. The turn around time for each capture was less than a half second. Using the included modes and settings helps reach the camera’s full potential. While automation is a key point, it doesn’t necessarily choose the best settings for odd conditions. For instance, switching over to the eBay mode for close-up shots or to the YouTube mode for video recording helps both image and video quality. The ISO settings also functioned as intended, which is a plus. Although I do point out the automation aspect of the Exilim series, even those that know nothing about cameras should spend a few minutes digging through the settings if they intend to improve their photographing abilities ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/05/casio-exilim-ex-s7-back.jpg "Casio Exilim EX-S7: Back") **Other Notes** I did take issue, however, with a few items about the camera. The LCD monitor looked grainy when viewing photos in playback mode, and the USB port cover is frustratingly hard to dislodge. Getting the cover open so that I could stick the proprietary USB cable inside proved more difficult than necessary. In addition, once it is in the open position with the cable in place, the cover is so obviously strained that it doesn’t seem like it’ll survive the smallest of tears – likely if you see a slight tear, a clean break is sure to follow. I don’t approve of this aspect of the camera nor do I favor the proprietary cables. To be fair, though, I have yet to test the strength of the port cover against the rigors of everyday use. **The Bottom Line** When it comes down to considering Casio’s Exilim EX-S7, the $139 price point is actually fairly reasonable. In fact, if you shop around, sites such as [Amazon.com offer it for as low as $109](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003A02HM6?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003A02HM6&ref=skatter.com). The camera offers fairly decent image quality for those making a step into amateur photography. The S7 is a major step up from just about any mobile phone’s camera. With support for 720p video resolutions and simple configuration modes, it makes a great sell. Teenagers and casual users will appreciate this camera. It’s also something users are more likely to carry around without worrying about it getting lost or stolen. Casio delivers a solid camera and plentiful features in the EX-S7\. You need look no further for a camera that suits your needs and a limited budget. **Buy: [$109 for Exilim EX-S7 on Amazon.com](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003A02HM6?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003A02HM6&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Casio.com Exilim EX-S7 Information](http://exilim.casio.com/products%5Fexs7.shtml?ref=skatter.com)** *Editors Note: This article was partially contributed by Chaynor Hsiao, a temporary contributor.* ### Motorola Devour For Verizon Wireless (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-devour-for-verizon-wireless-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:21.000Z **The Hardware** Much like last year’s [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/), the Devour is also built like a tank. While not as robust, it doesn’t have a cheap lightweight plastic feel. Instead it houses a silver coated heavy aluminum encasement with black rubberized keys for contrast. The slide out design, which reveals the keyboard, isn’t new either. There’s a flush power/unlock button on the top, while a camera shutter, voice command key, and volume rocker are on the right side. The front side features an oddly positioned square trackpad off to the bottom left. A row of three touch-enabled buttons offer instant access to the Menu, Home, and Back commands. It lacks a dedicated search command, which is now heavily featured on most smartphones. As for the trackpad, it occasional comes in handy for some finicky one-handed use, but is unnecessary for the most part. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/motorola-devour-side.jpg "Motorola Devour Side") Aside from those features, there’s an odd side access door on the left for removing battery pack besides a microUSB port for charging and data transfer. The 3 megapixel camera, which lacks a complementary flash, resides on the back side. A standard 3.5 mm headphone jack is, thankfully, featured on the top and the bottom of the phone has perforations for a speaker. There’s noting unique, refreshing, or outstanding about the design, but it gets the job done. **The Display** The 3.1 inch 480-by-320 pixel LCD display isn’t particularly outstanding. The screen recedes into the casing with a large black border surrounding it. Unfortunately, those characteristics makes the screen seem even smaller and that’s not even to mention the 4.3 inch displays on phones such as the [EVO 4G and Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x/). Viewing angles aren’t great and neither is outdoor viewing. It’s a step up from widely available feature phones, but isn’t comparable to the displays on the latest generation of smartphones. The colors aren’t as rich as they should be and photos also appear washed out. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/motorola-devour-keyboard.jpg "Motorola Devour Keyboard") **The Keyboard** Although I was a huge fan of physical keyboards back when smartphones were still a rarity, I’ve since become comfortable with touch-screen ones. The iPhone probably set the standard for building robust virtual keyboards and as a result, most smartphones have a decent competing one. And with [technologies such as Swype](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/), physical keyboards are slowly becoming unnecessary for mobile devices. Thankfully, the physical keyboard on the Devour is much-needed due to a poorly implemented virtual one. It’s a step up from the Motorola Droid, which had flat keys with minimal spacing separation. However, in the process, Motorola did away with a directional-pad. Instead, they expect users to reach towards the touch-sensitive trackpad for navigating. The package works, but it isn’t nearly an ideal configuration. **The Operating System** The Devour runs on Android v1.6, which is a major step behind the latest set of smartphones running Android 2.1 and those beginning to get v2.2\. While Motorola hopes to improve the native Android experience with MotoBlur, much like the AT&T Backflip, the custom overlay destroys the experience. Although it adds some social networking integration and brings a set of widgets to the home screens, the interface is slow and somewhat of a nuisance. It’s not nearly as responsive as an Apple iPhone’s OS. New Devour users probably won’t feel the sluggishness too much until they get their hands on a newer device such as the [EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) or [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/). Even the accelerometer fails to respond promptly. Another problem ensured with the proximity sensor which wouldn’t turn off the display, resulting in accidental presses when held up to my ear. And in regards to potential upgrades to Android 2.0, 2.1, or 2.2, chances are slim. While smartphones should be future proof to a certain extent due to software updates, these early generation devices aren’t. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/motorola-devour-keys.jpg "Motorola Devour Keys") ****Applications and Widgets** **While I expected the same experience that I had on the Motorola Droid with this Devour, I ran into some interesting issues. Often running the same applications that worked on the Droid would freeze or crash on the Devour. Even a factory reset didn’t solve the problem. The screen is also a bit too small for a smartphone. While 4.3 inch screens are a bit too large, something in between is an appropriate size. However, I should mention that I did appreciate the basic Facebook and Twitter integration. It helps average users access those services, however power users should download the full-fledged apps for those services from the Android Marketplace. Unfortunately, it’s not possible to uninstall pre-loaded social networking apps leading to duplicated functionality, however it’s not too difficult to ignore.** **The Camera** The Devour sports a 3 megapixel camera on the back. And yes, that’s not up to par with today’s generation of smartphones. The [iPhone 4](https://www.skatter.com/apple-presents-iphone-4-at-wwdc/) sports a 5 megapixel sensor while the Droid X has an 8 megapixel camera. The camera app takes a few seconds to load being far from instantaneous. There’s no LED flash to accompany the camera and that’s a shame since it doesn’t perform well in low-light situations to begin with. Images are grainy and due to a lack of auto-focus, images don’t exactly look sharp. While I’ve yet to see any smartphone camera beat the quality of a decent point-and-shoot, devices such as the HTC EVO 4G are a reasonable alternative. However, the same can’t be said for the Devour. You simply don’t want to be taking photos with this phone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/motorola-devour-camera.jpg "Motorola Devour Camera") **The Battery** A phone in 2010 should last through a least a day’s worth of use. Feature phones from just a few years ago often made it through a few days without needing a recharge. However, that’s not the case for smartphones. With always-on 3G, WiFi chips, fast processors, Bluetooth, and apps, these new phones can’t compare. While devices such as the iPhone 4 have drastically improved on battery life, the Devour fails to last through a day. Even with managing usage and enabled features wisely, it still runs out of juice quickly. For instance, with the display dimmed, GPS and WiFi turned off, and listening to music while browsing the web, battery drops to 50% in just an hour. For those that plan to use this phone through out the day, it’s probably in your best interest to keep a charger at home, at work, and buy a car one too. If you have to charge your device more than twice a day, it’s not practical. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/motorola-devour-back.jpg "Motorola Devour Back") **The Bottom Line** When it comes down considering this phone, there’s one unfortunate conclusion: don’t buy it. The Devour isn’t necessarily a bad phone, but there are simply other devices that are better. Sure, the Devour goes for just $80 with two-year contract while the Droid X is $200, more than twice the price. However the monthly voice and data plan rates remain the same with either phone. In a two-year period with the cheapest calling and texting plans, the Devour bill will stack up to around $1880 while the Droid X reaches $2000\. When looking at it from a long-term perspective, it make sense to invest in the latter, a device that has a longer lifespan and offers more features. Let’s not forget that the Droid X will receive major software updates such as Android v2.2, while the Devour won’t. And that’s exactly the problem with smartphones, it’s always a bad idea to buy a bad one. In this case, the choice is clear. The Droid X is Verizon’s best offering and it’s the phone you should buy. And if that huge screen is too big for you, even the HTC Droid Incredible or the upcoming Samsung Fascinate (Galaxy S) is a better option. **Buy: [Motorola Devour for FREE on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0038QOLMQ?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B0038QOLMQ&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [VerizonWireless.com Motorola Devour](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/motorola/devour/?ref=skatter.com)** ### DC Universe Online (Preview) URL: https://www.skatter.com/dc-universe-online-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:47.000Z [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2lGTfK4PmPw](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2lGTfK4PmPw&ref=skatter.com) **Pricing and Collector’s Edition** If you go to the [DC Universe Online website](http://www.dcuniverseonline.com/index.vm?ref=skatter.com), clicking on the “Pre-Order” tab will reveal that retailers are going to be charging the expected $59.99 for the PS3 version and $49.99 for the PC version. However, Sony is also releasing a special collector’s edition that will retail for $99.99\. Sony stated that the collector’s edition will include: “a statue of the Batman, concepted by reknowned comic book artist/executive creative director for the game, Jim Lee
a limited edition Art of DCUO book
\[and\] a limited edition DC Universe Online: Legends Issue #0 comic.” For diehard fans of DC, this bundle gives fans a chance to immerse themselves further in the DC universe. However, this is a bit much for most people and so the standard version will be sufficient. Moreover, Sony has yet to reveal any specific “in-game” bonuses for purchasing the game at specific locations, buying the collector’s edition, or even pre-ordering before a given date. Therefore, if you’re a diehard fan of Jim Lee or DC then the collector’s edition is definitely for you ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/dc-universe-online-flash.jpg "DC Universe Online: Flash") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/dc-universe-online-green-lantern.jpg "DC Universe Online: Green Lantern") **Monthly Fee and Cross Platform** Another important bit of information that Sony has revealed is the monthly fee to be part of the DC Universe. The company is asking gamers to pay $14.99 a month, which is the same price as World of Warcraft’s month-to-month fee, but WoW also offers package deals as low as $12.99 a month for six months. Although Sony has yet to make any statements regarding package deals, the month-to-month fee is priced at the market standard so it should not frustrate gamers too much. What will frustrate many people, however, is Sony’s statement that cross platform play will not be possible. Therefore, PS3 users will only be able to play with PS3 users while PC users most play with PC users. It is a bit disappointing, but considering that most console games rarely allow cross platform gaming, it’s not surprising that Sony would not allow PC players to play with PS3 players. **Beta Registration** Finally, if you would like to sign up for the beta simply [click here](http://www.dcuniverseonline.com/en/beta/?ref=skatter.com), fill out the appropriate information, and Sony will contact you if they would like you to be a part of the beta. For now, all we can do is wait till Sony releases beta keys or until DCUO’s November release date to come around. Until then I’ll be reading my comics in eager anticipation. Stay posted for a review of the game. **Buy: [PC Version](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002I0HHFG/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) | [PS3 Version](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002I0K898/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) | [Collector’s Edition](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002I0KOYC/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [DC Universe Online](http://www.dcuniverseonline.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Redbox Now Offers Blu-Ray Rentals URL: https://www.skatter.com/redbox-now-offers-blu-ray-rentals/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:48.000Z A subsidiary of self-service coin counting machine company Coinstar Inc, Redbox is known for their DVD rental kiosks located in many commercial places. If you’ve rented a DVD from a big red box at your grocery store, chances are it was a Redbox kiosk. For $1, Redbox gives you the ability to rent a movie for one night with any additional nights added onto your credit card bill. Now, many popular Blu-Ray titles will be available for $1.50 per night plus tax at up to 13,300 Redbox kiosks. By Fall, Redbox plans to have Blu-Ray titles available at up to 23,000 kiosks. The move from Redbox comes after a recent report from the Digital Entertainment group that Blu-Ray player sales have gone up by almost 103% within the first half of this year. In terms of the actual number of players sold, the amount has gone from about 17 million to 19.4 million. It’s therefore understandable why Redbox has decided enter the Blu-Ray rental market, as it certainly may be able to replicate the success it has had renting regular DVDs. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/redbox-outside-booth.jpg "Redbox Outside Booth") While Redbox’s offers a convenient way to rent Blu-Ray DVD’s, the competition it faces is definitely not trivial. Services like Netflix offer individuals the liberty of renting media from the comfort of their own homes. It’s hard for a service like Redbox’s to give consumers that level of convenience. That’s not to say that the addition of Blu-Ray movies to its machines won’t prove successful for a different type of rental market. Many individuals may not want to go through the subscription process of something like Netflix. Renting a movie from a Redbox kiosk involves far less commitment than paying a certain amount to watch many movies every month. If someone is a regular movie watcher however, it’s hard to see why they wouldn’t go for a Blu-Ray streaming service instead of physically renting a DVD from Redbox. As of now, there are many different Blu-Ray titles available from Redbox, some of which include Avatar, The Hurt Locker and Shutter Island. The titles offered along the number of copies available will vary from kiosk to kiosk. You can go to a Redbox near you to rent a movie using a Debit or Credit Card. To speed things up, you can even select a movie beforehand via www.redbox.com or the Redbox iPhone app and then pick it up. You can check the availability of Blu-Ray titles at a Redbox near you with the link provided below. **Link: [Redbox](http://www.redbox.com//?ref=skatter.com)** ### Comic-Con 2010: Psych Interviews URL: https://www.skatter.com/comic-con-2010-psych-interviews/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:07.000Z The creators of the show Steve Franks, Kelly Kulchak, and Chris Henze, sat down with me to answer a few questions I had regarding how the show came together from the very beginning. We had a lot of fun backtracking as well as discussing the direction the current season is going in. I was really excited when Steve Franks began listing some of the upcoming themed episodes: A Fast and the Furious, Space Camp, Lethal Weapon, and many more themes will appear in the upcoming months. It was a blast chatting with James Roday, Dule Hill, Maggie Lawson, and Timothy Omundson. James Roday was just as creative and enthusiastic in person and Maggie Lawson just as charming. Even Kirsten Nelson who plays Chief Vick and Corbin Bernsen who plays Shawn’s dad were hilarious and down-to-earth. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-corbin-bernsen.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-kirston-nelson.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-steve-franks-executives-sahas-katta.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-tim-omundson.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-james-roday-dule-hill.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/psych-maggie-lawson-james-roday-sahas-katta-ian-thackston.jpg) *P.S. Steve Franks: If you liked my pitch for doing a “tech crime” episode give me a call, you have my number! Hacking, decrypting, and packet sniffing is awesome. :)* **Related: [Comic-Con 2010 Preview](https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-heads-to-comic-con-2010/)** **Links: [Psych (USA Network)](http://www.usanetwork.com/series/psych/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Maps Updated for Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-maps-updated-for-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:48.000Z The new Places icon can be found in the app launcher along with all the other apps on your Android-powered phone. Like the name implies, opening the app will give you a detailed list of all the nearby places sorted into categories like restaurants, bars, hotels, even ATMs. Default categories will be supplied, however, users can also add their own most frequent searches as well as use the search bar at the top to look for additional places, both generic like “Coffee” as well as specific like “Mishka’s.” If you want to learn more about a place you see in the Places icon, you can check it out via the updated Places Pages and in more detail than ever before: Google Maps 4.4 is introducing new details like prices, parking, menus, business hours, compass direction, and distance along with photos and reviews, giving you more information about places than ever before. Finally, another new feature in Google Maps 4.4 is that the Navigation icon now lets you view live maps. We at Skattertech discovered during testing of the new update that tapping Navigation allows you to use the map view and see 3D maps as well as live traffic, which makes getting to and from locations even easier. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/google-maps-map-search-places.jpg "Google Maps: Map, Search, Places") When it comes down to it, anything to makes traveling easier is a win-win when it comes to navigation apps. Android owners will be happy to have a simpler way of seeing nearby places and will be more inclined to download the update, which in turn makes Google happy since more people are using its software over its competitors’. Doing this update for Android first is a very smart move in and of itself, as this is a field within the smart phone market that has been growing exponentially over the past year, and doesn’t look to be slowing down anytime soon. If Google keeps making updates like these, it will have no problem in maintaining its dominance in this area. **Links: [Google Mobile Blog](http://googlemobile.blogspot.com/2010/07/even-better-way-to-find-places-nearby.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Announces Android v2.2 For HTC EVO 4G URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-announces-android-v2-2-for-htc-evo-4g/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:48.000Z Fortunately, that’s all about to change starting next week. HTC EVO 4G owners will begin receiving the Android Froyo v2.2 update over-the-air. Initial reports indicated that an update wouldn’t become available until the end of the year since it was taking HTC a long time to rebuild Sense UI, but Sprint has put those rumors to rest with an official press release. Beginning on August 3rd, notifications for the update will appear on waves of devices. For those that choose to opt-in early by checking for updates in the settings menu, the new version will be available as early as August 1st. **For those wondering about the changes, Sprint’s press release lists the following:** - Voice Dialing Over Bluetooth. - Application Storage on External Memory - Camera 4-way rotation, camera icons rotate too - Improved Browser Performance - Faster JavaScript engine - Flash 10.1 Support (beta) While those are a few notable features, it’s not everything that Froyo v2.2 will bring. According to a Google representative, the new version will improve battery life, multitasking, and performance. HTC is even bundling in a set of new widgets including a flash light app. Unfortunately, we won’t know the full extent of the specific changes until a developer change-log becomes available, but that’s bound to hit the web anytime. Sprint’s game-changing EVO 4G is once again news as it’s beating competitors to the market. While Motorola’s CEO claimed [the Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) would get a Froyo v2.2 update “later this summer,” HTC has now clearly beat them to it. I’ll definitely be posting a few notes regarding my experience with Froyo v2.2 on the HTC EVO shortly, so stay tuned for more updates. To stay updated, feel free to like us on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) or follow us on [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Sprint.com](http://www.sprint.com/evo?ref=skatter.com) | [HTC.com](http://www.htc.com/us/products/evo-sprint?view=1-1&sort=0&ref=skatter.com) | [Android.com](http://www.android.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Infographic EVO 4G vs. iPhone 4 vs. Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x/)** **Update (7/30):** Sprint just published further information regarding new features in the coming update. - Display events and birthdays from Facebook on Calendar - Use camera LED as flashlight - New user interface for the FM radio - Add unknown users in Facebook as friends in Friend Stream - Photo Gallery supports Facebook comments function - Send contact as vCard using SMS - Addition of MMS slideshow editor - New pre-loaded widgets: - Calculator - FM radio - Message list view - Profile settings - Ringtone settings - Camcorder can use camera flash so video can be shot in dark - Numeric PIN and alpha-numeric passwords to unlock screen - Search widget and search bar able to switch to search type - Adjustable alarm volume settings ### Comic-Con 2010: Burn Notice Interviews URL: https://www.skatter.com/comic-con-2010-burn-notice-interviews/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:07.000Z For those who haven’t seen the show, the lead character, Michael Westen, played by Jeffrey Donovan, creates gizmos for blowing up just about anything with over-the-counter parts. For instance, he constantly uses pre-paid phones to trigger explosives and even has uploaded “Top Secret” data to free file hosting services. I asked Bruce Campbell, Chris Vance, and Tim Matheson a few questions about the creative genius behind these home-made weaponry. It turns out that Matt Nix, the creator of Burn Notice, and a few of his writers generally come up with those ideas. While the show never fully explains the process of making a dangerous gizmos, leaving an element or two out for obvious reasons, they still continuously hear complains from federal agencies. Anyways, we’ve got a full gallery of photos from the press room and three videos queued up below. Enjoy and let us know your thoughts in the comments! ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-bruce-campbell.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-bruce-campbell-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-bruce-campbell-ian-thackston.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-bruce-campbell-sahas-katta.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-chris-vance.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-chris-vance-matt-nix-sahas-katta.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-matt-nix.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-matt-nix-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/burn-notice-tim-matheson.jpg) **Links: [Burn Notice](http://www.usanetwork.com/series/burnnotice/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Comic-Con 2010: The Big Bang Theory Interviews](https://www.skatter.com/comic-con-2010-the-big-bang-theory-interviews/)** ### Comic-Con 2010: The Big Bang Theory Interviews URL: https://www.skatter.com/comic-con-2010-the-big-bang-theory-interviews/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:08.000Z Executive producers and writers weren’t the only ones at Comic-Con 2010: the entire cast did as well. Everyone from Jim Parsons to Kaley Cuoco showed up and had plenty to say about the show and their involvement. Skatter Tech was able to grab some exclusive interviews with The Big Bang Theory’s producers, writers, and actors, and I would like to now present some photo galleries and video coverage of our time with the stars. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-writers.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-writer.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/bith-bang-theory-jim-parsons-3.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/bith-bang-theory-jim-parsons-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/bith-bang-theory-jim-parsons-1.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-bill-prady.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-chuck-lorre-bill-prady.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-johnny-galecki-kaley-cuoco-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-johnny-galecki-kaley-cuoco.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-kunal-nayyar.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-simon-helberg-2.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/big-bang-theory-simon-helberg-1.jpg) Just as a heads up to our readers, if the videos below begin with audio and a still image, just hang tight and our video coverage will continue in seconds. As you will notice, some of our media coverage is still rough around the edges, we would love your feedback in order to help improve the experience as best we can! Don’t forget to stay tuned for the rest of our exclusive interviews with other networks and some great shows included [in our preview](https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-heads-to-comic-con-2010/). Let’s also not forget to thank Sahas Katta for the countless hours of video and audio editing! **Links: [The Big Bang Theory (CBS)](http://www.cbs.com/primetime/big%5Fbang%5Ftheory/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Comic-Con 2010 Preview](https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-heads-to-comic-con-2010/)** ### Apple Refreshes iMac Lineup URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-refreshes-imac-lineup/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:49.000Z The biggest improvement to the new iMacs has to be their new processing power. The previous generation mostly ran on the Intel Core 2 Duo, while this year’s upgrade now utilizes Intel’s i3, i5 and i7 line of processors. The move from Apple comes surprisingly late as the company revamped its Macbook Pro line with the processors much earlier this year. Speeds for the dual-core i3 and i5 go up to 3.6 GHz while the quad-core i5 and i7 models go up to 2.93 GHz. To complement the change in CPUs, the iMacs also sport a new graphics processors as well. The various iMac models use different versions of the ATI Radeon HD, the graphics memory ranges from 256 MB DDR3 all the way to 1GB DDR5\. It’s no surprise that these new desktop computers pack a punch as they’re geared towards average users and professionals alike. Regarding data storage, customers can upgrade the 27” model to a 256 GB Solid State Drive (SSD) as either a primary or secondary drive. Known for being excellent for all types of media and content creation, the iMacs also come equipped with Apple’s backlit LED displays. Screen sizes range from 21.5” to 27” unfortunately, like all Apple products, it’s priced higher than most monitors of similar size and quality. Additionally, all the SD card slots support SDXC which allow it to work with the latest high-capacity memory cards. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/apple-magic-trackpad.jpg "Apple Magic Trackpad") Along with release of the iMacs, Apple has also introduced a new device that promises to add to the experience. The Magic Trackpad as it is called, is a multi-touch glass and aluminum pad used to perform the gestures that have become a staple part of the Macbook line. While it had its own special announcement this morning, the Magic Trackpad goes hand-in-hand with the new iMac line. The Trackpad will entirely change user interaction with the iMac, especially considering how fast multi-touch had taken off for Apple’s other devices. Leading up to today’s announcement, there was a good deal of speculation and rumors about a refresher of the iMac line that can be now put to rest. The new computers are fast, beautiful, and serve the purposes of many different demographics. One thing to note, however, is the pricing of the new iMacs. The basic 21.5” model starts at $1,199, however, as soon as you move up to the 27” i5 model, you’ll have to spend at least $2000\. The Magic Trackpad is sold separately for $69\. The new iMacs are currently available and can be purchased from the Apple Store. **Buy: [Buy on Amazon.com](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fgp%2Ffeature.html%3Fie%3DUTF8%26docId%3D1000530081%26pf%5Frd%5Fm%3DATVPDKIKX0DER%26pf%5Frd%5Fs%3Dtop-1%26pf%5Frd%5Fr%3D1HTKK3VH4FXDX1XT15BK%26pf%5Frd%5Ft%3D301%26pf%5Frd%5Fp%3D1270926762%26pf%5Frd%5Fi%3Dimac&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=9325&ref=skatter.com)** **Link: [Apple.com iMac](http://www.apple.com/imac/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Street Fighter X Tekken URL: https://www.skatter.com/street-fighter-x-tekken/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:49.000Z Similar to the Marvel versus Capcom franchise, Street Fighter X Tekken will pit Ryu and the colorful cast of characters from Capcom’s most successful fighting franchise against the best contenders from The King of Iron Fist tournament. However, what got me worried immediately was the fact that the Tekken franchise is devoted to an intense 3-D gameplay whereas Street Fighter excels as a 2-D fighting game. My concerns were then compounded when I remembered that Street Fighter did dabble in a 3-D version titled Street Fighter EX, but what made these games shockingly mediocre was that Hadoukens and other projectiles had very little effectiveness when one could simply sidestep away from a flying fireball. This made the game dependent on heavy combos that would trap the character and essentially force them to take the fireball as part of the combo. This is extremely problematic because it goes against the very nature of characters like Ken, Ryu, and Akuma, which heavily rely on projectiles to distance characters and create openings. Capcom, seemingly aware of this problem, and Namco—the creator of successful 3-D fighters like Tekken and Soul Calibur—have decided to release two versions of this fighting game mash up. One will be titled Street Fighter X Tekken, which will be developed by the Street Fighter team, and, as seen at Comic-Con, looks very similar in design and gameplay to Street Fighter 4\. On the other end of spectrum, Namco will release its own version called Tekken X Street Fighter, which will presumably be rooted in the Tekken 6 engine. From a marketing standpoint, this is brilliant because both companies have the opportunity to maximize revenue, and die hard fans will probably end up buying both versions to compare and contrast between the two games. However, the cynical fighting fan in me finds a couple of problems in this “solution.” First, characters that appear in one game may not appear in the other, which will only frustrate fans who want to see one Street Fighter character face off against a Tekken character but will be unable to because they are in separate games. Second, the engines will be so different that certain moves will have to be adjusted making characters feel extremely different between each version. For example, Kazuya from the Tekken franchise does not have projectiles. Therefore, if chosen in Capcom’s Street Fighter X Tekken, he would be bombarded by projectiles. Now, the counter argument is that perhaps his roundhouse kick or uppercuts can be made similar to Ryu’s Tatsumaki-SenpĆ« kyaku or Shoyruken, but what about characters like Panda or Asuka? Panda could be compared to Zangief, but she doesn’t have any huge throws to compensate for a lack of projectiles like Zangief incorporates into his movelist, and Asuka would be dead in the water against Chun-Li, who moves has projectiles and a fast movelist like Asuka to throw a Tekken player off their game. In contrast, Tekken x Capcom would neuter most Street Fighter characters. Tekken is played by picking your spot, finding an opening, and then following up with a massive juggle that takes anywhere from 40-100% of your life. Using the example above, if Asuka can get Chun-Li in the air and hit a huge juggle, Chun-Li would be hurting bad. But if Chun-Li wanted to come back, Asuka could dodge her Lightning Legs and easily sidestep her Fireball making Chun-Li the weaker contender. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-01.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-02.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-03.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-05.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-06.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-07.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-08.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-09.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-10.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-11.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-12.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/street-fighter-x-tekken-04.jpg) Like Marvel vs. Capcom, Street Fighter X Tekken is every fighting fan boys dream. It would finally settle the argument of who would win in a fight: Ganryu or E. Honda; Jin or Ryu; or even Devil versus Bison. But what happens when the games is changed to Tekken X Street Fighter? Will the answers still be the same? Will certain characters become unbalanced by changing the number of walkable planes? Will the skills even translate over? The fact that I have to ask these many questions only dampens my excitement for what could be a very cool game. With the fog of Comic-Con clouding my judgment now gone, all Namco and Capcom have left me with are questions rather than an urge to pick up the controller. And even if I did pick up the controller in order to prepare, the question that I am forced to ask myself is which game do I put into my console
Street Fighter 4 or Tekken 6? **Update:* It has come to our attention that Street Fighter EX, for those of you that are familiar with the project, is actually 2.5 dimensional in which there is no side-stepping. The point that Mr. Tung was trying to convey in this piece was simply the enormous disadvantage that the Street Fighter (eg, IV) engine would have when built into the Tekken (eg, 6) style of gameplay. In other words, Capcom and Namco have made a wise choice in accommodating both fighting games into the 2.5 dimensional world that SF x Tekken possesses. We apologize for the slight misinformation and proudly support Chris as the experienced gamer he is!* **Links: [Street Fighter X Tekken](http://www.capcom-unity.com/jgonzo/blog/2010/07/24/announcing%5Fstreet%5Ffighter%5Fx%5Ftekken?ref=skatter.com)** ### ADATA Announces the N909 Thumb Drive URL: https://www.skatter.com/adata-announces-the-n909-thumb-drive/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:50.000Z Combining both eSATA and USB 2.0 has some pretty great advantages. First of all, eSATA by itself is inconvenient in that it does not actually have any power pins. The combination of USB with eSATA means that the N909 does not need any external power cables as the USB interface takes care of it. USB 2.0, however, has its limitations, as typical read and write rates range from 10-20 Mbps. That’s where the N909’s eSATA interface takes over and boosts the transfer rate up to 90 MB/s and 50 MB/s for read and write performance respectively. To put it into perspective, a 4GB avi file would take about 80 sec to be write with the N909 versus 3.3 minutes with conventional USB 2.0. Of course, in order to utilize the N909’s eSATA interface, users will need to have an eSATA port in their computers. For people like myself who don’t have an eSATA port, there’s not much use for the combo solution. Also, while the speeds ADATA is claiming are fairly fast, the actual speeds may be much lower when actually benchmarked. The N909 is compatible with USB 2.0 slots but with a rate up to 33 MB/s. This rate is also subject to variation when using the device. The real rate may be somewhere in the 25-30 MB/s range which is still faster than USB 2.0\. While I can imagine transferring a large amount of information via the eSATA, I can only imagine using the USB interface like a regular flash drive. In terms of physical appearance, the N909 sports an aluminum body and a green LED power indicator making for a sleek and simple look. The device will be available in 16GB, 32 GB, and 64 GB. Even if you don’t have an eSATA port, atleast the capacities are somewhat appealing for now. That though might change as the pricing of the N909 has yet to be announced. The N909 is no USB 3.0, however, the combination of eSATA and USB 2.0 seems to be a decent alternative. Although there still is no set release date, the N909 should be hitting stores soon. **Link: [ADATA N909](http://www.adata.com.tw/index.php?action=product%5Ffeature&cid=1&piid=4&ref=skatter.com)** ### FIFA 2011 (Preview) URL: https://www.skatter.com/fifa-2011-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:50.000Z Many yearly revisions of sports titles tend to contribute rather modestly to overall game play. That is why the new approach EA has taken for FIFA ’11 is reason enough to be excited. Instead of focusing on creating more complex game modes and role playing scenarios, the developers have trimmed down single player significantly. Virtual Pro was a single player mode introduced in FIFA ’10 where players could create a custom character and play in any mode in the game. Career mode has now been restructured to exclude Virtual Pro so users can only choose to be a player, a manager or both for multiple seasons. Though the extra features had their worth, removing them was a good move to streamline the game. As a result, the simulation engine has been revamped to provide more accurate game results and allow players to see results around the world. These efforts to make the career mode simpler and more efficient allowed the developers to focus on other aspects of the game. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=akPV5qmJANI](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=akPV5qmJANI&ref=skatter.com) While the major changes to career mode may dampen the spirits of those who enjoyed Virtual Pro, they are certainly a minor issue considering the new mechanics of the game. Since soccer is a tactical sport, more has been invested into making game play as realistic and thoughtful as possible. A new physics engine has been introduced designed to make player motion as fluid and dynamic as the actual game. For example, “ping-pong” passing has been removed, meaning that players will now have to plan out each pass carefully before making it. On top of that, players will have a new arsenal of skill moves to execute and every touch, dribble and movement will be highly controllable. 360 degree dribbling as it is called, will be supplemented with 360 degree physicality meaning players will be able to push, shove and respond more aggressively in one-on-one situations. What’s probably most exciting about EA’s new approach to the is the addition of player personalities. Usually in sports games, skill levels assigned to players don’t have that much of a bearing on the way they play in game. Player personalities are an attempt to change that, as players will now take on skill sets and behavioral attributes that are similar to their real life counterparts. For example, stars like Lionel Messi will be far more capable of shooting, dribbling and passing than the average player. I can’t emphasize how much of a difference such a feature will have on game play because not only is there a difference in skill between individual players, but also between various positions on the field as well. An attacking midfielder or forward will play quite differently than say a defender so users will have to pass and shoot based on the make-up of the squad. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/fifa-2011-2.jpg "FIFA 2011") The FIFA series has shown consistent improvement over the years through efforts to change fundamental aspects of the game. Although Virtual Pro has been scrapped for FIFA ‘11, I anticipate that the new aspects of the game will be better in its place. It’s nice to see EA take it a step further and really try to redefine the in game experience. As of now, those who have taken demos of FIFA ’11 for a spin have many positive things to say about it. While FIFA ’11 seems promising, it isn’t the only soccer game set to be released. Gamers should also be on the lookout for Konami’s Pro Evolution Soccer 2011 which is scheduled to come out between September and December of the this year. FIFA ’11 will be out on shelves in North America September 28 2010\. Whether or not FIFA ’11 will be of its own class, it’ll certainly be worth the wait. **Links: [FIFA 2011](http://www.ea.com/games/fifa-soccer?ref=skatter.com)** ### Comic-Con 2010: Interview with Motohide Eshiro URL: https://www.skatter.com/comic-con-2010-interview-with-motohide-eshiro/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:08.000Z I began the interview with the most speculated question I had: whether or not Okamiden, a handheld title, could live up to the immense amount of gameplay and value the original Okami offered on the PlayStation 2 and Wii consoles. This question may seem like an obvious one since the original Okami had our protagonist, sun goddess incarnation Ammaterasu, spend about 40 hours fighting demons, upgrading weapons and celestial brush abilities, and an unbelievable sense of exploration. It’s tough to expect Chibiterasu, recently confirmed as the son of Ammy as expected, to have the same amount of depth in a handheld sequel. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=98Pds7icmd4](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=98Pds7icmd4&ref=skatter.com) Motohide Eshiro, with the aid of his translator Miguel, assured me that Okamiden had been designed from the ground up with the ultimate goal of utilizing the Nintendo DS in every way possible. This included a full, complex adventure game that would not fall short of what we expect out of the Okami franchise. I proceeded to ask just exactly how long we would expect to control Chibiterasu and his multiple partners as they vanquish demons from their home land of Nippon. Eshiro answered that around 25 hours of gameplay would accompany the player’s first play through. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/okamiden-chibiterasu-e1276984585587.jpg "Okamiden Chibiterasu") With his selective choice of words I was immediately determined to know just what he meant by “first play through,” and whether or not there would be reason for replay. These incentives I refer to could be in the form of collectibles, hidden weapons, or brush techniques, like those in the original Okami. Unfortunately, Eshiro responded by telling me that there would not be as much to collect as in the original, although there would be something unique to bring players back to the adventure that would would stay as a surprise. There may even be a few new brush techniques to change things up for the fans of the series. After questioning him about the disadvantages and the concerns of creating a sequel on the handheld, I asked what were some of the strong advantages he was taking while using the Nintendo DS’s touchscreen and stylus. Eshiro explained that Okamiden is incredibly precise since you can control everything from celestial brush techniques to your partner with the stylus. Another mechanic that has changed is how the camera will follow Chibiterasu as you play and will constantly show the player what they need to be shown. I asked how this will affect the amount of exploration the user has and his response was that while there isn’t an total absence of it, there won’t be nearly as much overworld to explore. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/okamiden-chibi-and-kuni-art.jpg "Okamiden Chibi and Kuni Art ") Motohide Eshiro was really enthusiastic about Okamiden pleasing fans of the Okami universe, and that Chibiterasu’s adventure would be just as artistic and divine as his mother’s. Even though I pushed to him towards admitting some of the inevitable shortcomings, such as shorter gameplay and less exploration, he assured me all these changes were for the best to assure that gameplay would play as smooth and fun as possible. Chibiterasu has some big footsteps to fill and all in a tiny package, but gamers will have to wait till early next yearto see whether the adorable celestial hero can make it big. **Links: [Okamiden](http://www.nintendo.com/games/detail/bu%5FUPrFViReqZNi%5FfUcmvVpMIvENfMZX?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [Okamiden Preview](../2010/06/e3-2010-okamiden/)** ### ARM and TSMC To Work On 20nm Process URL: https://www.skatter.com/arm-and-tsmc-to-work-on-20nm-process/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:50.000Z The Cortex system-on-a-chip (SoC) processor family is prevalent in many mobile Internet devices (MID) and embedded applications today. Although the architecture is not explicitly used all of the time, many devices use variant architectures based on the core Cortex CPU. For example, Qualcomm designed the Snapdragon processor architecture currently in the HTC Evo 4G; however, the architecture is largely based on the ARM Cortex-A8 core. Similarly, Apple’s A4 architecture used in the iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4 and iPad is based on the ARM processor architecture and uses a Cortex A-8 CPU combined with a separate GPU built on Samsung’s 45nm process. Currently, ARM has workings with TSMC’s rival manufacturer Globalfoundries to build their Cortex A-9 processors on a 28 nm process. This current deal will not be affected by TSMC’s new deal with ARM, meaning that Globalfoundries will finish building its 28 nm process. By forging a new alliance with TSMC, ARM is getting itself ready to face some significant competition. Intel is one of those competitors with the prospective release of SoC platform Moorestown in early 2011\. Moorestown is a smart phone and MID-based platform that integrates an Intel Atom processor core with many other key system features like the graphics engine, memory and display controllers, etc. Intel is actually partnered with TSMC for the new atom chipset, creating an interesting dynamic between both competitors. I also recently discussed Intel’s intentions to plunge into mobile with its[ potential acquisition of Infineon’s wireless division](https://www.skatter.com/intel-sets-its-sights-on-infineon/). While ARM faces such future competition, it will most likely retain its firm position in the mobile market considering the wide use of its platforms. The new deal with TSMC doesn’t come as a surprise and solidifies ARM’s future prospects. The move to a 20 nm process comes at a time when the Smartphone industry has been making significant strides. Some of the issues concerning mobile computing include speed, size, and power. A 20 nm process will address some of those issues and make MIDs smaller, faster and consume less power, although much has yet to be seen on the technology’s potential. The switch to the process probably isn’t going to go into effect immediately. It will be some time before we see chips using the process hit the market as even the 28 nm hasn’t fully made its way yet. **Links: [ARM](http://www.arm.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [TSMC](http://www.tsmc.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft Launches Xbox 360 4GB With Kinect URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-launches-xbox-360-4gb-with-kinect/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:51.000Z If users already own an Xbox 360, the Kinect Sensor plus the game “Kinect Adventures” will retail for $150\. Microsoft also announced that Kinect will work “with each of the 40 million Xbox 360s currently in households,” which is great news for those that feared they would need to buy an entire new system to play with Microsoft’s latest toy. For those who don’t own an Xbox 360 yet, Microsoft will also offer a Kinect All-in-One package which includes the 4GB console in addition to a sensor and a video game. This combo goes for $299, which is a very reasonable price considering the 4GB model is already $199 alone. This entices uncertain consumers to save about $100 if they haven’t yet bought an Xbox. In terms of pricing, Microsoft is definitely competitive. Making a new technology is always dangerous and the fear of a product falling flat on its face always makes innovators a bit nervous when designing something far-fetched. Now that Microsoft has generated enough positive buzz at E3, making the unit affordable gives the Xbox a much-needed fiscal edge over its more over priced, but more multi-functional competitors. Looking only at the numbers, Kinect charges a one time fee of $149.99 but only allows a maximum of two players. The PlayStation 3 Move, on the other hand, allows up to four players but charges $49.99 for each remote. However, those looking to get the most out of their Move will consider the additional $29.99 navigation controller which, as the [Sony press release](http://us.playstation.com/corporate/about/press-release/545.html?ref=skatter.com) states, provides “intuitive navigation of in-game characters and objects”. Or in short, a better gaming experience. Adding these numbers up, an individual would need to spend $79.98 for each player to get the most out of their PS3 Move. And that quickly stacks up while Kinect goes for just $149.99 making a bit cheaper than Sony’s option for just two players. However, Kinect also only supports two players at this time while the PS3 can host up to four. Seemingly aware of this, Microsoft’s All-in-One bundle knocks the Kinect’s price down by nearly half for new Xbox customers. Moreover, this All-in-One bundle is actually cheaper than Sony’s Move bundle which sells for $399.99 and includes a PlayStation Move motion controller, PlayStation Eye Camera, Sports Champions Blu-ray game, and PlayStation Move game demo disc with a console of course. However, Sony’s package also isn’t perfect even though it includes more content than Kinect since it only bundles one Move motion controller, which prevents multiplayer games, and doesn’t even include the navigation controller, which Sony touts as a necessary accessory. Clearly, there are pros and cons for each, but ultimately, the question is whether or not the lower cost outweighs the number of simultaneous players. Unfortunately, that question can only be answered once we all have games that prove that 2 is better than 4\. As of right now, we can only speculate if the cheaper unit will in fact sell better than the expensive unit. **Buy: [Amazon.com Xbox Store](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2FXbox-360-Games%2Fb%3Fie%3DUTF8%26node%3D14220161%26ref%5F%3Dsr%5Ftc%5Fsc%5F2%5F0%26qid%3D1279694402%26sr%3D8-2-tc&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Xbox.com](http://www.xbox.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Microsoft.com](http://microsoft.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Update (7/21/10):** We missed some details when this article originally was published last night. It turns out that the photo we used of the original Xbox 360 (white) with a sensor bar was actually from the days when Kinect was still called Project Natal. The 4GB Xbox 360 console features the new Xbox 360 S design that debuted at E3 2010\. However, unlike the latest slim model that sports a glossy body, the 4GB model has a black matte finish. Fortunately, it at least does include an internal WiFi card. ### Kindle Books Surpass Amazon Hardcover Sales URL: https://www.skatter.com/kindle-books-surpass-amazon-hardcover-sales/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:51.000Z The Kindle eReader has been out for about two years now, and Amazon praises it as the “the best-selling, most-gifted, and has the most 5-star reviews of any product on Amazon.” CEO and founder Jeff Bezos has commented on the advances the Kindle has made since initial release up to its recent victory over hardcover format. He believes that the Kindle has tripled in sales directly as a result of the newly lowered price, giving way to its continued success. According to the CEO, it’s “astonishing when you consider \[Amazon\] has been selling hardcover books for 15 years, and Kindle books for 33 months.” Bezos’ statement brings up a good point, but also provokes an interesting argument. Should the Kindle overtaking hardcover sales be interpreted as a step towards further success, or simply as a limitation to the devices’ market? Amazon would eagerly suggest that these figures show that the Kindle is unstoppable and that customers are dropping physical books in favor of digital copies, but perhaps there is a more pessimistic take to the whole situation. Hardcover books by no means outsell paperbacks. And until we can see the Kindle surpass paperback sales, it’s tough to claim that the device, let alone e-books in general, have replaced physical books in today’s book market. > Over the past three months, for every 100 hardcover books Amazon.com has sold, it has sold 143 Kindle books. Over the past month, for every 100 hardcover books Amazon.com has sold, it has sold 180 Kindle books. This is across Amazon.com’s entire U.S. book business and includes sales of hardcover books where there is no Kindle edition. Free Kindle books are excluded and if included would make the number even higher. Even those who don’t own a Kindle can access Amazon’s eBooks through a multitude of platforms such as PC, Mac, iOS, Android, and Blackberry devices. There are plenty of professionals and heavy-readers that will eagerly fight against the Kindle when it comes to eReaders replacing shelves of tangible reading material. Jeff Bezos is providing evidence of just how successful an intelligently designed eReader can be along with a variety of e-book. Whether or not these sales imply that the eReader will replaces physical books, it shows how the Kindle platform has advanced eBook technology in a slim, convenient manner. **Links: [Amazon Kindle $189](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B0015T963C/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** ### This Week In Droid X URL: https://www.skatter.com/this-week-in-droid-x/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:51.000Z **Droid X Sold Out Everywhere** Earlier this summer, Verizon Wireless took plenty of heat for limited quantities of the HTC Droid Incredible, which still won’t ship until August 3rd. With a high demand and HTC running low on parts, Verizon offered “wait-listed” customers an option to upgrade to the Droid X. Motorola had mentioned a fast-moving supply chain during their press conference, but unfortunately even they couldn’t keep up with sales. Just two days after launch, Verizon Wireless had emptied their entire Droid X inventory in both retail store and online. According to the company, new orders for their flagship device won’t ship until the July 27th. Neither Motorola or Verizon have disclosed official numbers for unit sales, however it’s something that’s going to happen sooner or later. **Motorola Address Bricking Issue** Shortly after launch on the 15th, word hit the web that Motorola had embedded an eFuse bootloader to prevent the installation of custom ROMs. While it’s something that the majority of Droid X owner will never need to deal with, the incident naturally enraged bloggers, developers, and geeks. Initial reports even went as far as to claim that attempted installs of custom ROMs would entirely brick the phone. Fortunately, Motorola shot back and choose toe clear the air with an official statement. According to the company, attempted installations of unauthorized ROMs will simply force the phone into a recovery mode. For Android enthusiasts that wish to hack their phone, it means having to resort to reinstalling the original software to resolve the issue. What’s still unclear is whether these customers will need to ship their device to Motorola or head to a Verizon repair center to escape recovery mode. Recent reports also indicate that the eFuse bootloader was also present on the original [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/), which turned out being easy to hack. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-front-full.jpg "Motorola Droid X Front Full") **Software Update Brings Improvements** While Motorola has been fortunate enough to avoid any major software issue during launch, the company is rolling out a quick software update which brings many minor improvements. Sadly, the update isn’t for [Android Froyo v2.2](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/) and fails to bring any new features or additions. Nonetheless, Droid X owners will definitely welcome these enhancements: - Improved battery charging status indicator. - Smoother transition for camera and camcorder functions. - Redesign of weather widget icons. - Faster Exchange ActiveSyncÂź email loading. - Streamlined organization of newly downloaded applications. - Organized favorite contacts by call count. - Updated BluetoothÂź connection for enhanced video sharing experience. - Coordinated date and time across phone displays. - Cleaner looking status bar for GPS symbol. - Improved sync capabilities for 3G Mobile Hotspot. - Faster Visual Voice Mail loading. - Preloaded Amazon Kindle application. The update should begin hitting waves of Droid X devices starting today. My review unit, courtesy of Verizon Wireless, still hasn’t been updated. Then again, I haven’t run into any major software issues that need updating either. I’m eagerly awaiting the Froyo v2.2 update that Motorola claims will hit devices in “late summer.” Stay tuned for coverage on that update when it hits. **Links: [Skatter Tech Droid X Review](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/)** **Related: [Thoughts on Swype](https://www.skatter.com/impressions-swype-on-the-droid-x/)** **Source: [Verizon Support Documents](http://support.vzw.com/pdf/system%5Fupdate/droid%5Fx.pdf?ref=skatter.com)** ### Skatter Tech Heads to Comic-Con 2010 URL: https://www.skatter.com/skatter-tech-heads-to-comic-con-2010/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:51.000Z Our current schedule already includes panels for Burn Notice, Psych, Red vs. Blue, Halo: Reach, Stargate Universe, Star Wars: Old Republic, Marvel vs. Capcom 3, Fable III, and Futurama. We’ll also be attending Gphoria, Diggnation Live, Totally Rad Show, and other events. There’s of course exhibitors such as EA, Activison, Capcom, Warner Brothers, Ubisoft, Sega, Sony, Konami, Lucasfilm, Marvel, and many more that we’ll be meeting. To stay ahead of the news and find out what we’re up to, feel free to sign up for [email updates](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com) or subscribe to our [RSS feed](https://www.skatter.com/content/files/feed.xml). We’re also on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com). **Links: [Comic-Con 2010](http://www.comic-con.org/?ref=skatter.com) | [Exhbitor List](http://www.comic-con.org/cci/cci%5Fexhib%5F1.php?ref=skatter.com)** ### Handbrake: Convert Videos For BlackBerry URL: https://www.skatter.com/handbrake-convert-videos-for-blackberry/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:23.000Z **Today, I’ll walk through a quick tutorial for the BlackBerry Bold 9650**: ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/handbrake.jpg "Handbrake") 1. Select a video file from the Source Menu 2. Choose a file name and destination directory 3. Pick ‘Classic’ in the Preset Column 4. Check the “Keep Aspect Ratio” box in the Picture tab 5. Set the width to 480 pixels, leave the height alone 6. In the Video Tab, set the Framerate to 23.976 FPS 7. Also adjust the Average Bitrate to 750 kbps 8. Finally, in the Audio Tab, set Mixdown to Stereo Once those easy steps are complete, hit start and wait for your video to convert. Duration may vary depending on your computer’s hardware performance. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/handbrake-encoding.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/12/windows-file-transfer.jpg) Once converting is complete, it’s time to get the video file onto the BlackBerry Bold 9650\. You’ll need a microSD to SD adapter or a microUSB cable. Once you have access to the card, copy the converted file into the “videos” folder and that should be it. The video application should replay the video just fine. **Links: [Handbrake.fr](http://handbrake.fr/?ref=skatter.com)** *Editor’s Note: This article was co-written by Josh Shapiro.* ### Blockbuster Android App For Droid X Fails URL: https://www.skatter.com/blockbuster-android-app-for-droid-x-fails/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:56.000Z Starting on the topic of HDMI, with Motorola touting it as one of the key features, customers would expect the ability to output HD-like Blockbuster to a HDTV set. Unfortunately, HDMI output is restricted due to copyright protection. Ironically, an illegally downloaded TV show or movie will play just fine. And as a side comment, I don’t encourage illegally downloading movies or music, but the restrictions imposed on legal content is just disappointing. Considering that the Blockbuster App comes pre-installed and that Motorola even offers an optional HDMI dock accessory, the entire situation is just ridiculous. I should also note that the packaging doesn’t include a micro HDMI cable. Forget HDTVs, how about watching Blockbuster movies on the phone? That works great, right? Unfortunately, this is a disaster too. It turns out that the Blockbuster by Mail subscription plans are entirely independent from Blockbuster On Demand. Paying for one won’t offer access to the other. Meanwhile, [Netflix](http://www.netflix.com/?ref=skatter.com) offers free instant streaming to computers, TVs, gaming consoles, and mobile phones with a standard rental-by-mail subscription. Sadly, Blockbuster’s pricing is hefty too, movies go for $3.99 for a 24 hour rental and purchases cost up to $17.99\. For the average person, that’s just a bit too much to pay for watching a movie on a 4.3 inch screen. When [Redbox](http://www.redbox.com/?ref=skatter.com) costs just a buck, there’s no reason to deal with this. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/blockbuster-droid-x.jpg "Blockbuster Droid X") Even if you were okay with the expensive rates, the experience is still problematic. And if you thought Blockbuster for Android was a streaming technology like Netflix or [YouTube](http://youtube.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com), you are wrong. On Demand is rather along the lines of iTunes Movies or [Amazon Unbox](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2FVideo-On-Demand%2Fb%3Fie%3DUTF8%26node%3D16261631%26ref%5F%3Dtopnav%5Fstoretab%5Fatv&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com), which means downloading large movie files. And that’s a problem, since downloads take forever. Verizon doesn’t allow 3G downloads either, users will need to stick around a WiFi network until a download completes. Even with a fast internet connection, downloading a movie took about two hours. The app can conveniently run in the background, but it kills battery life quickly. For those looking to get media onto their phone, with 8GB of internal storage and a bundled 16GB microSD card, there’s plenty of space for storing content. And if that’s not enough, using DLNA with a Windows 7 machine on a home network is probably the next best experience. It allows streaming music, movies, and photos to and from computers, HDTVs, gaming consoles, and even other DLNA enabled smartphones. While Blockbuster deserves some credit for bringing 125,000 movies to the Droid X and even offering an option to queue movies for Blockbuster by Mail customers, the overall experience is nothing more than a complete failure. The mere list of issues go on and on: no HDMI output, expensive prices, no streaming, slow downloads, and WiFi restrictions. With the entire service being a nuisance, I decided to uninstall this application, but it turns out that isn’t possible either. The entire application is nothing more than bloatware for the average users. I’m looking forward to when Netflix brings an App to the Android Marketplace, hopefully they won’t make the same mistakes. **Links: [Motorola Droid X (Review)](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/) | [Blockbuster.com](http://www.blockbuster.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### A Quick Look At The New Alienware M11x URL: https://www.skatter.com/a-quick-look-at-the-new-alienware-m11x/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:52.000Z While the M11x originally sported a glossy coat, [Alienware](http://www.alienware.com/?ref=skatter.com) replaced it with a soft black matte finish in the new refresh. While the company didn’t comment on the reason for the change, I’m sure they received plenty of negative feedback from gamers. Aside from that change, the rest of it is quite familiar. After spending just a few minutes handling the new model, one thing stands out the most: the M11x is built like a tank. It is still one of the most solid laptop’s I’ve come across. It might be due to a smaller chassis that leaves little room for flex, but it doesn’t matter. It’s rugged enough to last through at least a few years of abuse. And that’s a good thing since the 11-inch size targets users that intend to keep the laptop with them at all times. After switching over to the Intel Core i7 and i5 processors, Alienware was forced to remove one port due to space constraints: VGA. Fortunately, that’s a change for the best since most new displays use HDMI and DisplayPort, which are already featured on the M11x. For those that need to deal with older displays, DisplayPort-to-VGA adapters are available. Other components such as Firewire, the 3-in-1 card reader, Ethernet, and three USB ports remain unchanged. And for those that didn’t know, the M11x completely did away with the Optical CD/DVD drive. As most gaming publishers are offering digital downloads of games, physical media is simply unnecessary. [Dell](http://www.dell.com/?ref=skatter.com) even offers an option during checkout to pre-install Steam. Aside from watching DVD movies, I simply can’t remember the last time I used a CD to install a program aside from Windows 7 installation disc. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/alienware-m11x-front.png "Alienware M11x Front") While the dual core model was well-recognized for an impressive battery life, which was unheard of in the gaming laptop industry, the new quad core models suffer a minor dip. The performance improvements the Core i7 and i5 models bring are truly impressive, but they simply consume more power than the older dual core consumer ultra-low voltage processor. The new [Nvidia](http://www.nvidia.com/?ref=skatter.com) Optimus technology even automatically switches back and forth between the faster 1GB GForce GT 355M discrete graphics card and the slower Intel GMA 4500MHD, but even that isn’t enough. While the internal 8-cell Lithium-Ion battery offered over six hours of battery life on the dual core model, the new model gets just five hours. Regardless, it still runs for longer than competing machines. As with just about any Alienware machine, a built-in application lets customers tweak LED lighting settings for the logo, ventilation, and keyboard. Customers can even unscrew the entire bottom plate to manually upgrade or replace the battery, hard drive, or RAM. Looking at Dell’s current lineup, the Alienware M11x sits in a unique spot. It’s almost small enough for classification as a netbook, but it offers comparable performance to 15-inch laptops. That makes it a great option for both college students and gamers. The laptop offers enough battery life when running on the integrated Intel GMA to last through an entire day’s worth of classes. It makes for a great note taking laptop, especially with a back-lit keyboard. It’s also rugged enough to carry around without falling apart easily. And for gamers, it’s probably the only lightweight solution available. Sure, it doesn’t compare to the performance of the M15x or M17x, but those are power hungry and heavy devices. The M11x manages to squeeze out nearly two hours of battery life for graphics intensive games such as Mass Effect 2 or Call of Duty: Modern Warefare 2 while maintaining great frame rates and decent rendering levels. Since Dell discontinued the Studio XPS 13, the Alienware M11x is suddenly a great option. As my XPS M1530 is starting to get old, it’s something that I’m considering myself. I’ll probably be using an external monitor, keyboard, and mouse when at home, but it still gets the job done just about everywhere else. We at Skatter Tech will be getting our hands on one of these units from Dell very soon, so stay tuned for a full in-depth review. **Buy: [$950 for M11x on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003LPUYI4?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003LPUYI4&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Alienware.com](http://www.alienware.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Dell.com](http://www.dell.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### My Thoughts on OnLive URL: https://www.skatter.com/my-thoughts-on-onlive/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:56.000Z **The Benefits** [OnLive](http://www.onlive.com/?ref=skatter.com) isn’t simply a distribution medium like Steam, it’s entirely different. While the latter requires users to download gigabytes of data for each game, OnLive doesn’t. Getting setup and running is rather easy. The installer for both Macs and PCs is just a few megabytes in size and only has a few minimum requirements: a dual-core processor, 1280-by-720 resolution display, and a high-speed internet connection. And that’s about it, gamers won’t need a powerful graphics card to play the latest games. In fact, the service is so flexible that users can begin a game on one machine and sign into their account on another, regardless of the OS, to pickup where they left off. Game developers may find OnLive attractive as well: building a single version of their game for this service instantly makes it compatible with both Windows and Macintosh machines. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/onlive-games-marketplace.jpg "OnLive Games Marketplace") OnLive’s business strategy is different from anything we’ve seen in the gaming industry before. The company’s technology processes graphics-intensive games on their cloud-based servers and delivers the final product to customers: audio and video. The little application on each subscriber’s machine sends commands from a keyboard, mouse, or controller back to OnLive’s servers. With some behind-the-scenes coordination, the entire service claims to work in harmony. For masses out there with outdated machines, OnLive presents an opportunity to play the latest games without having to spend a fortune. As for notable titles, some include Assassin’s Creed II, Dirt 2, Mass Effect 2, Batman: Arkham Asylum, Splinter Cell: Conviction and a few more. **The Issues** While the initial pitch may sound interesting, there are a few issues worth noting. First, gamers will always need an internet connection, even if simply working your way through a single-player mission. And that’s not all, you can’t have just any internet connection, OnLive requires speeds of nearly 5.5 Mbps. That pretty much excludes most DSL customers and let’s not talk about the part of America that’s still on Dial-Up. For users who do have a great internet connection, despite the claims of the company’s representatives, it’s likely that there will be decent amounts of lag. That fact alone excludes most serious gamers from even considering the service. Playing a round of a multi-player first person shooter may not be so much fun anymore. I should also note that OnLive doesn’t work with WiFi yet, users will need to tether themselves down with an Ethernet cable. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/onlive-game-details.jpg "OnLive Game Details") As for graphics quality, OnLive is comparable to other video streaming technologies. Let’s put this in terms of something just about everyone is already familiar with. Think about the quality of a Blu-ray movie or an even a DVD, then compare that to streaming a video from Hulu or YouTube. While faster internet connections and HD content is becoming more widely available, there are always buffering issues. While OnLive’s compression technology claims to intuitively adapt, picture quality won’t look bad, but it won’t be as great as playing it natively. And as for game titles, when I said “a few more,” I meant it. There are only about 20 available at this time. **Bottom Line** When it comes down to considering this service over purchasing retail box games or using [Steam](http://store.steampowered.com/?ref=skatter.com), price becomes an important factor. OnLive charges a $15 monthly fee for access to the service, but not games. Getting access to a particular title will cost customers an addition one-time fee. F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin goes for just $20 while Prince of Persia: The Forgotten Sands is $50\. Unfortunately, this presents one major drawback: when customers cancel a monthly subscription, they will no longer have access to games they’ve purchased. While OnLive tries appeal to users who can’t afford expensive computer hardware or dedicated consoles, the bills add up. While an Xbox 360 S sells for $300, two years of an OnLive subscription costs $360\. Let’s not forget that consumers get to keep Xbox hardware and games which isn’t possible for OnLive users. It’s a hard sell, but nonetheless an interesting one. If pricing drops significantly, it might be worth considering. Until then gaming on consoles or computers is still a more affordable option. **Links: [OnLive.com](http://www.onlive.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Update (7/21/10):** It was just pointed out that my Xbox price comparison was somewhat inaccurate since I failed to mention the cost of a Xbox Live subscription which goes for $50/year. However, even with an additional $100 added to the price tag, customers will still need to buy games. The fact that games are unplayable after a user ends a subscription still makes the service hard to recommend. ### Assassins Creed: Brotherhood (Preview) URL: https://www.skatter.com/assassins-creed-brotherhood-preview/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:52.000Z The first game is set during the Third Crusade in the Holy Land and follows the story of an assassin named Altair, while the second game is set in Renaissance Italy and follows a young man turned assassin named Ezio Auditore. In the second game, players had the ability of roaming the streets of major cities like Venice and Florence. The level of immersion the game offered was simply stunning as players could run around and scale every building in sight. Assassin’s Creed: Brotherhood picks up exactly where Ezio left off in the second game. In Brotherhood, the city of Rome has been recreated from the ground up in its full glory and will be 3 to 4 times more expansive than any of the locations in the other games. As a result, the game looks even more breathtaking than its predecessors. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/assassins-creed-brotherhood-colliseum.jpg "Assassins Creed: Brotherhood - Coliseum") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/assassins-creed-brotherhood-multiplayer.jpg "Assassins Creed: Brotherhood - Multiplayer") One of the complaints about the original Assassin’s Creed was the sluggish nature of the combat system. Some of those complaints were addressed in Assassin’s Creed II, and combat took on a faster more visceral feel. Brotherhood will continue on those improvements by expanding the combat system even further. Due to the massive size of the map, Ezio’s horse will play a vital role in his exploits, meaning that a whole new horse combat system has been introduced. Players will also be able to choose from a variety of new assassination methods and weapons. Instead of relying heavily on counter-attacking like in the first two games, Ezio will now have faster striking capabilities. As a result, enemy AI has been significantly refined, adding a new pace to combat. There are also new enemy archetypes that users will have to tactically adjust to depending on the situation. While the single player is definitely something I’ll be looking forward to, it’s really the multiplayer that has got people excited about this game. Even though multiplayer is an unusual addition to a game as story-driven as Assassin’s Creed is, there’s been a good deal of buzz around it after it was heralded as Best Multiplayer Game at E3\. There will be a variety of different multiplayer modes to choose from, with the only one known currently being called “Wanted.” The objective of this mode is quite simple. Six to eight players will be dropped onto a map where each of them must try to kill each other. Although it sounds like a standard death match, it’s actually more like a cat and mouse game. Each player will be assigned a target player to assassinate and must do so without being assassinated by the player targeting them. Players will be able to use the environment to hide from their opponents just like in the single player. This should add an interesting dynamic to the game as the concept of sand box game play will still hold. On top of the free nature of the game, players will be able to level up their characters and unlock many different maps, items, etc. This level-up type of game play should ensure that the multiplayer feature doesn’t get boring too fast. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/assassins-creed-brotherhood-artwork.jpg "Assassins Creed: Brotherhood - Artwork") Even though Assassin’s Creed: Brotherhood picks up where the previous game left off, there are certainly many new things it has to offer. I don’t think, however, that the overall single player experience will be too different from previous games. It will probably contribute to a more complete game instead. On the other hand, I do see the multiplayer bringing something completely different to the picture. As of now, there’s only information regarding one game mode, leaving seven more without explanation. Unfortunately, we’ll have to just wait until November 16, when Brotherhood is released for PS3 and Xbox 360\. Until then, Ubisoft has left us with enough breathtaking glimpses of Brotherhood to drool over. **Pre-order: [$59 on Amazon for PS3 or Xbox 360](http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B003L8HQ7S?ie=UTF8&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=as2&camp=1789&creative=390957&creativeASIN=B003L8HQ7S&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Ubisoft.com Assassin’s Creed: Brotherhood](http://assassinscreed.us.ubi.com/brotherhood/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Gives Out Free Cases, “Fixes” iPhone 4 URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-gives-out-free-cases-fixes-iphone-4/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:52.000Z Steve Jobs spent much of the press conference defending the iPhone 4, saying it was “perhaps the best product we’ve ever made at Apple.” He started right off the bat by pointing out that all smart phones have weak antenna issues and claimed that it is possible to replicate the “death grip” on the [HTC Droid Eris](https://www.skatter.com/htc-droid-eris-verizon-review/), Samsung Omnia II, and BlackBerry Bold 9700\. Jobs also claimed that only about .55% of iPhone 4 owners have called AppleCare’s support line regarding antenna issues. He also noted an AT&T report which claims that only 1.7% of customers have returned their new iPhones, a much lower number than the 6% that returned the iPhone 3GS. Jobs did admit that the iPhone 4 drops more calls than the 3GS, but says it’s only a little less than one additional call per hundred, or less than 1% more. He added that his “pet theory” about why there are more dropped calls is because only about 20% of customers left the store with cases as opposed to 80% (by Apple’s numbers) for the iPhone 3GS. That’s mainly because older cases don’t fit the iPhone 4 while the iPhone 3GS retained the same iPhone 3G dimensions. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/apple-iphone-4-black-bumper.png "Apple iPhone 4 - Black Bumper") While Jobs may have acknowledged that the iPhone 4 isn’t perfect and said that he was deeply sorry for customers affected by reception problems, he stopped short of admitting that there is a fundamental design flaw. In addition, when asked if he would be willing to make an apology to investors, Jobs said that he didn’t think that he owed them one because Apple has heard so many good things from customers and that Apple is “doing a lot to help them with any issues they’re seeing.” This is bound to rub some investors the wrong way, seeing as Apple stock has dropped 7% since the iPhone 4’s release, and Consumer Report has refused to recommend the new iPhone because of the “death grip,” calling on Apple to fix this problem for consumers. It is true that these cases will relieve the reception problem for the iPhone 4 and giving them to customers for free is a great move that will make many Apple fans happy. However, refusing to truly acknowledge the problem or even to apologize for it after holding an emergency press conference is a bit strange. In my opinion, it comes across as being a bit arrogant, and it would have been nice to see just a tad more humility in Cupertino this morning. Aside from that, Apple did announce that the white iPhone 4 would finally become available on July 30th, just two weeks away. Apple also released a minor software update, iOS 4.0.1, which will properly display signal strength for the nearly 3 million iPhone 4 customers. **Links: [Apple.com](http://www.apple.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [iPhone 4 vs. Intelligent Design](https://www.skatter.com/iphone-4-vs-intelligent-design/)** ### Impressions: Swype on the Droid X URL: https://www.skatter.com/impressions-swype-on-the-droid-x/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:56.000Z Let me start off by saying that I am not a fan of touchscreen keyboards. At all. I love the tactile feel of physical keys beneath my fingers while I’m typing, and haptic (vibrating) feedback just doesn’t cut it for me. I don’t see how people with large hands can type anything on these keyboards. I have tiny fingers and I still manage to press the wrong keys! I’ve had this problem with the iPhone 3GS, which features one of the best touchscreen keyboards, and I even found the Droid X’s default multi-touch keyboard difficult to use despite its large screen. Typing often got frustratingly slow using the multi-touch keyboard, as I had to go back constantly to correct misspelled words. Fed up after an hour of trying to make it through a sentence without typos and spending over ten minutes on a five line email, I finally gave in and switched to the pre-installed Swype keyboard. I know that, even though Swype has been getting rave reviews, there are a fair number of skeptics out there, including myself before I tried it out. But let me assure you that this positive reviews are warranted. For starters, Cliff Kushler is behind the project, the same guy who invented the T9 text-input technology that’s featured on millions of numeric keypad phones. Clearly not satisfied with his first revolutionary addition to keypads, he’s trying to “reinvent the wheel” again, this time for smart phones. He’s done this by creating a software that allows you to slide your finger over a touchscreen keyboard to spell out a word without lifting a finger. The intuitive software recognizes an intended word based on the keys you’ve run your fingers over. For example, if I want to type “Droid,” I would place my finger on the “D” key, then drag it up to the “R” key, across to the “O,” back to the “I,” and then back to “D” again. I know that this may sound a little strange, and a video is the best way to explain how Swype works, here’s Sahas Katta’s demo of [Swype on the HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/): [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msxBp3FcpY0&hd=1](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=msxBp3FcpY0&hd=1&ref=skatter.com) If that video didn’t convince you that Swype is unlike anything you’ve ever seen, then I probably have nothing more to say that will change your mind. Swype goes far beyond the days of [graffiti for Palm Pilots](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graffiti%5F%28Palm%5FOS%29?ref=skatter.com). The technology doesn’t require pin-point swyping accuracy, either. Running your finger across a set of keys within reasonable proximity of those that form a word is generally enough; however, if Swype is unsure about your input, it presents a popup with four possibilities and a second page with another four. And if a word isn’t recognized, tapping it in the old fashion way will register it into the dictionary, and Swyping that same word a second time around won’t be an issue. Full sentences are just as easy. To swype something like “My Droid X Rocks,” all I need to do is run my finger across the letters of the first word, lift my finger briefly, and then continue on to the second word. I found it very handy that Swype automatically selected the first option in the word suggestion box without making me have to physically touch the word to select it. This meant that I could continue swyping the next word in my sentence while Swype inserted the first option, dramatically speeding up my typing. However, the main reason for faster typing I found was the fact that I didn’t ever have to stop to hit the space key. Hitting the space bar is entirely optional with Swype, as the keyboard automatically recognizes where one word ends and another begins. In terms of the learning curve, it’s actually fairly intuitive. The software walks you through a tutorial when it’s first activated. After that, I more or less got the hang of it in under a minute. Within an hour I felt completely comfortable using Swype. After swyping only a few sentences, it becomes clear how much faster it is. I was able to write texts using Swype, with minimal typos, in nearly half the time it took me to tap the same message on the standard multi-touch keyboard. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/swype-is-quick.png "Swype is Quick") While the entire idea sounds great, there’s one major flaw with Swype: it is very, very easy to make mistakes. And that’s not entirely because the technology is flawed, but because we are. Most of us know how to type on traditional QWERTY keyboards because they’ve been around for ages, and we’ve been trained to type exclusively on these keyboards. Veteran typists have the muscle movements memorized for most common words. Because Swype doesn’t use the traditional typing method, however, muscle memory got in the way more frequently than I expected, especially when it came to words with trickier spellings. One of the most problematic words for me was “definitely,” a word that I don’t normally have trouble typing because I know the finger pattern. However, with Swype I had to think twice about whether it was spelled with one “E” or two and what the overall letter sequence was. This was more of a minor nuisance for me, since I have relatively decent spelling, but I can imagine it being a real problem for those who aren’t great at spelling and rely heavily on spell check or autocorrect. Unlike conventional typing, spelling does make a difference in determining whether or not Swype knows what you are trying to say. I’ve found that Swype is only right about 75% of the time in what I’m trying to say. I’m going to chalk up most of this to my inability to swype accurately, but it has led to some fairly entertaining typos. For instance, it inserted the word “fruit” instead of “for” in an email to a friend. But a more serious incident was when the “o” in the word “dock” was swapped with the letter “i” in a work-related conversation with my boss. While he laughed it off, I’m pretty sure it wouldn’t play out so well in other situations or with other bosses. Swype is also very problematic when it comes to passwords. There’s simply no way to verify that you’ve entered a password correctly using Swype, since the text is covered with astericks. Passwords that are standard dictionary words, which is highly unrecommended, may work with Swype, but entering complicated ones with symbols, numbers, and capital letters isn’t just annoying, it’s nearly impossible. Fortunately, the Swype keyboard also works as a regular tap-enabled keyboard when needed, though I wouldn’t recommend using it this way for anything other than odd words or passwords. Overall, I think Swype is a fantastic addition to smart phones and is great for people like me who find regular single-letter tapping on touchscreens difficult and downright frustrating. Of course, it isn’t perfect. It has some problems with typos, and does go against the way we have been taught to type. However, these problems are more minor nuisances than serious issues and definitely do not outweigh the speed benefits that come with Swype. After using it myself, I now see why people have been so excited by this new text input feature, and I can honestly say that I would recommend Swype to all smart phone owners. **Links: [Swype Beta](http://beta.swype.com/?ref=skatter.com)** **Video: [Demo on HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/)** *Editors Note: This article was co-written by Sahas Katta and Alex Harvey-Gurr.* ### RIM Unveils BlackBerry Protect URL: https://www.skatter.com/rim-unveils-blackberry-protect/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:52.000Z BlackBerry Protect is the first free in-house service that provides BlackBerry owners with all the tools they need to protect their phone should it go missing. The first of these tools is the ability to automatically back up data. When you download and install the BlackBerry Protect application, you will be given the option to backup the data on your BlackBerry. If you choose to backup your data, you will be able to decide what data you want backed up and how often (daily, weekly, or monthly). The best part, however, is that only new data will be backed up after the first backup is completed, instead of just backing up the same old data over and over again and increasing data usage. Another helpful feature and my personal favorite is Loud Ring. Basically, if you misplace your BlackBerry in your apartment, say, under a pile of dirty laundry, you can log into the BlackBerry Protect web portal and activate the loud ring feature, which makes your phone ring loudly for one minute (even if it was set on silent!). Additionally, this feature will change the default profile to loud, so if you still can’t find your phone after the ringing stops you can call it on another phone and keep searching for it. I can’t even begin to describe how incredibly handy this feature would be for a person like me, considering how many times I’ve turned my room inside out trying to find my phone after “misplacing” it. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/blackberry-protect-loud-ring.jpg "Blackberry Protect Loud Ring") BlackBerry Protect also has a slew of features intended to handle every businessman’s worst nightmare: the dreaded loss of the BlackBerry. First up is the ability to remotely lock your phone and set up a password if you leave your BlackBerry somewhere or it gets stolen. Next, you can set up a “lost and found” screen with a polite message listing your contact information and saying “If you find this device, call me at “000-000-0000,” so a good Samaritan who finds the phone can get in touch with you to return it. If you have doubts in your fellow man, you can go into the web portal and use the “view current location” feature to see where your missing phone is via the phone’s built-in GPS system. Finally, if you are unable to find your phone and no one has called, you can delete all the information off the phone using the Remote Wipe feature. This will include all data stored on the phone as well as on the Micro-SD card. But while this may feel like the end of the world for some of you out there, it really isn’t, because the last feature on BlackBerry Protect is the ability to wirelessly restore all backed up data from your old BlackBerry onto a new device. Some smart phone aficionados may be thinking that this sounds a little familiar right now. This is because this is not the first time a company has created a service like this to protect its smart phones. Apple has a strikingly similar service called [MobileMe](http://www.apple.com/mobileme/?ref=skatter.com), which has the exact same safety features as BlackBerry Protect when it comes to locating, protecting, and wiping lost or stolen phones. So what does BlackBerry Protect have to offer that MobileMe doesn’t? Well, MobileMe costs a grand total of $99 per year for an individual subscription after a 60-day free trial, and $149 per year for a family pack. BlackBerry Protect, on the other hand, is free. I know it may hurt to admit it, Apple fans, but RIM really did outdo Apple on this one. Unfortunately, BlackBerry Protect is not available to the general public yet and is currently only being launched as a beta via invite codes through BlackBerry Beta Zone. RIM has assured customers, however, that there will an open public beta available later this year. Overall, I think that this is a brilliant move on RIM’s part. Any successful company knows that the name of the game at the end of the day is customer satisfaction, and I for one can’t see any reason why BlackBerry users won’t be satisfied knowing that their BlackBerry is soon to be one of the most thoroughly protected smart phones out there and at no cost to them. **Link: [BlackBerry](http://blogs.blackberry.com/2010/07/introducing-blackberry-protect/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Apple Acquires Poly9 URL: https://www.skatter.com/apple-acquires-poly9/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:53.000Z About two years ago, Poly9 developed FreeEarth, an app that was similar to Google Earth but failed to offer as much. One major difference between the two was that FreeEarth was Flash-based, making it much slower. Since then, Poly9 has come out with Globe, an app written in JavaScript and a far cry from FreeEarth. The software allows users to spin a 3D Earth, and provides real-time statistics on the user’s location. The app also provides high-resolution images of US metropolitan areas but only at the expense of being 303kB. Globe runs on any browser and any platform, and does not require a download. All these facts were enough for Apple to go ahead and pick the company up. The acquisition of Poly9 could be an indication of Apple’s intention to launch a map service in the near future similar to Google’s. The extra competition is not all that surprising, considering that both companies are already locked head to head in the battle between Android and iOS4\. If Apple goes through with such a service, it will be interesting to see how it fares against Google’s vast data acquisition capabilities. Google is the most widely used search engine on the iPhone, giving it an advantage over Apple as it collects key data from both iPhone and Android users. Because of that fact, it is rumored that Apple is working on its own search engine for the iPhone, which would certainly aid efforts to release a map service as comprehensive as Google’s. In addition to the Poly9 acquisition, Apple has also acquired Placebase, a [Google Maps](http://maps.google.com/?ref=skatter.com) competitor. The purchase of both companies is a sure sign that something is brewing at Apple. Due to Apple’s current emphasis on the new iPhone, any new services will most likely be targeted at mobile users. As emphasized earlier, Apple is probably trying to transition away from Google Maps as much as possible. Whether an alternative from Apple would bring something new to map software or make existing app features better is yet to be seen. Judging the track record of the company, I would assume the former. In the past, Apple has not only been able to get past many technical hurdles but has also created an entirely new brand image. It will definitely be fascinating to see how it translates its previous successes into its current ambitions. **Links: [Apple.com](www.apple.com)** Note: Poly9 has been taken down. ### Seesmic For Android Adds Google Buzz URL: https://www.skatter.com/seesmic-for-android-adds-google-buzz/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:53.000Z **Latest Seesmic for Android 1.4 Features:** - Google Buzz support - Inline preview of pictures and links - Updated Settings Interface - OAuth Implementation - Status updates say “via Seesmic for Android” - UI improvements and bug fixes While services such as [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) have tons of mobile app offerings, the selection for Google Buzz is still somewhat limited. While Google is heavily pushing their social platform, usage isn’t nearly as widespread as competing services. Even Google’s own Android users have limited options when it comes to accessing Buzz. Sure, there’s a native HTML5 web page, an official Buzz widget, and some functionality through the Maps application, but it’s not enough. Even Seesmic for iPhone users resort to an intermediary [Ping.fm](http://www.ping.fm/?ref=skatter.com) service to update Google Buzz statuses. Seesmic bridges that hole for Android users with their latest update. With a single client for both Twitter and Buzz, Seesmic is a great option. The company is also bringing Buzz along with Facebook support to their Desktop client soon. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/seesmic-for-android-demo.png "Seesmic For Android: Demo") Competitors such as [TweetDeck](http://www.tweetdeck.com/?ref=skatter.com) already offer support for Twitter, Facebook, MySpace, LinkedIn, Google Buzz, and Foursquare in their desktop client and support for Twitter and Facebook in their iPhone app. I’ve been a long time fan of Seesmic, but even despite this update, they still have plenty of catching up to do. Until then, I may have to jump back over to TweetDeck. As the Android Marketplace grows, I’m excited for the feature-rich Apps that keep popping up. I’m hopeful that with this competition customers will win with a better client. **Links: [Seesmic.com](http://seesmic.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Massachusetts Law to Censor Web Indecency for Minors URL: https://www.skatter.com/massachusetts-law-to-censor-web-indecency-for-minors/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:54.000Z The adjustments add “any electronic communication including, but not limited to, electronic mail, instant messages, text messages, and any other communication created by means of use of the Internet or wireless network” to the existing definition. Although this may seem like Massachusetts’ way of adding new medias into their existing definition, it has much larger ramifications because the Internet is a massive open distribution network. Accessing these “harmful materials” becomes far easier when illegal content is only a click away rather than a walk down to the local book or video store. To obtain things like books, DVDs, or even pay-per-view television, a minor would have to purchase the content or find someone to consciously buy the material for the youth, making both the minor and the adult active participants in a crime. Adult Internet content, however, can be accessed by anyone at any time without a third party preventing the minor from finding the content. Even if sites do have an age verification welcome page, a simple click of the button gets the child into the content, and it is almost impossible for anyone to determine the child’s true age. Therefore, if Massachusetts wishes for these new changes to be truly effective, it would seem that everyone would need to be treated as a minor unless they can prove their legal age via driver’s license, passport, credit card, or some other alternative. However, this goes against the very nature of the Internet, which is in and of itself an open arena for people to access content. This is not to say that the Internet was intended for minors to have access to adult content when they are not of age. However, it is clear that the ramifications of these changes exceed the bounds that Massachusetts seems to have originally intended back when Chapter 272 was originally passed. No longer a simple way of protecting children, Massachusetts can prosecute individuals outside of their own state if they cannot properly moderate the adult content on their website, which would violate the Interstate Commerce Clause. Moreover, those in Massachusetts who deem adult content unsavory are given a much larger edge to prosecute those who access the content, even if they are legal adults. It remains to be seen how Section 31 will effect the Internet as a whole, but if combatants like the American Civil Liberties Union and the Comic Book Legal Defense Fund are unable to successfully convince the Senate for further amendments, the Internet could become a very different outlet for information in the near future. **Link: [The General Law of Massachusetts](http://www.mass.gov/legis/laws/mgl/272-31.htm?ref=skatter.com) | [Chapter 74 of the Acts of 2010](http://www.mass.gov/legis/laws/seslaw10/sl100074.htm?ref=skatter.com)** ### Intel Sets Its Sights On Infineon URL: https://www.skatter.com/intel-sets-its-sights-on-infineon/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:54.000Z Infineon’s wireless division is involved with designing and manufacturing many RF based products, such as mobile baseband platforms, Bluetooth, GPS, etc. Some of Infineon’s customers include Apple, Research In Motion (RIM), and even the Chinese government for RFID chips in Chinese passports. Intel currently lacks cellular and RF based chipsets including basebands, all of which Infineon has developed. By acquiring Infineon, Intel would be positioning itself firmly in the mobile communications market. With its current work on a competitor for the ARM mobile processor architecture and baseband technologies like HSPA/LTE (4G) from Infineon, we could see more low cost integrated chipsets from Intel. This would put the company in direct competition with major wireless chipset manufacturers like Qualcomm. Also, considering the fact that WiMAX hasn’t panned out as Intel had originally hoped, the acquisition of key LTE technologies could prove very profitable. Another way Intel is trying to push its mobile device agenda is through its partnership with Nokia to develop MeeGo, a Linux-based open source mobile operating system. If Intel were to go through with the Infineon acquisition, consumers could potentially see integrated mobile chipsets working in tandem with the MeeGo platform. Although it is a possibility, many things will have to fall in place before we see such developments. For starters, Nokia Siemens networks is actually a competitor of Infineon, so it will be interesting to see how Intel’s relationship with Nokia plays out if a merger happens. The move by Intel might also put it in competition with Apple Inc, even though both companies have allied together for the Macbook’s internal chipset. If there’s any company that is financially capable of freshly entering into the mobile device market, it’s Intel. If it goes through with it, the acquisition will cost an estimated $1.4 billion. With such a large price tag, it’s clear that Intel is willing to put forth the effort and capital needed to develop industry-changing technologies. It certainly won’t be easy, considering that Intel has failed in other areas like optical and wireless communications. This fact combined with the vast amount of new competition the company is creating for itself means it would need to have something awesome up its sleeve if it hopes to survive in this industry, let alone be successful. **Link: [Intel.com](http://intel.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Infineon.com](http://infineon.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Another BlackBerry 6 Sneak Peek URL: https://www.skatter.com/another-blackberry-6-sneak-peek/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:54.000Z **Features presented in the sneak peek:** - Universal search - Enhanced media - Social feeds - Fluid interface - BlackBerry messenger - Web browser - Simultaneous posts The universal search bar finds anything related to whatever the user types in. This feature is very beneficial, especially for heavy users, since they can now look for a file or tag quickly without needing to scroll through other menus and folders. The effectiveness of the search would depend on the hardware specifications of the cell phone; however, that information has not been released yet. The search menu on the “enhanced” media interface featured only the ability to look through YouTube videos. It would be better if the user could input what website (like Hulu, Yahoo! Video, or Google video) they want to look through instead. I feel that the enhanced media interface does add a certain aesthetic appeal to the cell phone, but nothing more. The design of the music and video menus is nothing new; it looks almost identical to the iPod’s horizontal-scroll-through menus. Social feeds are nothing new either, considering that almost all smart phones now come with them. However, considering the amount of social feeds users can sign up for (Facebook, Twitter, Gmail, etc.), it is important to note that the notifications do not clutter the screen. Also, this feature does seem to be easy to use and convenient. Users can quickly switch, for example, between updating one’s Twitter status and sending an email with minimal hassle. The new fluid interface is not actually a redesign, but rather a retool of the older interface. Judging from the video, it makes browsing through the BlackBerry much simpler and smoother (hence, “fluid” interface). There were times when it was annoying to get from one program to another feature on my Storm2; fortunately, this doesn’t appear to be a problem with BlackBerry 6\. The engineers have also added context-sensitive popups. Similar to what users experience on their computers, this BlackBerry will have popup notifications. This feature can go either way, though. Popups cannot obstruct the screen nor appear too often; if either of these should occur, this feature will become more of an annoyance to users than anything else. This new interface will also likely allow for more customization. Older BlackBerrys do not have the same amount of customization as new phones, but this will improve. Hence, I am looking forward to this new addition. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plWOkI\_Urwo](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plWOkI%5FUrwo&ref=skatter.com) Also, the BlackBerry messenger looks very unappealing in terms of aesthetics, at least from this sneak peek. The dark gray background and chat bubbles completely clash and detract from the overall visual experience. Granted, BlackBerrys are geared towards heavy business users, but it would have been nice to have a slick chat interface. I hope users will be able to change the background to their liking. The ability to attach various types of files (pictures, videos, location, audio, voice note, contacts) makes up for this minor visual flaw. Users can easily attach any of these (and possibly more) to an outgoing message by simply using the drop down menu. The web browser does not appear to be anything special. This portion of the video did show that this BlackBerry comes with a multi-touch screen, since users are able to pinch in and out for zoom. This is nothing new though, since many other phones, including the BlackBerry Storm2, have this feature. Finally, the BlackBerry 6 will have the ability to post on multiple social media outlets. Users can post onto their Facebook, Twitter, etc. simultaneously, saving them time. All in all, my favorite improvement is the new fluid interface. Customization is the most important feature I look for in a phone. Since the phone belongs to me, I like to include parts of my personality onto it. In contrast, that the messenger needs to do more to stand out for me. But again, it comes back to the issue of customization. If this phone builds upon the Storm2’s weaknesses and includes all of the above features, I would definitely be willing to give this phone a try. There is no release date or price point yet for this phone, but keep checking Skatter Tech for more updates in the coming weeks! **Links: [BlackBerry.com](http://www.blackberry.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [BlackBerry 6 Sneak Peak](http://blogs.blackberry.com/2010/07/blackberry-6-another-sneak-peek/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Parrot AR.DRONE Targets Open Source Developers URL: https://www.skatter.com/parrot-ar-drone-targets-open-source-developers/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:55.000Z Thankfully, some companies are coming up with AR products that are a little more interesting than virtual wire cutters. Parrot, a company best known for its hands-free carsets, intends to take gaming to the next level by encouraging the developer community to build mobile AR applications around a very cool quadricopter toy called the AR.Drone. The device, whose final version was introduced at E3, runs Linux and has two video cameras mounted on the front and bottom that use WiFi to feed an augmented video stream to your iPhone/iPod Touch app. Want your AR.Drone to battle with your friends’? The quadricopter has special AR markings that lets it get recognized by other copters, so AR.Drones in the same vicinity can interact with one another within apps (for example, by shooting laser beams at each other). Here’s my rundown on the best and worst of the AR.Drone, which I hear was one of the more popular demos at E3 and will be available for $299 in September: **The Good** Parrot was smart to create an open source platform so that anyone can make AR.Drone apps. Developers are pretty excited about AR right now, and, from what Parrot tells us, about 500 have already taken the bait and downloaded the SDK. Judging by the demo I saw at CEA LineShow, it looks like they’ve done a great job with the accelerometer — the AR.Drone is intuitive to pilot and quick to respond. Also, the quadricopter itself is just so friggin’ awesome. It can fly at 5 meters/second and can stabilize itself in just about any situation, even when smacking into walls, your friends, gusts of wind, or other AR.Drones. The folks demoing it let me smack it myself a few times and it really did stabilize instantly. With that combination of sturdiness, speed, and responsiveness, head-to-head copter battles will surely be epic. Another neat feature of the quadricopter is that it will stop automatically, stabilize, and lower itself to the ground if you take a phone call while using an AR.Drone app, staying there until you’re finished with the call. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vQ-oZzisJIw](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vQ-oZzisJIw&ref=skatter.com) **The Bad** Currently, the AR.Drone can only detect other quadricopters within 16 feet of it and the range of flight is limited by WiFi to 164 feet. Also, Parrot claims that playing with a solo quadricopter can be just as entertaining as head-to-head battles or other multiplayer games, however I don’t see what the point of AR or the quadricopter itself is when there’s only one drone flying around with nothing in its environment to interact with. I suppose seeing it occasionally bang into your wall during gameplay has a certain appeal, but I don’t think that’s riveting enough for me to ever want to play with it on its own. Head-to-head quadricopter battles will surely be awesome, but they will also require you to convince your friends to spend $300 on one and lug the thing over to your house in order to play. Yes, you could buy two of them, but either way, you will need one iPhone or iPod Touch per AR.Drone, which alienates people like me who have neither. Parrot, build a web app! **The Buzzkill** A battery life of 12 minutes. No, seriously. If your copters die mid-battle, you have 90 suspenseful minutes of charge time ahead of you before you can continue. For reference, the source of all this trouble is a Lithium Polymer UL2054 battery. **The Bottom Line** The AR.Drone is an amazing concept with a lot of potential, but the current limitations and price tag are pretty daunting. It’s hard to justify shelling out $299 for a toy with the shortest battery life known to mankind, especially when it’s not half as much fun to play solo and requires an iPhone or iPod Touch to work. In the meantime, buy a couple for the office. Unlike Facebooking on the job, you’re forced to get back to work after 12 minutes of use, and with an hour and a half between charges, there’s still plenty of time left for productivity. **Links: [AR.Drone](http://ardrone.parrot.com/parrot-ar-drone/en?ref=skatter.com) | [Developer Zone](http://ardrone.parrot.com/parrot-ar-drone/dev/developers?ref=skatter.com)** ### Amazon Offers Students A Great Deal URL: https://www.skatter.com/amazon-offers-students-a-great-deal/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:15:04.000Z Signing up for the Amazon Student deal is as easy as you can imagine. Simply sign in to your amazon account, or create one, and provide them with your .edu email address. After a quick confirmation email, you will immediately have access to some amazing exclusive discounts and promotions. These bargains include huge savings on textbooks, mp3 players, and other accessories necessary in making a student’s life easier. A full year Premium membership will be given with no long-term commitments, including benefits like free 2-Day Shipping along with a heavily discounted $4 overnight delivery. And for you gamers out there, this means you can have that next-gen title you’ve been waiting so long for shipped immediately to you upon release date. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/amazon-student.gif "Amazon Student") While it doesn’t sound like all that much is changing besides cheaper delivery, the Prime Membership is typically $79 for a year. So all you have to do is be cool and go to school in order to get a huge boost in the convenience that Amazon already proudly provides. Plus it is summer, and all of us out there suffering under the weight of higher education could use some incentive to keep up the good work. Signing up for Amazon Student took me a total of 20 seconds and it feels good knowing there is no later commitment after the year is up. I can only imagine how many of our readers are about to get their Xbox 360 S in the next two days. Or maybe they’ll be pre-ordering Donkey Kong Country Returns, knowing they’ll be getting it right away. Who among us can honestly say we don’t need a couple of slip-and-slides? I know someone at Skatter Tech who would just love a donated Invaders Ice Tray. Whatever you’re going to get, just stop wasting your time and go enjoy the summer already with Amazon’s help! **Links: [Amazon Student](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fgp%2Fstudent%2Fsignup%2Finfo&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com)** ### Google Releases App Inventor for Android URL: https://www.skatter.com/google-releases-app-inventor-for-android/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:55.000Z App inventor for Android is a browser-based development environment designed to make building mobile applications for the Android operating system easy. Even individuals with no prior app programming experience can learn how to use the tool. This is because you don’t actually have to write any code! The UI of the tool is designed so that you can visually create apps. Everything from the app’s structure to its behavior can be laid out using functional blocks representing certain actions or attributes. There are blocks to store information, blocks for repeating actions, blocks to perform actions under certain conditions, and even blocks for the app to talk to external services like Twitter. Even though the user doesn’t actually code the app’s functions specifically, they will get exposure to software design methodologies that are more intuitive and easier to learn than picking up a textbook and learning the subject. The greatest part is the gratification of having a fully functional Android app that can be used on your phone! While app inventor may not be great for serious developers due to certain limitations, it is definitely still an extensive tool. For example, users can store data in a database, so people like teachers can store quiz questions for their students. Developers also have access to all the features of the phone being programmed for, like the GPS, camera, texting, etc. App inventor even lets you communicate with the web, so you can link your app’s feature with web-based services like Amazon. From games to apps using Android’s text to speech capabilities, the educational potential of the tool is invaluable. Also, since Android is an open source development environment, there are plenty of tutorials and resources available to help someone get started. An added advantage since App Inventor utilizes a web interface, users can develop apps on multiple platforms like Linux, Mac, and Windows. This is in contrast to Apple’s iOS 4, where apps can only be developed on Macs and require actual programming experience. Over the past year, app inventor has undergone a fair amount of testing in classrooms around the United States. The verdict in general has been positive, prompting Google to finally make it available to the general public. Whether it actually catches on is a different matter. Nonetheless, it certainly has the potential to bridge the gap between the art of programming and the average individual’s desire to learn the subject. It will be interesting to see how the Android app market changes too, as the developer community might expand greatly. We could see more innovative apps as people previously limited by programming experience will be able to pick up the skill faster. Currently, app inventor is in its Beta release. To request an invitation for app inventor, users will have to fill out this [form](https://services.google.com/fb/forms/appinventorinterest/?ref=skatter.com). **Link : [App Inventor](http://googleblog.blogspot.com/2010/07/app-inventor-for-android.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Google’s Open Spot Finds Your Next Parking Spot URL: https://www.skatter.com/googles-open-spot-finds-your-next-parking-spot/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:55.000Z This application definitely has its upsides. For instance, it has the ability to save both time and gas, as well as prevents frustration by eliminating the need to circle large parking structures and stalk individuals heading towards their parked cars. However I feel that Google is in under the false impression that people, especially in busy areas, will take the time or even remember to use the mark a spot feature in order to help out their fellow parking searchers. My opinion is further supported by the fact that Google offers no real incentive for people to mark open parking spaces other than awarding them karma points. These points serve no real purpose except to offer the users emotional satisfaction. This is the main reason I feel that this app will not succeed in practice. However, if Google can figure out an effective reward system then perhaps this app will actually provide the convenience it promises. I am one of the many people who constantly stalks returning shoppers at busy malls in order to find an opening parking space, so if I were to ever purchase a Google powered phone, I would definitely make use of this app. Therefore, I feel that there are lots of current Android users who would be very interested in download this app as well. **Links: [Google Open Spot](http://openspot.googlelabs.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Motorola Droid X – Verizon (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-x-verizon-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:22.000Z **Hardware, Aesthetics, Design** Motorola’s Droid X is a clear-cut response to the HTC EVO 4G. While Droid X doesn’t offer a front-facing camera or 4G connectivity, it does sport a TI 1GHz OMAP 3630 processor, a 4.3 inch display, HDMI output, 3G mobile hotspot, 8 megapixel camera, 720p video recording, Android v2.1, GPS navigation, Bluetooth v2.1, FM radio, WiFi b/g/n, and Motoblur. And to meet smartphone standards, Motorola includes an accelerometer, a proximity sensor, and an ambient light detector. While [Verizon’s HTC Droid Incredible](http://beta.skatter.com/2010/05/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/?ref=skatter.com) sports a familiar size, the Droid X is simply huge. It stands 5 inches tall, spans 2.6 inches wide, and is just 0.4 inches thick. Although those dimensions make it even taller than the already monstrous HTC EVO 4G, the Droid X is also a tenth of an inch thinner. It weighs in at about 5.5 ounces, a half ounce lighter than the EVO 4G. Let’s keep in mind that Apple’s iPhone 4 weighs just 4.8 ounces. While the Droid X isn’t nearly as robust as the original Droid’s tank-like structure, it’s still a very durable device. It is also apparent that this phone can easily survive a drop or two, which the somewhat-fragile and heavy HTC EVO 4G won’t. The Droid X should easily last through a few years of reasonable wear and tear. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-side-full.jpg "Motorola Droid X Side Full") Considering the technology packed inside, the Droid X is by no means bulky. It is comfortable to hold when navigating through the touch screen interface or when held up for a phone call. Unlike the Apple iPhone 4, which has a fully glossy coat on both sides, the Droid X has an all-around soft matte finish. The material helps keeps dust, fingerprints, and grime hidden, while offering a great grip. And aside from the dark grey paint job, the phone is fairly subtle. While the silver coated earpiece grill, Motorola emblem, volume controls, and power key are a nice contrast, the phone simply doesn’t stand out as much as the EVO 4G or the iPhone 4. Regarding the odd hump on the back, it’s clear that Motorola simply ran out of space when adding the camera sensor. It’s something that definitely needs to disappear in a future model since it serves no purpose. While it does form a slightly angled surface, it won’t help when it comes to watching a video. On the other hand, the kick stand on the HTC EVO 4G is a great addition. But in regards to the unnecessary bulge, it is still easy to hold and fits into my pockets just fine. However, let’s not forget what our female writer found: [it doesn’t exactly fit into a tight jeans pocket](https://www.skatter.com/day-one-with-the-new-droid-x/). The front side of the Droid X hosts the 4.3 inch touch screen display below the ear piece, proximity sensor, and ambient light sensor. A line of four physical keys for Menu, Home, Back, and Search are directly below the display. While adapting to the EVO’s capacitive buttons was fairly easy, with little-to-no separation, distinguishing between each physical key is difficult. Also, Motorola interestingly changed the order since the original Droid, which might be annoying for upgrading customers. As for ports, the micro HDMI and a microUSB connectors are on the lower left side while a volume rocker and a multi-level camera shutter key are on the right. The top of the Droid X has a power/lock button and a standard 3.5mm headphone jack. The removable 1540mAh battery pack and the included 16GB microSD card are hidden under a slide-off rear panel. However, it’s unfortunate that the microSD card isn’t swappable without turning off the phone to remove the battery pack. The 8 megapixel camera and complementary dual LED flashes are above the rear panel while the mono speakerphone is directly below. The Droid X also features three microphones for noise cancellation: one on the lower front chin, another on the top of the phone, and the last on the lower backside of the phone. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-front-earpiece.jpg "Motorola Droid X Front Earpiece") **The Display** Yes, we all know the 4.3 inch screen is huge, but how does it look? Fortunately, the TFT screen gets the job done despite the fact that it doesn’t offer the pixel density of Apple’s Retina Display on the iPhone 4 or the power efficiency of the [Samsung’s Super AMOLED screen on the Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-hits-sprint/). Numerically speaking, the Droid X sports a 480-by-854 pixel resolution and 16M colors, which gives it a competitive edge over the EVO’s 480-by-800 pixel display and 65k color set. While the Droid Incredible’s AMOLED screen makes viewing under direct sunlight difficult, the Droid X is still bearable. The ambient light sensors do a great job adjusting brightness to the appropriate levels and viewing angles meet expectations. As for the performance of the capacitive touch screen, it’s actually impressively responsive and accurate. Scrolling through contact lists or dragging down the notification bar was quicker and smoother than the EVO 4G, which was somewhat choppy. **Operating System** While the original Motorola Droid featured the native Android OS interface with minimal modifications, the Droid X comes bundled with the latest version of MotoBlur. Fortunately, it’s not the same horrid version that’s found on the [AT&T Moto Backflip](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-backflip-att-review/), which left many users frustrated. For starters, the revamped version no longer requires creating a MotoBlur account for using the phone. Users can sign into their email and social networking accounts without having to deal with another step in the configuration process. Motorola clearly hopes to improve the relatively dry Android interface with their own overlay to improve user experience. It’s the same thing HTC does with the Sense UI on all their Android devices. While the introduction of MotoBlur brings some improvements, it also creates some issues. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-front-buttons.jpg "Motorola Droid X Front Buttons") Starting with the advantages, it adds integration for Corporate Sync, Facebook, MySpace, Photobucket, Picasa, Twitter, and Yahoo! Mail. The interface provides an easy unified location for configuring these accounts. Motorola includes its own applications for accessing these services and even a streamlined inbox for browsing through all network updates at once. MotoBlur also brings an interactive Droid Eye live background and a set of widgets for phone settings, calendar events, contacts, date/time, messages, RSS news, photos, social networks, post-it notes, and weather. The idea sounds great, but in reality, Motoblur doesn’t meet expectations. Limited functionality is a widespread issue for just about every Motorola application. Sure, even HTC’s Sense UI has limitations in that regard, but it is well designed and polished. Customers will likely choose to entirely avoid MotoBlur applications and download the full-fledged versions of MySpace, Photobucket, Twitter, and Yahoo Mail. The duplicated functionality is highly unnecessary and does no favors for customers. As for the widgets, these aren’t exactly “fancy-looking” either. They offer minimal customizations and the seven home screens lack the expose view that is included with HTC’s Sense UI. While I did find Motoblur running smoother and snappier than HTC Sense UI, Motorola needs to spend sometime refining their overlay. It may run quickly, but the integration into the Android OS isn’t too friendly. While the HTC Sense UI tries to make the Android OS interface more consistent, Motoblur achieves the opposite effect. For instance, it automatically dumps Twitter contacts into the main address book. While sorting options are available, Motoblur doesn’t allow choosing a combination of Google and Facebook contacts. Users can only filter the contact list for a single service at a time. A Motorola representative did inform us that our unit has some early software, but with a launch date just a week away, I doubt there are any major changes. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-side-usb-hdmi.jpg "Motorola Droid X Side USB HDMI") **Android Marketplace** Apps were scarce when I first dove into the Android Marketplace in late 2009 shortly after the [launch of the Motorola Droid](http://skatter.com/2010/06/2009/11/motorola-droid-verizon-review/?ref=skatter.com). Today, Google’s app store features over 50,000 applications created by over 180,000 developers. Android is now undoubtedly attractive enough for companies to invest resources for building apps for it. Early Android Apps weren’t as polished as iPhone counterparts either, but that’s no longer the case. Within the first few days with the Droid X, I downloaded apps for all the services that I regularly use: Amazon, Barcode Scanner, Digg, Dropbox, eBuddy, Flickster, Google Voice, Mint, Pandora, Photoshop, Qik, Shazam, SpeedTest, UrbanSpoon, and WordPress. While the iOS App Store may still offer a larger selection, Android users won’t be missing out on anything major. As this is a Verizon Wireless handset, it of course [features Skype for VoIP calls](https://www.skatter.com/skype-mobile-coming-to-sprint-htc-evo-4g/). **The Keyboard** While the Droid X doesn’t have a physical keyboard like the Motorola Droid, it sports both a standard virtual keyboard and Swype. While the HTC EVO’s large on-screen keyboard is easy-to-use, it has a poorly-designed set of directional keys for selecting text and lacked support for multi-touch typing. The Droid X addresses those concerns with multi-touch keyboard and touch-based cursor-selector. While typing on the EVO wasn’t problematic, each key response still had a slight millisecond delay. The Droid X keyboard appears to have done away with that issue as well, typing is just as fluid as with an Apple iPhone keyboard. The landscape mode makes for the best typing experience, but the portrait mode is roomy enough as well. Simply being able to hold down the shift key and selecting a letter simultaneously, as you would on a traditional keyboard, satisfies an expected experience. Despite the EVO’s similarly-sized screen, I found myself typing faster with the Droid X. It’s probably the best Android keyboard out there, aside from Swype being a special exception. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-back-camera-headphone-lock.jpg "Motorola Droid X Back Camera, Headphone, Lock") Other standard goodies such as auto-correction, spelling suggestions, and custom dictionaries make for an excellent experience. Android natively even features voice-to-text input, which is impressively accurate. While having to speak somewhat slower and clearly enunciating words, it is almost always spot-on. And as we saw at Google I/O 2010, the latest version of Android, Froyo v2.2, will bring further accuracy and performance improvements. As for the Swype keyboard, I won’t go into details here [since we recently published a video demo](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/). While that offers a simple walk through of the revolutionary keyboard technology, we’ll also be publishing another in-depth piece regarding Swype shortly. **Camera and Camcorder** Although manufacturers are pumping megapixels into smarpthones, image quality isn’t necessarily always improving. However, the 8 megapixel camera on the Droid X is nothing short of excellent. The snappy processor and efficient software launches the viewfinder within 2 seconds. The Motoblur customizations bring 8 scene modes, 8 color effects, flash settings, geo-tagging, face detection, ISO sensitivity, and Exposure levels. While the interface is still somewhat rugged and laggy, the Droid X still gets the job done. The interface even offers tap-to-focus capabilities for photos, but was oddly left out for video recording. Holding down the shutter key half way let’s the sensor focus on a target and a full press snaps an image. Photos taken in well-lit areas are generally properly exposed and saturated. The built-in dual LED flash truly helps with low lighting. It’s actually about twice as bright as the two LEDs on the EVO 4g, which makes it pretty darn bright. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/htc-evo-camera-demo.jpg "HTC EVO Camera Demo") The Droid X performs well when it comes 720p HD video recording as well. I actually found it looking a notch better than video on HTC EVO 4G, which often contains compression artifacts. The Motoblur interface, once again, offers a few custom options. A prominently featured audio option lets users take better advantage of the built-in microphones. Modes for reducing wind noise, narrating on-the-scene videos, and recording interviews are available. A set of eight video color effects are included as well. Motorola includes to option to leave the dual LEDs on during video recording, making for an excellent pocket camcorder even in dark conditions. However the Droid X suffers from the low 24 FPS capture rate that also effects the EVO 4G. A bump to a standard 30 FPS can easily help smoothen video playback. Nonetheless, it’s a damn good pocket camera, but it still won’t be replacing a dedicated HD camcorder anytime soon. As for sharing captured content, the Droid X offers more options than the default Android OS. In addition to Bluetooth, Email, [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech), and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) sharing, it includes support for Online Albums, Picasa, and Printing to Retail Stories (e.g. Costco). With a HDMI output, it’s also easy to playback photo slideshows and videos on a HDTV set. The Droid X is the best camera phone Verizon Wireless has to offer, however it’s still missing one big feature that the iPhone 4, EVO 4G, and Epic 4G have: a front-facing camera. **Productivity Tools** Getting work done with the Droid X isn’t a problem. Google’s Gmail client, push notifications, a threaded SMS application, and a native Android Calendar keep users informed. The built-in web browser renders pages faster than the iPhone’s mobile Safari browser over the same WiFi network. While the Droid X only comes with Flash Lite, we had a chance to demo an early version Flash 10.1 Beta with some employees from Adobe and it ran surprisingly well. Playing videos from [ESPN.com](http://www.espn.com/?ref=skatter.com) or even [TheDailyShow.com](http://www.thedailyshow.com/?ref=skatter.com) was impressively smooth. Since the Droid X supports saving files on both internal and external storage, it’s easy to view documents with QuickOffice. There’s even a native file browser to manage content stored on the phone and for accessing shared network folders. A built-in DLNA app offers the option to playback and control multimedia from compatible devices. Other standard apps include an Alarm/Timer, Amazon MP3, Calculator, Blockbuster, Car Dock, News (RSS Reader), Voice Commands, and Voicemail. **Multimedia Interface** When it comes to music playback, the Droid X sports the nessary hardware, but lacks a polished user interface. Transferring music onto a microSD card from a Windows 7, Mac OS X, or Linux machine with the included microUSB cable is easy. While Android doesn’t have the iTunes equivalent that iPods and iPhones have, other alternatives are available. Programs such as Windows Media Player 12 play well with the phone. [DoubleTwist](http://www.doubletwist.com/dt/Home/Index.dt?ref=skatter.com), a relatively newcomer, is slowly paving its way into becoming a possible iTunes alternative. Even manually copying audio files onto the phone works as the Android OS automatically identifies, indexes, and adds new files to the music library. The internal 8GB of memory gives the Droid X a major edge over the EVO 4G which only offers 1GB. Motorola even outfits their device with a 16GB Class 4 microSD card while HTC only bundles a 8GB microSD. The music player allows users to browse through their collection by artist, album, playlist, and songs. Unfortunately, it lacks filters for genres and composers. The interface shows album artwork whenever possible. There are also modes for shuffle and repeat. Motoblur includes options to adjust Surround and Equalizer settings with presets for 3D Stereo, Home Theater, and Live Stage. The music app can run in the background and an indicator appears in the notification bar while using other programs. Other apps such as Pandora also take advantage of background multitasking capabilities. A default Android widget lets users control the music application without leaving the home screen. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-vs-htc-evo-4g-front.jpg "Motorola Droid X vs HTC Evo 4G (Front)") When it comes to video playback, much like the [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), the Droid X makes for great experience with a large 4.3 inch display and a snappy processor to handle HD content. With an over-sized screen, it actually begins to enter the territory of tablet devices such as the Apple iPad or Dell Streak. The TI processor easily handled playback of high-resolution H.264 content. This includes most videos tagged as HD in the iTunes Podcast library. Content from [TED Talks](http://ted.com/?ref=skatter.com) and [Revision 3](http://revision3.com/?ref=skatter.com) ran smoothly without any pixelation, pauses, or buffering. And for HDTV owners, there’s also a HDMI output on the device, but a cable wasn’t included. A pre-installed Blockbuster application offers access to their library, but it isn’t worth the hassle. It doesn’t stream content, but rather forces downloads of large files. Prices are ridiculous and the app doesn’t allow HDMI output either. **Speakers, Headphones, and Radio** The built-in mono speaker on the Droid X is fairly loud and sounds clear, but it’s nothing compared to the HTC EVO. Although audio remains crisp and doesn’t crack when reaching max volume, the EVO 4G gets about twice as loud. While neither feature a set of stereo speakers, the best audio experience still comes with a pair of headphones. Regrettably, Motorola doesn’t include a pair. It’s a rather odd decision, since the phone features an embedded FM tuner that won’t work without a pair of wired headphones plugged in as it’s also the antenna. But on that note, the FM radio feature is a great addition since it doesn’t consume nearly as much power as applications, such as Pandora, that need WiFi or 3G. With my pair of [Shure SE210 earphones](https://www.skatter.com/review-shure-se210-earphones/), music sounded great whether it came from my microSD card or FM Radio. **Call Network Quality** Placing a traditional phone call couldn’t be better with Verizon Wireless. After facing a year’s worth of dropped calls with my iPhone 3GS on AT&T’s network, I was glad to temporarily return to my former service provider. While Sprint on my EVO 4G is wonderful, Verizon simply offers better nationwide coverage. In our review of the original [Motorola Droid](https://www.skatter.com/motorola-droid-verizon-review/), we credited it for including a robust microphone that made calls sound clearer than with competing devices. The Droid X once again raises the bar by introducing three microphones, placed on different parts of the phone, to intelligently cancel out unwanted noises. It even has an edge over the iPhone 4 which features only two microphones and the EVO 4G which sadly offers no noise cancellation. I placed a call while in a loud crowded restaurant which had music playing in the background with both my EVO 4G and the Droid X. Motorola’s technology worked as it truly eliminated external noises leaving nothing but a little static buzzing. With the EVO, the caller on the other end could hear things going on around me and had a difficult time discerning my speech. That’s a huge plus for the Droid X. It’s something that should be standard on all smartphones. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-vs-htc-evo-4g-back.jpg "Motorola Droid X vs HTC Evo 4G (Back)") **Data Speeds and Mobile Hotspot** For speed tests, I opted to use the [SpeedTest.net](http://speedtest.net/?ref=skatter.com) service. After running tests from just about everywhere from the [Sacramento Area down to San Jose](http://maps.google.com/maps?f=q&source=s%5Fq&hl=en&geocode=FUS1TAIdgCTC-Cn5l4OycsaagDHbfxl0qmofkg%3BFfrAOQId1Ae8-Cn1P%5FmK5MqPgDF7cZ%5FKCoyduQ&q=sacramento,+ca+to+san+jose,+ca&sll=38.561237,-121.762462&sspn=0.012366,0.027874&ie=UTF8&saddr=sacramento,+ca&daddr=san+jose,+ca&ll=37.991834,-121.712036&spn=3.190332,7.13562&z=8), I found some interesting results. Verizon Wireless unquestionably had the best coverage. While AT&T 3G speeds often spiked into first place, it was rarely consistent. In fact, Sprint has upload speeds that are 2-3x faster than AT&T. However, when it came to average download speeds, Verizon Wireless came in first followed by AT&T taking second and Sprint taking third. In numbers, Verizon averaged about 1.45 Mbps for downloads and 0.8 Mbps for uploads. That’s a notch better than the 1.2 Mbps download and 0.8 Mbps upload speeds I found with the HTC EVO on Sprint’s 3G network. However, Verizon Wireless is still much slower than Sprint’s 4G coverage in the San Francisco Bay Area. I was seeing peak speeds of nearly 3 Mbps for download and 1 Mbps for upload on my EVO, which is impressive considering Sprint hasn’t officially announced or deployed 4G in the area. Since the Droid X doesn’t ship with Android Froyo v2.2, it doesn’t natively include the portable hotspot technology. Fortunately, Motorola included Mobile Hotspot application is fairly good. It takes less than 15 seconds to start-up, can handle up to five devices at once, and offers three network security options: WEP, WPA, or WPA2\. The HTC EVO does the latter, but also supports up to eight users. While I’m a fan of mobile hotspots, Verizon’s service plans have a few pros and cons. The company will charge customers $20/month for 2GB of data. Overage fees are 5 cents per megabyte. Fortunately, paying for the Mobile Hotspot feature doesn’t eat into or effect the required $30 smartphone data plan. That makes it a notch better than AT&T’s plan which charges users $20/month to enable tethering access to the 2GB of data they are already paying $30/month for. Sprint, however, comes out on top by offering unlimited data for both phone usage and tethering on either 3G or 4G networks.Verizon could have easily had an edge over competitors if they chose to offer the Mobile Hotspot feature for free as they do for [Palm Pre Plus owners](https://www.skatter.com/palm-pre-plus-verizon-wireless-review/). **Battery Life** The replaceable 1540 mAh battery in the Droid X is a tad bit better than the one in the EVO 4G. Motorola claims 8 hours of talk time, but after putting the phone to the test, I found that the phone could easily surpass that limit on a full charge. That’s another step up from the original Motorola Droid which runs for just 6.4 hours and the HTC EVO that only gets 5 hours. With regular mixed usage including sending text messages, checking emails, browsing the web, using the calendar, and getting occasional Google Navigator directions, the Droid X will make it through a day and a half. On the other hand, the HTC EVO 4G barely makes it through an entire day. The improved battery life doesn’t end there, the upcoming Froyo v2.2 update claims to bring power consumption savings. And a Motorola representative stated that a high-capacity 1800 mAh battery would be available during launch, but would add a little less than a millimeter of thickness to the phone. As for charging the phone, it’s easy since the Droid X sports a standard microUSB cable. It plugs into both the included AC adapter and computer’s USB port. I highly recommend finding a power source when running the Mobile Hotspot feature, which will drain a battery in about 2 hours. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-x-back-full.jpg "Motorola Droid X Back Full") **The Bottom Line** When it comes to the latest generation of smartphones, the battle between the Motorola Droid X, HTC EVO 4G, and Apple iPhone 4 is closer than ever. However, the Droid X faces on major issue: it offers nothing revolutionary. It doesn’t have 4G connectivity, a front-facing camera, or high pixel density display. While Motorola may have taken the safer route, they still have something to offer: an all-around robust smartphone. For starters, it runs on Verizon Wireless, which Consumer Reports categorizes as the most reliable carrier. Talk-time battery life and call quality is better than both the EVO 4G and iPhone 4\. The built-in 8 megapixel camera is the best of the bunch as well. While my experience with the early version of the Motoblur was somewhat disappointing, I can only expect that the Froyo v2.2 update, coming in “late summer,” will solve these problems. While the Motorola Droid made its mark, it’s unlikely that the Droid X will be as well-recognized. It’s by no means an unworthy competitor, but upcoming devices may steal the spotlight. Those looking for a revolutionary device should look elsewhere. With Sprint’s Samsung Galaxy S based Epic 4G hitting the streets and the Motorola Droid 2, which features a physical keyboard, due soon, the Droid X is probably going to become outdated quicker than you would expect. However, at this time, it is the best smart phone that Verizon Wireless has to offer. It will definitely fly off store shelves quickly and won’t disappoint customers. Those interested in buying a Droid X can get one on July 15th for $199 after signing a new two-year contract. Since Verizon Wireless intends to heavily promote this device, anyone eligible for upgrade in 2010 qualifies to upgrade to the this device at the discounted price. **Links: [VerizonWireless.com Droid X](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/droid/x/?ref=skatter.com) | [Motorola.com Droid X](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/Motorola-DROID-X-US-EN?ref=skatter.com)** ### Firefox 4 Beta 1 Arrives URL: https://www.skatter.com/firefox-4-beta-1-arrives/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:56.000Z The most noteworthy feature of Firefox 4 Beta 1 is that now, like Chrome, tabs run along the top of the browser by default. This shift was made in order to give tabs “top visual priority for more efficient and intuitive browsing,” as well as to streamline the tab controls on the browser page. Users should note that this is just the default setting; if you like having the tabs on the bottom, the layout can be adjusted to suit your personal preference. Unfortunately, this option is not available for Mac OSX or Linux yet, though Mozilla does say that this will be changing soon once the theme on these two systems’ betas has been modified to support the change. Another change is that a new add-ons manager, which acts like an actual tab, has replaced the old one, making it easier to manage add-ons and further customize the Firefox 4 browser. This new design is much less cluttered than the previous one, which many users will likely find appealing. Other space-saving changes include the removal of traditional menus and replacing them with a single orange Firefox button (again, currently only on Windows 7 and Vista), the merging of the Reload and Stop buttons into a single button, and replacing the Bookmarks Toolbar with a Bookmarks Button by default. **Other new features and changes include:** - The ability to search for a switch to already opened tabs in the Smart Location Bar. - A new extension management API (Mozilla says that UI will be changed before the final release). Also, significant API improvements have been made available for JS-ctypes (a foreign function interface for extensions). - Crash protection for Windows, Mac, and Linux when Adobe Flash, Apple Quicktime, or Microsoft Silverlight plug-ins crash. - CSS Transitions are partially supported. - Full WebGL support is included (however, it is currently disabled by default). - Core Animation rendering model for plug-ins on Mac OS X (also, plug-ins which also support this model can now draw faster and more efficiently). - Native support for the HD HTML5 WebM video format. There will also be A new HTML5 parser and support for more HTML5 form controls. - An experimental Direct2D rendering backend available on Windows browsers (also turned off by default). - Web developers can use Websockets for a low complexity, low latency, bidirectional communications API. They will also be able to update the URL field using HTML History API’s without having to reload the page. - More responsive page rendering through using lazy frame construction. - Link history lookup is now done asynchronously to provide better responsiveness during pageload. - CSS :visited selectors have been changed to block websites from being able to check a user’s browsing history. This looks impressive on paper and in promotional videos, but the real question is can this beta live up the hype? Skatter Tech’s general manager Sharath Shroff has been using the Firefox 4 Beta 1 for about half a week now on Windows 7, and he gave me a brief breakdown of his thoughts on the beta browser: > “I’ve noticed a definite increase in speed; it’s not crazy faster, but a bit, which was enough for me. I really like the support for HTML5, especially since Chrome and Safari have supported it for a while now, and WebM support is nice as well. I’m still waiting for the App tabs (which were mentioned in the developer’s video above), though, and when running maximized, the browser doesn’t interface properly with Windows 7\. By this I mean that the Aero Snap feature doesn’t work properly; I cannot move my mouse to the top of the screen and just click and drag and the window. This is a little strange, since Aero Snap works for all other apps and windows, just not Firefox 4\. But all in all it works fine and I like the new features a lot, especially the HTML5 and WebM support.” With all its new features and attractive user interface, Firefox 4 looks at the very least to be a great threat to its competitors, and may possibly even be poised to overtake them to become the leading open source browser the way it was back in 2008 when Firefox 3 was first released. Of course, it ultimately comes down to whether or not users will download it. These features are definitely a step in the right direction, so I would be surprised if Firefox 4 isn’t successful. Users interested in trying out Firefox 4 for themselves can download the beta from the [Firefox web site.](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/beta/?ref=skatter.com) **Link: [Mozilla](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/beta/?ref=skatter.com)** ### The Future of the Internet: Net Neutrality URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-future-of-the-internet-net-neutrality/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:57.000Z Currently, US law states that the telcos and the government that provide broadband services are not allowed to impose any restrictions on the Internet content that they deliver. When the Communications Act was passed in 1934, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) was given the right to regulate telephone companies as common carriers. Under this legislation, telephone companies became subject to regulations that prevent discrimination based on content. In the 1970’s and 80’s, telephone networks were made available to Internet service providers (ISPs) under a non-discriminatory status, expanding the Communications Act to encompass the Internet as well. Since then, net neutrality has been founded on three main principles designed to foster a rich and prosperous Internet community. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/support-net-neutrality.jpg "Support Net Neutrality") First, ISPs do not have the right to directly influence the distribution of information on the Internet. This prevents telcos from censoring information they dislike or slowing down websites with objectives and philosophies that oppose their own views. For example, lack of anti-discrimination laws would mean that an ISP could slow down or block worker unions’ websites that are lawfully protesting that company’s policies. If such actions were to be allowed, they would have a profound impact on our First Amendment right, freedom of speech. Second, telcos are prevented from stifling online competition. Without such a principle, ISPs would effectively have the ability to give preferential treatment to its own services over that of its competitors, monopolizing an industry already dominated by a few companies. The situation would be analogous to selecting the companies that would be allowed to compete and those that wouldn’t! Imagine if Google had started without such a principle. It could not have grown to be the company it is today if it were in an environment so hostile to small businesses, such that would arise without neutrality laws. Lastly, service providers are prevented from having control over equipment and platforms used for viewing and sharing information on the web. For example, routers are now a staple part of wireless Internet in the home. Telcos are prevented from barring other companies from manufacturing and distributing routers to access the provider’s network. Without such a restriction, users would be forced to buy equipment manufactured by their service provider to the exclusion of better equipment manufactured by a different company. The public would feel the impact as equipment would cost more and there would be fewer options available. All three of these principles hit on a similar theme: the Internet is a medium for the expression of free speech. The idea that an entity could control and censor information at will violates essential freedom of speech rights and sets a precedent for such entities to impose their own agendas. Therefore, users should have the right to access and post content of their choice, both of which are essential to a diverse marketplace. In recent months, net neutrality has resurfaced as a hot button issue due to FCC chairman Julius Genachowski’s decision to preserve the categorization of broadband access as a telecommunications service. This means the chairman supports neutrality law, and is even considering expanding on it to make it stronger. Major Internet-based companies like Google Inc., Amazon Inc., and Skype Ltd support the proposition, as do consumer and civil liberties watch-groups such as the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU). Microsoft has previously come out in support of net neutrality; however, the company has since backtracked and adopted a lukewarm position. The same goes for Apple, whose tightly controlled app store and extensive relationship with AT&T have raised questions about its commitment to stronger neutrality law. Telcos, on the other hand, are very vocal about their opposition to current policy, opting for less regulation. While the latest statements from the chairman are positive, his stance on the issue has been wavering over the past several months due to mounting pressure from the telecommunications industry, spending millions of dollars to lobby against strong rules and regulations. In 2009 alone, AT&T, Comcast, Verizon, and The National Cable & Telecommunications Association collectively spent $61 million on an army of close to 500 lobbyists to kill current neutrality law. The industry has been trying to lobby Congress through generous campaign contributions, misleading advertising, fake grassroots organizations, and offering well paid lobbying positions to current congressional staffers and aides if they influence policy decisions. Other industries have been lobbying Congress in similar ways. For example, the healthcare insurance industry is similar to the telecom industry, spending millions of dollars to stifle competition that would bring choice to consumers. While the amount of money telecos have spent may seem high, it pales in comparison to their potential profit margins if strong neutrality laws were to be repealed. In order to hide this clear monetary incentive for opposing neutrality law, ISPs publicly oppose net neutrality on ideological pretenses instead. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/att-verizon-comcast-logos.jpg "AT&T, Verizon, Comcast Logos") The opponents of net neutrality argue for a free-market approach over regulating ISPs, because many feel that the industry, like oil, finance, and healthcare, is most innovative when left unchecked and unregulated. Verizon, AT&T, and Comcast all argue that they must be allowed to provide a tiered system of service in order to foster innovation on the web. Under their proposed system, websites would have to pay providers extra for faster and more reliable service, meaning that sites with more capital would be faster, while smaller, poorer sites would be slower. Consumers would essentially be paying more to the provider but receiving less reliable content. Verizon argues that prioritizing bandwidth for transferring information is necessary for future growth on the Internet and that keeping the net neutral would create many inefficiencies. For example, in the area of telemedicine, Verizon says it would need to prioritize packets transmitting medical information as opposed to ones transmitting email. While this may seem like a reasonable point, it fails to establish any fine line between faster transfer of information based on medical necessity and faster transfer based on economic advantage. The truth of the matter is that ISPs would rather spend money fighting regulations than providing a better customer experience. It’s almost laughable when they claim that more innovation result from deregulation. The industry has been given the chance to innovate. In the 90’s, ISPs received funding through government grants and tax breaks in order to make significant improvements to the infrastructure. They have yet to meet the speed and penetration standards originally mandated since receiving this public funding, and the result has been a lag in U.S. Internet speeds internationally: the U.S. is currently ranked 26th in the world for its broadband infrastructure. With the exception of Verizon, the industry has barely invested in fiber optic technology, which is cheaper and much more effective than conventional network cables. Even Google has initiated what ISPs have failed to deliver, with its experimental 1 Gbps fiber optic network that it plans to test in about 50,000 communities, affecting up to 500, 000 people. Instead of making such important investments in future infrastructure, ISPs are trying to find other ways to “innovate.” For example, ISPs have found it profitable to gather customer Internet usage trends and secretly insert specific ads into other company’s web pages. Such actions cast serious doubts over user privacy online where the ISPs are using these “Big Brother” methods. In addition to inserting ads, ISPs have been redirecting users to ads in order to maximize profits. For example, when a user types in a wrong URL, the ISP will often redirect the user to ad pages that pose major security risks. This unwillingness to incorporate intelligent and safe network protocols has given rise to new network security services like OpenDNS. Such services wouldn’t be necessary if providers focused on making their networks handle user input intelligently as opposed to making a quick buck through ad redirections. ISPs have also been caught using questionable methods trying to clamp down on peer-to-peer file sharing. In early 2008, Comcast settled a class-action lawsuit for $16 million where it was found to have been blocking or slowing down packets being sent through peer to peer (p2p) clients such as BitTorrent to reduce network congestion, even though they had no way of determining what data was being transferred, be it legally or illegally. Even with current law, ISPs have already demonstrated that they are willing to slow down or block certain content unbeknownst to the consumer, raising questions about their potential actions in the absence of strong regulations. With content such as social media, entertainment, and news transitioning to online platforms, it is certainly a scary proposition to have a few large companies meticulously controlling the Internet for their own financial purposes. It is certain that such control will affect the average person’s Internet use, since high volume services like Youtube, Hulu, and Google will be the primary targets for ISP’s secretive “traffic management” techniques. Not only would these online services be under control, but many of the physical services providing us Internet access could be as well. The example given previously about routers is only at the tip of the problem, as we could see innovative Internet devices leave the realm of possibility due to network restrictions imposed by providers. It is also important to note the political consequences of this change, as the web over the past six years has shed an enormous amount of truthful facts and information about political issues and campaigns. Online journalism, blogging, and Youtube have brought fact and reality to conversations outside of the Washington media bubble, giving people more choices for where and how they receive their information and news. Who’s to say that ISPs wouldn’t protect their political backers by blocking negative press about them over the web if net neutrality were to be repealed, the only thing that would be able to keep them from doing this? With these issues in mind and the fact that telecom companies are already abusing basic civil liberties, how can we trust that they will behave after they’re given even more control over the Internet and its content? It is in the interest of the public to advocate for a fair and neutral Internet. The Internet has provided us with a means to hear all sides of an issue, something that is essential to a successful democracy in which diversity of opinion and rigorous debate help us solve problems within society. The filtering of information to suit the profit-based motives of a few companies will be disastrous for all. Imagine if oil companies bought out higher tier services and were able to broadcast their views more forcefully, while environmental and alternative energy groups were censored. Would the debate on the need to invest in cleaner and alternative sources of energy be a fair one? Telcos have not only demonstrated complacency when it comes to the rights of the consumer, but have done so in efforts to make more profits. Spending millions in opposition to neutrality law instead of providing better services, it is clear that they do not have the public’s best interests in mind. A situation where telcos are given full liberties as gatekeepers of the Internet would kill any idea of unfiltered information. Therefore, consumers must be given options, especially when it concerns the information they receive. The right to view any content, choose any equipment, and compete with other services on a level playing field are essential to a free and innovative marketplace. Net neutrality thus serves as the line in the sand, and ensures that the Internet is not a controlled medium, but rather a means for uncensored communication, real reform, and progress. **Links: [Save The Internet](http://www.savetheinternet.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### The New Digg URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-new-digg/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:56.000Z The new Digg looks like a hybrid between Facebook, Twitter, and Google Reader. Users can now subscribe to a list of recommended sources like CNN, The New York Times, or The Wall Street Journal, as well as individuals like Nine Inch Nail’s Trent Reznor or Digg’s founder [Kevin Rose](http://kevinrose.com/?ref=skatter.com). Another new feature is the ability to follow your friends on other social sites like Twitter and Facebook. Once you’ve subscribed to and are following all of your favorite people, Digg then creates a new “My News” home page for you, which compiles the links submitted by the sources you’re following. For users who prefer the traditional Digg newsfeed, there is a tab in the upper left hand corner called “Top News,” which brings up a list of the top headlines and looks just like the old site. There is a list on the right hand side of the My News page entitled “Top News from people you follow” as well, which shows the most popular stories (ranked by highest number of diggs) dugg by your friends. Finally, and possibly most importantly, this redesign makes it easier to submit a link to Digg. There is now a box at the top of the home page where you copy paste the link you want to submit, and Digg pulls up the appropriate title and picture, and, after simply clicking the “Digg it” button on the right side of the box, the link is published and showing up on all your followers’ newsfeeds. In a video he released back in May (which you can see below), Kevin Rose explained that this new design would help get more stories and content seen by more people. He states that on the previous site page the most popular and successful links were the ones that made it onto the home page where the most people could see them; however, only about 120 to 140 lucky links were able to make it to the home page. Now, under the new design, more people will be able to see the content you’ve submitted because it will appear on your followers’ home pages. If they digg it, it will then show up on their followers’ home pages, and if they digg it it will show up on their followers’ pages, and so on and so on. In theory, this chain reaction will spread links to more people than before. This new Digg does have a potential drawback. There is the possibility that people who look only at the My News page may, since more often than not friends usually share the same interests, end up seeing the same links and stories over and over again. I do feel, however, that it will be very easy to circumvent this by simply subscribing to various diverse sources, or, even easier, to just click the Top News link to check out what’s popular outside of your own little circle of peers and interest groups. I do think that it will take Digg veterans a little while to get used to the new social Digg’s layout, and some may find it frustrating that it has become so similar to Facebook and Twitter; I myself am not a huge fan of the Twitter-like layout, and would have preferred something just a tad more similar to Digg’s original design. Overall, though, I feel that Digg is heading in the right direction with this redesign and that, if it works the way it should, this new layout will get more links to more users, which is ultimately what Digg is really all about. **Link: [New Digg](http://new.digg.com/auth/alpha?url=/&ref=skatter.com)** ### Gmail Adds Rich Text Signatures URL: https://www.skatter.com/gmail-adds-rich-text-signatures/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:57.000Z Users now have access to a rich text editor, similar to the one available when editing outgoing mail. Apart from finally being able to change the font size and color, users will also be able to format text: bulleting, numbering, indenting, and aligning text. Users can also insert images (through a URL) and hyperlinks into personal signatures, adding an additional creative aspect to the feature. To access the features, simply go to Gmail settings then scroll down to the personal signature box which has the new text editor tool. As a whole, these rich text signatures have all the attributes of an online business card. Whether it’s for casual or formal correspondence, it’s nice to have the ability to present your personal information briefly and creatively. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/gmail-rich-text-signatures-1.jpg "Gmail Rich Text Signatures") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/07/gmail-rich-text-signatures-2.jpg "Gmail Rich Text Signatures") In addition to the rich text signatures, Gmail now supports the creation of custom signatures for the different email addresses associated with the same account. This means that if you use a custom “From:” address to send mail, you’ll be able to choose which email address’ signature you want to edit. You can choose which signature to edit by selecting from a drop down list right above the signature-editing box. You can only select an account’s signature to edit if you’ve imported your other email addresses to the account. This new feature is fairly appealing, as you can deal with personal and work signatures for emails from a single inbox. An email address associated with a business can use a signature tailored to those professional needs, whereas a personal email address can have a signature appropriate for casual correspondents. While many of these features should’ve been introduced long ago, it’s nice to finally be able to create a personal signature that has a business card-like look to it. As of now, the mobile version still only supports plain text signatures. It’s somewhat surprising that the Gmail team still hasn’t released rich text signatures for mobiles, given the rapid growth of Android and increased use of mobile email. Hopefully Gmail is not just working on porting the same features but is in fact adding to them, as they would be very convenient to be able to use on a smart phone. **Links: [Gmail Blog](http://gmailblog.blogspot.com/2010/07/rich-text-signatures.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### YouTube Mobile Gets an Upgrade URL: https://www.skatter.com/youtube-mobile-gets-an-upgrade/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:27:57.000Z It is true that YouTube already has a solid footing in mobile video streaming, with every iOS device and most Android devices coming with a pre-installed native YouTube app. However, these apps have had their fair share of limitations, such as slow load times and subpar video quality. Also, since it is the device makers rather than YouTube that controls the native apps for these smart phones, updates tend to lag behind those made to the main site or even the mobile site. For example, the YouTube app on my Droid X still uses a 5 star rating system to rate videos, whereas m.youtube.com uses the same “like” versus “unlike” system as YouTube.com. We at Skatter Tech tested out the mobile site and can attest that the upgraded web app is a vast improvement over the native iPhone app. General manager Sharath Shroff noticed a vast improvement in load time when using the mobile site on his iPhone 3GS over the native app, as well as a much higher video quality than he was used to. Unfortunately, I was unable to load videos on the browser using the Droid X for unknown reasons, so I cannot evaluate its performance on that device at this time. **Link: [Official Youtube Blog](http://youtube-global.blogspot.com/2010/07/youtube-mobile-gets-kick-start.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Sprint Gets The Samsung Intercept URL: https://www.skatter.com/sprint-gets-the-samsung-intercept/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:00.000Z **Specifications:** - 3.2 inch capacitive touch screen - Google Android v2.1 - MicroSD expansion, up to 32GB - 3.2 megapixel camera + video - Sprint TV Live Content - Google Services - Visual Voicemail - Slide-out QWERTY keyboard As Sprint and Samsung are attempting to make smart phones more widely accessible, the $99 price point (after $100 mail-in rebate) makes the Intercept a great choice for customers. However, the Intercept requires Sprint’s Everything Data plan, which starts at $69.99\. The Intercept comes bundled with many Google services such as Search, Maps, Gmail, YouTube, the Android Market, and more. Unfortunately, it comes loaded with Android 2.1, but I wouldn’t be surprised to hear about an Android 2.2 update in the near future. The Samsung Intercept seems like a decent mid-range/low-end smartphone, with a smaller screen size and relatively low resolution camera being two real drawbacks. The phone is actually better for frequent texters due to the slide out QWERTY keyboard as well. But with great, high profile phones like the HTC EVO 4G selling for only $100 more, the Samsung Intercept will be facing some tough competition. Even the [Samsung Epic 4G](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-hits-sprint/) might be a more worthy option. **Links: [Sprint.com](http://www.sprint.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Samsung.com](http://www.samsung.com/us/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword URL: https://www.skatter.com/legend-of-zelda-skyward-sword/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:01.000Z Legend of Zelda: Skyward Sword is fairly different from its Wii predecessor. First off, this game has a whole new look to it. It incorporates aspects of cell shading into the regular Twilight Princess graphics style. This means that objects and characters, like Link, have both a cartoonish look as well as a more realistic appearance, giving the game a more vibrant feel. From the screenshots, the game clearly demonstrates the graphical limitations of the Wii. Textures and object models are blurry or misshapen, and while environments are rich in color, they lack the next-gen feel that many would hope for from a game of this caliber. The news regarding aspects of game-play is somewhat more interesting. Wii MotionPlus will now be used for the combat system, meaning that Link’s sword will use one-to-one motion mapping. The direction the player swings the Wiimote is the same direction Link will swing his sword in the game, allowing for an interesting variety of new puzzles and combat scenarios. For example, as shown in the video demo by Nintendo’s Shigeru Miyamoto, users will have to swing the sword in certain directions in order to defeat a particular enemy. It will definitely be interesting to see how the game developers expand in this concept and introduce new, more challenging puzzles into gameplay. The nunchuk is now a significant aspect of combat as well, and also uses one-to-one mapping to simulate shield use. While the new system implemented by Nintendo is what many had been waiting for on the Wii, it was clear in the demo that it’s far from perfect. Unfortunately, the demo didn’t go as planned and suffered from “technical issues” which were blamed on WiFi interference from reporters using hotspots to liveblog the press conference, exposing a key flaw in the new system. [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2dYgrMz\_XBI](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2dYgrMz%5FXBI&ref=skatter.com) Not much is known about the storyline and potential in-game items. The only new items that have been revealed are a whip that Link can use to draw other items in as well as a remote controlled beetle that can do the same thing. Twilight Princess boasted the most number of dungeons of any console Zelda game, so we’ll see if this new game has as many or perhaps even more in store. It’s clear, though, that Nintendo didn’t intend to reveal anything more than the new combat system and look of the game. From what was demoed at E3, the game definitely still has some kinks that need to be worked out, but I’m confident that Nintendo can fix them within the next year. Speaking as a veteran Zelda fan, it would have been nice to see one come out that is graphically on par with other next-generation games. The fact that Twilight Princess was originally a Game Cube port makes the wait for a real next-gen title seem like an eternity. I have confidence, however, in Nintendo’s ability to add a new dynamic to Skyward Sword with the new combat system, storyline and look. As of now, Skyward Sword is set for release sometime in 2011\. Until then, fan boys and casual gamers have a lot to look forward to. **Links: [Nintendo](http://e3.nintendo.com/wii/game/?g=zelda&ref=skatter.com) | [Zelda First Impressions](http://www.digitaltrends.com/trade-shows/e3/zelda-skyward-sword-first-impressions/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Garmin NĂŒvi 1350 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/garmin-nuvi-1350-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:22.000Z **Specifications:** - Dimensions: 2.9” L x 4.8” W x 6” D - Display size: 4.3-inches - Resolution: 480 x 272 - Weight: 5.7 ounces - Battery: Rechargeable Li-Ion (battery life up to 4 hours) - Ports: microSD, miniUSB - Bluetooth: None **Body:** As the specifications state, this nĂŒvi has a 4.3” widescreen display, which is smaller than the average 7” built-in GPS, and weighs only 5.7 ounces. I recommend setting up the unit on the left side of the windshield, since this made the nĂŒvi look as inconspicuous as possible. This compact size means that the nĂŒvi 1350 conveniently fits into one’s palm, pocket, or purse, and makes it very easy to use the unit while on foot outside of a vehicle. The button layout was simple, something that I greatly appreciated because of how easy it made the unit to use. There are only 4 external portions: a power button located on top, miniUSB and speakers on the back, and a microSD card slot on the left side. Additionally, rubberized material covers the entire backside of the unit to prevent it from slipping from one’s hands. All in all, I did not find any issues with the body. If a simplistic, easy-to-use design is important to you, then the nĂŒvi 1350 hits all the marks. **Display & Menu:** I was surprised to find only a few functions on the nĂŒvi’s home screen. The top bar of the screen shows the satellite signal strength, the time, and the battery life. There are four buttons in the middle and bottom: “Where to?” “View Map,” “Volume,” and “Tools.” These are spaced out nicely on the widescreen display, which prevents you from accidentally hitting a wrong button. It might appear cumbersome going through all the different sub-menus, such as getting from settings to the map, but fortunately each page includes a back arrow that returns you to the previous menu. I really liked this uncluttered layout, since my previous GPS unit had an entire menu pop up on the home screen with buttons for everything from directions to settings, which was annoying at times. For instance, to get from the settings to the directions would take me about six touches on my previous unit; on the nĂŒvi, though, it only took about two or three touches, which saved a lot of time and frustration. Like with the body, I did not find any problems with the display and menu. I felt very comfortable using this unit because of the simple, easy-to-use interface. I had no trouble just picking up the nĂŒvi and navigating right away. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/garmin-nuvi-1350-power-button.jpg "Garmin nuvi 1350 Power Button") ****Navigation:** **Navigation is obviously extremely important for a GPS unit. Once the nĂŒvi gets turned on, it automatically attempts to acquire a link to satellites. Like most GPS units, the nĂŒvi works best out in an open area away from tall buildings and anything that may physically block it from finding a signal with its antenna. Hence, using the nĂŒvi on a car seat or in a closed area such as a tunnel makes it more difficult for it to acquire a satellite and get a good link. After moving into the “Where to?” menu, the user can then search for a destination using various methods, such as inputting the address directly, searching by intersection, or performing a broad search for points of interests. I was especially pleased that Garmin included a “Home” option that allows users to automatically save their permanent address so they do not have to enter it each time they want to go home. It is important to note that the nĂŒvi comes preloaded with around 6 million points of interests. Since new buildings and businesses are constructed or demolished every day, it’s important for users to update the nĂŒvi via a computer (through USB) or a SD card whenever new maps are released.** Once a destination is chosen, the nĂŒvi calculates the directions, distance, and estimated arrival time and highlights the route to take in purple. Using the satellite link, it also finds the vehicle’s speed and the street’s speed limit (if posted). If the driver goes above the speed limit, the nĂŒvi highlights the current speed in red. The unit provides voice-prompted, turn-by-turn directions to the driver as well. This feature is paired with lane assist, which informs the user when to make the correct turn, and makes it difficult to get lost while driving. Should the user miss a turn or take an incorrect street, the nĂŒvi immediately adjusts and recalculates a new set of directions. I did have some minor issues with these features. For one thing, I found that the map sometimes felt too cluttered. For instance, displaying the speed limit felt unnecessary. All streets have posted or implied (ex. residential areas) speed limits, so it just seems redundant to include this piece of information. According to other user testimonials, the unit’s displayed speed limits are higher than the actual speed limits. This misinformation apparently affects the calculated arrival time as well, but I cannot confirm this experience. Calculating the car’s speed seemed nonessential as well, considering all vehicles come with a speedometer. In addition to lane assist, it would have been beneficial to drivers if this model had come with the junction view feature. Junction view provides a first person view of the street, which makes it easier to take the right turn at a fork or junction in the road. The highlight on a route can actually obscure the proper turn as well. Despite these fallbacks, I could still navigate and drive to my destination guided by the GPS without any confusion. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/garmin-nuvi-1350-back-full.jpg "Garmin nuvi 1350 Back Full") ****Maps:** **I am amazed by the amount of information that users can store in a Garmin unit. The nĂŒvi 1350 comes preloaded with maps of the United States and Canada. Additionally, users can download maps for Mexico, Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, Middle East, and Malaysia. Other types of maps include water (for lakes) and topography (for trails). This is very convenient, and means that a user who wants to go to Lake Superior or go backpacking in the UK can download these maps and be ready to go in a flash. These maps do cost upwards of $100 each. However, it might be worth the convenience of not getting lost in the hills of Asia or wherever you’re vacationing.** The nĂŒvi 1350 supports “enhanced pedestrian mode” which gives information on local public transit such as bus lines, subways, trams, and other transportation. The GPS will tell the user where to go as well as how long it will take to get there. Overall, I am impressed with all of this information, although the price does feel a bit high. While these downloadable maps would be great for tourists who aren’t technologically inclined, any user with minimal computer experience can look up destinations, directions, and available transportation beforehand on the internet for free. **Features:** In addition to providing directions, the nĂŒvi comes with a few other useful applications, including ecoRoute, Garmin Connect, Garmin Lock, and the emergency locator. Out of all of these, I enjoyed using ecoRoute the most. This feature, found under “Tools,” estimates the vehicle’s fuel economy and fuel price for driving to a destination from inputted data. For example, say I wanted to go to the Golden Gate Bridge from San Jose; the ecoRoute feature tells me exactly how much money the trip will cost in terms of gas. The feature also provides tools to improve fuel efficiency, such as the “Driving Challenge”, which score a driver’s habits. The nĂŒvi gives you positive points for gradually speeding up and negates points if the driver accelerates quickly. Whenever I turned on this challenge, I drove more conservatively because I wanted to rack up points and save gas, which ended up saving me money. Other features include Garmin Connect, which allows users to upload geo-tagged photos on Garmin’s website. NĂŒvi owners can download these photos onto the device and navigate to them. This might help users navigate to a destination in instances where they’ve forgotten the name of the place but can recognize it in a picture. Also, in case someone wants to keep their destinations private or safe, they can use Garmin Lock to create a password for their unit. Unfortunately, the only way to reset the password if you get forget it or the unit gets stolen is to send the unit back to Garmin with the proof of purchase or valid registration. I do not think this feature deters thieves per se, but I strongly urge all those with a Garmin to use this feature. This way, if your unit does end up stolen, your home address and destinations will remain securely hidden. Another notable feature is the emergency locator, which finds the user’s location, provides the current coordinates (longitude/latitude), gives the nearest address and intersection, and brings up the nearest hospital, police services, and gas station so that the user can get help quickly. Other tools in the nĂŒvi include a currency and unit converter, calculator, world clock, and JPEG picture viewer. All in all, because of the abundance of useful, practical, and innovative features that come with the nĂŒvi, I gave this section a full five star rating. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/garmin-nuvi-1350-side.jpg "Garmin nuvi 1350 Side") ****Conclusion:** **Even though other Garmin units have been issued since its release last year, the nĂŒvi 1350 is still an affordable and practical GPS unit. The portable size, bright display, functionality, and friendly user interface all add to this device’s appeal. The unit, despite the small dimensions, packs a big punch with its sheer amount of features and map information. Even with the minor issues I faced with the display and map prices, I was very pleased with this device and would recommend it to both the light and heavy traveler. It has more than enough features for both types of users, as well of plenty of extra downloadable content.** **Buy: [Garmin nĂŒvi 1350 for $129.99](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B001U0O7SA/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Garmin nĂŒvi 1350](https://buy.garmin.com/shop/shop.do?pID=30937&ref=skatter.com) | [Garmin.com](http://garmin.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Did Sprint Just Launch 4G In The Bay Area? URL: https://www.skatter.com/did-sprint-just-launch-4g-in-the-bay-area/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:02.000Z At roughly 2 PM yesterday, he was able to secure 2-3 bars of 4G signal at Original Mel’s Diner in Walnut Creek, which is just 30 minutes away from San Francisco. To ensure that it wasn’t erroneous, he kept checking signal strength as he made his way across Walnut Creek over the next several hours. To his surprise, 4G was everywhere in the city. Naturally, as a tech enthusiast, he ran several speed tests from various parts of the city. Download speeds peaked at nearly 3,000 kbps, but averages were only around 2,000 kbps when connecting to the Los Angeles [SpeedTest.net](http://www.speedtest.net/?ref=skatter.com) server. As for Upload speeds, it reached the Sprint-set cap of 1,000 kbps just about every time. Latency times averaged at 126 ms as well, but it might have been even less if he choose the closer San Francisco SpeedTest.net server. The numbers are great, especially considering that Sprint’s 4G infrastructure probably isn’t fully ready. According to Hong, the 4G speeds were nearly 3 times faster than the 3G speeds in the same areas. The introduction of 4G will be great for customers, since those in 4G areas can simultaneously place voice calls and access data, not to mention faster speeds with the Mobile Hotspot feature. While AT&T and Verizon Wireless cap monthly data usage, Sprint offers a truly unlimited plan. According to [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com), there have been reported sightings on 4G working across the Bay Area. Mentioned areas include: Mountain View, Palo Alto, Santa Clara, San Jose, and nearby areas. Until we get word straight from Sprint, Skatter Tech needs your help. If you own a 4G device, whether it’s an [Overdrive](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-4g-overdrive-review/) or a [HTC EVO](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/), turn it on and see if you can connect to a 4G network if you live in the San Francisco Bay Area. Report your findings to us by replying in the comments with the date/time, location, and upload/download speeds. **Links: [Sprint.com/4G](http://www.sprint.com/4g?ref=skatter.com)** ### Introducing Hulu Plus, Subscription Service URL: https://www.skatter.com/introducing-hulu-plus-subscription-service/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:02.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/hulu-plus.jpg "Hulu Plus") With access to the rich library content you will be able to watch every episode from past seasons of hundreds of shows. This includes shows which are no longer on the air such as Arrested Development and Buffy the Vampire Slayer, or earlier seasons of currently-airing television shows like 30 Rock and House. It is like having your own complete DVD set of each of these shows. This feature can become extremely useful when you are unable to reach your DVD collection, such as when you’re traveling, or if you just don’t want to have physical DVD box sets cluttering up your living room. While the pros include saved storage space and 720p quality video, cons include the need for a fast internet connection and having to deal with advertising. Hulu Plus costs $9.99 per month and will include 720p high-definition access to both currently airing content as well as previous seasons. The service will also work across bunch of different platforms, including PCs, iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, PlayStation 3, HDTVs, Xbox 360, and more. The PS3 version is slated for a July launch; hopefully the experience will be integrated into the console itself, unlike the [Netflix program where you need to insert a disk](https://www.skatter.com/netflix-finally-reaches-the-ps3/). The Xbox 360 version, unfortunately, won’t see the light of day until sometime early 2011, but it will likely be well implemented as a new dashboard panel. iPad and iPhone 4 users are in luck since the application runs over both 3G and WiFi. The app is available as a free download as well, however, it won’t enable access to all content without a subscription. And on a final note, Hulu fully plans to push the Hulu Plus service onto web-enabled HDTVs and Blu-ray players in the coming months. Hulu Plus reaching these different devices shows real initiative from the company to leave the computer screen. They clearly intend to take over everything from portable handhelds to large HDTVs. This could very well mean that the service may soon reach set-top boxes such as Google TV, Boxee, and more. And competing mobile platforms, including Android, may get the premium service as well. Hulu Plus has a clear advantage over its competitors with its 720p HD streaming, which no competing service offers on a subscription model. While Apple iTunes and Amazon Video offer HD access to these shows, they charge $2.99 per episode. Hulu Plus, on the other hand, offers unlimited viewing with a monthly rate. And while Netflix may offer these shows for a subscription-based price, their TV shows aren’t available until the DVD box set hits stores. [http://www.hulu.com/watch/160617/hulu-walkthrough-what-is-hulu-plus](http://www.hulu.com/watch/160617/hulu-walkthrough-what-is-hulu-plus?ref=skatter.com) The big question remains, “Will people pay for the service?” That’s really hard to tell, since Hulu will continue to offer the five most recent episodes of TV shows for free. When a free option is available, although at lower quality, many may choose to deal with the limitations. But there’s definitely a market of people hoping for this exact service. At a price comparable to old-fashion basic cable TV, Hulu Plus offers access to a full library of on-demand content. It also brings the service to a variety of devices, with support for more likely in the works. It’s also a great model for Hulu since they will continue to rake in profits from embedded advertising and the subscription fees. If anyone is at loss, it’s the DVD industry. With Netflix, and now Hulu Plus, the advantages of owning physical media are narrowing day by day. I am fine with the model that Hulu is taking. By continuing to allow free access to recent content, the company stays in the good graces of consumers, which is an extremely smart move. Although the television industry has not been as resistive as the movie industry, it has still been tough for Hulu to move towards a new medium. I hope that Hulu’s success will convince studios to embrace the internet. **Links: [Hulu Plus](http://www.hulu.com/plus/content?ref=skatter.com) | [Hulu Blog](http://blog.hulu.com/2010/06/29/introducing-hulu-plus-more-wherever-more-whenever-than-ever/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Microsoft LifeCam HD-5000 & HD-6000 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/microsoft-lifecam-hd-5000-hd-6000-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:22.000Z When Microsoft first entered the webcam market in 2006, they faced many experienced competitors such as Logitech. Most pundits thought that Microsoft’s new business would never stand a chance. However, over the past year or so the LifeCam series has been pushing the limits of HD webcams. While just about every laptop and netbook features an integrated camera, none come close to the quality of the ones Microsoft offers. With the launch of the LifeCam Cinema and now the LifeCam HD 5000 and HD 6000, Microsoft is trying to establish itself as a major player in the HD webcam market. Skatter Tech was lucky enough to receive review units of the HD 5000 and HD 6000, and here’s what I’ve found after weeks of testing. **LifeCam HD 5000:** - Video: 720p HD at 30 FPS - Camera: 4 Megapixel Sensor - Auto-Focus Support - Flexible Stand - TrueColor Technology - 3 Year Limited Warranty - Connection: USB 2.0 **LifeCam HD 6000:** - Video: 720p HD at 30 FPS - Camera: 4 Megapixel Sensor - Auto-Focus Support - 360 Degree Rotation - Carrying Case Included - TrueColor Technology - 3 Year Limited Warranty - Connection: USB 2.0 ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-5000-full.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 5000 Full") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-6000-full.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 6000 Full") **Style and Design:** Given that the HD-5000 and HD-6000 were both released around the same time, it makes sense that they would have similar physical builds. For example, both cameras have glossy black plastic bodies, as well as clear plastic lenses. They also have buttons on top to launch Windows Messenger Live. There are a few minor differences between the two, however. For starters, the HD-6000 has smaller dimensions, as it is geared towards notebook users. The included USB cable is about 3 feet long, which is understandable due to its compact and portable nature. The HD-6000 grips onto the top of your computer using an adjustable clip allowing it to swivel 180 degrees in both directions. This feature is primarily intended for people on the go and those who need a better viewing range. The HD-5000, on the other hand, uses a flexible base that can be fitted to most LCD monitors, but also stands on flat surfaces. While its flexible base gives it the ability to sit on both monitors and desks, the HD-5000 can only be adjusted vertically. This means that users won’t be able to swivel it left or right when it’s fitted to a monitor. Its ability to stand on flat surfaces, however, gives it full freedom of movement which makes up for its inability to swivel horizontally. The HD-5000 is also slightly wider than the HD-6000, which allows it to support 16:9 widescreen mode. Even with its extra width, the HD-5000 is still a relatively small camera, and users should have no problem carrying it around. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-5000-top.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 5000 Top") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-6000-top.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 6000 Top") **Installation Software:** Both cameras worked right out of the box, but I did have install the included software disc in order to access the extra features. These extra features include camera effects, the ability to change various core settings, and the ability to turn off and on TrueColor. The camera effects themselves were surprisingly well done; the hardware and software were able to track my motion fairly well. Whether you want to sport an afro, sunglasses, tiara or cowboy hat, the effects are an amusing addition. The customizations are available whether recording a video, capturing a mug shot, or video chatting on Skype. For resolution settings, options vary from 160-by-120 pixels to 1280-by-720 pixels HD. Basic audio recording capability comes with the software as well. Audio recordings are in the Windows Media Audio (WMA) format, which is not surprising given that the product is from Microsoft. The installation disc is only compatible with machines running Windows, so unfortunately Mac users do not have access to these additional features. **Video Calls/Stills/Photos:** One of the main features of both cameras is Microsoft’s new image processing technology called TrueColor. This feature adjusts picture quality according to the current lighting environment to ensure that the picture is properly exposed. The technology makes sure that the photo is not too bright or too dark to avoid a loss of detail. For example, given an especially bright room, TrueColor will automatically adjust the picture to kill extra, unnecessary light. My main gripe with both cameras would have to be their ability to autofocus. While it may seem like a useful feature to have in a HD webcam, it turned out to be more of a nuisance than a convenience in both the HD-5000 and HD-6000\. Both cameras are highly sensitive to movement within their field of view, so they attempt to refocus after every major movement from the user. Fully refocusing can take anywhere from 6-8 seconds, and scaling up the resolution increases image capture delay, which in turn worsens the autofocus issue. Sometimes, the cameras will even try to refocus multiple times at once, prolonging the amount of time it takes to get a clear and consistent image. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-5000.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 5000") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-6000.jpg "Microsoft LifeCam 6000") Even though both cameras have issues with their autofocus feature, they did manage to deliver in terms of their image quality. Poor adaptation to lighting is definitely one of the cruxes of many webcams on the market. Microsoft TrueColor is surely a step in the right direction. Both cameras managed to adapt well to both brighter and darker settings. One thing to note is the 4-5 seconds it took for the cameras to either kill or capture extra light from the environment. While that may seem like a long time, it pales in comparison to the 6-8 seconds it takes for the cameras to refocus which prolongs blurriness and lack of clarity in the image. Colors were also slightly washed out in brighter settings and dull in dark settings; however, the image itself was very crisp and detailed. In normal lighting conditions, colors were exceptionally vivid. Color settings can adjusted manually by using the additional software included with both cameras. If there’s anything both cameras really delivered on, it was their ability to maintain a consistent frame-rate close to 30 fps. During the video call, no frequent drops in frame rate occurred. However, when at the highest settings, both webcams were definitely CPU hogs. When tested at 720p HD at 30 fps on a 2.0 GHz Core 2 Duo, CPU usage went up for both cameras by close to 65%. This issue is most likely due to the fact that neither the HD-5000 nor HD-6000 have built-in hardware encoding. This means that there is no hardware built into the cameras to compress and process captured video, which leaves your computer’s processor to do all the necessary encoding. Therefore, in order to be able to run both cameras without issues, the required computer specifications need to be satisfied. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/microsoft-lifecam-webcam.jpg "Microsoft Lifecam Webcam Case") **Microphone Quality:** Decent audio quality is an integral part of any webcam session**.** The HD-5000 and HD-6000 each have integrated microphones with noise cancelling technology. Both of the webcams’ microphones successfully reduced any background noise in the environment and made speech sound crisp and detailed. When recording video, I was surprised at how much the microphones picked up on subtle aspects of my voice while removing external noises. The built-in microphone on the webcams definitely met my expectations in terms of audio quality. **Conclusions**: Microsoft made their debut in the webcam market back in 2006 with the LifeCam series. With the release of the HD-5000 and HD-6000, Microsoft has managed to offer crisp and clear HD at a more affordable price. Currently retailing at $49.95 and $59.95 respectively, the HD-5000 and HD-6000 are definitely comparable to the higher end Cinema. Even with their fair share of issues like auto-focusing, slow adjustment to light, and extra CPU usage, both webcams are helping Microsoft establish a stronghold in the HD webcam market. Although they don’t provide the ideal HD video chat experience, the HD 5000 and HD 6000 are a good blend of price and performance. These webcams just about guaranty improved video and audio quality over the built in camera on your laptop display. For beginner video podcasters or heavy Skype users, these webcams are an excellent complement to your Windows or Macintosh machine. **Buy: [HD 5000 for $37](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002XN7C6W/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com) | [HD 6000 for $46](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B00372567A/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [HD 5000](http://www.microsoft.com/hardware/digitalcommunication/productdetails.aspx?pid=019&ref=skatter.com) | [HD 6000](http://www.microsoft.com/hardware/digitalcommunication/productdetails.aspx?pid=018&ref=skatter.com)** ### Samsung Epic 4G Hits Sprint URL: https://www.skatter.com/samsung-epic-4g-hits-sprint/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:03.000Z That was fast. Sprint’s announcement and launch of the HTC EVO 4G felt like it was only yesterday, but the company’s second 4G device is finally out of the wraps: the Samsung Epic 4G. I had reported on Sprint’s [plans to launch another 4G device](https://www.skatter.com/sprint-launching-another-4g-device-soon/) “soon,” but I didn’t have any further details at that time. Fortunately, we now know that the phone is a variant of the Samsung Galaxy S, which [we previewed at CTIA earlier this year](https://www.skatter.com/ctia-2010-samsung-galaxy-s/). While we knew Samsung intended to launch the Galaxy S overseas and in the US, the addition of 4G comes as a major surprise. While it’s still a step down in some regards from the EVO 4G, it does sport a better-looking Super AMOLED display and physical keyboard. **Samsung Epic 4G Specs:** - Network: Sprint 3G and 4G - CPU: Samsung 1GHz Cortex A8 Hummingbird - Memory: 1GB ROM and 512MB RAM - Display: 4-inch Capacitive Super AMOLED - OS: Ships with Android v2.1, Froyo v2.2 soon - Mobile Hotspot: 5 Devices Max on 3G or 4G - Camera: 5 Megapixel with Autofocus & LED Flash - Camcorder: 720p HD Recording - Video Chat: Front-facing VGA Cam for Qik Calls - Multimedia: DLNA support, 3.5 mm jack - Connectivity: WiFi b/g/n and Bluetooth v2.1 - Sensors: Compass, 6-Axis Motion, Proximity, Light - Storage: 16GB microSD included, supports 32GB - Dimensions: 4.9 x 2.54 x .56 inches (L x W x D) - Weight: 5.46 ounces - Battery: 1500 mAh (Li-on) Most of the hardware specifications speak for themselves as the Epic 4G is a strong emerging competitor. However, it’s important to note that the hostspot feature handles 3 fewer connections than the EVO 4G. It also sports a front-facing VGA camera like the Apple iPhone 4, both of which are a notch under the EVO’s 1.3 megapixel camera. When it comes down to it, the physical keyboard likely distinguishes the Epic 4G from the EVO more than anything else. But it will be interesting to see whether customers still prefer the waste of space for a physical keyboard especially when [new technologies such as Swype](https://www.skatter.com/video-demo-swype-for-htc-evo-4g/) are taking off. With Apple’s new revolutionary “Retina Display” setting the standards, it’s also great to see Super AMOLED, a competing technology, featured on the Epic 4G. Verizon Wireless also announced the Samsung Galaxy S as the Samsung Fascinate and while it’s very similar, there are a few notable differences. The Fascinate lacks 4G support, a front-facing camera, and a keyboard. Hence, features such as video chat will also be unavailable. On the bright side, the Fascinate features an extra 1 GB of internal storage over the Epic 4G. And as always, Verizon Wireless plans to re-brand the operating system with V Cast music, V Cast video, and VZ Navigator. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-vibrant-t-mobile.jpg "Samsung Vibrant T-Mobile") T-Mobile got in on the action as well. Their Samsung Galaxy iteration is named the Samsung Vibrant. While it also lacks 4G like the Verizon Fascinate, it features T-Mobile’s HSPA+ network. In terms of hardware, the Vibrant, much like the Fascinate, lacks the front-facing camera and physical keyboard that the Epic 4G offers. Humorously, T-Mobile’s press release rather focuses on add-on features such as a pre-downloaded copy of Avatar on the memory card, a pre-installed Amazon Kindle for Android app, and MobiTV streaming. T-Mobile was interestingly the only carrier that announced the July 21st availability date. Unfortunately, pricing isn’t yet available. The Galaxy S was a great looking phone and while I haven’t tried Sprint’s iteration, the Epic 4G, I’ve got high hopes. While Sprint hasn’t made pricing or availability available yet, I’ll definitely try to get the full scoop and our hands-on this phone as soon as we can. In the meantime, [follow us on Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) or [like us on Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) to stay tuned with the latest coverage. **Links: [Sprint.com/Epic4G](http://www.sprint.com/epic4g?ref=skatter.com)** ### 3D Entertainment > Depth Perception URL: https://www.skatter.com/3d-entertainment-depth-perception/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:57.000Z ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/virtual-boy-courtesy-of-vitage-computing.jpg "Virtual Boy Courtesy of Vintage Computing ") As both recent and older studies show, this model 3D home may not be as picture-perfect as some investors hope. Human optics is a delicate system, one that has evolved to give us the advantage in the animal kingdom with an extraordinary sense of depth perception stemming from the development of a strong stereopsis at an early age. The development of stereopsis comes from humans having two retinas in the front of the face, allowing us to see two images from two angles and perceive the world around us in a three dimensional way. Every time we watch a 3D movie and play a 3D game, with or without glasses, we are basically pulling a prank on our brain that the layered and polarized images we are viewing are in real-3D. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/stereopsis-two-images.jpg "Stereopsis Diagram Courtesy of Optometrists Network ") So why are so many people worried about the effects of 3D? It’s not necessarily the 3D technology itself, which has improved drastically over the past few years, but rather the prolonged exposure, which up until now hasn’t been available. Even though 3D movies are incredibly popular with moviegoers, the average viewer is only going to see maybe three of these movies per month because of ticket prices and in general not wanting to spend his or her life in a movie theater. However, with 3D HD Television sets coming to our living rooms and Nintendo’s 3DS soon to be in every kid’s room, the amount of “pranking” we are doing to our optic nerves is going to increase tenfold. The problem with this is that we are in essence fooling our brain into thinking that a 2D screen has depth and is therefore in 3D, which screws up our depth perception. This can stunt the growth of stereopsis in children, especially for those under the age of seven, preventing its development in the most crucial stages. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-hd-3d-tv-warning.png "Samsung HD 3D TV Warning") Companies like Nintendo and Samsung have already been fully aware of necessary precautions when incorporating 3D technologies in their products, aside from the more obvious side-effects like nausea, spams, or dizziness. Recently, Samsung has been issuing a standard warning on all of their new HD 3D TV’s. “Viewing 3D Television may also cause motion sickness, perceptual after effects, disorientation, eye strain and decreased postural stability
 It is recommended that users take frequent breaks to lessen the potential of these effects,” is just one small part of their lengthy warning. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/sega-vr.jpg "Sega VR") If this is at all sounding familiar, it’s because this isn’t the first time these studies have reached the ears of 3D production. The best example would be Sega’s Virtual Reality creation for the Sega Genesis from early 90’s, the Sega VR. This headset included LCD screens and headphones wrapping around the users head, similar to Nintendo’s Virtual Boy, and depicted a 3D environment that the player would interact with using movements and appropriate reactions. Besides the obvious motion sickness that came with use, studies conducted at the Stanford Research Institute revealed that the 3D virtual reality could cause children to develop strabismus resulting from defective stereopsis. Sega proceeded to immediately discontinue the project to avoid the potential lawsuits and user health risks. This time around, however, there is a lot less of attention given to the upcoming 3D technologies present in gaming and entertainment systems alike. A lot has changed over the years with the way 3D visuals are perceived (3DS for example), and with progress hazards typically lessen. Ultimately though, spending too long watching a 3D screen will potentially halt optical development like stereopsis in younger viewers. Nintendo, Panasonic, and other companies have been taking necessary precautions to warn users of all health hazards, but within reason. After all, what would happen to a product, let alone the company, if the technology behind it turns out to be detrimental to growth? While the abundance of 3D technology is one giant step closer to the future, it may be one step too fast. It’s already common to go see the latest blockbuster with a pair of glasses on, but are we really ready for a 3D household? If even the retailing companies are acknowledging the potential consumer risks, then the real question is just how detrimental to our growth and vision is over-exposure to 3D? And with just about every form of entertainment possible advancing with 3D capabilities, what does this risk mean for the future? **Links:** [**Stereopsis and Strabismus**](http://www.strabismus.org/all%5Fabout%5Fstrabismus.html?ref=skatter.com#latetreatment) **| [Australian Defense on Cybersickness](http://dspace.dsto.defence.gov.au/dspace/handle/1947/4079?ref=skatter.com)** ### Seagate Announces 3TB Hard Drives URL: https://www.skatter.com/seagate-announces-3tb-hard-drives/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:03.000Z In the world of gadgets and gizmos, it seems that smaller is better. However, one thing that always works in the opposite way is hard drive storage space. Hard drive makers are always trying to push the boundaries of storage capacity rather than minimizing size. Today, Seagate has announced the GoFlex Desk, the world’s first 3 Terabyte (TB) external hard drive, pushing past the 2TB standard set forth by Western Digital over a year ago. As the press release states, Seagate’s newest model is marketed toward home and office users in order to “meet the explosive worldwide demand for digital content”. As file sizes continue to grow, people demand better quality out of everything. No one is willing to settle for poor quality video and audio in a digital movie when an HD option is just a click away. Likewise, due to higher quality encoding options, music files are approaching 10-15MB. Blu-ray rips of movies can take anywhere from 4 to 40GB, and games that used to take up 600MB can now demand upwards of 25GB for just the basic install. With the launch of Seagate’s newest hard drive, users can fit approximately 120 Blu-ray quality movies, more than 1,000 video games, and nearly one million songs. However, what we should be most excited about isn’t just its storage capacity, but how much the new hard drive is going to retail for–$250\. Rewind the clock back to the 2007 and Hitachi announces the world’s first 1TB hard drive. At the time, fitting that many bytes into a hard drive was truly groundbreaking and the product demanded a high price tag. Back then, we were asked to pay $399 for a third of what Seagate is now offering. This is only a testament to how consumer demands are driving the development of new technologies. In a statement made by Dave Mosley, Seagate’s executive VP of sales, he stated, “Consumer capacity demands are quickly out-pacing the needs of business”, which is not only a statement that validates the much lower MSRP but also says something about the target market for the new GoFlex Desk external hard drives. Businesses and their servers are no longer the target markets for huge hard drives; it is now the everyday consumer that Seagate—and many other manufacturers—are making products for. We used to demand 500GBs for millions of documents for the average corporation, but now almost every desktop can be fitted with a 1TB hard drive. With the launch of the GoFlex Desk’s 3TB hard drive capacity and its relatively low MSRP, it’s clear that a terabyte isn’t just enough anymore. Moreover, what’s truly amazing is that it 2TB isn’t even enough for many people. Hard drives are getting bigger and better, and compared to 2007, introductory prices are getting lower and lower. As Mosley said, it is now the consumer that is in demand, and these huge hard drives are made just for you. **Links: [Seagate FreeAgent GoFlex Desk](http://www.seagate.com/www/en-us/products/external/external-hard-drive/desktop-hard-drive/?ref=skatter.com) | [Press Release](http://media.seagate.com/2010/06/seagatetechnology/seagate-breaks-capacity-ceiling-with-worlds-first-3-terabyte-external-desktop-drive/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Kindle App Goes Android, Brings iPad Update URL: https://www.skatter.com/kindle-app-goes-android-brings-ipad-update/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:04.000Z Amazon’s decision to introduce a new feature like embedded video and audio in Kindle books on a rival eReader like the iPad is actually very smart from a business perspective. There’s no realistic way that the Kindle can compete with a tablet or a smart phone; it just simply can’t do all the things that those devices can. If Amazon were to take this route, it would crash and burn miserably. So, it has decided to take the road less traveled by. Instead of clashing with Apple head on and making it a fight between eReaders, Amazon has circumvented the battle by solidifying Kindle as the go-to eReader app for Apple users. Creating a Kindle app exclusively for these three Apple devices and giving it features that no other Kindle app has, not even the physical Kindle, will push it several steps ahead of Apple’s iBookstore. And by making the Kindle app the go-to eReader app, Amazon will ensure that users will take advantage of their 620,000+ library and buy Kindle books, and the profits from those sales will offset any loses Amazon may suffer from consumers buying iPads instead of physical Kindles. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/kindle-editions-audio-video.jpg "Kindle Editions Audio/Video") Now, whether or not video and audio will be able to improve the reading experience is a whole other matter altogether. Personally, I would think watching a video in the middle of reading certain books would be a little counterproductive, but that may just be me. Amazon announced that one of the first books to take advantage of these new features will be Rick Steves’ travel guide *Rick Steves’ London*, which is one of the few genres where I can see the benefit of a video feature; after all, if you’re a tourist and you’re relying on a travel guide to get you to your destination, what better way to tell where you are than a video that will visually and audibly guide you to wherever it is that you want to go? I do hope that Amazon doesn’t start adding movie clips to their fiction books, though. I really, really don’t want to have to listen to tweens giggle about how hot Robert Pattinson looks while they’re “reading” Twilight on their iPhones. In an increasingly competitive eReader app market, Android has been the last major holdout in getting the Kindle app. But the wait is finally over, and Kindle users running Android 1.6 or greater can now download the free app on the Android Market. Amazon has included all the features that users would expect in a Kindle app; free book samples, access to the Kindle store as well as to previously purchased Kindle books free of charge, customizable background color and font size and color, adjustable screen brightness within the app. But most importantly, it will come with Amazon’s Whispersync technology that saves and synchronizes users’ books and bookmarks across all their Kindle-equipped devices, just like other existing Kindle apps do. This means that readers can download a book on their Android phones, read a few pages when on the go, then continue reading where they left off on their Kindles or iPads if they want a larger screen. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/motorola-droid-kindle-for-android.jpg "Motorola Droid Kindle For Android") Like the upgrade for Apple devices, this introduction of a Kindle app for Android devices is another smart business move on Amazon’s part. Android phones have been increasing exponentially in popularity since their introduction a little over a one and a half years ago. More and more consumers seem to be switching over to one of the many Droid phones currently available. While it might not be as large as the Blackberry or Apple communities, this is still a significant number of potential Kindle customers that Amazon up until yesterday had yet to tap into. Now that the free Kindle app is available to most smart phone owners, however, Amazon is poised to reaffirm its status as the number one eReader with everyone, not just with Apple users. I’d honestly be very surprised if other Android eReader apps like Kobo, Aldiko, Laputa, and iReader will be able to compete with the Kindle app, simply because their libraries aren’t as extensive and their names aren’t as well known. It will be interesting to see how the public responds in the coming weeks to Amazon’s latest business moves, and if Kindle will be able to overtake iBookstore on Apple devices and top the Android Market for eReader apps. **Links: [Amazon.com Kindle Apps](http://www.amazon.com/gp/redirect.html?ie=UTF8&location=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.amazon.com%2Fgp%2Ffeature.html%3Fie%3DUTF8%26ref%5F%3Damb%5Flink%5F352814002%5F3%26docId%3D1000493771&tag=skattercom-20&linkCode=ur2&camp=1789&creative=390957&ref=skatter.com)** ### Plantronics Explorer 395 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/plantronics-explorer-395-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:23.000Z When it comes to high-end communication accessories, the name Plantronics just about always comes up. Typically, Plantronics products are on the more expensive side as they are primarily targeted towards businesses. However, more recently, the company has begun offering an affordable lineup of bluetooth headsets. The Plantronics hopes to entice the average consumer with the Explorer 395 with some inspiration from their professional audio gear. With noise cancellation technology, quick pairing, and a few other features, let’s see if this headset lives up to the Plantronics name. **Specifications:** - Battery Life: 5 hours talk time - Standby Time: up to 7 days - Range: up to 33 ft from paired device - Weight: 11 grams - Bluetooth Version 2.1+EDR - Special: QuickPair Technology - Dimensions: 2.0 (L) x 0.7 (W) x 0.4 (D) inches ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/plantronics-395-power-button.jpg "Plantronics 395 Power Button") **Style and Design:** With fairly lightweight and ultra-portable design, the Explorer 395 is easy on the ears. A plastic black-coated body and chrome accents on the center and sides offer a somewhat retro look. Power and volume controls are featured along the sides of the body while a multifunction button for answering and ending calls is centered on top. Unlike most bluetooth headsets that require holding down the multifunction button for powering on or off, the Explorer 395 has a dedicated switch. It’s easy to reach and definitely won’t turn on accidentally. As for the multifunction button, it’s position and size make it easy to locate and press. There’s even an LED status light for indicating missed calls and battery life. The earpiece of the headset is made of silicon ear gel shaped to fit the inner contour of the ear. The earpiece is virtually unnoticeable and contributes to the overall weightless feeling of the device. The device attaches to the ear using a clear plastic ear loop. At first glance, this ear loop looks uncomfortable to put on. When I tried it on, however, it was surprisingly light and comfortable due to the size of my ear. People with bigger ears may find it harder to fit, though, as the shape of the loop is fairly set and not flexible. Overall, the way the Explorer 395 is designed makes it a good alternative over cheaper Bluetooth headsets. Its simplistic approach is perfect for those who want to avoid complex sets of functions packed into one headset. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/plantronics-395-earpiece.jpg "Plantronics 395 Earpiece") **Battery Life:** Running on a rechargeable lithium-ion battery, the Explorer 395 claims to offer 5 hours of talk time and 7 days of standby. While I do use my phone a fairly decent amount, I was never able to hit the standby limit of the battery. Turning off the headset significantly helps preserve battery life as well. But for the most part, I got past about 4 hours of use in a single day and the headset kept running. But when it does run out of juice, charging the Explorer 395 is a cinch. It comes with a wall plug AC adapter, however since it features a microUSB pin, it can easily charge with a computer as well. As USB is now the standard for just about every gizmo on the planet, it’s great to see Plantronics featuring it even on their most affordable headset. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/plantronics-395-micro-usb.jpg "Plantronics 395 microUSB") **Call Quality:** I tested the Explorer 395 in various locations, including crowded areas with a lot of noise. Throughout my testing, the cal quality was superb. I never faced any choppiness, static, or any other problems. It paired easily, and stayed paired. In fact, I was surprised to find the clarity of the calls better than with my phone’s internal microphone. And that makes sense, considering the headset features built-in DSP Digital Signal Processing (DSP) and a noise canceling circuit. In coordination, these two technologies help reduce external noise from the environment and even reduce echo. I should note that noise cancellation won’t fully dull out the noise of people in a bar or cars on a busy street, but will help reduce those levels. It truly only shines for eliminating small noises such as a overhead fan, air conditioning, or subtle sounds. Adjusting volume is probably the largest issue with this headset. Unlike traditional up and down controls, it features only a single key. Repeatedly clicking on increases the volume until it cycles back to the lowest level. While it may not be an issue for some, having to adjust levels when moving from quite areas to noisy or vice versa makes dealing with the Explorer 395 becomes frustrating. I also was annoyed to find that volume adjustments don’t go into effect immediately. There’s a slight split-second delay between each adjustment. While it is not the end of the world, I’d rather not miss a few words during an important call. **Conclusions:** When it comes down to buying a new headset, the Explorer 395 is a great choice for a couple of reasons. First, it retains the Plantronics brand-name and it retails for just $49, making it one of the company’s most affordable headsets. Those who shop around can easily find it for as low as [$33 on Amazon](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003L5DA3K/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com).While the Explorer 395 doesn’t boast any extravagant features, it gets the job done for those on a budget. It’s even $10 cheaper than [the Samsung Modus 3500](https://www.skatter.com/samsung-modus-3500-review/), which supports plugging in a pair of headsets for music. As states are enforcing hands-free headset laws across the country, it couldn’t be a better time to make an investment. The Explorer 395 is cheaper than a traffic ticket, not to mention safer driving practices as well. **Buy: [Plantronics Explorer 395 for $33](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B003L5DA3K/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Plantronics Explorer 395](http://www.plantronics.com/north%5Famerica/en%5FUS/products/mobile/bluetooth-headsets/explorer-395-black?ref=skatter.com)** ### iPhone 4 Sells 1.7 Million Units in Three Days URL: https://www.skatter.com/iphone-4-sells-1-7-million-units-in-three-days/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:04.000Z “This is the most successful product launch in Apple’s history,” Steve Jobs said in Apple’s press release. “Even so, we apologize to those consumers who were turned away because we did not have enough supply,” he added, alluding to several issues that marred the iPhone 4’s launch, including the inability of many customers to successfully place iPhone 4 pre-orders due to issues with AT&T’s servers, the lack of white models available at the launch, and the fact that there were not enough units on hand for prospective buyers who had not pre-ordered the phone. Another widely publicized issue that threatened the iPhone 4’s launch was the now infamous “[iPhone Death Grip](https://www.skatter.com/iphone-4-vs-intelligent-design/),” in which users who held the phone a particular way in their left hand palm blocked the antenna and experienced a loss of signal and dropped calls. However, these problems were clearly not enough to dissuade 1.7 million customers from paying $199 for the 16GB model and $299 for the 32GB model, and the iPhone 4 stands poised to be the most successful smart phone yet. I can’t say that I’m personally all that surprised by these numbers. Apple products have been incredibly popular in recent years, especially iPhones. The company has built up quite the following, and Apple fanboys and fangirls have been fairly consistent in coming out to support the company during launches. But with new smart phones hitting the market seemingly every day this month, Apple does face some steep competition in the near future. It will be interesting to see if these strong sales numbers hold, or if future waves of smart phone consumers down the road become put off by all the problems revolving around the iPhone 4. **Link: [Apple.com](http://www.apple.com/pr/library/2010/06/28iphone.html?ref=skatter.com)** ### Dropbox Introduces New Sharing Feature URL: https://www.skatter.com/dropbox-introduces-new-sharing-feature/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:05.000Z One new feature that users will be able to see after installing the upgrade is a new “Linked Items” tab, which was created on the sharing page for users to allow access to all created links from one location. You can also make shared folder links, which can be viewed from both tabs. Under this upgrade, users will be able share music, pictures, office files, pdf files, and code files, each of which will be displayed using custom viewers. Unfortunately, the new sharing feature is currently in its beta and will only work with Dropbox clients 0.8 and above. The company does intend to release a more complete version, however, which will have password protection and expiration, as well as some other unnamed features. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/dropbox-shareable-link.jpg "Dropbox Shareable Link") As someone who creates musical content and shares it with different people, this feature could not be more convenient. I tried out the new feature for myself and found it to be just as fast and easy to use as Dropbox’s primary syncing feature. I tested out the feature by creating links to both pictures and various MP3 files and was impressed with how fast the process was. A folder full of audio files was instantly available to play in a queue with the new embedded Dropbox audio player. Now, anytime I want to show or transfer my music to someone, all I have to do is access the small library of linked songs in the Linked Items tab. I cannot stress enough how convenient it is to be able to transfer and share files with peers in the same amount of time it takes to post a single link. **Link: [Dropbox forums](http://forums.dropbox.com/topic.php?id=21441&replies=101&ref=skatter.com)** **Download: [Dropbox Beta](http://forums.dropbox.com/topic.php?id=21513&replies=2&ref=skatter.com)** ### Windows Tip: Pin Individual Folders to Taskbar URL: https://www.skatter.com/windows-tip-pin-individual-folders-to-taskbar/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:16:23.000Z 1. Right click on your desktop, select “New” then “Text Document” and rename it 2. File extensions have to be shown. If they are hidden do this: 1. Open any explorer window (i.e. open any folder) 2. Click the “Organize” tab, then select “Folder and search options” 3. Another window should appear, click on the “View” tab 4. Make sure that the seventh check box from the top is *unchecked*. You should check this box only after you’ve finished 5. Click “OK” and go back to the desktop 3. Change the file extension of the text document you’ve just created from “filename.txt” to “filename.exe” 4. At this point, you can go back and hide file extensions, to do so, follow step 2 5. Drag the file to an empty area on the taskbar to pin it. Don’t worry if the image is weird, you can change it later 6. Copy the path to the folder you want pinned. To do this: - Hold Shift and right click on the folder, select “Copy as path” 7. Right click on the newly pinned icon on the taskbar to bring up the jump list, then right click on the file name and select “Properties” 8. Delete everything in the “Target” field, and paste in the path you’ve just copied, then click “OK” 9. Check to see if it works properly. If it does, you can delete the file on your desktop that was created in step 1 And now you’re finished. If you want to change the image on the taskbar icon, you can go to the properties again (see step 7) and click the “Change Icon” button. It should be noted that the new icon will not appear until after you restart the computer. I hope this was useful, stay posted for more tips. **Links: [Pin Folders to Taskbar](http://www.unawave.de/windows-7-tipps/folder-to-taskbar.html?lang=EN&ref=skatter.com)** ### Shure PG-27USB Microphone (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/shure-pg-27usb-microphone-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:23.000Z **Hardware:** Shure provides almost all the essentials needed to get started using this microphone. The packaging includes the PG-27USB microphone, a USB cable, and a proprietary mount adapter. An adapter is n included for use with non-Shure mounts. However, there is no stand included. Since the PG-27 can’t be used without one, a decent stand will add at least $15-20 to your purchase. Other competing all-in-one solutions such as the [Blue Microphone Snowball](https://www.skatter.com/blue-microphones-snowball-review/) or the AKG Perception 120 USB come with adjustable desk stands, so it is a bit irritating that Shure did not include one as well. The microphone is quite robust in terms of build quality. It’s clear that no cheap materials were used. The PG-27 feels solid and is quite heavy, weighing in at just a hair under a pound. It’s heavier than standard microphones due to the additional hardware inside, so a strong mount might be necessary. It’s important not to forget that this gizmo has a microphone, a preamp, and a monitor all packed inside. With that said, the PG-27 should be able to survive a drop or getting knocked down accidentally, due to its sturdy build. The metal grill and casing is thick and doesn’t show any signs of weakness or flex. While I don’t recommend testing durability, reasonable wear and tear won’t be a problem. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/shure-pc-27usb-volume.jpg "Shure PC-27USB Volume") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/shure-pc-27usb-gain.jpg "Shure PC-27USB Mic Gain") The PG-27USB includes hardware settings for mic gain, volume control, monitor wheel, as well as a 20dB padding switch. A 3.5mm headphone jack offers a direct monitor line, which is a great way to listen to yourself and make fine tuning adjustments until the audio sounds right. The unit even includes an LED status light with three color statuses: green indicates that audio is in a good range, yellow indicates peaking, and red signifies audio clipping. It should be noted that the PG-27 was released in both XLR and USB models. The XLR version is more suited for those with high-end audio equipment, as it requires an amplifier or a converter for digitizing. For the average person, the XLR microphone requires proper equipment and configuration knowledge. On the other hand, the USB model is an all-in-one package that offers the same quality but can be used with any computer with a USB 2.0 port. Shure emulates professional audio while making the PG-27 easy to use. **Compatibility and Setup:** Getting started with the PG-27USB was extremely easy. My laptop, running Windows 7, detected the PG-27 and found drivers for it automatically. I didn’t have download any files or use an installation CD, and it was ready to go within a few seconds. The microphone is also compatible with Windows 2000, XP, Vista, and Mac OS X 1.0 and later. I should mention, however, that I did run into a few problems. Some applications didn’t automatically select the microphone as the primary microphone despite setting it as the default in the Control Panel. Despite those few odd occurrences, installing the microphone was as easy as plugging it in. **Audio Quality:** The PG-27 is without a doubt a huge improvement over an integrated laptop microphone or even a cheap auxiliary one. It’s also significantly better than the Blue Snowball microphone. I have been using the microphone for the past month for everything from Skype calls to narrating instructional videos to experimenting with podcasts. After making some recordings with Audacity, I found the audio quality with the PG-27 to be rich and clean. There’s minimal audio clipping, choppiness, or external sounds. Whether it’s a hard drive rumbling, a computer cooling fan, a rolling chair, or even sounds from a speaker, the Shure PG-27USB can isolate it all. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/shure-pc-27usb-controls.jpg "Shure PC-27USB Controls") The controls offer plenty of room for finding a perfect comfort level for recording audio. After some refinement, I was able to successfully isolate vibrations and breathing noise. If vibrations are still a problem, it’s compatible with a standard spider mount that should significantly help reduce the issue. Also, the -20dB padding is a great addition for playing loud instruments. Adjusting the gain truly does help intensify the sound, and it begins to pick up just about every noise when turned up all the way. It’s great that this control is offered, while competing microphones such as the AKG Perception 120 don’t include a hardware control for it. **Conclusion:** Overall, I was quite impressed with the Shure PG-27USB microphone. The company has created a great device for the prosumer market. Without having to purchase and amplifier, a condenser microphone, and additional interfaces, Shure’s solution includes it all. They even include a USB cable for getting it instantly set up and running. A carrying case makes a great travel addition. While I was a bit disappointed with the lack of a mini tripod-like stand, it’s simply too expensive to get a 3rd party solution. When it comes down to it, the PG-27USB offers professional-like audio quality in an easy-to-use package. Anyone who has the cash to spend can get started with minimal effort. Whether recording an instrument, podcasting, singing, or just video chatting, the microphone improves it all. While the $200 MSRP is a bit expensive, it goes for as low as $140 through retailers, including Amazon. And for that price, it’s definitely a great deal that won’t disappoint. **Buy: [Shure PG-27USB Microphone for $137](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B001U1MGLY/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Shure.com](http://www.shure.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Shure PG-27USB Microphone](http://www.shure.com/americas/products/microphones/PG/pg27-usb-multi-purpose-microphone?ref=skatter.com)** ### Nokia BH-905 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/nokia-bh-905-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:24.000Z **Comfort and Style** The BH-905 takes the traditional noise-canceling design and gives it a twist. The headphones are constructed like most noise-canceling headphones with a headband and two ear phones that can be adjusted depending on the user. The earphones rest comfortably on your ears rather than completely covering them like typical Sennheisers headphones. I enjoyed this alternate design because the pads were comfortable, and I didn’t feel trapped by the headphones. More importantly, I found that the headset was surprisingly secure, and I could wear them for extended periods of time without worrying about them falling off. However, the aesthetics were disappointing.While the headphones would look great with a silver finish, these are constructed with cheap-looking plastic. The appearance is reminiscent of a cheap impulse over-the-counter electronics. While I normally don’t care about how something looks as long as it can do what it is supposed to do, but the BH-905 has such a huge price tag compared to its competitors that everything, including style, begins to factor in. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/nokia-bh-905-headphones-pads.jpg "Nokia BH-905 Headphones: Pads") **Functionality** The Nokia BH-905 functions in three primary modes. The first is as a physically connected stereo headphone using one of the many auxiliary plugs provided. However, if you’d rather cut the cord, the second option is a Bluetooth-powered stereo headphones. Finally, the headset can also be paired with Bluetooth capable phones for making phone calls while listening to music wirelessly. From these three modes, enabling the active noise canceling (ANC) makes your conversations or music experience unobstructed with external sounds. With so many possible options, the headset is clearly trying to tap into audiophiles and hands-free users alike. The fact that Nokia could cram so many features into a single device allows users to clear up the clutter of needing both a Bluetooth headset for calls and a pair of headphones for music. The headset comes in a black leather case with four adapters and an extension cable for the standard auxiliary plug, expanding the uses for this headset even further. The adapters included in the case are a standard CA-144U auxiliary plug, an AD-52 micro headset adapter for phones, an AD-70 adapter for a 6.3mm headphone connector that is usually for amps in home theaters or musical instruments like guitars and pianos, and an AD-71\. This last one is the most peculiar adapter included and works with airplane audio systems, which is something I had never seen before but enjoyed nonetheless because it further demonstrated Nokia’s attempt at making this the only headset I would ever need. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/nokia-bh-905-headphones-pins.jpg "Nokia BH-905 Headphones: Pins") ****Hardware** **The BH-905 can transform into a Bluetooth headset for audio and phone calls at the push of a button. Once it is connected, the right headset offers controls for navigating music. Playing, stoping, reweinding, and fast forwarding controls are all located on the right face of the right headset. Nokia also includes a volume rocker underneath these buttons to raise or reduce the volume output. In addition, these buttons can also be used to manipulate the audio level of your call and answer or end a conversation. A few of these are awkwardly placed and hard to reach, but once you get used to it, listening to music and answering phone calls become an entirely different experience with the BH-905.** **Audio Quality** For all of its features, the BH-905 begins to lose its value once you actually listen to what you’re hearing. As a Bluetooth headset, the audio is subpar and there was a noticeable amount of crackling and popping. Additionally, when on Bluetooth, the audio quality decreased with each step away from the source. In the end, it all comes back to the BH-905’s rather large price tag. Although I could shuffle songs and change the volume, the audio quality did not live up to my expectations considering how much I was paying for the headset. This became even more obvious when I started making phone calls. The people I talked with complained that I sounded like I was in a tunnel and that my voice was distant. The audio quality I was receiving from the people I was talking with, however, was relatively clear and much better than my cell phone’s built in speakers. Moreover, with the ANC activated, the people I called became exceptionally clear even in the noisiest of places. The BH-905 makes up for its lackluster Bluetooth quality with exceptional stereo sound when physically plugged in. Admittedly, I am not the biggest audiophile, but I was stunned the minute I plugged in the headphones into my home theater system. I had never heard a clearer, more vibrant sound, and things like staging and depth finally became part of my audio vocabulary. I played the same song on my $14.99 Sony headphones, and the difference was astounding. The headphones were loud, and I couldn’t hear the unique instruments that comprised the song. With the BH-905, I could hear the strings, harp, and piano as well as their imagined location on the sound stage. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/nokia-bh-905-headphones-controls.jpg "Nokia BH-905 Headphones: Controls") However, I must point out that the source plays an important role when trying to tap into the headphones full potential. During my test period, the BH-905 initially worked fine with all of my equipment. After a while, though, the headset began to fail when plugged into my laptop and mp3 player. The singer’s voice gradually sounded more and more distant while the musical instruments still had the same complete quality. This massive drop in quality signaled a problem between the source and the headset, and after thorough testing I believe the problem was the headphones became hard to drive after long usage because of its 24 ohm impedance. A bit higher than your standard mp3 headphones, the BH-905’s impedance makes sense considering Nokia’s primary market for this high quality headset and most of the target users would have amps that could give the headset its necessary electrical input. But for everyday consumers, the headset seems to be too intense for low power items like netbooks, mp3 devices, or portable video players. The headset did not malfunction while in Bluetooth mode or was plugged into a proper amplifier; however, in a source like a netbook or mp3 player, the headset is just too difficult to drive. **Conclusion** If you plan on buying the BH-905’s, then do it for its incredible versatility. Although the headset excels in some areas and is a bit too mediocre in others, the fact that Nokia could fit so many functions into one device is makes this headset a bit above the rest. Even if the audio may not be the best compared to Sennheisers or other top notch brands, the BH-905’s still provide a clear and delightful music experience when plugged into your home theater system, and once the ANC is activated, the quality of audio grows exponentially. However, it is important to acknowledge the headsets mediocre Bluetooth quality. When listening to audio, all I wanted to do was plug it back into an amplifier to remind me why the purchase was worth it. Moreover, there are so many other better quality hands-free Bluetooth devices that I would not recommend this for someone looking to make all of their calls with a Bluetooth headset. But if you want an all-in-one device that gives you the ability to make phone calls, listen to audio with or without a cord, and can afford the device, then the BH-905 is a great purchase. However, if you’re on a budget and would rather have a device that excels at one of the many functions the BH-905 is only moderate at, then definitely look elsewhere. **Buy: [Nokia BH-905 for $249](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002SUEYU2/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Nokia BH-905](http://www.nokia.com/microsites/bh-905?ref=skatter.com)** ### Casio Exilim EX-Z35 (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/casio-z35-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:24.000Z **EX-Z35 Specifications:** - Sensor Resolution: 12.1 megapixels - Video Resolution: 848 x 480 (WIDE). 640 x 480 (STD), 320 x 240 (LP) - Screen: 2.5″ LCD - Optical Zoom: 3x - Focus Range: Approx. 2″ to infinity (including macro range) - Dimensions: 3.9″ (W) x 2.3″ (H) x 0.8″ (D) at thinnest point ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/casio-ex35-lcd.jpg "Casio EX35 LCD") Design and Ergonomics: The thin, sleek design of the EX-Z35 is both stylish and practical for a point-and-shoot camera. The camera itself is mostly plastic, however, it feels solid without any gaps between panels. The satin finish is definitely a plus because it makes it less susceptible to fingerprints. In contrast to build quality, there were a few oddities in button placement. The lack of a dedicated macro button is annoying because it makes the user dig through a menu while there are two buttons capable of user-assigned secondary functions. Meanwhile, video recording is counter-intuitive because the shutter button, which is traditionally used for both taking pictures and video, is used only for picture-taking on the EX-Z35\. In YouTube mode, for example, I forgot about the dedicated button on the back and pressed the shutter release only to be notified by the camera that “Movie scene cannot be used for snapshots.” On the plus side, the Casio’s low button count and easily identifiable buttons means that it is quite user-friendly. Thus, I would say that ergonomically the camera is usable and only takes minor adjustments when shooting video or macro photographs. **Features:** The EX-Z35 comes loaded with automated aids. Some of the most useful ones are face detection, Best Shot Mode, a dedicated YouTube movie mode, a dedicated eBay mode, and Easy Mode. The Easy mode, in my opinion, hit home as the most compelling feature for the given market segment. When enabled, this option prevents the user from accessing specific shooting modes and highly simplifies standard menus. The only accessible menu in Easy Mode has settings for the flash, a self timer, image size, and turning Easy Mode off. This feature definitely has appeal within the market because it lowers the learning curve and prevents unintended changes, a definite selling point for those who are intimidated by technology or simply want worry-free snapping. Since key features of the Z35 are designed for inexperienced or first time digital camera users, I was pleasantly surprised to find out that Casio included program mode-like options such as ISO settings, exposure adjustment, manual focus, and autofocus region selection. This extra level of sophistication gives users the ability to change settings commonly associated with more expensive cameras. This means that beginners will have the opportunity to learn about photography first-hand by fiddling with exposure and ISO settings. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/casio-ex35-on.jpg "Casio EX35 Front On") Image Quality: Although the EX-Z35 has a 12.1 megapixel sensor and can save images up to 4000×3000 maximum resolution, the picture quality varies dramatically in different conditions. Pictures taken in sunny outdoor conditions were accurately exposed and noise free. Colors under these conditions looked accurate. As with most cameras, this Casio didn’t perform as well under low light situations without a flash. It produced grainy images that were heavily processed with the on-board noise reduction, which led to under-saturation and loss of detail. In darker situations, there tended to be a bluish glow on top of the noise. Another potential problem in low light is the lack of an autofocus illuminator; yet, short of complete darkness, I didn’t notice much difference in the camera’s focusing capabilities. These possible shortcomings are understandable considering the restrictions Casio had to design the camera in order to keep it affordable. Despite this, Casio still managed to incorporate the popular face detection feature. It performed well during testing, usually taking about a quarter to half-second in recognizing a subject. Using the built-in scene modes that matched the shooting conditions did little to improve the quality of the images. For example, when I used the eBay mode to take a picture of a watch, the camera fired the flash when I took the photograph. This led to an unattractive flash-lit scene with a dark background—the stereotypical eBay picture. Meanwhile, the landscape mode didn’t have any noticeable change on image results compared to the standard automatic settings. This was the general case with the other scene modes I tested out. However, what the modes did accomplish when shooting was apply the correct advanced settings such as focusing and ISO options. I noticed in the eBay mode that the camera switched to macro automatically and that shooting in landscape mode caused it to select the appropriate ISO for lower noise. This is important because having the correct settings selected on a camera is the basis for all good photographs. **Conclusion:** The Casio EX-Z35 camera is a decent all around camera. The camera yields good quality images once you take into account that it only costs $100 and is therefore likely being targeted at customers not looking to spend a lot of money such as teenagers and casual users rather than professional photographers. There are simple scene modes which make it easy for the average user to take good pictures. It is somewhat difficult to shoot when not in automatic mode, but this isn’t too much of a problem since most people don’t use the manual settings anyway. It would have been nice if the camera included social networking features, such as the ability to post pictures directly to Facebook, since the majority of users will likely be teenagers. Overall, though, the Casio EX-Z35 is a good camera and is great for those looking for an affordable camera. **Buy: [Casio Z35 for $88](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B0031WO14U/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Casio Z35 Product Page](http://www.casio.com/products/Cameras/EXILIM%5FZoom/EX-Z35SR/?ref=skatter.com)** ### Mophie Juice Pack Air (Review) URL: https://www.skatter.com/mophie-juice-pack-air-review/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:37:25.000Z **Specifications:** - Dimensions: 4.9 (L) x 2.6 (W) x 0.8 (D) inches - Weight: 10.7 ounces (excluding iPhone) - Multimedia Battery: Adds 20 hours audio, 6 hours video - Talk Time Battery: Adds 4.5 hours 3G talk - Web Browsing Battery: Adds 4.5 hours on 3G , 5.4 hours on WiFi - Compatibility: iPhone 3G and 3GS **Design:** The Juice Pack Air is not the first iPhone case to bundle a battery, but it is one of the thinnest. Is it worthy of the title “Air,” though? Compared to similar battery-packing cases perhaps, but not compared to the average plastic iPhone case – remember, *thin* is a relative term. Carrying the Juice Pack Air around with me, I would be asked “Why is that iPhone case so thick?” Considering there is a battery tucked between the plastic sheets of the casing, it’s impressively trim, but the case’s design is no miracle. Compared to your typical iPhone case, the Juice Pack Air adds a noticeable bulging backside to your phone. Does it make it too large? Certainly not. Although much thicker, the new width and height closely resemble the dimensions of “jumbo phones” such as [the EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and the new [Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-x-verizon-wireless/). That said, Mophie put some real thought into the design of their Juice Pack Air, and it shows. The curves of the Juice Pack feel good in the hand, and it fits snugly around the iPhone while avoiding being difficult to remove. The Juice Pack obscures all access to the dock connector, and in exchange gives you a Micro-USB port for charging and syncing on the underside of the device next to where the dock connector would normally be visible. This design choice by Mophie deserves special praise because as soon as you plug your iPhone into the Juice Pack you gain freedom from using Apple’s proprietary cables and instead get to use industry-standard USB cables, which are much cheaper. On the flip side, accessories such as the [Blue Mikey](https://www.skatter.com/mikey-by-blue-microphones-review/), will no longer work. Next to the micro-USB port is an easy-to-access power switch for activating the battery. On the backside, four blue LEDs sit next to a small button flush with the case; pressing the button displays the remaining battery capacity. A minor complaint of mine is that the LEDs are overly bright and far from being discreet; luckily, they do turn off after a few seconds and the activator button isn’t likely to get accidentally pressed. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/mophie-juice-pack-volume.jpg "Mophie Juice Pack: Volume") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/mophie-juice-pack-ports.jpg "Mophie Juice Pack: Ports") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/mophie-juice-pack-lock.jpg "Mophie Juice Pack: Lock") While it has a fairly good design, is aesthetically pleasing, and is durable, there are a few flaws. It’s hard to tell whether the Juice Pack Air can stand up to a year or two of use. The glossy plastic finish makes the Mophie feel somewhat cheaply, especially for a $80 price tag. And the exterior is extremely vulnerable to scratches. Coins and keys have it looking worn down in no time. Another fault? The Juice Pack Air doesn’t include a screen protector, leaving the iPhone’s screen unprotected. While valid solutions such as the Zagg InvisibleShield solve the problem, for a premium price, it should be included. But be warned, with a back-size shield applied to an iPhone, it’s going to be difficult to add or remove the Juice Pack Air case. **Performance:** This is where the Juice Pack Air really shines. Testing the Juice Pack Air gave me a taste of what I hope the future of smart phones will be like – At last, I could use my phone with absolutely no concern for battery conservation. Mophie advertises the Juice Pack as adding 20 hours of audio playback, 6 hours video playback, 4.5 hours of 3G talk, 4.5 hours of 3G web browsing, or 5.4 hours of Wi-Fi web browsing. We all know figures such as these aren’t much help when figuring out real-life usage though, so I did some testing myself. I’m a heavy iPhone user, so I tested the Juice Pack’s internal battery by going through my typical heavy-usage routine. Between the hours of 9am and 5pm I ran: - 40 minutes streaming music (*massive* battery-drainer) - 2 hours of iPod audio playback - 1 hour of iPod video - 1 hour 3G Safari browsing - Periodic texting and phone calling The Juice Pack Air battery gave out at about 5pm and the iPhone battery took over. In other words, I *tried* to drain the battery, and by 5pm I had drained only the *external* battery, and the iPhone was still at 100%. I can’t speak for how accurate Mohpie’s battery life claims are, but the Juice Pack Air certainly provides enough juice to get make it through any data and talk-heavy day. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/mophie-juice-pack-back.jpg "Mophie Juice Pack: Back") **Conclusion:** In the end, the Mophie Juice Pack Air is a tradeoff. For instance, you gain more freedom from the wall plug and also the ability to use standard USB cables. In addition, by having the less-expensive Mophie battery take the brunt of the daily charge/discharge stress, you also save your internal iPhone battery from going through as many usage cycles and degrading over time. In exchange, however, you sacrifice much of the iPhone’s natural slim design. Plus, you pay a premium, $60-$80 is a steep price for an iPhone accessory. For most users, it’s unnecessary and the internal iPhone battery is sufficient to get through an average day. However, for heavy users and travelers, who may constantly lose power before the end of a day, the Mophie Juice Pack Air will be a great investment. **Buy: [Mophie Juice Pack Air for $60](http://www.amazon.com/dp/B002BDU7U2/?tag=skattercom-20&ref=skatter.com)** **Links: [Mophie Juice Pack Air](http://www.mophie.com/product-p/1059%5Fjpa-ip3g-blk.htm?ref=skatter.com)** ### iPhone 4 vs. Intelligent Design URL: https://www.skatter.com/iphone-4-vs-intelligent-design/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:58.000Z While the good people here at Skatter Tech translated his reflection on the matter as “You’re doing it wrong,” Steve Jobs insists otherwise. Backing up his response to Ars Technica, [Jobs emailed TUAW reader Craig Brockman](http://www.tuaw.com/2010/06/24/double-stevemails-on-iphone-4-reception-just-dont-hold-it-tha/?ref=skatter.com) a slightly lengthier and more corporate answer: > “Gripping any phone will result in some attenuation of its antenna performance, with certain places being worse than others depending on the placement of the antennas. This is a fact of life for every wireless phone. If you ever experience this on your iPhone 4, avoid gripping it in the lower left corner in a way that covers both sides of the black strip in the metal band, or simply use one of many available cases.” Jobs and Apple are consistently denying that this problem is the result of a design flaw in the iPhone 4, even though it directly contradicts statements Jobs made at WWDC earlier this month about the vastly improved iPhone 4 antenna design. This “brilliant” design entailed basically making the steel band that rings the iPhone 4 into a big antenna, and, as many astute readers may be able to infer, antennas don’t usually do all that well when they’re being covered. It’s a little funny that Jobs is telling us to hold it in another way, since there are [countless iPhone 4 promotional photos and snapshots of Jobs](http://iphonehold.tumblr.com/?ref=skatter.com) himself holding the phone in this “wrong” way circling the net. There is an [unofficial report](http://www.macintouch.com/readerreports/iphone4/index.html?ref=skatter.com#d24jun2010) now that a Macintouch reader was told by Apple Support that a “missing protective coat on some of the parts” is the cause for the problem, which would explain why Jobs was able to hold the iPhone in this problematic way during WWDC demos. And isn’t it convenient that one of Apple’s $30 Bumper iPhone cases will alleviate this problem? As if consumers weren’t paying enough for the iPhone 4 already, now they have to buy a case to guarantee that they’ll get signal any way they hold it? Really? In my opinion, it is downright disrespectful for Jobs to come out and blame iPhone users for being the cause of this signal problem. For $199 for the 16 GB model and $299 for the 32GB one, not to mention the costs of the data and voice plans, users *deserve* to get reception no matter how they hold their phones. Yes, other phones do have reception problems too, and that’s one of the reasons why consumers look to new smart phones like the iPhone 4, which is advertised as getting better reception, to alleviate this problem. The competition in the smart phone market is heating up; Sprint’s incredibly popular and critically acclaimed [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) was released a few weeks ago, and Verizon Wireless announced [their new Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/day-one-with-the-new-droid-x/) only a day before the iPhone 4’s launch. Right now, Apple really can’t afford to alienate its customers by releasing an iPhone with an obvious glitch and then blaming the users for “holding it the wrong way” instead of acknowledging that there is a problem and finding a way to fix it at Apple’s expense instead of the consumers’. **Links: [Apple.com/iPhone](http://www.apple.com/iphone/?ref=skatter.com) | [Our iPhone 4 Gallery](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-apple-iphone-4/)** ### In Photos: Samsung Wave URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-samsung-wave/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:09.000Z - Network: 3G WCDMA & HSDPA - Display: 3.3-inch (800×480) Super AMOLED - Camera: 5.0 Megapixel camera w/ LED Flash - Cam Assistance: auto-focus & geo-tagging - Camcorder: HD 720p recording and playback - Audio: 3.5mm Headphone Jack, FM Radio - Social Network integration, Samsung Apps - Browser: Dolfin HD 2.0, Multi-touch support - Sensors: Accelerometer, Proximity and GeoMagnetic - Bluetooth 3.0, USB 2.0, and Wi-Fi 802.11 b/g/n - Storage: 2GB internal + 32GB max for microSD - Dimensions: 118 x 56 x 10.9mm - Battery: Li-Ion, 1,500 mAh ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-back-full.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-buttons.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-front-camera.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-top.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-volume-rocker.jpg) While you are waiting for our full review of the Samsung Wave and it’s new Bada OS, feel free to subscribe to our [RSS Feed](../2010/06/2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed/) or sign up for [Email Subscriptions](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). We’re on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) too! **Links: [Samsung.com Mobile Phones](http://www.samsung.com/us/consumer/mobile/mobile-phones/index.idx?pagetype=type&ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [The Case for Samsung Bada](http://skatter.com/?p=9088&ref=skatter.com)** ### The Case for Samsung Bada URL: https://www.skatter.com/the-case-for-samsung-bada/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:06.000Z Aside from what I had read online, I hadn’t spent much time looking into the Bada platform before my meeting. Tech journalists and pundits made the entire platform sound like a lost cause. But in reality, that’s not the case. For starters, the new mobile platform, which has been in the making for nearly six years, will hit over 100 cellular carriers across over 80 countries. Now that’s distribution power. [Google’s Android OS](https://www.skatter.com/google-io-day-2/) has only reached 48 countries and 59 carriers so far. In addition, many people don’t realize that Samsung’s worldwide handset sales represent a little over 20% of the market alone. That’s one step behind the number one player Nokia, but ahead of other competitors like LG and RIM. To get further details, I sat down with Samsung’s VP of Media Solutions, Kanghyun Kwon, and Senior Engineer, Hyun Sik Yoon, both of whom work out of their main offices in Korea, to ask some questions. Martin Tannerfors, Director of Mobile Innovation, hosted the private interview. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-bada-developer-day.jpg "Samsung Bada Developer Day") It turns out that Samsung categorizes gadgets such as the iPhone and EVO 4G as “premium devices.” While smart phones have caught the media spotlight, they only represent a fraction of overall sales for the company. Mid-range devices still account for the rest. And that’s exactly where Bada comes in. It isn’t for high-end phones, but rather for “feature phones.” Samsung plans to fully pursue Android for their premium lineup, but the company also plans to place equal efforts into [Bada](http://bada.com/?ref=skatter.com). While Samsung’s representatives made it clear that their intentions weren’t to compete with other leading mobile operating systems, they do hope that Bada becomes an acceptable option for lower-end devices. I’ve always hated finding proprietary software on mobile phones and it looks like they do too. Operating systems on mid-range devices are rarely polished and have inconsistent interfaces. Quality applications are usually hard to find since developers don’t want to place efforts into a platform that is limited to just one device. Finally, feature phones rarely get bug fixes or major platform updates, meaning they simply aren’t future proof. Bada looks capable of addressing the lackings of all those proprietary “feature phone” operating systems. Samsung plans to achieve this goal by establishing their platform as a standard for all their next generation mid-range devices. The Bada OS isn’t limited by any means either. It offers API plugs for smart phone-like features like proximity sensors, GPS navigation, accelerometers, an ambient light sensors, and compasses. With a basic set of minimum requirements, Samsung clearly plans to raise the bar for “feature phones.” And stepping back onto the topic of applications, the Bada platform includes a Samsung App store. It’s modeled heavily after Apple’s App Store, but appears to enforce even stricter restrictions. Samsung clearly disclosed that they only intend to accept “quality applications,” and anything less won’t reach Bada devices. While Google doesn’t regulate the Android Marketplace in support of open development, Bada won’t even let users enable an option to install “unapproved applications.” Tannerfors insists that Bada users aren’t always technology adept. He also offered an example of certain Android apps which crash and freeze devices. To avoid that problem and provide the best user experience, Samsung will only distribute apps they deem “good and safe.” Both a selection of free and paid apps will be available. While I’m not a fan of restricted technologies, this decision makes sense for entry-level and mid-range phones for the mass market. It enables app developers to create a single app, which could potentially reach every Samsung Bada device. And the quality assurance means it’s likely that these apps will be bug-free. Also, Samsung does offer an unrestricted technology: HTML5 with Adobe Flash Lite 3 support. Therefore, Bada actually supports two platforms: the Samsung App Store and HTML5. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/samsung-wave-bada.jpg "Samsung Wave - Bada") While most of these details sound great, it’s important to actually try the Bada OS. After demoing the Samsung Wave, which we will be reviewing soon, I found it surprisingly refreshing. As someone who’s owned feature phones such as the [LG VX9900](https://www.skatter.com/lg-vx9900-env-verizon/) and [LG VX1100](https://www.skatter.com/lg-env-touch-vx-11000-review/), I expected a horrendous user interface and unresponsive menus. Luckily, I was greeted with just the opposite. With Samsung’s TouchWiz overlay, the Bada OS looked as gorgeous as Android or iOS. It even features widgets for clocks, calendars, birthdays, emails, contacts, bookmarks, social networks, and more. While most phones lack the fluidity that the iPhone offers, Bada was honestly on par. Dragging down the notification bar at the top, switching through home screens, or scrolling through web pages was incredibly snappy and smooth. It even impressed one of my friends who just purchased an Apple iPhone 4\. In some cases it was smoother than both my [HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) and [Motorola Droid X](https://www.skatter.com/day-one-with-the-new-droid-x/). But here’s the catch: Samsung has no plans to bring it to the United States. The market is simply too different here. For instance, billing for mobile apps won’t go through Samsung, but rather through the cellular carrier. Chances of that happening with AT&T, Sprint, or Verizon Wireless are slim. Bada is really for Asian and European regions at this time. It’s initially going to appear on Samsung touchscreen phones in Korea. Although it’s intended for Samsung hardware at this stage, Mr. Kwon stated that Samsung may license Bada to other hardware manufacturers in the future. He also praised the idea of the established TouchWiz interface reaching across Android, Windows Mobile, and now Bada. And on a final note, he also mentioned the possibility of a Bada-powered tablet. Despite my skepticism, I now see that Bada has enormous potential, mainly due to Samsung’s enormous distribution power. The “feature phone” market is in dire need of a vast refresh and Samsung’s Bada could very well be the solution. With a flexible platform, an application marketplace, open web standards, and an excellent user interface, customers looking for a great smart phone-like experience will finally be able to have one. **Links: [Samsung.com](http://www.samsung.com/?ref=skatter.com) | [Bada.com](http://www.bada.com/?ref=skatter.com)** ### PlayStation Plus URL: https://www.skatter.com/playstation-plus/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:07.000Z During [Sony’s press conference](https://www.skatter.com/e3-2010-sony-playstation-3-press-conference/) last week at E3, one of the biggest announcements for PlayStation 3 owners was the addition of PlayStation Plus to the PS Network. While Sony tried to make the addition of the PlayStation Plus sound as exciting as they could, details were unclear on just what online features this costly upgrade would provide. Since the current PSN already offers online multiplayer and access to DLC, the big question is what will an additional $50 a year for Plus get you? The first assumption you’re going to want to make is that this is simply Sony’s version of Xbox Live Gold, except for the fact that PSN is already a step ahead by providing online multiplayer and access to DLC right off the bat for free. What PSN Plus is doing then, is enhancing rather than expanding several aspects of a gamer’s overall online experience. These new enhancements include discounted games, prior access to betas and trials, demo-to-game continuation, free games here and there, and an automated downloading service. The price is going to be $17.99/mo and $49.99/yr, with the latter being the much better deal, for any subscribers 18 and older. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/08/sony-playstation3-slim.jpg "Sony PlayStation 3 Slim") Most of these additions justify the price tag, mainly the free games, add-ons, and discounts in the PSN store. The free mini and arcade games, even PS One classics, are obviously included as incentives to purchase the PSN Plus upgrade. Discounts in the store will act similar to those on Steam, where weekly and monthly deals will include up to 50% off popular titles and DLC. The discounts are sure to become popular and invite gamers to revisit the store more frequently. Early access to betas is another Plus feature that is worth paying up for, since there are plenty of big-name titles coming over the next year. With all that said, however, PSN Plus includes a few enhancements that PlayStation 3 owners shouldn’t have to pay for. Let’s consider the automated download service as a brand new feature. It’s a fantastic software upgrade that gives the PS3 the ability to update games, or download betas as they become available, all on its own without having to be manually turned on. So why in the world is this not free for everyone with the console? PSN Plus also comes with other features that shouldn’t have a $50 price tag attached to them, like the ability to continue game progression off a demo if the full title is purchased. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2009/08/sony-playstation3-slim-front.jpg "Sony PlayStation 3 Front") Overall, it feels like PlayStation Plus is taking some intelligent software advances for the PSN and then wrapping them around discounts and free titles in order to retailed it to PS3 owners. It’s hard to say whether or not access to betas, premium add-ons, downloadable content, discounts, and free titles will make paying a monthly/annual fee worth it. No matter how much you are willing to spend, it’s a shame Sony is withholding some of the best PSN features from everyone who’s not a subscriber to PlayStation Plus. **Link: [More Info on PlayStation Plus](http://blog.us.playstation.com/2010/06/24/playstation-plus-your-questions-answered/?utm%5Fsource=feedburner&utm%5Fmedium=feed&utm%5Fcampaign=Feed:+PSBlog+%28PlayStation.Blog%29)** ### Day One with the New Droid X URL: https://www.skatter.com/day-one-with-the-new-droid-x/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:35:58.000Z Let me just say right off the bat that this is a very pretty phone. The Droid X is remarkably sleek and streamlined for such a large phone, with the only obstruction being the odd bulging camera portion on the upper back portion of the phone. It’s actually not as obtrusive as I thought it would be when I first saw the phone, but it could have done better without. The physical buttons are laid out in a way that compliments this streamline aesthetic that designers seem to be going for, with none of them jutting out too far out from the body while simultaneously not being wedged so far into the phone that they are hard to push. I personally found the Droid X appealing and in line with my own tastes, more so than other smart phones I’ve seen in the past. Even that little bulge in the back grew on me, and that had been my only initial complaint about the X’s design. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/droid-x-motorola-back-side.jpg "Droid X by Motorola (Back Side)") One of the highlight features of the Droid X is of course its 4.3 inch touch screen. I personally didn’t see what the big deal was (no pun intended) about the larger screen sizes with the Droid X or even the EVO 4G. However, now that I’ve used it first hand, I finally understand what all the hype was about. Bigger really is better. Watching YouTube videos via the pre-installed App is fantastic now that I can actually *see* the videos, in high quality mode too. The days of hunching over your smart phone are finally over, and you won’t even have to squint! I was even able to watch a game trailer with my younger brother on the Droid X without either of us leaning in too far and blocking the other’s view because of how big the screen was. This is a definite perk for the Droid X, as well as [Sprint’s HTC EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/) which first introduced the larger screen size, and I can’t help thinking that from here on out most new smart phones will come out with these jumbo-sized screens. Unfortunately, the 4.3 inch screen does put me in a bit of a dilemma. While I love what it does for video and the overall display of the phone, it’s also the source of my one and only problem with the Droid X: its size. The Droid X really is a massive phone, and a bit too massive for my personal tastes. I, like many people, prefer putting my phone in my pocket instead of in my purse or backpack, since it means I can always know exactly when I’m getting a call, text, or notification. This is sadly not an option with the Droid X. It is a simple fact of life that the vast majority of girl pants have smaller pockets than guy pants. So while we said in our EVO 4G review, which is the same size as the Droid X, that it’s “still small enough to slide into most pockets,” it’s unfortunately my pockets that are the exception. So until fashion designers start making girl pants with bigger pockets, it seems I’m destined to always be conflicted about these screens. Compact devices, such as the Apple iPhone 4, may actually suite me better in the long run. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/droid-x-camera-quality-3.jpg "Droid X Camera Quality") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/droid-x-camera-quality-1.jpg "Droid X Camera Quality") My favorite feature to play around with this past day has by far been the 8 megapixel camera. I absolutely love Motorola’s decision to put a dedicated camera button on the lower right side of the Droid X. Having this physical button on the exterior of the phone has made it so much easier to get into Camera mode to snap a quick picture whenever I see something fun or interesting (or weird). And the pictures, as you can see, are fantastic. Picture quality stays high in both indoor and outdoor lighting, and colors are vibrant and true to life. There is no question whatsoever that the pictures taken on the Droid X are a thousand times better than those taken using the measly 2 megapixel camera on my Samsung Alias 2\. The camera can also capture HD video, and while I haven’t had a chance to record anything interesting enough to publish here, my few test runs were impressive and the quality was on par with those taken by the EVO 4G. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/droid-x-camera-quality-5.jpg "Droid X Camera Quality") ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/droid-x-camera-quality-4.jpg "Droid X Camera Quality") I should note that I have had some initial set-up issues and difficulties with the Droid X similar to ones other reporters are complaining about. For starters, I couldn’t download apps on the Android Market: every time I tried to download anything I got a message saying “Download unsuccessful,” a problem that Sahas Katta had with his device as well. After some tinkering and a little angst on my part, we were able to figure out that the device had been set up to stop the installation of apps from unknown sources. I had to go into the Applications section of the settings menu and, after enabling unknown source installation, was able to finally go crazy in the Market. This was rather odd, since it shouldn’t have to be enabled for Marketplace apps. However, I should point out that the folks at Motorola and Verizon Wireless warned us that our Droid X units were still slightly in “prototype stages.” While it’s close to production quality, there might be a few minor changes. Models that ship to customers will run a newer version of Motorola’s custom MotoBlur Android OS. Our review units should get updates around that time as well. Also, Froyo v2.2 is set for launch later this summer. I also had some trouble connecting the Droid X to my two-year-old Macbook. When I connected it with the included USB cable and selected “USB Mass Storage” for transferring songs onto the phone, my Macbook wouldn’t recognize the device. After restarting my Macbook once and plugging and unplugging the USB cable about five times, I realized that for some reason Pandora, which had been playing the entire time, was locking access to the microSD card, hense preventing the Macbook from recognizing the Droid X. As soon as I closed that App, the Macbook immediately recognized the phone and I was able to copy my songs over. While Sahas Katta’s full Droid X review is in the works, please feel free to checkout the [Droid X Photo Gallery](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-x-verizon-wireless/) and see Ian Thackston’s [infographic comparing this to the iPhone 4 and EVO 4G](https://www.skatter.com/infographic-evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x/). **Links: [Motorola.com](http://www.motorola.com/Consumers/US-EN/Consumer-Product-and-Services/Mobile-Phones/ci.Motorola-DROID-X-US-EN.vertical?ref=skatter.com#flash[B2C-DROID-X-WATCH-DEMO-US-EN]) | [VerizonWireless.com](http://phones.verizonwireless.com/droid/x/?ref=skatter.com)** **Related: [HTC Droid Incredible (Review)](https://www.skatter.com/verizon-htc-droid-incredible-review/)** ### Speed Test: EVO 4G vs. iPhone 4 vs. Droid X URL: https://www.skatter.com/speed-test-evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:09.000Z We have our in depth review of the [HTC EVO 4G for Sprint already published](https://www.skatter.com/htc-evo-4g-sprint-review/). We currently only have galleries available of the [Motorola Droid for Verizon Wireless](https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-motorola-droid-x-verizon-wireless/) and the Apple iPhone 4 for AT&T, but both reviews are on their way. While you are waiting, feel free to subscribe to our [RSS Feed](../2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed/) or sign up for [Email Subscriptions](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). You can always find us on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) as well! ### In Photos: Apple iPhone 4 URL: https://www.skatter.com/in-photos-apple-iphone-4/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:18:09.000Z While I haven’t had enough time with the phone for a full review, I have a great set of our very own product shots to share. We also have a few bonuses shots at the bottom! ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-volume-buttons.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-front-camera-earpiece.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-home-button.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-sim-card-slot.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-side.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-top-headphone-power.jpg) ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/iphone-4-back-full.jpg "Apple iPhone 4: Back Full") As for our bonus shots, we sized the iPhone 4 up with the EVO 4G and the Droid X. It’s considerably smaller than both those devices, which are rather monstrous. While 3.5 inch displays have been the trend for a few years now, there’s a good chance a 4.3 inch screen may take over. But that’s all depending on consumers tastes, which may change. Only time will tell. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/evo-4g-vs-iphone-4-vs-droid-x.jpg "EVO 4G vs. iPhone 4 vs. Droid X") While you are waiting for our full Apple iPhone 4 review, please feel free to subscribe to our [RSS Feed](../2010/06/2010/05/2010/05/2010/04/feed/) or sign up for [Email Subscriptions](http://feedburner.google.com/fb/a/mailverify?uri=SkatterTech&loc=en%5FUS&ref=skatter.com). You can always find us on [Facebook](http://facebook.com/skattertech) and [Twitter](http://twitter.com/skattertech?ref=skatter.com) as well! ### Mozilla Firefox 3.6.4 Brings Crash Protection URL: https://www.skatter.com/mozilla-firefox-3-6-4-brings-crash-protection/ Last updated: 2020-05-09T23:29:07.000Z Mozilla is hoping to stop the trend that “as many as one in three browser crashes are currently caused by problems with various third-party plugins.” In order to do this, Firefox now has plugin isolation, meaning that the video playback plugins are sandboxed away from the browser. This is accomplished by running the plugins as a separate process. Therefore, any crashes caused by the plugins will not force the browser to crash. Instead, a gray box will appear indicating that a plugin has crashed. This way you only have to refresh the tab as opposed to restarting the whole browser. ![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/47/6b/476bc173-490d-4d77-8ad6-7dd5332b1ea7/content/images/files/2010/06/mozila-firefox-crash-protection.jpg "Mozilla Firefox Crash Protection") This is great for Linux users. If my experience has been like others’, I often had to “xkill” Firefox if it crashed while loading a Flash intensive webpage or video. The only redeeming quality was that the browser would remember the last opened tabs, so that when it was restarted, I would not lose all the tabs I had opened. It would have been nice if Crash Protection included the same type of sandboxing for tabs as well, similar to how Google Chrome handles tabs. Then, if a page crashes, only the tab would crash and need to be closed as opposed to the entire browser needing to be. It is disappointing that it took Mozilla so long to include features that have been in Safari and Chrome for so long. Both browsers have had crash protection for a while, and Chrome has had tab isolation since its advent. Mozilla is just about the last holdout to include such a feature. Currently, there is no schedule for other plugins to be included in Crash Protection. The feature also does help ensure that users are running the latest versions of the popular video plugins by forcing users to update to the most recent versions. Mozilla, in essence, is helping users to decrease the likelihood of being the victim of a malicious attack or crash. **Links: [Mozilla’s Release Notes](http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/3.6.4/releasenotes/?ref=skatter.com)** _Includes the latest 500 public posts. Use `/sitemap.xml` for the complete archive of public content._